I l l i n
Illinois Institute of Technology o Non-Profit Org. i s
10 West 33rd Street I
U.S. Postage n s
Chicago, Illinois 60616-3793 t PAID i t u
312.567.3000 t
Chicago, IL e www.iit.edu Permit No. 936 o f T e c h n o l o g y B u l l e t i n : G r a d u a t e P r o g r a m s
2 Bulletin: 0 0
6 Graduate Programs –
2 2006 – 2008 0 0 8 Foreword for the IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008
Purpose of the IIT Graduate Bulletin
This bulletin describes the academic programs and Changes in programs and policies often occur before a resources, policies, procedures and student services in new bulletin is published. A faculty adviser from the stu- effect at the time of publication. It serves as a primary dent’s major department is the best source for current source of information for graduate students, faculty and curriculum information. Updates are also listed on administration. Prospective students and others can also www.grad.iit.edu. The graduate dean’s office can also use these sections to gain an understanding of the uni- refer students to the appropriate administrative office for versity —its history, its campus setting, its campus life, current policies and procedures. etc.—as a whole.
The programs described in this bulletin are applicable to those students who enter Illinois Institute of Technology (IIT) in the academic years 2006-2007 and 2007-2008. Students follow the programs described in the bulletin in effect at the time of their first registration.
IIT’s intention is to act in accordance with all regulations Descriptions of undergraduate programs and courses are of the federal, state and local governments with respect in the IIT Bulletin: Undergraduate Programs; descrip- to providing equality of opportunity in employment and tions of law programs and courses are in the in education, insofar as those regulations may pertain to Chicago-Kent College of Law Bulletin. IIT. IIT prohibits and will act to eliminate discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, Note: The information in this bulletin is subject to change without notice. age, handicap or veteran status. Published by Illinois Institute of Technology, Office of Communications & Any student, applicant or employee of IIT who believes Marketing, 3300 S. Federal St., Chicago, IL 60616-3793, www.iit.edu. that he or she has received inequitable treatment because of discrimination violating IIT’s stated policy of equal opportunity in employment and in education should com- municate, either in writing or in person, with the director of equal opportunity programs in Room 223 of Perlstein Hall on IIT’s Main Campus.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 1 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 2 Table of Contents
Foreword ...... 1 Institute of Design...... 173
Calendar ...... 4 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering...... 183 The University ...... 5 Energy/Environment/Economics (E3) ...... 206 The Colleges of Illinois Institute of Technology...... 5 Food Safety and Technology ...... 213 Accreditation ...... 7 Information Technology & Management ...... 218 IIT History and Campuses ...... 8 Manufacturing Engineering ...... 228 Chicago and Its Environs ...... 8 Industrial Technology & Management Programs ....231 A Snapshot of the IIT Community ...... 8 Department of Mathematics and Science Education ..235 IIT Online Receiving Sites ...... 9 Department of Mechanical, Materials Campus Resources ...... 10 and Aerospace Engineering...... 241
Graduate Degree Programs and Center for Professional Development...... 256 General Requirements ...... 19 Institute of Psychology ...... 257 Admission ...... 24 Graduate Program in Public Administration Registration ...... 29 (Department of Social Sciences) ...... 270
Academic Policies for Continuation of Studies ...... 32 Stuart School of Business ...... 278
Master’s and Doctoral Examinations ...... 37 Technical Communication ...... 309
Completion of Studies and Graduation ...... 40 Board of Trustees ...... 321
General Policies...... 43 Administration ...... 323
Expenses and Financial Assistance ...... 44 Faculty Index ...... 329
Academic Programs ...... 51 Faculty Emeriti ...... 332
Department of Applied Mathematics ...... 52 Maps ...... 334
College of Architecture ...... 62 Index ...... 336
Department of Biological, Chemical Telephone Directory ...... 342 and Physical Sciences ...... 79
Department of Biomedical Engineering...... 104
Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering ...... 111
Chicago-Kent College of Law ...... 132
Department of Civil and Architectural Engineering ...... 142
Department of Computer Science...... 155
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 3 Calendar
IIT Academic Calendar for Fall Fall 2006 Fall 2007 Fall 2008 Fall 2009 Last day for reinstatement Aug 8 Aug 7 Aug 5 Aug 11 Registration & orientation period Aug 21-23 Aug 20-22 Aug 18-20 Aug 24-26 Classes begin Aug 24 Aug 23 Aug 21 Aug 27 Labor Day Holiday Sept 4 Sept 3 Sept 1 Sept 7 Last day to submit application for graduation (without late fee) Sept 8 Sept 7 Sept 5 Sept 11 Last day to schedule Ph.D. comprehensive/oral examinations Sept 8 Sept 7 Sept 5 Sept 4 Mandatory thesis discussion Sept 20 Sept 19 Sept 17 Sept 16 Last day to remove “I” grades Oct 6 Oct 5 Oct 3 Oct 9 Fall Break Oct 19-21 Oct 18-20 Oct 16-18 Oct 22-23 Last day for official withdrawal Nov 3 Nov 2 Oct 31 Nov 6 Last day to submit application for graduation (with late fee) Nov 3 Nov 2 Nov 7 Nov 6 Last day to submit 406 forms (only for students who have applied Nov 3 Nov 2 Nov 7 Nov 6 for graduation) Advanced registration & advising begins Nov 6-17 Nov 5-16 Nov 3-14 Nov 9-20 Thanksgiving Day Holiday Nov 23-25 Nov 22-24 Nov 27-29 Nov 26-27 Last day to report masters comprehensive Nov 24 Nov 23 Nov 28 Nov 27 or Ph.D. oral exam to Graduate College Last day to deposit thesis and pay fee Dec 1 Nov 30 Dec 5 Dec 4 Classes end Dec 9 Dec 8 Dec 6 Dec 5 Final exam period Dec 11-16 Dec 10-15 Dec 8-13 Dec 6-12 Commencement Dec 17 Dec 16 Dec 14 Dec 13
IIT Academic Calendar for Spring
Spring 2007 Spring 2008 Spring 2009 Spring 2010 Last day for reinstatement Dec 11, 2006 Dec 17, 2007 Dec 15, 2008 Dec 14, 2009 Registration & orientation period Jan 8-11 Jan 14-17 Jan 12-15 Jan 11-14 MLK, Jr. Holiday Jan 15 Jan 21 Jan 19 Jan 18 Classes begin Jan 16 Jan 22 Jan 20 Jan 19 Last day to submit application for graduation (without late fee) Jan 26 Feb 1 Jan 30 Jan 29 Last day to schedule Ph.D. comprehensive/oral examinations Jan 26 Feb 1 Jan 30 Jan 29 Mandatory thesis discussion Feb 7 Feb 12 Feb 11 Feb 10 Last day to remove “I” grades Feb 23 Feb 29 Feb 27 Feb 26 Spring vacation Mar 12-17 Mar 17-22 Mar 15-21 Mar 15-20 Last day for official withdrawal Mar 30 Apr 4 Apr 3 Apr 2 Last day to submit application for graduation (with late fee) Mar 30 Apr 4 Apr 3 Apr 2 Last day to submit 406 forms (only for Mar 30 Apr 4 Apr 3 Apr 2 students who have applied for graduation) Advanced registration & advising begins Apr 9-20 Apr 14-25 Apr 13-25 Apr 11-22 Last day to report masters comprehensive Apr 27 May 2 May 1 Apr 30 or Ph.D. oral exam to Graduate College Last day to deposit thesis and pay fee May 4 May 9 May 8 May 7 Classes end May 5 May 10 May 9 May 8 Final exam period May 7-12 May 12-17 May 11-16 May 10-15 Commencement May 13 May 18 May 17 May 16
IIT Academic Calendar for Summer
Summer 2007 Summer 2008 Summer 2009 Summer 2010 Last day for reinstatement May 15 May 14 May 13 May 19 Registration & orientation period May 30-31 May 28-29 May 27-28 June 2-3 Classes begin Jun 4 Jun 2 June 1 June 7 Last day to submit application for graduation (without late fee) Jun 8 Jun 6 June 5 June 11 Last day to schedule Ph.D. comprehensive/oral examinations Jun 8 Jun 6 June 5 June 11 Mandatory thesis discussion Jun 13 Jun 11 June 10 June 16 Independence Day holiday Jul 4 Jul 4-6 July 3-5 July 3-5 Last day for official withdrawal Jul 13 Jul 11 July 10 July 16 Last day to submit application for graduation (with late fee) Jul 13 Jul 11 July 10 July 9 Last day to submit 406 forms (only for students Jul 13 Jul 11 July 10 July 9 who have applied for graduation) Last day to report PhD comprehensive/oral exam Jul 13 Jul 11 July 17 July 16 Last day to deposit thesis and pay fee Jul 20 Jul 18 July 24 July 23 End of eight-week session Jul 28 Jul 26 July 24 July 31
Dates are subject to change. Please confirm them with the Office of Academic Affairs for each term.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 4 The University Objective of Education at IIT
To provide post-baccalaureate education and research To strengthen IIT’s leadership role in higher education by programs that enhance students’ fundamental knowledge focusing on the core research competencies and enhanc- of their chosen field. ing partnerships with industry, government laboratories, and academic and research institutions. To educate and mentor graduate students to function in a global community with an appreciation of the economic, environmental, and social forces that impact professional choices.
The Colleges of Illinois Institute of Technology
Graduate College
Ali Cinar Transfer & Intellectual Property; Distance Learning; and Dean and Vice Provost for Research the Office of Editorial Assistance (Thesis Examiner). The 301 Main Building dean chairs the Graduate Studies Committee and the 3300 S. Federal St. Research Council, sets minimum standards for graduate Chicago, IL 60616 students, represents the university in national forums for 312.567.3024 graduate education, and serves as an advocate for pro- www.grad.iit.edu moting graduate education across the university.
The Graduate College coordinates the programs of The Master of Science (M.S.) degree, which typically advanced study offered by the academic units of the uni- includes a thesis requirement, is offered in 28 fields. The versity. The college consists of the following offices: Office professional Master’s (MAS) degree, which does not of the Dean/Vice Provost for Research; Office of Academic require a thesis, is offered in 33 fields. Doctoral degrees Affairs; Research Support Services; Center for (Ph.D.) are offered in 21 fields. Professional Development; Rice Campus; Technology
College of Architecture
Donna Robertson, FAIA The program in architecture was established at Armour Dean Institute of Technology, one of IIT’s predecessors, in 1895. S. R. Crown Hall In 1938, the program came under the directorship of the 3360 South State Street world-renowned architect and educator Ludwig Mies van Chicago, IL 60616 der Rohe. The college is housed in S.R. Crown Hall, one of 312.567.3230 Mies’ most significant buildings and a major contribution www.arch.iit.edu to Chicago’s rich architectural heritage. The college emphasizes applied studio work under the tutelage of a faculty of practicing architects; the study of architectural theory; interdisciplinary learning; and international study.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 5 The University Armour College of Engineering
Hamid Arastoopour Undergraduate degrees offered by Armour College are Dean accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission Engineering 1 Building, Suite 220 of the Accreditation Board of Engineering and Technology. 10 W. 32nd St. All IIT graduate and undergraduate programs are also Chicago, IL 60616 accredited by the North Central Association (NCA). 312.567.3009 www.iit.edu/~armour The mission of the Armour College of Engineering is to: provide state-of-the-art education and research programs The IIT Armour College of Engineering traces its roots to that enhance Armour’s reputation as an internationally Armour Institute, founded in 1892 to prepare students of recognized engineering school; educate a new breed of all backgrounds for leadership roles – primarily as engi- engineers with a strong fundamental knowledge of engi- neers – in a challenging industrial society. Armour neering principles and an understanding and appreciation College carries on that tradition of excellence in engineer- of the economic, environmental, and social forces that ing education and research. impact intellectual choices; and strengthen Armour’s lead- ership role by focusing on the core research competencies Today, Armour College is home to about 90 full-time fac- and enhancing partnerships with industry, government ulty, more than 2,000 undergraduate and graduate laboratories, and academic and research institutions. students, and the graduate and undergraduate programs of five engineering departments.
Institute of Business and Interprofessional Studies
Dennis Roberson the undergraduate business administration degree pro- Executive Director grams, and three co-curricular academic programs. The John Bilson Leadership Academy offers seminars, the Sophomore Academic Director Leadership Retreat, mentoring programs, and a certificate 3424 S. State St. in leadership studies. The Entrepreneurial Studies pro- Chicago, IL 60616 gram sponsors seminars, specialized Interprofessional 312.567.3947 Projects (EnPROs), and courses leading to a minor in www.iit.edu/~usb entrepreneurship. The Interprofessional Projects Program supervises special team projects and applied studies The Institute of Business and Interprofessional Studies (IPROs) taken by all undergraduates. was established at IIT in 2003. The institute is home for
Chicago-Kent College of Law
Harold J. Krent Chicago-Kent College of Law is the second oldest law Dean school in Illinois. When it joined the university in 1969, Downtown Campus IIT became the first major institute of technology to 565 West Adams Street include law among its disciplines. Chicago-Kent offers Chicago, IL 60661 programs leading to the degrees of Juris Doctor and 312.906.5000 Master of Laws, and participates in joint-degree pro- www.kentlaw.edu grams with the Stuart School of Business and the Graduate Program in Public Administration.
Institute of Design
Patrick F. Whitney into the largest full-time graduate design program in the Director U.S., and was the first school in the country to create a 350 N. LaSalle St., Fourth Floor Ph.D. program in design. Chicago, IL 60610 312.595.4900 The Institute of Design offers a Doctor of Philosophy www.id.iit.edu (Ph.D.) research degree, a Master of Design (M.Des.) pro- fessional degree, and a Master of Design Methods The Institute of Design (ID), which was founded by (M.D.M.) for mid-career designers seeking advanced new Laszlo Moholy-Nagy in 1937 as the New Bauhaus, methods. merged with IIT in 1949. Since its founding, it has grown
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 6 The University Center for Professional Development
C. Robert Carlson length. Completion of all CPD non-credit courses will Director result in the assignment of Continuing Education Units Daniel F. and Ada L. Rice Campus (CEU) fully accredited by the International Association 201 East Loop Road for Continuing Education and Training (IACET). Wheaton, IL 60187 630.682.6000 The Center for Professional Development offers undergrad- www.cpd.iit.edu uate degree programs in Information Technology and Management, and Industrial Technology and Management; The Center for Professional Development (CPD) offers graduate programs in Information Technology and technology-oriented training and education for working Management, and Industrial Technology and Operations; professionals. Courses are taught by IIT professors and undergraduate certificates in Manufacturing Technology industry professionals with significant working, teaching and Management and Training the Technical Trainer; a and research experience in their fields. The CPD offers graduate certificate in Computer and Network Security education and training in a wide variety of formats Technologies; Professional Engineer (PE)/Engineering Intern including degree, non-degree, certificate, credit and non- (EI) Review courses and continuing education courses for credit programs; corporate training; short courses; and Professional Engineers; and a wide variety of non-credit seminars ranging from a few hours to several days in semester-length and short courses in all disciplines. Institute of Psychology
M. Ellen Mitchell Established in 1995, the Institute of Psychology was cre- Director ated from the Department of Psychology, previously 252 Life Sciences Building housed within IIT’s Lewis College of Liberal Arts. It is 3101 S. Dearborn St. noted for its applied graduate programs in clinical, indus- Chicago, IL 60616 trial/organizational and rehabilitation psychology. It 312.567.3500 offers an undergraduate program that is focused on www.iit.edu/colleges/psych psychology as a science linked to the professions. College of Science and Letters F. R. McMorris The College of Science and Letters was formed in 2003 by Dean splitting off the following departments from the Armour 125 E1 College of Engineering and Science: Applied Mathematics; 10 W. 32nd St. Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences; Computer Chicago, IL 60616 Science; Humanities; Mathematics and Science Education; 312.567.3800 and Social Sciences. The graduate mission of the college is www.iit.edu/~csl to deliver superior educational and research opportunities M.S. and Ph.D. degree programs as well as certificate, pro- fessional masters, and short-course programs. Stuart School of Business Harvey Kahalas The School was established in 1969 with a gift from IIT Dean alumnus and noted financier Harold Leonard Stuart. Downtown Campus The School houses the Center for Financial Markets, 565 W. Adams St. the Center for Sustainable Enterprise, and the Center Chicago, IL 60661 for the Management of Medical Technology. 312.906.6500 www.stuart.iit.edu The Stuart School degrees are: M.B.A., M.S. in Environmental Management, M.S. in Finance, M.S. in The Stuart School provides a distinctive graduate busi- Financial Markets, M.S. in Marketing Communication, ness education focused on the needs of business, and Ph.D. in Management Science, and a series of dual management, and finance, with an emphasis on global degrees with the IIT Chicago-Kent College of Law. and technological issues. Accreditation IIT is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary American Psychological Association, Council on Schools (www.ncahigherlearningcommission.org Rehabilitation Education, American Bar Association, 312.263.0456). Specific professional curricula are Association of American Law Schools, The Association accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business, and National and the Computing Accreditation Commision of the Architectural Accrediting Board.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 7 The University IIT History and Campuses
IIT’s traditions span more than a century of innovation The Daniel F. and Ada L. Rice Campus, at 201 E. Loop and educational leadership. IIT came into being in 1940 Road in Wheaton, IL, is IIT’s west-suburban location. with the merger of Armour Institute of Technology Graduate and upper-division undergraduate courses and (founded in 1892) and Lewis Institute (founded in 1896). degree programs are available at the Rice Campus via evening and Saturday classes, and via courses broadcast Today, the university has several campuses and offers live through IIT Online. degree programs through the College of Architecture, Armour College of Engineering, Institute of Business and The Center for Professional Development offers degree pro- Interprofessional Studies, Chicago-Kent College of Law, grams in information technology and management, and in Institute of Design, Center for Professional Development, industrial technology and operations, non-credit short Institute of Psychology, College of Science and Letters, courses, and information technology training programs. and Stuart School of Business. IIT Online delivers courses via the Internet and links The 120-acre Main Campus is located three miles south classroom studios on campus with remote TV receiving of the central business district in Chicago, and is interna- sites. IIT Online’s talk-back feature permits students in tionally known for its architecture. The Master Plan of receiving classrooms to participate in class discussions. the campus and many of its 50 buildings were developed IIT has more than 40 receiving sites throughout the by Ludwig Mies van der Rohe, one of the century’s most Chicago area. influential architects, and his students. Moffett Campus, in southwest-suburban Summit-Argo, IIT’s Downtown Campus, at 565 W. Adams St. in the houses the National Center for Food Safety and West Loop business district, houses the Chicago-Kent Technology (NCFST), a multidisciplinary food safety College of Law, Stuart School of Business, and Master of research facility, which is funded by the U.S. Food and Public Administration program. A shuttle-bus provides Drug Administration and the food industry. Established transportation between the Main and Downtown cam- with a gift from CPC International, Inc., the campus has puses. The Stuart School’s M.B.A. program is also offered enabled the university to develop academic programs in at IIT’s Rice Campus. food safety and technology. Courses leading to master’s degrees and a certificate program in food safety and tech- The Institute of Design moved in January 1998 to 350 N. nology, and in food process engineering, are offered at LaSalle St. The move provides the institute with an out- this facility. standing downtown location and state-of-the-art facilities.
Chicago and Its Environs
Chicago is world-renowned for its museums and architec- Diversions range from a world-class symphony orchestra ture, and offers exceptional career and internship to major league sports teams. Located on the southwest- opportunities in all of IIT’s fields of study. The city and ern shore of Lake Michigan, Chicago boasts miles of its surroundings form an international center of finance attractive beaches and parks for jogging, biking, swim- and law, a manufacturing and transportation hub, and ming and boating. Ethnic neighborhoods throughout the the home of two national research laboratories (Argonne city provide an international array of cultures and cui- National Laboratory and Fermi National Accelerator sine. Chicago is also rich in live theater, and music clubs Laboratory), as well as numerous medical facilities and abound. corporate headquarters.
A Snapshot of the IIT Community
Enrollment (Fall 2005) Student Demographics Degrees Awarded 2004-2005 Undergraduate 2,216 students Male 68% Bachelor 370 Graduate 3,112 students Female 32% Master and Professional Master 904 Law 1,144 students Minority 19% Law 376 Total 6,472 students (includes African American, Asian American, Ph.D. 62 Hispanic American, and Native American) Total 1,712 International 31% Countries of Origin 105 Student/Faculty Ratio 11:1
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 8 The University IIT Online TV Receiving Sites
Sites are subject to change. For a current list of IIT Online by e-mail at [email protected] or visit Online viewing sites and a detailed map of those public www.iit-online.iit.edu. and corporate viewing sites, students should contact IIT
u Public Sites:
Calumet College of St. Joseph (Whiting, IN) College of Lake County (Grayslake) Elmhurst College (Elmhurst) Governors State University (University Park) Harry S Truman College (Chicago) IIT Daniel F. and Ada L. Rice Campus (Wheaton) Joliet Junior College, North Campus (Romeoville) Mundelein High School (Mundelein) Oakton Community College, Ray Harstein Campus (Skokie) Schaumburg Township District Library (Schaumburg) South Suburban College University & College Center (Oak Forest) Township H.S. District 214 – Forestview Educational Center (Arlington Heights) Triton College (River Grove) William Rainey Harper College (Palatine)
n Corporate Sites:
A. Finkl and Sons (Chicago) Andrew Corporation (Orland Park) Argonne National Laboratory (Argonne) Baxter Healthcare Corporation (Round Lake) CNH Global (Burr Ridge) Chicago Bridge and Iron (Plainfield) Elkay Manufacturing Company (Broadview) Elkay Manufacturing Company (Oak Brook) Fermi National Accelerator Laboratory (Batavia) General Motors, Electro-Motive Division (LaGrange) Kraft Foods, Research and Development (Glenview) – Internet Only Motorola, Inc. (Schaumburg) MPC Products (Skokie) Northrop Grumman Corporation (Rolling Meadows) Panduit Corporation (Tinley Park) Siemens Building Technologies, Inc., Landis Division (Buffalo Grove) Tellabs (Naperville) Teradyne Company (Deerfield) IIT Online is IIT’s distance education unit, delivering courses via the The Chamberlain Group, Inc. (Elmhurst) Internet and by live televised course broadcasts to public and corporate UOP, Inc. (DesPlaines) viewing sites. A “public” viewing site is a location where students regis- tered for the appropriate section of a course may view that course live; a “corporate” site is for the use of employees of the corporation.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 9 Campus Resources
Academic Resource Center
The Academic Resource Center (ARC), in Galvin Library, Because faculty members in the Applied Mathematics, is a comprehensive center for academic excellence. Its and Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences depart- mission is to provide both students and faculty with intel- ments direct the ARC, ARC tutors receive weekly lectual resources to achieve excellence through preparation for current classes in these areas. student-centered education, with an emphasis on peer tutoring. Student feedback is solicited and reviewed on a regular basis to assess the ARC’s effectiveness and to provide for Select undergraduate and graduate peer-tutors are avail- ongoing development. able on a drop-in basis for consultation in physics, mathematics, chemistry, computer science and engineer- The ARC is open from 9:30 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., Monday ing course work during the fall and spring semesters. through Thursday, and from 9:30 a.m. to until 4:00 p.m. on Friday. The ARC also offers a weekend and late The ARC hosts a state-of-the-art multimedia computer lab- evening tutoring program at the McCormick Campus oratory. The lab hosts an array of Macintosh, SGI, Dell and Center. For more details please visit the ARC website: IBM PC computers, scanners, and a color laser printer. http://arc.iit.edu. Students may learn to use discipline specific software pro- grams from a trained ARC scholar at the laboratory.
Athletics and Recreation
The Department of Athletics and Recreation offers a com- member of the National Association of Intercollegiate prehensive program of varsity sports, intramural Athletics (NAIA). For non-varsity athletes, intramural competition, instruction and informal recreational activi- teams provide spirited competition in basketball, hand- ties for both men and women. The Scarlet Hawks men’s ball/squash, cricket, racquetball, softball, tennis, touch varsity teams compete in intercollegiate baseball, basket- football, swimming, cross-country and volleyball. ball, cross-country, soccer, and swimming; women’s Recreational activities, open swimming and open free- varsity teams compete in cross-country, swimming, bas- play activities are all available. For more information, ketball, soccer, and volleyball. The university is an active please visit www.iit.edu/~athletic.
Spiritual Life
The Campus Ministry, located in the McCormick Tribune Chapel of St. Savior was designed by Mies van der Rohe Campus Center, works with student religious organiza- and built in 1952. It is the only building designed by Mies tions on campus. These organizations sponsor activities for religious services. The chapel is open to persons of all for faith development, worship, socializing and service. faiths for religious services and other appropriate uses. The campus minister is available to all students to dis- For additional information, students should contact cuss personal or spiritual issues in a confidential setting Student Affairs at 312.567.3080 or email and to help students look for opportunities for volunteer- [email protected]. ing or community services. The Robert F. Carr Memorial
Career Development Center
Located on the upper level of the Galvin Library, the The CDC conducts a variety of professional development Career Development Center (CDC) offers individual workshops on topics including résumé and cover letter career counseling and testing, résumé critiques, job writing, job search strategies, and interviewing skills. search assistance, mock interviews, and labor market The CDC also hosts biannual career fairs, an annual and salary data. The CDC also facilitates the Cooperative summer job fair, employer information sessions, and Education and Summer Internship Programs, whereby on-campus interviews. Career related resources, qualified students gain experience in their field of articles, workshop schedules and a link to job postings study prior to graduation. Both programs are options in the CDC’s e-Recruiting system may be found at for domestic and international students at the www.cdc.iit.edu. Individual sessions with a career undergraduate or graduate level. counselor may be scheduled by appointment at (312) 567-6800.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 10 Campus Resources
Communication Across the Curriculum Program
The CAC helps students understand the role of writing relevant to written, oral, electronic, and interpersonal and speaking in their academic and professional lives. communication in discipline-specific-courses—particu- Both on its website (http://www.cac.iit.edu) and in the larly Introduction to the Profession (ITP), CAC Writing Center, located in Siegel Hall 232, the CAC writing-intensive (C-Courses), and Interprofessional provides assistance in communication skills for academic Projects (IPROs). The CAC director also administers IIT’s inquiry, professional research, and the workplace. The Basic Writing Proficiency requirement. CAC also assists IIT instructors in developing materials
Commuter Student Services
IIT’s commuter student organization, Commuter and activities throughout the year. For more information Students Association, informs commuter students about on CSA’s programming, students should consult the available student services and serves as a place where Office of Student Activities in the McCormick Tribune commuter students get to know one another and voice Campus Center. their concerns. The group also plans a variety of events
Cooperative Education Program
Cooperative education is a learning approach that inte- • Sandwich: Students work three consecutive full-time grates college studies with professional working work terms in twelve months. experiences in industry, business, or government. Salaries among IIT co-op students are competitive and • Parallel: Students work part-time during academic help defray educational expenses. Frequently the co-op terms. Part-time employment must involve an average experience improves employment opportunities upon of 20 hours of work per week. A minimum of six con- graduation. Full-time IIT graduate students who are in secutive part-time work terms with the same their second through fifth semesters at IIT and who have employer is required. Summer work may be full-time, and maintain at least a 3.0 GPA are eligible to apply for and the student may register for full-time co-op for the co-op program. the summer, fulfilling the requirement of two part- time work terms. The co-operative education program uses three estab- lished schedules. These schedules are: Students on an alternating or sandwich schedule may take up to six hours of coursework during a work term. • Alternating: Students alternate terms of full-time work Students on a parallel schedule may take up to twelve with full-time school. A full-time work schedule must hours of coursework. Coursework over these limits during involve the same number of work hours each week as a work term constitute an overload and require the other full-time employees. A minimum of three full-time approval of the associate academic dean. work terms with the same employer is required.
Counseling Center
The Counseling Center provides professional counseling Counseling Center staff. A psychiatrist is on campus one and psychological services, including evaluations and half-day a week for medication. There is no charge for therapy for a wide variety of personal situations. These most services, although there is a fee, usually covered by range from adjusting to a new environment to significant insurance, for appointments with the psychiatrist and depression, anxiety, anger, trauma, interpersonal prob- medication. The Counseling Center follows the ethical lems, and other difficulties. Psychological assessments and professional standards of the American Psychological are available for learning disabilities, attention deficit Association and state laws regarding confidentiality. disorders and other conditions that may affect a student’s performance and for which accommodations can be made In addition to individual appointments, the Counseling in the classroom and for exams. Academic and career con- Center offers therapy groups, educational programs on cerns are also addressed, including assistance with study topics such as cultural adjustment, time management, skills, test taking, indecision about majors or career stress reduction, alcohol and drug use, communicating directions. effectively, dating, and responsible sexual behavior. For emergencies when the Counseling Center is closed, con- Services are provided by professionals with doctoral tact Public Safety. degrees in counseling and psychology and externs from local doctoral programs who are closely supervised by the IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 11 Campus Resources
Disability Resources
Services for persons with disabilities are coordinated by programs are invited to call the center prior to their the Center for Disability Resources and Educational arrival on campus to discuss their individual needs. Development. Persons with disabilities who are inter- Enrolled students with disabilities are encouraged to con- ested in applying for admission to any of IIT’s educational sult the office regarding access to IIT facilities.
Access, Card, and Parking Services
The Access, Card, and Parking Services Office issues materials’ check-out services, and HawkCash balances. HawkCards and parking permits for the university. The Permits to park in IIT lots are available for purchase HawkCard is the picture identification card for IIT stu- on an annual, academic year, or semester basis. Students dents, staff, and faculty. Not only does it serve as an ID, should visit Access, Card, and Parking Services in it also grants access to buildings, parking lots, computer Herman Hall, Room 201 for more information, or visit labs, Keating Athletic Center, the shuttle bus, library www.hawkcard.iit.edu or www.parking.iit.edu.
International Center
The International Center (www.ic.iit.edu) promotes inter- to the university and community; information and advice national education and cultural exchange by: 1) on immigration regulations; assistance with document supporting international students, faculty and staff, as preparation for employment and other related non-immi- well as students studying abroad; 2) assisting in the com- grant benefits; and information and advice on study pliance of immigration and other related regulations; and abroad programs. All international students, faculty and 3) providing services and resources to the IIT community. staff must report to the International Center immediately These services include: individual and group orientation upon arrival at IIT.
Interprofessional Projects
The Interprofessional Projects (IPRO) Program coordi- concept. IPRO teams may include five to 15 students nates IIT’s interprofessional course, which organizes from all academic levels (sophomore through graduate students in semester-long multidisciplinary project team school), and across IIT’s professional programs (engineer- sections based on real-world topics from sponsors that ing, science, business, law, psychology, design, and reflect the diversity of the workplace: corporations, entre- architecture). Integration of both horizontal (bridging preneurial ventures, non-profit organizations and professional programs) and vertical (bridging academic government agencies. The IPRO teams are self-directed, levels) dimensions within a project team experience stim- offering terrific opportunities for developing leadership ulates student interaction across the boundaries of potential and collaborating on interesting technical and individual disciplines and experiences. To learn more business challenges with faculty and sponsor mentors. or to review a list of current projects, students should Entrepreneurial IPRO (EnPRO) teams address the added visit the IPRO Program Office in 3424 S. State St. challenge of developing a business plan for a new venture room 4C7, or visit http://ipro.iit.edu.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 12 Campus Resources Libraries
IIT’s library system includes the Paul V. Galvin Library; Louis W. Biegler Library the Center for the Study of Ethics in the Professions www.gl.iit.edu/biegler Library; the Graham Resource Center; the Louis (630) 682-6050 W. Biegler Library; the Downtown Campus Library, Located on the Rice Campus in Wheaton, Biegler Library serving the Chicago-Kent College of Law and the Stuart provides access to a small circulating print collection, School of Business; the Moffett Center Library; and the reference materials, and journals, as well as digital University Archives. access to all of the databases subscribed to by the Galvin Library. Services include interlibrary loan, e-reserves, Paul V. Galvin Library Web-based document delivery, research consultations, www.gl.iit.edu and library instruction. (312) 567-3616 Paul V. Galvin Library is IIT’s main library, and offers an Downtown Campus Library array of innovative digital services along with traditional library.kentlaw.edu library collections. The library’s holdings include approxi- (312) 906-5670 mately 980,000 volumes, government publications, Serving Kent College of Law as well as the Stuart School microforms, and University Archives. Galvin Library also of Business, the Downtown Campus Library is a technolog- provides 24-hour access to more than 100 electronic data- ically advanced facility with an outstanding law, business, bases, indexing millions of articles; approximately 20,000 and social science collection. The library houses the full-text electronic journals; e-books; electronic course Library of International Relations (LIR), which contains reserves; and the I-Share system, a statewide resource one of the largest collections of international law materials sharing consortium of 65 university libraries. Galvin Library in the Midwest and is an official depository of the United also provides web-based delivery of a variety of materials, Nations and the European Union. including documents requested via interlibrary loan. National Center for Food Safety Graham Resource Center & Technology Library www.gl.iit.edu/grc www.ncfst.iit.edu (312) 567-3256 (708) 563-8163 The Graham Resource Center (GRC) is a branch of Located on the Moffett Campus, this library supports IIT’s Paul V. Galvin Library that serves the College of research on food technology and food safety. It is a deposi- Architecture. The GRC houses books, journals, images, tory library for the FAO (Food and Agriculture Organization maps, and architecture-related special collections. The of the United Nations.) The NCFST Library is a member GRC is located on the lower level of S.R. Crown Hall. of OCLC and the Illinois Metropolitan Library System. Center for the Study of Ethics University Archives in the Professions (CSEP) Library archives.iit.edu www.iit.edu/libraries/csep (312) 567-6840 (312) 567-6913 Located in the Paul V. Galvin Library, University The CSEP Library meets the needs of students, teachers, Archives serves as a repository for information on IIT’s researchers and practitioners in the field of practical and institutional history. University Archives serves internal professional ethics. The Library contains a variety of clients as well as outside scholars and researchers in materials, including codes of ethics, books, professional locating and interpreting records of activities at IIT. journals, newsletters, bibliographies, and videos dealing with such topics as autonomy, confidentiality, loyalty, conflicts of interest, and self-regulation. Multicultural Student Services The mission of The Office of Multicultural Student Multicultural Student Services will: Services (OMSS) addresses issues of diversity and encour- • Promote and enhance multicultural opportunities ages awareness and respect of all cultures globally. The for the campus; OMSS serves as a clearing house for data on multicultural • Prepare students to live and work in an increasingly issues and assists the IIT community to better understand diverse and global society; and the issues that confront multicultural students. • Create more culturally sensitive climates on the campus and in the surrounding communities. Serving as the primary office of advocacy for students of color, women, gay/lesbian and disabled students the OMSS OMSS Services include: offers support services, educational and social program- • Multicultural data sources and resource library ming aimed at the recruitment, retention, personal and • Workshops, seminars and networking for personal professional development, and success of all IIT students. and professional development • FIRST Program for New Students • Traditional multicultural event planning (i.e. History Months) • Multicultural student organization advising
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 13 Campus Resources
Research Centers
The Center for Accelerator and Particle Physics The Center for the Management of Medical (CAPP) provides a locus for interdisciplinary activities Technology (CMMT) is dedicated to research, education at IIT aimed at the continued development of research in and dissemination of knowledge in the management of elementary particle physics, at developing new particle- medical technology. The CMMT has five major research accelerator technologies, and at education and outreach thrusts: 1) generation, adoption and utilization of medical to educational institutions and to the wider business, technologies; 2) the nature of medical technology and philanthropic and general public sectors. It serves as a innovation and the role it plays in health care delivery; base to coordinate the activities of a group of IIT faculty, 3) evaluation of medical technologies; 4) ethics, social graduate students, and staff from various departments implications and patient value of medical technologies, currently involved in a number of research programs, and 5) management of medical information and emerging and will promote substantial increases in such involve- technologies. Eliezer Geisler, director, can be reached ment through a close working relationship with other at 312.906.6532. universities in the region and with Fermilab. Daniel Kaplan, CAPP director, can be reached at 312.567.3389 The Center for the Study of Ethics in the or at [email protected]. Web: www.capp.iit.edu. Professions (CSEP) was established in 1976 to promote research and teaching on practical ethical issues in the The Center for Complex Systems and Dynamics professions. It was the first multi-disciplinary ethics cen- (CCSD) provides an interdisciplinary collaborative ter to focus on the professions. CSEP continues to be one environment for fundamental and applied research for of the nation’s leading ethics centers, and is internation- understanding and mathematically describing complex ally recognized for its work on ethics in science and systems; developing mathematical and computational engineering. CSEP has been committed to carrying out techniques for simulating, analyzing, and modifying their multi-disciplinary, multi-institutional projects that intro- behavior; and applying these methods to various complex duce and propagate innovations in teaching and that systems of national interest. Current research areas produce research combining empirical investigation with include nonlinear and stochastic phenomena in complex conceptual analysis. This focus equips CSEP very well systems, multiagent systems, complex networks and adap- for the ESI component of the NNIN. Vivian Weil, director, tive systems, natural and industrial ecologies, dynamics can be reached at 312.567.3472 or [email protected]. Web: of multiphase systems, fluid turbulence, molecular level www.iit.edu/departments/csep/. modeling of physical systems, brain electrophysiology and computational neuroscience, and transportation systems. The Center for Synchrotron Radiation Research Ali Cinar, director, can be reached at 312.567.3637 or and Instrumentation CSRRI promotes, coordinates, [email protected]. Web: www.grad.iit.edu/researchcenters/ccsd/. and fosters research and educational activities in syn- chrotron radiation science and related fields at IIT. The Center for Electrochemical Science and CSRRI works not only among the core faculty, but also Engineering conducts basic and applied research among faculty in other areas and at other institutions primarily in fuel cells and batteries, while preparing across the nation and around the world. CSRRI fosters students for a career in advanced energy technology. education in x-ray sciences both at IIT and in the larger Jai Prakash, director, can be reached at 312.567.3639. scientific community through developing training pro- Web: www.chee.iit.edu/research/cese/cese.html. grams, academic courses and specialized short courses as well as participating in summer schools and training The Center of Excellence in Polymer Science and workshops at national and international conferences. Engineering is an interdisciplinary research and educa- Tom Irving, director, can be reached at 312.567.3489 or tion center established in 1990 through a grant from the [email protected]. Amoco Foundation, is devoted to the advancement of polymer science and engineering. Research is conducted Electric Power and Power Electronics Center IIT on synthesis, rheology, characterization and processing has long maintained high quality education and research of polymers. Education programs include concentrations programs in electric power and energy systems. The mis- for B.S., MAS (non-thesis), M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. sion of the Electric Power and Power Electronics Center Jay Schieber, director, can be reached at 312.567.3046 or (EPPEC) is to make significant educational, research, and [email protected]. Web: www.chee.iit.edu/research/cepse. practical contributions to the fields of electric power, power electronics, electric machines, motor drives, and The Center for Integrative Neuroscience and vehicular power systems. The tasks of the Center include Neuroengineering Research (CINNR)’s mission is to the sponsorship of technical studies, which will enhance foster research in systems and behavioral neuroscience at the role of university faculty, manufacturers, vendors, and the University of Chicago and neural engineering at Illinois consumers in power engineering research and education. Institute of Technology. Work in the Center proceeds from The Center works with centers and departments across basic science and clinical efforts and emphasizes interdisci- IIT, other institutions, government agencies, and industry plinary approaches to understanding the nervous system. to sponsor research projects, short courses, conferences, Philip Ulinski, director, can be reached at 773-702-8081 and seminars. Ali Emadi, director, can be reached at or [email protected]. Vincent Turitto, co-director can 312.567.8940 or [email protected]. Web: http://power.iit.edu. be reached at 312-567-6927 or [email protected]. Web: www.cinnresearch.org/index.html
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 14 Campus Resources Research Centers continued
Energy +Power Center offers research and education ing need among IIT researchers: the availability of high programs that respond to the needs of the energy and performance computing resources. In particular, the power industries. The center’s activities include the HPCC charter has three main goals: to provide expertise Energy/Environment/Economics (E3) program. Henry R. on the integration of new computing equipment into IIT’s Linden, center director, can be reached at 312.567.3095 HPC pool; to attract external funding for HPC infrastruc- Web: www.chee.iit.edu/research/enrg_pow/enrgpow.html. ture; and to promote HPC at IIT. The HPCC oversees the university’s central research computing resources: the 32 The Energy and Sustainability Institute develops processor “gigawulf” Linux cluster www.iit.edu/~gigawulf. close collaborations among numerous programs at IIT with a focus on development of energy-related inter- IIT Research Institute (IITRI) is IIT’s not-for-profit professional educational and research programs and contract research affiliate. With a focus on biomedical proposals. The strategy of the institute is to use a least- research, IITRI’s staff of approximately 150 scientists and cost path to improve energy efficiency, enhance power technicians conducts programs for both government and reliability and security, minimize pollution, and continue commercial sponsors. Specific areas of expertise include the decarbonization of the global energy system. IIT preclinical toxicology; carcinogenesis and cancer preven- researchers believe that the endpoint of this evolution tion; inhalation technology; molecular biology; will be electrification of most stationary energy uses with analytical chemistry; and biodefense. David McCormick, such high-tech renewables as photovoltaic, solar-thermal IITRI vice-president and director of its Life Sciences and wind energy, and the use of hydrogen as the domi- Group, can be reached at 312.567.4972. Web: nant transportation fuel in fuel-cell-powered electric www.iitri.org. vehicles. The institute also has plans to develop research and educational partnerships with the City of Chicago, The International Center for Sensor Science and State of Illinois, industry, national laboratories and other Engineering (ICSSE) coordinates education and universities. The institute goal is to play a major role research activities in sensor science and engineering. in identifying future research directions for shaping The center addresses significant national and interna- national energy policy and sustainability initiatives. tional needs for research and development in sensor Hamid Arastoopour, director, can be reached at science. Current research activities include: biosensors, 312.567.3038 or [email protected]. electrochemical sensors, nanosensors, physical sensors, computations for optimum sensor applications, pattern The Engineering Center For Diabetes Research recognition and artificial intelligence in sensor systems, and Education (ECDRE)’s objective is to use engineer- artificial chemical sensor arrays like electronic noses and ing techniques to develop treatment modalities for tongues, prosthetic sensing like eyes, ears and noses, sen- diabetes and its many complications. ECDRE is the first sor modeling and design, the shared sensor technology center in the U.S. to focus on diabetes treatment. IIT user facility for extreme sensor evaluation, and sensors faculty members, in collaboration with investigators for chiral molecules. Sensor applications include medi- and clinicians at the University of Chicago and Argonne cine, environment, human health and safety, industrial National Laboratory, are working on a variety of dia- and automotive, homeland security, and the NASA space betes-related research projects. ECDRE is a component station. Joseph Stetter, director, can be reached at of the Pritzker Institute of Biomedical Science and 312.567.5875 or [email protected]. Engineering, which is developing a biomedical research thrust on the campus of IIT. Ali Cinar, director, can be The Medical Imaging Research Center (MIRC) at the reached at 312-567-3637 or [email protected]. Emmanuel Pritzker Institute of Biomedical Science and Engineering Opara, co-director, can be reached at 312-567-3858 promotes, coordinates, and fosters research and educa- or [email protected]. Web: www.ecdre.iit.edu/. tional activities at IIT in medical imaging and related fields. Educational programs include B.S. and Ph.D. conducts The Fluid Dynamics Research Center programs in Biomedical Engineering. Current projects experiments and theoretical studies on fluid flow man- include: mapping the human brain, new x-ray imgaging agement and control, particularly in the area of boundary techniques, computer-aided diagnosis, and imaging the layer turbulence, applying the principles of computa- heart. Miles Wernick, director, can be reached at tional fluid dynamics. The center is the site of the 312.567.8818 or [email protected]. Web: www.mirc.iit.edu/. National Diagnostic Facility, the world’s largest univer- sity wind tunnel, fully dedicated to basic research, and The National Center for Food Safety and supported by the Air Force Office of Scientific Research Technology (NCFST) at IIT’s Moffett Campus is a con- and the Office of Naval Research. David R. Williams, sortium comprised of IIT, IITRI, the U.S. Food and Drug director, can be reached at 312.567.3192. Web: Administration, the University of Illinois and industrial http://fdrc.iit.edu. sponsors, to advance the safety and quality of our food supply, through research and education programs and The High Performance Computing Center (HPCC) extensive pilot plant facilities in food biotechnology, food is based on the successful collaboration among Illinois packaging and food processing. Martin Cole, director, Institute of Technology faculty and the Office of can be reached at 708.563.1576. Web: www.ncfst.iit.edu. Technology Services. The HPCC serves a critical comput-
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 15 Campus Resources
Research Centers continued
The Particle Technology and Crystallization Center The Pritzker Institute of Biomedical Science and (PTCC) is devoted to the development of fundamental Engineering is an umbrella organization that enhances knowledge, methods and strategies in the areas of nucle- the biomedical science and engineering research activities ation, crystallization, particle technology, and on the IIT campus. Pritzker develops and coordinates characterization that will result in faster development relationships and programs with traditional science and of new pharmaceutical compounds, development of new engineering departments within IIT, as well as outside solid forms, and a reduced time to bring a new compound institutions, especially, Argonne National Laboratory to market. This center is a collaboration of IIT, Purdue and the University of Chicago. Vincent Turitto, University, and Massachusetts Institute of Technology. director, can be reached at 312.567.5324. Web: A unique mechanism for addressing these important http://www.pritzker.iit.edu/. problems in particle technology and crystallization in the pharmaceutical industry arises from the combination of Through the Thermal Processing Technology Center the particle technology and crystallization group at IIT, (TPTC), faculty and students undertake research which includes characterization facilities at the Advanced to support the needs of the materials processing and Photon Source (APS) at Argonne National Laboratory; manufacturing industries. The center performs high the expertise provided by the department of Industrial quality basic and applied research in thermal processing and Physical Pharmacy at Purdue University in polymor- technology of interest to the primary metals and manu- phism, materials science, spectroscopic analysis, and facturing industry. In addition, the center provides manufacturing; and MIT in benchmarking and process training and education to enhance the human resources analysis. The center has developed relationships to firms available to industry. Multi-disciplinary research teams within the pharmaceutical industry to ascertain and are used to provide innovative crosscutting technological address important issues that are essential to new solutions to industrial materials processing problems. manufacturing knowledge and development. Dimitri Philip Nash, director, can be reached at 312.567.3056. Hatziavramidis,director, can be reached at 312.567.5302. Web: http://tptc.iit.edu. Web: www.grad.iit.edu/researchcenters/ptcc.
Service, Education and Outreach Centers
The Center for Research and Service offers professional ists, and other programs. Public programming, scholar- consulting services through the Institute of Psychology at ship and research, and student educational opportunities IIT. The center supports its clients through research-based in the Institute focuses on biotechnology, information solutions that improve individual, team and organizational technology, environmental science, and cross-cutting performance. Bruce Fisher, director, can be reached at issues such as products liability, intellectual property, 312.567.6471. Web: www.iit.edu/~psyccrs/. design of legal and market institutions, and use of tech- nology in the courtroom. In addition, institute staff and The Center for Sustainable Enterprise can bring faculty draft laws and regulations and develop other the many disciplines resident at the Illinois Institute programs that guide public policy decisions. Lori of Technology together in a collaborative relationship with Andrews, director, can be reached at 312.906.5359. business corporations, other academic institutions, govern- ment agencies and members of the NGO community to The Invention Center helps students and faculty identify, develop, communicate, and help implement practi- develop a studio approach to engineering. The center’s cal and equitable business strategies that advance the philosophy is project-oriented, creativity-driven and ecological sustainability of the Greater Chicago Area, while encompasses all the stages of invention, including idea fostering our current and future economic viability. George generation and development. prototype development and Nassos, director, can be reached at 312.906.6543 or gnas- proof-of-concept, the patent process and commercializa- [email protected]. Web: www.stuart.iit.edu/cse/home.html. tion. Francisco Ruiz, director, can be reached at 312.567.3212. Web: www.iit.edu/~invention/. Energy/Environment/Economics (E3) is an academic program of research and coursework for students in chemi- The Manufacturing Productivity Center is the hub cal, mechanical, environmental and electrical engineering. of all activities relating to manufacturing technology and The research program encompasses areas of specialization management. Keith E. McKee, director, can be reached that relate to energy, sustainable development, industrial at 312.567.3650. Web: www.mtm.iit.edu/mpc.html. ecology and environmental design. Hamid Arastoopour, director, can be reached at 312.567.3038. The Office of Intellectual Property and Technology Transfer supports all IIT efforts to build and sustain The Institute for Science, Law & Technology relationships with corporations and other external organi- provides a forum to produce and disseminate knowledge zations. The office coordinates the process of identifying on the implications and applications of science within evaluating, protecting, marketing and licensing all IIT societal and legal contexts. As part of its mission, the inventions and copyrightable material. Robert Anderson, institute sponsors long-term, multi-disciplinary research, director of technology transfer and intellectual property, can public conferences, judicial training, symposia for journal- be reached at 312.567.3462. Web: www.grad.iit.edu/techtr/.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 16 Campus Resources Residence and Greek Life
More than half of IIT’s full-time undergraduates live on residence halls, there are six fraternity houses and two campus. The Residence Life Office offers a wide range of sorority houses. Fraternities and sororities have very programs and services designed to enhance campus life. active programs, and membership is open to commuting The office coordinates resident advisers, student security, as well as resident students. Housing for married stu- and the Residence Hall Association. In addition to seven dents is available in four campus apartment buildings.
Student Activities
Co-curricular activities and events provide opportunities the Student Government Association (SGA), Graduate for students to expand their intellectual, social and recre- Student Association; the Residence Halls Association ational interests. The McCormick Tribune Campus (RHA), which governs the hall councils; Greek Council, Center (MTCC) is the site for feature films, comedians the governing organization for social fraternities and and live music. The campus center has lounges, study sororities; the National Society of Black Engineers areas, meeting rooms, student organization offices, an (NSBE); Latinos Involved in Further Education (LIFE); auditorium, a ballroom, a cafeteria, a pub, and a recre- Union Board, which plans much of the campus social ation room. The Office of Student Activities oversees and cultural activities; Technology News, the student many student groups and acts as liaison between the newspaper; WIIT-FM, the student radio station; administration and the various organizations. The cam- and Commuter Student’s Association, the commuter pus is home to numerous student organizations including student organization.
Student Affairs
The office of the Dean of Student Affairs oversees many dent organizations and professional societies. Students areas of student life and serves as the primary advocate are also encouraged to take advantage of the cultural, and ombudsperson for students. The office also manages educational and recreational resources on campus, as the student conduct process. Students, faculty and staff well as in the Chicago area. For additional information are encouraged to contact the office for help or referrals. on activities, organizations and services, students should Activities outside the classroom and laboratory comple- consult the IIT Student Handbook, available at ment and enhance IIT’s central educational mission. IIT www.iit.edu/~osa/. encourages all students to participate in athletics, stu-
Student Health Center
Health services are available for all students regardless programs throughout the academic year and is available of insurance coverage. The health service is staffed by to assist students with wellness or information work- master’s prepared nurse practitioners who function as shops. A nurse practitioner is available Monday through advanced practice clinicians in collaboration with a physi- Friday by appointment and on a walk-in basis in emer- cian. Diagnosis and management of common illnesses gency situations. The physician is on site approximately and injuries as well as prescriptive authority is within two hours per week. The Student Health Center also the scope of advance practice nurses. Preventative medi- serves as the administrator of the student health insur- cine such as women’s health care, immunizations, ance. The Student Health Center is in 112 Farr Hall; nutrition and diet information and laboratory testing are appointments may be made by calling 312.808.7100. available. The health service also provides educational Hours are from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m., Monday through Friday.
Technology Commercialization
The Office of Intellectual Property and Technology Robert Anderson, director of technology transfer and Transfer, www.grad.iit.edu/techtr, supports all IIT efforts intellectual property, can be reached at 312.567.3462. to build and sustain relationships with corporations and Dr. Myron Gottlieb, manager of technology transfer other external organizations. The office coordinates the and intellectual property, can be reached at 312-567-3596 process of identifying, evaluating, protecting, marketing or [email protected]. and licensing all IIT inventions and copyrightable mater- ial. Assistance with business startup issues is available
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 17 Campus Resources
Technology Services
The Office of Technology Services (OTS) supports IIT’s The OTS Support Desk is the central point of contact primary technology systems including administrative for technology support at IIT. The Support Desk staff systems, network and telephone infrastructure, and provides technical troubleshooting and administrative distance learning programs. OTS departments include support for all students, faculty and staff. Services Technology Infrastructure, Programming and Client include troubleshooting, account management, and Services, Telecommunications, and IIT Online configuration assistance. The Support Desk website Technical Services. (http://support.iit.edu) houses a knowledge database that is available to all clients and includes how-to and self-help OTS maintains over 300 computers in its classrooms information for common technical issues and questions. and public terminals throughout Main and Rice cam- Members of the IIT community may submit a request puses. The classrooms are used for both academic courses for technical support by opening a ticket on the support and IIT-organized events. The computers in these class- website and via email ([email protected]) or by calling the rooms are refreshed on a three-year cycle, to ensure that Support Desk at 312.567.3375 (on-campus ext. 7-DESK). students have access to equipment that supports their academic goals. The instructional software in the class- At IIT there are two options for connecting to the net- rooms is also reviewed every semester by the IIT work, wired and wireless. Most campus buildings have Software Committee, and is updated after thorough test- wired internet access and wireless access is available ing for compatibility with existing lab hardware/software. in Galvin Library, most residential areas, and some academic buildings. Visit the OTS web site to view The Blackboard course management system is also main- IIT’s current wireless zones. Instructions for connecting tained by OTS. The system hosts a website for every to the Internet through the IIT Network, including how course offered at IIT and serves as a portal to IIT Online to configure your computer and register your wireless streaming media, which can be accessed by students in network card, are also available on the OTS website, both online and live course sections. Instructors post http://ots.iit.edu. notes, lectures, and assignments on the course page, which also features a discussion board and chat room. The OTS website contains links to detailed information IIT Online continues to grow rapidly with an increasing on all of the topics discussed above, as well as useful number of classes being broadcast over the Internet details for other services, such as e-mail and software and IITV microwave channels each semester. IIT Online licensing. For any questions about the services that OTS also broadcasts special IIT events such as guest lectures provides, the most current information can be obtained and commencements. by consulting the Support Desk or OTS website.
Women’s Services and Diversity Education
The office of Women’s Services and Diversity Education life-management options, advocacy, and self-assessment. serves as a compass for students of the IIT community to Fun and creative social, cultural, and educational events navigate through issues that confront today’s society are designed and administered to foster learning and including equality, women’s rights, health, social respon- growth. Pertinent resources and tools are provided to sibility, financial education, personal enrichment, and help patrons succeed in their life, school, and career. cultural awareness. Students, faculty, staff and friends WSDE enjoys the honor of being affiliated with other are provided services and programs that nurture leader- great campus departments and community oganizations. ship talents, address motivational needs, offer
Writing Centers
Students can seek assistance with written and oral Second, the Humanities Writing Center primarily serves assignments at two writing centers, both located in Siegal students with assignments in history, literature, philoso- Hall 232. First, the CAC Writing Center supplements phy, social sciences, and art and architecture history instructional material available at the Communication courses. Its staff are also expert in English as a Second Across the Curriculum website (http://www.cac.iit.edu), Language, offering special attention to students whose and primarily serves students in engineering, sciences, primary language is not English. and computer science courses—especially those enrolled in writing-intensive courses (Introduction to the Profession, C-courses, and IPROs). Appointments may be made online at http://www.cac.iit.edu/calendar/default.asp.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 18 Graduate Programs and General Requirements Graduate Degree Programs and General Requirements
The university’s Armour College of Engineering, College master’s programs may choose either a thesis track or of Architecture, Center for Professional Development, non-thesis track program. These academic units also Chicago-Kent College of Law, Institute of Design, work together to offer a wide variety of joint- and dual- Institute of Psychology, and Stuart School of Business degree programs. award graduate degrees. In many fields, students in
Doctoral Degrees
Applied Mathematics Environmental Engineering Architecture Management Science Biology Materials Science and Engineering Biomedical Engineering Mathematics Education Chemical Engineering Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Chemistry Molecular Biochemistry and Biophysics Civil Engineering Physics Computer Engineering Psychology Computer Science Science Education Design Technical Communication Electrical Engineering
Law Degrees
Juris Doctor (J.D.) J.D./LL.M in Family Law (joint degree) Master of Laws (LL.M.) J.D./M.S. in Financial Markets (joint degree) LL.M. in Family Law J.D./LL.M. in Financial Services Law (joint degree) J.D./M.B.A. (joint degree) J.D./Master of Public Administration (joint degree) J.D./M.S. in Environmental Management (joint degree) J.D./Master of Public Health (joint degree in cooperation J.D./LL.M. in Taxation (joint degree) with University of Illinois at Chicago)
Master of Science Degrees
Applied Mathematics Marketing Communication Biology Materials Science and Engineering Chemical Engineering Mathematics Education Chemistry Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Civil Engineering Molecular Biochemistry and Biophysics Computer Engineering Personnel and Human Resources Development Computer Engineering and Electrical Engineering Personnel and Human Resources Development (dual degree) (dual-degree w/ B.S. in Psychology) Computer Science and Master of Chemical Engineering Physics (dual degree) Psychology Computer Science Rehabilitation Counseling* Computer Science for Teachers Rehabilitation Counseling Electrical Engineering (dual-degree w/ B.S. in Psychology)* Environmental Engineering Science Education Environmental Management Technical Communication and Information Design* Finance Financial Markets * application to these programs does not require the GRE Food Process Engineering Food Safety and Technology Information Architecture Manufacturing Engineering
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 19 Graduate Degree Programs and General Requirements Professional Master’s Degrees
These programs are specifically designed with the needs Design (full-time only) of professionals in mind. Most are course-only and do not Design Methods require a thesis. In addition, the GRE requirement is Electrical and Computer Engineering waived for applicants to professional master’s degree pro- Electricity Markets grams who hold a bachelor’s degree from an accredited Engineering in Manufacturing (via Internet) U.S. institution with a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0/4.0. Environmental Engineering Food Process Engineering Architecture (full-time only) Food Safety and Technology Architectural Engineering Gas Engineering (Internet only) Biological Engineering Geoenvironmental Engineering Biology Geotechnical Engineering Biomedical Imaging and Signals Health Physics Business Administration (M.B.A.) Industrial Technology and Operations Business Administration/ Information Technology and Management M.S. in Environmental Management (dual degree) Landscape Architecture Business Administration/M.S. in Finance (dual degree) Manufacturing Engineering Business Administration/M.S. in Financial Markets Master of Public Administration (M.P.A.) (dual degree) Materials Science and Engineering Business Administration/ Mathematical Finance M.S. in Marketing Communication (dual degree) Mathematics Education Business Administration/ Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Master of Public Administration (dual degree) Network Engineering Chemical Engineering Nonprofit Management (M.P.A.) Chemical Engineering and M.S. in Computer Science Power Engineering (dual degree) Public Administration (M.P.A.) Chemistry Public Works Chemistry in Analytical Chemistry Science Education Chemistry in Materials and Chemical Synthesis Structural Engineering Computer Science Telecommunications and Software Engineering Computer Science with a specialization in Business (MCS) Transportation Engineering Construction Engineering and Management VLSI and Microelectronics
Graduate Certificate Programs
Designed to provide knowledge in a specialized area Food Process Engineering within an academic discipline, these programs typically Particle Processing consist of 9–12 credit hours of coursework that might Pharmaceutical Engineering otherwise be applicable to a master’s degree. Students Polymer Science and Engineering who successfully complete graduate certificate programs Process Operations Management and who subsequently apply for admission and are admitted to a master’s degree program at IIT may apply (Environmental Engineering:) all approved coursework taken in the certificate program Air Resources and passed with a grade of “B” or better toward the mas- Hazardous Waste Engineering ter’s degree. Admission to a certificate program does not Indoor Air Quality guarantee future admission to a degree program. Water and Wastewater Treatment
Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences Civil and Architectural Engineering Analytical Method Development Construction Management Analytical Spectroscopy Earthquake and Wind Engineering Design Characterization of Inorganic and Organic Materials Geoenvironmental Engineering Chromatography Infrastructure Engineering and Management Radiological Physics Transportation Systems Planning Synthesis and Characterization of Inorganic Materials Synthesis and Characterization of Organic Materials Computer Science Computer Networking and Telecommunications Chemical and Environmental Engineering Information Systems (Chemical Engineering:) Software Engineering Biological Engineering Current Energy Issues (Internet only) IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 20 Graduate Programs and General Requirements
Graduate Certificate Programs continued
Electrical and Computer Engineering Public Administration Advanced Electronics Nonprofit Studies and Management Applied Electromagnetics Public Safety and Crisis Management Communication Systems Computer Engineering Information Technology and Management Control Systems Computer and Network Security Technologies Electricity Markets Power Electronics Lewis Department of Humanities Power Engineering Ethics in the Workplace: Business, Engineering and Signal Processing Government Wireless Communications Engineering Instructional Design International Technical Communication Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering Technical Communication Computer Integrated Design and Manufacturing Product Quality & Reliability Assurance Institute of Psychology Compensation Management National Center for Food Safety and Technology Psychiatric Rehabilitation Food Process Engineering Rehabilitation Engineering Technology Food Safety and Technology
Professional Certificates
Chicago-Kent College of Law Information Management Students must be enrolled as J.D. students to earn these International Business certificates: Management Science Environmental Energy and Law Marketing Intellectual Property Law Operations, Quality, and Techology Management International and Comparative Law Strategic Management of Organizations Labor and Employment Law Litigation and Alternative Dispute Resolution Graduate Certificates Public Interest Law E-Business Environmental Management College of Science and Letters Healthcare Management Math and Science Education: Professional Teacher Healthcare Marketing Communication Education Financial Markets Certificates Stuart School of Business Alternative Investments Electronic Trading Graduate Management Certificates Financial Markets (Available only to students who possess advanced degrees Financial Programming in business, finance, or management.) Portfolio Management Entrepreneurship Financial Management
Undergraduate Programs
A complete description of undergraduate programs and admission requirements is available from the Office of Undergraduate Admission at www.iit.edu/ admission/undergrad.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 21 Graduate Programs and General Requirements
Synopsis of Graduate Studies at IIT
The following guideline for prospective and current stu- Academic Affairs in order to proceed from application to dents shows the steps that must be taken and the forms graduation to receipt of degree. The forms indicate which that must be completed, signed by appropriate university signatures are needed. All forms are available at officials, and submitted to the Graduate College Office of www.grad.iit.edu/forms.
For applicants Form or Application Required 1. Formal application Regular application and all supporting materials including official transcripts, letters of recommendation, test scores (if required), professional statement, portfolio (if required) and application fee.
2. Admission decision Admission letter from the Office of Graduate Admission outlining terms of admission offer, or informing the student that admission has been denied.
For admitted and continuing Ph.D. students 3. Registration Registration may be approved online at http://webforsun.cns.iit.edu/ahomepg.htm or forms signed by appropriate officials. Continuing students not enrolling for the current term must submit Form #216, Leave of Absence.
4. Approval of the program of study Form 401 must be submitted by the student online at www.grad.iit.edu/forms/ and will be electronically approved by the faculty adviser and academic unit head/department chair.
Form 406 can be submitted to revise an approved 401 form.
5. Ph.D. qualifying examination Department administering exam submits Form #303* (if required).
6. Ph.D. comprehensive examination Form #301A. Department submits exam results in Form #309.*
7. Fulfillment of Ph.D. residency requirement No form needed.
8. Appointment of the thesis examining committee/ Form #301A. comprehensive examination committee
9. Preliminary Ph.D. thesis approval Form #501A.
10.Final Ph.D. thesis committee approval Form #301B.
11.Final thesis defense / Department submits exam results in Form #309.* comprehensive examination
12.Thesis fee Bursar’s receipt.
13.Ph.D. thesis approval signed by the thesis examiner Form #501B.
14.Completion of courses and other requirements Listed on Form #401, and Form #406 if there are modifications to Form #401
15.Application for Graduation Application for Graduation Form. (Check deadline listed in the Enrollment Guide for semester of desired graduation.)
16.Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the university
17.Commencement (attendance is voluntary) Registrar will mail details in October and April.
18.Diploma Registrar will mail diplomas four to six weeks after semester grades are reported.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 22 Graduate Degree Programs and General Requirements
Synopsis of Graduate Studies continued
For admitted and continuing M.S. students 3. Registration Registration may be approved online at http://webforsun.cns.iit.edu/ahomepg.htm or forms signed by appropriate officials. Continuing students must submit Form 216, Leave of Absence.
4. Approval of the program of study Form 401 must be submitted by the student online at www.grad.iit.edu/forms/ and will be electronically approved by the faculty adviser and academic unit head/department chair.
5. Preliminary M.S. thesis approval Form #501A (if required).
6. Final thesis/ comprehensive examination for M.S. or MAS where applicable Department submits Form #303. (if required).
7. Final M.S. thesis committee approval Form #501B (if required).
8. Thesis fee (if applicable) Bursar’s receipt.
9. M.S. thesis approval signed by the thesis examiner Form #501B.
10. Completion of courses and other requirements Listed on Form #401 and Form #406.
11. Application for Graduation Application for Graduation Form. (Check deadline listed in the Enrollment Guide for semester of desired graduation.)
12. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the university
13. Commencement (attendance is voluntary) Registrar will mail details in October and April.
14. Diploma Registrar will mail diplomas four–six weeks after semester grades are reported.
Note: Copies of the forms and applications may be graduation may also be obtained from the Office of obtained from the respective academic unit; the Office of Academic Affairs or at www.grad.iit.edu. Academic Affairs, 110 Main Building, 3300 S. Federal St., Chicago, IL 60616 or at 312.567.3024; or the Graduate *Forms 303 and 309, Exam Results Forms, are not given to students. College Web site at www.grad.iit.edu. A copy of the Academic units send 303 and 309 forms to the Office of Academic Affairs. sequence of events for students who have applied for
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 23 Admission Admission
Application for Admission
Application information and forms for degree and on previously submitted transcripts. Students wishing non-degree admission may be obtained from the Office to register more than one year after the initial applica- of Graduate Admission by visiting www.grad.iit.edu/ tion must apply as a new student and resubmit all admission/, by calling 312.567.3020, by e-mailing grad- documents. [email protected], or by writing to 10 W. 33rd St., Perlstein Hall, room 203, Chicago, IL 60616. Applications and information for graduate programs in business may be obtained from Stuart School of Business All documents submitted in support of an application by visiting www.stuart.iit.edu, by calling 312.906.6576, must be the original or a certified copy. Documents may or by writing to the school at 565 W. Adams, Chicago, IL not be duplicated, transferred, forwarded or returned 60661. once they have been submitted to IIT. A one time applica- tion/processing fee must accompany the application. Applications for programs in law may be obtained from Students will find current application fees, applications Chicago-Kent College of Law by visiting and instructions at www.grad.iit.edu/admission. Students www.kentlaw.edu, by calling 312.906.5020, or by writing applying to Stuart School of Business, Chicago-Kent to the college at 565 W. Adams, Chicago, IL 60661. College of Law and the Institute of Design should visit their websites for information. Any applicant or student Applicatons for the College of Architecture are available who has applied to or attended IIT previously is not by visiting www.arch.iit.edu or by phoning 312.567.3260. required to submit an additional application fee. The college’s mailing address is Crown Hall, 3360 S. State, Chicago, IL 60616. Students who do not register for the semester they origi- nally applied for must contact the Graduate Admission Office to request to defer their admission for one semes- ter. Transcripts must be submitted for all courses attempted at other institutions that were not listed
Degree-Seeking Versus Non-Degree Status
A degree-seeking student is a registered student who sub- those who wish to improve their professional or personal mitted an application for admission as a degree-seeking development without being required to fulfill degree student, was accepted by an academic unit in a specific requirements, are not certain about their prospective degree program, and received a formal letter of admis- field of study at IIT, have less than a 3.0/4.0 undergradu- sion. Degree-seeking students are required to register ate GPA, or are unable to submit a completed regular every semester except summer unless they receive special application prior to the beginning of the semester. permission in writing for a leave of absence (Form 216) Non-degree students are not accepted into a graduate from the Graduate College, Office of Academic Affairs. degree program and are not classified as degree-seeking students. (See the section on Admission as a Non- A non-degree student is a registered student who holds Degree Student for procedures on becoming an undergraduate degree from an accredited institution, a degree-seeking student.) submitted an application for admission as a non-degree student, and was admitted. Non-degree students are
Admission as a Degree-Seeking Student
To apply, please submit an application, including all sup- 1. Official transcripts, or certified copies thereof, of all porting documents and application fee, prior to the academic work at the college level or above. published deadlines. Applications received after the speci- 2. Two letters of recommendation (three for Ph.D. appli- fied dates will be considered only if circumstances permit. cants). In addition to the application form, the applicant must 3. Professional statement. submit the following: 4. Required test scores.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 24 Admission
All applicants are required to submit GRE general test Applicants to Chicago-Kent College of Law must submit scores. A minimum combined general GRE score of 1200 LSAT scores and other documentation as required by the is required for tests taken before October 1, 2002. For law school. Stuart School of Business applicants are tests taken on or after October 1, 2002, a minimum score required to submit GMAT and other documentation as of 900 (quantitative + verbal) and 2.5 (analytical writing) required by the business school. Prospective students is required for M.S./MAS applicants. Ph.D. applicants can obtain more information about admission require- must meet the minimum requirements of 1000 (quantita- ments for Chicago-Kent College of Law at tive + verbal) and 3.0 (analytical writing), for tests taken http://www.kentlaw.edu/ and for Stuart School of on or after October 1, 2002. Individual departments, col- Business at http://www.stuart.iit.edu/. leges and institutes of IIT may require higher scores. Students should see the specific admissions requirements Meeting the minimum required test scores and GPA does listed for each academic unit in the relevant sections of not guarantee admission. Specific requirements and fac- this bulletin. GRE scores may be no more than five-years tors considered by academic units in admission decisions old. The IIT code number is 1318. The GRE requirement for specific degree programs are outlined in the relevant is waived for applicants to professional master’s degree sections of this bulletin. programs who hold bachelor’s degrees from an accredited degree program at a U.S. college or university with a cumulative GPA of 3.0/4.0 or higher. The required mini- mum cumulative undergraduate GPA for regular admission is 3.0/4.0. Students with a 2.5/4.0 GPA may be admitted as non-degree students with probationary sta- tus. (See Admission as a Non-Degree Student.)
Admission as a Certificate Student
Admission as a certificate student requires that the stu- Certificate students are permitted to enroll in as many dent submit the application form and official transcripts credit hours as are necessary to complete the certificate. of all college-level coursework. A certificate student must Certificate students who later apply and are admitted to possess a bachelor’s degree with a cumulative GPA of a master’s degree program may apply only approved cer- 2.5/4.0. A certificate student whose bachelor’s degree(s) is tificate coursework with a grade of “B” or higher to the not in the field of certificate study or a closely related master’s degree. field may be required to take additional prerequisite courses that may not count toward the certificate.
Admission as a Non-Degree Student
Citizens and permanent residents of the United States as a non-degree student and passed with a grade of B with incomplete applications, who have a minimum or better may be applied to the degree. The Office of undergraduate GPA of 2.5/4.0, or who cannot submit Graduate Admission will notify non-degree students of required documentation by the application deadline, can the conditions under which they are admitted. Students apply for non-degree student admission. A final admis- should also refer to the section on transfer of credit on sion decision (degree-seeking admission) may be deferred page 33. until the requisite GPA has been achieved in study as a non-degree student, or until the required documents are International students on an F-1 visa cannot be admitted available. Non-degree students seeking to convert to as non-degree students. Non-degree students who wish to degree-seeking status must complete a regular applica- continue to take courses as non-degree students beyond tion to a degree program prior to the completion of nine nine credit hours must declare, in writing, their respec- credit hours of study. If a non-degree student applies for tive intents not to pursue a degree program to the and is granted admission to a degree program, a maxi- Graduate College’s Office of Academic Affairs. mum of nine credit hours of approved coursework taken
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 25 Admission
International Applicant Requirements
General Requirements
International applications are incomplete until the fol- non-English credentials. A minimum combined general lowing are received: GRE score of 1200 is required for tests taken before October 1, 2002. For tests taken on or after October 1, 1. Application fee. 2002, a minimum score of 900 (quantitative + verbal) and 2. TOEFL scores (if required). 2.5 (analytical writing) is required for M.S./MAS appli- 3. GRE scores. cants. 4. Official transcripts of all academic work at the university level or above. Ph.D. applicants must meet the minimum requirements 5. Professional statement and portfolio (if required). of 1000 (quantitative + verbal) and 3.0 (analytical writ- 6. Two letters of recommendation (three for Ph.D. appli- ing), for tests taken on or after October 1, 2002. cants). Individual departments, colleges and institutes of IIT may require higher scores. Students should see the spe- If any of these documents are not in English, the student cific admissions requirements listed for each academic must provide a certified English translation by a quali- unit in the relevant sections of this bulletin. GRE scores fied translator, together with the original certified may be no more than five-years old.
English Competency
Non-native English speakers must prove proficiency in Illinois Institute of Technology, Room 203, Chicago, IL English by submitting TOEFL scores with a score of no 60616. The IIT code number is 1318. less than 600 (paper-based) or 100 (internet-based). Applicants with TOEFL scores above 550 (paper-based) Since fluency in the English language is a requirement or 213 (computer-based) or 80 (internet based) swill be for advanced degrees at IIT, any newly admitted interna- admitted with the stipulation that they pass the IIT tional student whose performance on the English English Proficiency Review (EPR) exam upon their Proficiency Review (EPR) is not acceptable will be arrival. If they fail this exam, they will be required take required to enroll in, and pass, up to nine credit hours of any one or all of ENG 051, 052, and 053 based on the rec- courses in English as a Second Language. There will be ommendation of the Humanities Department. Applicants an additional tuition charge for the payment of these with four or more years of undergraduate education with required courses. Courses from the English as a Second English as the medium of instruction will be exempt from Language Program focus on various aspects of fluency in the TOEFL and EPR exams. Applicants should have the English: ENGL 051 emphasizes speaking and listening; official results sent from the Educational Testing Service ENGL 052 stresses reading comprehension and vocabu- to the Office of Graduate Admission, 10 W. 33rd St., lary building; and ENGL 053 introduces graduate students to the research paper and its standards.
Financial Support
IIT funds available to assist international students are accompanied by a certified statement that the funds may limited and are usually awarded to a small number of be transferred to the United States for the student’s use. selected students with outstanding academic credentials. Applicants on F-1 student visas are not eligible for part- All credentials for international students should be time employment during their first year at IIT. received by the published deadlines. Completion of applica- International students must provide a certified financial tions after that date may not allow time for a decision to affidavit from a responsible government official, or an be made and/or a visa to be issued for the semester official of a recognized financial institution, certifying requested. It is also helpful for applicants to submit a copy that the student has (or will have available) funds to of their passport with their application materials, to verify cover their entire period of study at IIT, and that the accuracy of the applicant’s name. Applicants are warned funds are free from restrictions and immediately avail- not to make definite arrangements for attending IIT until able to cover a period equivalent to one calendar year. they have received a formal notice of admission. Students The I-20 or DS-2019 cannot be issued until an acceptable will be advised of their admission or denial as soon as pos- affidavit of financial support is received. Additional funds sible after IIT’s receipt of all credentials, usually within six will be needed for travel expenses. Simple statements weeks, unless additional information is required. from parents or relatives to pay all expenses are not acceptable. Bank statements are not acceptable unless
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 26 Admission
Readmission for a Second Graduate Degree
A student who earns a graduate degree at IIT is not auto- matically accepted as a student in a second-degree program in either the same or a different academic unit. Continuation for a second degree is contingent upon admission in the second program. Additional information is available from the Office of Graduate Admission.
Newly Admitted Students
Accompanying the admission letter will be a website link 312.567.5075) or email [email protected]. Admission to the Intent to Enroll form, housing information, initial does not include commitments for room and board. registration instructions, medical examination form, A cash deposit is required with the application for and an immunization form. For international students housing. In general, IIT cannot provide housing the admission packet will include the I-20 or DS-2019 assistance for students who wish to live off campus. and a link to the International Student Handbook. To register in the semester for which they were admitted, Newly admitted students should consult their academic students must return the completed medical form and units concerning program, degree requirements and spe- immunization form. cial departmental regulations, and should make every effort to arrive at IIT in time for the initial registration Arrangements for campus housing must be made directly advising date. If students cannot arrive before the last with the Director of Housing, Illinois Institute of day of late registration, the Office of Graduate Admission Technology, 3303 S. State St., Chicago, IL 60616 (phone: must be notified in writing.
Enrollment Confirmation and Deferral Requests
At the time of admission, the student should submit subsequent semester must request the deferment by con- a non-binding Intent to Enroll Form at http:// tacting the Graduate Admission Office ([email protected], gradenrol.iit.edu/joiniit/joiniit.htm, or send an email 312.567.3020.). International students also must return to [email protected], to reserve a place in the program. the original I-20 and submit a new bank statement. All students who wish to defer their enrollment to the
Immunization Requirement
In accordance with Illinois law, all students born on or religious reasons. A student who fails to provide accept- after January 1, 1957, and enrolling at IIT for the first able evidence of immunity shall be prevented from time after July 1, 1989, must supply health provider-doc- registering for classes in the next semester. Individuals umented evidence of vaccination for diphtheria, tetanus, who are not properly immunized or who do not have proof measles, rubella and mumps. Transfer students are con- of immunization may receive the required immunizations sidered as first-time enrolled students. Students enrolling at the Student Health Center for a nominal fee. The for the first time during a summer session may be per- Certification of Immunization form is available at mitted to enroll in the subsequent fall semester before http://www.iit.edu/~shc/forms/ImmunizationReq.pdf. providing proof of immunity. Students who wish to enroll Questions regarding this policy should be directed to the only in one class per semester or via IITV at corporate Student Health Center, Illinois Institute of Technology, sites may file a written request for an exemption. 3300 S. Michigan Ave., Chicago, IL 60616, 312.808.7100 Exemption from one or more of the specific requirements or [email protected]. may also be granted based on documented medical or
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 27 Admission
Post-Baccalaureate (UPB) Students
Applicants with bachelor’s degrees who are ineligible for sites for graduate study. These students may later graduate admission may be admitted as undergraduate be considered for admission as non-degree graduate post-baccalaureate (UPB). In general, UPB admission students at IIT. Students should apply for Undergraduate may be offered to domestic applicants who are required to Admission-UPB status through the Office of Educational complete a number of prerequisite courses to improve Services, 101 Main Building, 312.567.3300 or go to their undergraduate performance or complete prerequi- edserve.iit.edu
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 28 Registration Registration
Full-Time Versus Part-Time Status
Full-time students are regular, matriculated students Note: Full-time international students must fall into that meet any of the following criteria: categories (a) or (b). International students enrolling less than full-time in the semester of graduation or falling a. Register for a minimum of nine credits per into category (c) must file a petition (less than full-time semester (six credits in summer). eligibility) in the International Center by registration b. Hold university-approved fellowships, or teach- deadline. In order for the nine hours of registration to be ing or research assistantships, regardless of the considered full-time, only one course may be audited. number of credits of registration. Additional International students may only take one online course restrictions may apply to International students per term, to count towards their full-time enrollment. The enrolled for less than six hours. Consult the maximum study load for regular students is 15 credit International Center. hours per semester except by permission of the Graduate c. Are occupied with an academic activity that College’s Office of Academic Affairs. During the summer mandates an equivalent of full-time study, session, the normal study load is six credit hours. regardless of the number of credits of registra- tion. (This privilege may be used in a limited Part-time students are those who do not fulfill any of the number of occasions and requires the written above criteria for full-time students. consent of the faculty adviser and the endorse- ment of the Graduate College’s Office of Academic Affairs.)
Who Should Register
Any graduate student who is using university facilities A graduate student who receives any type of stipend and/or faculty time must register for a minimum of one must meet the minimum registration requirements for credit in fall, spring and summer semesters. A student the fall and spring semesters. Occasionally, students may must be registered: need to complete an internship or thesis or dissertation fieldwork away from the university as part of their acade- 1. During the semester of qualifying mic program; those students may petition to be and comprehensive examinations. considered full time while conducting field research or 2. During the semester of final thesis defense. completing an internship if they previously satisfied the 3. During the semester in which the degree university residency requirements. The full-time equiva- is awarded. lent for such students is one semester credit. The petition must be endorsed by the student’s adviser and academic Note: Registration may be waived if all requirements unit head, and forwarded to the Graduate College’s Office are completed by the first day of class. of Academic Affairs for approval.
Course Numbering
Course numbers 100–399 are primarily used for under- ments: a maximum of 12 credit hours of 400 level classes graduate courses. Courses 400–499 may be used for may be included). Courses numbered 500–799 are gradu- minor credit or as prerequisites when taken as part of an ate level and are primarily for graduate students; the approved graduate program (see department require- grade earned by graduate students must be a “C” or better.
Course Description
Course descriptions are available in the Academic www.enrollment.iit.edu—go to IIT Web for Students Programs section of this bulletin and online at Course Descriptions.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 29 Registration Registration for Fall and Spring Semesters
Specific procedures and regulations for registration are All graduate students registering for research courses found each semester in the Enrollment Guide or at numbered 591, 594, 597 and 691 must receive written or www.enrollment.iit.edu, under IIT Web for Students. The online approval from their faculty adviser before registra- schedule for the spring semester is available the second tion. These registrations may be completed through web week of November, and schedules for the summer session registration if an online permit is submitted by the and the fall semester are available the second week of course advisor/instructor. April. Students who were admitted to, but did not attend, IIT must be readmitted by the Office of Graduate Newly admitted and continuing students may register in Admission before they can register. Continuing students advance in November (for spring) or April (for summer or may register for classes through regular registration pro- fall) of each year. Students may also register in August cedures either online, in person, by fax or by mail (for fall), January (for spring) or in May and June (for through selected registration locations or online at summer). Registration confirmations are sent via email www.enrollment.iit.edu. For those people registering by within 24 hours of completing registration. For questions fax or by mail, IIT Registration Forms are also available concerning registration procedures, students should con- through download at www.enrollment.iit.edu, go to tact the Student Services Center at 312.567.3100 or at Forms. [email protected].
Registration for T.A. Seminar
All new teaching assistants are required to register for a zero-credit hour T.A. Seminar (department’s course num- ber 601) given every fall semester.
Registration for Continuation of Residence
Degree-seeking students in the final semester are allowed to register for one semester of non-credit, or a continua- tion of residence (course number 600), for a fee equivalent to one credit hour.
IPRO Registration
Graduate students may serve as project leaders on an the project adviser. With the approval of both, the stu- Interprofessional Project (IPRO). A student who wishes to dent should register for IPRO 597. do so must first consult his or her academic adviser and
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 30 Registration Change of Registration After Initial Registration
The term “change of registration” means adding a course be withdrawn after the withdrawal deadline; extenuating (a “course” includes courses, projects or research courses/ circumstances must be petitioned for review in the hours); dropping a course; shifting from one section to Graduate College, Office of Academic Affairs. No registra- another in the same course; or changing the number of tion change or withdrawal is official until the form is credits in a variable-credit course (e.g., research hours). A approved by the Student Services Center. Notifying the course may not be added or changed to another section instructor or merely discontinuing course attendance is after the first week of course instruction. not sufficient for withdrawal. The date of the withdrawal slip will be the official date of withdrawal. All billing The Change of Registration Form may be obtained from inquiries related to registration changes may be referred the Student Services Center in 104 Main Building on the to the Student Services Center. International students Main Campus or at www.enrollment.iit.edu under Forms. are required to remain full-time, i.e. carry nine credit Students may also change their schedule at www.enroll- hours of study and may not change their registration to ment.iit.edu, in person at the Student Services Center, by become part-time except in the semester of graduation. fax to 312.567.3313, or by mail to the Student Services (Students should refer to the note on page 29.) Center, 104 Main Building, 3300 S. Federal St., Chicago, IL 60616. A course may be dropped during the first two Students are allowed to change registration to Audit weeks of the regular semester for refund or credit, and up to the tenth week of the semesster. Full-time during the first week of the summer semester. A course International students can take up to 3 credits of Audit may be withdrawn with no refund or credit between the third and the tenth week of the semester. No courses may
Withdrawal from the University
Students who wish to withdraw should first consult their dents must fill out a Withdrawal Form (Form #217) and academic adviser. The adviser may be able to suggest an Add/Drop Form, which are to be approved by the acad- resources or alternate solutions to the student’s problems. emic adviser, academic unit head and the Graduate International students wishing to withdraw are required College, Office of Academic Affairs. Withdrawal from IIT to consult the foreign student adviser in the International is not complete until an official Add/Drop Form is Center as well. For withdrawal, regular graduate stu- approved in the Student Services Center.
Undergraduates Registering for Graduate Courses
An undergraduate degree-seeking student who wishes to Office of Educational Services and the Graduate College’s enroll in a graduate 500-level course must first obtain Office of Academic Affairs. All undergraduate students written approval from the course instructor and faculty who enroll in graduate courses are governed by the grad- adviser stating that the student is qualified. uate grading system for those courses. Failure to obtain Undergraduate students registering for more than nine the appropriate approvals may prevent transfer of credits credit hours of graduate courses must also obtain written earned into graduate degree programs at IIT. No credits approval from the Graduate College, Office of Academic approved toward the undergraduate-degree requirements Affairs. This approval must be presented at the time of will transfer into any graduate program at IIT. Students registration. An undergraduate non-degree student may should consult the rules for transfer of credit on page 33. be permitted to enroll in a graduate 500 level course in certain instances, but will require the permission of the
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 31 Academic Policies for Continuation of Studies Academic Policies for Continuation of Studies
Leave of Absence
Degree-seeking students who intend to leave IIT for one of Academic Affairs. Degree-seeking students who do not semester or more must file a Leave of Absence Form plan to return to the program should submit the (Form 216). A leave of absence will not be granted for Withdrawal Form (#217). Non-degree students are not more than one year, at which time, a request for an required to file a Leave of Absence Form. Students should extension of leave may be submitted. A leave of absence consult the procedures for filing a petition on page 43. will not extend the time limit required for the completion of a degree. A leave will not be approved after the sixth Note: International students must also receive approval week of the current semester. Students who have not from the International Center. If an international student renewed their leaves of absence and have not registered wishes not to enroll in a given term, the leave of absence for courses as of the end of their respective leaves must should be approved by the interntional center, by the reg- petition for reinstatement to the Graduate College, Office istration deadline of that term.
Reinstatement and Enrollment After an Absence
Degree-seeking graduate students who discontinue their Office of Academic Affairs. Students should contact the studies without an official request for leave of absence Graduate College, Office of Academic Affairs for addi- may later be refused reinstatement or enrollment at IIT. tional information. Procedures for filing a petition are on Students with an unofficial interruption of studies must page 43. petition for reinstatement to the Graduate College’s
Grade Point Average
Satisfactory performance in the graduate divisions total cumulative GPA reported by the registrar; there is (except the Stuart School) is defined as the maintenance no exception or waiver to this rule. If a student repeats a of a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0/4.0, as reported by course, the last grade issued for the course will be used to the registrar. The minimum GPA for graduation is compute the cumulative GPA and the program of study 3.0/4.0. This figure is based only on those courses that GPA. Students should consult the section on repeating a appear on the approved program of study and not on the course on page 35.
Academic Probation
A student whose cumulative GPA falls below 3.0/4.0 is no be dismissed from IIT. Students may not register for Co- longer in good standing and must petition the Graduate op while on academic probation. If a student’s GPA in his College, Office of Academic Affairs for permission for pro- or her approved program of study is below 3.0, then grad- visional enrollment. Students for whom provisional uate courses approved on Form 406 may be added to the enrollment is granted must not receive any grade below a program until the corresponding GPA is at least 3.0. “B” while their overall GPA is below 3.0. Probationary students who receive “C” or “E” grades will immediately
Credit Requirements
Unless otherwise specified, all master’s degree candidates Each Ph.D. student must include the equivalent of at must complete a minimum of 30 credits beyond the bach- least one year of full-time work devoted to research. In elor’s degree at IIT. Consult this bulletin on the total general, this requirement is fulfilled by registering for a credit hour requirements for each degree. A maximum of minimum of 24 credit hours of research. However, some nine semester hours, earned with “A” or “B” grades, may departments require a more extensive research experi- be transferred from other accredited institutions. ence. The upper limit is 48 credit hours for research. The remaining credit hours required for the Ph.D. degree, a Ph.D. candidates must complete a minimum of 84 credits minimum of 36, are satisfied by registration in and com- beyond the bachelor’s degree. pletion of courses deemed pertinent to the Ph.D. program by the students advisory committee and by the Graduate College, Office of Academic Affairs.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 32 Academic Policies for Continuation of Studies Transfer Credits
For masters degree programs, a maximum of nine semes- Affairs prior to registering for any of the additional ter hours taken elsewhere and not applied toward any courses. Doctoral degree candidates may transfer previ- earned degree, which were passed with grades of “B” or ously completed graduate work not applied toward any better, may be transferred, subject to the approval of the prior earned degree, up to a maximum of 42 semester academic unit and the Graduate College, Office of hours of credit beyond the baccalaureate degree, or 50 Academic Affairs. Students who have completed their percent of their total IIT Ph.D. program credit hour baccalaureate degree at IIT with course credits in excess requirements, whichever is smaller. The work must be of the number of hours required for that degree, which judged to be relevant to the current doctoral program, were not applied toward the baccalaureate degree, may must have been completed with grades of “B” or better, also be allowed to transfer up to nine of those excess and must be acceptable for graduate credit at the institu- hours. Course credits in excess of the nine credit hours tion where taken. However, when a master’s degree is may be used for a degree program provided the credits transferred, only 32 hours of credit are given regardless were not applied toward a prior degree and the student of the number of hours required for that master’s degree. has received the permission of the adviser, the academic The master’s degree must have been granted within the unit head, and the Graduate College, Office of Academic previous six years. Grades for transferred credits will not be included in the student’s GPA at IIT.
Transferring from Another Program
A regular student planning to transfer from one degree ment in the Office of Graduate Admission. The student program to another should discuss the matter with acad- will be notified once the decision is made. emic advisers in both programs. The student should then submit an application for admission to the new depart-
Program of Study
A graduate degree will be awarded upon the completion completing 27 credit hours. After these deadlines, further of a coherent program of study. Form #401 is the mecha- registration may not be allowed until a program of study nism for outlining and obtaining approval of a coherent is approved by the Graduate College, Office of Academic program and may be accessed and submitted online at Affairs. A graduate student will be assigned to a prelimi- www.grad.iit.edu/forms/. Master’s and doctoral students nary adviser when admitted as a regular student. An must file a program before completing nine credits of academic adviser will be officially assigned when the stu- graduate study. However, doctoral students without a dent’s program of study is approved. The student may prior master’s degree may file a program of study before subsequently change advisers by filing Form #410.
Course Substitution
Once a student has filed a program of study, deviation graduation. Once a course on the program has been com- from the program requires the same formal approval on pleted (i.e., grades have been issued), it may not be Form #406, Change of Program of Study Form, as the dropped to raise the program GPA required original plan of study. The Graduate College, Office of for graduation. Form #406 can be accessed and submitted Academic Affairs may not approve changes in the pro- online at www.grad.iit.edu/forms/. gram after the student has filed an application for
Credit by Examination
With the prior approval of their respective advisers, acad- itations for transfer credit in a degree program. Special emic unit heads and the Graduate College’s Office of exams are not permitted for courses in which the student Academic Affairs, students may obtain credit for a course has previously enrolled or for topics in which the student by paying a $100 per credit hour fee and taking a special has never taken a course. Students need to be registered examination. Credit by examination is limited to nine in a semester in which a special examination is taken. credits with grades of “A” or “B” and is subject to the lim-
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 33 Academic Policies for Continuation of Studies Academic Grades
The following grades are given to graduate students and puting the GPA. Students may access their grades online count in calculating a student’s cumulative GPA. GPA is at www.enrollment.iit.edu. Students should log on to calculated by dividing the total number of grade points Student Services and go to the Grades or Institutional earned by the total number of graded semester or quarter Transcript section. hours. Courses not taken at IIT are not included in com-
Grade Grade Points Description
A 4 Excellent.
B 3 Performance at the level necessary for a graduate degree.
C 2 Performance below the overall level necessary for a graduate degree. Some academic units require students to repeat certain courses if the initial grade was a “C.”
D 1 Passing. Used for undergraduate students and in the Stuart School’s master’s degree programs
E 0 Unsatisfactory performance. This grade cannot be used to fulfill a graduate program requirement. If required in a program of study, the course must be repeated.
AU N.A.* Audit. No credit is given for an audited course and it is not used to calculate a student’s GPA.
I N.A.* Incomplete.
WP N.A.* Withdraw passing.
WE 0 Withdraw failing.
S/U N.A.* Satisfactory or Unsatisfactory.
* “N.A.” means “not applicable.”
Incomplete (“I”) Grades
The “I” grade indicates that the student’s work to date is and the instructor assigns a regular grade. If no regular of passing quality but is incomplete for reasons accept- grade has been received in the Office of Student Records able to the instructor. The grade of “I” may be assigned and Registration by the deadline, the “I” grade will revert only in the case of illness or for unusual or unforeseeable to a grade of “E.” No exceptions will be granted except circumstances that were not encountered by other stu- through appeal to the Graduate College’s Office of dents in the class and that prevent the student from Academic Affairs. completing the course requirements by the end of the semester. “I” grades should not be used to allow a student In the case of research courses, courses numbered 591 to repeat a course. Prior to assignment of the “I” grade, and 691, the grade of “I” may be assigned for the reasons the student and the instructor should agree on the work listed above and will remain until the student has satis- that needs to be completed. The work must be completed factoraly completed the course work. Once assigned, the by no later than the end of the sixth week of class of the grade of “I” will remain on the student’s transcript until next regular (fall or spring) semester. the research as determined by the research professor is completed. “I” grades should be removed as soon as possi- A grade of “I” will be removed with the approval of the ble and no later than the start of the semester in which department chair and the Graduate College’s Office of the student plans to graduate. Academic Affairs after all remaining work is completed
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 34 Academic Policies for Continuation of Studies
Withdraw Passing (“WP”) and Withdraw Failing (“WE”) Grades
Withdraw passing (“WP”) and withdraw failing (“WE”) attend a section for which he or she registered or with- are grades issued to students who withdraw from a class draws from a course without notifying the registrar. after the term has begun. Neither “WP” or “WE” can be This grade is treated the same as an “E.” (See “Academic changed to a legitimate letter grade. The failing with- Grades” chart.) drawal grade (“WE”) is issued when a student fails to
Satisfactory (“S”) and Unsatisfactory (“U”) Grades
Satisfactory (“S”) and unsatisfactory (“U”) grades are demonstrate to his or her adviser, academic unit head only used for the following courses: 591 (Research and and the Graduate College’s Office of Academic Affairs Thesis), 594 (Project and Report), 691 (Research and why he or she should be allowed to continue as a gradu- Thesis), noncredit courses and individual courses specifi- ate student. Students registered for course number 597 cally approved to receive such grades. A student who are not eligible for “S/U” grades. “S/U” grades are not receives a “U” in course numbers 591, 594 or 691 must used in calculating the GPA.
Audit (“AU”)
In general, grades of “E”, “I”, “U”, “WE”, “WP” or “AU” does not distract from the conduct of the course as deter- cannot be used to fulfill the requirements of a graduate mined by the instructor. An auditor must pay full tuition program. for the course but is not held for examinations and does not receive credit. Auditors may not change their regis- Auditing of courses is discouraged, but a student may do tration to receive credit after the deadline posted in the so if he or she has taken the necessary prerequisites, if Enrollment Guide. The “AU” grade issued for an audited the student’s presence does not exclude a student who course can never be changed, used for graduate credit, or wishes to enroll for credit and if the student’s presence for fulfillment of degree requirements at IIT.
Change of Grade
Once grades are posted by the registrar or instructor, sis, project or special problem courses numbered 591, 594 grade changes can only be accomplished by a Change of and 691 remain on the student’s record until changed by Grade Form. The student’s instructor must indicate the the instructor. A student receiving an incomplete in any requested change, and give a reason as to why the change other course must arrange with the instructor to change should be approved by the academic unit head. The the grade before the end of the sixth week of the semester approved form should be forwarded to the Graduate following the term in which the incomplete was granted. College’s Office of Academic Affairs which will either reject An incomplete will revert to an “E” and cannot be changed the request and return the form to the academic unit, or to a passing grade at a later date, unless approved by the approve the change and send the form to the registrar. No course instructor, the academic unit head and Graduate grade change is official until it is posted on the student’s College’s Office of Academic Affairs. transcript by the registrar. Incomplete (“I”) grades in the-
Repeating a Course
Students may repeat up to two distinct courses with each and will also require completion of the “Course course being repeated once. Both grades will be recorded Repeat/Audit Form.” This form must be submitted at the and the grade used in the calculation of the GPA will be time of registration and can be accessed online at the latest recorded. Re-registration to repeat a course will www.enrollment.iit.edu/forms/. require the permission of the student’s adviser, academic unit head, and the associate dean for academic affairs,
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 35 Academic Policies for Continuation of Studies Residence Requirement
Degree-seeking graduate students are required to regis- study at IIT. (Students should consult the definitions of a ter every semester unless they receive special permission full-time student on page 29 and credit requirements on in writing from the Graduate College’s Office of Academic page 32). That year must occur within six years prior to Affairs for a leave of absence. In addition, doctoral stu- awarding the degree. Some academic units have acade- dents must spend a minimum of one year of full-time mic residence requirements for master’s degrees as well.
Time Limit to Complete a Degree
All requirements for a master’s degree must be completed Academic Affairs will notify the student of their decision within the 12 semesters immediately preceding gradua- and any additional requirements that must be met. In no tion. All requirements for a doctoral degree must be case will an approved extension of time eliminate the completed within twelve regular semesters after the need for revalidation of outdated courses for a graduate approval of the program of study. If the twelve-semester degree at IIT. A statement from the academic unit head deadline is not met, then a petition for extension must be indicating the list of courses on the student’s program of filed by the student and the outdated courses listed on study that are to be revalidated (Form #504) and the the student’s program of study (Form #401) must be expected date for the revalidation must accompany the revalidated. The petition must include a detailed plan for extension approval. The M.S. or Ph.D. comprehensive the completion of the degree and be endorsed by the aca- examination may serve the purpose of revalidating the demic adviser and the academic unit head. The student’s outdated program of study. petition for extension must be presented before the time limit is reached. The Graduate College’s Office of
Class Attendance
All students are expected to attend their courses regu- ness or other emergencies that require a student to be larly. Excessive absences may cause a student to be absent for more than two days of courses, the dean of dropped from the course at the discretion of the instruc- student affairs should be notified at the earliest possible tor, academic unit head and the Graduate College’s Office date. In case of an emergency on campus, students should of Academic Affairs. A dropped student receives a grade of contact the Public Safety Department at 312.808.6300. “WP” or “WE” in the particular course. In the case of ill-
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 36 Master’s and Doctoral Examinations Master’s and Doctoral Examinations
Master’s Comprehensive Examination
The master’s comprehensive examination is used Graduate College. With the approval of the academic unit to determine whether the student has acquired the chair, the student’s advisor must recommend the external knowledge commensurate with the courses shown in member to the Dean of the Graduate College. A resume the student’s program of study. The examination may be should be attached to the recommendation. Other faculty oral, or written, or both. The academic unit determines and external visitors may attend. The result of the exam- the form, scope, and time of the examination. The mas- ination must be approved by a majority of the committee. ter’s thesis examination may serve as the comprehensive The committee’s decision must be submitted to the examination. The academic unit has the option of offering Graduate College on Form #303 at least 15 days prior to professional master’s degrees with a minimum of 30 the end of the semester. The graduate student must be credit hours without requiring a comprehensive exam (i.e. registered in the semester in which the examination is coursework only). In the case of an oral examination, at given. A student who fails the comprehensive examina- least two Category I (tenure track) faculty members must tion may repeat the examination once after a period of at be present to serve in the student’s committee at the least 30 days from the initial examination. Any additional examination. One external, non-IIT or other faculty cate- consideration must be petitioned, supported by the acade- gories at IIT, committee member with voting privilege mic unit, and approved in writing by the Graduate may be included with the approval of the Dean of the College’s Office of Academic Affairs.
Master’s Thesis Examination Once the preliminary draft of a master’s thesis is pre- to the thesis examiner prior to the final oral examination. pared, the head of the student’s academic unit will The form, scope, and time of the examination are deter- appoint a master’s thesis committee, consisting of at mined by the academic unit. The examination result least two or more Category I (tenure track) IIT faculty must be submitted on Form #303 at least 15 days prior to members. One external, non-IIT or other faculty cate- the last day of courses. The graduate student must be gories at IIT, committee member with voting privilege registered in the semester in which the examination is may be included with the approval of the Dean of the taken. A student who fails the thesis examination may Graduate College. With the approval of the academic unit repeat the examination once after a period of at least 30 chair, the student’s advisor must recommend the external days from the initial examination. Any additional consid- member to the Dean of the Graduate College. A resume eration must be petitioned, supported by the academic should be attached to the recommendation. The thesis unit and approved in writing by the Graduate College’s committee is responsible for approving the preliminary Office of Academic Affairs. thesis draft using Form #501A, which the student brings
Doctoral Examinations
Qualifying Examination examination. A minimum of four Category I (tenure A qualifying examination is required for all doctoral stu- track) faculty members must participate in the oral dents. The composition of the qualifying examination portion of the examination. committee is determined by the academic unit. The 3. The examination must be taken within the first year voting members of the committee should be Category I of Ph.D. study if the student has an M.S. degree. faculty. One external, non-IIT or other faculty categories at IIT, committee member with voting privilege may be 4. All work for a doctoral degree must be completed included with the approval of the Dean of the Graduate within six calendar years after the approval of the pro- College. With the approval of the academic unit chair, the gram of study or this examination must be repeated. student’s advisor must recommend the external member to the Dean of the Graduate College. A resume should be 5. The results of the qualifying examination must be attached to the recommendation. The exam may be given submitted within fifteen days of the administration along with the master’s comprehensive examination. of the examination on Form #303 to the Graduate Students must be registered in the semester in which the College’s Office of Academic Affairs. qualifying examination is administered. The following 6. If the student fails the qualifying examination, the rules apply to the qualifying examination: examining committee may recommend a re-examina- 1. The qualifying examination may be written and/or tion. At least one semester of additional preparation oral, and cover major and minor subjects. is considered essential before re-examination. The second chance for taking the qualifying exam is 2. If the academic unit requires a written exam, the regarded as final. Any additional considerations student’s committee is responsible for submitting the must be petitioned, supported in writing by the aca- questions and for conducting the exam. The commit- demic unit and approved in writing by the Graduate tee may conduct an oral portion of the qualifying College’s Office of Academic Affairs.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 37 Master’s and Doctoral Examinations
Comprehensive Examination
After the approval of a program of study and within a Graduate College and the university in a context dis- period of time specified by the academic unit, the student tinct from that of the degree-granting academic unit. must appear for the comprehensive examination. Though Faculty holding joint or adjunct appointments in the students typically take this examination at the end of the degree-granting academic unit or non-faculty co- second year of Ph.D. study, the only time requirement is advisers cannot be outside members on a student’s that the comprehensive examination is completed at least committee. They may, however, serve as the addi- one year prior to the final thesis examination. The tional members of the committee. student must be registered in the semester in which the examination is taken. The proposal for Ph.D. 3. The committee is nominated by the academic unit dissertation is normally presented as part of the compre- head and appointed by the Graduate College’s Office hensive examination. The following rules apply to the of Academic Affairs. The nominations must be comprehensive examination: received on Form #301A by the end of the second week of the semester in which the examination is 1. The examination may be written, oral or both. going to be held. The Graduate College must be noti- fied on Form #301A of the time and date of the 2. A minimum of four Category I (tenure track) faculty comprehensive examination at least two weeks are required for all examining committees of doc- before the examination. toral candidates. The chair and two other members from the committee must be from the student’s 4. Any faculty member may attend oral comprehensive major, and the fourth member must be from outside examinations, but only the appointed Category I and the student’s major (e.g., MAE faculty may serve external committee members may vote. Passing the on an MSE student committee). One external, non- examination requires one vote more than a majority IIT or other faculty categories at IIT, committee of the official committee. Dissenting members may member with voting privilege may be included with bring a split decision before the graduate dean for the approval of the Dean of the Graduate College. adjudication. With the approval of the academic unit chair, the student’s advisor must recommend the external 5. If part of the examination is failed, the report should member to the Dean of the Graduate College. A note which part is to be repeated in a second exami- resume should be attached to the recommendation. nation. A student who fails the comprehensive The graduate dean is an ex-officio member of all examination may be re-examined after a period examining committees. To substitute for the chair of of 30 days has elapsed. Students failing the exami- the committee, the new chair must be a Category I nation twice will be asked to terminate their (tenure track) faculty member in the same academic graduate study at IIT. In extenuating circumstances unit. The role of the outside member of the commit- the academic unit head may show cause why a third tee is to provide an element in the examining examination should be given. A re-examination after committee function that is independent of the imme- two failures requires the approval of the Graduate diate interest of the academic unit in which the College’s Office of Academic Affairs. Failure of candidate is seeking his or her degree. The outside the third examination will result in termination member of the committee has the responsibility of without recourse. representing the interest and function of the
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 38 Master’s and Doctoral Examinations
Final Thesis Examination
The final thesis examination may be scheduled at least 4. Upon final submission, the signature pages and the one year after the comprehensive examination. The fol- final thesis approval form (Form #501B) are checked lowing rules apply to the final thesis examination: by the thesis examiner for signatures of committee members, academic unit head and the Graduate 1. The eligibility for the membership of the final thesis College’s Office of Academic Affairs. The signatures examination is the same as that listed earlier for the on Form #501B indicate that the committee mem- comprehensive examination. The examining commit- bers are satisfied with the content of the dissertation tee must consist of at least four Category I (tenure and no additional changes are required before its track) faculty members who must sign Form #301B. final submission to the Graduate College’s editorial One external, non-IIT or other faculty categories at office. It is the responsibility of the student and the IIT, committee member with voting privilege may be committee chair to notify the Graduate College included with the approval of the Dean of the of any changes in the structure of the examining Graduate College. With the approval of the academic committee. The same committee that approved the unit chair, the student’s advisor must recommend preliminary dissertation must also approve the final the external member to the Dean of the Graduate copy of the dissertation. College. A resume should be attached to the recom- mendation. Faculty members holding the rank of 5. The examination is open to all faculty but only the research professor or associate professor may be appointed committee members may vote. The chair appointed as non-voting co-chairs of the final thesis of the committee is responsible for the conduct of examination committee. An emeritus professor who the examination. In addition, Form #301B must has a current research professor appointment and be received by the Graduate College’s Office of who has been active in guiding and supporting the Academic Affairs by the end of the second week of student may be co-chairs and voting members of the the semester in which the examination is going to be student’s committee. The examining committee is held. The Graduate College must be notified of the nominated by the academic unit head and appointed date and time of the final thesis examination at by the Graduate College’s Office of Academic Affairs least two weeks before the examination using Form by the second week of the semester in which the #301B. Examination results reported on Form #309 examination will be administered. must be received in the Graduate College at least 15 days before commencement. Three copies of the com- 2. At least five weeks prior to commencement, the pleted dissertation must be deposited with the thesis preliminary draft of the thesis must be approved examiner at least nine days before commencement. on Form #501A by the committee and by the thesis examiner before the student’s appearance for the 6. A student who fails the thesis examination may be oral examination. The oral examination will be can- re-examined after a period of 30 days has elapsed. celed if the preliminary draft is not acceptable before Students failing the examination twice will be asked the scheduled time for the oral examination. to terminate their graduate study at IIT. In extenu- ating circumstances the academic unit head may 3. Form #501A is to be signed by committee members show cause why a third examination should be as they receive the draft of the final copy of the dis- given. A re-examination after two failures requires sertation prior to the defense and for review. The the approval of the Graduate College’s Office of approval of Form #501A indicates that faculty mem- Academic Affairs. Failure of the third examination bers have received a copy of the dissertation and are will result in termination without recourse willing to read and comment on it. The members of the committee are not allowed to share the content Qualifying, comprehensive and final examinations of the draft with any outside individuals without the for graduate students are to be held on the IIT Main permission of the committee chair. After the first Campus. Exceptions to this policy are made only submission of the dissertation, the thesis examiner for certain graduate students whose examinations checks Form #501A for signatures of committee are administered at other IIT campuses. members, and the academic unit head. The thesis examiner also checks the format, paper stock and pagination, and reviews portions of the text for general usage, references and bibliographic form.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 39 Completion of Studies and Graduation Completion of Studies and Graduation
As part of the requirements for the completion of gradu- ing forms that must be completed, the detailed degree ate studies at IIT, each student must be admitted as a requirements listed under the relevant academic unit regular student, file and complete a program of study in this bulletin, and the information on page 1 of this approved by the corresponding degree program officials bulletin regarding program changes, for additional and the Graduate College’s Office of Academic Affairs. information.) Every semester, the Office of Academic Ph.D. students must also pass the qualifying and compre- Affairs will provide students with a program audit, which hensive examinations, fulfill the residence requirement describes the student’s academic status to date and spe- and submit a dissertation before graduation. (Students cific requirements for the completion of graduate studies. should refer to page 22 for a list of steps and correspond-
Completion of Degree
Master’s Degree Candidates
The starting date for any course applied toward the may petition the Graduate College’s Office of Academic degree must be no earlier than six years before the grad- Affairs for an extension. Any courses that fall outside the uation date. If this condition cannot be met, the student six-year time limit must be revalidated.
Doctoral Degree Candidates
Doctoral study must be completed within six years of the of remaining degree requirements. Any courses that fall date of approval of the program of study. An extension outside the six-year limit must be revalidated. will require an agreed upon schedule for the completion
Application for Graduation
Students expecting to graduate in a given semester must Affairs will check for completion of IIT’s degree require- file an application for graduation in the Graduate ments. The diploma will be issued by the registrar after College’s Office of Academic Affairs, by the deadline listed grades are reported, usually about five weeks after the in the Enrollment Guide for the semester of graduation. end of the term. Students should not file the Intent to Late applications will be accepted with a $100 fee until Graduate Form unless they are reasonably sure that they the extended deadline listed in the Enrollment Guide. No can complete the degree requirements in time to meet the changes in a program of study are allowed after that deadlines. An application for graduation is good for only date. Students’ names may be deleted from the gradua- one semester. If the student fails to graduate in the tion list upon request, but no new names will be added intended semester, a new application must be filed for after the late deadline. Upon submission of a graduation a later semester. application, the Graduate College’s Office of Academic
Professional Master’s Degree
A professional master’s degree is offered to graduate stu- itself nor the project report is considered a thesis. Storage dents who seek the non-thesis option. As used here, a of project reports will be at the discretion of academic thesis is a written document or manuscript that concerns units and cannot be done in the IIT library. Registration an investigation or discourse. A professional master’s for thesis research cannot fulfill a requirement for a non- degree program may require a project and a project thesis degree. report (e.g., Course 594); however, neither the project
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 40 Completion of Studies and Graduation Change from Master’s Thesis to Non-Thesis Option
In several majors, a master’s degree may be earned with- approve the transfer on the grounds that the thesis-ori- out the preparation of a thesis. When changing from a ented work is equivalent to work on a project. thesis to non-thesis option, a student may transfer up to four hours of credit for satisfactorily completed Course Procedures for evaluating the transfer of credits from 591 (Research and Thesis for the Master’s Degree) to sat- 591 and 691 to 594 (and for evaluating the student’s isfy the requirement for Course 594 (Special Projects), performance on the Special Project) must be documented provided that two conditions are met: first, the student’s and monitored by each academic unit. The graduate GPA must be at least 3.0/4.0; second, the student’s acade- college will allow up to 4 credits of 591 or 691 to be mic unit must permit the change to a non-thesis option converted to 594 credits. after consulting with the student’s adviser and must
Certificate Programs
A graduate certificate program (GCP) is defined as a The time limit for its completion is three years. A student group of three to five 400- and 500-level courses in a may complete more than one graduate certificate. concentration within a department or program organized with the objective of training students in a specific area A GPA of 3.0/4.0 or greater is required in the certificate of expertise. Admission to a GCP is limited to students courses before a graduate certificate can be awarded. An who qualify as non-degree graduate students who hold a application for a certificate must be filed by certificate bachelor’s degree with a GPA of 2.5/4.0 or higher. The students delineating the courses completed for a particu- GRE is not required. Admission as a certificate student lar graduate certificate. This form is available from does not guarantee future admission to a graduate Graduate College, Office of Academic Affairs, and must degree program. be approved by that office and by the academic unit head.
Course requirements for a GCP are determined by the The completion of a GCP will be indicated on the stu- individual department, and must have a minimum of dent’s transcript. A certificate student who subsequently nine credit hours with at least one course at the 500 applies to and is admitted to a specific master’s degree level. No more than nine credit hours of 400-level courses program may apply all approved coursework taken as a can be included; no more than half the credits or courses certificate student and passed with a “B” grade or better may be specialized (topical) accelerated courses. Transfer to the master’s degree program. credit cannot be applied toward a graduate certificate.
Graduate Accelerated Courses
An accelerated course (formerly known as a “short No more than six credit hours of accelerated courses may course”) is a graduate-level course offered in a two-week be included in a master’s degree program of study. (14-day) or shorter duration of time, and satisfies the lec- Accelerated courses can be selectively included in a Ph.D. ture contact-time standard of fifteen 50-minute class program of study at the rate of six credits per 32 course sessions per semester credit hour, excluding final exam credits, and their inclusion is subject to approval of the time. These are topical courses that should be no more adviser, academic unit head and the Graduate College’s than three credit hours. A new accelerated course is sub- Office of Academic Affairs . ject to the normal departmental review as for a regular new graduate course. Approval is required by the depart- Students must register for the accelerated course ment curriculum committee, the academic unit head and before the first class session in order to receive credit the Graduate College’s Office of Academic Affairs. for the course.
Thesis Preparation Meeting
A mandatory thesis preparation discussion is held at the who are required to submit a thesis for graduation must beginning of every semester to assist graduate students attend this meeting, which is open to all students, faculty with the preparation of their theses. (For the exact date and staff. Graduate student theses must conform to the and time, students should contact the Graduate College’s guidelines given in the latest IIT Thesis Manual, avail- Office of Academic Affairs at 312.567.3024.) All students able online at www.grad.iit.edu/thesis.html.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 41 Completion of Studies and Graduation
Appointment with Thesis Examiner
All students submitting a thesis must make an appoint- make a second appointment with the thesis examiner for ment with the thesis examiner for the approval of the the approval of the final draft. preliminary draft of their theses. The meeting with the thesis examiner must be scheduled at least six weeks The second meeting with the thesis examiner must take before the end of the semester and prior to the thesis place after the thesis defense and the approval of the defense. At least three weeks before the end of the semes- final draft by the thesis review committee. ter of graduation, all students submitting a thesis must
Graduation in the Stuart School of Business
Because the Stuart School of Business is on a quarter graduates participate in the May commencement cere- system, diplomas and commencement activities for grad- mony. Students graduating in the summer receive uates must be explicitly stated. Students completing their diplomas dated August. degree requirements in the fall quarter may participate in the December commencement ceremony. Winter quar- ter students receive diplomas dated February and may attend the spring commencement in May. Spring quarter
Letter of Completion
A student who has completed all the requirements for reported by the registrar, usually within five weeks after graduation may request a letter of completion from the the end of the semester or term. graduate dean at any time during the semester. The stu- dent will not receive his or her diploma until grades are
Transcript of Grades
Transcripts of grades are issued from Student Services sent. During registration week, please allow additional Center, 104 Main Building. Requests must bear the sig- time for processing transcripts. Transcripts will be nature of the student to comply with the Family released only after the student has fulfilled all financial Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 as amended. obligations to the university. Students may view their Requests for transcripts should be made at least 10 days transcripts online and may complete a transcript request prior to the date the transcript is needed and should form at www.enrollment.iit.edu. A fee of $10 is charged include the student’s Social Security or ID number, dates for each transcript issued. of attendance and address where the transcript should be
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 42 General Policies General Policies
Regulations Subject to Change
Regulations and policy guidelines are established by the should consult the Graduate College’s Office of Academic Graduate Studies Committee, composed of the graduate Affairs or the academic unit head for revisions and dean and an elected representative from each graduate updates. The latest version of the Graduate Bulletin is degree program on the Main Campus. Every attempt is maintained on the Graduate College’s Web site at made to keep this bulletin up to date; students, however, www.grad.iit.edu/bulletin/.
Right of Appeal by Petition
A student should attempt first to resolve any departure solution (waiver) with appropriate additional require- from the stated rules with his or her adviser and acade- ments that may develop. Petitions will not be accepted mic unit head whenever possible. Questions regarding without a prior approval of the academic adviser and the theses must be referred to the thesis examiner. If neces- academic unit head, unless the conflict is unresolved sary, the student may submit a written petition signed by between the student and the adviser or the academic unit the academic adviser and the academic unit head to the head. The graduate dean’s decision regarding the unre- Graduate College’s Office of Academic Affairs explaining solved conflicts is final. any extenuating circumstances and requesting a specific
Change of Records Information
Students must promptly advise the Graduate College, Student Services/Personal Information. Any changes Student Services Center and their respective academic requested for name, permanent address or student identi- units if they change their name, Social Security Number, fication number must be done in writing. Change of mailing address or telephone number. Students Information Forms are available at www.enrollment. may update their local, work, next-of-kin and e-mail iit.edu—go to Forms. addresses online at www.enrollment.iit.edu—go to
Standards of Conduct
Students are responsible for their own conduct; univer- reserves the right to terminate a student’s enrollment or sity regulations and requirements are published in the to deny enrollment when it is judged to be in the best Student Handbook. Graduate students are subject to the interest of the student or the university. The Student rules and regulations published in this handbook. IIT Handbook is available online at www.iit.edu/~osa.
Code of Academic Honesty
Illinois Institute of Technology expects students to main- It is a violation for a matriculated or nonmatriculated tain high standards of academic integrity. Students student, whether or not currently enrolled in the univer- preparing for the practice of a profession are expected to sity, to knowingly engage or attempt to engage in: conform to a code of integrity and ethical standards com- mensurate with the high expectations that society places 1. Misrepresenting any work submitted for credit upon the practitioners of a learned profession. as the product of a student’s sole independent effort, such as using the ideas of others without No student may seek to gain an unfair advantage over attribution and other forms of plagiarism. another. It shall be a violation of this code for students to engage in conduct that violates the standards of their 2. The use of sources beyond those authorized by major academic discipline, the standards of the academic the instructor in any work submitted for credit. discipline in which they are engaged, the standards of a profession in which they are training, or the standards of 3. The use of any unauthorized assistance in tak- the university set forth here. ing quizzes, tests or examinations.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 43 Expenses and Financial Assistance
4. The acquisition, without permission, of tests, versity to a potential employer, professional answer sheets, problem solutions or other acad- society, meeting, or organization. emic material before such material is revealed or distributed by the instructor. 8. Knowingly making false accusation concerning academic honesty or giving false information 5. Failure to abide by the instructions of an to any authority investigating a violation of instructor or exam-proctor. this code.
6. Hindering any member of the IIT community in Note: Students in the Chicago-Kent College of Law his or her studies, research, or academic work. are subject to the Chicago-Kent College of Law Code of Conduct. 7. Making material misrepresentation in any submission to or through any office of the uni-
Expenses and Financial Assistance
All University mandatory and non-mandatory charges Fees. The University regrets that continually rising costs are published regularly in official University publications do not permit it to guarantee that published charges including electronic mail and web site postings. For a will not change. Students and parents should anticipate complete listing of current tuition, fees, and other charges periodic increases in the future. go to www.enrollment.iit.edu, then select Tuition and
Admission Application Fee All first time applications for graduate admission must be application fee to IIT, does not have to pay a second accompanied by a non-refundable fee. Any applicant who application fee. Please contact the appropriate program has attended IIT previously, or who has already paid an admissions office for any applicable fee.
Graduate Tuition Graduate level enrollments are generally charged at a No charge is made for seminars carrying no credit hours. per credit hour tuition rate. This rate applies to all For review or other noncredit courses, tuition is computed courses for which a graduate student registers whether at by considering the number of class meetings per week as the graduate or undergraduate level. equivalent to the number of credit hours.
Some programs particularly at Chicago Kent School of Graduate students registered for nine (9) credit hours or Law and at Stuart School of Business charge different more are considered full time. Graduate students regis- rates depending on the program. Consult the official tered for less than nine (9) credit hours are considered University publications including electronic mail and web part time. site postings for the latest charges.
Enrollment Deposit Each student admitted as a full-time degree-seeking toward the student’s cost of attendance and holds a place graduate student to certain programs is required to make in class for the initial semester of enrollment. a non-refundable enrollment deposit, which is credited
Orientation Fee First time graduate students are charged a one time fee to cover the costs of orientation activities for their first term of enrollment.
Other Fees & Charges A student may incur other fees and charges that are both listing of all charges and fees go to mandatory and non-mandatory. For a complete current www.enrollment.iit.edu, then select Tuition and Fees.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 44 Expenses and Financial Assistance Books and Supplies Books and supplies are available at the University book- in the College of Architecture may spend less on books stores. Costs for books and supplies can differ but substantially more on supplies significantly depending upon the field of study. Students
Payment of Tuition, Room and Board, and Other Fees and Charges Payment of all term charges to the University is due on Payments may be made by cash, check, money order, or the first day of classes of each term. For those unable to credit card. Credit card payments may be made at complete payment by that deadline there are several pay- www.enrollment.iit.edu, select IIT Web for Students, ment plan options available that incur additional plan select Student & Credit Card Payment. Payment may fees. The latest information and costs and payment plan also be made in person at the IIT Cashier’s Office in the enrollment forms are at www.enrollment.iit.edu, select Main Building, Main Campus or at the Bursar’s Office at Student Accounts. Failure to adhere to any payment plan the Downtown Campus. Payment by mail may be made schedule of payments will result in late fees in addition by contacting the Bursar’s Office at [email protected]; or at to any plan administrative fee. www.enrollment.iit.edu, select Student Accounts for the current mailing address and contact information regard- ing any questions about bills and payments.
Outstanding Debts A restrictive hold is placed on a student’s record when be suspended from current term classes. Students whose that student is delinquent in fulfilling his or her financial accounts are not current will not be allowed to register or obligation to the University. A student will be considered attend classes for any subsequent term. No diploma, cer- delinquent when his or her account is not current accord- tificates of attendance, letters of completion, or ing to established University policies and payment due transcripts of academic records will be issued until all dates. Students with outstanding University debts may financial obligations have been met.
University Refund Policy Under exceptional circumstances, such as withdrawal for be the responsibility of the student at the determination involuntary military service, serious illness or injury, or of the University. action by the university, consideration may be given by the University for a refund or credit for unused tuition Students should consult www.enrollment.iit.edu for the upon written request to the applicable program adminis- approved University refund schedule. trative office. Payments for other charges incurred may
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 45 Expenses and Financial Assistance Student Health Insurance
All students who are either registered for 9 or more credit submit proof of comparable coverage online at hours or occupants of IIT residence halls are required to www.enrollment.iit.edu/ssc/insurance/. F1 and J1 stu- purchase the basic student health insurance policy or to dents may only waive IIT’s coverage with proof U.S. submit proof of equivalent insurance before the end of the employer provided insurance. Once a waiver is accepted first week of classes. All students who are here on an F1 it will be valid through the student’s continued enroll- or J1 visa and are registered for at least 1 class, partici- ment at IIT. Other students, spouses, and dependents of pants in the co-op program, research or teaching students may participate in the student health program, assistants or occupants of IIT residence halls are if desired. Students should consult the Student Health required to purchase the basic student health insurance. Service in Farr Hall, at 312.808.7100, for further details. The premium for the basic insurance will be added to stu- dent tuition and fees as a charge. To avoid this charge,
Parking Fee
All students parking in campus parking lots must regis- fees, students should contact Parking Services at ter their cars with IIT Parking Services and pay a www.parking.iit.edu or 312-567-8968. Students autho- parking fee at the beginning of the semester. For current rized to park in IIT lots will receive a parking hangtag.
Housing How to apply
The university offers two types of Housing: Residence Please do not assume that sending an application with a Halls (furnished dormitories) for undergraduates and sin- deposit, or a fax, or an e-mail will guarantee a space. gle graduate students and Family Housing – unfurnished Only students who have actually received a room assign- apartments for married and single graduate students. ment confirmation will be guaranteed housing.
Applications are processed in the order in which they are If you arrive without a housing confirmation, you may received and will only be processed if the application is have to contact Hostelling International to make arrange- accompanied with the appropriate non-refundable deposit ments for temporary housing while you wait for room to (accepted in the form of an international money order, per- become available. sonal check or Visa, Discover or Master Card credit card.)
Residence Halls Although residence hall rooms are furnished with twin- State Street Village (SSV) size beds, desks, desk chairs, dressers, etc., students are State Street Village, a new, state-of-the-art residence required to provide their own blankets, pillows, towels, complex, offers two types of furnished living arrange- and bed linens. ments - quad suites and apartments. The apartments are equipped with refrigerators, ranges and microwaves. McCormick Student Village (MSV) Residents in quad suites are required to purchase meal Traditional dormitory style residence halls of approxi- plans. Participation in the university food program is mately 20 rooms per floor share a centrally located optional for the SSV apartment residents. common washroom facility. The average room is 10’9” x 15’9” and is double occupancy. Single occupancy rooms SSV Room Rates for the 06-07 are not guaranteed. academic year range from $6,914 to $11,418.
SSV Board Rates for the 06-07 MSV Room Rates for the 06-07 academic year range from $1,284 for a 5-meal plan to academic year range from $4,212 to $6,086. $4,038 for a 19-meal plan. MSV Board Rates for the 06-07 academic year range from $1,284 for a 5-meal plan to The SSV Academic contract rates include housing over $4,038 for a 19-meal plan. the winter break. Summer housing option is available at an additional cost. Participation in the university food program is required. * These rates are subject to change. Please visit http://www.housing.iit.edu MSV contracts do not cover winter break or summer for current rates, deadlines and other housing information housing. Students who wish to reside over the winter break and/or summer may apply for this option at an additional cost. See contract for details.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 46 Expenses and Financial Assistance Apartment Housing (Family Housing) – For Graduate Students or Families
University apartments are completely unfurnished, except fee will go towards the security deposit and will be for- for a refrigerator, range and window coverings. All units feited if you fail to move into the apartment reserved for have wireless internet, but any air-conditioning, cable tv, you. Upon move-in, the balance of the security deposit phone service, furniture, linens, etc. must be supplied by (equivalent to 1 month’s rent) and the first month’s rent the tenant. Heat, gas and electricity are included. is required.
Apartments range in size from a studio (no bedroom) Graduate students looking for roommates are encouraged up to three-bedroom units. Monthly rent for a standard to post their information of the Housing web site at 12-month lease ranges from $627 to $1,393. http://www.housing.iit.edu. Keep in mind that roommates must be affiliated with the university and approved by Prospective tenants must complete an apartment applica- Housing. Any irregularities will jeopardize a lease. tion and pay a non-refundable $50.00 application fee. Units are offered according to date of application. Once Housing is not guaranteed. Units are offered on the basis an offer is accepted, a reservation fee of $225 is due. This of availability.
Temporary Off-Campus Housing
Temporary off-campus housing may be available at You must have a signed housing contract with IIT in order Hostelling International, 24 East Congress Parkway, to stay in university housing. If you arrive on campus three miles north of the university. Contact them at without a room confirmation, housing is not guar- 312.360.0300 or www.hichicago.org for information. anteed. Contact Hostelling International if you need a place to stay while you complete the housing process.
Financial Aid
Student Eligibility Requirements to Receive Federal Financial Assistance
Students must be U.S. citizens or eligible non-citizens and be enrolled in a degree-seeking program for at least half-time (five credit-hours or more per term).
Comprehensive Financial Aid Program
IIT administers a comprehensive financial aid program, tance to graduate students. Private loans are also avail- which includes federal and private funds for both full and able and are based on credit approval from the lender. part-time students. Federal programs include loans and work-study employment. IIT uses the formula established For the most up-to-date information, visit the office of by the U.S. Congress to determine financial need for Financial Aid online at http://finaid.iit.edu. assistance. IIT offers limited academic scholarship assis-
Determining Financial Need for Assistance
Financial need is the difference between a student’s total Expected Family Contribution (EFC) and is calculated by annual cost of attending IIT and the amount the student a formula determined by the U.S. Congress. After the is expected to contribute toward the cost of attendance. EFC is subtracted from the cost of attendance, the The total cost of attendance at IIT includes tuition and remainder is considered to be demonstrated need for mandatory fees, room and board, books and supplies, financial assistance. One of the principles of need-based transportation and personal expenses. The amount that assistance is that students are expected to help pay some the student is expected to contribute is called the of the cost of attendance.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 47 Expenses and Financial Assistance Application Process
All students applying for financial assistance need to at IIT is April 15th. All financial assistance is awarded complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid on an annual basis. Students interested in receiving (FAFSA). This application is available after January 1st federal aid must complete a FAFSA each year, beginning at www.fafsa.ed.gov and should be filed by the student as January 1st. The amount of financial aid that a student soon as possible after January 1st of the academic year in receives each year depends on demonstrated need and which the student is planning to enroll. (The IIT School the availability of funds. Students applying for financial Code is 001691). The priority date for campus-based fed- aid may be required to submit tax information upon eral aid (Federal Perkins Loan and Federal Work Study) request.
Federal Financial Aid Programs
Federal Work Student Program Federal Family Education Loan Program (FFELP)
Federal Work Study provides opportunities for students The FFELP loan program includes the Stafford to work on or off-campus. Both undergraduate and gradu- Subsidized and Unsubsidized loan programs for under- ate students with demonstrated financial need may be graduate and graduate students. The Stafford Loan eligible to participate in this program. Students awarded Program provides low-interest loans to assist students work study funds can earn money to help pay educational with paying educational costs. The interest rate for new expenses. On campus jobs are advertised at loans is set on July 1 and varies annually, going no www.cdc.iit.edu. Off-campus jobs will be private, non- higher than 8.25 percent. These loans must be repaid profit organizations or public agencies that encourage over a period of time after a student leaves school. community service work. Off-campus jobs are also adver- tised by the Career Development Center. This office The Subsidized Stafford Loan is awarded based assists students in finding summer employment and per- on demonstrated financial need, and students do manent jobs after graduation. not pay interest on the principal while in school. The Unsubsidized Stafford Loan is not awarded based on Students awarded work study are paid at least the cur- demonstrated need; and, interest is charged from the rent federal minimum wage or higher, depending on the time that the loan funds are disbursed to the student. type of work performed. Students are paid hourly and Students have the option of paying the interest or having receive a biweekly paycheck. Work study students are the interest added onto the principal. Fees of up to 4 strongly encouraged to work 20 hours per week or less percent are charged on each loan, and are deducted during the academic year. Students apply for work study before the funds are applied to the student’s account. by filing the FAFSA.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 48 Expenses and Financial Assistance Continued Eligibility for Financial Assistance
All students receiving federal financial aid funds must cient credit hours earned each semester toward the com- demonstrate reasonable academic progress toward gradu- pletion of a degree program. Failure to comply with IIT’s ation from IIT. Reasonable academic progress includes Reasonable Academic Progress Policy will lead to the stu- satisfactory cumulative grade point average and suffi- dent’s losing eligibility for federal financial assistance.
Applying for a Financial Assistantship
A fellowship provides financial support to defray the cost does not directly administer assistantships available to of tuition and a stipend for living expenses. A tuition students in each academic unit. Acceptance of an award scholarship (TS) provides all or part of the tuition only. or appointment for the fall semester is considered binding Both are exempt from federal income taxes. Most degree on the student after April 15. If a student’s academic programs provide financial support for teaching assis- work is judged to be unsatisfactory, the award may be tants (TA) who help with instruction, and research canceled at the discretion of the university at anytime assistants (RA) who work on funded research projects. during the period covered. Graduate assistants (GA) receive partial support in the form of a stipend with no tuition support. Although an outstanding international student may receive some kind of award from IIT, most students must Only full-time students are eligible for assistantships. provide independent finances for their first year of gradu- New students will be considered for fellowships, assist- ate study. International students who are not antships and scholarships when they apply for admission recommended for an assistantship that would cover both and will be notified of the award with the admission deci- tuition and stipend are required to carry at least nine sion or shortly thereafter. Continuing students should credit hours per semester in order to maintain their F-1 apply to their major academic unit. The Graduate College student visa status. administers a number of fellowships and scholarships but
Additional Information
All financial aid awards for graduate students (excluding Financial Aid, 3300 South Federal Street, Chicago, IL law and business students) are processed by the IIT 60616 (telephone 312.567.7219). The office is open from Office of Financial Aid. Students should submit all infor- 8:30 am to 5pm, Monday through Friday, and may be mation regarding financial assistance to: Office of found online at http://finaid.iit.edu/.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 49 Expenses and Financial Assistance
Alumni Tuition Benefit (ALUMED)
ALUMED is a tuition credit program for graduates of tion. Students may apply for alumni status by contacting Illinois Institute of Technology or Midwest College of the Student Services Center at 312.567.3100 or at Engineering (MCE) registering in regularly scheduled [email protected], or they may submit the elec- credit courses only. Alumni registering as part-time tronic request form at www.enrollment.iit.edu, go to undergraduate students are permitted to register for one Student Services, go to Alumni Vouchers. ALUMED course each semester or quarter at a cost of one-half of tuition credits may not be applied retroactively. Alumni the current tuition rate. Alumni registering as part-time registering as full-time students or as students in a graduate students are permitted to register for one program at Chicago-Kent or the Rice Campus are not course each semester or quarter at a cost of one-third of eligible for ALUMED. This benefit may not be used the current tuition rate. To receive this benefit, students for enrollment in intersession or short courses, special must apply for alumni status upon their initial registra- problems, research, thesis and non-credit courses.
Part-Time Employment
Part-time employment opportunities may be available for CDC. Workshop schedules are posted at www.cdc.iit.edu. students, on- and off-campus. Positions may be Federal Appointments for individual career counseling may be Work Study jobs or career related co-ops and internships. made by calling 312/567-6800. Co-ops, internships and some on-campus jobs are posted in the Career Development Center (CDC) e-Recruiting International students (on F1 visa) are restricted to on- database. Other on-campus jobs may be announced campus employment for their first academic year of study directly by individual university departments. Students at any school in the United States. After completing one interested in and eligible for employment off-campus academic year in the country, students on F1 visa may in their field of study can get job search assistance from be eligible for opportunities off-campus (only if related the CDC and must attend an Introduction to Cooperative to their field of study) through the Cooperative Education Education and Internship workshop conducted by the or Summer Internship Programs.
Veterans’ Educational Benefits
Veterans enrolling for the first time should obtain representative of any change in credit hours within Veterans Affairs application forms from the Office of a term or of future enrollment plans. If a veteran drops Student Records and Registration, Room 104, Main a course or withdraws from school completely, his or her Building 312.567.6742. The university’s Veterans allotment may be reduced or withdrawn. The veteran Affairs representative processes subsequent enrollment must report immediately the exact termination date to certifications. For further information on veterans the Veterans Affairs representative. Veterans must benefits, or to request an application, please visit maintain reasonable academic progress according to www.enrollment.iit.edu and click on “Registrar’s Office.” university standards. Failure to meet minimum-progress The veteran must also inform the Veterans Affairs criteria can result in a cessation of educational benefits.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 50 Telephone Directory
Maps for the Downtown, Main and Rice campuses are on page 332. When calling from a campus phone, use last five digits only.
Administrative and Service
Academic Resource Center ...... 312.567.5216 Graduate College ...... 312.567.3024 Admission, Undergraduate...... 312.567.3025 Health Services ...... 312.808.7100 Alumni Relations...... 312.567.5040 Hermann Union Building ...... 312.567.3075 Athletics & Recreation ...... 312.567.3296 Housing Office ...... 312.567.5075 Bookstore - Barnes & Noble ...... 312.567.3120 IIT Online Technical Services...... 312.567.3345 Bursar’s Office ...... 312.567.3785 International Center ...... 312.567.3680 Campus Ministry...... 312.567.3160 Moffett Campus ...... 708.563.1576 Career Development Center ...... 312.567.6800 Multicultural Student Services ...... 312.567.5525 Communications & Marketing ...... 312.567.3104 Public Safety ...... 312.808.6300 Computing & Network Services ...... 312.567.5963 Residence Life Office ...... 312.808.6400 Counseling Services ...... 312.808.7132 Daniel F. and Ada L. Rice Campus...... 630.682.6000 Disability Resources ...... 312.567.5744 Student Activities & Orientation ...... 312.567.3720 Educational Services ...... 312.567.3300 Student Affairs & Greek Life ...... 312.567.3081 Enrollment Services ...... 312.567.3100 Undergraduate College ...... 312.567.3940 Financial Aid ...... 312.567.7219 Office of the Vice Provost for New Initiatives...... 312.567.3163 Galvin Library (Main Campus) ...... 312.567.3355 Women’s Outreach and Resource Center...... 312.567.5250 Graduate Admission ...... 312.567.3020
Colleges and Academic Units
College of Architecture ...... 312.567.3230 Chicago-Kent College of Law ...... 312.906.5000 Armour College ...... 312.567.3009 Stuart School of Business ...... 312.906.6500 Biomedical Engineering ...... 312.567.5324 Center for Law & Financial Markets ...... 312.906.6500 Chemical & Environmental Engineering ...... 312.567.3040 Air Force — Aerospace Studies ...... 312.567.3525 Civil & Architectural Engineering ...... 312.567.3540 Army — Military Science ...... 312.808.7141 Electrical & Computer Engineering ...... 312.567.3400 Navy — Naval Science ...... 312.567.3530 Mechanical, Materials & Aerospace Engineering 312.567.3175 Center for Professional Development ...... 360.682.6000 Information Technology Management...... 630.682.6040 Manufacturing Technology Management ...... 312.567.3650 Institute of Design ...... 312.595.4900 Institute of Psychology ...... 312.567.3500 College of Science & Letters ...... 312.567.3800 Applied Mathematics ...... 312.567.8980 Biological, Chemical & Physical Sciences...... 312.567.3480 Computer Science...... 312.567.5150 Lewis Department of Humanities ...... 312.567.3465 Mathematics & Science Education ...... 312.567.3661 Social Sciences ...... 312.567.5128 MPA (M.S. Public Administration) ...... 312.906.5198 Academic Programs The University
Academic Programs
Department of Applied Mathematics...... 52 Information Technology & Management...... 218
College of Architecture ...... 62 Manufacturing Engineering ...... 228
Department of Biological, Chemical Manufacturing / Industrial Technology Programs ...... 231 and Physical Sciences ...... 79 Department of Mathematics Department of Biomedical Engineering ...... 104 and Science Education ...... 235
Department of Chemical Department of Mechanical, Materials and Environmental Engineering ...... 111 and Aerospace Engineering ...... 241
Chicago-Kent College of Law ...... 132 Center for Professional Development ...... 256
Department of Civil Institute of Psychology ...... 257 and Architectural Engineering...... 142 Graduate Program in Public Administration Department of Computer Science ...... 155 (Department of Social Sciences)...... 270
Institute of Design ...... 173 Stuart School of Business...... 278
Department of Electrical Technical Communiation ...... 309 and Computer Engineering ...... 183
Energy/Environment/Economics (E3) ...... 208
Food Safety and Technology ...... 213
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 51 Department of Applied Mathematics Department of Applied Mathematics
208 Engineering 1 Building The Department of Applied Mathematics puts mathemat- 10 W. 32nd St. ics to work solving problems in science, engineering and Chicago, IL 60616 society. Applied mathematicians investigate a wide vari- 312.567.8980 ety of topics, such as how to construct methods for 312.567.3135 fax multi-criteria decision making (requiring discrete mathe- www.math.iit.edu matics and statistics), predicting how financial markets will behave (requiring probability/statistics, analysis and Chair: optimization), and understanding how liquids flow Fred J. Hickernell around solids (requiring computational methods and analysis). Our programs focus on four areas of modern Director, Graduate Studies: applied mathematics: applied analysis, computational Xiaofan Li mathematics, discrete applied mathematics, and stochas- tics. More detailed descriptions of these areas follow.
Degrees Offered
Master of Science in Applied Mathematics Master of Mathematical Finance (collaborative program Doctor of Philosophy in Applied Mathematics with the Stuart School of Business)
Research Facilities
The department provides students with office space computer and library resources. The department also has a equipped with computers and full access to the university’s 18-processor Beowulf cluster for research purposes.
Research and Program Areas
The research and teaching foci of the Department of stochastics. These areas are briefly described in the fol- Applied Mathematics at IIT are primarily in four areas of lowing subsections; faculty with primary and secondary modern applied mathematics: applied analysis, computa- interests and expertise are listed for each of these areas. tional mathematics, discrete applied mathematics, and
Applied Analysis
Applied analysis is one of the foundations for interdisci- engineering and science. In particular, members of the plinary applied mathematics. The principles of group do research in nonlinear dynamics, approximation (functional) analysis are applied to such areas as partial theory, numerical analysis, fluid dynamics, materials sci- differential equations, dynamical systems and numerical ence, viscoelastic and polymeric fluid flows, biological analysis. science, quantum mechanics and electro-dynamics, solid mechanics, financial engineering and other disciplines. The basic framework, concepts and techniques of modern mathematical analysis are essential for modeling, analy- Primary interests: Abarji, Bielecki, Duan, sis and simulation of complicated phenomena in Edelstein, Frank engineering and science. Applying the ideas and methods of modern mathematical analysis to such problems has Secondary interests: Bernstein, Erber, Fasshauer, been a thoroughly interdisciplinary effort. Li, Lubin, Nair, Rempfer, Wendland
Research and teaching within the applied analysis group at IIT concentrates on development and application of new techniques for investigating numerous phenomena in
52 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2004–2006 Department of Applied Mathematics
Computational Mathematics
The use of computation/simulation as a third alternative methods used in the study and solution of problems to theory and experimentation is now common practice in the applied sciences and engineering. In particular, in many branches of science and engineering. Many sci- members of the group do research on complexity theory, entific problems that were previously inaccessible have the finite element method, meshfree methods, multiscale seen tremendous progress from the use of computation and multilevel methods, Monte Carlo and quasi-Monte (e.g., many-body simulations in physics and chemistry, Carlo methods, numerical methods for deterministic simulation of semi-conductors, etc.). Researchers and sci- and stochastic ordinary and partial differential equations, entists in these areas must have a sound training in the computational fluid dynamics, computational materials fundamentals of computational mathematics and become science, computer-aided geometric design and parallel proficient in the use (and development) of new algorithms computation. and analytical techniques as they apply to modern computational environments. Primary interests: Fasshauer, Hickernell, Li, Wendland
Research and teaching within the computational mathe- Secondary interests: Bernstein, Duan, Fang, matics group at IIT concentrates on basic numerical McMorris, Rempfer analysis, as well as development of new computational
Discrete Applied Mathematics Discrete applied mathematics is a fairly young branch of applications, discrete location theory, voting theory mathematics and is concerned with using combinatorics, applied to data analysis, graph drawing, random graph theory, optimization, and portions of theoretical geometric graphs, communication networks, coding the- computer science to attack problems in engineering as ory, low discrepancy sequences, algorithm design and well as the hard and soft sciences. analysis.
Research interests in the discrete applied mathematics Primary interests: Ellis, Kaul, McMorris, Pelsmajer group at IIT are in discrete methods in computational and mathematical biology, intersection graphs and their Secondary interests: Frank, Hickernell
Stochastics
Stochastics at IIT includes traditional statistics (the The current research and teaching interests in the methods of data analysis and inference) and probability stochastic analysis group at IIT include asymptotics in (the modeling of uncertainty and randomness). However, statistics, experimental design, computational statistics, also included are other areas where stochastic methods stochastic calculus and probability theory, stochastic have been becoming more important in recent years such dynamical systems, stochastic control, stochastic partial as finite and infinite dimensional stochastic processes, differential equations and statistical decision theory. stochastic integration, stochastic dynamics, stochastic partial differential equations, probabilistic methods for Primary interests: Adler, Bielecki, Duan, Fang, Heller, analysis, mathematical finance and discrete mathemat- Hickernell ics, computational methods for stochastic systems, etc. Secondary interests: Ellis, Frank, Kaul, McMorris
Faculty
Andre Adler, Associate Professor of Applied Mathematics. computational work on polymeric fluid flows, finite Ph.D., University of Florida. Asymptotics in statistics, element formulation known as flucode; tracer analysis probability and statistical inference. of blood circulation and of recycle reactors. Snejana Abarji, Associate Professor of Applied Thomasz R. Bielecki, Associate Professor of Applied Mathematics. Ph.D., Landau Institute. Applied Mathematics. Ph.D., Warsaw School of Economics. Mathematics and Applied Analysis (nonlinear partial dif- Mathematical finance, stochastic control, stochastic ferential equations, stochastic differential equations, analysis, probability and random processes, quantitative dynamical systems); multi-scale phenomena; methods for risk management in finance and insurance. Mathematical Biology. Jinqiao (Jeffrey) Duan, Professor of Applied Mathematics. Barry Bernstein, Professor of Applied Mathematics Ph.D., Cornell University. Stochastic dynamical systems; and Chemical Engineering. Ph.D., Indiana University. stochastic partial differential equations; nonlinear Mechanical and thermodynamic behavior of materials, dynamical systems; modeling, analysis, simulation and material processing problems, such as extrusion and prediction of random, complex & multiscale phenomena molding of polymer; theory of fluids treating thermody- in engineering and science (geophysical and environmen- namics as well as the mechanics of such media; tal systems, etc.)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 53 Department of Applied Mathematics
Faculty (continued)
Warren Edelstein, Professor of Applied Mathematics. Xiaofan Li, Associate Professor of Applied Mathematics Ph.D., Brown University. Analysis of linear viscoelasticity and Director of Graduate Studies, Ph.D., University and nonlinear creep, numerical analysis of flow-induced of California, Los Angeles. Computational fluid dynamics, vibrations in tubes conveying fluids, numerical solution of computational materials science. Boundary integral boundary value problems arising in the quantum method, moving-boundary value problems. Suspension mechanics of semiconductors. Computational mechanics of particles, phase transformation in materials science. and mathematics of finance. Arthur Lubin, Associate Professor of Applied Robert B. Ellis, Assistant Professor of Applied Mathematics. Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Madison. Mathematics. Ph.D., University of California at San Commuting contractions in Hilbert space, spectral theory, Diego. Combinatorics; spectral, random and algebraic models for analytic functions, linear system theory. graph theory; probabilistic methods; coding theory; and David Maslanka, Senior Lecturer and Director of combinatorial algorithms. Academic Resource Center. B.A., St. Xavier University; Thomas Erber, Distinguished Professor of Applied M.S., Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology. Mathematics and Physics. Ph.D., University of Chicago. F. R. McMorris, Professor of Applied Mathematics, Quantum electrodynamics in intense magnetic fields; Computer Science, and Dean of the College of Science classical electrodynamics; the quantum mechanics of sin- and Letters. Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee. gle trapped atoms; magnetic and mechanical hysteresis; Discrete applied mathematics, computational and mathe- metal fatigue; structure and evolution of complex physi- matical biology, classification theory, location theory. cal systems; sonoluminescence. Sudhakar E. Nair, Professor of Mechanical and Aerospace Kai-Tai Fang, Distinguished Research Professor of Engineering and Applied Mathematics, and Associate Applied Mathematics. Graduate Studies, Academia Dean of Academic Affairs, Graduate College. Ph.D., Sinica. Multivariate analysis, experimental design, distri- University of California, San Diego. Solid mechanics, bution theory, applications of number-theoretic methods elastic and inelastic behavior of materials, applied in statistics, data mining and applications to Chinese mathematics, moving boundary problems, wave medicine. propagation in anisotropic media. Gregory Fasshauer, Associate Professor and Associate Michael J. Pelsmajer, Assistant Professor of Applied Chair of Applied Mathematics. Ph.D., Vanderbilt Mathematics. Ph.D., University of Illinois, Urbana- University. Approximation theory, numerical analysis, Champaign. Graph theory, combinatorics, meshfree methods with applications to multivariate scat- communication networks. tered data approximation and the solution of partial differential equations. Computer-aided geometric design Dietmar Rempfer, Associate Professor of Mechanical and and bivariate splines. Aerospace Engineering and Applied Mathematics. Ph.D., Habilitation, Universität Stuttgart. Fluid mechanics, Maurice J. Frank, Professor of Applied Mathematics, especially theoretical studies of transitional and turbu- Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology. Functional equa- lent shear flows in open systems; numerical fluid tions, associativity and related equations, iterative mechanics; modeling for environmental and urban fluid equations and systems; probability distribution theory, mechanics; coherent structures in turbulent flows; control probabilistic geometry; iteration, nonlinear dynamics. of transitional and turbulent wall layers; nonlinear Barbara Heller, Research Associate Professor of Applied dynamical systems. Mathematics. Ph.D., University of Chicago. Theoretical Susan S. Sitton, Assistant Provost for Retention and and applied statistics, data analysis in the physical and Senior Lecturer. B.A., Grinnell College; M.S., biological sciences, goodness-of-fit tests, computer simula- Northwestern University; Ph.D. Illinois Institute of tions of spatial distributions. Technology. Fred J. Hickernell, Professor and Chair of Applied Holger Wendland, Associate Professor of Applied Mathematics, Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Mathematics. Ph.D., University of Göttingen. Meshless Technology. Computational mathematics, numerical methods, radial basis functions, scattered data approxi- approximation of integrals and functions, Monte Carlo mation, fluid-structure interaction, kernel learning. and quasi-Monte Carlo methods, low information-based complexity theory, design of laboratory and computer experiments, computational finance. Hemanshu Kaul, Assistant Professor of Applied Mathematics. Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana- Champaign. Graph Theory and Combinatorics, Discrete Optimization and Operations Research, Probabilistic Models and Methods in Discrete Mathematics.
54 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2004–2006 Department of Applied Mathematics
Admission Requirements
Cumulative undergraduate GPA minimum: 3.0/4.0 important factors considered for admission to the pro- GRE score minimum: gram, including grades in mathematics courses, letters of For tests taken prior to Oct.1, 2002, M.S./Ph.D.: 1500 recommendation and the student’s overall record of (combined) achievements. For tests taken on or after Oct.1, 2002, M.S.: 1100 (quan- titative + verbal) 2.5 (analytical writing) Admission to the Master of Science and the Ph.D. pro- For tests taken on or after Oct.1, 2002, Ph.D.: 1100 gram normally requires a bachelor’s degree in (quantitative + verbal) 3.0 (analytical writing) mathematics or applied mathematics. Candidates whose TOEFL minimum: 550/213* degree is in another field (for example, computer science, At least two letters of recommendation physics, or engineering) and whose background in mathe- matics is strong are also eligible for admission and are Admission to the professional master’s program in encouraged to apply. Candidates in the Ph.D. program Mathematical Finance requires a bachelor’s degree in must also have demonstrated the potential for conducting mathematics, engineering, or equivalent, with a mini- original research in applied mathematics. Students must mum cumulative GPA of 3.0/4.0. TOEFL scores (if remove deficiencies in essential undergraduate courses required) must have a minimum score of 600/213*. that are prerequisites for the degree program, in addition A professional statement of goals/objectives (2 pages) to fulfilling all other degree requirements. and a curriculum vitae must be submitted. Two letters of recommendation are required (at least two must The director of graduate studies serves as temporary aca- be from academia, the third may be from industry). demic adviser for all newly admitted graduate students An interview may also be required. until an appropriate faculty member is selected as the adviser. Students are responsible for following all depart- Typically, admitted students score at least 700 on the mental procedures as well as the general requirements of quantitative portion of the GRE and at least 3.0 on the the Graduate College. analytical portion. However, meeting the minimum or typical GPA test-score requirements does not guarantee * Paper-based test score/computer-based test score. admission. GPA and test scores are just two of several
Master of Mathematical Finance (MMF)
(Collaborative Program with the Stuart School of Elective Courses Business) A Minimum of four additional courses including: a mini- 21.6 quarter credits mum of one MATH or CS class must be selected and a 18 semester credits minimum three FM or MSF courses must be selected.
The objective of the MMF program is to provide individu- FM 530 Visual Basic and Databases als interested in pursuing careers in financial risk for Financial Markets 3.6 Qtr. Credits management with advanced education in theoretical, MSF 522 Financial Modeling I 3.6 Qtr. Credits computational and business aspects of relevant quantita- MSF 523 Financial Modeling II 3.6 Qtr. Credits tive methodologies. This is a collaborative program MSF 561 Financial Time Series Analysis 3.6 Qtr. Credits between the Stuart School of Business (Stuart GSB) MSF 562 Econometric Analysis 3.6 Qtr. Credits and the Applied Mathematics Department (AM) and as MSF 573 Computational Finance III 3.6 Qtr. Credits such, it will give the students the chance to benefit MATH 512 Partial Differential Equations 3 Sem. Credits from the strength of both units. MATH 513 PDE’s for Finance 3 Sem. Credits MATH 543 Stochastic Analysis 3 Sem. Credits Required Courses MATH 544 Stochastic Dynamics 3 Sem. Credits MSF 571 Computational Finance I 3.6 Qtr. Credits MATH 583 Quantative Modeling MSF 572 Computational Finance II 3.6 Qtr. Credits of Derivative 3 Sem. Credits MSF 551 Futures, Options and OTC MATH 589 Numerical Methods for PDEs 3 Sem. Credits Derivatives 3.6 Qtr. Credits CS 522 Data Mining 3 Sem. Credits MATH 542 Stochastic Processes 3 Sem. Credits Minimum Total for Elective Courses 10.8 Quarter Credits MATH 548 Mathematical Finance I 3 Sem. Credits and 6 Semester Credits MATH 565 Monte-Carlo Methods Total Minimum Credits 21.6 Quarter Credits and 18 in Finance 3 Sem. Credits Semester Credits MATH 582 Mathematical Finance II 3 Sem. Credits MATH 586 Theory and Practice A student can transfer a maximum of 2 graduate courses of Fixed Income Models 3 Sem. Credits from other institutions in equivalent courses. Total 10.8 Quarter Credits and 15 Semester Creditss Note: 3.6 Quarter Credits is equivalent to 2.4 Semester Credits.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 55 Department of Applied Mathematics
Master of Science in Applied Mathematics
32 credit hours Computational Mathematics Thesis MATH 577 Computational Mathematics I Comprehensive exam (Certification) MATH 578 Computational Mathematics II
The M.S. degree program provides a broad background in Stochastics the fundamentals of the advanced mathematics that is MATH 543 Stochastic Analysis applied to solve problems in the other fields. The goal is MATH 544 Stochastic Dynamics to prepare students for careers in industry and for the doctoral program. Elective courses The remaining courses in each student’s program are Required courses selected in consultation with, and approval of, the Director A Master’s thesis (up to 5 credit hours of MATH 594), of Graduate Studies. The program may include at most under the supervision of a faculty member, and at least three courses at the 400-level and at most two courses out- two of the basic sequences in the four core areas of study: side the department.
Applied Analysis The comprehensive examination requirement is fulfilled by MATH 500 Applied Analysis I achieving certification in two of the core areas of study. For MATH 501 Applied Analysis II procedures governing the certification process, the student should consult the current department regulations. Discrete Applied Mathematics MATH 553 Discrete Applied Mathematics I MATH 554 Discrete Applied Mathematics II
Doctor of Philosophy in Applied Mathematics 84 credit hours beyond the bachelor’s degree the background to carry out successful research in his/her Qualifying exam chosen area and the proposed research has sufficient Comprehensive exam scholarly merit. Exceptions to these general rules require Dissertation and Defence approval by the departmental Graduate Studies Committee. The Ph.D. program provides advanced education through coursework (including independent study) and original, Besides the courses in the core areas of study, the creative research in order to prepare students for careers remaining courses in the program are selected in consul- in industrial research and academia. The program tation with the student’s academic adviser. The program requires a total of 84 credit hours (approximately 52 for must include at least three (but no more than five) students entering with a master’s degree). courses in an area of concentration outside of the depart- ment, as approved by the director of graduate studies; The qualifying examination requirement is fulfilled by these may include 400-level courses. achieving better than a 3.5/4.0 GPA on the courses taken in three of the core areas of study listed under the M.S. The dissertation (thesis) is expected to contain a distinct degree and passing an oral examination within the first and substantial, original and publishable contribution to five semesters of study (within the first three semesters the field of study. The credit hours devoted to thesis for students entering with a master’s degree). The exam research (MATH 691) must total between 24 and 32. An covers three of the four core areas, which can be chosen oral examination in defense of the thesis constitutes com- by the student. The comprehensive examination consists pletion of the degree. of an oral examination based on the student’s research proposal. The exam aims to ensure that the student has
56 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2004–2006 Department of Applied Mathematics
Course Descriptions geometric proof, visualization, and MATH 461 interrelation of different areas of Fourier Series and Boundary-Value Numberes in parentheses represent mathematics. Prerequisites: consent Problems class, lab and total credit hours, of the instructor. (3-0-3) Fourier series and integrals. The respectively. Laplace, heat, and wave equations: MATH 426 Solutions by separation of variables. MATH 400 Statistical Tools For Engineers D’Alembert’s solution of the wave Real Analysis Descriptive statistics and graphs, equation. Boundary-value problems. Real numbers, continuous functions; probability distributions, random Prerequisites: MATH 251, differentiation and Riemann integra- sampling, independence, significance MATH 252. (3-0-3) tion. Functions defined by series. tests, design of experiments, regres- Prerequisite: MATH 251 or instruc- sion, time-series analysis, statistical MATH 471 tor’s consent. (3-0-3) process control, and introduction to Numerical Methods multivariate analysis. Prerequisite: Number representation, errors, itera- MATH 401 Junior standing. Same as CHE 426. tive methods for nonlinear equations, Analysis II (Credit not given for both MATH 426 polynomial interpolation, differentia- Functions of several variables, par- and CHE 426. (3-0-3) tion, integration, Gauss elimination. tial differentiation, and multiple Prerequisites: MATH 251, MATH Math 430 integrals. Prerequisite: MATH400. 252. Corequisite: MATH 332 or Applied Algebra (3-0-3) MATH 333. (3-0-3) Relations; modular arithmetic; group MATH 402 theory: symmetry, permutation, MATH 474 Complex Analysis cyclic, and abelian groups; group Probability and Statistics Analytic functions, conformal map- structure: subgroups, cosets, homo- Elementary probability theory ping, contour integration, series morphisms, classification theorems; including discrete and continuous expansions, singularities and rings and fields. Applications to distributions; sampling, estimation, residues, applications. Intended as a crystallography, cryptography, and confidence intervals, hypothesis test- first course in the subject for stu- check-digit schemes. Prerequisite: ing, and linear regression. dents in the physical sciences and MATH 230 or MATH 332. (3-0-3) Prerequisite: MATH 251. Credit not engineering. Prerequisite: granted for both MATH 474 and MATH 453 MATH 251. (3-0-3) MATH 475. (3-0-3) Combinatorics MATH 405 Permutations and combinations; MATH 475 Introduction to Iteration and Chaos pigeonhole principle; inclusion-exclu- Probability Functional iteration and orbits, peri- sion principle; recurrence equations Elementary probability theory; com- odic points and Sharkovsky’s cycle and generating functions; enumera- binatorics; random variables; theorem, chaos and dynamical sys- tion under group action. discrete and continuous distribu- tems of dimensions one and two. Prerequisite: MATH 230. (3-0-3) tions; joint distributions and Julia sets and fractals, physical moments; transformations and con- MATH 454 implications. Prerequisites: MATH volution; basic theorems; simulation. Graph Theory and Applications 251, MATH 252 and one of the fol- Prerequisite: MATH 251. Credit not lowing: MATH 332, MATH 333 or Graph theory is the study of systems granted for both MATH 474 and instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) (C) of points with some of the pairs of MATH 475. (3-0-3) points joined by lines. Sample topics MATH 410 include: paths, cycles and trees; adja- MATH 476 Number Theory cency and connectivity; directed Statistics Divisibility, congruences, distribution graphs; Hamiltonian and Eulerian Estimation theory; hypothesis tests; of prime numbers, Diophantine equa- graphs and digraphs; intersection confidence intervals; goodness-offit tions, applications to encryption graphs. Applications to the sciences tests; correlation and linear regres- methods. Prerequisite: MATH 230 or (computer, life, physical, social) and sion; analysis of variance; instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) engineering will be introduced nonparametric methods. throughout the course. Credit will not Prerequisite: MATH 475. (3-0-3) Math 420 be granted for both MATH 454 and Geometry MATH 553. Prerequisite: MATH 230, MATH 477 The course is focused on selected top- MATH 251 or MATH 252. (3-0-3) Numerical Linear Algebra ics related to fundamental concepts Fundamentals of matrix theory, least and methods of Euclidean geometry squares problems, computer arith- in two and three dimensions and metic, conditioning and stability, their applications with emphasis on direct and iterative methods for various problem-solving strategies, linear systems, eigenvalue problems
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 57 Department of Applied Mathematics
Credit may not be granted for both Multiple regression. Prerequisites: MATH 491 MATH 477 and MATH 473.. MATH 476. (3-0-3) Reading and Research Prerequisite: MATH 471 or consent (Credit: Variable) of the instructor. (3-0-3) MATH 485 Introduction to Math 500 MATH 478 Mathematical Finance Applied Analysis I Numerical Methods This is an introductory course in Metric and Normed Spaces; for Differential Equations mathematical finance. Technical Continuous Functions; Contraction Polynomial interpolation; numerical difficulty of the subject is kept at Mapping Theorem; Topological integration; numerical solution of a minimum by considering a discrete Spaces; Banach Spaces; Hilbert initial value problems for ordinary time framework. Nevertheless, the Spaces; Eigenfunction expansion. differential equations by single and major ideas and concepts underlying Prerequisites: MATH 400 or consent multi-step methods, Runge-Kutta, modern mathematical finance and of the instructor. (3-0-3) Predictor-Corrector; numerical solu- financial engineering will be tion of boundary value problems for explained and illustrated. Math 501 ordinary differential equations by Prerequisite: MATH475 or Applied Analysis II shooting method, finite differences. equivalent.(3-0-3) Bounded Linear Operators on a Credit may not be granted for both Hilbert Space; Spectrum of Bounded MATH 478 and MATH 472. MATH 486 Linear Operators; Linear Differential Prerequisite: MATH 471 or consent Mathematical Modeling I Operators and Green’s Functions; of instructor. (3-0-3) A general introduction to optimiza- Distributions and the Fourier tion problems. Linear programming: Transform; Measure Theory, MATH 481 the simplex method. Elements of Lebesgue Integral and Function Introduction to Stochastic Processes graphs and networks. Introduction to Spaces; Differential Calculus and This is an introductory course in sto- game theory. Applications. Variational Methods. Prerequisites: chastic processes. Its purpose is to Prerequisite: MATH 475 or instruc- MATH 500 or consent of the instruc- introduce students into a range of tor’s consent. (3-0-3) (C) tor. (3-0-3) stochastic processes, which are used as modeling tools in diverse fields of MATH 487 Math 512 applications, especially in the busi- Mathematical Modeling II Partial Differential Equations ness applications. The course The formulation of mathematical Basic model equations describing introduces the most fundamental models, solution of mathematical wave propagation, diffusion and ideas in the area of modeling and equations, interpretation of results. potential functions; characteristics, analysis of real World phenomena in Selected topics from queueing theory Fourier transform, Green function, terms of stochastic processes. The and financial derivatives. and eigenfunction expansions; ele- course covers different classes of Prerequisite: MATH 252. (3-0-3) (C) mentary theory of partial Markov processes. It also presents differential equations; Sobolev some aspects of stochastic calculus MATH 488 spaces; linear elliptic equations; with emphasis on the application to Ordinary Differential Equations energy methods; semigroup methods; financial modeling and financial engi- and Dynamical Systems applications to partial differential neering. Prerequisite: MATH 332 or Boundary-value problems: Green’s equations from engineering and sci- MATH 333, MATH 475. (3-0-3) functions, Sturm-Liouville theory, ence. Prerequisites: MATH 461 or eigenfunction expansions. Linear and MATH489 or consent of the instruc- MATH 482 nonlinear systems: existence and tor. (3-0-3) Introduction to Markov Processes uniqueness, Floquet theory, stability Random walks, discrete time Markov concepts. Phase-plane analysis; criti- Math 515 chains; Poisson processes, continuous cal points, limit cycles. Prerequisites: Ordinary Differential Equations time Markov chains; renewal theory. MATH 252. (3-0-3) and Dynamical Systems Prerequisite: MATH 475. (3-0-3) Basic theory of systems of ordinary MATH 489 differential equations; equilibrium MATH 483 Partial Differential Equations solutions, linearization and stability; Design and Analysis of First-order equations, characteris- phase portraits analysis; stable, Experiments tics. Classification of second-order unstable and center manifolds; peri- Principles of estimation; hypothesis equations. Laplace’s equation; poten- odic orbits, homoclinic and tests, confidence intervals. tial theory. Green’s functions, heteroclinic orbits; bifurcations and Contingency tables; goodness-of-fit. maximum principles. The wave equa- chaos; nonautonomous dynamics; and Analysis of variance; linear regres- tion: characteristics, general numerical simulation of nonlinear sion. Hierarchical and split plot solution. The heat equation: Use of dynamics. Prerequisites: MATH 252 designs; analysis of covariance. integral transforms. Prerequisite: or consent of the instructor. (3-0-3) MATH 461. (3-0-3)
58 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2004–2006 Department of Applied Mathematics
MATH 519 Prerequisite: MATH332 or MATH333 to learn such methods for long term Complex Analysis and MATH475. (3-0-3) career development. Topics include: Analytic functions, contour integra- Random variables, Brownian motion tion, singularities, series, conformal Math 543 and stochastic calculus in Hilbert mapping, analytic continuation, mul- Stochastic Analysis spaces; Stochastic heat equation; tivalued functions. Prerequisite: This course will introduce the stu- Stochastic wave equation; Analytical MATH 402 or instructor’s consent. dent to modern finite dimensional and approximation techniques; (3-0-3) stochastic analysis and its applica- Stochastic numerical simulations via tions. The topics will include: a) an Matlab; Dynamical impact of noises; MATH 530 overview of modern theory of sto- Stochastic flows and cocycles; Algebra chastic processes, with focus on Invariant measures, Lyapunov expo- Axiomatic treatment of groups, rings semimartingales and their character- nents and ergodicity; and and fields, ideals and homomor- istics, b) stochastic calculus for applications to engineering and sci- phisms; field extensions, modules semimartingales, including Ito for- ence and other areas.Prerequisites: over rings. Prerequisite: MATH 332 mula and stochastic integration with MATH 543 or MATH 544 or consent or MATH 430. (3-0-3) respect to semimartingales, c) sto- of instructor. (3-0-3) chastic differential equations (SDE’s) Math 532 driven by semimartingales, with MATH 546 Linear Algebra focus on stochastic SDE’s driven by Introduction to Time Series Matrix algebra, vector spaces, norms, Levy processes, d) absolutely contin- Properties of stationary, random inner products and orthogonality, uous changes of measures for processes; standard discrete parame- determinants, linear transforma- semimartingales, e) some selected ter models, autoregressive, moving tions, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, applications. Prerequisite: MATH average, harmonic; standard continu- Cayley-Hamilton theorem, matrix 475 or consent of an instructor. (3-0- ous parameter models. Spectral factorizations (LU, QR, SVD). 3) analysis of stationary processes, rela- Prerequisites: MATH 332 or consent tionship between the spectral density of the instructor. (3-0-3) MATH 544 function and the autocorrelation Stochastic Dynamics function; spectral representation of MATH 540 This course is about modeling, analy- some stationary processes; linear Probability sis, simulation and prediction of transformations and filters. Random events and variables, proba- dynamical behavior of complex sys- Introduction to estimation in the bility distributions, sequences of tems under random influences. The time and frequency domains. random variables and limit theo- mathematical models for such sys- Prerequisite: MATH 475 or ECE 511. rems. Prerequisite: MATH 400 or tems are in the form of stochastic (3-0-3) instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) differential equations. It is especially appropriate for graduate students Math 548 MATH 542 who would like to use stochastic Mathematical Finance I: Discrete Stochastic Processes methods in their research, or to learn Time This is an introductory course in these methods for long term career This is an introductory course in stochastic processes. Its purpose is development. Topics include white mathematical finance. Technical dif- to introduce students to a range of noise and colored noise, stochastic ficulty of the subject is kept at a stochastic processes, which are used differential equations, random minimum by considering a discrete as modeling tools in diverse fields dynamical systems, numerical simu- time framework. Nevertheless, the of applications, especially in the lation, and applications to scientific, major ideas and concepts underlying business applications. The course engineering and other areas. modern mathematical finance and introduces the most fundamental Prerequisite:MATH 474, MATH 475 financial engineering will be ideas in the area of modeling and or MATH 543 or equivalent. explained and illustrated. Credits analysis of real world phenomena cannot be given to both Math 485 in terms of stochastic processes. MATH 545 and Math 548. Prerequisite: The course covers different classes Stochastic Partial MATH474 or MATH475 and of Markov processes: discrete and Differential Equations MATH481 or MATH542. (3-0-3) continuous-time Markov chains, This course introduces various meth- Brownian motion and diffusion ods for understanding solutions and MATH 550 processes. It also presents some dynamical behaviors of stochastic Topology aspects of stochastic calculus with partial differential equations arising Topological spaces, continuous map- emphasis on the application to finan- from mathematical modeling in sci- pings and homoeomorphisms, metric cial modeling and finanacial ence and engineering and other spaces and metrizability, connected- engineering. Credits cannot be given areas. It is designed for graduate ness and compactness, homotopy to both Math 481 and Math 542. students who would like to use sto- theory. Prerequisite: MATH 556. chastic methods in their research or (3-0-3)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 59 Department of Applied Mathematics
MATH 553 Math 557 ming techniques and computer clus- Discrete Applied Mathematics I Probabilistic Methods in ters have made these methods Graph theory is the study of systems Combinatorics widespread in the finance industry. of points with some of the pairs of Graduate level introduction to proba- Prerequisite: MATH474. (3-0-3) points joined by lines. Sample topics bilistic methods, including linearity include: paths, cycles and trees; adja- of expectation, the deletion method, MATH 566 cency and connectivity; directed the second moment method and the Multivariate Analysis graphs; Hamiltonian and Eulerian Lovász Local Lemma. Many exam- Random vectors, sample geometry graphs and digraphs; intersection ples from classical results and recent and random sampling, generalized graphs. Applications to the sciences research in combinatorics and graph variance, multivariate normal and (computer, life, physical, social) and theory will be included throughout, Wishart distributions, estimation of engineering will be introduced including from Ramsey Theory, ran- mean vector, confidence region, throughout the course. This course dom graphs, coding theory, and Hotelling’s T2, covariance, principal runs concurrently with Math 454 but number theory. Prerequisite: gradu- components, factor analysis, discrim- projects and homework are at the ate status or consent of instructor. ination, clustering. Prerequisites: graduate level. Credits cannot be (3-0-3) MATH 532, MATH 563, MATH 564. given to both MATH 553 and MATH (3-0-3) 454. Prerequisite: Math 453 or MATH 563 instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) Statistics MATH 567 Theory of limiting distributions; Design and Analysis of Math 554 interval and point estimation, suffi- Experiments Discrete Applied Mathematics II cient statistics. Bayesian procedures, Analysis of variance, fixed, random, Graduate level treatment of applied hypothesis testing, nonparametric and mixed effects models, analysis of combinatorics; posets: product and methods. Prerequisite: MATH 475. covariance, randomized designs, ran- dimension, lattices, extremal set the- (3-0-3) domized blocks, nested designs, ory and symmetric chain Latin square and related designs. decomposition; combinatorial MATH 564 Prerequisite: MATH 476. (3-0-3) designs: block designs, Latin Applied Statistics Squares, finite fields, block designs Linear regression and correlation MATH 568 and Steiner systems, finite projective models, regression parameters, pre- Topics in Statistics planes; coding theory: error-correct- diction and confidence intervals, time Categorical data analysis, contin- ing codes, Hamming and sphere series, analysis of variance and gency tables, log-linear models, bounds, linear codes, codes from liar covariance. Prerequisites: MATH 332 nonparametric methods, sampling games and adaptive coding. and MATH 475, or instructor’s con- techniques. Prerequisite: MATH 563. Prerequisite: MATH 453, MATH 454, sent. (3-0-3) (3-0-3) or MATH 553. (3-0-3) Math 565 MATH 577 MATH 555 Monte Carlo Methods in Finance Computational Mathematics I Tensor Analysis In addition to the theoretical con- Fundamentals of matrix theory, least Development of the calculus of ten- structs in financial mathematics, squares problems, computer arith- sors with applications to differential there are also a range of computa- metic, conditioning and stability, geometry and the formulation of the tional/simulation techniques that direct and iterative methods for lin- fundamental equations in various allow for the numerical evaluation of ear systems, eigenvalue problems. fields. Prerequisites: MATH 332 and a wide range of financial securities. Credits cannot be given to both either MATH 400 or instructor’s con- This course will introduce the stu- Math477 and Math577. Prerequisite: sent. (3-0-3) dent to some such simulation MATH 471 or instructor’s consent. techniques, known as Monte Carlo (3-0-3) MATH 556 methods, with focus on applications Metric Spaces in financial risk management. Monte Math 578 Point-set theory, compactness, com- Carlo and Quasi Monte Carlo tech- Computational Mathematics II pleteness, connectedness, total niques are computational sampling Polynomial interpolation; numerical boundedness, density, category, uni- methods which track the behavior of integration; numerical solution of form continuity and convergence, the underlying securities in an ordinary differential equations by Stone-Weierstrass theorem, fixed- option or portfolio and determine the single and multi-step methods, point theorems. derivative’s value by taking the Runge-Kutta, Predictor-Corrector; Prerequisite: MATH 400. (3-0-3) expected value of the discounted pay- numerical solution of boundary value offs at maturity. Recent problems for ordinary differential developments with parallel program- equations by shooting methods, finite
60 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2004–2006 Department of Applied Mathematics differences and spectral methods. ing of the core methods and MATH 597 Credits cannot be granted for both approaches used in practice to model Reading and Special Projects MATH 578 and MATH 478. interest rates and to price and hedge (Credit: Variable) Prerequisite: MATH 471 or instruc- interest rate contingent securities. tor’s consent. (3-0-3) The emphasis of the course is practi- MATH 598 cal rather than purely theoretical. A Math For Teachers: High School Math 579 fundamental objective of the course An in-service workshop for precollege Complexity of Numerical Problems is to enable the students to gain a teachers emphasizing the phenome- This course is concerned with a hand-on familiarity with and under- nonological approach to teaching of branch of complexity theory. It stud- standing of the modern approaches integrated mathematics and science ies the intrinsic complexity of used in practice to model interest at the high school level. Prerequisite: numerical problems, that is, the min- rate markets. Prerequisite: Certification as teacher or approval imum effort required for the MATH543 and MATH485 or consent of instructor. (Credit: Variable) approximate solution of a given prob- of the instructor. Corequisite: lem up to a given error. Based on a MATH582. (3-0-3) MATH 601 precise theoretical foundation, lower Advanced Topics in Combinatorics bounds are established, i.e. bounds Math 589 Course content is variable and that hold for all algorithms. We also Numerical Methods for Partial reflects current research in combina- study the optimality of known algo- Differential Equations torics. Prerequisite: MATH 554 or rithms, and describe ways to develop Introduction to numerical methods instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) new algorithms if the known ones especially finite difference methods are not optimal. Prerequisite: for solving partial differential equa- MATH 602 MATH471. (3-0-3) tions including parabolic, hyperbolic Advanced Topics in Graph Theory and elliptic equations. Topics include Course content is variable and MATH 581 convergence, stability, iterative meth- reflects current research in graph Theory of Finite Elements ods for elliptic problems, various theory. Prerequisite: MATH 554 or The geometry of the various ele- finite difference methods for para- instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) ments, the element matrices, bolic, hyperbolic PDEs and assembly of stiffness matrices, analy- Navier-Stokes equations and their MATH 603 sis of error estimates and properties, introduction to finite vol- Advanced Topics in Computational convergence proofs. Applications. ume method and finite element Mathematics Prerequisite: MATH 400 or instruc- method. Prerequisites: Math 471 and Course content is variable and tor’s consent. (3-0-3) Math 489 or instructor consent. (3-0- reflects current research in computa- 3) tional mathematics. Prerequisite: Math 582 MATH 578 or instructor’s consent. Mathematical Finance II: Math 591 (3-0-3) Continuous Time Research and Thesis for M.S. This course is a continuation of Math Degree MATH 604 485/548. It introduces the student to (Credit: variable) Advanced Topics in Applied modern continuous time mathemati- Analysis cal finance. The major objective of MATH 593 Course content is variable and the course is to present main mathe- Seminar in Mathematics reflects current research in applied matical methodologies and models (Credit: Variable) analysis. Prerequisite: MATH 501 underlying the area of financial engi- or instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) neering, and, in particular, those MATH 594 that provide a formal analytical basis Special Projects MATH 605 for valuation and hedging of finan- (Credit: Variable) Advanced Topics in cial securities. Prerequisite: MATH Stochastic Analysis 485/548; MATH 481/542, or consent MATH 596 Course content is variable and of an instructor. (3-0-3) Math For Teachers: Elementary reflects current research in stochas- An in-service workshop for precollege tic analysis. Prerequisite: MATH 564 Math 586 teachers emphasizing the phenome- or instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) Theory and Practice of Fixed nological approach to the teaching of Income Modeling mathematics. Prerequisite: MATH 691 The course covers basics of the mod- Certification as mathematics teacher Research and Thesis Ph.D. ern interest rate modeling and fixed or approval of the instructor. (Credit: (Credit: Variable) income asset pricing. The main goal Variable) is to develop a practical understand-
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 61 College of Architecture
College of Architecture
Assistant Dean for S.R. Crown Hall Graduate Academic Affairs: 3360 S. State St. Nicole X. Osborne Chicago, IL 60616 312.567.3230 Assistant Dean for Buildings and Operations [email protected] Rob Jones, B.Arch www.arch.iit.edu Director, Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Dean: in Architecture Program: Donna V. Robertson, FAIA Mahjoub Elnimeiri, Ph.D.
Associate Dean: Director of Thesis and Master of Architecture Peter Beltemacchi Post-Professional Degree Program (Program 1): David Sharpe Assistant Dean for Undergraduate Academic Affairs: Director of Master of Architecture R. Stephen Sennott Professional Degree Program (Program 2 and 3): TBD
Mission
The College of Architecture’s graduate degree programs advanced architecture. Our commitment includes the emphasize investigations in architectural design and needs of our South Side Chicago neighborhood, our technology, while expanding the significance of such city and its inhabitants. Our perspective is inclusive of investigations through rigorous, critical thought. The architecture’s allied disciplines and committed to the College draws strength from its Mies van der Rohe her- highest quality in our students’ professional preparation. itage, its key position in the legacy of Modernism, its Our mission relies on certain guiding values: design location in Chicago, and its connections to progressive excellence, technical expertise, advanced professional practitioners and emerging global architectural practices. practice, and respect for the architect in society today as Our students, faculty and alumni are intellectually seri- an ethical, thoughtful and informed producer not only of ous, professional and international. buildings, but also of all visual and physical environ- ments. The College of Architecture is a force for quality Architectural education at IIT offers unique combina- built environments and society’s advancement through a tions, intertwining design and technology to produce humane use of technology, materials, space and form.
Curriculum
In the United States, most state registration boards the most advanced stages of architectural production. At require a degree from an accredited professional every level of studio instruction, the architecture faculty degree program as a prerequisite for licensure. The emphasizes the unique integration of building technology National Architectural Accreditation Board (NAAB), studies and design. Supplementary core coursework gives which is the sole agency authorized to accredit U.S. a basis in visual studies, structures, building systems, professional degree programs in architecture, recognizes professional practices, planning and architectural history two types of degrees: the Bachelor of Architecture and theory. Related elective courses and a diverse lecture the Master of Architecture. A program may be granted a series center on specific topics, such as advanced con- six-year, three-year or two-year term of accreditation, struction technology, sustainable design, urbanism, depending on its degree of conformance with established computer applications, and architectural concepts of educational standards. the 20th and 21st centuries and their intersection with modern culture. Master’s degree programs may consist of a pre-profes- sional undergraduate degree and a professional graduate The post-professional degree program, also named a degree, which, when earned sequentially, comprise Master of Architecture (Program 1), emphasizes extended an accredited professional education. However, the pre- research in architectural topics, allowing students who professional degree is not, by itself, recognized as an already possess the Bachelor of Architecture degree to accredited degree. develop further their special expertise. Thesis projects done at IIT have made major theoretical contributions In the professional degree, the Master of Architecture to contemporary architecture and global practice, while (Program 3 or Program 2), our tenets operate throughout other projects have directly enriched the architectural the architectural studio curriculum from the beginning to legacy of Chicago. 62 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 College of Architecture
Curriculum continued
Our Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in Architecture pro- tecture and to some of the most diverse and interesting gram, requiring at least three years of study beyond the students anywhere. From the perspective of the emergent M.Arch., advances knowledge through highly specific 21st century, the history of 20th-century American archi- architectural research and doctoral dissertations. Recent tecture is visible in Chicago and its surrounding suburbs. areas of study include high-rise and long-span buildings, With many significant buildings by Frank Lloyd Wright, energy-conscious design, emerging urbanisms, housing Daniel H. Burnham and other internationally significant and advanced computer applications. architects, the city takes great pride in this heritage, which offers incomparable opportunities for study. The College of Architecture at IIT has much to offer in Chicago also offers numerous avenues to gain valuable providing students a rich and challenging academic professional experience during the summer months in atmosphere, while preparing them to meet their profes- leading architectural firms. The College of Architecture sional responsibilities. Situated in Mies van der Rohe’s has a long, established tradition of retaining practicing masterpiece, S.R. Crown Hall, amid the seminal campus architects and engineers from these firms to participate of 20th-century architecture, graduate study offers a actively in the graduate programs as faculty, consultants powerful connection every day to the best values in archi- and staff members.
Degrees Offered Master of Architecture (Professional Degree) Master of Architecture (Post-Professional Degree) (M. Arch. Program 3) (M. Arch. Program 1) Master of Architecture (Professional Degree Master of Landscape Architecture with Advanced Standing) (M. Arch. Program 2) (Professional Degree M.L.A.) Doctor of Philosophy in Architecture (Ph.D.) Research Facilities The College of Architecture’s research materials are The Multimedia Lab has 34 PCs for use in conjunctions housed primarily on the lower level of S.R. Crown Hall with studio projects and related advanced computer with satellite and additional collections available in 3410 design courses. All computers have advanced AutoCAD, S. State and the Metals and Machinery Building. The graphics and 3D Modeling applications, as well as stan- Graham Resource Center (GRC) is a branch of the Galvin dard productivity software. In 2001, Crown Hall was Library that serves the College of Architecture and equipped with a wireless network for unlimited access houses 11,000 books, 52 journals, 40,000 images, maps, throughout the studios to the Internet. Providing hard- on-line electronic resources and architecture-related spe- wire access to the internet, individual network ports have cial collections. The GRC maintains the College of been installed at every design studio drawing table, Architecture Archives and assists with administration of permitting students to work with digital technology the College’s Dark Room and a growing Materials collec- alongside their drafting projects. Recent equipment tion. The GRC is found on the lower level of S.R. Crown acquisitions include 33 new PCs in the Crown Hall com- Hall and can be reached via telephone at 312.567.3256, puter lab, a new and fully equipped computer lab for 30 on the web at www.gl.iit.edu/grc, or via e-mail at architec- students in the 3410 building, a large format 42-inch [email protected]. scanner, and supporting color laser printers.
The Materials Lab is a 4200 square foot facility that With recent increases in enrollment, the College of includes a complete set of tools and machinery for work- Architecture has expanded its research, studio, and ing with wood, metal and plastic. It includes assembly administrative facilities to two additional buildings space and a paint spray booth. Additionally, the College adjacent to Crown Hall, 3410 South State St. and the of Architecture has a Universal Laser Cutter, minerals and Metals Building. a Bridgeport CNC Mill, and a CNC Router Table for 3D digital modeling projects.
Research Areas Faculty and doctoral candidates conduct research on a wide applications, systems of building enclosure, and other meth- range of important topics related to the practice of architec- ods of construction; emerging urbanisms, including global ture and the construction of significant buildings at all practices of architecture and new urban cultures; the influ- scales. Thesis students investigate projects involving the ence of climate and environment upon building form, design, planning and structure of high-rise buildings; the sustainable design and energy efficiency; computer applica- research, planning and design of large-scale projects such tions such as 3-D modeling, multimedia and graphic image as stadiums, airports, convention centers, institutional presentations, concepts of animation, and 3-D modeling buildings and commercial facilities; technological applica- techniques and approaches; and housing, including high- tions such as new materials, composites, prefabricated density, low-density and affordable housing.
63 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2004–2006 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 63 College of Architecture
Faculty
Peter Beltemacchi, Associate Professor and Associate Dean. David Hovey, Associate Professor. B.Arch., M.S.Arch., B.S., M.S., Illinois Institute of Technology. Urban design Illinois Institute of Technology. Architectural design, and city and regional planning. medium- and high-density housing, design analysis, real estate development. Charles Braucher, Instructor. B.F.A., School of the Art Institute of Chicago; B. Arch., Illinois Institute of Chris Karidis, Studio Professor. B.Arch., Illinois Technology. Freehand drawing and architectural design. Institute of Technology. Architectural design and building technology. Thomas Brock, Assistant Professor. B.Arch. University of Cincinnati; M. Arch., University of Pennsylvania. Thomas Kearns, Assistant Professor. B.Arch., Iowa State Architectural design, construction technologies and University. Architectural design and theory, digital tech- digital media. nologies.
Tim Brown, Studio Associate Professor. B.S.Arch., Clemson Randall Kober, Visiting Assistant Professor. B.A., University; M.Arch., University of Illinois, Chicago. University of Wisconsin, Madison; M.Arch., University Architectural design and theory. of Illinois, Chicago. Architectural design, and theory.
Susan Conger-Austin, Assistant Professor. B.A., Stanford Robert Krawczyk, Assistant Professor. B.Arch., University University; M.Arch., Princeton University. Architectural of Illinois, Chicago. Computer-aided design and advanced design and theory. digital applications.
Blake Davis, Instructor. B.A., M.A. City and Regional Ron Krueck, Studio Professor. B.Arch., Illinois Institute of Planning, Illinois Institute of Technology. Sustainable Technology. Architectural design and theory. design and building systems, rural planning. Eva Kultermann, Assistant Professor. B.Arch., University Dirk Denison, Assistant Professor. B.Arch., M.B.A., Illinois of Arkansas; M.S., Oxford Brookes University. Design and Institute of Technology; M.Arch., Harvard University. theory, design build, sustainability. Architectural design and community design. Peter Land, Professor. Dipl. Arch., Architectural John Durbrow, Assistant Professor. B.Arch., B.A. Fine Arts, Association; M.Arch., Carnegie Institute of Technology; Rice University. Architectural design, materials and M.C.P., Yale University. Innovative structures, building technologies, planning, furniture design. technologies and materials. Low-energy design; high- density, low-rise housing; urbanism and planning. Mahjoub Elnimeiri, Professor and Director of Ph.D. in Architecture Program. B.S., University of Khartoum; Harry Francis Mallgrave, Assistant Professor. B.E.S., M.S., University of London, Imperial College; Ph.D., MArch., University of Detroit; Ph.D., University of Northwestern University. Structural engineering, Pennsylvania. History and theory of architecture. architectural design theory. Kathleen Nagle, Studio Associate Professor. B.A., Williams Martin Felsen, Studio Associate Professor. B.Arch., Virginia College; M.Arch., Harvard University. Architectural design. Polytechnic Institute; M.S., Columbia University. Paul Pettigrew, Instructor. B.S.Arch., University of Architectural design and digital technolgies. Illinois, Champaign-Urbana; M.Arch., Massachusetts Frank Flury, Assistant Professor. M.Arch. Diplom, University Institute of Technology. Architectural design and theory. of Karlsruhe. Architectural design, design and build. Benjamin R. Riley, Assistant Professor. B. Arch., Illinois Thomas Gentry, Assistant Professor. B.Arch., University Institute of Technology. Architectural design, building tech- of Arizona; M.Arch., Illinois Institute of Technology. Design nology, visual training. and theory, design build, housing, environmental sustain- Donna V. Robertson, Associate Professor and Dean. ability, building systems. B.A., Stanford University; M.Arch., University of Virginia. Isabela Gould, Instructor. B.Arch., Ion Mincu Institute of Architectural design and practice. Preservation, case study Architecture; M.S.Arch, University of Cincinnati. methodology. Architectural design and theory.
Gerald Horn, Studio Professor. Architectural design, mixed- use development, design analysis.
64 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 College of Architecture
Faculty continued
Peter Roesch, Studio Associate Professor. Ingenieur fur David Sharpe, Associate Professor. B.S.Arch., Tuskegee Hochbau, Staatsbauschule Coburg (Germany); M.S.Arch., Institute; B.Arch., M.S.Arch., Illinois Institute of Illinois Institute of Technology. Architectural design, Technology. High-rise buildings, long-span structures, medium- and high-density housing, and urban design. urban design, and design analysis.
John Ronan, Assistant Professor. B.S., University of Arthur Takeuchi, Associate Professor. B.Arch., M.S.Arch., Michigan; M.Arch., Harvard University Graduate School Illinois Institute of Technology. Architectural design, visual of Design. Architectural design and material investigation. training, and building technology.
Mark Schendel, Visiting Assistant Professor. B.S., Florida Catherine Wetzel, Assistant Professor. B.Arch., State University; B.S.Arch., Florida A&M University; University of Cincinnati; M.Arch., University of M.Arch., Harvard University Graduate School of Design. Pennsylvania. Architectural design and practice. Architectural design and research.
George Schipporeit, Associate Professor. Building technol- ogy and systems, high-rise design, medium- and high-density housing.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 65 College of Architecture
Admission Requirements for Master of Architecture
Completed application form a statement of intent describing academic or professional Cumulative Undergraduate GPA: minimum 3.0/4.0 objectives, and GRE scores, which are less than five Portfolio years old. Three letters of recommendation Statement of intent International applicants from non-English speaking Official transcripts countries are required to submit TOEFL scores of GRE scores 550/213/80 (paper-based test score scale/computerized TOEFL scores test score scale/internet-based) or above. Admitted inter- Application Fee national students with TOEFL scores between 550/213/80 and 600/250/100 will be required to take an English profi- Requirements for graduate admission vary according ciency exam upon arrival at IIT; in addition, they may be to what degrees applicants have previously completed. required to take additional courses to develop their lan- The Master of Architecture Professional Degree Program guage skills. English language courses required for (Program 3) requires a bachelor’s degree in any international students do not apply to program credit discipline. Advanced standing in the M.Arch. Professional hours. Admitted international students must submit an Degree Program (Program 2) requires a Bachelor of affi-davit of financial support confirming adequate fund- Science in Architecture or in a closely related field (from ing for their entire term of study. An I-20 cannot be a U.S. pre-professional program or an architecture profes- issued unless the financial affidavit is on file with the sional degree from an international program). Admission Office of Graduate Admission. to the M.Arch. Post-Professional Degree Program (Program 1) requires completion in high standing of a Although we encourage early submission, completed professional Bachelor of Architecture degree from a applications and all supporting documents must be NAAB-accredited U.S. architecture program. All pro- received no later than January 15. Candidates will be grams require a minimum undergraduate grade point accepted only for the fall semester. average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale. For the graduate programs to achieve their objectives, it Applicants must submit a portfolio of previous academic is necessary to restrict the number of students admitted. or professional work in a portable and professionally Admission to the graduate programs is limited by College acceptable format (approximately 8.5 by 11 inches), three requirements. All applicants are considered on a competi- letters of recommendation from individuals able to tive basis, with every effort being made to select appraise the applicant’s achievement and potential, outstanding candidates.
Master of Architecture — Professional Degree (Program 3) The three-year Master of Architecture professional degree tems, planning, history and visual judgment, principles program (Program 3) serves those students seeking a that remain fundamental for the development of the consummate professional education. The degree is accred- creative process. The required core coursework offers ited by the National Architectural Accreditation Board foundation knowledge, skills and vocabulary, while upper- (NAAB) and is a necessary component for licensure in the level study seeks to instill a broader understanding of profession of architecture. The curriculum addresses architecture by combining theoretical exploration with principles of design concepts, materials, construction, sys- practical considerations.
Curriculum and Admission Requirements For holders of a B.A. or B.S. degree who satisfy the mathematics equivalent to IIT’s MATH 119 and MATH prerequisites for admission, the course of study will be 122; 3) a basic ability to produce freehand drawings of three years (six semesters) in length. To be admitted architectural forms and spaces, as demonstrated by the without conditions to the professional degree program, successful completion of one college-level drawing course an applicant is required to possess the following: 1) an or by portfolio submissions; and 4) an equivalent of 20 understanding of basic systems and analytical proce- credit hours of liberal arts and humanities courses. dures, including mechanics, heat transfer, light and sound, as demonstrated through the successful comple- Candidates admitted with deficiencies in any of these tion of a college- level physics course equivalent to IIT’s prerequisites must fulfill them before matriculation. PHYS 211 and PHYS 212; 2) an understanding of basic These prerequisite courses do not apply to program mathematical principles and analytical procedures, credit hours. Applicants must have a college grade including algebra, geometry and trigonometry, as demon- point average of 3.0/4.0. strated through successful completion of college-level
66 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2004–2006 College of Architecture
M.Arch. Program 3 Curriculum
First year
Fall Semester Credit Hours Spring Semester Credit Hours ARCH 425 Digital Architectural Media I 3 ARCH 485 Structural Design I 3 ARCH 541 Studio I: Materials & Applications 6 ARCH 542 Studio II: Architecture I 6 ARCH 500 History of Architectural Ideas I 3 ARCH 443 Ecology, Sustainability, Site 3 ARCH 567 Architectural Drawing and Model Making 3 ARCH 501 History of Architectural Ideas II 3 ARCH 431 Visual Training I 2 ARCH 432 Visual Training II 2 Total 17 Total 17
Second year
Fall Semester Credit Hours Spring Semester Credit Hours ARCH 543 Studio III: Architecture II 6 *ARCH 544 Studio IV: Architecture III 6 ARCH 486 Structural Design II 3 ARCH 503 Advanced Topics in History and Theory II 3 ARCH 502 Advanced Topics in History and Theory I 3 ARCH 404 Building Systems II 3 ARCH 403 Building Systems I 3 ARCH 427 Digital Architectural Media II 3 ARCH 426 Computer-Aided Design in Practice 3 Elective Architecture related 3 Total 18 Total 18
Third year
Fall Semester Credit Hours Spring Semester Credit Hours ARCH 545 Studio V: Advanced Architectural Design 6 **ARCH 546 Studio VI: Comprehensive CRP 519 City Planning I: Housing Building Design II 6 and Housing Types 3 CRP 520 City Planning II: Neighborhood ARCH 423 Programming and Technical Writing 3 and Community Planning 3 ARCH 509 Topics in Advanced ARCH 413 Architectural Practice 3 Architecture Technologies 3 Elective Architecture related 3 Elective Architecture related 3 Total 15 Total 18 Degree Total 103
A total of 103 credit hours will be required for graduation as established A thesis is not an option for students in this program. Due to the compressed by each student’s individual program of study. Some students, with under- time allowed for comprehensive professional studies, students cannot graduate degrees in architecture, may be admitted to the program with undertake the extended research required for thesis work. It is only the advanced standing. exceptionally prepared student who might be able to petition successfully to conduct a master’s thesis at IIT within the M.Arch. Program 3. There is a wide variety of electives available not only in the College of Architecture, but also in Armour College, Institute of Design, and the * Advanced Studio Option (Comprehensive Building Design)—ARCH 544 Stuart School of Business. If the student has previously taken courses that ** Advanced Studio Option—ARCH 546 duplicate curriculum requirements, appropriate electives may be substi- tuted. English language courses required for international students do not apply to program credit hours.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 67 College of Architecture
Master of Architecture — Professional Degree with Advanced Standing (Program 2)
Candidates who hold a B.A. or B.S. in Architecture (a Candidates who hold professional degrees from interna- pre-professional degree from an NAAB-recognized school) tional institutions not accredited by NAAB will be placed in a four-plus-two program, and who have completed the in the professional degree program and must complete equivalent of the first year’s technology, history and stu- two or three years of study depending on their previous dio courses, may qualify for up to one year of advanced studies, experience and accomplishments. standing in the professional degree program. Admission to Program 2 may allow the candidate to complete the Students with advanced standing are required to take the Master of Architecture degree in as few as two years (four thesis option in their second year of study. The thesis semesters), depending on prior preparation. Candidates requirements are outlined in the Program 1 description. will be notified upon admission as to their exact program of study, depending on their prior preparation.
M.Arch. Program 2 Sample Curriculum
First year
Fall Semester Credit Hours Spring Semester Credit Hours ARCH 543 Studio III: Architecture II 6 *ARCH 544 Studio IV: Architecture III 6 ARCH 403 Building Systems I 3 ARCH 404 Building Systems II 3 CRP 519 City Planning I: Housing & Housing Types 3 CRP 520 City Planning II: Neighborhood ARCH 426 Computer-Aided Design in Practice 3 and Community Planning 3 Total 15 ARCH 503 Advanced Topics in History and Theory II 3 Total 15
Second year
Fall Semester Credit Hours Spring Semester Credit Hours ARCH 591 Thesis 6 ARCH 591 Thesis 6 ARCH 423 Programming & Technical Writing 3 ARCH 413 Architectural Practice 3 ARCH 509 Topics in Advanced Elective Architecture related 3 Architecture Technologies 3 Elective Architecture related 3 Elective Architecture related 3 Total 15 Total 15 Degree Total 60
A total of 60 credit minimum hours will be required for graduation as estab- program director or their adviser to have the building systems course lished by each student’s individual program of study. There is a wide variety waived, then the student must choose an appropriately similar elective of electives available not only in the College of Architecture, but also in course. English language courses required for international students do Armour College, Institute of Design, and Stuart School of Business. If the not apply to program credit hours. student has previously taken courses that duplicate curriculum require- ments, electives may be substituted. However, the electives should be in the * Advanced Studio Option (Comprehensive Building Design)—ARCH 544 designated area. For example, if a student petitions successfully with the
68 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2004–2006 College of Architecture
Master of Architecture — Post-Professional Degree (Program 1)
The one-year program, two or three semesters in dura- and synthesis through thesis work in design, structures, tion, typically lasts a full calendar year. The program is systems, digital media and other topics. Areas of faculty open to applicants holding accredited Bachelor of excellence in the thesis program include: a) high-rise and Architecture (B.Arch.) degrees as first professional long-span design; b) environmentally conscious design; c) degrees from NAAB-accredited institutions. Program 1 advanced information systems; d) innovative design offers advanced architectural study that builds upon methodologies and architecture; e) advanced program- knowledge acquired from the Bachelor of Architecture ming issues in housing, airport design, and other topics; degree; it combines courses and in-depth research con- and f) critical and theoretical assessments pertaining to cerning a specific area of concentration. The program construction and the built environment. pursues a high level of architectural research, analysis
Admission and Curriculum Requirements
In addition to the standard requirements for graduate the thesis under the direction of the adviser. By the admission, a personal interview with the director of the second semester, a thesis committee of three faculty degree program is highly recommended. members oversees the work being produced. Students are required to take advanced courses related to their The program of study includes a minimum of 32 credit specialized areas of interest. hours, of which at least eight are in ARCH 591 (Research and Thesis). Students entering the post-professional The final semester of study concludes the entire thesis degree program should develop a detailed outline of their project in writing, analysis, programming and design. thesis project for approval by the director of thesis pro- Thesis studies should offer the graduate a higher level of grams and their thesis adviser. The program of study for professionalism, significantly evolving one’s career and each student is developed individually with the thesis the ability to make special contributions to the field. adviser. Study begins with investigation and analysis for
M.Arch. Program 1 Curriculum
Fall Semester Credit Hours Spring Semester Credit Hours ARCH 590 Research and Analysis 6 ARCH 591 Research and Thesis 6 ARCH 588 Pre-Thesis Seminar 3 ARCH 589 Thesis Seminar 3 Elective Architecture related 3 Elective Architecture related 3 Elective Architecture related 3 Elective Architecture related 3 Total 15 Total 15
Summer or Fall Credit Hours Degree Total 32 ARCH 591 Research and Thesis 2 Total 2
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 69 College of Architecture
Master of Landscape Architecture
The new three-year Master in Landscape Architecture is architecture is a guiding precedent, with an emphasis on intended to educate generations of innovative landscape indigenous plant materials and plant configurations designers to benefit the profession and a “green” inherent to a given context. The history of landscape Chicago. The College has had an investment in land- architecture is comprehensively addressed, along with scape issues, and their influence on architectural the history of architecture. Particular attention addresses education, ever since the charged partnership of Mies the History of Modern Thought in landscape architecture, van der Rohe (architect) and Alfred Caldwell (landscape looking at the Modern movement in landscape design. architect), who collaborated on the IIT Architecture curriculum and on Mies’ buildings. Key areas in the Emphasis on landscape craft includes serious study of the curriculum will be shared with the Master of materials and infrastructures that make design of the Architecture program. land possible. This extends beyond design and construc- tion, into plant maintenance, water conservation and site The underlying principle of the program is to equip management. Students will understand the processes students with knowledge of the tools, materials and behind landscapes, including ecology, botany, geology, resources of the field. This includes development of the structural engineering, physical forces, etc. Landscape environmental and visual judgment, taste, and the ability technologies are studied in studios intertwining both to respond to and interpret contemporary culture. The design and construction, exploring the tools of landscape degree’s coursework centers in the design studios, framed creation and the role of materials to generate forms. to reintroduce the technique and art of landscape and Most importantly, the Landscape program continues the gardens as serious forces for environmental and human College’s commitment to design excellence, defining the progress. The subjects should have vision, be meaningful trajectory of Modernism for the 21st century. and inventive, and address the pressing contemporary problems of the human-made environment. To be admitted without conditions to the Master of Landscape Architecture program, an applicant is required The program serves the needs of urban habitats, and use to have prior coursework in the following: Freehand our city setting as a laboratory of critical inquiry; land- Drawing, Biology, Geology. Candidates will be notified scapes and gardens can offer an antidote to the upon admission as to their exact program of study, stress-inducing character of modern urban life, and com- depending on their prior preparation. bat urban pollution, while serving as macro/micro climate modulators. The Prairie School tradition in landscape
70 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 College of Architecture
Master of Landscape Architecture Program3 Curriculum
First Year
Fall Semester Credit Hours Spring Semester Credit Hours ARCH 541 Studio I: Visual & Mat’l Training 6 LA 542 Studio II: Landscape Architecture I: ARCH 500 History of Architectural Ideas I 3 Ecology 6 CRP 465 Ecological Basis of Planning 3 ARCH 501 History of Architectural Ideas II 3 LA 441 Plants and Plant Materials: ARCH 485 Structures I: Concepts,Systems 3 Field Studies 3 ARCH 425 CAD I - Digital Media 3 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15
Second Year
Fall Semester Spring Semester at CBG/Morton LA 543 Studio III: Landscape Architecture II: LA 544 Studio IV: Landscape Architecture III: Landscape Biology & Materials Tech. 6 Plants and Plant Materials: Advanced 6 ARCH 502 Advanced Topics in History and Theory I: LA 444 Earthworks & Infrastructures 3 Landscape Architecture 3 ARCH 503 Advanced Topics in History and Theory II LA 443 Forests, Preserves, Parks Contemporary Practices 3 & Urbanscapes 3 LA Elective Landscape Related 3 ARCH 426 CAD II - 3-D Modeling 3 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15
Third Year
Fall Semester Spring Semester LA 545 Studio V: Comprehensive LA 546 Studio VI: Spatial Investigations 6 Landscape Design 6 CRP 520 City Planning II: Neighborhood ARCH 423 Programming & Technical Writing 3 & Community Planning 3 LA 445 Topics in Advanced Landscape LA 414 Professional Practice 3 Technologies and Horticulture 3 LA Elective Landscape Related 3 LA Elective Landscape Related 3 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 15 Degree Total 90 Credit Hours
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 71 College of Architecture
Doctor of Philosophy in Architecture
The Doctor of Philosophy in Architecture (Ph.D.) program The program combines course-work and research, culmi- is for those advanced graduate students who plan to pur- nating in a Ph. D. dissertation of extensive and sue careers in the academic and research fields and/or in independent, original investigation which could also lead the area of advanced professional practice within the to a design development. The research in some cases may domain of architecture. The rigor of study required for be an extension of work done in the preparation of the Ph.D. degree extends the discipline of advanced a Master of Architecture degree in the College of research and design beyond the master degree and is ori- Architecture. Each student’s program of study will ented toward professional applications and academic include seminars, specialized and elective course-work, advancement. research and design as preparation for the dissertation.
The program requires a comprehensive knowledge of architecture, a deep understanding of its accomplish- ments and developments, and critical inquiry that extends its frontiers.
Admission Requirements
An applicant to the doctoral program must hold a profes- The applicant should meet all entrance requirements of sional Master of Architecture degree (M. Arch.) from an lIT's Graduate College, plus a minimum cumulative NAAB accredited U.S. university or the equivalent. grade point average of 3.5 on a 4.0 scale; a TOEFL score Candidates who have not completed the required profes- of at least 550; and at least three letters of recommenda- sional M.Arch. degree may apply for the Master of tions, from immediate supervising professors plus Architecture program at IIT to fulfill that requirement, additional list of references. The applicant should also as a non-terminal program of studies preparatory for the submit a statement of purpose indicating a subject of doctoral program. study or research work and should provide a portfolio demonstrating the qualities of his or her accomplish- ments and expertise.
Degree Requirements
The program requires a minimum of 58 credit hours usu- Upon completion of the first academic year, the candidate ally completed in three-and-a-half to four years beyond will be required to pass a qualifying examination before the MArch degree, which will include a minimum of 26 he or she will officially be admitted to Ph.D. candidacy. At credit hours of course-work, The course-work will be com- the end of the program, the candidate will take a final prised of seminars, specialty courses, and electives. The examination which will consist of an oral presentation majority of the course-work will be selected from the cur- and defense of the dissertation. Current areas of study riculum within the College of Architecture, though include high-rise and long-span buildings, technology students are encouraged to have their research find con- applications, energy conscious design, emerging nections to other doctoral programs at the university. urbanisms, housing and advanced computer applications. Work for the Ph.D. must be completed within six years after admission to doctoral candidacy.
72 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2004–2006 College of Architecture
Course Descriptions ARCH 421, 422 ARCH 426 Energy Conscious Design I, II Computer-Aided Design in Practice Numbers in parentheses after The application of energy conserva- course descriptions indicate weekly tion methods and renewable energy This course reviews drafting, class/lecture hours and lab hours, sources, such as wind power and pas- modeling and rendering computer and total credit hours for the course, sive solar systems, will be examined hardware and software used in the respectively. in the development of building practice of architectural design. energy budgets for a variety of Design and management issues Architecture building types. ARCH 421 is a are explored with the extensive prerequisite for ARCH 422. (3-0-3); use of PC CAD systems. ARCH 403, 404 (3-0-3) Prerequisite: ARCH 425. (2-1-3) Mechanical and Electrical Building Systems for Architects I, II ARCH 423 ARCH 427 Architectural Programming Digital Architectural Media II Selection and design of building sup- port systems: heating, ventilating, Study of the principles of problem A review of 3-D modeling concepts, air conditioning, water supply, sani- definition and problem solving computer-aided rendering concepts, tary and storm drainage, power related to the decision-making and methods in the development of distribution, lighting, communica- process of design. Review of skills of architectural design. Extensive use tions and vertical transportation. collecting, reviewing and presenting of PC CAD software is expected. Systems are analyzed for their effect quantities of information, along with Prerequisite: ARCH 125, ARCH 425, on building form, construction cost the relevant computer-aided methods AutoCAD or consent of instructor. and operating efficiency. ARCH 403 and techniques. Applications include (3-0-3) is prerequisite for ARCH 404. (3-0-3); identifying a client’s needs, consider- ARCH 428 (3-0-3) ing project constraints, and developing a building program 3-D Animation in CAD ARCH 408 through resolution of problem Presentations Freehand Drawing requirements. (3-0-3) Review 3-D modeling concepts for A multi-purpose drawing course animation, preparing camera move- ARCH 424 offering students a chance to develop ments, lighting conditions, special Construction Management on-site sketching skills and creative effects, and the digital editing of ani- expression in drawing through a Survey of the techniques and proce- mation sequences. Extensive use of combination of sketching field trips dures of construction management as PC animation and editing software. and in-class drawing assignments. it relates to architectural practice. Prerequisites: ARCH 427. (1-4-3) (0-3-3) The organization of the building team, the collaboration of this team ARCH 429 ARCH 409 in the design process, cost control, Digital Form Generation Advanced Freehand Drawing project scheduling, purchasing, Review programming in CAD Advanced development of freehand accounting and field observation are systems; programming basics in drawing skills in various media; still described and documented. (3-0-3) AutoCAD, extensive creation of life, human figure, the natural and 2-D and 3-D objects, data interroga- ARCH 425 built environment; studio and field tion, manipulation, and extraction, Digital Architectural Media I settings. Prerequisites: Arch 408 or and 2-D and 3-D parametric- and permission of the instructor. (1-4-3) The class introduces concept develop- rule-based design. Investigation ment, design thinking and problem of form creation, based on mathe- ARCH 413 solving related to architectural repre- matical relationships and random Architectural Practice sentation and production technique generation. Prerequisite: Lectures and practical problems (digital and analogue). The class will ARCH 427. (1-3-3) dealing with specifications, specifica- look critically at recent digital design ARCH 430 tion writing, administration of developments, as well as introduce Networked Technologies construction, contracts, building law students to the history of each “type” and professional practice. (3-0-3) of computer program; and the class Study of the relationship between will introduce students to the basic the built environment and networked ARCH 414 skills required to productively work technologies. Students will learn Professional Practice: with a variety of practice-based soft- principals of designing for networked Building Case Studies ware programs. The class will also digital space, ways of augmenting introduce 3-D “craft-based” think- Case study analysis of buildings; physical space through digital tech- ing/working. Prerequisite: Graduate including the design process, nologies, and how networks and web Standing. (1-2-3) building detailing, construction based communication have trans- methods, government regulation, formed the practice of architecture owner satisfaction, and post- and our daily lives. Prerequisite: construction forensics. (3-0-3) ARCH 427. (1-2-3)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 73 College of Architecture
ARCH 431, 432 ARCH 456 the development of the contemporary Visual Training I, II Topics in Modernism city. No account of contemporary The development of visual acuity Historical and critical study of a sig- urban issues can be considered com- through the analysis of fundamental nificant cultural and intellectual plete without taking into account the elements of form. Aesthetic expres- shift that occurred in Modern archi- role played in our lives by the media. sion as experience. Exercises in tecture in Europe in the immediate Accordingly, every space we en- the study of form, proportion and post-World War II period. This semi- counter or create has to be rhythm, texture and color, mass nar will discuss the relation of this considered “mediated.” (3-0-3) and space. Exercises in visual per- new agenda within the development ception and aesthetic judgment. of Modern architecture from the ethi- ARCH 473 Isolation and analysis; interdepen- cally based Modernism of Ruskin and Conflict & Time dence and integration of sensuous Morris in the 19th century to the cre- This seminar employs comparative qualities. Aesthetic unity under ation of the “Modern Movement” in studies of other arts, in particular restrictive conditions. (0-2-3) the inter-war years. Examination of cinema, to illuminate architectural the manner in which this theoretical esthetics and the creative process. ARCH 441, 442 position has been expressed in archi- (3-0-3) Landscape Architecture I, II tectural practice since the 1950s. The natural landscape as a basis of (3-0-3) ARCH 474 landscape work. Ecozones and their Production/Design relation to vital habitats, including ARCH 467 This seminar examines aspects of plant materials, their selection and Advanced Materials Workshop design in motion pictures. The installation. The focus will be on This course involves students with premise underlying the course is that housing with its associated planting, the architectural craft of materials the act of perception constitutes an including various gardens both formal that can be applied to model and pro- act of design; we produce and design and informal. ARCH 441 is prerequi- totype construction. Included will be the world we perceive. This becomes site for ARCH 442. (2-2-3); (2-2-3) industrial tours and a product of the particularly evident through analysis student’s own choosing. (1-4-3) of the artificially constructed, illu- ARCH 443 sory reality of films. (3-0-3) Ecology, Sustainability, Site ARCH 468 The role of natural systems in meet- Drawing from Travel ARCH 475 ing human needs; climate, geology, A studio drawing course for the Spatial Stories landforms, soils, vegetation and development of perceptual and This course will examine the “spatial animal populations as the basis of technical skills critical to drawing in story” as it appears in diverse media: agricultural and industrial technolo- the field. Emphasis on the freehand short fiction, films, everyday dis- gies. Competing demands on natural travel sketch and its capacity to course, the media, architecture, etc. systems and the necessity for inte- evoke both the physicality and The coursework will consist of read- gration and coherence. Ecological character of a place. Production of ing and writing assignments, as well sustainability as a basis of architec- a comprehensive drawn record of as the viewing of films and other tural works. Site forming and travels of a journal/sketchbook is visual artifacts. The course has two reforming, soils and drainage, required. Various media will be goals to offer students: to improve grading, orientation, microclimate explored. Requisite: Semester Abroad their study and communication skills development and plant materials Program. (0-6-3) and to examine the social, cultural will be emphasized. (3-0-3) and historical aspects of spatial prac- ARCH 469 tices such as architecture. (3-0-3) ARCH 454 Urban Design in Europe Contemporary Chicago This seminar course will explore cur- ARCH 485 Architecture: Case Studies rent notions of urbanism as observed Structures I: Concepts Contemporary architecture and in the built environment of European Examination of the basic and vast urban design projects in Chicago cities. Projects and discussions will range of structural concepts and present an invaluable opportunity complement the design work under- solutions, in an illustrated and to learn about some of the most taken in the architecture design summary format. Examples include advanced applications in practice studio. Assignments will focus on historic as well as contemporary today. By examining significant documentation and analysis of the structures. Statics and strength projects currently under way, this systems, organizations, policies of materials, beam theory, shear course will investigate project execu- and rituals of habitation. Requisite: and bending moment diagrams, tion, design concepts and the various Semester Abroad Program. (3-0-3) deflection analysis. Overview of forces affecting projects’ definitions systems choices in architectural and results. Close scrutiny of all the ARCH 470 applications. History of strength components and personnel will give a Image City: Mediation of Space of materials. (3-0-3) better understanding of the complex This seminar surveys the interaction synergies, advanced technologies, between media and the city from and adept project teams necessary the 19th century to the present. A for successful innovative architecture history of the technological innova- and urban planning. (3-0-3) tions of the past 200 years as part of 74 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2004–2006 College of Architecture
ARCH 486 panorama of changing styles, tech- ARCH 509 Structures II: Design niques, and attitudes. The objective Topics in Advanced Technology of Wood and Steel of this course is to convey to the stu- This research seminar examines Analysis, design and detailing of dent the great complexity of cultural advances in the technologies that tectonic systems (steel and wood). and intellectual forces affecting affect the practice of architecture. Design of compression, tension, and design and to hone critical reasoning The course examines leading tech- flexural members. Design of timber with respect to the meaning of form. nologies, processes and applications beams and columns. Design of steel and their role in building design and beams and columns. The behavior of ARCH 501 production. The course will navigate structures under static and dynamic History of Architectural Ideas: the broad and varied materials loads. Analysis, design and detailing 1900 to Present related to advanced technologies in of concrete and masonry systems. The ever-intensifying architectural architecture by focusing on specific Theory of reinforced concrete applied discourse and accelerated pace of applications for specific projects. to beams and slabs. Prerequisite: change of the twentieth century only (3-0-3) ARCH 485. (3-0-3) expand the parameters of this second of a two-part survey of design ideas. ARCH 541 ARCH 488 The course, which will complement Studio I: Materials Long-Span and Special Structures work in the design studio, begins and Applications Introduction of structural systems with the consolidation of modern Introduction to building materials for long spans and special structures. architecture and avant-gardism but through studio exercises exploring The structural behavior will be advances to high modernism and its the physical properties and charac- discussed and the required strength counter-critiques in the 1950s, post- teristics of wood, metal, masonry and and stiffness will be evaluated. modernism, and issues of urbanism, concrete, with emphasis on their use Individual projects will be assigned digital technology, globalism, ecology, and assembly. Initial abstract exer- to students to be presented at the and sustainability. cises sequentially introduce the basic end of the course. (3-0-3) architecture vocabulary, materials ARCH 502 and principles, through analysis of ARCH 489 Advanced Topics in History historic precedents and materials Structural Systems for Tall and Theory I research. Introduction of a basic Buildings and Long-Span Structures One of two required courses, this building system utilizing a “kit of This course reviews the historical seminar will focus on important theo- parts” for investigation of load, span, development of the interaction of the retical topics relevant to professional enclosure and minimal program. structure with architecture and practice and architectural produc- (0-12-6) explores future trends and directions. tion. In consultation with faculty, The suitability of different materials students may integrate this course ARCH 542 and systems will be studied, with with their thesis or a special area of Studio II: Architecture I emphasis placed on efficiency. (3-0-3) interest. Students will be able to The study and application of wood choose from a range of topics, which and masonry construction systems ARCH 495 might include global architectural and their architectural expression. Technology as Design trends of the 21st century, urbanism, Studio exercises focus on the design Since the development of cast iron as sustainable design theory, or post- and construction of small-scale struc- a viable construction material in the modern theory. tures. Study of major elements of a mid-1800s, there has been a path of building from the roofing to design, architecture exploring open-ended ARCH 503 the work will emphasize fundamen- possibilities of technology. Integrated Advanced Topics in History and tal architectural issues: natural within the culture, this determina- Theory II light, building orientation and pro- tion to use the technology of one’s The second of two required courses, tection from the elements. Further time as the creative generator of a this seminar will focus on important investigation of the manufacture, new evolving architecture is the the- theoretical topics relevant to profes- construction, assembly and historical sis of this course. (3-0-3) sional practice and architectural development of wood and masonry as production. In consultation with fac- building materials. Prerequisite: ARCH 500 ulty, students may integrate this ARCH 541. (0-12-6) History of Architectural Ideas: course with their thesis or a special Vitruvius to 1900 area of interest. Students will be able ARCH 543 This first of a two-semester survey to choose from a range of topics, Studio III: Architecture II encompasses both the history and which might include global architec- The development of architectural theory of architecture and landscape tural trends of the 21st century, principles through the study and architecture. Readings from primary urbanism, sustainable design theory, application of steel utilizing simple documents will supply the social and or postmodern theory. skeleton construction systems. intellectual context for designed Studio exercises focus on the design form. Lectures and visual documen- and construction of a small-scale tation will focus on the historical steel structure, investigating mater- embodiment of these ideas within the ial properties and architectural
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 75 College of Architecture
expression. Study investigates a ARCH 551, 552 is assigned to each thesis student. coherent structural system and the Design of Energy-Efficient Together, they identify the thesis pro- computational definition of its Buildings I, II ject, program, its scope and objective members and their aesthetic conse- Design criteria for achieving human and, most important, budget time for quences. The characteristics of performance goals in energy-efficient each phase. (3-0-3) steel, its manufacture, construction, buildings, criteria for the assembly and historical development exterior/interior environment, and ARCH 590 of its use will be covered. criteria for architectural, mechanical, Specialized Research Prerequisite: ARCH 542. (0-12-6) electrical and building system com- and Thesis Development ponents. Building upon the fall Each thesis project must demon- ARCH 544 course, various energy-conserving strate an intellectual objective Studio IV: Architecture III strategies shall be evaluated for and an in-depth study that will The development of architectural achieving cost effective, energy-effi- contribute to the practice of architec- principle through the study and cient design of a specific building ture. The formulated problem should application of various concrete struc- type. (3-0-3); (3-0-3) combine a theoretical search with the tural systems. Studio exercises focus practical considerations of the profes- on the design and construction of a ARCH 553, 554 sion. Research methods are identified medium-scale concrete structure. High Rise Building Technology I, II that will provide the resources and The properties of concrete, its char- The course consists of presentations information necessary for the design acteristics, physical composition, by specialists in the various technolo- process. Post-occupancy building manufacture, formwork design and gies of high-rise building, including evaluations of similar problems are construction, and historical develop- planning, financing, code reinforce- used to analyze technical assump- ment of its use as a building material ment, materials, architecture, tions, functional response, and social will be covered. Prerequisite: ARCH engineering, project management, reaction. (Credits: Variable) 543. (0-12-6) construction, building management services, safety and maintenance. ARCH 591, 592 ARCH 545 (3-0-3) Research and Thesis Studio V: Comprehensive A thesis project is developed in depth Building Design I ARCH 567 by the student under the direction The development of a moderate-scale Architectural Drawing of the adviser and an advisory com- building with special emphasis on and Model Making mittee of other architecture faculty the formulation and articulation of Development of drafting and model- and/or professional members. space. Studio exercises focus on ing skills. Coordination of hand and Specialized research and design development of spatial mass and eye for qualities of lines, aggregates within a wide range of architectural scale, structure as an architectural of lines, textures. Freehand exercises problems include site selection, con- factor, proportion as a means of in geometric, axonometric and per- sideration of architectural context architectural expression, lighting, spective drawing. Development of and environmental impacts, develop- program, display and the expressive skills in model making in wood, ment of user function and space value of materials. As a comprehen- metal and plastic. Development of programs, and architectural planning sive building projects of a smaller critical evaluation of quality and and design. Aesthetic and visual scale, studio work covers a complete craftsmanship of work. (0-3-1) aspects and the intellectual founda- and expressive presentation of the tions of the problem are carefully project’s intentions and its spatial ARCH 588 considered, as well as the technical and materials qualities. Prerequisite: Thesis Preparation Seminar aspects in the selection and integra- ARCH 544. (0-12-6) Seminars are conducted on thesis tion of structural and environmental development and preparation with systems. After final acceptance of the ARCH 546 emphasis placed on language, the presentation materials by the advi- Studio VI: Comprehensive written form, thesis manual require- sory committee, the text, reductions Building Design II ments, drawing and model of the drawings, and model pho- The development of an architectural presentation, and the oral presenta- tographs are bound together in a project with an emphasis on compre- tion for jury examination. (3-0-3) hard-cover volume, which is hensive building design: advanced deposited in the GRC and the univer- site development, spatial relation- ARCH 589 sity’s library. ships between interior and exterior Pre-Thesis Seminar landscape, zoning and code analysis, An introduction to the architecture ARCH 601 programming, and fully integrated faculty through a discussion of cur- Doctoral Methodology Pro-Seminar building systems. Study focuses on rent issues and future directions of This course provides a foundation for environmental concerns in building the profession. These concerns are doctoral students to the diversity of design. Studio work includes a com- then related to the specific student’s research paradigms in architecture. prehensive set of architectural interest and the specialized experi- The first component is an introduc- documents, articulated model(s), ence of the faculty. By the end of the tion to the philosophy of knowledge and architectural details representa- semester, a Thesis Advisory with an emphasis on architecture. tive of the building’s concepts. Committee, with a thesis chairman The second component entails a criti- Prerequisite: ARCH 545. (0-12-6) and two additional faculty members, cal review and evaluation of diverse 76 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2004–2006 College of Architecture research methodologies in current CRP 520 ground covers for a given site; non- doctoral architectural research, with Principles of City Planning II/ native species and herbaceous substantial information on research Urban Design perennials will be introduced. methodologies not covered in under- This course explores principles of Provides a working knowledge of the graduate and graduate education. urban design. Applications will make woody plants used as a primary ele- Students will write a series of papers analyses of urban issues such as the ment in design applications. that critically review the course read- integration of urban elements into ings and discussions. (3-0-3) an organic whole, the town center, LA 443 the interrelationship of built forms to Forests, Preserves, Parks and ARCH 651 open spaces and the varying compo- Urbanscapes Advanced Topics in Integrated nents of the urban fiber. The growing need for these public Building Engineering Design Prerequisite: CRP 519. (3-0-3) site types in America in the 1800s This class will address advanced gave rise to the landscape architec- energy-conservation techniques CRP 521 ture profession. More necessary now in the building delivery process. Advanced Planning I, II than ever, the planning and design Exceptional building energy perfor- Advanced work in city and regional approach to these sites is undergoing mance requires more than simple planning. Analysis. Structure. major change. In this course stu- dependence on the efficient perfor- Clarification of principle and idea dents will investigate the historical mance of individual building in planning. Varied problems. and contemporary environmental components, such as mechanical Prerequisite: CRP 519, CRP 520, and cultural relationships of the equipment or window systems. In or consent of instructor. American landscape. Themes include order to cost effectively reduce oper- (Credit: Variable) landscape use and ecological change, ating costs, increase comfort, boost regional and national landscapes, the indoor air quality, and reduce envi- CRP 531 roles of the National Park Service, ronmental pollutant emission, a Advanced Housing state and county park and forest sys- synergistic effect between all build- Advanced work. The dwelling tems, and municipal green spaces. ing systems must be accounted for in and groups of dwellings as a plan- Case studies and analyses of specific the design process. (3-0-3) ning and architectural problem. sites. Variations. Site. Clarification of City and Regional Planning principle in working out specific solu- LA 444 tions. Prerequisites: CRP 519, CRP Earthworks and Infrastructures CRP 425, 426 520 or consent of instructor. (3-0-3) Land grading, drainage, pedestrian History and Architecture and vehicular circulation systems, of Cities I, II CRP 532 and the landscape tools and tech- Selected topics in the history and Community Development niques used in site engineering. development of human settlements. Advanced work. Consideration of Study focuses on grading for the pur- Examination of the forces affecting entire community and its elements. pose of infrastructure design by city development in history. These Density. Spatial development. analyzing differences in landform, courses are taught as seminars and Varied problems to clarify principles. topography, climate, and soil struc- meet for one three-hour period per Prerequisites: CRP 519, CRP 520 or ture, and focuses on drainage week. (3-0-3); (3-0-3) consent of instructor. (3-0-3) characteristics as a primary element Master of Landscape Architecture for understanding a site. Water flow, CRP 465 storm water issues, swales, and The Ecological Basis of Planning Master of Landscape Architecture other water management practices, The role of natural systems in meet- and utility planning. Case studies of ing human needs. Climate, geology, LA 414 larger scale projects with an empha- landforms, soils, vegetation and Professional Practice sis on developing students’ ability for animal populations as the bases of An introduction to landscape archi- designing elegant and functional agricultural and industrial technolo- tecture as a profession. Topics three-dimensional land forms. gies. Competing demands on air, addressed include areas of practice, water and land. Limiting factors. project management, office opera- LA 445 (3-0-3) tions, career development, Topics in Advanced Landscape governmental regulations, licensure, Technologies & Horticulture CRP 519 and professional ethics. Topics vary: Advanced Landscape Principles of City Planning I Construction, Green Roofs, Brown This course explores the problems of LA 441 Field Reclamation, Soils, Wetlands, housing from the scale of the single Plants and Plant Materials: field Native Plant Intensive, Ecological dwelling to larger residential build- studies Design, Landscape Management ings. Examination of the internal Study of the identification, uses, and without Chemicals, Site Analysis, functions of a housing unit, the rela- basic horticulture of the basic woody and other special subjects tionship of one unit to another, and plants commonly available in the of the overall structure and develop- Midwest, as applied in designed ment of settlement units. (3-0-3) landscapes. Criteria for appropriate selection of trees, shrubs, vines, and IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 77 College of Architecture
LA 542 LA 545 Undergraduate Course Studio II: Landscape Architecture 1: Studio V: Comprehensive Prerequisites Ecology Landscape Design Introduction to ecosystems and how Integration of large-scale site, pro- The courses described below and at human interaction affects them. gramming, planting design, ecology right are undergraduate courses, Emphasis on the Midwestern prairie of site, and other design elements some or all of which are prerequisites and forest biome’s wildlife, vegeta- and problems into a cohesive design to graduate study in the College of tion, climate, water, and aquatic solution. Practical application of the Architecture. For the class entering ecosystems. Effects of human land relationship among sites, drawings, the program in Fall 2006, applicants use patterns on the land and on and the making of landscape archi- to the College’s degree programs plant communities, and how they can tectural projects. The semester is must demonstrate proficiency in the be altered. Techniques and terms sequenced: site analysis; program- undergraduate-level courses or used by environmentalists and ming decisions; site modeling; their equivalents listed in the instruction in conducting a baseline development of design; representa- “Admission Requirements” and indi- ecosystem study. tion and defense of design vidual program descriptions sections. graphically (plan and elevation LA 543 views), model, and materials and For applicants to the College’s degree Studio III: Landscape Architecture planting list. design of environments programs seeking admission for Fall II: Biology & Materials Technology which are responsive to human need 2007 and after, please note that Basic biological principals of plant and expressive of physiographic con- changes to admission and prerequi- growth and horticultural production ditions. site requirements are likely. Please methods for plants used in landscape visit the College of Architecture Web design. Study of the interdependence LA 546 site or call the Assistant Dean for between technology and biological Studio VI: Spatial Investigations Graduate Academic Affairs for up-to- systems in landscape architecture. A primary motive for landscape date information. Topics include an introduction to architects is spatial configuration. In botanical nomenclature as used in this studio students explore both MATH 119 the industry and experience with three-dimensional space and digital Geometry for Architects construction materials (concrete, and hand-drawn representations of Basic analytic geometry in two and masonry, wood, and metals), their space. Exercises include explorations three dimensions; trigonometry. properties, and applications. Studio of how seeing, visualizing, and draw- Equations of lines, circles and conic semester project combines plantings ing interrelate, and how form, sections; resolution of triangles; polar and constructed elements. Field light/shadow, volume and space— coordinates. Equations of planes, trips. basic elements of composition—affect lines, quadratic surfaces. the built environment. An introduc- Applications. (3-0-3) LA 544 tion to the methods and use of GIS Studio IV: Landscape Architecture (Geographic Information System) MATH 122 III: Plants & Plant Materials: introduces students to the opportuni- Introduction to Mathematics II Advanced ties this tool provides for land Basic concept of calculus of a single Continuing investigation of native planners and designers. variable; limits, derivatives, inte- woody species as a major element in grals, applications. (3-0-3) the landscape and traditional plant configurations such as bosques and PHYS 211, 212 allees in the built environment. Basics Physics I, II Further study of native perennials Intended to give students in the lib- and appropriate non-natives. eral arts, architecture and design an Segment on use of annual and tropi- understanding of the basic principles cal plants within a design; container of physics and an appreciation of how plantings as accents. Criteria for physics influences contemporary soci- development of a planting design and ety. Prerequisites: Math 122. (3-0-3); plant list, as well as plant selection, (3-0-3) and technical aspects including har- diness zones, and soil requirements.
78 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
Life Sciences Building The Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical 3101 S. Dearborn St. Sciences offers B.S., M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in the fields Chicago, IL 60616 of chemistry, biology, physics, and molecular biochemistry 312.567.3480 and biophysics. Within the department, there are many www.iit.edu/bcps opportunities for interdisciplinary education and research experiences; students in any of the disciplines have easy Chair: access to the expertise that the full faculty brings. In John Zasadzinski addition, the department offers several professional mas- Associate Chairs: ters degrees and related certificate programs for Howard A. Rubin, Physics part-time students, both on campus and through distance Benjamin C. Stark, Biology learning. Rong Wang, Chemisty
Degrees Offered
Master of Biology Master of Chemistry in Materials and Chemical Master of Science in Biology with specialization in: Synthesis Biochemistry Master of Science in Chemistry Biotechnology Master of Health Physics Cell and Molecular Biology Master of Science in Physics Microbiology Doctor of Philosophy in Biology Master of Science in Molecular Biochemistry and Doctor of Philosophy in Chemistry Biophysics Doctor of Philosophy in Molecular Biochemistry and Master of Chemistry Biophysics Master of Chemistry in Analytical Chemistry Doctor of Philosophy in Physics
Certificate Programs
Analytical Methods Development Radiological Physics Analytical Spectroscopy Synthesis and Characterization of Inorganic Materials Characterization of Inorganic and Organic Materials Synthesis and Characterization of Organic Materials Chromatography
Research Centers
Center for Synchrotron Radiation Research and Instrumentation
Center for Accelerator and Particle Physics
Research Facilities
The department has state-of-the-art computer and labo- a high-field nuclear magnetic resonance facility, state-of- ratory equipment and conducts research in the areas of the-art inorganic-, organic- and polymer synthesis and biochemistry, biotechnology, cell and molecular biology, characterization laboratories, Fourier transform infrared microbiology, molecular biophysics and biochemistry; ana- spectrometers, atomic force microscope, mass spectrome- lytical chemistry, inorganic chemistry, solid-state and ters, and facilities for high-pressure liquid materials chemistry, organic chemistry, polymer chem- chromatography and gas chromatography. Laboratories istry, surface chemistry, physical chemistry and for experimental research in biophysics, low-temperature, theoretical chemistry; and high-energy physics, accelera- solid-state physics and particle physics are active. tor and plasma physics, condensed-matter physics, Collaborative programs are carried on with Fermi biological physics, x-ray optics, x-ray imaging and quan- National Accelerator Laboratory, Argonne National tum theory. The department constructs and operates Laboratory, and the Advanced Photon Source. The depart- facilities for x-ray scattering, spectroscopy and imaging at ment hosts the Center for Accelerator and Particle the Advanced Photon Source at Argonne National Physics (CAPP) and the Center for Synchrotron Laboratory. Additional research facilities include on-cam- Radiation Research and Instrumentation (CSRRI). pus x-ray diffraction facilities, thin-film growth facilities,
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 79 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
Faculty
Biology
Martin Cole, Research Professor and Director of the Peter Slade, Research Associate Professor. B.S., National Center for Food Safety and Technology. B.S., University of Leeds; Ph.D., University of Guelph Manchester Metropolitan University; Ph.D., University of (Canada). Antimicrobial treatments applied to seeds, veg- East Anglia (England). Studies of issues related to food etable sprouts, and ready-to-eat meat products, novel safety technologies and policies. processing technologies, development of rapid methods for the detection of food borne pathogens, hygienic design Douglas J. Cork, Professor. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of food processing facilities and equipment. of Arizona. Biotechnology and bioremediation, microbial metabolism of xenobiotics, informatics. Kathryn M. Spink, Senior Lecturer. B.S., Michigan Technological University; Ph.D., Michigan State Michael Cummings, Research Professor. B.S., St. Mary’s University. Molecular genetics of mammalian viruses. University; Ph.D., Northwestern University. Research on human chromosome organization and the development of Benjamin C. Stark, Professor, Associate Chair of the innovative methods for teaching biology. Department, and Director of the Master of Biology Program. B.S., University of Michigan; M.Ph., Ph.D., Andrew Howard, Associate Professor and Director of the Yale University. Biochemistry and molecular biology Health Physics Program. B.A., Pomona College; Ph.D., of bacterial respiration, fermentation, bioremediation. University of California, San Diego. Structure and function of immune system proteins, macromolecular Cynthia Stewart, Research Assistant Professor. B.S., crystallography. University of Delaware; PhD, Rutgers University. High pressure and other nonthermal technologies, such as cold Thomas C. Irving, Professor and Director of the pasteurization or commercial sterilization processes, to Biophysics Collaborative Access Team. B.Sc., M.Sc., improve the quality and safety of foods. Ph.D., University of Guelph (Canada). Structure and bio- physics of macromolecular systems, muscle structure and Stuart Taylor, Research Professor. B.A., Cornell physiology, synchrotron radiation instrumentation. University; Ph.D., New York University. Optical and bio- physical methods to study how contractile function David L. McCormick, Professor, and Senior Vice follows molecular form. President and Director of the IIT Research Institute B.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., New York University. Dale A. Webster, Emeritus and Research Professor. B.S., Preclinical development of drugs for the prevention and University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of California, therapy of cancer. Berkeley. Biochemistry and molecular biology of bacterial respiration, biotechnology and bioremediation. Rajendra Mehta, Professor and Assistant Vice President of the IIT Research Institute. B.Sc., Gujurat Univeristy; Jialing Xiang, Assistant Professor. M.D., Xuzhou Medical Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Efficacy and College; Ph.D. University of Alabama, Birmingham. mechanism of action of chemopreventive agents in experi- Molecular mechanisms of cancer and cancer gene therapy. mental carcinogenesis of breast, colon, lung and prostate. Chunbo Zhang, Assisitant Professor. B.S., Ningbo Nick Menhart, Assistant Professor. B.Sc., Ph.D., Univeristy; Ph.D., University of Manitoba (Canada). Use University of Waterloo (Canada). Spectroscopic tech- of molecular genetics, biophysics, immunohistochemistry, niques for the study of multi-domain proteins. pharmacology, and behavior to study olfactory transduc- tion in the mouse. Joseph Orgel, Assistant Professor. B.Sc., Ph.D., University of Stirling (Scotland). Study of fundamental Wei Zhang, Assistant Professor. B.S., Huazhong structural biochemistry problems that have direct links Agricultural University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State to the understanding and treatment of disease, primarily University. Molecular detection, genotyping, epidemiol- of the extra cellular matrix of mammals. ogy, virulence and pathogenesis of foodborne bacteria. Sadhana Ravishankar, Research Associate Professor. Yu-Zhu Zhang, Assistant Professor, B.S. Zhengzhou B.S., M.S., Tamilnadu Agricultural University; Ph.D., University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. Structure University of Georgia. Stress tolerance responses of food- and function of biomolecular processes involved in cell borne pathogens, control of foodborne pathogens by cycle control, dim1 protein structure. non-thermal technology, biofilm formation and control, natural antimicrobials, control of foodborne pathogens by multiple hurdle approach.
80 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
Chemistry
Sandra Whaley Bishnoi, Assistant Professor of of nanostructured materials with desirable catalytic, elec- Chemistry. B.S., Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. tronic, magnetic and conducting properties that could be Synthesis and analysis of inorganic nanoparticles, bio- controlled and rationalized at the molecular level. molecular recognition, surface science, analytical Spectroscopy, x-ray crystallography and synchrotron radi- chemistry, nanobiotechnology, development of nanoparti- ation-based methods. cle delivery methods, and surface enhanced Raman scattering. Peter Lykos, Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Northwestern University; Ph.D., Carnegie Institute of Technology. William Buttner, Research Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Physical chemistry, standards for undergraduate chem- Loyola University of Chicago; Ph.D., Michigan State istry and chemistry curricula, combination theoretical University. Basic and applied research in analytical (Hartree Fock) and experimental (synchrotron radiation) chemistry, environmental chemistry, and electrochem- determination of correlation energy, semi-empirical meth- istry; understanding and developing chemical sensors ods in quantum chemistry, computer applications in and sensor array instrumental devices with novel struc- chemistry. tures and new materials for industrial and medical applications. Braja K. Mandal, Professor of Chemistry. B.Sc., University of Calucutta (India); M.Sc., M.Tech., Ph.D., Hyun-soon Chong, Assistant Professor. B.S., M.S. Kyung Indian Institute of Technology (India). Polymer science Hee University; Ph.D. University of North Texas. Synthetic and engineering, electroactive materials, phthalocyanines and mechanistic organic chemistry, macrocyclic chemistry, and porphyrins, solid polymer electrolytes, lithium bat- cancer therapeutics and diagnostics, medicinal chemistry, tery materials. bioorganic and bioinorganic chemistry, biologically active synthetic and natural products, heterocyclic chemistry, mol- Kenneth Schug, Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Stanford ecular recognition studies, nanobiotechnology. University; Ph.D., University of Southern California. Chemical education, coordination compounds of transi- Walter C. Eisenberg, Emeritus Professor of Chemistry tion metals emphasizing chemical reactivity of ligands, and Director of the Analytical Chemistry Program. B.S. enhancement programs for K–12 teachers, minority med- University of Toronto (Canada); M.S., Rochester Institute ical students programs, research opportunities for high of Technology; Ph.D., University of Buffalo. Organic-, oxi- school students. dant- and single oxygen chemistry, biochemistry, air pollution, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon transforma- Kenneth W. Stagliano, Associate Professor of Chemistry. tion, analytical methods development, professional B.S., Ph.D., Temple University. Organic chemistry, devel- graduate education. opment of new chemical reactions for solving regiochemical and stereochemical problems for the total Mohamed El-Maazawi, Senior Lecturer of Chemistry. synthesis of biologically active natural products, medici- B.S., University of Alexandria; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State nal chemistry, chemistry of the quinonoid compounds, University. new synthetic methods.
Robert Filler, Emeritus Professor of Chemistry, Senior Joseph R. Stetter, Research Professor of Chemistry. Research Fellow. B.S., City College of New York; Ph.D., B.S., Ph.D., State University of New York, Buffalo. University of Iowa. Heterocyclic compounds, effects of flu- Electroanalytical chemistry, environmental analytical orine in fluorine-containing compounds. chemistry, chemical sensors, detectors, development of new analytical methods. Peter Y. Johnson, Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign; Ph.D., Massachusetts Rong Wang, Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Julin Institute of Technology. Syntheses of penicillin related University; Ph.D., University of Tokyo (Japan). compounds; photochemical and/or transannular reactions. Examination of biological systems (living cells, e.g., neural cells, stem cells; bacterial spores; cancer tissues) M. Ishaque Khan, Professor of Chemistry, Associate Dean in natural environments on the nanometer scale using of the College of Science and Letters, and Director of the molecular characterization methods such as probe scan- Materials and Chemical Synthesis Program. Ph.D., ning microscopy, surface engineering with new Indian Institute of Technology (India). Synthesis, charac- bio-conjugate chemistry, and molecular manipulation via terization and properties of inorganic and photochemistry and nano-processing; fabrication of organic-inorganic hybrid materials of current technologi- nanoscale devices via nano-manipulation. cal, environmental and fundamental interest. Fabrication
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 81 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
Physics
Grant Bunker, Professor. B.A., Evergreen State College; Ivan Nesch, Research Associate Professor, M.S., Sofia Ph.D., University of Washington. X-ray absorption spec- University; Ph.D., Moscow State University (Russia). troscopy, biophysics, synchrotron radiation research, computational physics/chemistry. Howard A. Rubin, Professor, Associate Chair of the Department, and Director of Graduate Affairs. B.S., Ray A. Burnstein, Emeritus and Research Professor. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University University of Chicago; M.S., University of Washington; of Maryland. Experimental elementary particle physics. Ph.D., University of Michigan. Experimental elementary particle physics, interactive teaching and technology. H. Larry Scott, Professor of Physics. B.S., Purdue University; Ph.D., Purdue University. Theoretical model- Liam Coffey, Associate Professor. B.A., Trinity College ing and computer simulation of lipid bilayers and model (Ireland). Ph.D., University of Chicago. Condensed mat- biological membranes. ter theory. Carlo U. Segre, Professor, Associate Dean of Special Thomas Erber, Distinguished Professor. B.S., Projects for the Graduate College, and Associate Director Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., of the Materials Research Collaborative Access Team. University of Chicago. Electrodynamics, magnetism, B.S. in Physics, B.S. in Chemistry, University of Illinois, fatigue, complex systems. Urbana-Champaign; M.S., Ph.D., University of California, San Diego. Experimental condensed-matter Laurence Friedman, Senior Lecturer and co-Director of physics, superconductivity, x-ray structural studies of the Health Physics program. B.S., University of complex materials. Wisconsin; Ph.D. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. Health Physics, regulatory affairs. Harold N. Spector, Emeritus Professor. B.A., M.S., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Solid-state theory, electronic and Porter W. Johnson, Professor. B.S., Case Institute of optical processes and semi-conducting nanostructures. Technology; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton University. Elementary particle theory, science education. Linda Klamp Spentzouris, Assistant Professor. B.A., Colorado College; Ph.D., Northwestern University. Daniel Kaplan, Professor and Director of the Center for Accelerator physics. Accelerator and Particle Physics. B.A., Haverford College; Ph.D., State University of New York, Stony Brook. Jeff Terry, Assistant Professor. B.S., University of Experimental high-energy physics, especially symmetry Chicago; Ph.D., Stanford University. Synchroton radita- violation and rare decays of hyperons and charm and tion techniques. beauty hadrons, electronics for high-speed triggering and data acquisition. Christopher White, Associate Professor. B.S., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign; Ph.D., University of Leon Lederman, Pritzker Professor of Physics, 1988 Minnesota. Experimental elementary particle physics. Nobel Laureate in Physics; Fermilab Director Emeritus. B.A., City College of New York; Ph.D., Columbia John Zasadzinski, Professor and Chair of the University. Experimental elementary particle physics. Department. B.S., Illinois Benedictine College; Ph.D., Iowa State University. Solid state physics. James Longworth, Associate Professor. B.S., Ph.D., Sheffield University. Earl Zwicker, Emeritus Professor of Physics. B.S., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Timothy Morrison, Professor, Director of the Center for Technology. Physics education. Synchrotron Radiation Research and Instrumentation. B.A., Western Michigan University; Ph.D., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. Solid-state physics, cata- lysts, x-ray absorption, x-ray optics.
82 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
Admission Requirements
Cumulative undergraduate GPA minimum: 3.0/4.0 to the doctoral program in molecular biochemistry and biophysics are strongly encouraged to take one TOEFL minimum: 550/213* of the subject exams in biology, molecular biology, chemistry or physics. The Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is required for M.S., Ph.D., and all international applicants. The GRE is Meeting the minimum GPA and test score requirements also required for all domestic applicants with an under- does not guarantee admission. Test scores and GPA are graduate GPA below 3.0. The GRE minimum scores are: just two of several important factors considered.
For tests taken prior to Oct. 1, 2002: 1200 (combined) Applicants to one of the department’s programs (Biology, For tests taken on or after Oct. 1, 2002, Ph.D.: Chemistry, Physics or Molecular Biochemistry and 1200 (quantitative + verbal), 3.0 (analytical writing) Biophysics) are expected to have a bachelors degree from For tests taken on or after Oct. 1, 2002, M.S.: an accredited institution with a major in that same disci- 1100 (quantitative + verbal), 2.5 (analytical writing) pline, or a closely allied major with additional coursework For tests taken on or after Oct. 1, 2002, MAS and MCH: that prepares the student for graduate study in the cho- 900 (quantitative + verbal), 2.5 (analytical writing) sen program. Students who have not completed all required courses may be accepted for general admission Applicants to the doctoral program in chemistry are and can begin coursework, but must remove any strongly encouraged to submit the subject-area GRE deficiencies before the MCH, MAS, and M.S. score (Subject No. 27). Applicants to the doctoral program comprehensive/Ph.D. qualifying examination. in physics are strongly encouraged, but not required, to take the subject-area GRE exam in physics. Applicants * Paper-based test score/computer-based test score.
Departmental Graduate Examinations
All full-time students in the M.S. and Ph.D. programs are must pass this examination by a comparable stage of required to take and pass the written M.S. comprehen- their programs. This examination consists of a written sive/Ph.D. qualifying examination by the end of their proposal, an oral presentation and a defense of the pro- fourth semester of study. Part-time students must pass posal before a faculty committee. A student may take this this examination by a comparable stage of their pro- examination a maximum of two times. Students passing grams. The examination is offered twice each academic this examination may continue with their research and year. A student may sit for the examination a maximum will receive a Ph.D. upon satisfactory completion of all of four times. Students passing this examination at the other required courses and general requirements of the Ph.D. level are judged to be qualified to continue in the Graduate College, a written dissertation and final oral Ph.D. program. Students passing at the Master of Science thesis defense. level or above may obtain their masters degree after com- pleting the requirements described in the following All students in the professional master degree programs sections. All students in the Ph.D. program who have are required to take and pass a written comprehensive passed the written qualifying examination must take and exam. Students may sit for the exam a limited number of pass a comprehensive examination before the end of the times, depending upon the individual program. sixth semester of full-time study. Part-time students
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 83 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
Biology
The department offers graduate programs leading to be completed by part-time students. Doctoral-level Master of Biology and to M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in biol- courses are usually available in the evenings or on ogy, concentrating educational and research activities in Saturdays. Each new graduate student is assigned a the areas of biochemistry, biotechnology, cell and molecu- graduate student adviser and must obtain the approval of lar biology, and microbiology. Graduate education in the adviser each semester before registering for any grad- biology is available on either a full- or a part-time basis. uate classes. Masters degree programs are designed so that they may
Master of Biology
30–31 credit hours Comprehensive examination Biochemistry The Master of Biology is a course-only, professional mas- BIOL 513 Advanced Biochemistry (5) ters degree program designed for professionals who seek BIOL 515 Molecular Biology (3) advanced and specialized study in the field without the BIOL 562 Functional Genomics (3) requirement of a thesis or project. CHEM 455 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) CHEM 538 Biophysical Chemistry (3) This program is also available on the Web, and at tele- Two electives (biology, chemistry or physics) (6) vised viewing sites throughout the Chicago area. Students should consult www.iit-online.iit.edu for more Biotechnology information. BIOL 504 Biochemistry (4) BIOL 515 Molecular Biology (3) Students must pass the written M.S. comprehensive BIOL 542 Advanced Microbiology (3) examination (see “Departmental Graduate BIOL 550 Bioinformatics and Biotechnology (3) Examinations”) in their respective areas of specialization: BIOL 562 Functional Genomics (3) biochemistry, cell and molecular biology, or microbiology. Two biology electives (6) Students in biotechnology may choose any of the three examinations. Students in each area of specialization also take the following three courses: The program consists of 30–31 hours of coursework as fol- lows (credit hours in parentheses); 22-23 hours are in the COM 421 Technical Communication (3) selected area of specialization: CHEM 513 Statistics for Analytical Chemists (3) AND Cell and Molecular Biology BIOL 511 Project Management (2) OR BIOL 504 Biochemistry (4) CHEM 524 Synthesis and Intellectual Property (2) BIOL 445 Cell Biology (3) BIOL 515 Molecular Biology (3) BIOL 526 Developmental Biology (3) BIOL 562 Functional Genomics (3) Two biology electives (6)
Microbiology BIOL 503 Virology (3) BIOL 504 Biochemistry (4) BIOL 515 Molecular Biology (3) BIOL 542 Advanced Microbiology (3) BIOL 550 Bioinformatics and Biotechnology (3) BIOL 562 Functional Genomics (3) Biology elective (3)
84 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
Master of Science in Biology
33-34 credit hours plete the M.S. degree requirements: a thesis option and a Comprehensive examination non-thesis option. Option 1: Thesis Option 2: Library research project Students must pass the written M.S. comprehensive examination (see “Departmental Graduate A Master of Science student must complete a minimum of Examinations”) in their respective areas of specialization: 33 credit hours of approved graduate work in one of the biochemistry, cell and molecular biology, or microbiology. areas of specialization detailed below. This will include Students in biotechnology may choose any of the three 25–29 credit hours of coursework and two credit hours of examinations. BIOL 595 Colloquium. Two options are available to com-
Thesis Option
The thesis option is designed for individuals planning option must complete six credit hours of thesis research careers as experimental biologists, including those who (BIOL 591). Students must also prepare a written thesis may wish to pursue a Ph.D. Students choosing the thesis based on laboratory research.
Non-Thesis Option
The non-thesis option is intended as a terminal degree to BIOL 572 (Literature in Biochemistry), BIOL 574 meet the needs of teachers, science administrators, policy (Literature in Biotechnology), BIOL 576 (Literature in makers in the life sciences, patent attorneys and others. Cell and Molecular Biology), or BIOL 578 (Literature in Microbiology). Students who elect the non-thesis option must complete a library research project in one of the following courses:
Master of Science in Biology with specialization in Biochemistry
34 credits In addition to the basic sequence, students must take six to nine credit hours of approved electives, two credit Students in this program complete 34 credits of graduate hours of BIOL 595 (Colloquium), and either six credit work, including the following courses (credit hours in hours of Research (BIOL 591 or CHEM 591) or BIOL 572. parentheses): Other requirements are identical to those described pre- viously for all M.S. students in biology. The requirements BIOL 513 Advanced Biochemistry (5) for admission to this program include one year of physical BIOL 515 Molecular Biology (3) chemistry in addition to the usual requirements for BIOL 519 Biochemistry Laboratory (3) admission to graduate study in biology. BIOL 520 Advanced Biochemistry Laboratory (3) CHEM 538 Physical Biochemistry (3)
In addition, students must take one of the following classes.
CHEM 455 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) CHEM 500 Advanced Analytical Chemistry (3) CHEM 553 Advanced Chemical Thermodynamics (3)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 85 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
Master of Science in Biology with specialization in Biotechnology
Students in this program complete 33 to 34 credits of In addition to three to six credits of appropriate electives, graduate work, including the following (credit hours in students specializing in biotechnology are required to parentheses): take two credit hours of BIOL 595 (Colloquium) and either six hours of BIOL 591 (Research) or BIOL 574 BIOL 504 Biochemistry Lectures (4) OR (Literature in Biotechnology). Other requirements for the BIOL 513 Advanced Biochemistry (5) degree and for admission are identical to those for all AND M.S. students in biology. BIOL 515 Molecular Biology (3) BIOL 519 Biochemistry Laboratory (3) BIOL 533 Laboratory in Cell and Molecular Biology (3) BIOL 542 Advanced Microbiology Lectures (3) BIOL 550 Bioinformatics and Biotechnology (3) BIOL 562 Functional Genomics (3)
Master of Science in Biology with specialization in Cell and Molecular Biology
Students in this program must complete 33-34 credit hours of graduate work, including the following (credit hours in parentheses): BIOL 504 Biochemistry Lectures (4) OR In addition to three to six credits of approved electives, BIOL 513 Advanced Biochemistry (5) students specializing in cell and molecular biology must AND take two credit hours of BIOL 595 (Colloquium) and BIOL 445 Cell Biology (3) either six credit hours of BIOL 591 (Research) or BIOL BIOL 515 Molecular Biology (3) 576 (Literature in Cell and Molecular Biology). Other BIOL 526 Developmental Biology (3) requirements for the degree and requirements for admis- BIOL 533 Laboratory in Cell and Molecular Biology (3) sion are identical to those described previously for all BIOL 539 Advanced Cell Biology Laboratory (3) M.S. students in biology. BIOL 562 Functional Genomics (3)
Master of Science in Biology with specialization in Microbiology
Students in this program must complete 33-34 credit In addition to nine to 12 additional credit hours in hours of graduate work, including the following (credit approved microbiology electives, students specializing in hours in parentheses): microbiology must take two credit hours of BIOL 595 (Colloquium) and either six credit hours of BIOL 591 BIOL 503 Biochemistry Lectures (4) OR (Research) or BIOL 578 (Literature in Microbiology). BIOL 513 Advanced Biochemistry (5) Other requirements for the degree are identical to those AND described previously for all M.S. students in biology. BIOL 503 Virology (3) BIOL 533 Laboratory in Cell and Molecular Biology (3) BIOL 542 Advanced Microbiology Lectures (3) BIOL 562 Functional Genomics (3)
86 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
Doctor of Philosophy in Biology
84 credit hours Formal courses must include the classes listed below Written qualifying examination (credit hours in parentheses): Comprehensive examination Dissertation and oral defense BIOL 445 Cell Biology (3) BIOL 513 Advanced Biochemistry (5) A minimum of 84 credit hours is required for the Ph.D. BIOL 515 Molecular Biology (3) degree in biology. Students should consult the section BIOL 526 Developmental Biology (3) “Transfer Credits” on page 33 for rules on how many BIOL 542 Advanced Microbiology Lectures (3) credit hours may be transferred from another institution. BIOL 550 Bioinformatics and Biotechnology (3) Completion of an M.S. degree is not normally required for BIOL 562 Functional Genomics (3) admission to the full-time program for the Ph.D. degree BIOL 595 Colloquium (4) but may be required of part-time students. Students must pass the Ph.D. qualifying examination in their In addition, Ph.D. candidates take the following two pairs respective areas of specialization: biochemistry, cell and of laboratory courses (credit hours in parentheses): molecular biology, or microbiology (see “Departmental Graduation Examinations”). BIOL 519 Biochemistry (3) BIOL 520 Advanced Biochemistry (3) Each student, in addition, will be required to pass a com- AND prehensive examination (which serves partly as an oral BIOL 533 Cell and Molecular Biology (3) defense of the thesis proposal) taken prior to performing BIOL 539 Advanced Cell Biology (3) the major portion of the dissertation research, and in any event, prior to the sixth semester of study and at least All research for the dissertation must be carried out one year before oral defense of the thesis. The final exam- under the direct supervision of a faculty research adviser. ination for the Ph.D. degree consists of an oral The faculty research adviser will also act as the candi- presentation and defense of the dissertation. date’s academic adviser. Students must have passed the written qualifying examination before registering for The Ph.D. program is tailored to fit the student’s back- BIOL 691 (Ph.D. Thesis Research). Students may com- ground and goals and is subject to approval at the time of plete all formal course requirements for the Ph.D. degree filing of the program of study (Form #401). Programs of as either full-time or part-time students. study may be designed in any of the three areas of con- centration. However, all programs of study must include at least 36 credit hours in formal courses (exclusive of BIOL 591 and BIOL 691).
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 87 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
Molecular Biochemistry and Biophysics (MBB)
The department offers interdisciplinary programs leading A major focus of the program is on biophysical to M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in molecular biochemistry and approaches to determining the structure of macromole- biophysics. New advances in our understanding of biolog- cules and macromolecular assemblies. Faculty advisers ical function can be expected from a synthesis of are chosen from any of the participating departmental molecular genetics, biochemistry and insights gained faculty regardless of their affiliation to a particular disci- from molecular structural information. Individuals with a pline; a particular strength of the participating faculty is quantitative, physical approach will be best placed to be in exploiting synchrotron x-ray sources for biological innovators in the field. MBB programs complement more structural studies. MBB students will have access to traditional graduate programs in biology, chemistry and state-of-the-art x-ray facilities at the nearby Advanced physics by offering an integrated, molecular-based Photon Source, currently one of the most intense x-ray approach to understanding biological problems, taking sources in the world. insights from all three disciplines.
Master of Science in Molecular Biochemistry and Biophysics
32 credit hours The electives are chosen from course offerings in the Comprehensive examination areas of genetics and genetic engineering, structural bio- Thesis physics, or biochemistry and cellular biophysics. Specific electives are chosen in consultation with an academic A master’s student must complete a minimum of 32 adviser. Research for the dissertation must be carried out credit hours of approved graduate work, including a core under the direct supervision of a participating faculty of 21 credit hours, a minimum of five credits of approved member; this faculty research adviser also acts as the electives, and six credit hours of research toward the the- candidate’s academic adviser. sis (BIOL, CHEM or PHYS 591)
Core courses (credit hours in parentheses) BIOL 513 Advanced Biochemistry (5) BIOL 515 Molecular Biology (3) BIOL 445 Cell Biology (3) CHEM 538 Physical Biochemistry (3) CHEM 550 Chemical Bonding (3) BIOL 584 Graduate Seminar (1) BIOL 595 Colloquium (1) BIOL 580 Laboratory Rotation in Molecular Biochemistry and Biophysics (2)
88 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
Doctor of Philosophy in Molecular Biochemistry and Biophysics
84 credit hours BIOL 584 must be taken by all Ph.D. students in their Written qualifying examination first year of full-time graduate study, while BIOL 684 Comprehensive examination must be taken after having passed the Ph.D. qualifying Dissertation and oral defense examination. BIOL 595 must be taken four times. BIOL 580 may be taken two times. MBB students, in consulta- A minimum of 84 credit hours of instruction is required tion with their academic adviser, choose the remainder of for the MBB Ph.D. Students should consult the section their formal coursework from those courses in the areas “Transfer Credits” on page 33 for rules on how many listed below (credit hours in parentheses): credit hours may be transferred from another institution. Completion of an M.S. degree is not normally required for Genetics and Genetic Engineering admission to the Ph.D. program. Students must complete BIOL 562 Functional Genomics (3) the 25 to 27 credit hours of core courses and at least four BIOL 526 Developmental Biology (3) additional courses from the approved lists. Structural Biophysics Each graduate student must take and pass the written PHYS 570 Introduction to Synchrotron Radiation (3) Ph.D. qualifying examination in order to enter into candi- BIOL 555 Macromolecular Structure Determination (3) dacy for the doctorate. Each student, in addition, will be CHEM 505 Spectroscopic Methods I (3) required to pass a comprehensive examination (which PHYS 561 Radiation Biophysics (3) serves partly as an oral defense of the thesis proposal) CHEM 454 Computer Applications in Chemistry (3) taken prior to performing the major portion of the disser- tation research, and in any event, prior to the sixth Biochemistry and Cellular Biophysics semester of study and at least one year before oral BIOL 519 Biochemistry Laboratory (3) defense of the thesis. The final examination for the Ph.D. BIOL 533 Cell and Molecular Biology Laboratory (3) degree consists of an oral presentation and defense of the CHEM 531 Tactics in Organic Synthesis (3) dissertation. CHEM 630 Special Topics in Organic Chemistry (2) PHYS 410 Molecular Biophysics (3) All students will be required to take the following courses, or have equivalent background (credit hours in Other courses may be prescribed by the adviser/thesis parentheses). committee according to the student’s individual needs for the program of study. All research for the dissertation Core courses must be carried out under the direct supervision of a fac- BIOL 513 Advanced Biochemistry (5) ulty research adviser who will also act as the candidate’s BIOL 515 Molecular Biology (3) academic adviser. BIOL 445 Cell Biology (3) CHEM 538 Physical Biochemistry (3) CHEM 550 Chemical Bonding (3) BIOL 584 Graduate Seminar in Biology (1) BIOL 684 Graduate Seminar in Biology (1) BIOL 595 Colloquium (4) BIOL 580 Laboratory Rotation in Molecular Biochemistry and Biophysics (2)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 89 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
Chemistry
The department offers graduate programs leading to M.S. an individual’s understanding of his or her field of study and Ph.D. degrees in chemistry. In addition, the depart- and as an aid in making career decisions, the department ment offers two professional master’s programs designed requires all full-time students to participate in instruc- for the part-time student and available through distance tional activities. learning. The aim of these programs is to develop chemists who are able to think creatively and critically. Each new graduate student is assigned a graduate stu- Each student’s program is planned individually to meet dent adviser and must obtain the approval of the adviser individual needs, interests and capabilities. In recogni- each semester before registering for any graduate classes. tion of the value of teaching experience in strengthening
Master of Chemistry in Analytical Chemistry
32 credit hours The program of study consists of the following classes: Comprehensive examination CHEM 500 Advanced Analytical Chemistry The professional masters program in analytical chemistry CHEM 501 Liquid Chromatography is a part-time program for analytical chemists seeking to CHEM 502 Gas Chromatography broaden their backgrounds in analytical chemistry. The CHEM 503 Chromatographic Techniques specific goals of the program of study are to broaden and CHEM 505 Spectroscopic Methods I deepen knowledge of state-of-the-art analytical tech- CHEM 506 Sampling and Sample Preparation niques, to learn how to design and manage projects, to CHEM 508 Analytical Methods Development gain an overview of statistical methods, and to improve CHEM 509 Physical Methods of Characterization communication skills. Candidates must possess a bache- CHEM 511 Project Management for Chemists lor’s degree (ideally in science or engineering) with two CHEM 512 Spectroscopic Methods II semesters of physical chemistry, two semesters of organic CHEM 513 Statistics for Analytical Chemistry chemistry, and one semester of analytical chemistry. COM 421 Technical Communication Candidates’ advisers assist them in determining if any further prerequisites are necessary. A final comprehen- sive examination is required for graduation.
This program is also available on the Web, and at tele- vised viewing sites throughout the Chicago area. Students should consult www.iit-online.iit.edu for more information.
90 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
Master of Chemistry
32 credit hours Biochemistry/Biotechnology Comprehensive examination option BIOL 445 Cell Biology Project with oral examination option BIOL 403 General Biochemistry BIOL 404 Biochemistry Laboratory The Master of Chemistry program is designed for profes- BIOL 514 Toxicology sionals pursuing advanced study on a part-time basis. It BIOL 515 Molecular Biology does not include a research requirement. Candidates for BIOL 550 Industrial and Computational Biology the Master of Chemistry degree must meet the require- ments of the Graduate College for a professional master’s Environmental Chemistry degree. Students are required to complete satisfactorily ENVE 401 Introduction to Water Resources Engineering six of the M.S. core courses (CHEM 500, CHEM 505, ENVE 410 Environmental Health Engineering CHEM 518, CHEM 520, CHEM 521, CHEM 530, CHEM ENVE 463 Introduction to Air Pollution Control 531, CHEM 535, CHEM 550, CHEM 553). These must ENVE 501 Environmental Chemistry include either CHEM 550 (Chemical Bonding) or CHEM ENVE 506 Chemodynamics 505 (Spectroscopic Methods). Polymer Chemistry The student must additionally complete a specialized CHE 450 Principles of Polymer Science and Engineering interdisciplinary program consisting of at least 12 credit CHE 538 Polymerization Reaction Engineering hours in a coherent area of chemistry. The selection of the CHE 555 Polymer Processing student’s program must be made in consultation with an CHEM 542 Characterization of Polymers adviser and may be chosen from the suggested programs MMAE 580 Structure and Properties of Polymers listed below or designed to suit the student’s interests. MMAE 581 Theory of Mechanical Behavior of Polymers This interdisciplinary program specialization may include chemistry and/or related coursework from other depart- ments—for example, mathematics and physics, computer science, biology, law, business, environmental or chemical engineering. (The credits in law may not be applied toward the J.D. degree at Chicago-Kent College of Law.) Students must pass either one M.S. comprehensive exam- ination as for the M.S. degrees described previously, or an oral final examination based primarily on the area of spe- cialization. This may include defense of a project. Some of the possible areas of specialization are listed along with suggested courses:
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 91 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
Master of Chemistry in Materials and Chemical Synthesis
31 credit hours This program is also available on the Web, and at tele- Comprehensive examination vised viewing sites throughout the Chicago area. Students should consult www.iit-online.iit.edu for more The professional master’s program in materials and information. chemical synthesis is a part-time program designed for scientists who wish to broaden their background in syn- The program of study consists of the following classes: thesis of new materials. The specific goals of the program of study are to broaden and deepen knowledge of state-of- CHEM 454 Computer Applications in Chemistry the-art synthesis, purification, separation and CHEM 505 Spectroscopic Methods I characterization techniques; to learn how to design and CHEM 511 Project Management for Chemists manage projects; to sharpen intellectual property man- CHEM 521 Structural Inorganic and Solid-State agement techniques; to learn how to operate under Chemistry regulatory constraints; and to improve communications CHEM 522 Efficient Chemical and Materials Synthesis skills. Candidates must have a bachelor’s degree (ideally CHEM 524 Synthesis and Intellectual Property in science or engineering). Management CHEM 531 Tactics of Organic Synthesis Advisers assist students in determining whether any pre- CHEM 535 Polymer Synthesis requisites are necessary. A final comprehensive CHEM 539 Introduction to Pharmaceutical Chemistry examination is required for graduation. ENVE 545 Environmental Regulations and Risk Assessment COM 421 Technical Communication
Master of Science in Chemistry
32 credit hours The student must also complete one of the two core Comprehensive examination courses in inorganic chemistry: Thesis and oral defense CHEM 520 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry OR Students seeking the M.S. degree must pass the written CHEM 521 Structural Inorganic and Solid-State M.S. comprehensive examination in their respective Chemistry areas of specialization: analytical, inorganic, organic, polymer or physical chemistry. The student must also AND one of the two core courses in organic chemistry: write a thesis based on original research, which should be CHEM 530 Organic Reaction Mechanisms OR submitted no later than one calendar year after passing CHEM 531 Tactics of Organic Synthesis the qualifying examination. The remainder of the program can consist of additional An M.S. student must complete a minimum of 32 credit graduate courses and up to 12 credit hours of CHEM 591 hours of approved coursework. This includes two credits (Thesis Research). Students are strongly encouraged to of CHEM 585 (Colloquium) and the courses listed below: choose additional courses from those listed above or from the following classes: CHEM 505 Spectroscopic Methods I CHEM 550 Chemical Bonding CHEM 500 Advanced Analytical Chemistry CHEM 584 Graduate Seminar CHEM 518 Electrochemical Methods CHEM 535 Polymer Synthesis CHEM 553 Introduction to Chemical Thermodynamics
92 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
Doctor of Philosophy in Chemistry
84 credit hours Additional required coursework includes a minimum of Written qualifying examination three courses chosen from the following core course list, Comprehensive examination including one course in inorganic chemistry and one Dissertation and oral defense course in organic chemistry.
A minimum of 84 credit hours is required for the Ph.D. in CHEM 500 Advanced Analytical Chemistry chemistry. Students should consult the section “Transfer CHEM 518 Electrochemical Methods Credits” on page 33 for rules on how many credit hours CHEM 520 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry may be transferred from another institution. A student CHEM 521 Structural Inorganic and Solid-State must pass the Ph.D. qualifying examination in the area Chemistry of specialization. Examinations are given in the areas of CHEM 530 Organic Reaction Mechanisms analytical, inorganic, organic, polymer and physical CHEM 531 Tactics of Organic Synthesis chemistry. The Ph.D. program is tailored to fit the stu- CHEM 535 Polymer Synthesis dent’s background and goals and is subject to approval at CHEM 553 Introduction to Chemical Thermodynamics the time of filing of the Program of Study (Form #401). The remainder of the program of study will be chosen in The curriculum includes two credits of CHEM 585 consultation with the student’s adviser. All research for (Colloquium) and the following required courses: the dissertation must be carried out under the direct supervision of a faculty research adviser. The faculty CHEM 505 Spectroscopic Methods I research adviser also will act as the candidate’s academic CHEM 550 Chemical Bonding adviser. Students must have passed the written qualify- CHEM 584 Graduate Seminar ing examination before registering for CHEM 691 (Ph.D. CHEM 684 Graduate Seminar Thesis Research). CHEM 685 Colloquium
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 93 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
Physics
The department offers programs leading to M.S. and ics. Classes are generally small and informal, and thesis Ph.D. degrees in physics. The M.S. degree is not a prereq- research is carried out in close collaboration with the fac- uisite for the Ph.D. The department also offers a ulty adviser. professional master’s program in health physics designed for the part-time student and available through distance In recognition of the value of teaching experience in learning. Research is organized into small groups of fac- strengthening an individual’s understanding of his or her ulty members, post-doctoral associates, graduate students field of study and as an aid in making career decisions, and undergraduate students working on closely related the department requires full-time students to participate projects. The principal active areas include experimental in instructional activities. Each new graduate student is and theoretical condensed matter physics, experimental assigned a graduate student adviser and must obtain the and theoretical elementary particle physics, synchrotron approval of the adviser each semester before registering radiation physics, accelerator physics, structural and for any graduate classes. computational biophysics, magnetism and electrodynam-
Master of Health Physics
30 credit hours Required courses Comprehensive examination PHYS 561 Radiation Biophysics PHYS 571 Health Physics I Designed primarily for working professional health physi- PHYS 572 Health Physics II cists in government, medicine, research and industry, this PHYS 573 Standards, Statutes and Regulations program combines technical depth with the interdiscipli- PHYS 575 Case Studies in Health Physics nary viewpoints of law, management and communications. PHYS 576 External Dosimetry The degree can be completed in four semesters and two PHYS 577 Internal Dosimetry summer sessions of part-time study. Applicants must PHYS 770 Instrumentation for Radiation Health have completed coursework in calculus through differen- Physics tial equations and a calculus-based general physics COM 421 Technical Communication sequence. A course in modern physics, including some PSYC 556 Organizational Psychology basic quantum mechanics, is strongly recommended. MATH 474 Probability and Statistics
This program is also available on the Web, and at tele- vised viewing sites throughout the Chicago area. Students should consult www.iit-online.iit.edu for more information.
Master of Science in Physics
32 credit hours PHYS 501 Methods of Theoretical Physics I Comprehensive examination PHYS 505 Electromagnetic Theory Thesis and oral defense PHYS 508 Analytical Dynamics PHYS 509 Quantum Theory I For those interested in research, seven to nine credit hours of PHYS 591 (Thesis Research) may be applied to The remaining course requirements may be satisfied by the 32-credit-hour requirement. The basic program of additional graduate or advanced undergraduate electives. coursework must include two credits of PHYS 585 (Colloquium) and the M.S. core:
94 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
Doctor of Philosophy in Physics
84 credit hours, approved by faculty adviser PHYS 502 Methods of Theoretical Physics II Written qualifying examination PHYS 507 Electrodynamics Comprehensive examination PHYS 510 Quantum Theory II Dissertation and oral defense, supervised by faculty PHYS 511 Advanced Quantum Mechanics I member and approved by thesis committee PHYS 512 Advanced Quantum Mechanics II PHYS 533 Group Theory in Physics The requirements for the degree consist of a program of PHYS 537 Physics of the Solid State I 84 credit hours approved by the faculty adviser; passing PHYS 538 Physics of the Solid State II the Ph.D. qualifying and comprehensive examinations; PHYS 545 Elementary Particle Physics and the completion of a research thesis supervised by PHYS 553 Quantum Field Theory a faculty member and approved by a thesis committee. PHYS 561 Radiation Biophysics Students should consult the section “Transfer Credits” PHYS 570 Introduction to Synchrotron Radiation on page 33 for rules on how many credit hours may be transferred from another institution. The required The remaining course requirements may be satisfied by coursework includes 2 hours of PHYS 585 (Colloquium) additional graduate or advanced undergraduate electives and the graduate core: and research. Students are encouraged to participate in faculty research programs and seminars early in their PHYS 501 Methods of Theoretical Physics I graduate careers. Thesis work may follow from these PHYS 505 Electromagnetic Theory activities. All research for the dissertation must be car- PHYS 508 Analytical Dynamics ried out under the direct supervision of a faculty research PHYS 509 Quantum Theory I adviser. Students must have passed the written qualify- PHYS 515 Statistical Mechanics ing examination before registering for PHYS 691 (Ph.D. Thesis Research). and at least three specialized or advanced physics gradu- ate courses chosen from the following:
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 95 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
Certificate Programs
Analytical Methods Development
Required courses AND two courses selected from the list of electives below. CHEM 506 Sampling and Sample Preparation CHEM 508 Analytical Methods Development
Analytical Spectroscopy
Required courses AND two courses selected from the list of electives below. CHEM 505 Spectroscopic Methods I CHEM 512 Spectroscopic Methods II
Chromatography
Required courses AND two courses selected from the list of electives below. CHEM 501 Liquid Chromatography CHEM 502 Gas Chromatography
Electives for Analytical Methods Development, Analytical Spectroscopy and Chromatography CHEM 500 Advanced Analytical Chemistry CHEM 509 Physical Methods of Characterization CHEM 501 Liquid Chromatography CHEM 510 Electronics and Interfacing CHEM 502 Gas Chromatography CHEM 511 Project Management CHEM 503 Chromatographic Techniques CHEM 512 Spectroscopic Methods II CHEM 505 Spectroscopic Methods CHEM 513 Statistics for Analytical Chemists CHEM 506 Sampling and Sample Preparation COM 421 Technical Communications
Characterization of Inorganic and Organic Materials
Required courses AND CHEM 505 Spectroscopic Methods I CHEM 502 Gas Chromatography OR CHEM 509 Physical Methods of Characterization CHEM 542 Polymer Characterization and Analysis CHEM 512 Spectroscopic Methods II
Radiological Physics
12 total credits selected from: PHYS 576 Internal Dosimetry PHYS 561 Radiation Biophysics PHYS 577 External Dosimetry PHYS 571 Health Physics I PHYS 770 Instrumentation for Radiation Health Physics PHYS 572 Health Physics II PHYS 573 Standards, Statutes and Regulations PHYS 575 Case Studies in Health Physics
Synthesis and Characterization of Inorganic Materials
Required courses AND one additional course selected from: CHEM 505 Spectroscopic Methods I CHEM 502 Gas Chromatography CHEM 521 Structural Inorganic and Solid-State Chemistry CHEM 509 Physical Methods of Characterization CHEM 522 Efficient Chemical and Materials Synthesis CHEM 512 Spectroscopic Methods II CHEM 535 Polymer Synthesis CHEM 542 Polymer Characterization and Analysis
Synthesis and Characterization of Organic Materials
Required courses AND one course from the following: CHEM 505 Spectroscopic Methods I CHEM 502 Gas Chromatography CHEM 531 Tactics in Organic Synthesis CHEM 509 Physical Methods of Characterization CHEM 539 Introduction to Pharmaceutical Chemistry CHEM 512 Spectroscopic Methods II CHEM 535 Polymer Synthesis CHEM 542 Polymer Characterization and Analysis 96 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
Course Descriptions emphasize the mechanism of toxicity BIOL 527 for specific metals, pesticides, sol- Immunology and Numbers in parentheses represent vents and substances of abuse. Immunochemistry class, lab and total credit hours, (3-0-3) Basic concepts of immunology, respectively. immunochemistry, both biological BIOL 515 and molecular. Prerequisite: BIOL Biology Molecular Biology 504 or instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) A survey of topics including structure BIOL 503 of nucleic acids, translation, tran- BIOL 533 Virology scription, replication, organization Laboratory in Cell and Molecular This course will cover topics related of DNA, RNA processing, genomics, Biology to animal viruses, including the cycle and control of gene expression. This course covers a number of of major viral classes, viral pathogen- Prerequisite: BIOL 504 or equivalent essential techniques in cell and mole- esis, emergence, and control. Recent or instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) cular biology with emphases on both advances in these areas will be the methodologies and the experi- discussed in conjunction with read- BIOL 519 mental details. Laboratory ings from the original literature. Biochemistry Laboratory procedures include basic cell culture Prerequisite: BIOL 504 or equivalent Introduction to modern biochemical skills and relevant laboratory equip- or instructor’s consent. BIOL 214 techniques, including analytical ment usage. Experimental and BIOL 445 recommended. (3-0-3) methods for macromolecules, enzyme procedures include polymerase chain reactions, spectrophotometry, purifi- reaction and human DNA polymor- BIOL 504 cations, centrifugation, phism, Drosophila polytene Biochemistry Lectures chromatography, electrophoresis, chromosome cytology, plasmid DNA Molecules of biological significance; structure modeling. Prerequisite: preparation, western blot, gene deliv- reaction thermodynamics and kinet- Previous or concurrent enrollment in ery, yeast two-hybrid screens, ics; metabolism; cellular localization BIOL 513 or BIOL 504 or instructor’s immunofluorescence, immunoprecipi- of biochemical function; proteins; consent. (0-9-3) tation, cell cycle arrest and analysis, nucleic acids; transcription; transla- and cell differentiation. Prerequisite tion. Prerequisites: BIOL 115 and BIOL 520 BIOL 445 or instructor’s consent. (0- CHEM 237. (4-0-4) Advanced Biochemistry Laboratory 9-3) A continuation of BIOL 519 in which BIOL 513 students will undertake individual BIOL 539 Advanced Biochemistry research projects. Prerequisite: BIOL Advanced Cell Biology Laboratory Intensive course that covers the 519 or instructor’s consent. (0-9-3) Introduction to independent research chemical structure and function of in cell and molecular biology. biological macromolecules: proteins, BIOL 521 Prerequisite: BIOL 533. (0-9-3) nucleic acids, polysaccharides. Advanced Micro Genetics Lab Biochemical thermodynamics, kinet- Introduction to independent research BIOL 542 ics, bioenergetics and modern in microbial physiology and genetics. Advanced Microbiology methodology are emphasized. Also, Prerequisite: instructor’s consent. This course will introduce students metabolism, photosynthesis, lipids (0-9-3) to advanced topics in microbial and membranes. Prerequisites: One kinetics, genomics and proteomics. year of organic chemistry, an under- BIOL 526 Using a variety of Internet tools, the graduate course in biochemistry, and Developmental Biology student will be able to compare data one semester of physical chemistry This course covers the cellular and from these three areas, and use them recommended, or instructor’s con- molecular processes involved in gen- to predict biological properties of sent. (5-0-5) erating an embryo, in creating microorganisms. The kinetics por- various tissues and organs, and the tion (about half of the course) will BIOL 514 effect of external stimuli on develop- include the following topics: introduc- Toxicology ment. Topics include: genome tion to zero, first and second order Initial lectures cover basic principles structure, gene expression and regu- whole microbial cell reactions occur- in chemical toxicity, such as dose lation, cell cycle control, pattern ring in batch culture; comparison of response, indices of numerical toxic- formation, signal transduction, batch, fed-batch and chemostat ity, metabolism and factors gametogenesis, organogenesis, and kinetics; yield coefficients; productiv- influencing toxicity. Mechanisms of methods used in studying develop- ity coefficients; material balances; organic toxicity will be presented to mental biology. In addition to studies and reaction rate determinations of include central nervous system, liver, of model organisms, examples rele- the four nutritional classes of kidney, respiratory system, reproduc- vant to human diseases are covered. microbes. (3-0-3) tive system and the hematological (3-0-3) system. Special topic lectures will
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 97 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
BIOL 550 BIOL 576 graduate students who have com- Bioinformatics and Biotechnology Literature in Cell and Molecular pleted the BIOL 595 requirement. This course will present an historical Biology (1-0-0) introduction to bioinformatics as a A topic from the current literature driving force for biotechnological in cell and molecular biology is Undergraduate Biology Courses advances. Topics covered will include: selected by students for preparation Available to Graduate Students collecting and storing sequences in of a paper. Prerequisite: instructor’s the lab; alignment of pairs of consent. (3-0-3) BIOL 410 sequences; multiple sequence align- Medical Microbiology ment; phylogenetic prediction; BIOL 578 database searching for similar Literature in Microbiology BIOL 414 sequences; gene prediction; protein A topic from the current literature Genetics for Engineering Scientists classification and structure predic- in microbiology is selected by tion; and genome analysis. (3-0-3) students for preparation of a paper. BIOL 430 Prerequisite: instructor’s consent. Animal Physiology BIOL 555 (3-0-3) Macromolecular Structure BIOL 445 Determination BIOL 580 Cell Biology Macromolecular crystallographic Laboratory Rotation in Molecular methods, including crystallization, Biochemistry and Biophysics Chemistry data processing, phasing, and struc- Short, individual research projects ture refinement; multi-dimensional under the supervision of departmen- CHEM 500 NMR techniques; spectroscopic tech- tal faculty. Students will rotate Advanced Analytical Chemistry niques; structural comparisons and through two to three different faculty An overview of analytical chemistry characterizations; fiber diffraction laboratories in one semester. This with discussions of complex ionic and solution scattering. Prerequisite: helps ensure a good match between equilibria, electroanalytical tech- instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) supervisor, project and student, as niques including potentiometric, well as provide a broader technical voltametric, coulometric and conduc- BIOL 562 base to the student than provided by tometric methods, ion Current Topics in Functional a single laboratory. The course may chromatography, capillary elec- Genomics be taken twice. (0-6-2) trophoresis and sensor technology. This course is designed to give stu- (3-0-3) dents a foundation in advanced BIOL 584, 684 theoretical and applied methods in Graduate Seminar in Biology CHEM 501 modern molecular research. It will To foster scientific communication Liquid Chromatography emphasize both established and novel skills, students are required to pre- Theory and practice of liquid chro- approaches to solving problems of sent seminars based on the scientific matography with an emphasis on functional and comparative genomics, literature. (1-0-1); (1-0-1) high-performance liquid chromatog- and systems biology. It will also focus raphy. (3-0-3 ) on applications of advanced molecu- BIOL 591 lar techniques in areas of significant M.S. Thesis Research CHEM 502 economic and biomedical importance. (Credit: Variable) Gas Chromatography Prerequisite: BIOL 515 or instructor’s Theory and practice of gas chro- consent. (3-0-3) BIOL 595 matography with emphasis in Biology Colloquium capillary gas chromatograph spec- BIOL 572 Lectures by invited scientists in trometry. (2-0-2) Literature in Biochemistry areas of biology generally not covered A topic from the current literature in the department. Must be taken in biochemistry is selected by two times by M.S. students and four students for preparation of a paper. times by Ph.D. students. (1-0-1) Prerequisite: instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) BIOL 691 Ph.D. Thesis Research BIOL 574 (Credit: Variable) Literature in Biotechnology A topic from the current literature BIOL 695 in biotechnology is selected by Biology Colloquium students for preparation of a paper. Lectures by invited scientists in Prerequisite: instructor’s consent. areas of biology generally not covered (3-0-3) in the department. For full-time
98 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
CHEM 503 CHEM 510 CHEM 520 Chromatographic Techniques Electronics and Interfacing Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Theory and practice of separation Elementary circuit analysis, opera- Selective treatment of the methods other than gas and highper- tional amplifiers, digital electronics, chemistries of main group and tran- formance liquid chromatography. signal processing and interfacing of sition elements with emphasis on Topics to be discussed include instruments using modern computer coordination complexes, size-exclusion chromatography, affin- software and hardware. (2-0-2) organometallic compounds and inor- ity chromatography, thin-layer ganic cages and clusters. Discussions chromatography, supercritical fluid CHEM 511 of molecular symmetry, stereochem- chromatography, electrophoresis, Project Management istry, bonding, electronic spectra, high-speed countercurrent chro- Introduction to concepts and tech- magnetic properties, reactions, kinet- matography and flow-injection niques used to design and/or analyze ics and reaction mechanisms are analysis. (3-0-3) a project to develop a set of tasks to included. (3-0-3) accomplish the project, to coordinate CHEM 504 and to monitor the work involved in CHEM 521 Electroanalytical Chemistry the tasks, and to deliver a final prod- Structural Inorganic and Solid- Fundamentals including pulse and uct or service. Budgetary State Chemistry differential pulse techniques, electro- considerations will also be discussed. This course covers structure and chemical detection for (2-0-2) bonding and structure-property rela- chromatography, flow-injection tionships in inorganic molecules and analysis and remote chemical sen- CHEM 512 solids. Descriptions of crystal struc- sors. (2-0-2) Spectroscopic Methods II tures, spectroscopic and x-ray A continuation of the study of optical diffraction techniques for structure CHEM 505 methods covering atomic absorption determination and properties of Spectroscopic Methods I spectroscopy, atomic and flame emis- solids are included. (3-0-3) Theories of spectroscopic transitions sion spectroscopy, and their applications in structural chemiluminescence, fluorescence, CHEM 522 elucidations and quantitative analy- phosphorescence, light scattering and Efficient Chemical and Materials sis. Topics include ultraviolet/visible, refractometry. (2-0-2) Synthesis infrared, Raman and nuclear mag- The design and development of envi- netic resonance spectroscopy and CHEM 513 ronmentally benign chemical mass spectrometry. (3-0-3) Statistics for Analytical Chemists pathways: challenges and opportuni- A survey providing sufficient statisti- ties. High-yield and zero-waste CHEM 506 cal background for scientists. The chemical processes. Representative Sampling and Sample Preparation topics covered include probability, processes. (3-0-3) Techniques and devices for sampling statistics, sampling estimation, in diverse media will be treated, fol- regression analysis, experimental CHEM 524 lowed by a discussion of sample design, data analysis and signal Synthesis and Intellectual Property treatment prior to analysis including enhancement. (3-0-3) Management isolation, concentration and fraction- This course focuses on the manage- ation of analytes and classes of CHEM 518 ment of intellectual property. analytes. (3-0-3) Electrochemical Methods Professionals will lead discussions on Thermodynamics and potential, the control and dissemination of CHEM 508 charge-transfer kinetics and mass materials concerning intellectual Analytical Methods Development transfer. Potential step and potential property. This will be combined with A seminar course presenting analyti- sweep methods, including hydrody- technical presentations by students cal methods in complex matrices namic methods. Bulk electrolysis in the classroom. Topics of discussion with emphasis on methods develop- methods. Electrode reactions coupled will include invention disclosures, ment and validation. (2-0-2) with homogeneous chemical reac- intellectual property rights, propri- tions. Double-layer structure and etary materials, justification for CHEM 509 absorbed intermediates in electrode patents, types of patents, terms of a Physical Methods of processes. Digital simulation of elec- patent, patents procedure, licensing Characterization trochemical processes. Students are procedure and security considera- A survey of physical methods of char- expected to have some background in tions. Access to patented materials acterization including x-ray the physical chemistry of solutions and disclosure of materials under diffraction and fluorescence surface and electroanalytical chemistry at patent process will be covered. (2-0-2) techniques, including SEM, TEM, the level of CHEM 500. (3-0-3) AES and ESCA, thermal methods and synchrotron radiation methods. (3-0-3)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 99 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
CHEM 530 factors that control polymer forma- tions. Double-layer structure and Organic Reaction Mechanisms tion, methods for obtaining molecular absorbed intermediaries in electrode A study of important mechanism weights and distributions of poly- processes. Digital simulation of elec- classes and their relationship to the mers, as well as thermal and trochemical processes. Students are major reactions of organic chemistry. mechanical characteristics of poly- expected to have some background in Emphasis will be placed on the study mers. Prerequisite: CHEM 470 or the physical chemistry of solutions of reaction intermediates and on the instructor’s consent. (1-6-3) and electroanalytical chemistry at methods used to characterize reac- the level of CHEM 500. (3-0-3) tion pathways. Topics will include CHEM 538 chemical bonding, aromaticity, stere- Physical Biochemistry CHEM 550 ochemistry, substitution, elimination, The principles and techniques of Chemical Bonding carbanion chemistry, free radical physical chemistry applied to pro- Review of the postulatory basis of reactions, photochemistry and con- teins, nucleic acids, polysaccharides quantum mechanics and application certed reactions. Prerequisite: CHEM and lipids. Prerequisites: CHEM 239, to 1-D and 3-D systems. Hydrogenic 455 or equivalent is recommended. CHEM 344 (or equivalent). (3-0-3) and symmetry-adapted spin orbitals (3-0-3) and bond formation. Ground and CHEM 539 excited states. Commonly used semi- CHEM 531 Introduction to Pharmaceutical empirical molecular orbital methods. Tactics in Organic Synthesis Chemistry Prerequisite: CHEM 344 or equiva- A study of modern synthetic strate- Fundamental concepts will be dis- lent, or instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) gies used in the preparation of cussed, including modern principles complex organic molecules. Synthetic of drug design; drug absorption, dis- CHEM 552 planning using the disconnection tribution and metabolism; theories of Chemical Kinetics approach and the selection of drug-receptor interactions; Types of reactions, reaction order, reagents to solve regiochemical and approaches to structure-activity rela- activation energy, transition states, stereochemical problems will be the tionships; chemical, physicochemical isotope effects and the mechanism of underlying themes. Synthetic strate- and structural considerations. The reactions. Determination of the rates gies to be discussed include tandem various classes of therapeutic agents of free radical reactions. Primary reactions, template and chelation will be surveyed with emphasis on processes in thermal, photochemical effects, biomimetic tactics and the use possible modes of action. Methods of and other radiation-induced reac- of chiral terpenes, carbohydrates and synthesis will be considered. tions. Prerequisites: CHEM 550, amino acids in enantioselective syn- Prerequisites: CHEM 239. (3-0-3) CHEM 553 (or equivalent). (3-0-3) theses. Target molecules will include natural products, pharmaceuticals CHEM 542 CHEM 553 and “smart” organic materials. Polymer Characterization and Introduction to Chemical Prerequisite: CHEM 455 or equiva- Analysis Thermodynamics lent is recommended. (3-0-3) Overview of various characterization Fundamental laws of thermodynam- and analysis techniques in polymer ics; application to simple chemical CHEM 535 science and technology, such as ther- systems. Prerequisite: CHEM 344 or Polymer Synthesis mal analysis, mechanical property equivalent. (3-0-3) In-depth study of polymer synthesis, measurements, chromatographic sep- kinetics of polymerization, solution arations, techniques for the CHEM 560 and thermal properties, processing determination of molecular weights Advanced Chemistry Projects and characterization techniques and and chemical analysis of polymer Advanced chemistry projects to be rheological behavior. Selected topics additives in polymer research, prod- carried out under the direction of a include high-performance polymers, uct development, quality control and faculty member. These projects may conducting polymers, electrooptical degradation studies. A general dis- involve computational, theoretical, polymers, water-soluble polymers, cussion on industrial problem solving experimental work or a combination biopolymers, medicinal polymers, using multiple characterization tech- of these. Projects based on experi- photosensitive polymers and liquid niques. (3-0-3) mental work may be carried out in crystalline polymers. Prerequisite: the research lab of the instructor. CHEM 470 or instructor’s consent. CHEM 548 Topics of the advanced projects will (3-0-3) Electrochemical Methods be selected by the faculty member Thermodynamics and potential, offering the course and will not nec- CHEM 537 charge-transfer kinetics and mass essarily be related to the dissertation Polymer Chemistry Laboratory transfer. Potential step and potential topic of the student. (0-12-4) This course will include the synthesis sweep methods, including hydrody- of a variety of polymers and their namic methods. Bulk electrolysis characterization using instrumental methods. Electrode reactions coupled methods. Emphasis will be placed on with homogeneous chemical reac-
100 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
CHEM 584 cal methods in inorganic and materi- dents who have passed the written Graduate Seminar in Chemistry als chemistry and chemical qualifying examination. (1-0-1) To foster scientific communications applications of group theory. (2-0-2); skills, students are required to pre- CHEM 685 sent seminars based on the scientific CHEM 630, 631 Chemistry Colloquium literature. Required of all first-year Special Topics in Organic Chemistry Lectures by invited scientists in M.S. and Ph.D. students. (1-0-1) Topics of current interest in organic areas of chemistry generally not cov- chemistry including photochemistry, ered in the department. For full-time CHEM 585 fluorine chemistry, heterocyclic graduate students who Chemistry Colloquium chemistry, pharmaceutical chemistry have completed the CHEM 585 Lectures by invited scientists in and electrooptical organic chemistry. requirement. (1-0-0) areas of chemistry generally not cov- Prerequisite: CHEM 455 or instruc- ered in the department. Must be tor’s consent. (2-0-2); (2-0-2) CHEM 691 taken two times by M.S. students Ph.D. Thesis Research and four times by Ph.D. students. CHEM 635 (Credit: Variable) (1-0-1) Heterocyclic Chemistry Of the vast array of structures which Undergraduate Chemistry Courses CHEM 591 organic compounds adopt, many con- Available to Graduate Students Thesis Research tain ring systems as a component. (Credit: Variable) When the ring is made up of carbon CHEM 415 and at least one other element, the Inorganic Chemistry CHEM 594 compound is classified as a heterocy- Special Problems cle. The aims of this course are to CHEM 416 Designed for non-thesis M.S. only. identify the effects that the presence Advanced Chemistry Laboratory (Credit: Variable) of such ring systems have on the chemistry of a molecule; to show how CHEM 451 CHEM 597 the rings can be made, and to Modern Techniques in Chemical Reading and Special Problems describe some of the uses of the com- Literature Independent study to meet the spe- pounds in organic synthesis, in cial needs of graduate students in medicine and in other contexts. The CHEM 454 department-approved graduate chemistry of aromatic five-, six- and Computer Applications in degree programs. Requires the writ- seven-membered ring compounds Chemistry ten consent of the instructor. May be with one or more nitrogen, oxygen taken more than once. Receives a let- and/or sulfur atoms will be empha- CHEM 455 ter grade. (Credit: Variable) sized. Prerequisite: CHEM 239, Advanced Organic Chemistry CHEM 455 or instructor’s consent. CHEM 610, 611 (3-0-3) CHEM 470 Special Topics in Analytical Introduction to Polymers Chemistry CHEM 650, 651 Topics of current interest in analyti- Special Topics in Physical cal chemistry including advanced Chemistry electrochemistry, surface spec- Topics of current interest in physical troscopy of electrode surfaces, chemistry, including atmospheric separations, laboratory automation chemistry, ion molecule reactions, and new spectroscopic techniques. (2- laser chemistry, theories of gas phase 0-2); (2-0-2) reactions, scattering theory, interac- tion of radiation with matter, and CHEM 620, 621 time-dependent relaxation methods. Special Topics in Inorganic (2-0-2); (2-0-2) Chemistry Topics of current interest in inor- CHEM 684 ganic chemistry, including Graduate Seminars in Chemistry organometallic chemistry, homoge- To foster scientific communications neous catalysis, inorganic reaction skills, students are required to pre- mechanisms, inorganic stereochem- sent seminars based on the scientific istry, materials chemistry, x-ray literature. Required of all Ph.D. stu- crystallography, synthetic and physi-
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 101 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
Physics methods. Identical particles, intro- PHYS 533 duction to second quantization. Group Theory in Physics PHYS 501, 502 Transition probabilities. S matrix for- Development of the theory of finite Methods of Theoretical Physics I, II malism, approximation methods for groups and group representations Linear vector spaces. Functions of a decay and scattering problems. The and application to diverse subjects in complex variable. Fourier series and Lorentz group and relativistic wave physics. Point groups. Introduction to integrals. Differential and integral equations. Dirac particle in a SU(2) and the rotation group. equations. Special functions. Green’s central field. Prerequisites: PHYS Spinors and tensors. Prerequisite: functions. Group theory. 406, PHYS 501, PHYS 508 or MATH 252. (4-0-4) Prerequisite: MATH 252. (4-0-4); instructor’s consent. (4-0-4); (4-0-4) (4-0-4) PHYS 537, 538 PHYS 511, 512 Physics of the Solid State I, II PHYS 505 Advanced Quantum Mechanics I, II Crystal structure and crystal bind- Electromagnetic Theory Applications and extensions of basic ing. Lattice vibrations and phonons. Maxwell’s equations. principles introduced in PHYS 509 Free electron model of metals and Electromagnetic waves and radia- and PHYS 510. Typical subject areas semiconductors. Energy band theory. tion. Prerequisites: PHYS 414, include atomic and molecular struc- Transport phenomena. Magnetic, MATH 252. (4-0-4) ture, group-theoretical analysis of optical properties of solids. spectra, many-body problems, includ- Superconductivity. Prerequisites: PHYS 507 ing second quantization, density PHYS 406, MATH 252. (4-0-4); (4-0-4) Electrodynamics matrix. Hartree-Fock method. BCS Covariant formulation of Maxwell’s theory. Introduction to quantum PHYS 545 equations. Variational principles of fields. Feynman diagrams. Green’s Elementary Particle Physics classical field theory. Theory of radia- functions, quantum electrodynamics. Principal theories of elementary par- tion reactions. Topics in Prerequisites: PHYS 509, PHYS 510. ticles and their interactions, contemporary electrodynamics. (4-0-4); (4-0-4) including important features of Prerequisite: PHYS 505. (4-0-4) experimental data. Mesons, baryons PHYS 515 and leptons. Particle classification PHYS 508 Statistical Mechanics schemes. Brief introduction to quan- Analytical Dynamics Kinetic theory and Boltzmann’s H- tum field theory and Feynman Newton’s laws. Lagrange’s equations. theorem. Quantum statistics. diagrams. Strong, electromagnetic Central forces. Invariance properties Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein sys- and weak interactions. Scattering and conservation laws. Collections of tems. Density matrix. Fluctuations. matrix. Phenomenological descrip- particles. Rigid body motions. Small Behavior of complex and chaotic sys- tions of high-energy scattering and vibrations. Hamilton’s equations. tems. Prerequisites: PHYS 304, particle production. Speculations on Canonical transformations. PHYS 406 and PHYS 508, or instruc- quarks, magnetic monopoles and Hamilton-Jacobi theory. tor’s consent. (4-0-4) other exotic particles. Prerequisite: Approximation methods. Special the- PHYS 510 or instructor’s consent. ory of relativity. Classical theory of PHYS 521 (4-0-4) fields. Prerequisites: PHYS 309, Quantum Electronics MATH 252. Recommended corequi- The Schrodinger equation. Matrix PHYS 553 site: PHYS 501. (4-0-4) formulation. Quantization of lattice Quantum Field Theory vibrations and electromagnetic fields. Relativistic wave equations. PHYS 509, 510 Optical beams and resonators. The Semiclassical and quantum theories Quantum Theory I, II interaction of radiation and atomic of radiation. Photoelectric effect. Pair Postulates and theory of measure- systems. Lasers. Optical waveguides production. Bremsstrahlung. ment in quantum mechanics. and devices. Frequency conversion. Compton scattering. Second quanti- Momentum eigenstates, wave pack- Quantum noise. Same as ECE 521. zation of the electron field. ets and passage to the classical limit. Prerequisite: ECE 307 or instructor’s Renormalization. Lamb shift. Angular momentum eigenstates. consent. (3-0-3) Vacuum polarization. Exact methods Stationary states of a particle in cen- for external field problems. tral field. Approximation Prerequisite: PHYS 505. (4-0-4)
102 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences
PHYS 561 biological effects of radiation; radia- PHYS 585 Radiation Biophysics tion protection standards; shielding; Physics Colloquium Energy loss by ionizing radiation. dosimetric models; accelerator, reac- Lectures by invited scientists in Target theory. Direct and indirect tor and medical health physics. areas of physics generally not cov- action. Radiation effects in iomole- Prerequisite: PHYS 571. (3-0-3) ered in the department. Must be cules. Radiation inactivation of taken twice by M.S. students and enzymes, nucleic acids and viruses. PHYS 573 four times by Ph.D. students. (1-0-1) Biological effects of ultraviolet radia- Standards, Statutes and tion. Photosensitization. Radiation Regulations PHYS 591 protection and sensitization. This course studies the requirements Thesis Research Radiation effects in vivo, radiation of agencies that regulate radiation (Credit: Variable) therapy, phototherapy. Prerequisite: hazards, their basis in law and the PHYS 410 or instructor’s consent. underlying U.S. and international PHYS 597 (3-0-3) standards. An array of overlapping Reading and Special Problems requirements will be examined. The Independent study to meet the spe- PHYS 570 effect regulatory agencies have upon cial needs of graduate students in Introduction to Synchrotron the future of organizations and the department-approved graduate Radiation consequences of noncompliance are degree programs. Requires the writ- Production and characterization of explored. (3-0-3) ten consent of the instructor. May be synchrotron radiation, dynamical taken more than once. Receives a let- and kinematical diffraction, absorp- PHYS 575 ter grade. (Credit: Variable) tion and scattering processes, x-ray Case Studies in Health Physics optics for synchrotron radiation, and Issues in operational health physics PHYS 685 x-ray detectors. Overview of experi- and regulatory affairs. Students will Physics Colloquium mental techniques, including XAFS, present problems and solutions Lectures by invited scientists in XPS, SAXS, WAXS, diffraction, drawn from their experience and the areas of physics generally not cov- inelastic x-ray scattering, fluores- literature. Operational problems may ered in the department. For full-time cence spectroscopy, microprobe, include organizational issues, com- graduate students who have com- tomography and optical spectroscopy. puter applications, measurements pleted the PHYS 595 requirement. (3-0-3) and dosimetry. Methods for compli- (1-0-0) ance with EPA, NRC and OSHA and PHYS 571 enforcement actions will emphasize PHYS 691 Health Physics I technical and management tech- Ph.D. Thesis Research Fundamentals of health physics will niques. (3-0-3) (Credit: Variable) be presented, with an emphasis on problem-solving and computer mod- PHYS 576 PHYS 770 eling. Topics covered begin with the Internal Dosimetry Instrumentation for Radiation physics of radiation production: Calculation of internal dose from Health Physics review of atomic and nuclear struc- radiation sources. Internal dose is Detecting and measuring radioactive ture and quantum mechanics; a function of the form of radioactive material and radiation levels nuclear structure and radioactivity; material, route of intake,biochem- depends upon many types of detec- production of x-rays. The second part istry, metabolic activity and gross tors and instrumentation. Theory of of the course focuses on the interac- and cellular physiology. (2-0-2) detectors ranging from chambers tion of radiation with matter, operating in pulse and current pro- including energy-loss mechanisms, PHYS 577 ducing modes to solid-state detectors secondary processes, stopping power External Dosimetry is applied to measuring and monitor- and range. Required prerequisites: Calculation of external dose from ing systems. Electronics ranging MATH 252, PHYS 203. Suggested radiation sources. External dose is from simple-rate meters and scalers prerequisite: PHYS 348. (3-0-3) determined for uniform fields, non- to high-speed multichannel uniform fields, and local deposition. analyzers is used. Computer linked PHYS 572 External sources include immersion instrumentation and computer-based Health Physics II in a cloud of radioactive gas and applications are applied to practical Continuation of the basic health skin contamination. (2-0-2) problems. (0-6-2) physics sequence, including neutron production and interaction with mat- ter; methods of radiation detection; radiation dosimetry; chemical and
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 103 Department of Biomedical Engineering
Department of Biomedical Engineering
116 Engineering 1 Building IIT contribute courses and faculty to the graduate program: 10 W. 32nd St. Biological, Chemical and Physical Sciences; Chemical and Chicago, IL 60616 Environmental Engineering; Computer Science; Electrical 312.567.5100 and Computer Engineering; Mechanical, Materials and 312.567.5707 fax Aerospace Engineering; the Institute of Psychology; and www.iit.edu/~biomed the Center for Ethics in the Professions.
Chair: An M.D./Ph.D. program is in place whereby students with Vincent Turitto engineering backgrounds can receive a Ph.D. in Biomedical Engineering at IIT and an M.D. from the University of The Department of Biomedical Engineering confers a doc- Chicago. Qualified students are admitted to the MSTP toral degree in biomedical engineering (Ph.D. in Biomedical (Medical Scientist Training Program) at the University Engineering). Currently, ten faculty members hold tenure- of Chicago and subsequently apply to the Department track positions in the department. Several departments at of Biomedical Engineering for their Ph.D. studies.
Degree Offered Doctor of Philosophy in Biomedical Engineering
Research Areas Cell and Tissue Engineering Medical Imaging Neural Engineering
Faculty
Mark Anastasio, Associate Professor. Ph.D., University of Derek Kamper, Assistant Professor. Ph.D., Ohio Chicago. Development and analysis of tomographic recon- State University. Neural control, biomechanics struction algorithms, analytical and numerical analysis of and rehabilitative medicine. inverse problems in biomedical imaging, theoretical imag- David Mogul, Associate Professor. Ph.D., Northwestern ing science. University. Neuronal networks, control of epilepsy, brain Konstantinos Arfanakis, Assistant Professor. Ph.D., electrophysiology. University of Wisconsin-Madison. Magnetic resonance Emmanuel Opara, Research Professor. Ph.D., University imaging (MRI), MRI acquisition and post-processing, diffu- of London. Development of a bioartificial pancreas, sion tensor MRI (DTI), functional MRI (fMRI). cell microencapsulation techniques, biocompatibility Robert Arzbaecher, Emeritus Professor. Ph.D., University of of biopolymers. Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. Instrumentation, signal pro- Georgia Papavasiliou, Senior Lecturer. Ph.D., Illinois cessing and control. Institute of Technology. Mathematical modeling, design Eric M. Brey, Assistant Professor. Ph.D., Rice University. of polymeric biomaterials for tissue engineering and drug Angiogenesis, microvascular models, wound healing, tissue delivery applications. engineering. Philip R.Troyk, Associate Professor. Ph.D., University of Jennifer J. Kang Derwent, Assistant Professor. Ph.D., Illinois, Chicago. Polymers for electronics, neural implants, Northwestern University. Models of thrombotic retinal ves- solid-state power systems. sel occlusion, blood flow, electroretinography. Vincent Turitto, Director of Pritzker Institute of Biomedical Paul Fagette, Senior Lecturer. Ph.D., University of Science and Engineering and Professor. D.Engr.Sci., California, Riverside. History of modern American science, Columbia University. Blood flow and thrombosis, athero- medical science, and technology. sclerosis, cellular biodynamics, biomaterials. Connie Hall, Assistant Professor. Ph.D., University of Miles Wernick, Professor. Ph.D., University of Rochester. Memphis. Inhibition of thrombosis, biomaterials and sur- Medical imaging, image processing, pattern recognition. face coatings, computational transport analysis. Yongyi Yang, Associate Professor. Ph.D., Illinois Institute Thomas C. Irving, Associate Professor. Ph.D., University of Technology. Image and signal processing, data com- of Guelph (Canada). Structure and biophysics of macro- pression, applied mathematical and statistical methods. molecular systems, muscle structure and physiology, synchrotron radiation instrumentation.
104 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Biomedical Engineering
Affiliated Program Faculty, IIT
Hamid Arastoopour, Max McGraw Professor of Benjamin C. Stark, Professor and Associate Chair of Energy/Environment/Economics and Dean, Armour Department of Biological, Chemical & Physical Sciences College of Engineering. B.S., Abadan Institute of and Director of the Master of Biology Program. B.S., Technology (Iran); M.S., Ph.D., Illinois Institute of University of Michigan; M.Ph., Ph.D., Yale University. Technology. Computational multiphase flow, pulverization Biochemistry and molecular biology of bacterial respira- and agglomeration of particles, fluidization, fluid-particle tion, fermentation, bioremediation. flow and material processing. Fouad A. Teymour, Johnson Polymer Professor of Ali Cinar, Professor of Chemical Engineering, Dean of the Chemical Engineering and Chair of Department of Graduate College, and Vice Provost for Research. B.S., Chemical and Environmental Engineering. B.S., M.S., Robert College (Turkey); M.S., Ph.D., Texas A & M. Cairo University (Egypt); Ph.D. University of Wisconsin, Process modeling, monitoring, and control; agent-based Madison. Polymer reaction engineering, mathematical systems for process supervision, complexity, AI applica- modeling, nonlinear dynamics. tions, modeling and simulation of biomedical systems, diabetes.
Victor Perez-Luna, Assistant Professor, Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering. B.S., M.S., Universidad de Guadalajara (Mexico); Ph.D., University of Washington. Surface analysis and modification, bioma- terials, biosensors and tissue engineering.
Admission Requirements
Minimum cumulative undergraduate GPA: 3.2/4.0 recommendations from three college faculty members GRE minimum scores: acquainted with the character, research ability, potential, 1800 (combined) qualifications and motivation of the applicant, and the 1200 (quantitative + verbal) 3.0 (analytical writing) needs of the depaartmental faculty. Entering graduate students are assigned a temporary academic adviser who Meeting the minimum admission standards for GPA and will provide initial guidance. As their research and other GRE scores does not guarantee admission. Test scores academic interests become defined, students select a per- and GPA are just two of several important factors consid- manent research adviser,who will also guide them ered. The admissions committee will also consider through their academic studies.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 105 Department of Biomedical Engineering
Doctor of Philosophy in Biomedical Engineering
84 credit hours Biomedical engineering courses Qualifying examination (written and oral) BME 500 Introduction to Biomedical Engineering Thesis research proposal/comprehensive examination BME 501 Biomedical Instrumentation Dissertation and oral defense BME 502 Computational Neuroscience I: Single Neuron Computation This degree is awarded in recognition of a high level of BME 503 Mathematics and Statistics for mastery in subject matter and a significant original Neuroscience I research contribution in biomedical engineering. The BME 504 Neuroethology Ph.D. recipient will be capable of a continuing effort BME 505 Mathematics and Statistics for toward the advancement of knowledge and achievement Neuroscience II in research and other scholarly activities and may pursue BME 506 Computational Neuroscience II: Vision a career in a medical, an industrial or an academic envi- BME 507 Cognitive Neuroscience ronment. BME 508 Mathematics and Statistics for Neuroscience III A minimum of 84 credit hours is required for the Ph.D. in BME 530 Inverse Problems in Biomedical Imaging Biomedical Engineering. Students who have received an BME 532 Medical Imaging Science M.S. degree from another university may petition for BME 533 Biostatistics transfer of up to 32 credit hours applicable toward the BME 535 Magnetic Resonance Imgaing Ph.D. degree. Students must pass the Ph.D. qualifying BME 538 Neuroimaging examination within the first year of full-time Ph.D. stud- BME 551 Physiological Signal Analysis & Control Theory I ies. This is a written and oral examination intended to BME 552 Physiological Signal Analysis & explore both the depth and breadth of the student’s acad- Control Theory II emic abilities. Within two and one-half years of BME 570 Engineering Biocompatible Materials matriculation, students will be required to defend their BME 581 Fluid Dynamics for Biomedical Engineers thesis research proposal (comprehensive examination). A BME 582 Advanced Mass Transport for Biomedical written dissertation and oral defense are also required for Engineers receiving the doctoral degree. Dissertation format and BME 595 Seminar in Biomedical Engineering deadlines are established by the Graduate College. BME 597 Wave Physics and Applied Optics for Imaging Scientists There are no specific courses that are required for the BME 597 Neural Prosthesis doctoral degree in biomedical engineering. However, a BME 691 Research and Thesis for Ph.D. degree minimum of three courses in life science, three courses in mathematics, and six courses in biomedical engineering Life science courses (represenative) or other engineering-related courses are required. The BIOL 403 General Biochemistry specific courses selected to meet these requirements will BIOL 414 Genetics for Engineering Scientists depend on the entering qualifications of the student and BIOL 430 Animal Physiology the nature of the thesis research proposal. In general, the BIOL 445 Cell Biology student’s thesis committee will determine the specific BIOL 513 Advanced Biochemistry courses requirements necessary for graduation. BIOL 515 Molecular Biology BIOL 527 Immunology and Immunochemistry BIOL 550 Bioinfomatics and Biotechnology BIOL 565 Vertebrate Physiology
106 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Biomedical Engineering
Doctor of Philosophy in Biomedical Engineering continued
Approved math/applied math courses Selected engineering electives MATH 461 Fourier Series and Boundary-Value Problems CS 480 Artificial Intelligence MATH 471 Numerical Methods I CS 525 Advanced Database Organization MATH 472 Numerical Methods II CS 580 Medical Informatics MATH 476 Statistics CS 583 Expert Systems MATH 489 Partial Differential Equations CHE 450 Principles of Polymer Science and MATH 510 Ordinary Differential Equations Engineering MATH 512 Partial Differential Equations CHE 532 Process Modeling MATH 519 Complex Analysis CHE 533 Statistical Analysis of Process Data MATH 532 Linear Algebra CHE 544 Kinetic Theory of Multiphase Flow MATH 542 Stochastic Processes CHE 555 Polymer Processing MATH 546 Introduction to Time Series CHE 573 Bioseparations MATH 555 Tensor Analysis CHE 575 Polymer Rheology MATH 564 Applied Statistics CHE 586 Particulate Technology MATH 577 Computational Mathematics I CHE 761 Statistical Design of Experiments for MATH 578 Computational Mathematics II Process Improvement MATH 581 Theory of Finite Elements CHE 577 Biochemical Engineering
Engineering or physics courses (representative) that may count toward math requirement CHE 579 Enzyme Reactor Engineering MMAE 501 Engineering Analysis 1b CHE 582 Interfacial and Colloidal Phenomena with MMAE 502 Engineering Analysis II Applications MMAE 503 Advanced Engineering Analysis CHE 583 Pharmaceutical Engineering MMAE 505 Numerical Methods in Engineering CHE 585 Drug Delivery MMAE 506 Computational Methods in Engineering ECE 433 Real-Time Data Acquisition and Processing Analysis ECE 511 Analysis of Random Signals MMAE 517 Computational Fluid Mechanics ECE 565 Multidimensional Signal Processing CHE 535 Applications of Mathematics to Chemical ECE 566 Statistical Pattern Recognition Engineering ECE 567 Statistical Signal Processing CHE 536 Computational Techniques in Engineering MMAE 407 Biomechanics PHYS 501 Methods of Theoretical Physics I MMAE 467 Polymeric Materials PHYS 502 Methods of Theoretical Physics II MMAE 507 Introduction to Continuum Mechanics MMAE 510 Fluid Mechanics MMAE 512 Dynamics of Viscous Fluids MMAE 517 Computational Fluid Dynamics MMAE 579 Characterization of Polymers
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 107 Department of Biomedical Engineering
Course Descriptions
Note: For description of courses other comparative approach is emphasized for the study of dynamical systems; than BME, see the appropriate depart- throughout. Laboratories include expo- symmetry methods and some group mental listing. sure to instrumentation and theory. A variety of application to neu- electronics, and involve work with live roscience will be described. (2-0-2) BME 500 animals. A central goal of the labora- Introduction to Biomedical tory is to expose students to in vivo BME 521 Engineering extracellular electrophysiology in verte- Medical Imaging Introduction to the concepts and bret preparations. Laboratoratries will Study of modern technology for medical research in biomedical engineering. be attended only on one day a week but imaging. Theory and operation of CAT, Provides an overview of current bio- may run well beyond the canonical SPECT, PET, MRI, Xray and echo medical engineering research areas, perios. (2-0-2) imaging modalities. (3-0-3) emphasis on application of an engineer- ing approach to medicine and BME 505 BME 522 physiology. Math/Statistics: Neuroscience II Mathematical Methods in BME Prerequisites: BME 503, consent of Prerequisites: Graduate standing in BME 501 instructor. This quarter treats statisti- BME or consent of instructor. This Biomedical Instrumentation cal methods important in course is an introductory graduate level Bioelectric phenomena, transducers, understanding nervous system func- course that integrates mathematical amplifiers. Processing of ECG, EMG tion. It includes basic concepts of and computational tools that address and EEG signals. (3-0-3) mathematical probability; information directly the needs of biomedical engi- theory, discrete Markoy processes, and neers. The topics covered include the BME 502 time series. (2-0-2) mathematical or diffusion, pharmacoki- Computational Neuroscience I netic modesl, biological fluid mechanics, This course briefly review the historical BME 506 and biosignal representations and development of computational neuro- Comp Neuroscience II: Vision analysis. The use of MATLAB will be science and discusses the functional This course considers computational emphasized for numerically solving properties of individual neurons. The approaches to vision. It discusses the problems of practical relevance. (3-0-3) electrotonic structure of neurons, func- basic anatomy and physiology of the tional properties of synapses, and retina and central visual pathways, and BME 525 voltage-gated ion channels are dis- then examines computational Concepts of Tissue Engineering cussed. (3-0-3) approaches to vision based on linear This course seeks to provide students and non-linear systsms theory, and with an introduction to the field of BME 503 algorithms derived from computer Tissue Engineering. The first portion Math/Statistics: Neuroscience I vision. (3-0-3) of the course will introduce the field, Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor. including a discussion of cell sorcing, This quarter introduces mathematical BME 507 biomaterials, DA, and ethical consider- ideas and techniques in a neuroscience Cognitive Neuroscience ation. The second portion of the course context. Topics will include some cover- Consent of Instructor. This course is will present case studies in specific tis- age of matricies and complex variables; concerned with the relationship of the sue and organ systems in which these eigenvalue problems, spectral methods nervous system to higher order behav- concepts are put together in an attempt and Grens functions for differential iors such as perception and encoding, to develop a clinically applicable tissue equations; and some discussion of both action, attention and learning and engineered product. (3-0-3) deterministic and probabilistic model- memory. Modern methods of imaging ing in the neurosciences. (2-0-2) neural activity are introduced, and BME 530 information theoretic methods for Inverse Problems in Biomedical BME 504 studying neural coding in individual Imaging Neurobiology neurons and populations of neurons are This course will introduce graduate stu- Neurobiology Prerequisites: Consent of discussed. (2-0-2) dents to the mathematical theory of Instructor. This course is concerned inverse problems. Concepts from func- with the structure and function of sys- BME 508 tional analysis will be applied for tems of neurons, and how these are Math/Statistics: Neuroscience III understanding and characterizing related to behavior. Common patterens Prerequisites: BME 503, BME 505, mathematical properties of inverse of organization are described from the Consent of Instructor. This quarter cov- problems. This will permit for the anatomical, physiological, and behav- ers more advanced topics including analysis of the stability and resolution ioral perspectives of analysis. The perturbation and bifurcation methods of image reconstruction algorithms for
108 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Biomedical Engineering various existing and novel biomedical studying brain function with MEG. The BME 551 imaging systems. The singular value second part of the course deals with Physiological Signal Analysis & decomposition (SVD) is introduced and brain connectivity. It includes an intro- Control Theory I applied for understanding fundamental duction to diffusion tensor MRI, This is the first of a 2 part course co- properties of imaging systems and explanation of the relationship between taught at IIT and the University of reconstruction algorithms. (3-0-3) the diffusion properties of tissue its Chicago. essential elements of signal pro- structural characteristics, and white cessing and control theory as it is applied BME 532 matter fiber tractography techniques. to physiological systems will be covered. Medical Imaging Science (3-0-3) Part I will cover data acquisition and This course is an introduction to basic sampling, Laplace and Fourier trans- concepts in medical imaging, such as: BME 540 forms, filtering, time and frequency receiver operating characteristics, the Wave Physics and Applied Optics for domains, sytem descriptions and lumped rose model, point spread function and Imaging Scientists vs. distributed parameters. Students will transfer function, covariance and auto- This course will introduce students to use Matlab to test concepts presented in covariance, noise, filters, sampling, fundamental concepts in wave physics class. (2-0-2) aliasing, interpolation, and image regis- and the analysis of optical wavefields. tration. (3-0-3) These principles will be utilized for BME 552 understanding existing and novel imag- Physiological Signal Analysis & BME 533 ing methods that employ coherent Control Theory II Biostatistics radiation. Solutions to inverse scatter- This is the second part of a 2 part This course is designed to cover the ing and inverse source problems will be course co-taught at IIT and the tools and techniques of modern statis- derived and algorithmic realizations of University of Chicago. Part II will cover tics with specific applications to the solutions will be developed. Phase- time and frequency domain analysis, biomedical and clinical research. Both contrast imaging techniques and X-ray impulse vs. step response functions, parametric and nonparametric analysis imaging systems that employ coherent open vs. closed loop responses, stability, will be presented. Descriptive statistics radiation will be studied. systems identification and control, non- will be discussed although emphasis is linear control. Students will use Matlab on inferential statistics and experimen- BME 542 to test concepts presented in class. tal design. (3-0-3) Advanced Concepts in Image Science (2-0-2) Prerequisites: BME 530, BME 532 or BME 535 consent of instructor. This graduate BME 553 Magnetic Resonance Imaging level course introduces students to fun- Quantitative Physiology This course is an introduction to mag- damental concepts in image science Prerequisites: BME 100. The primary netic resonance imaging (MRI). that are related to the optimization and objective of this course is to introduce It includes basic MR physics, the evaluation of biomedical imaging sys- students to basic physiological concepts principles of selective excitation, signal tems. Topics covered include: using a quantitative approach. The detection, and MR image reconstruc- deterministic descriptions of imaging main systems that control the human tion, different pulse sequences, MRI systems, stochastic descriptions of body functions will be reviewed to hardware, issues on image quality imaging systems, statistical cdecision enable the students to understand the and artifacts, and advanced MRI theory, and objective assessment of individual role of each major functional techniques. (3-0-3) image quality. (3-0-3) system as well as the need for the inte- gration or coordination of the activities BME 538 BME 543 of the various systems. Attempts will be Neuroimgaging Bioinstrumentation and Electronics made to highlight the patho-physiologi- This course describes the use of differ- Principles of circuit analysis are cal consequences of defects or failures ent imgaging modalities to study brain applied to typical transducer and signal in the organ systems, and the relevant function and connectivity. The first part recording situations found in biomed- corrective approaches. This course will of the course deals with brain function. ical engineering. Basic electrical and include lectures from individuals who It includes an introduction to energy electronic circuit theory is reviewed have relevant expertise in the different metabolism in the brain, cerebral blood with an emphasis on biomedical mea- organ systems because of the complex- flow, and brain activation. It continues surement applications. A special topic is ity of the human body. (3-0-3) with an introduction to magnetic reso- individually studied by the student and nance imaging (MRI), perfusion-based presented to the class electrical physics fMRI, BOLD fMRI, fMRI paradigm class or basic circuits. (3-0-3) design and statistical analysis, intro- duction to positron emission tomography (PET) and studying brain function with PET, introduction to mag- netoencephalography (MEG) and
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 109 Department of Biomedical Engineering
BME 570 BME 581 BME 691 Engineering Biocompatible Fluid Dynamics for Biomedical Research and Thesis for Ph.D. Materials Engineers degree The primary objective of this course This course is primarily focused on (Variable credit) is to introduce students to synthetic the development of theoretical and materials that are routinely used as experimental principles necessary for Classes co-offered at the University componets of various medical devices the delineation of fluid flow in vari- of Chicago: implanted in the human body. In this ous “in vitro” chambers and the course, students will critically exam- cardiovascular system. Its content BME 502 ine prosthetic materials used in will primarily deal with the basic Computational Neuroscience I: specific devices (for example: muscle, concepts of flow in various geome- Single neuron computation eye, skin, vascular). The biological tries, the heterogeneous nature of environment relevant to the dis- blood and the application of such BME 503 cussed implant will be reviewed. principles in flow chambers designed Mathematics and Statistics for Problems with current materials will to expose blood elements to defined Neuroscience I be analyzed and strategies and tech- flow conditions. The relationship to niques required to engineer flow in the normal and diseased vas- BME 504 sophisticated biomaterials for future cular system will also be considered. Neuroethology applications will be developed. Legal (3-0-3) procedures required to obtain FDA BME 505 approval for such materials will be BME 582 Mathematics and Statistics for taught. Industry personnel specializ- Advanced Mass Transport for Neuroscience II ing in medical implants will deliver Biomedical Engineers guest lectures. (3-0-3) The development of theoretical and BME 506 mathematical principles necessary Computational Neuroscience II: BME 575 for the delineation of mass transport Vision Neuromechanics of Human processes in biological and medical Movement systems. Herogeneous reactions BME 507 This course will explore how we con- which occur at or in the vicinity of Cognitive Neuroscience trol movement of our extremities, cells. Basic transport mechanisms in with concepts drawn from mechanics the vasculature, across cells or BME 508 and neurophysiology. The progres- within tissues.(3-0-3) Mathematics and Statistics for sion from neurological signals to Neuroscience III muscle activation and resulting BME 597 movement of the hand or foot will be Neural Prostheses modeled, starting at the periphery The goal of this course is to provide and moving back toward the central students the fundamentals of sensory nervous system. Biomechanics of the and motor neural prosthetic devices. limbs will be modeled using dynamic Principles of recording from, and simulation software (Working Model) electrical stimulation of, neural tis- which will be driven by a neural con- sue will be presented. Students will troller, implemented in MATLAB. study past and current literature for Issues related to sensory feedback specific neural prosthesis systems. and redundancy will be addresses.
110 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
127 Perlstein Hall The mission of the Department of Chemical and 10 W. 33rd St. Environmental Engineering is to meet the present Chicago, IL 60616 and future needs of society and industry by providing 312.567.3040 state-of the-art education and research programs. 312.567.8874 fax In order to accomplish this mission, the department [email protected] provides graduate students with: www.chee.iit.edu • Fundamental knowledge and design capability in Chair: biological engineering, chemical engineering, gas Fouad Teymour engineering, environmental engineering, and food process engineering. Associate Chair, Graduate Affairs: David C. Venerus • Advanced research programs in core competency areas.
Associate Chair, Undergraduate Affairs: • Knowledge of industrial ecology/design for Javad Abbasian the environment
Director, Rice Campus Programs: • Understanding of ethical, economic and social issues Paul R. Anderson that influence intellectual technological choices.
Liaison, Environmental Management Program: • Leadership and communication skills. Fouad Teymour • Lifelong learning capabilities.
Degrees Offered Master of Biological Engineering With the National Center for Food Safety Master of Chemical Engineering and Technology: Master of Environmental Engineering Master of Food Process Engineering Master of Gas Engineering (Internet only) Master of Science in Food Process Engineering Master of Science in Chemical Engineering Master of Science in Environmental Engineering With the Department of Electrical and Computer Doctor of Philosophy in Chemical Engineering Engineering, and the Department of Mechanical, Doctor of Philosophy in Environmental Engineering Materials and Aerospace Engineering: Master of Manufacturing Engineering Master of Science in Manufacturing Engineering
Dual-Degree Programs Master of Science in Computer Science/Master of Chemical Engineering
Certificate Programs
Chemical Engineering Certificate Programs Biological Engineering Pharmaceutical Engineering Current Energy Issues (Internet only) Polymer Science and Engineering Food Process Engineering Process Operations Management Particle Processing
Environmental Engineering Certificate Programs
Air Resources Indoor Air Quality Hazardous Waste Engineering Water and Wastewater Treatment
111 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 111 Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
Interdisciplinary Programs
Energy/Environment/Economics (E3) specialization With the Stuart School of Business: (see page 206) Master of Science in Environmental Management (degree is offered by the Stuart School of Business)
Research Centers Energy + Power Center: Henry R. Linden, director Center of Excellence in Polymer Science and Engineering: Jay Schieber, director Center for Electrochemical Science and Engineering: Jai Prakash, director Particle Technology and Crystallization Center: Dimitri Hatziavramidis, director
Research Facilities Research facilities of the department include: Porous Media and Core Analysis Lab Air Resource Lab Process control & Optimization Lab Biochemical Engineering Lab Process Modeling, Monitoring and Control Lab Biointerfaces Lab Rheology Lab Biomaterials Lab Riser Lab Center for Electrochemical Science Solar Hydrogen Lab and Engineering Lab Solar/Photo Voltaic Lab Center of Excellence in Polymer Science and Engineering Lab The computational facilities of the department include Computational Fluid Dynamics Lab the Advanced Computer Laboratory, and the computer Environmental Biotechnology Lab facilities of each research group. There are 26 Pentium- Environmental Engineering Analytical Lab based computers in the PC lab that can access the Environmental Risk Lab workstations, creating a 26-seat computational lab for Fuel Cell Lab instructional activities at the graduate and undergradu- Fuel Cell Battery Lab ate levels. All computers are connected to the IIT Fluidization Lab computer network by ethernet. Both the PCs and Gas Processing Lab workstations access the multimedia system to provide Interfacial Phenomena Lab data visualization and high-quality presentations. Each Light Scattering Lab research lab also has specialized computer facilities. Multiphase Flow and Fluidization Lab The computational capability for the department is Particle Technology Lab provided by three servers that include both Linux and Pharmaceutical and Crystallization Lab Windows. Students also have access to the university’s Polymer Characterization Lab Computing and Network Services. Polymer Reaction Engineering Lab
Research Areas
Faculty members conduct numerous projects in the Environmental engineering department’s core areas of research competency: Food processing and safety Air pollution and gas separation Fuel cells and batteries Biological, biochemical and biomedical engineering Gas processing and pollution control Chemical process modeling, statistical monitoring Interfacial science and control Multiphase flow Computational fluid dynamics and fluidization Polymer science and engineering Crystallization and particulate technology Waste remediation, wastewater treatment Electrochemical science and engineering and water resources Energy, sustainability and renewable resources
112 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
Faculty
Javad Abbasian ([email protected]), GTI Associate Dimitri Gidaspow ([email protected]), IIT Distinguished Professor of Chemical Engineering and Associate Chair, Professor of Chemical Engineering. B.S., City College of Undergraduate Affairs. B.S., Abadan Institute of New York; M.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., Technology (Iran); M.S., Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Illinois Institute of Technology. Research interests: Technology. Research interests: High temperature gas Hydrodynamic theories of fluidization and multiphase cleaning, pollution control and solid waste management; flow, gas-solid transport, and hydrodynamic models for gas separation and purification; and process design and slurry bubble column reactors. development. Henry Linden ([email protected]), Max McGraw Professor Nader Aderangi ([email protected]), Lecturer in Chemical of Energy, Power Engineering and Management and Engineering and Director of Department Laboratories. Director, IIT Energy + Power Center. B.S., Georgia B.S., University of Tehran; M.S., University of Colorado; Institute of Technology; M.Ch.E., Polytechnic Institute Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology. Research interests: of Brooklyn; Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology. Unit operations, chemical processes, interfacial mass Research interests: Fossil fuel technologies, energy and transfer, rheological properties. resource economics, energy and environmental policy, electrification and distributed generation, global climate Paul Anderson ([email protected]), Associate Professor change, and industrial ecology. of Environmental Engineering and Director of Rice Campus. B.S., Purdue University; M.S., University of Demetrios J. Moschandreas ([email protected]), California, San Diego; Ph.D., University of Washington. Professor of Environmental Engineering. B.S. Stetson Research interests: Physical-chemical processes in water University; M.S., University of Kentucky; M.S. Ph.D., and wastewater treatment, watershed management, University of Cincinnati. Research interests: Air quality industrial ecology education, biosolids mineralization, transport, exposure analysis, risk assessment, indoor and trace element geochemistry. air quality, Environmental Index theory and application, sustainable environmental development. Hamid Arastoopour ([email protected]), Max McGraw Professor of Energy, Environment and Economics and Allan S. Myerson ([email protected]), Armour Professor Dean, Armour College of Engineering. B.S., Abadan of Chemical Engineering, and Provost and Senior Vice Institute of Technology (Iran); M.S., Ph.D., Illinois President. B.S., Columbia University; M.S. and Ph.D., Institute of Technology. Research interests: University of Virginia. Research interests: Crystallization Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) of multiphase from solution, and nucleation molecular modeling. flow, fluidization, flow in porous media, particle Kenneth E. Noll ([email protected]), Professor of technology and material processing, and environmental Environmental Engineering. B.S., Michigan Technical engineering problems. University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Washington. Barry Bernstein ([email protected]), Professor of Research interests: Design of air pollution control Chemical Engineering and Applied Mathematics. B.S., devices, study of atmospheric aerosols, VOC emissions City College of New York; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana from wastewater treatment plants, and physical and University. Research interests: Computational fluid chemical changes and fates of toxic air. mechanics, materials properties, and polymer rheology. Krishna Pagilla ([email protected]), Associate Professor of Donald J. Chmielewski ([email protected]), Associate Environmental Engineering. B.E., Osmania University Professor of Chemical and Environmental Engineering. (India); M.S., University of Oklahoma, Norman; Ph.D., B.S., Illinois Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley. Research interests: University of California–Los Angeles. Research interests: Water and wastewater engineering, environmental Advanced process control; fuel cell system design and microbiology, biological nutrient control, soil remediation, control. and sludge treatment. Ali Cinar ([email protected]), Professor of Chemical Satish Parulekar ([email protected]), Professor of Engineering, Dean of the Graduate College and Associate Chemical Engineering. B.S., University of Bombay; Vice President for Research. B.S., Robert College M.S., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., Purdue University. (Turkey); M.S., Ph.D., Texas A&M. Research interests: Research interests: Biochemical engineering and chemi- Fundamental methodology and tools used in various cal reaction engineering. applications including: polymer reaction engineering, Victor H. Pérez-Luna ([email protected]), Associate food processing, medicine and biotechnology. Professor of Chemical Engineering. B.S., M.S. David Gidalevitz ([email protected]), Assistant Professor Universidad de Guadalajara (Mexico); Ph.D., of Chemical Engineering. B.S., Urals Technical University of Washington. Research interests: University (Russia); Ph.D., Weizmann Institute of Science Surface analysis and modification, biomaterials (Israel). Research interests: Membrane biophysics, bioma- and biosensors, and tissue engineering terials, drug delivery, biosensors and biomimetic thin Jai Prakash ([email protected]), Professor of Chemical films, and polymer films. Engineering and Director, Center for Electrochemical Science and Engineering. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Delhi; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University. Research interests: Electrochemistry, materials development, and batteries and fuel cells.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 113 Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
Faculty continued
Vijay K. Ramani ([email protected]) Assistant Professor Madison. Research interests: Polymer reaction engineer- of Chemical Engineering. B.E. Annamalai University ing, mathematical modeling, nonlinear (India); Ph.D., University of Connecticut. Research inter- dynamics, and complexity and complex systems. ests: Hybrid materials for sustainable chemical and David C. Venerus ([email protected]), Professor electrochemical energy conversion, hydrogen and liquid of Chemical Engineering and Associate Chair, Graduate fueled polymer electrolyte fuel cells (PEFCs), degradation Affairs. B.S., University of Rhode Island; M.S., Ph.D., mitigation strategies in PEFCs, and development of Pennsylvania State University. Research interests: educational modules to demonstrate sustainable energy Transport phenomena in complex materials, Forced economy concepts. Rayleigh Scattering, polymer rheology, and polymer foam Jay D. Schieber ([email protected]), Professor of Chemical processing. Engineering and Director, Center of Excellence in Darsh T. Wasan ([email protected]), Motorola Chair Polymer Science and Engineering. B.S., University of Professor of Chemical Engineering and Vice President of Illinois-Urbana; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Madison. International Affairs. B.S., University of Illinois, Urbana- Research interests: Kinetic theory, polymer rheology Champaign; Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley. predictions, and thermal conductivity measurements. Research interests: Thin liquid films, foams, emulsions Fouad A. Teymour ([email protected]), Johnson Polymer and nano-particle suspensions, film rheology and applica- Professor of Chemical Engineering and Chairman. B.S., tions, wetting, spreading and adhesion of nano-fluids on M.S., Cairo University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin- solid surfaces, environmental technologies, food colloids.
Research Faculty
Said Al-Hallaj ([email protected]), Research Associate Zoltan Nagy, ([email protected]) Research Professor of Professor of Chemical Engineering and Coordinator, Chemical Engineering. Dipl. Ch.E., Technical University Renewable Energy Programs. B.S., M.S., University of Veszprem (Hungary); Ph.D., University of of Science and Technology (Jordan); Ph.D., Illinois Pennsylvania. Research interests: Electrochemistry. Institute of Technology. Research interests: Hydrogen Alex Nikolov ([email protected]) Research Professor of storage and production, renewable energy systems, water Chemical Engineering. B.S., Ph.D., University of Sofia desalination, advanced batteries and fuel cell systems for (Bulgaria). Research interests: Interfacial rheology, hybrid/electric vehicles, electrochemical engineering and foams, emulsion, dispersion, and thin liquid films. technology, distributed power generation systems, energy, environment and economics and renewable energy, heat Bert Plomp ([email protected]) Research Professor and mass transfer, and thermodynamics of chemical of Chemical Engineering and Project Manager processes, thermal modeling and scale-up design, and Supercapacitors, Energy Research Centre of the unit operation and system integration. Netherlands ECN. Ing. Electrical Engineering and Information Technology, Ir. Applied Physics Delft Dimitri T. Hatziavramidis ([email protected]), University of Technology (Netherlands); Dr. Physical Research Professor and Director of the Particle Chemistry, Free University of Amsterdam (Netherlands) Technology and Crystallization Center. B.S., National Research interests: Fuel cells and supercapacitors. Technical University of Athens; M.S., University of Manchester; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana- Giselle Sandi ([email protected]), Research Associate Champaign. Research interests: Drug delivery, fluid and Professor of Chemical Engineering. B.S., M.S., University thermal sciences’ molecular simulations, pharmaceutical of Costa Rica (Costa Rica); Ph.D., Northern Illinois technology. University. Research interests: Electrochemistry, nanocomposite materials, and polymer electrolytes. George K. Ivanov ([email protected]), Research Professor of Chemical Engineering. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University J. Robert Selman ([email protected]), IIT Distinguished of Chemical Technology and Metallurgy (Bulgaria). Research Professor of Chemical Engineering. Ing., Research interests: Thermoplastic and thermoset resins; Technical University (Netherlands); M.S., University polymer composites, alloys and blends; plastics pulveriza- of Wisconsin-Madison; Ph.D., University of California, tion and recycling. Berkeley. Research interests: Fuel cell and battery design and operation; high-temperature fuel cells; lithium battery design and thermal management.
Adjunct Faculty
Michael Caracotsios, Ph.D., University Ted Knowlton, Ph.D Iowa State University of Wisconsin, Madison. Harold Lindahl, Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology.
114 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
Admission Requirements
Cumulative Undergraduate GPA: 3.0/4.0 proof of proficiency in the required undergraduate mater- GRE score minimum: ial before entering the graduate program. Students with For tests taken prior to Oct.1, 2002, a B.S. degree in science are required to take up to four M.S./MAS/Ph.D.:1200 (combined) engineering deficiency courses. Admission to the graduate For tests taken on or after Oct.1, 2002, M.S./MAS: 900 degree program in biological engineering requires one (quantitative + verbal), 2.5 (analytical writing) college-level semester of biology. Students not meeting For tests taken on or after Oct.1, 2002, Ph.D.: 1000 this requirement may be admitted, but will have to take (quantitative + verbal), 3.0 (analytical writing) CHE 412 to remove the deficiency. TOEFL minimum score: 550/213* Admission to graduate degree programs in environmental Note: The GRE requirement is waived for Professional engineering requires a bachelor degree in an appropriate Master’s degree applicants who hold a Bachelor of undergraduate field, awarded by an educational institu- Science in a related field from an ABET-accredited tion of recognized standing. In addition, proof of university in the United States, with a minimum high-quality academic ability in the applicant s under- cumulative GPA of 3.0/4.0 graduate program must be provided. Prerequisites for the program vary; however, it is expected that all applicants Certificate program applicants must possess a bachelor’s will have had one year each of calculus and chemistry. degree with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 on a 4.0 Qualified applicants with degrees in the life sciences, scale. The GRE is not required. engineering and the physical sciences will normally be admitted to the program without extensive prerequisites. Meeting the minimum GPA and test score requirements does not guarantee admission. Test scores and GPA are Admission to graduate degree programs in food process just two of several important factors considered. engineering normally requires a bachelor’s degree in chemistry; biology; food science; chemical, agricultural, Admission to graduate study in chemical engineering, food or environmental engineering; or a related field. biological engineering, or gas engineering requires the Depending on the student’s background, additional completion of a program leading to a bachelor’s degree deficiency courses, some of which may not count toward in chemical engineering or another engineering discipline the degree, may be required. from an accredited institution. Students with degrees in related fields must remove deficiencies or must show * Paper-based test score/computer-based test score.
Master of Biological Engineering 30 credit hours Professional requirement: No Thesis Requirement CHE 506 Entrepreneurship and Intellectual Property Management The objective of this degree program is to prepare stu- dents for professional practice in any field of engineering Electives involving heavy emphasis on biological processes, and BME 533 Biostatistics to provide a foundation in the fundamental knowledge BME 570 Engineering Biocompatible Materials of biological engineering. Candidates are required to take CHE 552 Bionanotechnology and Interfacial Phenomena a total of 30 credits, 9 credits for core courses, 7 credits CHE 514 Process Analytical Technology of required biology courses, 2 credits of a required profes- CHE 519 Biosensors sional course, and 12 credits of electives chosen from the CHE 533 Statistical Analysis of Systems list below. CHE 545 Metabolic Engineering CHE 573 Bioseparations Core courses: CHE 580 Biomaterials CHE 406 Transport Phenomena CHE 583 Pharmaceutical Engineering CHE 503 Thermodynamics CHE 584 Tissue Engineering/BME 525: Concepts CHE 577 Bioprocess Engineering of Tissue Engineering CHE 585 Drug Delivery Biology requirement: CHE 597 Research Project BIOL 504 Biochemistry Lectures ENVE 513 Biotechnological Processes BIOL 515 Molecular Biology (after completing BIOL 504) in Environmental Engineering Any 500 level Food Process Engineering course
Other approved electives from CHE, CHEM, BME, BIOL
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 115 Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
Master of Chemical Engineering 30 credit hours Core courses: No Thesis Requirement CHE 406 Transport Phenomena Project option CHE 503 Thermodynamics CHE 525 Chemical Reaction Engineering* The objective of this degree program is to prepare stu- AND one of the following: dents for professional practice in the field of chemical CHE 535 Applications of Mathematics to Engineering or engineering, and to provide a foundation in the funda- CHE 530 Advanced Process Control mental knowledge of chemical engineering. Candidates are required to take a total of 30 credits, 12 credits for *Note: Interested students can substitute, upon advisor core courses, 2 credits of a required professional course, consent, CHE 577: Bioprocess Engineering for CHE 525: and 16 credits of electives. Chemical Reaction Engineering.
Professional requirement: CHE 506 Intellectual Property Management and Entrepreneurship Master of Environmental Engineering
Master of Food Process Engineering 32 credit hours work should be replaced by six to eight hours of Project option coursework or a project.
The objective of these degree programs is to prepare stu- The student may choose courses in any of the areas dents for professional practice in their major discipline of specialization listed on page 117 for the M.S. programs. (environmental or food process engineering) and to pro- Undergraduate courses may sometimes be used to fulfill vide a foundation in the fundamental knowledge of their graduate program requirements in order to overcome defi- major. The requirements are the same as those for the ciencies or to broaden the candidate’s background. The M.S. degree, with the following exceptions: limit is 12 credit hours in courses numbered 400—499.
At least 18 credit hours must be taken in 500-level Students in Master of Food Process Engineering are courses in the student’s chosen program (environmental strongly encouraged to do an independent project for engineering, food process engineering), and the thesis up to four credit hours.
Master of Gas Engineering (Internet only) 30 credit hours Candidates are required to take a total of 30 credit hours, No Thesis Requirement 3 core courses are required, and 7 courses may be chosen from the 11 electives listed below. All courses are admin- The Online Professional Master’s Degree Program in Gas istered online. Engineering is a joint program offered by Illinois Institute of Technology (IIT) and Gas Technology Institute (GTI). The Core Courses objective of this degree program is to enable the student to CHE 406 Transport Phenomena build a strong foundation in the fundamentals of gas engi- CHE 505 Fluid Properties neering, energy engineering, and related environmental CHE 543 Energy, Environment, and Economics and economic issues. Applicants to the program should hold an engineering degree (preferably in chemical or mechani- Electives cal engineering), or a bachelor’s degree in science (such as environmental science, physics or chemistry). Students CHE 426 Statistical Tools for Engineers with a science degree must take the following bridging CHE 481 Flow-Through Porous Media and Fundamentals courses or demonstrate proficiency in each of these areas: of Reservoir Engineering CHE 489 Fluidization • Material and Energy Balances (CHE 202) CHE 515 Natural Gas Processing CHE 516 Gas Transmission and Distribution • Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer Operations CHE 517 Gas Utilization Technologies and Economics (CHE 301) CHE 520 LNG Fundamentals and Technologies CHE 522 Fundamentals of Combustion • Mass-Transfer Operations (CHE 302) CHE 541 Renewable Energy Technologies CHE 565 Electrochemical Engineering • Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (CHE 351) ENVE 578 Physical and Chemical Processes for Industrial Gas Cleaning All departmental minimum admission requirements must be met. 116 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
Master of Science in Chemical Engineering
32 credit hours Biological Engineering Thesis Electrochemical Science and Engineering Energy/Environment/Economics (E3) The objective of this degree program is to enable the Environmental Engineering student to build a strong foundation in multiple areas Food Process Engineering of chemical engineering and to specialize in one area Particle Technology and Multiphase Flow via research and thesis. Candidates are required to take Pharmaceutical Engineering a total of 32 credit hours, 12 credits of which must be Polymer Science and Engineering for the chemical engineering core courses listed below, Process Design, Statistical Modeling and Control and six to eight credit hours must be in research and thesis work. Undergraduate courses may sometimes be used to fulfill graduate program requirements in order to overcome Core courses deficiencies or to broaden the candidate s background. CHE 525 Chemical Reaction Engineering The limit is 12 credit hours in courses numbered CHE 535 Applications of Mathematics to Engineering 400—499. A thesis may be completed outside the depart- CHE 551 Advanced Transport Phenomena ment only by special arrangement with the department CHE 553 Advanced Thermodynamics chair. The successful M.S. degree candidate will complete a thesis based on research as well as an oral defense The student must have a minimum grade point average of the thesis, under the direction of the thesis examining of 3.0/4.0 in the core areas. Aside from the core courses, committee. coursework may be selected (with advisor approval) to satisfy the needs of the individual student or may be concentrated in any area of specialization available in the department, including:
Master of Science in Environmental Engineering
32 credit hours The student must have a minimum grade point average Thesis of 3.0/4.0 in the core areas. Aside from the core courses, coursework may be selected (with adviser approval) The objective of this program is to enable the student to satisfy the needs of the individual student or may to build a strong foundation in multiple areas of environ- be concentrated in one of the areas of specialization mental engineering and to specialize in one area via available in the department, including: research and thesis. Candidates are required to take a total of 32 credit hours, 15 credits of which must be for Air Pollution Engineering the environmental engineering core courses listed below, Chemical Engineering and six to eight credit hours must be in research and Energy/Environment/Economics (E3) thesis work. Environmental Chemistry Environmental Resource Management Core courses Hazardous Waste Engineering ENVE 426* Statistical Tools for Engineers Water and Wastewater Engineering ENVE 501 Environmental Chemistry ENVE 506 Chemodynamics Undergraduate courses may sometimes be used to fulfill ENVE 542 Physicochemical Processes in Environmental graduate program requirements. The limit is six credit Engineering hours in courses numbered 400—499. A thesis may be ENVE 580 Hazardous Waste Engineering completed outside the department only by special arrangement with the department chair. The successful * Students with background in statistics (before joining M.S. degree candidate will complete a thesis based on the graduate program) equivalent to ENVE 426 will be research as well as an oral defense of the thesis, under required to take ENVE 527 as a core course (in place of the direction of the thesis examining committee. ENVE 426). Students should consult the course descrip- tions on page 127 for details.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 117 Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
Master of Science in Food Process Engineering
32 credit hours Food Biotechnology Thesis Process and quality monitoring and control Required courses for these specializations are described The objective of this program is to educate engineers and on page 130. scientists in different aspects of food engineering and food processing with specialization in an area of food process Electives engineering. Candidates are required to take a total of Students must take at least two courses from the follow- 32 credit hours, 12 credits of which must be for the core ing group of food process engineering courses: courses listed below, and six to eight credit hours must FPE 504 Food Biotechnology be in research and thesis work. FPE 506 Food Microbiology Laboratory FPE 507 Food Analysis Core Courses FPE 511 Food Law and Regulation Choose 4 of the following: FPE 531 HACCP Planning and Implementation FPE 505 Food Microbiology FPE 521 Food Process Engineering Students must take at least two courses from the follow- FPE 522 Advanced Food Process Engineering ing group of chemical and environmental engineering FPE 524 Fundamentals of Food Science and Technology courses: (For students with non-food science background) CHE 439 Numerical Analysis FPE 541 Principles of Food Packaging CHE 494 Chemical Process Design CHE 560 Statistical Quality and Process Control Proficiency Requirement CHE 573 Bioseparations These courses may be required if the student has not CHE 577 Bioprocess Engineering taken an equivalent course at the undergraduate level: CHE 579 Enzyme Reactor Engineering CHE 406 Transport Phenomena CHE 761 Statistical Design of Experiments CHE 423 Chemical Reaction Engineering for Process Improvement CHE 435 Process Control CHE 771 Applications of Enzymes and Microbes in Food Processing The student must have a minimum grade point average of ENVE 513 Biotechnological Processes 3.0/4.0 in the core areas. In addition to the core courses, in Wastewater Treatment coursework may be selected (with adviser approval) to sat- ENVE 542 Environmental Unit Processes isfy the needs of the individual student or may be concentrated in one of the following areas of specialization: A thesis may be completed outside the department only Process and product development by special arrangement with the department chair. The Food processing operations final examination is normally oral, but may be written Packaging at the discretion of the thesis examining committee. Food Safety
Master of Science in Computer Science/Master of Chemical Engineering
44 credit hours Engineering requirements and six credit hours from No thesis requirement the following courses: CHE 507 Computer-Aided Design The objective of the program is to educate, and prepare CHE 508 Process Design and Optimization for professional practice, process engineers with broad CHE 528 Analysis and Simulation of Chemical based knowledge of chemical engineering and computer Processing science fundamentals, and computer scientists with CHE 532 Process Modeling strong engineering fundamentals. Candidates are CHE 533 Statistical Analysis of Systems required to take 18 credit hours in graduate chemical CHE 536 Computational Techniques in Engineering engineering courses (courses numbered 500 or higher) CHE 560 Statistical Quality and Process Control and 26 credit hours in computer science courses (of which 20 credit hours must be in courses numbered 500 or Students should refer to the Department of Computer higher). The 18 credit hours in chemical engineering Science section (page 148) for details on computer science courses consist of 12 credit hours in core courses listed course requirements for the dual degree. in the description of the Master of Science in Chemical
118 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
Doctor of Philosophy
84 credit hours examination in the chemical engineering program will Qualifying exam cover all core areas, including thermodynamics, reaction Comprehensive exam engineering and kinetics, transport phenomena, process Thesis proposal modeling, design and control, and applied mathematics. Dissertation and oral defense The examination in the environmental engineering pro- gram will cover core areas, including environmental The doctorate degree in chemical/environmental chemistry, chemodynamics, environmental systems and engineering is awarded in recognition of mastery in analysis, and physicochemical processes. chemical/environmental engineering and upon demon- stration of an ability to make substantial creative The comprehensive examination is oral and may include contributions to knowledge in chemical/environmental a written exam based on the student’s performance on engineering. The recipients of these degrees will be capa- the qualifying exam. The exam questions will be formu- ble of a continuing effort toward advancement of lated by the members of the Ph.D. examining committee. knowledge and achievement in research while pursuing The examination will also include oral presentation and an academic or industrial research career. The program discussion by the student of a journal article in the should satisfy the following requirements: chemical student’s major (chemical/environmental engineering) engineering or environmental engineering study, 30—40 selected a priori by the examining committee. The exam percent; research, 40—50 percent; other fields of study, must be conducted within a year following completion 10—30 percent. The coursework must include up to of the qualifying exam. The Ph.D. examining committee, 18 credits of core chemical or environmental engineering which may be the same as the Ph.D. thesis committee, courses. should be suggested by the adviser and approved and appointed by the chairperson at least three weeks prior For the Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering, students must to the examination. take the following core courses: CHE 551 Advanced Transport Phenomena The thesis proposal approval examination, which CHE 553 Advanced Thermodynamics is diagnostic in nature, should be conducted after the CHE 525 Chemical Reaction Engineering comprehensive exam and at least one year before the CHE 535 Applications of Mathematics to Engineering final thesis defense. The exam will be oral and will be CHE 530 Advanced Process Control or CHE 536 administered by the Ph.D. thesis committee. Computational Techniques in Engineering Doctoral research can begin after admission to the Ph.D. For the Ph.D. in Environmental Engineering, in addition program. However, the major portion of the research to the core courses listed in Master of Science in should not be started until the comprehensive examina- Environmental Engineering, students must take: tion is passed and the thesis proposal is approved by the ENVE 527 Statistical Analysis of Systems committee. All research must be conducted under the supervision of a full-time department faculty member and Students should consult the Transfer Credits section for in the laboratories of the university. Off-campus research rules on how many credit hours may be transferred from is possible with the approval of the department chairper- another institution. son. The preliminary thesis draft must meet the approval of all members of the examination committee. An oral Students must pass a written qualifying examination examination in defense of the thesis is given as an open within three semesters after they have been admitted university seminar. The thesis defense must meet with to the Ph.D. program. The exam is diagnostic in nature, the approval of the examination committee; if it does not, and the results of the exam will determine the student’s the committee has the authority to determine whether or potential for success in the Ph.D. program and recom- not to grant a re-examination. mendations for a future program of study. The
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 119 Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
Certificate Programs
The department offers 11 graduate certificate programs, Certificate programs typically require a set of three to with one available only via the Internet. These programs four courses that must be completed in three years with provide students with post-baccalaureate knowledge of an a minimum GPA of 3.0/4.0. (Note: Some courses may have area of specialization within chemical or environmental prerequisites.) Students who are admitted to master’s engineering. Students in these programs register as cer- degree programs may apply coursework previously taken tificate students. in a certificate program toward the requirements for the master’s degree.
Biological Engineering This program provides an introduction to the field of Required course biological engineering and its application in biological, CHE 577 Bioprocess Engineering biomedical and environmental processes. Students must complete four courses (12 credits) to receive the AND at least three courses from the elective courses certificate. listed under the Master of Biological Engineering.
Current Energy Issues (Internet only)
This program explores issues related to the establish- Required Courses ment of sustainable energy systems including At least three from the following: energy/environment/economics, renewable energy, batter- CHE 517 Energy Utilization Technologies and Economics ies and fuel cells. Students must complete 3 of the CHE 541 Renewable Energy Technologies following 4 courses (9 credits) to receive the certificate. CHE 543 Energy, Environment and Economics CHE 565 Electrochemical Engineering
Food Process Engineering This program provides an introduction to the field of food FPE 522 Advanced Food Process Engineering engineering with applications of chemical engineering to AND two courses from the following group: food manufacturing and food safety. Students must com- FPE 504 Food Biotechnology plete four courses (12 credits) to receive the certificate. FPE 505 Food Microbiology FPE 506 Food Microbiology Laboratory Required courses FPE 507 Food Analysis Two from the following: FPE 511 Food Law and Regulation CHE 406 Transport Phenomena (Prerequisite: CHE 302) FPE 524 Fundamentals of Food Science and Technology CHE 518 Mass-Transfer (Prerequisite: CHE 302) (For students with non-food science background) CHE 577 Bioprocess Engineering FPE 531 HACCP Planning and Implementation CHE 584 Tissue Engineering FPE 541 Principles of Food Packaging FPE 521 Food Process Engineering
Particle Processing This program provides an introduction to the field of par- Required courses ticle processing, specifically in fluidization and At least one of the following courses: fluid/particle systems. Fundamentals of fluid/particle sys- CHE 542 Fluidization and Fluid/Particle Flow Systems tem design, computational multiphase approach to CHE 489 Design of Fluidized Beds and Fluid/Particle gas/particle systems and advanced measurement tech- Systems niques are presented. Students must complete three AND one/two of the following courses: courses (nine credits) to receive a certificate. CHE 587 Particle Processing and Characterization CHE 486 Applied Particle Technology CHE 582 Interfacial Colloidal Phenomena CHE 586 Particle Technology
Pharmaceutical Engineering This program develops, expands and refines skills to Required courses advance the technology of prescription drug development The following three courses: and manufacturing. Fundamentals of pharmaceutical CHE 583 Pharmaceutical Engineering engineering, drug delivery systems and regulatory issues CHE 585 Drug Delivery Systems are presented. Students must complete four courses CHE 511 Regulatory Issues in Pharmaceutical Processes (12 credits) to receive a certificate. AND one of the following: CHE 514 Process Analytical Technology CHE 560 Statistical Quality and Process Control 120 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
Polymer Science and Engineering This program introduces fundamentals of polymerization AND any three of the following courses: and polymer synthesis, polymer kinetics, polymer pro- CHEM 535 Advanced Polymer Chemistry cessing and characterizations. Students must take four CHE 538 Polymerization Reaction Engineering courses (12 credits) to receive the certificate. CHEM 542/ MMAE 579 Characterization of Polymers Required course CHE 555 Polymer Processing (Prerequisite: CHE 406) CHE 470 Introduction to Polymer Science and Engineering (Prerequisite for all other courses in this certificate program.)
Process Operations Management
This program introduces methodology and tools to II improve the technical management of process operations CHE 435 Process Control including process modeling, simulation, monitoring, CHE 437 Discrete Time Systems and Computer Control control and optimization. Students must take four CHE 530 Advanced Process Control (Prerequisite: CHE courses (12 credits) to receive the certificate. 435, CHE 437 or equivalent)
Required courses III At least one course from each of the following groups: CHE 431 Artificial Intelligence Applications in Engineering I CHE 508 Process Design Optimization CHE 426 Statistical Tools for Engineers CHE 528 Analysis and Simulation of Chemical CHE 533 Statistical Analysis of Systems Processing CHE 560 Statistical Quality and Process Control CHE 532 Process Modeling CHE 761 Statistical Design of Experiments for Process Improvement
Environmental Engineering Certificate Programs Air Resources Required courses ENVE 570 Air Pollution Meteorology This program explores outdoor air quality, causes of AND two courses from the following group: outdoor air pollution, and investigative and diagnostic ENVE 502 Atmospheric Chemistry techniques used in outdoor air quality control. Students ENVE 572 Ambient Air Monitoring must take three courses (nine credits) to complete the ENVE 575 Control of Toxic Air Pollution certificate. ENVE 577 Design of Air Pollution Control Devices ENVE 578 Physical and Chemical Processes for Industrial Gas Cleaning
Hazardous Waste Engineering
This program is an introduction to the characterization Required courses of hazardous waste sites, common and innovative remedi- ENVE 580 Hazardous Waste Engineering ation techniques, and current issues in hazardous waste AND two of the following courses: engineering. Students must take three courses (nine ENVE 506 Chemodynamics credits) to complete the certificate. ENVE 542 Physicochemical Processes in Environmental Engineering ENVE 577 Design of Air Pollution Control Devices ENVE 585 Groundwater Contamination
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 121 Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
Indoor Air Quality This program covers sick building syndrome, the causes Required courses of indoor air pollution, and investigative and diagnostic ENVE 546 Industrial Hygiene techniques used in controlling indoor air quality. ENVE 576 Indoor Air Pollution Students must take three courses (nine credits) AND one of the following courses: to complete the certificate. ENVE 426 Statistical Tools for Engineers OR ENVE 527 Statistical Analysis of Systems ENVE 575 Control of Toxic Air Pollution MAE 452 Air Conditioning and Refrigeration BIOL 514 Toxicology
Waste and Wastewater Treatment This program is an introduction to the biological and Required courses physical/chemical processes used in water and waste- ENVE 513 Biotechnological Processes in Environmental water treatment, and the design of water and wastewater Engineering treatment processes. Students must take three courses ENVE 542 Physicochemical Processes in Environmental (nine credits) to complete the certificate. Engineering AND one of the following courses: ENVE 551 Industrial Waste Treatment ENVE 555 Industrial Waste Treatment Design Criteria ENVE 561 Design of Sanitary Engineering Processes
122 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
Course Descriptions Numbers in parentheses respectively CHE 508 laws of fluid dynamics. Finite differ- indicate class, lab and credit hours. Process Design Optimization ence and algebraic solutions for Note: Core courses are available once Organization of the design problem unsteady-state and heat-regenerator per year. Other courses may be and application of single and multi- problems are covered. Prerequisite: offered less frequently. variable search techniques using CHE 406. (3-0-3) both analytical and numerical meth- Chemical Engineering ods. Prerequisite: CHE 494. (3-0-3) CHE 514 Process Analytical Technology CHE 503 CHE 509 Provides an introduction to Process Thermodynamics Advanced Topics in Reactor Analytical Technology (PAT) as Laws of thermodynamics applied Engineering a framework to enhance process to chemical and biological engineer- Selected topics based on current understanding and assist in the ing problems, properties of real research interests of the instructor. development of reliable yet efficient fluids, phase and chemical equilibria, Typical examples are reactor stabil- pharmaceutical operations. The applications to chemical and biologi- ity analysis, diffusional effects in course is divided into four sections. cal process and auxiliary equipment. heterogeneous catalysis, catalyst and Definition of critical performance Core course. Prerequisites: CHE 351, enzyme deactivation analysis, immo- attributes within the context of FDA CHE 451. (3-0-3) bilized enzyme reaction systems, regulations. Overview of analytic liquid-liquid or gas-liquid dispersed measurement methods, including CHE 505 phase reactors, biological reactors at/in- or on-line measurement of Fluid Properties for wastewater treatment, photo- chemical, physical and microbiologi- Prediction and correlation of physical chemical reactors, polymerization cal quantities. Mathematical and transport properties using equa- reactors and crystallization dynam- description of common data analysis tions of state, thermodynamic ics. Prerequisite: CHE 525 or and chemometric methods, including relationships, phase and chemical instructor approval. (3-0-3) statistical process monitoring, multi- equilibrium. (3-0-3) variate analysis and parameter CHE 510 estimation. Design of real-time deci- CHE 506 Fluid Dynamics sion systems, including feedback Entrepreneurship and Intellectual Cross listed with MMAE 510 control of operations and risk-based Property Management Kinematics of fluid motion. analysis of final product quality This course aims to introduce and Derivation of equations of motion (real-time release). Prerequisite: BS develop a number of diversified pro- and Navier-Stokes equations. Exact in engineering or equivalent. (3-0-3) fessional skills necessary for success and approximate solution techniques. in an engineering research and Boundary layer theory. Introduction CHE 515 development environment. Selected to stability and turbulence. Natural Gas Processing topics covered in the areas of tech- Prerequisite: CHE 406 (3-0-3) Application of engineering principles nology entrepreneurship, opportunity to natural gas separation processes, assessment, creativity and innova- CHE 511 including multi-stage separation, tion, project management, Regulatory Issues in solvent extraction, adsorption, mem- management of organizational Pharmaceutical Processes brane separation, and supercritical change, entrepreneurial leadership, Legal and scientific issues in regulat- extraction. Design and economic and intellectual property manage- ing the pharmaceutical and analysis of various gas treating ment. Prerequisite: Graduate healthcare industrial sectors. Role processes such as natural gas dehy- standing or consent of the instructor. of regulatory agencies; FDA and the dration, sweetening, and LNG (2-0-2) Center for Drug Evaluation and processes, using commercially avail- Research. Definitions and standards: able process simulators. Prerequisite: CHE 507 laws, regulations, policies, proce- CHE 505. (3-0-3) Computer-Aided Design dures. Manufacturing pharmaceutical Computer process simulation to drugs, devices, and components in CHE 516 develop technically and economically compliance with regulations. (3-0-3) Gas Transmission and Distribution optimum overall process designs. Prerequisite: Graduate standing or Fundamentals of the subsonic Simulation framework includes unit consent of the instructor. (3-0-3) compressible flow, flow in gas trans- operation computations, physical mission distribution systems, gas property determinations, Newton- CHE 512 measurement, storage and compres- Raphson convergence procedures Heat Transfer sion. Gas/liquid two-phase flow and simulation language. A survey course in conduction, con- fundamentals. Gas transmission and Prerequisite: CHE 494. (3-0-3) vection and radiation. Problems in distribution in pipeline network using condensation and convection are commercially available process simu- solved with the use of fundamental lators. Prerequisite: CHE 406. (3-0-3)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 123 Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
CHE 517 fuels. Adiabatic flame temperature. CHE 528 Gas Utilization Technologies Transport processes. Gas flames clas- Analysis and Simulation and Economics sification. Premixed flames. Diffusion of Chemical Processing Gas and electric energy markets flames. Laminar and turbulent Introduction to techniques for com- structure, costs and load profiles; regimes. Flame propagation. Gas fired puter- aided analysis of chemical Concepts, benefits, and applications furnace combustion. Detonation of processing systems. Study of process of gas for power generation, and inte- Gaseous mixtures. Environmental simulation computer systems. grated energy systems for combined issues and greenhouse effect. Prerequisites: CHE 433, CHE 439, cooling, heating and power (CHP); Environmental control technologies. CHE 494. (3-0-3) Power generation technologies of Hydrogen as a fuel. (3-0-3) engines, turbines, microturbines, and CHE 529 fuel cells; Thermally-activated tech- CHE 523 Advanced Process Design nologies, of absorption chillers, Fundamentals of of Chemical Processes desiccant dehumidifiers, and steam Heterogeneous Catalysis In depth treatment of topics on the turbines; Economics; Case studies; Fundamental principles governing chemical engineering design and Software tools. Prerequisite: CHE heterogeneous catalysis, including operation of chemical processes. 406. (3-0-3) chemical reaction equilibria, kinetics Selected process applications are of gas-surface interactions and sur- emphasized. Prerequisites: CHE 495, CHE 518 face chemistry. Application of these CHE 496(3-0-3) Mass Transfer fundamental principles to catalysis Principles of diffusion, both steady by metals and to acid catalysis. CHE 530 and unsteady state, as applied to Discussion of several examples of Advanced Process Control heat transfer, gas absorption, distil- reactions of technological interest. State space, transfer function and lation, drying and extraction. Prerequisites: CHE422; CHE423; discrete-time representations of Prerequisite: CHE 406. (3-0-3) CHE351; CHEM343 (3-0-3) process systems. Control system design. Interaction assessment. CHE 519 CHE 524 Multivariable and model predictive- Biosensors Industrial Catalysis control techniques. Core course for Engineering Principles used for the A comprehensive state-of-the-art Ph.D. Prerequisite: CHE 435. (3-0-3) detection of biomolecules and cells in introduction to catalytic processes the context of biomedical, environmen- and catalysts used in the chemical CHE 532 tal, biochemical process applications. and petroleum industries. Process Modeling Immobilization of biological receptors Prerequisite: Basic background Development of steady-state and for interfacing biomolecules with a in organic, inorganic and physical dynamic models of various physical transducer. Specific and non-specific chemistry. (3-0-3) and chemical processes. Parameter interactions with surfaces. identification and state-estimation Transduction mechanisms for signal CHE 525 techniques. Prerequisite: CHE 433. detection. Signal analyte and multiple Chemical Reaction Engineering (3-0-3) analyte detection. Nanotechnology and Advanced treatment of chemical biosensors. (3-0-3) kinetics and reactor systems includ- CHE 533 ing non-isothermal, non-ideal flow Statistical Analysis of Systems CHE 520 systems. Modeling of complex reac- Multivariate probability distribu- LNG Fundamentals tions, catalysis and heterogeneous tions. Inference about mean, and Technologies reactor analysis. Reactor stability variance. Multivariate linear regres- Properties and phase equilibria concepts. Core course. Prerequisite: sion and response surface analysis. of Natural Gas liquid and gas CHE 423 or equivalent. (3-0-3) Principal components analysis, factor mixtures at low temperatures. analysis, canonical correlation analy- Thermodynamic analysis and design CHE 527 sis. Clustering, discrimination and of natural gas liquefaction processes. Petrochemical Systems classification. Selected advanced top- Recent advances in LNG processing, This course will cover descriptions ics such as survey design, design of storage and transportation. and evaluations of processes experimental techniques, statistical Prerequisites: CHE 505 (3-0-3) designed to manufacture petrochemi- methods for discrete and binary cals. The source, availability and variables, time series analysis, CHE 522 characterization of feedstock will also partial least squares techniques. Fundamentals of Combustion be discussed. Process design proce- Prerequisites: CHE 426, ENVE 426. Fundamentals of Combustion dures particular to petrochemicals Same as ENVE 527. (3-0-3) Thermodynamics of combustion. will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Combustion reaction kinetics. CHE 494. (3-0-3) Combustion of Gaseous and vaporized 124 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
CHE 535 CHE 541 CHE 545 Applications of Mathematics Renewable Energy Technologies Metabolic Engineering to Chemical Engineering Topics related to renewable energy Cellular metabolism, energetics and Mathematical techniques and their technologies including review of thermodynamics of cellular metabo- application to the analytical and renewable energy sources (solar, lism, regulation of metabolic numerical solution of chemical engi- wind, biomass, etc.), energy storage pathways, metabolic flux analysis, neering problems. The analytical and conversion with emphasis on metabolic control analysis, analysis component includes review of linear batteries and fuel cells, hydrogen as of metabolic networks, synthesis and algebra, as well as solution of ordi- an energy carrier, and the hydrogen manipulations of metabolic pathways, applications – case studies. (3-0-3) nary, partial differential and integral economy. (3-0-3) equations. The numerical component CHE 551 includes iterative solution of alge- CHE 542 Advanced Transport Phenomena braic equations, numerical analysis Fluidization and Gas-Solids Formulation, solution and interpreta- and solution of ordinary differential Flow Systems tion of problems in momentum, equations. Core course. (3-0-3) Fluidization phenomena (bubbling, energy and mass transport phenom- slugging, elutriation and jets in flu- ena that occur in chemical and CHE 536 idized beds). Multiphase flow biological processes. Prerequisite: Computational Techniques approach to fluidization and gas/solids CHE 406. (3-0-3) in Engineering flow systems. Kinetic theory approach Advanced mathematical techniques, to fluid/particle flow systems. Analysis CHE 552 numerical analysis, and solution to of flow of particles in pneumatic con- Bionanotechnology and Interfacial problems in transport phenomena, veying lines (dilute flow) and stand Phenomena thermodynamics and reaction engi- pipe (dense flow). Hydrodynamic Bionanotechnology and Interfacial neering. Review of iterative solution analysis of spouted and circulating Phenomena The course will intro- of algebraic equations. Nonlinear ini- fluidized beds. Examples from current duce the students to the tial and boundary value problems for literature on applications of multi- interdisciplinary concept of bionan- ordinary differential equations. phase flow. Prerequisites: CHE 501, otechnology, where engineering at Formulation and numerical solution CHE 535. (3-0-3) atomic and molecular scale is of parabolic, elliptic and hyperbolic achieved via biological principles of partial differential equations. CHE 543 self-assembly and self-organization. Characteristics, formulation and Energy, Environment and Structural and functional principles numerical solution of integral equa- Economics of bionanotechnology will be dis- tions. Solution of transient two-phase The linkage of energy, environmental cussed with an emphasis on impact flow problems using CFD codes. and economic issues. The impact of biological nanoengineering or Prerequisite: A familiarity with of energy supply and end use on interfacial science. (3-0-3) FORTRAN is desirable. Core course human well-being and the ecosystem. for Ph.D. (3-0-3) A comprehensive approach to the CHE 553 resolution of resource, technical, Advanced Thermodynamics CHE 538 economic, strategic, environmental, Advanced thermodynamics for Polymerization Reaction socio- and geopolitical problems of research-oriented graduate students. Engineering the energy industries. Pathways to The course covers the fundamental The engineering of reactors for the a sustainable global energy system. postulates of thermodynamics and manufacture of synthetic polymeric Same as ENVE 544. (3-0-3) introductory statistical mechanics, materials, commercial processes for with applications to pure fluids, fluid manufacture of polymers of many CHE 544 mixtures, elastic solids, surfaces and types, polymer chemistry and engi- Kinetic Theory of Multiphase Flow macromolecules. (3-0-3) Prerequisite: neering reactor design. Prerequisite: The classical theory of gases is applied CHE 351, CHE 451. (3-0-3) CHE 423. (3-0-3) to particulate flow and to fluidization by the introduction of a granular tem- CHE 555 CHE 540 perature concept. Equations of state Polymer Processing Flow-Through Porous Media for powders, viscosities of suspensions Analysis of momentum, heat- and and Fundamentals of Reservoir and Navier-Stokes-like equations of mass-transfer polymer processing Engineering motion are derived. Applications to the operations. Polymer processes consid- Introduction to structural geology design of industrial equipment, such ered include extrusion, calendering, and gas and oil formation. Reservoir as fluidized bed catalytic crackers, are fiber spinning, injection molding and rock and fluid properties. Darcy’s shown using solutions of these equa- mixing. Prerequisite: CHE 406. (3-0-3) Law and applications. Single and tions with workstations. (3-0-3) multiphase flow in porous media. Fundamentals of enhanced oil recov- ery. Unconventional gas and petroleum reserves. (3-0-3)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 125 Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
CHE 560 CHE 573 CHE 580 Statistical Quality and Process Bioseparations Biomaterials Control Recovery of particulates (cells and Metal, ceramic, and polymeric Basic theory, methods and tech- other solids), chromatographic sepa- implant materials. Structure-prop- niques of on-line, feedback, rations and applications, membrane erty relationships for biomaterials. quality-control systems for variable separations, electrophoresis, recycle Interactions of biomaterials with and attribute characteristics. and immobilization, economics of tissue. Selection and design of Methods for improving the parame- bioseparations. (3-0-3) materials for medical implants. ters of the production, diagnosis and (3-0-3) adjustment processes so that quality CHE 575 loss is minimized. Same as MMAE Polymer Rheology CHE 581 560. (3-0-3) Flow of viscoelastic fluids, integral Processing and Applications of Polymer Composite Materials CHE 561 and differential constitutive equa- Chemical Engineering Calculations tions from continuum and molecular Types, multiphase structures, classi- Comprehensive problems to give the considerations, methods of experi- fication, processing. Different student a higher degree of profi- mental evaluations. Prerequisite: moldings, foamed and cellular ciency in analyzing and solving CHE 406. (3-0-3) composites, cellular structure, comprehensive problems and situa- types of foams. Applications. (3-0-3) tions. Subject matter varies with the CHE 576 interest and background of the Industrial Chemistry: Catalytic and CHE 582 instructor. (2-3-3) Thermal Reactions and Processes Interfacial and Colloidal Includes petroleum refining, gasoline Phenomena with Applications CHE 563 and alternative fuels, petrochemicals, Applications of the basic principles of Separation Processes such as polymers and polymer inter- physical chemistry, surfactants and Application of chemical engineering mediates for films, fibers, elastomers interfacial phenomena, surface and principles to separation processes, and thermosets; surfactants, adhe- interfacial tension, adsorption of sur- including distillation, extraction, sives, lubes and gasoline additives; factants from solutions, spreading, chromatographic separation, electro- paper, wood, pesticides, pharmaceuti- contact angles, wetting, electroki- kinetic separation, membrane cal and biotechnology; sulfuric acid netic phenomena, rheology, dynamic separation, supercritical extraction, and derivatives, fertilizers, ceramics, interfacial properties, mass transport crystallization, foam fractionation glasses and other aspects of materi- across interfaces. Applications and solubilization and coacervation. als science. (3-0-3) include emulsions, foams, disper- Prerequisites: CHE 301, CHE 302, sions, tribology, detergency, flotation, CHE 351. (3-0-3) CHE 577 enhanced oil recovery, suspension, Bioprocess Engineering emulsion polymerization and liquid CHE 565 Application of engineering principles membranes. Prerequisites: CHEM Electrochemical Engineering to the biological production 343, CHE 406. (3-0-3) Basic concepts of electrochemistry processes. Enzyme kinetics, cell cul- used in electrochemical reactor ture kinetics, transport phenomena CHE 583 analysis and design. Electrolytic in cells, membranes, and biological Pharmaceutical Engineering mass transfer, current and potential reactors, genetics, bioseparation and Application of transport phenomena, distribution, corrosion engineering. downstream processing, energetics of and reaction engineering to pharma- Electrodeposition. Batteries and fuel metabolic pathways, operation modes ceutical processes. Heat and mass cells. Industrial electrolysis and elec- of cell cultures, mixed cultures and transfer in bioreactors and the flu- trosynthesis. (3-0-3) their applications (3-0-3) idized beds. Drying, coating and granulation. Environmental and eco- CHE 566 CHE 579 nomical issues in the pharmaceutical Fundamentals of Electrochemistry Enzyme Reactor Engineering processes. Examples from industrial Thermodynamics and potential, The biochemical structure of proteins processes and current literature. Marcus theory, charge transfer kinet- (enzymes), enzyme kinetics, methods (3-0-3) ics and mass transport of simple of enzyme production and purifica- systems. Electrode reactions coupled tion and methods of enzyme CHE 584 with homogeneous chemical reac- immobilization are discussed. Tissue Engineering tions. Double-layer structure and Fundamentals of reactor design with Growth and differentiation of cells adsorbed intermediates in electrode emphasis on diffusional influences in and tissue. In vitro control of tissue processes. Potential step and poten- heterogeneous systems are developed development. In vivo synthesis of tial sweep methods. (3-0-3) to permit analysis of novel immobi- tissues and organs. Transplantation lized enzyme processes. Prerequisite: of engineered cells and tissue. CHE 423 (3-0-3) Techniques and clinical applications of tissue engineering. (3-0-3)
126 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
CHE 585 CHE 701 nical, and social issues. Industrial Drug Delivery Computer-Aided Process Design ecologists strive to bring environ- Principle of diffusion in liquid mem- and Optimization mental concerns into harmony with branes and polymers, and methods Process design, steady-state and economic development. The course for measurement and analysis dynamic process simulation and includes several projects and read- of diffusion coefficient. Principle process optimization using commer- ings on current topics such as life of molecular transport in polymeric cial software for computer-aided cycle analysis (LCA), design for the material, and drug solubility in poly- process design and optimization. environment (DFE), and environ- mers. Intravenous infusion, and Prerequisites: CHE 494 or consent mental management systems. (3-0-3) polymer drug delivery systems. of instructor. (2-0-2) Process involved and kinetics of ENVE 501 solute release. Design and optimiza- CHE 703 Environmental Chemistry tion of drug delivery systems based Computer Aided Process Modeling Chemical processes in environmental on pharmacokinetic/pharmacody- Computer-aided modeling of lumped systems, with an emphasis on equi- namic requirements. (3-0-3) and distributed parameter systems librium conditions in aquatic of process models. Numerical algo- systems. The types of processes CHE 586 rithms for solving the resultant examined include acid-base, dissolu- Particulate Technology differential equations. Nonlinear tion-precipitation, air-water Advances in applied particulate tech- parameters estimations from single exchange and oxidation-reduction nology. Current specialized topics in and multi-response data, optimal reactions. Methods presented for systems such as powders, emulsions, experimental design and model dis- describing chemical speciation suspensions, dusts and mists. (3-0-3) crimination. (2-0-2) include analytical and graphical techniques, as well as computer CHE 587 CHE 761 models. Core course. (3-0-3) Particle Processing and Statistical Design of Experiments Characterization for Process Improvement ENVE 502 Particle rheology, particle size and Full and fractional factorial designs Atmospheric Chemistry distribution measurements, pulver- of experiments, optimal designs, The fundamentals and applied ization and attrition processes, interactions, analysis of variance, aspects of the photochemical agglomeration and materials empirical modeling and regression processes that drive the daytime processing. (3-0-3) analysis, response surface analysis, chemistry of the lower atmosphere process improvement by Taguchi are discussed. Basic chemistry of CHE 591 methods and alternative designs of photochemical smog, acid deposition, Research and Thesis for M.S. experiments. Prerequisite: Consent and fate of gaseous and airborne Degree of instructor. (2-0-2) toxic chemicals in the atmosphere are presented. An in-depth review CHE 593 CHE 771 of the experimental techniques Seminar in Chemical Engineering Applications of Enzymes and employed in fundamental and Presentations on recent develop- Microbes in Food Processing applied studies of reaction in real ments in the field by academic and Kinetics of enzyme-catalyzed reac- and simulated atmospheres is also industrial visitors. (1-0-1) tions, applied enzyme catalysis in provided. Prerequisites: ENVE 463, the food industry, stoichiometry of ENVE 501. (2-0-2) CHE 594 cell growth and product formation, Special Projects carbon metabolism pathways, fer- ENVE 503 Advanced projects involving com- mentation technology, applications of Water and Wastewater Analysis puter simulation, modeling or mixed cultures in the food industry, Standard and advanced analytical laboratory work. (Credit: 1—6 case studies. Prerequisite: CHE 411 techniques for measuring water credit hours.) or consent of instructor. (2-0-2) quality and efficiencies of water and wastewater treatment processes. CHE 597 Environmental Engineering Course covers both theoretical and Special Problems applied aspects of standard methods Independent study and project. ENVE 485 and advanced techniques for trace (Credit: Variable) Pollution Prevention metal and organic analyses. (Note: This course will be Prerequisite:ENVE 501 or consent CHE 691 renamed Industrial Ecology.) of instructor. (2-3-3) Research and Thesis for Ph.D. (Co-listed with EM 507) Industrial Degree Ecology is the study of material and energy flows from industrial and con- sumer activities, and the related regulatory, political, economic, tech-
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 127 Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
ENVE 504 ENVE 510 ENVE 520 Advanced Techniques in Environmental Biodynamics Environmental Monitoring Environmental Analysis Properties and characteristics of and Assessment Principles and applications of microorganisms as they relate to Modeling and monitoring methods advanced techniques in analytical water quality and to treatment for the prediction and assessment chemistry appropriate to environ- processes. Batch population growth of environmental impacts due to mental surveillance and control. characteristics. Microbial degrada- changes in the physical, chemical Includes pesticide analysis, trace tion of organic compounds. Microbial and biological environment. metal identification, and automated pathogens of waterborne diseases Comparative studies of methodolo- photometric techniques. Prerequisite: and microbial indicators. gies to assess immediate and ENVE 501 or consent of instructor. Biogeochemical relations. (3-1 4) extended effects, including trends (2-3-3) in space and time due to changes ENVE 512 in anthropogenic systems. Dynamics ENVE 505 Special Topics in Environmental of environmental changes, inventory Principles of Water Chemistry Biology methods and priority impact criteria. Examination of current research the- Selected laboratory techniques perti- Same as ENVE 405. (3-0-3) ories and state-of-the-art in subjects nent to the biological aspects of pertinent to the chemical aspects of environmental engineering. May be ENVE 525 environmental science. Includes repeated with change of course con- Advanced Water Resources chemistry of humic substances and tent, up to a maximum of six credits. Water resources engineering, includ- of pesticides in natural waters; phys- Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. ing hydrology, quality standards, ical, chemical and biological fates of (Credit: 1—3 hours.) groundwater flow and surface trace metals and organic pollutants, hydraulics. Optimization and alloca- and chemistry of biological nutrients. ENVE 513 tion of water resources. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: ENVE 501 or consent Biotechnological Processes ENVE 401. (3-0-3) of instructor. (3-0-3) in Environmental Engineering Fundamentals and applications ENVE 527 ENVE 506 of biological mixed culture processes Statistical Analysis of Systems Chemodynamics for air, water, wastewater and haz- Multivariate probability distribu- The dynamics of pollutant transfer in ardous waste treatment. Topics tions. Inference about mean, biogeochemical systems of the earth. include biochemical reactions, sto- variance. Multivariate linear regres- The overall objective of this course is chiometry, enzyme and microbial sion and response surface analysis. to introduce fundamental science and kinetics, detoxification of toxic chem- Principal components analysis, factor engineering principles needed to for- icals, and suspended growth and analysis, canonical correlation analy- mulate creative, comprehensive attached growth treatment processes. sis. Clustering, discrimination and solutions to transport problems; criti- The processes discussed include classification. Selected advanced top- cally evaluate proposed solutions to activated sludge process and its mod- ics such as survey design, design of transport problems; and acquire and ifications, biofilm processes including experimental techniques, statistical integrate new information to build on trickling filters and biofilters, nitro- methods for discrete and binary vari- these fundamentals. Core course. gen and phosphorous removal ables, time series analysis, partial (3-0-3) processes, sludge treatment least squares techniques. processes including mesophilic and Prerequisites: CHE 426, ENVE 426. ENVE 509 thermophilic systems, and natural Same as CHE 533. (3-0-3) Special Topics in Environmental systems including wetlands and Chemistry lagoons. Prerequisite: ENVE 542 or Lectures and field studies on topics consent of instructor. (3-0-3) pertinent to the chemical aspects of environmental systems. May be repeated with change of course con- tent, up to a maximum of six credits. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. (Credit: 1—3 hours.)
128 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
ENVE 528 ENVE 545 ics and optimal design principles. Modeling of Environmental Environmental Regulations and Prerequisite: ENVE 513, ENVE 542 Systems Risk Assessment or consent of instructor. (3-0-3) To introduce students to mathemati- One third of the course is a review cal modeling as a basic tool for of current environmental regulations, ENVE 563 problem solving in engineering and including the Clean Air Act, Clean Systems Engineering: Waste research. Environmental problems Water Act, Toxic Substances Control Facility Design and Operation will be used as examples to illustrate Act, Resource Conservation and Fundamentals of systems engineer- the procedures of model development, Recovery Act, CERCLA, and the ing applied to wastewater facility solution techniques and computer pro- Pollution Prevention Act. The rest of design and operation. Modeling, sim- gramming. These models will then be the course deals with the fundamen- ulation, optimization, techniques for used to demonstrate the application tals of risk assessment, including biological and physicochemical treat- of the models, including simulation, hazard identification, dose-response ment processes. Process analysis and parameter estimation and experimen- assessment, exposure assessment control simulations, cost optimiza- tal design. The goal is to show that and risk characterization for public tion. Prerequisite: ENVE 404 or mathematical modeling is not only a health and ecosystems. (3-0-3) consent of instructor. (3-0-3) useful tool, but also an integral part of process engineering. (3-0-3) ENVE 546 ENVE 570 Industrial Hygiene Air Pollution Meteorology ENVE 532 An introduction to toxicology, expo- Physical processes associated with Special Topics in Environmental sure routes and physiological the dispersion of windborne materi- Engineering classification of toxicants. als from industrial and other Lectures and discussion on topics Epidemiological considerations, mea- sources. Atmospheric motion, includ- pertinent to the engineering aspects surement methods, strategies and ing turbulence and diffusion, of environmental systems. May be calculations. Modeling of exposures mathematical models and environ- repeated with change of course up and evaluation of controlling para- mental impact assessment. Global to a maximum of six credits. meters. Ventilation methods of climate change, ozone depletion, acid Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. control. Physical stressors of sound, rain are studied. Prerequisite: ENVE (Credit: 1—3 hours.) heat, vibration and lifting. Methods 513, ENVE 542 or consent of instruc- for measurement and calculation of tor. (3-0-3) ENVE 542 exposure/compliance levels. (3-0-3) Physicochemical Processes in ENVE 572 Environmental Engineering ENVE 551 Ambient Air Monitoring Fundamentals and applications Industrial Waste Treatment Ambient air sampling and pollutant of physicochemical processes used Industrial waste sources and charac- analysis. Methods for collection and in air, water, wastewater and haz- teristics, significance of industrial identification of gaseous and particu- ardous waste treatment systems. wastes as environmental pollutants; late pollutants. Air monitoring Topics include reaction kinetics and applications of standard and special survey design, instrument calibra- reactors, particle characterization, treatment processes, including physi- tion, interpretation of atmospheric coagulation and flocculation, sedi- cal, chemical and biological systems. data. Prerequisites: ENVE 501, mentation, filtration, membrane Prerequisite: ENVE 513, ENVE 542 ENVE 570. (2-3-3) separation, adsorption and absorp- or consent of instructor. (3-0-3) tion. Prerequisite: ENVE 404 or ENVE 573 consent of instructor. Co-requisite: ENVE 555 Air Pollution Engineering ENVE 501 or consent of instructor. Industrial Waste Treatment Design Air pollution sources and source Core course. (3-0-3) Criteria control, chemistry and meteorology Theoretical and laboratory develop- of the atmosphere, atmosphere ENVE 544 ment of industrial wastewater diffusion and stack performance, Energy, Environment treatment systems design criteria. equipment and engineering processes and Economics Evaluation and selection of unit for air emission control. Prerequisite: The linkage of energy, environmental treatment processes. Application of ENVE 463. (3-0-3) and economic issues. The impact design procedures for selected repre- of energy supply and end-use on sentative industrial wastewater. ENVE 574 human well-being and the ecosystem. Prerequisites: ENVE 513, ENVE 542 Stack Sampling and Analysis A comprehensive approach to the or consent of instructor. (2-3-3) Current practices of measuring pollu- resolution of resource, technical, tants emitted from stationary economic, strategic, environmental, ENVE 561 sources. Methods of collection and socio- and geopolitical problems of Design of Environmental analysis of stack effluents, including the energy industries. Pathways to Engineering Processes field-sampling techniques and data a sustainable global energy system. Design of water and wastewater evaluation. (2-3-3) Same as CHE 543. (3-0-3) treatment systems. System econom-
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 129 Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
ENVE 575 ENVE 585 FPE 505 Control of Toxic Air Pollution Groundwater Contamination Food Microbiology Definition of toxic air pollutants; and Pollutant Transport Microorganisms of importance to sources of toxic air pollutants; emis- Applications of groundwater flow food safety, spoilage and food fermen- sions measurement, air dispersion principles, transport phenomena, and tations. Principles of occurrence and and deposition models; risk assess- chemical and biological processes to control. Importance of sanitation and ment and risk management; problems of groundwater contamina- prevention of public health problems. ecological risk analysis, gaseous toxic tion. Simulation model and case Microbiological contaminants and air pollutant control technologies; studies of current topics. (3-0-3) methods for their detection. fugitive emissions control. Pollution Mechanisms of microbial inactiva- prevention. Prerequisite: Consent of ENVE 590 tion. (3-0-3) Prerequisites: instructor. (3-0-3) Environmental Engineering Seminar Introductory Microbiology, Food Presentations on recent develop- Science and Biochemistry ENVE 576 ments in the field by academic and Indoor Air Pollution industrial visitors. (1-0-1) FPE 506 Indoor air pollution sources, indoor Food Microbiological Laboratory pollutant levels, monitoring instru- ENVE 591 Basic microbiological techniques ments and designs; indoor pollution Research and Thesis for and safe laboratory practices. control strategies: source control, con- M.S.Degree Introductory Food Microbiology. trol equipment and ventilation; energy Isolation of pathogenic bacteria. conservation and indoor air pollution; ENVE 594 Spoilage microorganisms. exposure studies and population time Special Projects Fermentation. Environmental budgets; effects of indoor air pollution; Advanced projects involving computer Monitoring. Rapid Identification risk analysis; models for predicting simulation, modeling or laboratory tests. Sporeformers. (0-3-3) source emission rates and their impact on indoor air environments. work. (Credit: 1—6 hours.) Prerequisites: Introductory Prerequisite: ENVE 405, ENVE 520 Microbiology and Biochemistry ENVE 597 or consent of instructor. (3-0-3) Special Problems FPE 507 ENVE 577 Independent study and project. Food Analysis Design of Air Pollution Control (Variable credit.) Techniques for analyzing food toxins, Devices food constituents of public health Principles and modern practices ENVE 691 concern, intentional and uninten- employed in the design of engineer- Research and Thesis for Ph.D. tional food additives, modern ing systems for the removal of Degree separation and analytical techniques. pollutants. Design of control devices Prerequisites: chemistry, analytical based on physical and chemical char- Food Process Engineering chemistry. (3-0-3) acteristics of polluted gas streams. Prerequisite: ENVE 463. (3-0-3) FPE 504 FPE 511 Food Biotechnology Food Law and Regulation ENVE 578 Introduction of biotechnology in the Legal and scientific issues in regulat- Physical and Chemical Processes food industry including genetic engi- ing the nation’s food supply and for Industrial Gas Cleaning neering of microorganisms. nutritional status. Rules of regulatory Application of physical and chemical Fundamentals of microbial genomics agencies; Federal Food, Drug and processes in the design of air treat- and proteomics. Practice of a variety Cosmetic Act; definitions and stan- ment systems; fundamentals of of software and bioinformatics tools dards for food and adulterated foods. standard and special treatment including database search, sequence Manufacturing processed foods in processes. Prerequisite: ENVE 463. alignment, phylogenetic and cluster compliance with regulations. (3-0-3) (3-0-3) analyses, gene prediction, genomic map construction, structural and FPE 521 ENVE 580 functional prediction of proteins. Food Process Engineering Hazardous Wastes Engineering Applications of DNA fingerprinting Food engineering fundamentals, Sources and characteristics of haz- techniques in food safety and public heat transfer in food processing, ardous wastes, legal aspects of health. Prerequisite: Biology or food rheology, freezing of foods, food hazardous waste management, sig- Microbiology. (3-0-3) dehydration, kinetics of chemical inificance of hazardous wastes as air, reactions in foods, refrigeration and water and soil pollutants. Principles thermal process calculations, alter- and applications of conventional and native methods of food processing. specialized hazardous waste control (3-0-3) technologies. Prerequisites: ENVE 501 and ENVE 506, or consent of instructor. Core course. (3-0-3)
130 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering
FPE 522 siderations. Recycling of package courses. Environmental engineering Advanced Food Process materials. (3-0-3) students may apply up to six credit Engineering hours with the approval of their Process calculations for food process- FPE 591 adviser. This does not apply to stu- ing methods such as canning, aseptic Research and Thesis dents pursuing the dual master’s processing, ohmic heating, Students conduct their research on degree in chemical engineering and microwave processing and pulsed a particular topic and write a thesis. computer science. energy processing. Extrusion tech- Students are also required to write niques in food processing. Discussion manuscripts from his/her thesis work of new food processing techniques for publication. (Credit: Variable 1-10 and safety implications. Prerequisite: hours) FST 521 or permission of the instruc- tor. (3-0-3) FPE 593 Seminar on Food Safety and FPE 524 Technology Fundamentals of Food Science Students attend seminars offered and Technology during the semester. Each student This course will cover the central is also required to give a 30 minute food science issues encountered with presentation on a topic of his/her storage and processing of all major interest or a research project on American food commodities including which she/he has worked. (Credit: meats, grains, confections, vegeta- 1 Hour) bles, eggs, dairy. It will also review the relevant chemistry, physics and FPE 594 engineering required to understand Special Projects common food-related unit operations Advanced projects involving analysis such as drying, freezing, sterilization of food safety processing, packaging and radiation treatment of foods. An and biotechnology systems. (Credit: introduction to microbial and chemi- 1-6 hours) cal issues of food quality and safety will also be covered. (3-0-3) FPE 597 Special Problems FPE 531 Independent study focusing on cur- HACCP Planning rent problems, issues of professional and Implementation relevance. Topics selected from food Examination of the hazard analysis process engineering, food safety, and critical control point (HACCP) packaging, biotechnology. Repeatable principles; microbiological and to a maximum of six credit hours. process overviews; generic HACCP (Credit: 1-6 hours) models, good manufacturing prac- tices; monitoring of critical control points, process control and imple- Undergraduate Courses mentation. (3-0-3) Available to Graduate Students
FPE 541 With the approval of their advisers, Principles of Food Packaging students in the chemical and food Type and application of packaging process engineering graduate pro- materials. Migration Theories. Food grams may apply up to 12 credits Package interaction. Package testing hours to their program from the fol- to ensure safety. Special design con- lowing400-level undergraduate
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 131 Chicago-Kent College of Law
Chicago-Kent College of Law
565 W. Adams St. the Coif. In January 1992, the college moved into a new Chicago, IL 60661 state-of-the-art, 10-story facility in the West Loop area of 312.906.5000 downtown Chicago. The building is a short walk from the [email protected] Federal Building that houses the U.S. District Court, the www.kentlaw.edu Court of Appeals, and numerous federal agencies; the Daley Center, where the Illinois state courts sit; and Dean: LaSalle Street, the hub of law practice in Chicago. Being Harold J. Krent located in the heart of one of the major legal centers in the United States enables the college to supplement its Chicago-Kent College of Law is accredited by the distinguished full-time faculty with outstanding practi- American Bar Association and is a member of the tioners and jurists who teach courses in their areas of Association of American Law Schools and the Order of expertise.
Degrees Offered
Juris Doctor (J.D.) Master of Laws (LL.M.)
Joint-Degree Programs
J.D./LL.M. in Taxation With Stuart School of Business: J.D./LL.M. in Financial Services Law J.D./M.B.A. J.D./LL.M. in Family Law J.D./M.S. in Environmental Management J.D./M.S. in Financial Markets With Department of Social Sciences: J.D./M.P.A. With University of Illinois, Chicago: J.D./Master of Public Health (M.P.H.)
Certificate Programs
To earn certificates, students must be admitted and International and Comparative Law enrolled as law students in the J.D. program. Labor and Employment Law Litigation and Alternative Dispute Resolution Environmental and Energy Law Public Interest Law Intellectual Property Law
Research Centers
Global Law and Policy Initiative
The Global Law and Policy Initiative (GLAPI) aims to In addition, GLAPI provides a forum to promote the develop a better understanding of the evolving global exchange of views and experiences among academics, environment and to strengthen democratic institutions policy makers and business leaders about critical issues wherever they may be found. It brings together the of global policy. GLAPI-sponsored dialogues cover a wide Chicago-Kent faculty, the Chicago community and range of topics, including the rule of law, international Chicago-Kent students who have an active interest policing, anti-corruption strategies, economic develop- in broadening their involvement in international law. ment, technology and human rights.
132 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Chicago-Kent College of Law
Institute for Science, Law & Technology
The Institute for Science, Law and Technology is a joint concepts. Environmental concerns about the generation of venture of the academic units of IIT designed to meet the greenhouse gases, rain forest devastation and sustainable growing need for science and law-trained professionals development challenge public policy. The Internet and capable of addressing the complex issues that arise in a other new information networks escape legal control at global, technologically driven marketplace of ideas, prod- national boundaries. The Institute serves as a cross-disci- uct standards, and conflicts. The most difficult challenges plinary forum for lawyers, scientists, ethicists, at the intersection of law and science today arise from psychologists, businesspeople, designers and engineers to new technologies. New possibilities in biotechnology, such confront the challenges presented by new technologies. as cloning and genetic engineering, raise difficult ques- tions about ethics and challenge traditional legal
Institute for Law and the Workplace
The Institute for Law and the Workplace is a national fessional community to train students and professionals, center for research, training, dialogue and reflection on monitor policies and trends, and reflect upon major issues the law that governs the workplace. The Institute pools in a neutral setting. the resources of leading scholars and the practicing pro-
Institute for Law and the Humanities
The Institute for Law and the Humanities was created to humanities-based studies with the study of law and facilitate, support and encourage symposiums, lectures, explore the increasingly rich and diverse scholarship in scholarship and faculty discussion on the relationship areas such as legal philosophy, legal history, law and lit- between law and other humanistic disciplines. It provides erature, and law and religion. opportunities for faculty and students to integrate
Center for Access to Justice and Technology
Chicago-Kent College of Law established the Center for igants, even in simple cases, struggle to navigate through Access to Justice and Technology (CAJT) to make justice an unfamiliar and procedurally complex court system. more accessible to the public by promoting the use of the The Center conducts research, builds software tools, Internet in the teaching, practice and public access to the teaches classes, and supports faculty, staff and student law. The one focus of CAJT is to help pro se litigants projects on access to justice and technology. obtain greater access to justice. Many self-represented lit-
Institute on Biotechnology and the Human Future
The Institute on Biotechnology and the Human Future recent developments in genetic and reproductive technol- offers assessments of the scientific benefits and risks of ogy; to move toward a greater understanding of shared new developments in biotechnology, while at the same goals; and to develop joint efforts to examine and assess time analyzing their cultural and ethical significance. developments in biotechnology in terms of risks, benefits, Based at Chicago-Kent, the Institute couples continuing impacts on cultural values, challenges for cultural insti- academic and policy research with the ability to provide tutions, and potential contribution to human flourishing. advice and analysis to businesses, professional organiza- tions, consumer groups and policymakers. It is able to The Institute is home to the Center on Nanotechnology draw on the resources of many scholars and opinion lead- and Society, which aims to catalyze informed, interdisci- ers through its wide network of fellows and links to many plinary research and education on the implications of other organizations. nanoscale science and technology for ethical, legal, policy, business and wider social issues, and with a special focus The Institute serves as a place where leading individuals on the human condition. from a wide range of cultural and political persuasions can work together and exchange understandings about
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 133 Chicago-Kent College of Law
Research and Training Facilities
The Downtown Campus Library
The Downtown Campus Library contains nearly 550,000 more than 400 people and contains computer classrooms, volumes and supports the Chicago-Kent College of Law, copier rooms and nine reservable rooms for group study. the Stuart School of Business, and the Financial Markets Seating throughout the library provides access to all of programs. A special collection known as the Library of the network computer facilities, including online research International Relations contains a diverse collection of systems both remote (e.g., LexisNexis, Westlaw, and international reference materials in law, business, eco- numerous other subscription databases in law and nomics and history, as well as important collections of business) and internal, such as Web-based interactive documents from a wide variety of international organiza- tutorials, computer assisted legal instruction, productiv- tions. The library, which is both wired and wireless, seats ity tools and e-mail.
Computer Facilities
Chicago-Kent boasts a computer network that is among Students with laptops can connect to the law school’s net- the most technologically advanced of any law school in work from almost anywhere in the building. Every seat in the nation. Networked workstations are devoted to stu- the library and almost every classroom seat has a hard- dent use throughout the building in three computer labs wired computer node with adjacent power connections. as well as in student lounges, the library, and even the Wireless technology allows complete access to the net- cafeteria and atrium. Web-based resources allow 24-hour work and is available throughout much of the building, access to e-mail as well as online registration and grading including the atrium area that spans the concourse, first systems. Faculty members routinely prepare interactive and second floors; all floors of the library; many class- tutorials that can be access by students ahead of class. rooms; and the student lounge.
The Judge Abraham Lincoln Marovitz Courtroom
The Judge Abraham Lincoln Marovitz Courtroom, named the nation. Planned for both law school instruction and for the late distinguished Chicago-Kent graduate and actual legal proceedings, the Marovitz Courtroom incor- Senior Judge of the U.S. District Court for the Northern porates the latest computer and audio/visual technology District of Illinois, integrates design features from the in a traditional setting. best courtrooms and trial advocacy training facilities in
Research and Clinical Training Areas
Legal Research and Writing
Chicago-Kent has one of the most rigorous and compre- and client representation; and specialized research and hensive legal research and writing programs in the writing in such areas as securities, labor and employ- country. The required five-course curriculum introduces ment, environmental, international, public interest, students to basic and advanced research techniques; or intellectual property law. memorandum and brief writing; transactional writing
134 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Chicago-Kent College of Law
Clinical Education
Other clinical experiences are available through the The Law Offices of Chicago-Kent, a teaching law office Judicial and Advanced Externship programs. Students located in the law school, is one of the largest in-house selected for the Judicial Externship Program serve as clinical programs in the United States. The center is judicial externs with participating judges in the federal staffed by 12 full-time attorneys and serves more than district, appellate and bankruptcy courts. Judicial 1,000 clients each year. Students who intern in the law externs work directly with the judge and the judge’s offices work on cases from 10 clinical practice areas — senior law clerk and perform the same duties as the law civil practice, criminal law, environmental law, family clerk, including researching, writing memoranda of law, law, health law, immigration law, intellectual property drafting opinions, and generally observing and participat- law, mediation, tax law and the advice desk — under the ing in the day-to-day operation of the court. Those supervision of a clinical professor. selected for the Advanced Externship Program work with teaching attorneys in a wide range of government and private practice settings.
Faculty
Kari Aamot, Assistant Professor of Legal Research Gerald Brown, Clinical Professor of Law and Director of and Writing. B.A., St. Olaf College; J.D., University the Graduate Program in Taxation. B.S.C., DePaul of Minnesota Law School. University; J.D., University of Chicago.
Susan Johanne Adams, Professor of Legal Research and Howard S. Chapman, Professor of Law. B.S., J.D., Writing, Associate Director of the Legal Research and University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. Writing Program, and Director of Writing Services. B.A., M.A., University of Wisconsin; J.D., Valparaiso Sungjoon Cho, Assistant Professor of Law. LL.B., M.P.A., University School of Law. Seoul National University; LL.M. University of Michigan Law School; S.J.D., Harvard Law School. Lori B. Andrews, Distinguished Professor of Law, Director of the Institute for Science, Law & Technology, Lewis Collens, President of Illinois Institute of and Associate Vice President. B.A., Yale College; J.D., Technology and Professor of Law. B.S., M.A., University Yale Law School. of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign; J.D., University of Chicago. Bernadette Atuahene, Assistant Professor of Law. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.P.A., Harvard Richard J. Conviser, Professor of Law. B.A., J.D., University; J.D., Yale Law School. University of California, Berkeley; Dr. Jur., University of Cologne (Germany). Katharine K. Baker, Professor of Law and Associate Dean. B.S., Harvard-Radcliffe College; J.D., University of Daniel T. Coyne, Associate Professor of Clinical Practice. Chicago Law School. B.A., University of Illinois, Chicago; J.D., The John Marshall Law School. Matthew I. Bernstein, Assistant Professor of Clinical Practice. B.A., Arizona State University; J.D., Chicago- Elizabeth De Armond, Assistant Professor of Legal Kent College of Law. Research and Writing. B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology; J.D., University of Notre Dame Law School. Fred P. Bosselman, Professor of Law Emeritus. B.A., University of Colorado; J.D., Harvard Law School . Jonathan P. Decatorsmith, Assistant Professor of Clinical Practice. B.A., University of Illinois; J.D., University of Ralph L. Brill, Professor of Law. B.A., J.D., University of Colorado. Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. Graeme Dinwoodie, Professor of Law, Associate Dean, Evelyn Brody, Professor of Law. B.A., Yale University; and Director of the Program in Intellectual Property Law. J.D., Georgetown University Law Center. LL.B., University of Glasgow; LL.M., Harvard Law School; J.S.D., Columbia Law School. Bartram S. Brown, Professor of Law and Co-Director of the Program in International and Comparative Law. B.A., Howard C. Eglit, Professor of Law. B.A., University of Harvard University; J.D., Columbia University; Ph.D., Michigan; J.D., University of Chicago. Graduate Institute of International Studies (Switzerland). Suzanne Ehrenberg, Professor of Legal Research and Writing. B.A., Williams College; J.D., University of Chicago Law School. IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 135 Chicago-Kent College of Law
Faculty continued
Ira C. Feldman, Associate Professor of Clinical Practice. Gary S. Laser, Associate Professor of Law and Director of B.A., American University; J.D., Washington College of Clinical Education. B.B.A., J.D., University of Miami. Law. Laurie E. Leader, Professor of Clinical Practice. A.B., David J. Gerber, Distinguished Professor of Law and Co- Washington University; J.D., Cleveland-Marshall College Director of the Program in International and of Law. Comparative Law. B.A., Trinity College; M.A., Yale Christopher R. Leslie, Professor of Law. B.A., University University; J.D., University of Chicago. of California, Los Angeles; M.P.P., Harvard University; Douglas Wm. Godfrey, Assistant Professor of Legal J.D., University of California, Berkeley. Research and Writing. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois, Martin H. Malin, Professor of Law and Director of the Urbana-Champaign; J.D., University of Michigan Law Institute for Law and the Workplace. B.A., Michigan School. State University; J.D., George Washington University. Richard J. Gonzalez, Clinical Professor of Law. B.A., Nancy S. Marder, Professor of Law. B.A., Yale University; Northwestern University; J.D., Ohio State University M.Ph., University of Cambridge; J.D., Yale Law School. College of Law. Sheldon H. Nahmod, Distinguished Professor of Law and Sanford N. Greenberg, Visiting Associate Professor of Co-Director of the Institute of Law and the Humanities. Law. A.B., Princeton University; J.D., George Washington A.B., University of Chicago; LL.B., LL.M., Harvard University; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, University. Berkeley. Henry H. Perritt, Jr., Professor of Law and Director of Vivien C. Gross, Clinical Professor of Law. B.A., the Graduate Program in Financial Services Law. B.S., Northwestern University; M.A., University of Illinois, M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; J.D., Urbana-Champaign; J.D., Indiana University Law Georgetown University Law Center. School. Mickie A. Piatt, Associate Professor of Law and Executive Philip N. Hablutzel, Professor of Law. B.A., Louisiana Director of the Program in Intellectual Property Law. State University; M.A., J.D., University of Chicago. B.A., M.L.S., J.D., University of Texas, Austin. Daniel W. Hamilton, Assistant Professor of Law and Mark D. Rosen, Professor of Law. B.A., Yale College; J.D., Co-Director of the Institute for Law and the Humanities. Harvard Law School. B.A., Oberlin College; J.D., George Washington University; Ph.D., Harvard University. David S. Rudstein, Professor of Law. B.S., LL.M., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign; J.D., Sarah K. Harding, Associate Professor of Law. B.A., Northwestern University. McGill University (Canada); LL.B., Dalhousie University (Canada); B.C.L., Oxford University (England); LL.M., Julie S. Schrager, Visiting Assistant Professor of Law. Yale Law School. A.B., Harvard-Radcliffe College; J.D., University of Chicago Law School. Edward C. Harris, Visiting Assistant Professor of Law. B.A., Loyola University Chicago; J.D., Chicago-Kent Michael A. Scodro, Assistant Professor of Law. A.B., College of Law. Dartmouth College; J.D., Yale Law School.
Steven L. Harris, Professor of Law. B.A., J.D., University Carolyn Shapiro, Assistant Professor of Law. B.A., of Chicago. University of Chicago; M.A., University of Chicago Harris Graduate School of Public Policy; J.D., University of Steven J. Heyman, Professor of Law. A.B., Harvard Chicago Law School. College; J.D., Harvard Law School. Jeffrey G. Sherman, Professor of Law. A.B., J.D., Harvard Timothy R. Holbrook, Associate Professor of Law. B.S., University. North Carolina State University; J.D., Yale Law School. Stephen D. Sowle, Assistant Dean for Academic Pamela Kentra, Associate Professor of Clinical Practice. Administration and Student Affairs and Senior Lecturer. B.A., University of Illinois; J.D., Chicago-Kent College of B.A., Williams College; J.D., Yale Law School. Law. Michael I. Spak, Professor of Law. B.S., J.D., DePaul Richard S. Kling, Clinical Professor of Law. B.A., University; LL.M., Northwestern University. University of Illinois, Chicago; J.D., Northwestern University School of Law. Ronald W. Staudt, Professor of Law and Associate Vice President for Law, Business and Technology. B.S., B.A., Edward Kraus, Associate Professor of Clinical Practice. St. Joseph College; J.D., University of Chicago. B.A., University of Michigan; J.D., Georgetown University Law Center. Joan E. Steinman, Distinguished Professor of Law. A.B., University of Rochester; J.D., Harvard Law School. Harold J. Krent, Dean and Professor of Law. A.B., Princeton University; J.D., New York University School Margaret G. Stewart, Professor of Law. B.A., Kalamazoo of Law. College; J.D., Northwestern University.
136 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Chicago-Kent College of Law
Faculty continued
Keith Ann Stiverson, Director of the IIT Downtown David C. Thomas, Clinical Professor of Law. A.B., Kenyon Campus Library and Senior Lecturer. M.A., Catholic College; J.D., University of Michigan Law School. University of America; J.D., Georgetown University Law Jeff Thomas, Assistant Professor of Clinical Practice. Center. B.B.A., University of Michigan; J.D., Harvard Law Kent Streseman, Associate Professor of Appellate School. Advocacy and Director of the Ilana Diamond Rovner Richard Warner, Professor of Law and Faculty Director of Program in Appellate Advocacy. B.A., University of the Center for Law and Computers. B.A., Stanford California, Davis; J.D., Cornell Law School. University; Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley; Mary Rose Strubbe, Professor of Legal Research and J.D., University of Southern California Law Center. Writing, Director of the Legal Research and Writing Richard W. Wright, Professor of Law. B.S., California Program, and Assistant Director of the Institute for Law Institute of Technology; J.D., Loyola University of Los and the Workplace. B.A., Mundelein College; J.D., Angeles; LL.M., Harvard University. Chicago-Kent College of Law. A. Dan Tarlock, Distinguished Professor of Law and Director of the Program in Environmental and Energy Law. B.S., J.D., Stanford University.
Admission Requirements
Applicants for admission to Chicago-Kent must have take the LSAT and register with the Law School Data received a bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or Assembly Service. For additional information on admis- university prior to beginning classes at the law school. sion requirements, potential students should contact the Students are admitted to the law school based on the law school admissions office at 312.906.5020 or visit the information contained in their applications, their LSAT Chicago-Kent admissions Web site at scores, undergraduate records, personal statements and www.kentlaw.edu/adm. their letters of recommendation. All candidates must
Juris Doctor
The college offers both full-time and part-time divisions. including one summer session, to graduate. A selection Entrance, scholastic and graduate requirements are the of courses is offered each summer, mostly in the evening. same for both divisions, and full-time faculty teach in First-year courses are required, while most courses in the both divisions. Entering classes begin only in the fall. second and third years are elective although the faculty Three years are normally required for full-time day divi- recommends that all students take certain upperclass sion students to complete the 87 credit hours needed for courses. In addition to traditional courses, the curriculum the Juris Doctor (J.D.) degree. Evening division and part- offers a wide variety of innovative courses and seminars time day division students normally take four years, to enrich the student’s academic experience.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 137 Chicago-Kent College of Law
Master of Laws (LL.M.)
Chicago-Kent offers Master of Laws (LL.M.) degree pro- faculty member. A student may pursue these programs on grams in taxation, international and comparative law, a full- or part-time basis. The LL.M. in International and international intellectual property law, family law, and Comparative Law is offered to foreign attorneys. The col- financial services law. Each program requires 24 credit lege also offers a combined J.D./LL.M. in Taxation and hours. The courses are taught by outstanding practition- J.D./LL.M. in Financial Services Law, in which a student ers and offer students the opportunity to do advanced may earn both degrees after seven semesters in residence research and writing under the direct supervision of a instead of eight.
J.D./LL.M. in Taxation
The law school offers a combined J.D./LL.M. program in student will earn the J.D. in the usual time but will then taxation that enables a student to earn both a J.D. and a go on, as a graduate student with advanced standing, to Master of Laws (LL.M.) in taxation in a total of seven earn the LL.M. in only one additional semester instead of semesters of full-time study instead of eight. A student two. A degree of Master of Laws in Taxation is a recog- may take six LL.M. courses (12 credit hours of course- nized certification of exceptional knowledge and skill in work) while a J.D. candidate. These 12 credit hours will tax law and tax planning. be applied toward both the J.D. and the LL.M. The
J.D./LL.M. in Family Law
Chicago-Kent offers a combined J.D./LL.M. program in dant, increasingly complex issues of tax, finance, real family law that allows students to gain the broad exper- estate, business entities, contracts and child psychology. tise required of contemporary family law practitioners. The practice-oriented curriculum-the only one of its kind in the United States-encompasses family law and atten-
J.D./M.S. in Financial Markets
The law school, through the Stuart School of Business, age firm, commodity exchange or trading company. offers a joint-degree J.D./M.S. in Financial Markets. The Students gain a unique perspective on the economics of program is designed for students who wish to specialize financial products and markets that are used to advise in securities and commodities law for a law firm, broker- clients, to propose regulation, or to litigate.
J.D./LL.M. in Financial Services Law
Deregulation of financial services, tax reforms, and revo- dents a unique opportunity to broaden their understand- lutionary market forces have created an environment in ing of the principles underlying increasingly complex which attorneys and other professionals must broaden systems and services, deepen their knowledge their knowledge and sharpen their analytical skills and of particular topics of interest, and enhance their skills understanding in these areas. The graduate program in as professionals. Courses are offered on weekday financial services law, offer both full- and part-time stu- evenings and on Saturdays.
J.D./M.P.A.
The law school offers a joint-degree J.D./M.P.A. in Administration. This program explores practices and conjunction with IIT’s Graduate Program in Public policies in the public sector.
J.D./M.B.A.
A joint degree J.D./M.B.A. program in conjunction with intend to be involved in activities and commercial trans- IIT’s Stuart School of Business allows students to receive actions within the business community. The M.B.A. both J.D. and M.B.A. degrees in a reduced time period, program’s focus on professional specialization, combined depending on undergraduate preparation. The primary with business-oriented law courses in the law school objective of the program is to provide law students with curriculum, enhances a lawyer’s ability to work effec- a strong academic background in management. This pro- tively as part of the corporate and business world. gram is particularly valuable for those law students who
138 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Chicago-Kent College of Law
J.D./M.S. in Environmental Management
The law school offers a joint J.D./M.S. in Environmental agement to answer the increasing demand for manage- Management degree program in conjunction with IIT’s ment-level personnel who have an understanding of Stuart School of Business. The Environmental environmental issues. An attorney with environmental Management Program is a unique multi-disciplinary training is able to work either as a lawyer or in corporate program integrating engineering, law and business man- or governmental management.
J.D./Master of Public Health (M.P.H.)
The law school offers a joint-degree J.D./M.P.H. in pressing public health problems; to learn how to impact conjunction with the University of Illinois at Chicago. public policy makers; to explore and understand the Students in the program must independently matriculate empirical assumptions about public health that drive into the UIC School of Public Health. The comprehensive legal decision-making; and to discover how emerging curriculum addresses the cutting-edge issues at the inter- medical technologies and new health-care delivery mech- section of public health, law and medicine. Students in anisms are likely to be regulated. the joint-degree program acquire legal tools to help solve
Certificate Programs
Students enrolled in the J.D. program at Chicago-Kent the student has completed an identified subset of elective may earn certificates in specialized areas. Certificates courses in the area of specialization. indicate that, as part of the required J.D. curriculum,
Environmental and Energy Law
The Program in Environmental and Energy Law trains Students in the program complete 14 credit hours of students to be environmental and energy professionals approved coursework. If students are full-time, these as well as law practitioners. Taking an interdisciplinary courses are taken during the second and third years; approach to the field’s scientific, economic and ethical if students are part-time, courses are taken during the aspects, the program immerses students in the statutes second, third and fourth years. and administrative regulations, case decisions, and theo- retical underpinnings of environmentalism. The program attracts students from a wide range of professions. A highly regarded faculty teaches a carefully considered cur- riculum addressing a wide variety of cutting-edge issues.
Intellectual Property Law
Intellectual property lawyers work where the law inter- and develop litigation skills by participating in moot sects with technology, science and the arts to protect their court competitions. The program encourages scholarship clients’ creative products. The field of intellectual prop- and discourse among academics, practitioners and stu- erty law focuses on issues relating to patents, copyrights, dents with events like the Chicago Intellectual Property trade secrets, unfair competition and antitrust. As part of Colloquium. Students complete 20 credit hours of the program’s rigorous practical skills training, students approved course work, including courses in patent law, learn how to draft intellectual property documents copyright law and trademark and unfair competition law. through specialized legal research and writing courses
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 139 Chicago-Kent College of Law
International and Comparative Law
In a climate of continuous change, Chicago-Kent’s fully complete 14 credit hours of course study in interna- Program in International and Comparative Law tional and comparative law, including a two-credit-hour addresses the law’s global implications and extensive seminar. reach. Students can learn how to conduct an interna- tional business transaction, develop the skills to navigate Students can take advantage of the Library of between different legal regimes, and learn about the legal International Relations, which contains a diverse collec- structures of international institutions and organizations. tion of international legal, historical and business-related The program offers opportunities to link course work to reference materials and is a depository library for the externships, foreign law study and projects in nations United Nations and the European Union. across the globe. Students in the program must success-
Labor and Employment Law
The Program in Labor and Employment Law is the cen- gram participants must complete four core courses, a terpiece of Chicago-Kent’s Institute for Law and the seminar course, a practicum and additional electives. The Workplace. Through a logical, carefully paced sequence of core courses are Labor Law; Employment Relationships; coursework and practical skills training, the program Employment Discrimination; and a specialized advanced provides comprehensive, rigorous preparation for the field legal research and writing course in labor and employ- of labor and employment law. To earn a certificate, pro- ment law.
Litigation and Alternative Dispute Resolution
Chicago-Kent’s Program in Litigation and Alternative that includes alternative dispute resolution, jurispru- Dispute Resolution offers an innovative curriculum that dence, evidence, pretrial litigation and trial advocacy. stresses the connection between legal doctrine, skills and In-house clinical education takes place in the Law Offices values, and the art of lawyering. The program provides of Chicago-Kent, the school’s acclaimed teaching law firm, comprehensive training in trial skills, negotiation and where students work with clinical professors on cases in mediation, and a rigorous curriculum of clinical educa- criminal, civil rights, employment, family, health and tax tion. Students in the program complete a series of courses law.
Public Interest Law
The Certificate in Public Interest Law builds on Chicago- and interest objectives. Each student will also meet sev- Kent’s strong public interest tradition and adds a eral times with the Career Services Office to complete a concentrated curriculum to the rich array of activities, personalized Public Interest Career Path Plan. courses and resources that encourage Chicago-Kent stu- dents to consider public interest law and prepare students The Public Interest Law Certificate is distinct from, but to be effective public interest lawyers. The certificate coordinated with, the current volunteer program of pro requires 12 credit hours, including Public Interest Law bono activities at the law school. The Dean’s Certificate of and Policy and a specialized advanced legal research and Service, which can be obtained by volunteering for pro writing course concentrating on public interest law. bono service during law school under the Public Interest Because the substantive scope of public interest lawyering Resource Center (PIRC), is a requirement for the is so broad, each student meets with the director of the Certificate in Public Interest Law, but the PIRC certifi- program to plan additional courses and at least one public cate will remain a distinct credential that any student interest clinic or externship to satisfy individual career can obtain.
Trial Advocacy
Chicago-Kent offers a two-semester sequence in trial ter, students learn strategic trial techniques and conduct advocacy taught by judges and practitioners with exten- at least four full trials. sive trial experience. In the first semester, students practice jury selection, opening statements, direct exami- An advanced course in litigation technology ensures stu- nation, cross-examination and closing arguments, and dents are prepared to use computer technology in the they conduct at least two full trials. In the second semes- courtroom, a critical aspect of contemporary trial practice.
140 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Chicago-Kent College of Law
Course Descriptions
See the Chicago-Kent College of Law Web site for detailed information about faculty (www.kentlaw.edu/faculty) and courses (www.kentlaw.edu/academics/courses.html).
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 141 Department of Civil and Architectural Engineering
Department of Civil and Architectural Engineering
228 Alumni Hall The Department of Civil and Architectural Engineering 3201 S. Dearborn St. offers graduate instruction in structural engineering, Chicago, IL 60616 transportation engineering, geotechnical engineering, 312.567.3540 geoenvironmental engineering, public works, construction 312.567.3519 fax engineering and management, and architectural engi- [email protected] neering. The department maintains relationships with www.iit.edu/~ce business, industry and government. An active research program provides highly relevant perspectives on current Chair: engineering challenges and issues in the field. Jamshid Mohammadi
Degrees Offered Master of Architectural Engineering Master of Science in Civil Engineering Master of Construction Engineering and Management with specialization in: Master of Geoenvironmental Engineering Architectural Engineering Master of Geotechnical Engineering Construction Engineering and Management Master of Public Works Geotechnical Engineering Master of Structural Engineering Geoenvironmental Engineering Master of Transportation Engineering Structural Engineering Transportation Engineering Doctor of Philosophy
Joint-Degree Program
Bachelor of Architecture/Master of Civil Engineering
Certificate Programs Construction Management Infrastructure Engineering and Management Earthquake and Wind Engineering Design Transportation Systems Planning Geoenvironmental Engineering
Research Facilities
Research facilities include laboratories devoted to con- have access to the extensive on-campus facilities of the crete structures, structural models, metal structures, IIT Research Institute and the Argonne National materials, architectural engineering, geotechnical engi- Laboratory nearby. The department has a computer-aided neering, transportation engineering, and construction engineering and design lab equipped with state-of-the-art engineering and management. In addition, researchers hardware and software.
Research Areas The main research areas in the department are struc- computer applications in scheduling, estimating, resource tural, architectural, geotechnical and geoenvironmental planning and cost control; traffic engineering, urban engineering, construction engineering and management, transportation planning, traffic flow theory, public trans- transportation engineering and public works. The faculty port, railroad engineering and transportation systems conducts research in structural mechanics, analysis management. methods and design in concrete and steel; bridge engi- neering; acoustics; airflow and thermal modeling, energy Research in the public works specialty area includes pub- conservation, indoor air quality and thermal comfort; soil lic policy evaluation, management of engineering mechanics, rock mechanics, engineering geology, earth- operations, maintenance, repair and rehabilitation of quake engineering, soil structure and soil-water bridges, and rehabilitation and renovation of existing interactions; construction techniques, site productivity, infrastructures. The department also conducts research contracts and specifications, planning, scheduling and in the areas of architectural engineering and building control of construction activities, quantity takeoff and envelopes, acoustics, fire protection and safety engineer- estimating, economic decision analysis, construction ing, fire prevention and protection during construction, equipment, systems analysis, contract administration and fire load environment and performance-based design.
142 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Civil and Architectural Engineering
Faculty
David Arditi, Professor. B.S., M.S., Middle East Technical Jamshid Mohammadi, Professor and Chairman. B.S., University (Turkey); Ph.D., Loughborough University of M.S., University of Teheran (Iran); M.S., Ph.D., Technology (United Kingdom). Construction engineering University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. Structural and management. reliability and bridge engineering.
Jeffrey S. Budiman, Associate Professor. B.S., Bandung Ralph T. Muehleisen, Assistant Professor, B.S. University Institute of Technology (Indonesia); M.S., Illinois of Wisconsin, Madison, Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of Colorado, University. Architectural acoustics, building simulations Boulder. Geotechnical and geoenvironmental engineering. development including lighting and acoustics.
Eduardo De Santiago, Assistant Professor. B.S., Illinois James Novak, Senior Lecturer and Director, Engineering Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., Stanford University. Graphics Division. M.S., Illinois Institute of Technology. Structural engineering and computational methods. John R. O’Leary, Associate Professor and Associate Sidney A. Guralnick, Perlstein Distinguished Professor of Chairman. B.S., M.S., Illinois Institute of Technology; Engineering, Emeritus, and Director of the Advanced Ph.D., University of Texas, Austin. Solid mechanics and Building Materials and Systems Center. B.S., Drexel computational methods. Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University. Structural engineering and materials of construction. Jay H. Shen, Associate Professor. B.S., Hefei University; M.S., Chinese Academy of Sciences; Ph.D., University of C. Jotin Khisty, Professor Emeritus. B.S., Nagpur California, Berkeley. Structural engineering and seismic University (India), M.S., M.C.P., University of Cincinnati; design. Ph.D., The Ohio State University. Transportation sys- tems, traffic engineering and infrastructure systems. Jonathan J. Shi, Associate Professor. B.Sc., M.Sc., Wuhan University; Ph.D., University of Alberta (Canada). Zongzhi Li, Assistant Professor of Civil and Architectural Innovation and new development of modeling and simula- Engineering. B.E. Chang’an University, (China); M.S., tion methods for construction. Ph.D., Purdue University. Mark E. Snyder, Research Professor. B.S., M.S., A. C. Megri, Assistant Professor. Ph.D., INSA, Lyon Creighton University, M.S., Illinois Institute of (France). Passive cooling, alternative methods for plastic Technology, Ph.D., Texas Tech University. Building waste recycling, thermal modeling of heat exchangers, energy and lighting systems, measurement techniques, airflow modeling, design of cooling systems. fire engineering.
Admission Requirements
Cumulative undergraduate GPA minimum: 3.0/4.0 in architectural engineering also accept a bachelor’s GRE minimum score: degree in architecture. Students who have completed an For tests taken prior to Oct.1, 2002, M.S./MAS/Ph.D.: accredited program in a related field or in a foreign 1200 (combined) school may be admitted on a provisional status until any For tests taken on or after Oct.1, 2002, M.S./MAS: deficiencies in preparation are removed. 900 (quantitative + verbal) 2.5 (analytical writing) For tests taken on or after Oct.1, 2002, Ph.D.: Every full-time graduate student is assigned a faculty 1000 (quantitative + verbal) 3.0 (analytical writing) adviser by the department chair at the time of initial reg- TOEFL minimum: 550/213* istration. All part-time or non-degree students who have not been assigned an adviser and who intend to pursue a Meeting the minimum GPA and test score requirements program toward a degree should contact the department does not guarantee admission. Test scores and GPA are chairman for counseling before registering for courses. just two of many factors considered. Departmental seminars and colloquia are conducted on a regular basis each semester. All full-time graduate stu- Admission to graduate degree programs normally dents are expected to register for CAE 593 each semester requires a Bachelor of Science degree in civil engineering and attend these seminar meetings regularly. from an institution accredited by Accreditation Board of Engineering and Technology (ABET). The master’s pro- * Paper-based test score/computer-based test score. grams in construction engineering and management and
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 143 Department of Civil and Architectural Engineering
Master of Architectural Engineering
Master of Construction Engineering and Management
Master of Geoenvironmental Engineering
Master of Geotechnical Engineering
Master of Structural Engineering
Master of Transportation Engineering
32 credit hours (minimum) Candidates in these programs must complete a minimum of 32 credit hours, three of which may be a special project These master’s programs are course-only, professionally course, CAE 597. Up to 12 credit hours of 400-level oriented degree programs that permit a concentration in undergraduate coursework (except CAE 431 and CAE preparation for engineering practice. Admission require- 432) may be included in the professional master’s pro- ments to the programs in construction, architectural, gram with prior adviser approval. No thesis or geoenvironmental, geotechnical, structural and trans- comprehensive examination is required for successful portation engineering are the same as those for the M.S. completion of this degree. program, with one possible exception. The GRE require- ment is waived for applicants who hold a Bachelor of Science in a related field from an ABET-accredited uni- versity in the United States with a minimum GPA of 3.0/4.0.
Architectural Engineering
This program is oriented toward students who need to background courses, or graduate courses offered by the develop more knowledge about buildings. Students are College of Architecture. expected to have educational backgrounds in disciplines such as architecture, structural engineering, mechanical Core courses engineering, and/or electrical engineering. The program CAE 471 Construction Planning and Scheduling covers the three basic aspects of architectural engineer- CAE 531 Physical Performance of Buildings ing: mechanical and electrical systems, structures and CAE 542 Acoustics and Lighting construction management. CAE 574 Economic Decision Analysis in Civil Engineering This program involves four core courses, four or five elec- tive courses from one field of concentration, and two courses from any relevant field of concentration, general
144 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Civil and Architectural Engineering
Construction Engineering and Management
The professional master’s program in construction Core courses engineering and management provides students with CAE 570 Legal Issues in Civil Engineering the knowledge and background that is essential to mak- CAE 574 Economic Decision Analysis ing decisions at site, company, industrial and sector in Civil Engineering levels. Students learn how to plan and schedule projects, CAE 575 Systems Analysis in Civil Engineering estimate and control costs, make economic decisions, CAE 577 Construction Equipment Management administer contracts, organize construction sites, manage construction equipment, analyze productivity, optimize construction activities, and address legal problems.
Geoenvironmental Engineering and Geotechnical Engineering
The geotechnical and geoenvironmental engineering Geotechnical engineering core courses programs provide background knowledge and training CAE 562 Engineering Behavior of Soils to prepare students to analyze, design and construct CAE 564 Design of Foundations, Embankments structures, and to provide solutions to problems in geot- and Earth Structures echnical engineering and environmental geotechnics. CAE 565 Rock Mechanics and Tunneling The subjects include engineering behavior of soil and CAE 566 Earthquake Engineering and Soil Dynamics rock, geomechanics, foundations, earth support struc- tures, dams, tunnels, slope stability, geotechnical Geoenvironmental engineering core courses earthquake engineering and soil dynamics, site improve- CAE 562 Engineering Behavior of Soils ment, geosynthetics, groundwater, pollutant transport, CAE 567 Physicochemical Behavior of Soils chemical behavior of soil, waste disposal facilities. CAE 589 Groundwater Hydrology and Sampling Laboratory experiments and computer analyses/modeling CAE 590 Geotechnical Landfill Design and Maintenance are incorporated.
Structural Engineering
IIT’s professional program in structural engineering pro- Core courses vides students with the knowledge needed to design the MMAE 504 Engineering Analysis 1A built environment. Students learn how buildings and CAE 503 Advanced Structural Theory and Design bridges may be designed to resist the forces imposed CAE 518 Advanced Reinforced Concrete upon them by external loads, gravity, wind and earth- CAE 525 Advanced Steel and Composite Structures quakes. Up-to-date computer-aided design techniques and the latest national building codes dealing with steel, rein- forced concrete, pre-stressed concrete and masonry structures are treated.
Transportation Engineering
With a Master of Transportation Engineering degree, a Core courses student will be a qualified transportation planner and CAE 543 Demand Models for Urban Transportation traffic engineer. Additionally, the student will be trained CAE 546 Public Transportation Systems to understand and evaluate the socioeconomic impacts of CAE 548 Transportation Systems Management transportation and infrastructure engineering projects. CAE 575 Systems Analysis in Civil Engineering
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 145 Department of Civil and Architectural Engineering
Master of Public Works (Infrastructure Engineering and Management)
32 credit hours minimum of 32 credit hours, drawn from the programs in civil and environmental engineering and public The Master of Public Works (M.P.W.) degree is the most administration. This program is offered in cooperation widely recognized educational credential for professionals with IIT’s Master of Public Administration program. engaged in public works and infrastructure engineering Admission to the M.P.W. program as a regular graduate and management. IIT’s M.P.W. program consists of four student requires a bachelor’s degree in engineering or sci- mandatory and six to seven elective courses, totaling a ence with a GPA of 3.0/4.0 or better.
Master of Science in Civil Engineering
32 credit hours are for research and thesis. Up to 12 credit hours of Thesis and oral defense 400-level undergraduate coursework [except CAE 431 (Steel and Timber Design) and CAE 432 (Concrete and Five technical areas (construction, architectural, geoenvi- Foundation Design)] may be included in the M.S. pro- ronmental, geotechnical, structural and transportation gram with prior adviser approval. An oral defense of engineering) are included in the M.S. program. Degree the thesis constitutes the comprehensive examination, candidates in the Master of Science program must com- and no additional written comprehensive examination plete a minimum of 32 credit hours, six to eight of which is required.
Doctor of Philosophy
96 credit hours, including master’s degree research at any time after admission to candidacy when, (A maximum of 48 credit hours may be transferred in the committee’s opinion, he or she has achieved from another institution. Students should consult the adequate preparation. Academic preparation normally rules for transfer credit on page 33.) includes the equivalent of one year of coursework, with Qualifying exam civil engineering as the major field, as well as prepara- Comprehensive exam tion in such minor fields as applied mathematics or Dissertation solid mechanics. Oral defense The student should discuss the choice of a research The full-time doctoral program generally consists of adviser with the advisory committee before making two complete years of academic preparation, followed by his or her selection. The research adviser, if not already one year of full-time research in residence at IIT. To be a member of the committee, will be added at this time. admitted to candidacy, students must successfully com- The research project must be in harmony with the plete a qualifying examination; the department may interests of the faculty and with the facilities of the waive this requirement for students who hold an M.S. department. Off-campus research for the dissertation degree from IIT in the same field. This examination is possible if and only if approved by the entire faculty should be completed within a year of entry into the advisory committee. In those cases, the student must program. After a student is admitted to candidacy, register for CAE 691 during each semester in which the the department appoints a permanent committee consist- thesis is being prepared. The comprehensive examination ing of at least two faculty members of the department must be completed at least one year prior to the date and representatives of faculty in the minor fields. The of graduation. advisory committee may permit the student to initiate
Bachelor of Architecture/Master of Civil Engineering
Qualified students regularly enrolled at IIT may earn and CAE 432 (in place of MATH 119), MATH 122, CAE both the Bachelor of Architecture and the professional 287, CAE 351, and CAE 352. Students who anticipate master’s degree. They must complete preparatory courses entry into the combined program and who intend to spe- for the professional master’s program prior to entry into cialize in construction engineering and management the combined program. Students who anticipate entry must successfully complete the following courses as part into the combined program and who intend to specialize of the technical electives in their undergraduate program in structural engineering must successfully complete the in architecture: CAE 323, CAE 431, CAE 432 and CAE following courses as part of their undergraduate program 457. (For undergraduate course descriptions, students in architecture: MATH 151, MATH 152, MATH 251, CAE should refer to the undergraduate bulletin or the online 303, CAE 304, CAE 307, CAE 310, CAE 315, CAE 431 course-description database at www.enrollment.iit.edu.) 146 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Civil and Architectural Engineering
Certificate Programs
Construction Management
Required courses (Select four) CAE 572 Construction Cost Accounting and Control CAE 470 Construction Methods and Cost Estimating CAE 573 Computer Applications in Construction CAE 471 Construction Planning and Scheduling CAE 574 Economic Decision Analysis CAE 472 Construction Site Operation in Civil Engineering CAE 473 Construction Project Administration CAE 575 Systems Analysis in Civil Engineering CAE 570 Legal Issues in Civil Engineering CAE 577 Construction Equipment Management CAE 571 Advanced Construction Scheduling and Control CAE 578 Construction Claims Management
Earthquake and Wind Engineering Design
Required courses (Select four) CAE 504 Seismic Retrofit and Earthquake CAE 410 Introduction to Wind Hazard Reduction and Earthquake Engineering CAE 518 Advanced Reinforced Concrete CAE 420 Introduction to Dynamics of Structures CAE 525 Advanced Steel and Composite Structures CAE 431 Steel and Timber Design CAE 582 Structural Wind and Earthquake Engineering CAE 432 Concrete and Foundation Design
Geoenvironmental Engineering
Required courses AND one of the following: CAE 567 Physicochemical Behavior of Soils ENVE 480 Solid Waste Engineering CAE 589 Ground Water Hydrology and Sampling ENVE 580 Hazardous Waste Engineering CAE 590 Geotechnical Landfill Design and Maintenance ENVE 585 Groundwater Contamination and Pollutant Transport
Infrastructure Engineering and Management
Required courses CAE 541 Pavement Evaluation and Management PA 501 Introduction to Public Administration CAE 486 Soil and Site Improvement PA 551 Public Works Management CAE 590 Geotechnical Landfill Design and Maintenance CAE 471 Construction Planning and Scheduling AND two of the following: CAE 574 Economic Decision Analysis CAE 408 Bridge and Structural Design in Civil Engineering CAE 508 Bridge Inspection, Rehabilitation, Repair ENVE 405 Environmental Impact Assessment and Management ENVE 551 Design of Sanitary Engineering Process CAE 419 Transportation Engineering and Design
Transportation Systems Planning
Required courses (Select four) CAE 544 Urban Transportation Planning CAE 419 Highway and Engineering Design CAE 549 Transportation Economics, Development CAE 430 Probability Concepts and Policy in Civil Engineering Design CAE 575 Systems Analysis in Civil Engineering CAE 543 Demand Models for Urban Transportation
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 147 Department of Civil and Architectural Engineering
Course Descriptions
Numbers in parentheses course will include problem identifi- Prerequisite: CAE 542 or instructor indicate class, lab and credit cation, investigative techniques, Consent. (3-0-3). hours, respectively. repair methods, preparation of reme- dial design documents, and general CAE 510 CAE 503 management of rehabilitation pro- Dynamics of Fire Advanced Structural Theory jects. Types of constructions include Introduction to fire, physics and and Design buildings, exterior walls, facades, chemistry, and mass and heat trans- Introduction to the mechanics of cladding, roofing, plazas and others. fer principles, fire fluid mechanic solids. Energy methods and the cal- (2-0-2) fundamentals, fundamentals and culus of variations. Ritz/Galerkin requirements of the burning of mate- approximation methods. Introductory CAE 507 rials (gases, liquids, and solids), fire discussions on elastic stability and Control of Sound and Vibration phenomena in enclosures such as plate analyses. Prerequisite: CAE in Buildings pre-flashover and post-flashover. 310. Corequisite: MMAE 504. (4-0-4) Basic sound physics and sound prop- Prerequisites: MMAE 310 or MMAE agation in enclosed spaces. Sound 313 or CAE 302, MMAE 322 or CAE CAE 504 and vibration sources in and out of 309 or instructor’s consent. (Students Seismic Retrofit buildings. Theories of sound trans- who have taken the undergraduate and Earthquake Hazard Reduction mission through building elements. course equivalent, CAE 424, may not Selection of site-dependent earth- Effects of noise and vibration on take this course for credit.) (3-0-3) quake for retrofit. Strength and man and buildings, criteria and ductility of aging structures. Cyclic standards. Design of noise control CAE 511 behavior and modeling of structures systems. Calculation of airborne and Fire Protection of Buildings under seismic loading. Performance- impact sound insulation. Noise and Fundamentals of building design for based retrofit criteria. Evaluating vibration control implementations fire and life safety. Emphasis on a earthquake vulnerability of existing in various indoor spaces, such as systematic design approach. Basic buildings and bridges. Upgrading residential units, offices, schools and considerations of building codes, fire lateral load-carrying systems. mechanical rooms. Prerequisite: CAE loading, fire resistance, exit design, Conceptual basis for seismic isolation 542 or instructor’s Consent. (3-0-3). protective systems, and other fire and energy-absorbing techniques and protection systems. For architects their applications in earthquake haz- CAE 508 and engineers not majoring in fire ard reduction in existing bridges and Bridge Inspection, Rehabilitation, protection and safety engineering. buildings. Selection of retrofit meth- Repair and Management (Students who have taken the under- ods. Case studies of seismic retrofit Elements of bridge management, graduate course equivalent, CAE of typical buildings, bridges and rating and inspection process. Life- 425, may not take this course for industrial facilities using strength cycle, project-level and network-level credit). (3-0-3) upgrading, energy dissipation devices analyses, condition assessment, and base isolation. Prerequisite: CAE case studies, and repair, retrofit CAE 512 420, CAE 582 or instructor’s consent. and replacement alternatives, and Computer Modeling of Fire (4-0-4) their relation to infrastructure Introduction to fire heat transfer management. (3-0-3) processes and fire testing materials; CAE 505 application of a set of quantitative Infrastructure CAE 509 engineering tools (fire models) to con- Rehabilitation Engineering Analysis and Design struct a description of conditions that Repair and rehabilitation of existing of Acoustic Spaces occur or might occur during the deteriorated infrastructure building This course will discuss the design of course of a fire; life and structural structures and facilities. Course acoustic spaces such as conference impacts from hostile fires in build- will include identification of prob- rooms, classrooms, lecture halls, ings. Prerequisites: CAE 424 or lems, investigative techniques, music halls, theater, churches, instructor’s consent. (Students who non-destructive testing methods, recording studio, and home theater. have taken the undergraduate course discussion of repair materials, and Course covers the selection and equivalent, CAE 426, may not take strengthening and preparation of determination of appropriate steady this course for credit.) (3-0-3) rehabilitation documents. (2-0-2) state, spatial, and temporal acoustic measures such as background noise CAE 518 CAE 506 levels, reverberation time, speech Advanced Reinforced Concrete Building Envelope transmission index, and interaural Mechanical properties of hardened Rehabilitation Engineering cross correlation, as well as the selec- concrete, including creep phenomena. Repair and rehabilitation of existing tion of building materials and layout Ultimate strength of columns, beams building exterior envelopes. The of rooms to meet those requirements. and beam-columns. Introduction to
148 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Civil and Architectural Engineering limit analysis of frames and yield- CAE 523 CAE 527 line analysis of plates. Prerequisite: Statistical Analysis Control of Building CAE 432. (3-0-3) of Engineering Data Environmental Systems Review of probability, random Introduction to automatic control CAE 520 variables, distribution models, esti- systems. Control issues related to Buckling of Structures mation of statistical parameters and energy conservation, indoor air qual- Review of simple column buckling testing validity of distribution mod- ity and thermal comfort in buildings. for various conditions. Basic consid- els. Analysis of variance (ANOVA), Classification of HVAC control erations of stable and unstable hypothesis testing, correlation analy- systems. Control system hardware: equilibrium. Determination of sis, multiple range tests, pairwise selection and sizing of sensors, actua- buckling loads of columns with comparisons, data compilation using tors and controllers. Practical HVAC variable cross-section. Analysis of unconventional sources, such as control systems; elementary local elastic stability of framed structures. using simulations, expert opinion loop and complete control systems. Approximate solutions of more and cycle-counting methods. Designing and tuning of controllers. complicated problems by various Prerequisite: MATH 252 or Building automation systems. Case numerical and energy methods. equivalent. (3-0-3) studies. Computer Applications. Analysis of lateral and torsional Prerequisite: instructor’s consent or stability of beams and beam- CAE 525 CAE 528 or CAE 466 or concurrent columns. Stability in the inelastic Advanced Steel registration. (Students who have range of columns. Buckling of plates and Composite Structures taken an equivalent undergraduate and cylindrical shells. Prerequisites: Torsion and web openings. Behavior course may not take this course for CAE 310, CAE 431. Corequisite: and design of rigid and semirigid credit.) (3-0-3) MMAE 504. (4-0-4) beam-to-column connections and base plates. Inelastic behavior of CAE 528 CAE 521 steel and composite members and Communication and Electrical Building Illumination Design systems under severe cyclic loading. Systems in Buildings An intensive study of the calculation Design of steel-concrete composite Study of the analysis and design of techniques and qualitative aspects of and hybrid systems. P-delta effect electrical systems in buildings utiliz- good luminous design. Topics covered and design consideration for system ing the National Electrical Code. The include photometric quantities and stability. Design of special and topics include basic circuits, ac and color theory, visual perception, stan- ordinary moment-resisting frames. dc, single phase and three-phase dards, daylight and artificial Design of concentrically and eccentri- power, transients, capacitance and illumination systems, radiative cally braced frames. Design of inductance, branch circuits, panel transfer, fixture and lamp character- bracing for stability. Plate girders. boards, motors, system sizing, and istics, control devices and energy Fatigue and fracture. Prerequisites: electrical distribution in buildings. conservation techniques. Design CAE 431 or equivalent. (4-0-4) Study of the design and specification problems, field measurements, of communication systems in build- computer and other models will be CAE 526 ings, including fire alarm, security, used to explore the major topics. Energy Conservation Design sound, and telephone. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: instructor’s consent. in Buildings instructor’s consent. (Students who (Students who have taken the under- Identification of the optimal have taken the undergraduate course graduate course equivalent, CAE energy performance achievable with equivalent, CAE 466, may not take 467, may not take this course for various types of buildings and service this course for credit.) (3-0-3) credit.) (3-0-3) systems. Reduction of infiltration. Control systems and strategies to CAE 529 CAE 522 achieve optimal energy performance. Information Technology Structural Model Analysis Effective utilization of daylight, in Buildings Theory of measurements, statistics, heat pumps, passive and active Understanding the potential, the similitude and model laws and the solar heaters, heat storage and advantages, and the difficulties usefulness of structural models. heat pipes in new and old buildings. associated with using information Displacement and strain measure- Prerequisite: instructor’s consent. technology to gain a strategic ment techniques. Theory and (Students who have taken the under- advantage in the building industry. practice of indirect model analysis. graduate course equivalent, CAE Knowing the various components Theory and practice of direct model 465, may not take this course for of any information system. Selection techniques, including photoelasticity credit.) (3-0-3) of suitable hardware and software and moire methods. Prerequisite: for a certain design of construction CAE 503. (4-0-4) task. Development and implementa- tion of buildings-oriented databases. Use of the Internet to develop Web pages for project information. (3-0-3)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 149 Department of Civil and Architectural Engineering
CAE 530 CAE 534 ArcView and Spatial Analyst prod- Finite Element Method of Analysis Computational Techniques ucts, as well as Trimble GeoExplorer Continuation of CAE 442. Covers in Finite Element Analysis GPS units. (3-0-3) advanced and special topics in finite Survey of numerical methods as element analysis such as finite ele- applied to FEM software. Database CAE 540 ment-boundary element method, management, equation solvers, Asphalt Concrete Mix Design plates, and shell analysis using finite eigenvalue routines and schemes Types of asphalt and physical proper- elements and stochastic finite ele- for direct integration (both implicit ties of asphalt. Types of mixes: dense ments. Prerequisite: CAE 442. (3-0-3) and explicit), all as employed in the graded, open graded, base courses development of a finite element pro- and maintenance mixes. Types of CAE 531 gram. Topics covered also include pavement structures and hot mix Physical Performance of Buildings band and front minimizers, static asphalt placement. Aggregate physi- Study of the environmental exterior and dynamic substructuring via cal properties, tests and blending. and interior influences (rain, snow, superelements and sensitivity Maintenance and rehabilitation humidity, temperature, wind, sun, studies. Same as MMAE 538. materials. Mixture design proce- etc.) on the physical performance of Prerequisite: CAE 442 or dures, including Marshall and buildings and the implications of MMAE 451. (3-0-3) Hveem procedures and weight-vol- these influences on building design. ume relationships. Evaluation of Study of indoor thermal environment CAE 535 mixture properties, engineering prop- and thermal comfort of building occu- Nonlinear Finite Element Analysis erty’s importance to performance, pant is offered as well. (Students FEM as applied to nonlinear resilient modulus, fatigue and creep who have completed the undergradu- problems. Contact problems, the testing and thermal cracking proper- ate equivalent may not take this mechanics of large deformation, ties. Laboratory included. (2-3-3) course for credit.) (3-0-3) full and updated Lagrange formula- tions, review of plasticity, solution CAE 541 CAE 532 algorithms, Eulerian approaches, Pavement Evaluation Analysis of Plates and Shells application to FEM to limit analysis. and Management Exact and approximate stress analy- Same as MMAE 539. Prerequisite: Pavement management systems sis of elastic, isotropic plates of CAE 442 or MMAE 507. Corequisite: (PMS) concepts, network definition, various shapes acted upon by forces MMAE 504. (3-0-3) condition survey, pavement condition in their plane, as well as transverse index (PCI), non-destructive deflec- forces. Stability of plates with vari- CAE 537 tion testing (NDT), measurement of ous edge conditions, orthotropic Homeland Security Concerns in roughness and skid resistance, plates, elastically supported plates Building Design micropaver PMS, PMS implementa- and simple cylinders. Approximate Review of blast effects produced by tion, project and network-level methods such as finite differences, solid phase weapons and their effects management, maintenance alterna- finite elements and the methods of on structures and people. tives, development of annual and Ritz and Galerkin. Corequisite: Estimation of the risk of a terrorist long-range work plans. Prerequisite: MMAE 504. (4-0-4) attack and the corresponding threat. instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) Review of simplified methods for the CAE 533 analysis and design of structures to CAE 542 Theory and Analysis of Thin Shells meet homeland security concers and Acoustics and Lighting Differential geometry of surfaces. procedures to minimize casualties. General introduction to the aural Elastic theory of general shells Analysis of post event fires and how and visual environment. Subjective with nonorthogonal curvilinear to prevent them. Review of security and objective scales of measurement. coordinates. Specialization to cylin- measure to minimize the effects of Laws of psychophysics. Introduction drical shells, shells of revolution blast on buildings and people. (3-0-3) to vibration. The hearing mecha- and translational shells. Exact and nism. Transfer of sound. Passive approximate solutions applied to the CAE 539 control of noise in buildings, trans- bending membrane theories of thin Introduction to Geographic mission loss. Absorption and shells. Approximate methods includ- Information Systems reverberation time. Active control ing finite differences, finite elements Geographic information system (GIS) of the aural environment. Visual and methods associated with Ritz, technology allows databases that dis- perception. Photometry, brightness, Galerkin, Puchler and Gaeckler. play and query information in new luminance and illumination. Natural Corequisite: MMAE 504. (3-0-3) ways. This course will teach general lighting of buildings. Artificial light- GIS and GPS skills and concepts, ing. Prerequisite: PHYS 221. useful to students and practitioners (Students who have taken the under- in a variety of disciplines. Students graduate course equivalent, CAE will complete a final GIS project rele- 334, may not take this course for vant to their field of study. This credit.) (3-0-3) hands-on class will use ESRI’s
150 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Civil and Architectural Engineering
CAE 543 CAE 548 CAE 553 Demand Models Transportation Systems Measurement and Instrumentation for Urban Transportation Management in Architectural Engineering Fundamental theory of supply and Transportation as a system. Experimental Statistics and demand, transportation economics, Problems of traffic congestion, land Data Analysis. Dynamic measure- network equilibrium, land use and use/transportation intersection; ment. Measurement of Thermal transportation equilibrium. Demand intersection control; freeway and Characteristics (Conductivity, models: trip generation, geographical arterial incident management; safety diffusivity, etc). Fluid-Property distribution, mode split, route considerations; evaluation of strate- Measurement (Pressure, assignment, the direct-demand gies; case studies. Prerequisite: Temperature, etc). Fluid Flow model and disaggregate-behavioral- CAE 419 or instructor’s consent. measurement (Flow, Viscosity, etc). demand models. Special properties of (3-0-3) Blower door and Tracer Gas models. Relationships among models. Techniques. Duct leakage Prerequisite: CAE 416 or instructor’s CAE 549 Measurement. Prerequisite: consent. (3-0-3) Transportation Economics, Thermodynamics, Fluid Mechanics Development and Policy and Heat Transfer or instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) CAE 544 Application of managerial, micro- Urban Transportation Planning and macroeconomic concepts to CAE 554 Exploration of the goals of urban transportation systems. Investment Capstone Architectural Engineering transportation. Program planning and impact analysis. Transport Design Project in relating transportation technology policy as it relates to social, eco- The student has to perform major to social, economic and environmen- nomic and environmental issues. design project or an independent tal systems. Systems analysis in Legislative actions affecting trans- research project under the guidance forecasting travel demand and evalu- port issues. Prerequisite: CAE 419 or of a CAE faculty member in one ating alternatives in transportation instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) or more from the following areas: planning. (4-0-4) HVAC systems, Energy Conservation CAE 551 Technology, Lighting and CAE 545 Prestressed Concrete Illumination, Acoustics, Safety and Traffic Operations and Flow Theory Theory and design of prestressed Fire Protection, Plumbing, Structure, Studies of space and time distribu- concrete members and structure. Construction Management or inte- tion of speed and other traffic Applications to both simple and con- grated building Design. Requires the characteristics in the transportation tinuous girders and frames subjected approval of the advisor (Credit: network. Macro- and microtraffic to stationary or moving loads. Variable; three hours maximum). flow theories. Simulation in traffic Prestressed cylindrical shells. systems. Application of flow theories Prerequisite: CAE 432. (3-0-3) CAE555 to traffic control and operations. Transportation Systems Evaluation (3-0-3) CAE 552 Concepts and principles of trans- Heating and Refrigeration portation economic analysis, CAE 546 Heating load analysis, including transportation costs and benefits, Public Transportation Systems building shapes, construction type, user and nonuser consequences, Operational and economic character- infiltration, occupancy effects, and needs studies, finance and taxation, istics of urban systems. Transit daily load variations. Computer methods of evaluation of plans and planning process: demand for transit, applications for thermal load analy- projects, cost effectiveness, environ- transit routing, transit scheduling, sis. Water Heating Systems, Steam mental impact assessment. network design. Improvements of Heating Systems, Electrical Heating, Prerequisites: CAE 419 or existing systems and exploration of Central Heating, Heating of Low and instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) new technologies. (3-0-3) High-rise Buildings, Selection of Heaters, Boilers, Pumps, Piping CAE 556 CAE 547 Design. Computer Applications. Architectural Engineering Systems Advanced Traffic Engineering Reciprocating Refrigeration. Introduction to systematic solutions Data collection, statistical analysis Refrigerant, Refrigeration Cycle, of building engineering problems. Evaporator, Compressor, Condenser, and interpretation of traffic informa- Techniques to be treated include lin- Thermostatic expansion valves, tion. Advanced traffic engineering ear programming, network analysis, refrigeration system control equip- topics, such as signaling, street-and- nonlinear programming. Introduction ment, motor and motor control highway capacity analysis; accident to decision analysis and simulation. equipment, refrigeration accessories, and safety research. Prerequisite: Application of optimization methods calculation of refrigeration piping CAE 419 or instructor’s consent. for solution of design problems in and absorption systems. Computer (3-0-3) building science, building environ- Applications. Prerequisite: ment, building structures and Thermodynamics, Heat Transfer, construction management. Fluid Mechanics or instructor’s con- Computer Applications. (3-0-3) sent. (4-0-4) IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 151 Department of Civil and Architectural Engineering
CAE 557 CAE 562 CAE 566 Computer-Aided Building Design Engineering Behavior of Soils Earthquake Engineering This course introduces students Soil mineralogy and soil fabric, soil- and Soil Dynamics to the process of integrated building water electrolyte system, dispersive Earthquakes and their intensity, design. It emphasizes both computer clay, stress and strain analyses, elas- influence of ground motion, review of assistance (CA) and building design tic equilibrium in soil masses, plastic 1-DOF and M-DOF systems, wave (BD). Building design is viewed equilibrium in soil of masses, in situ propagation theories, vibration due in a holistic manner integrating and laboratory stress paths, shear to blast and shock waves, design related fields such as spatial layouts, strength of sands and clays, thermal earthquake motion, dynamic proper- structures, enclosures, energy con- properties of soils, critical state soil ties of soils, soil liquefaction, bearing sumption, and construction cost mechanics principles, nonlinear capacity during earthquakes and estimation. Building engineering pseudoelastic and elastoplastic con- design of machine foundations, isola- design process: methodology, identi- stitutive models. Corequisite: CAE tion of foundations, pile foundation, fication of objectives, building codes, 563. Prerequisite: CAE 323. (4-0-4) and dynamic analysis, earth pressure formulation of design problems. during earthquakes on retaining Development and evaluation of CAE 563 structures and embankment. design alternatives. Conceptual Advanced Soil Prerequisites: CAE 323, CAE 420. building design: spatial require- Mechanics Laboratory (4-0-4) ments, design of space layout. Advanced aspects of soil property Preliminary building design: measurement with application to CAE 567 synthesis and design of structures, design and analysis, system charac- Physicochemical Behavior of Soils enclosure systems, and services teristics on soil sediment, pinhole The nature of soils. Weathering (HVAC, lighting, electrical distribu- test for identifying dispersive clays, and soil formation processes. Soil tion) using computer-aided design consolidation, triaxial compression mineralogy. Surface and colloidal tools. Performance evaluation using and triaxial extension with porewa- chemistry. Structures of water near modeling, sensitivity analysis and ter measurement, cyclic triaxial test, clay mineral surfaces. Electrolyte cost estimation. A major design pro- permeability with back pressure, solutions. Theories of cation and ject is an integral part of this course. determination of critical void ratio. anion exchange. Adsorption of inor- Prerequisite: instructor’s consent. Corequisite: CAE 562. Prerequisite: ganic chemicals in soils. Organic (3-0-3) CAE 323. (1-3-1) matter in soils. Adsorption of organic chemicals in soils. Methods to deter- CAE 560 CAE 564 mine petroleum products in soils. Plastic Methods Design of Foundations, Effect of contaminants on permeabil- Fundamental concepts of plasticity Embankments and Earth Structures ity of clays. Leachate-clay liner in the design of steel structures. Consolidation phenomena, derivation compatibility. Prerequisites: CAE Principle of plastic hinges. Upper- of bearing capacity equations, beams 323, ENVE 501. (3-0-3) and lower-bound theorems. and slabs on soils, piles and pile Alternating plasticity and incremen- groups, compaction, earth pressure CAE 568 tal collapse. Analysis and design of theories and pressure in embank- Transportation Asset Management single story and multistory framed ment, slope stability analyses, Process and techniques for managing structures. Prerequisites: CAE 503, retaining structures, embankment preservation and expansion of high- CAE 431. (4-0-4) design, soil structure interaction way transportation facilities such as during excavation, design of anchors pavements, bridges, as well as sys- CAE 561 for landslide stabilization and retain- tem usage. Five component Structural Reliability and ing structures and instrumentation. management systems are examined: Probabilistic Bases of Design Prerequisites: CAE 323, CAE 457. pavements, bridges, roadway mainte- Fundamentals of probability theory (4-0-4) nance, safety and congestions. The and stochastic processes; statistical methodology for overall transporta- analysis of engineering data; proba- CAE 565 tion asset management is discussed. bilistic modeling of structural loads Rock Mechanics and Tunneling The primary emphasis is on data col- and material properties. Reliability Rock classification for engineering lection, life cycle cost analysis, analysis and design of structure, purposes, mechanical behavior of priority setting and optimization, reliability-based design criteria. rocks, in situ stresses in rock, program development strategies, risk Evaluation of existing design codes. stresses around underground open- an uncertainty modeling and institu- Safety analysis of structures under ings, rock slope engineering, design tional issues. Prerequisite: CAE 419 fatigue loads. Fault and event tree of underground structures, design of or instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) analysis. Prerequisite: CAE 307 or deep support excavation and tunnels, instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) primary and secondary linings of tunnels, mined shafts, instrumenta- tion. Prerequisite: CAE 457. (4-0-4)
152 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Civil and Architectural Engineering
CAE 569 for payment, labor time cards, unit CAE 576 Advanced Heating, Ventilating, completion reports, change orders. Advanced Construction and Air-Conditioning Cost-coding systems for construction Accounting and Finance Engineering design and performance activities. Variance reporting proce- Review of sole proprietorships, part- analysis procedures for complex com- dures. Project closeout. Class nerships, corporations, limited mercial building systems, including exercise using computer program. liability companies, federal regular energy conservation techniques, and Prerequisites: CAE 470, CAE 570. income tax and alternative minimum a design project. This course will (3-0-3) tax, state income tax, inventories, include specific subjects such as cash-flow statements, analysis of spray chambers, cooling towers, CAE 573 financial statements. Percentage of Extended Surface Heat Exchangers Computer Applications completion with look-back and com- and also hybrid ventilation. A design in Construction pleted contract methods of long-term of a real commercial Heating, Knowledge engineering, human contract accounting, cost-allocation Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning and automated knowledge acquisi- and equipment-cost-recovery deduc- Systems is a major part of this tion and knowledge representation. tions, under federal regular income course. Prerequisite: CAE 464 or Inferencing mechanisms. Decision- tax, alternative minimum tax equivalent, CAE 309 or equivalent, making under uncertainty. and state income tax rules. CAE 302 or equivalent (3-0-3) Introduction to very high-level pro- International construction issues, gramming languages (LISP and including foreign taxes, currencies, CAE 570/CAE 770 Prolog). Review of commercially tax treaties, income exclusion. Legal Issues in Civil Engineering available expert system shells and Construction claims and effects on Basics of the legal system, including development tools for artificial accounting. Government construc- contracts, torts, land zoning and neural network and case-based rea- tion. Introduction to financing, property ownership. Working soning applications. Class exercise to privatization, nonlump-sum con- knowledge of the law to avoid and construct a system prototype for a tracts, joint ventures and audits, mitigate potential legal problems civil engineering problem. in accounting and the construction that frequently occur in construction. Prerequisite: CAE 430. (3-0-3) process. Prerequisite: CAE 572. Contractor liability. Mechanics (3-0-3) liens, litigation and arbitration. CAE 574 International construction law, Economic Decision Analysis CAE 577 hazardous waste issues and labor in Civil Engineering Construction Equipment law. Prerequisite: CAE 473. (3-0-3) Basic economic concepts, including Management interest calculations, computation Factors affecting the selection of con- CAE 571 of alternatives, replacements, struction equipment. Descriptions, Advanced Construction depreciation and depletion, and tax operating methods, production rates, Scheduling and Control considerations. Evaluation of public unit costs related to excavating Review of project management prin- projects, the effect of inflation, equipment. Power shovels, draglines, ciples and network methodologies. decision making under risk and/or clam shells, and trenching machines. Interfacing computerized cost esti- uncertainty, economic decision Engineering fundamentals. Moving mating with network scheduling. models. Case studies from the civil construction equipment, including Claims management with networks. engineering industry. Prerequisite: trucks, wagons, scrapers, dozers, Evaluation and selection criteria for CAE 430 or MATH 475. (3-0-3) soil-stabilization and compaction commercially available project-man- equipment. Belt conveyors, com- agement software. Linear scheduling CAE 575 paction and drilling equipment, pile systems for projects with repetitive Systems Analysis driving equipment, pumps and characteristics. Acyclic network mod- in Civil Engineering crushers. Prerequisite: CAE 472. els. Introduction to expert systems in Management and system concepts, (3-0-3) construction scheduling and control. linear and dynamic programming, Prerequisite: CAE 471. (3-0-3) system modeling by activity CAE 578 networks. Maximal-flow and short- Construction Claims Management CAE 572 est-path analysis, flow graphs, Types of contract claims, delays, Construction Cost decision-tree analysis, stochastic- acceleration, and scope issues. Accounting and Control network modeling, queuing analysis, Underlying legal theories of construc- Review of basic accounting prin- and analysis of inventory systems. tion contracts and claims, defenses to ciples and techniques—purchasing, Case studies from the civil engineer- claims, prophylactic claims mea- accounts payable, invoicing, accounts ing industry. Prerequisites: CAE 430, sures. The claims process within the receivable, general ledger, payrolls CAE 471. (3-0-3) contract, extra-contractual basis for and indirect costs. Job costing and claims. Resolution of cliams by ADR budgeting. Recording and reporting techniques, the formal litigation procedures in construction projects— process. AIA, AGC, and federal invoices, subcontractor applications claims provisions. Other types of
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 153 Department of Civil and Architectural Engineering
claims associated with construction CAE 586 hydraulic conductivity. Principles of projects such as a surety bond claims Seismic Design of Building and exploration and sampling, methods of and various insurance claims (CGL, Bridge Structures subsurface explorations, groundwater Builder’s Risk, workers comp, etc). Several specific topics on seismic observation techniques. Prerequisites: Prerequisite: CAE 473. (3-0-3) design of steel and reinforced con- CAE 323 and CAE 301 or ENVE 401. crete building and bridge structures (3-0-3) CAE 580 are covered. In addition, fundamen- Intelligent Transportation Systems tals and experiences in seismic CAE 590 A seminar course on intelligent design are presented through design Geotechnical Landfill Design transportation systems (ITS). the examples. Specific emphasis is and Maintenance concept of ITS involves the use of placed on using various design codes Regulatory and legal issues, site rapidly emerging information and relevant to design of buildings and selection and assessment, geotechni- communication technologies in miti- bridges. Prerequisites: CAE 431 cal-subsurface investigation, gating congestion and attendant and CAE 432 or Instructor’s consent. clay mineralogy and clay-water- problems. This course provides an (3-0-3) electrolyte system, linear and introduction to varous aspects of ITS leachate-control-systems design, and focuses on ITS planning, tech- CAE 583 stability of landfill slopes, cover nology, and evaluation. In addition, Special Topics on Earthquake design, construction and operation, such topics as deployment, financing and Wind Engineering final use and remediation design. and management are also discussed. This course covers special topics on Prerequisite: CAE 323. (3-0-3) Prerequisites: CAE 419, CAE 545 or earthquake and wind design for instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) buildings and bridges. The course CAE 591 covers eight topics. These topics are CAE 581 Research and Thesis independent of each other and cover Algorithms in Transportation for M.S. Degree a variety of engineering applications Modeling and analysis of transporta- in earthquake and wind enineering. tion network problems through CAE 593 Prerequisite: instructor’s consent (2- design, analysis and implementation Civil Engineering Seminar 0-2) of agorithms. Emphasis is on the use Reports on current research. of quantitative techniques of opera- CAE 587 Graduate students are expected to tions reserach to model system Numerical Methods register and attend. (1-0-0) performance. The course covers fun- in Geotechnical Engineering damental datea structures, CAE 597 Constitutive laws of granular and complexity analysis, memory man- Special Problems agement, recursive programs, cohesive material, introduction to Subject matter will vary with application of graph theory and net- coupling of water and soil phase in the interests and background of work analysis to transportation solution, application to problems of students and instructor. Design or problems, analytical formulations consolidation procedures with finite research problems may be assigned and solution algorithms for traffic element method. Prerequisites: CAE from the areas of construction, assignment problems and dynamic 562, CAE 442. (3-0-3) geotechnical, geoenvironmental, traffic assignment. Prerequisites: structural or transportation CAE 312, CAE 575 or instructor’s CAE 588 engineering. Prerequisite: Graduate consent. (3-0-3) Theory of Plasticity coursework in the problem subject Plastic strain, yield criteria, ideal matter. (Credit: Variable) CAE 582 plasticity, hardening and softening, Structural Wind flow theories, Levy-Mises and CAE 599 and Earthquake Engineering Prandtl-Reuss relations, Hencky’s Graduate Workshop Introduction to nature of wind, theory, Drucker’s criterion. (0-0-0) aerodynamic wind-loading and Modern theories of noncoaxiality. design. Strong ground motion Applications to structures and soils. CAE 691 phenomenon. Investigation of the Same as MMAE 529. Prerequisite: Research and Thesis response of structures to dynamic MMAE 530. (4-0-4) and pseudodynamic wind, earth- for Ph.D. Degree quake, shock waves and other CAE 589 (Credit: Variable) deterministic and probabilistic load- Groundwater Hydrology ings. Design criteria for buildings and Sampling and nuclear power stations, special Groundwater geology and flow, aquifer topics in lifeline earthquake engi- and aquitar response of ideal aquifer neering. Prerequisite: CAE 420, to pumping. Chemical properties and MMAE 406, or instructor’s consent. principles, including source of contam- (4-0-4) ination and estimation of saturated
154 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Computer Science
Department of Computer Science
Stuart Building evolving discipline, but it has a well-defined core of 10 W. 31st St. knowledge and a set of characteristic methodologies. The Chicago, IL 60616 methods and skills required of the computer scientist 312.567.5150 include formalization and abstraction, algorithm design, 312.567.5067 fax programming, organization of unstructured knowledge, www.cs.iit.edu modeling, language development, and software system [email protected] architecture and design. The graduate program in com- puter science at IIT stresses high achievement in both Chair: fundamental knowledge and practical problem solving. Edward M. Reingold It offers the student a solid background in the core areas and exposure to cutting-edge computer technologies. The study of computer science is the inquiry into the nature of computation and its use in solving problems in an information-based society. Computer science is an
Degrees Offered
Master of Computer Science (MAS) Master of Science in Computer Science Master of Computer Science with specialization in Master of Science for Teachers Computer Networking and Telecommunications Doctor of Philosophy in Computer Science Information Systems Software Engineering
Joint- and Dual-Degree Programs
With the Department of Electrical With the Department of Chemical and Computer Engineering: and Environmental Engineering: Master of Telecommunications and Software Engineering Master of Science in Computer Science/ Master of Chemical Engineering
Certificate Programs
Computer Networking and Telecommunications Software Engineering Information Systems
Research Facilities
The department has research computing facilities that Sun Enterprise 450 server connected via high-perfor- include Sun SPARC and Silicon Graphics UNIX work-sta- mance network switches. An advanced technology Access tions, and Windows-based PCs. The department also has Grid node has been installed by the department, which facilities for research in parallel computing. The equip- allows researchers, teachers and students at different ment includes a large scale “ComputeFarm” consisting of locations worldwide to interact via a network multi- 72 Sun Blade UltraSparc-ii workstations and a 4 CPU media environment.
Research Areas
Algorithms, data structures, artificial intelligence, com- database systems, distributed and parallel computing, puter architecture, computer graphics, computer image processing, information retrieval, natural language networking and telecommunications, computer vision, processing, and software engineering.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 155 Department of Computer Science
Faculty
Gady Agam, Assistant Professor. B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D., Ben- David Grossman, Associate Professor. B.S., Clemson Gurion University. Computer vision, computer graphics, University; M.S., American University; Ph.D., George image processing, pattern recognition, image-based ren- Mason University. Information retrieval, data mining, dering, non-linear signal processing, mathematical integration of structured data and text. morphology. Cynthia Hood, Associate Professor. B.S., Rensselaer Shlomo Argamon, Associate Professor. B.S. Carnegie- Polytechnic Institute; M.E., Stevens Institute of Mellon University, M.Phil, Ph.D. Yale University. Technology; Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. Machine Learning, computational linguistics, stylistics, Network management, statistical signal processing, information retrieval. learning processing. Charles Bauer, Professor Emeritus. B.S., M.Ed., Loyola Sanjiv Kapoor, Professor. B.Tech., Indian Institute of University. Computer Education, computers used in edu- Technology, Delhi (India); Ph.D., University of Illinois, cation, distance learning, computer-based educational Urbana-Champaign. Computational geometry, graph technology, computer learning, teacher training. algorithms, combinatorial optimization, graphics, data structures. Ilene Burnstein, Research Associate Professor. B.S., Brooklyn College; M.S., University of Maryland; Ph.D., Bogdan Korel, Associate Professor. M.S., Technical Illinois Institute of Technology. Software engineering, University of Kiev (Ukraine); Ph.D., Oakland University. knowledge-based testing and debugging tools, test Software engineering, automated software testing and process assessment and improvement models, capability analysis. maturity models. Zhiling Lan, Assistant Professor, B.S. Beijing Normal Gruia Calinescu, Assistant Professor. Diploma, University, M.S. Chinese Academy of Sciences, Ph.D., University of Bucharest (Romania); Ph.D., Georgia Northwestern University. Parallel and distributed com- Institute of Technology. Algorithms, approximation algo- puting, performance analysis and modeling. rithms, optical and wireless, ad-hoc networks. Xiang-Yang Li, Assistant Professor. B.S., B.M., Tsinghua C. Robert Carlson, Professor, Director of Center for University, Beijing (China); M.S., Ph.D., University of Professional Development. B.A., Augustana College; M.S., Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. Computational geometry, Ph.D., University of Iowa. Information architecture, mesh generation, wireless ad hoc networks, cryptography, object-oriented modeling and design, software maturity computer graphics. models. Edward M. Reingold, Professor. B.S., Illinois Institute of Edward Chlebus, Industry Associate Professor., Ph.D., Technology; M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University. Analysis of Cracow University, Network modeling, performance eval- algorithms, data structures, combinatorial algorithms, uation and tele-traffic analysis. mathematics, history, and computer implementation of calendars. Tzilla Elrad, Research Associate Professor. B.S., Hebrew University (Israel); M.S., Syracuse University; Ph.D., Shangping Ren, Assistant Professor. Ph.D., University of Technion Israel Institute of Technology (Israel). Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. Domain specific computing Concurrent programming, formal verification, embedded (including distributed computing, real-time computing, real-time systems and ADA standards. and mobile computing), and domain specific program- ming abstractions (such as language abstractions for Martha Evens, Research Professor. A.B., Bryn Mawr real-time systems, for context-aware adaptive mobile sys- College; A.M., Radcliffe College; Ph.D., Northwestern tems, and for coordination among distributed University. Natural language processing, expert systems asynchronous entities). and intelligent tutoring/information systems. Xian-He Sun, Professor. Ph.D., Michigan State Ophir Frieder, IITRI Chair Professor. Ph.D., University of University. Distributed and parallel system, network soft- Michigan. Parallel and distributed information retrieval ware environment, scientific computing performance systems, communication systems, high performance data- evaluation. base systems, biological and medical data processing architectures. Peng-Jun Wan, Associate Professor. B.S., Tsinghua University (China); M.S., Institute of Applied Nazli Goharian, Clinical Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Mathematics, Chinese Academy of Sciences (China); Florida Tech, Information retrieval, medical informatics Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Interconnection design, and data warehousing. routing and resource management in optical networks, Peter Greene, Research Professor. A.B., Amherst College; low-earth orbit satellite networks, wireless local area net- Ph.D., University of Chicago. Neural networks, feeling- works. based reasoning, artificial intelligence and robotics. Wai Gen Yee, Assistant Professor, B.S. University of Chicago, M.S., Ph.D. Georgia Institute of Technology. Database systems, mobile and distributed computing.
156 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Computer Science
Admission Requirements
Cumulative undergraduate GPA minimum: 3.0/4.0 can be admitted to Master of Science or Master of Cumulative Master of Science GPA minimum (for Ph.D. Computer Science programs. However, students whose applicants): 3.5/4.0 training does not include the equivalent of CS 201 GRE minimum combined (quantitative/verbal/analytical) (Accelerated Introduction to Computer Science), CS 330 score for tests taken prior to Oct.1, 2002: (Discrete Structures), CS 331 (Data Structures and M.S.: 1400 Algorithms), CS 350 (Computer Organization and MAS : 1200 Assembly Language Programming) and CS 351 (Systems Ph.D.: 1600, with a minimum in the 70th percentile of Programming) will be required to complete all of the the quantitative section courses in which a deficiency exists. Some students may GRE minimum score for tests taken on be able to complete their deficiencies with the following or after Oct.1, 2002: six-credit hour sequence with a grade of “B” or better: M.S.: 1000 (quantitative + verbal) 3.0 analytical writing MAS: 900 (quantitative + verbal) 2.5 analytical writing CS 401 Introduction to Advanced Studies I Ph.D.: 1100 (quantitative + verbal) 3.5 analytical writing, CS 402 Introduction to Advanced Studies II with a minimum in the 70th percentile of the quantitative section In addition, students who have not had at least one TOEFL score (international students from non-English course in calculus will be required to take a calculus speaking countries): 550/213* course.
Meeting the minimum GPA and test score requirements Applicants to the Ph.D. program should hold an M.S. does not guarantee admission. Test scores and GPA are degree in computer science with a minimum GPA of just two of several important factors considered. 3.0/4.0 for their bachelor’s degree and 3.5/4.0 for their Applicants to master’s degree programs in computer sci- M.S. degree, or a minimum GPA of 3.5/4.0 for their bach- ence should hold a bachelor’s degree in computer science elor’s degree if they apply without a M.S. degree. For with a minimum overall GPA of 3.0/4.0 or its equivalent. non-English speaking applicants without a U.S. degree, a For international students from non-English speaking minimum TOEFL score of 550/213 is required. countries, a minimum TOEFL score of 550/213 is required. All applicants must submit scores from the * Paper-based test score/computer-based test score. GRE general test. (The GRE requirement is waived for applicants to the Master of Computer Science program who hold bachelor’s degrees from accredited U.S. institu- tions with a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0/4.0.) Applicants with bachelor’s degrees in other disciplines
Master of Computer Science
30 credits. degree from an accredited college or university in the United States with a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0/4.0. This Professional Master’s degree program consists of 30 credit hours of coursework in computer science. This pro- Prerequisites include knowledge of a high level program- gram is designed for those without a prior degree in ming language at the level of CS 201 (Java or C/C++ computer science, or those who are primarily interested programming is required). Students with insufficient in a (non-thesis) program preparing them for careers as background in computer science will be required to take working computer science professionals in business and CS 401 and CS 402 (Introduction to Advanced Studies I industry. A full-time student enrolled in the program and II) and to earn at least a “B” in these courses. These should be able to complete the requirements in 1 to 1.5 prerequisite courses do not count toward the 30 credit- years. Specializations in business, software engineering, hour requirement. networking and telecommunications and information systems are available. Admission requirements include: A maximum of 12 credit hours of 400-level courses and a maximum of 6 credit hours of accelerated courses are Four-year bachelor’s degree from an accredited university allowed as part of the 30 credit hours requirement. with a minimum cumulative GPA of at least 3.0/4.0. Twenty hours of coursework must be in CS or CSP (CS Combined verbal and quantitative GRE examination Professional) courses at the 500 level. score of at least 900 and an analytic writing score of at least 2.5, for the post-October 2002 test. The GRE Students are required to take one course in each of the requirement is waived for students with a bachelor’s three core areas (Programming, Systems and Theory).
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 157 Department of Computer Science
Master of Computer Science continued
Programming core courses CS 555 Analytic Models and Simulation of CS 522 Data Mining Computer Systems CS 525 Advanced Database Organization CS 570 Advanced Computer Architecture CS 529 Information Retrieval CS 586 Software Systems Architecture CS 540 Syntactic Analysis of Programming Languages CS 546 Parallel Processing Theory core courses CS 551 Operating System Design and Implementation CS 530 Theory of Computation CS 532 Formal Languages Systems core courses CS 533 Computational Geometry CS 542 Computer Networks I: Fundamentals CS 535 Design and Analysis of Algorithms CS 544 Computer Networks II: Network Services CS 536 Science of Programming CS 547 Wireless Networking CS 538 Combinatorial Organization CS 550 Advanced Operating Systems
Master of Computer Science with specialization in Business
33.6 credit hours One other advisor-approved 500-level course offered by This program is designed to help computer science profes- the Stuart School of Business for their MBA program sionals extend and deepen their technical and practical (MBA, ACCT, EBUS, ECON, etc). knowledge of the field while introducing themselves to Notes: Each business course counts as 3.6 quarter credit core topics in modern business practices. To complete the hours = 2.4 semester credit hours. A student can take no program students must satisfy Master of Computer more than two MBA courses per quarter. With advisor Science requirements and also take four specialization approval, students who have already taken MBA 510, courses from the Stuart School of Business: 520, or 530 or their equivalents can substitute other courses. Applicants to the program are not required to MBA 510: Financial and Managerial Accounting take the GMAT. MBA 520: Organizational Behavior MBA 530: Managerial Economics
Master of Computer Science with specialization in Computer Networking and telecommunications 30 credit hours Specialization courses CS 542 Computer Networks I: Fundamentals This program is designed to provide an in-depth knowl- CS 544 Computer Networks II: Network Services edge of the theories and practices in computer CS 547 Wireless Networking networking and telecommunications. Students must sat- CS 548 Broadband Networks isfy Master of Computer Science requirements and are CS 555 Analytic Models and Simulation of also required to select four specialization courses. Note Computers Systems that CS 542, CS 544, and CS 547 also count as Systems CS 549 Cryptography and Network Security core courses.
Master of Computer Science with specialization in Information Systems
30 credit hours Specialization courses CS 521 Object-Oriented Analysis and Design This program is designed to provide in-depth knowledge CS 522 Data Mining of the principles of design and development of informa- CS 525 Advanced Database Organization tion systems. Students must satisfy Master of Computer CS 529 Information Retrieval Science requirements and are also required to select four CS 545 Distributed Computing Landscape specialization courses. Note that CS 522, CS 525, and CS 529 also count as Programming core courses
158 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Computer Science
Master of Computer Science with specialization in Software Engineering
30 credit hours Core courses CS 536 Science of Programming This program is designed to provide an in-depth knowl- CS 537 Software Metrics edge of theory and practices in software engineering, CS 586 Software System Architectures including hands-on experience in software design, devel- CS 587 Software Project Management opment and maintenance. Students must satisfy Master CS 588 Advanced Software Engineering Development of Computer Science requirements and are also required CS 589 Software Testing and Analysis to select four specialization courses here. Note that CS 536 and CS 586 also count as Theory and Systems core courses respectively.
Master of Science in Computer Science
32 credit hours
The purpose of this program is to prepare students for the Ph.D. program and/or a research/development career in the industry in the field of computer science. Students have the option to pursue thesis research or project under the guidance of a faculty adviser.
Program Requirements
All programs require a core curriculum of 12 credit hours Students are required to take courses in three core areas: and 20 credit hours of elective courses, which may Programming, Systems and Theory. The student is include a thesis or project. The student, with a faculty required to take one course in the programming area, one adviser, develops a program of study that specifies the course in the systems area, and two courses in the theory supportive and elective program and describes the thesis area. The list below contains the core course offerings in or project, if included in the program. The program of the M.S. program: study must consist of at least 32 credit hours, at least 20 of which must be 500-level computer science courses. Up Programming core courses to six credits of accelerated courses may be applied to the CS 522 Data Mining degree. (Students should see the definition of “accelerated CS 525 Advanced Database Organization courses” on page 41.) CS 529 Information Retrieval CS 540 Syntactic Analysis of Programming Languages A student may choose from three options to complete the CS 546 Parallel Processing degree: CS 551 Operating System Design and Implementation
Option 1: Master’s thesis: Coursework and up to five Systems core courses hours of CS 591 for a total of 32 hours. The result is CS 542 Computer Networks I: Fundamentals a master’s thesis. CS 544 Computer Networks II: Network Services CS 547 Wireless Networks Option 2: Master’s project: coursework and up to five CS 550 Advanced Operating Systems hours of CS 597 for a total of 32 hours. The result is CS 555 Analytic Models and Simulation of a project that results in one of the following: Computer Systems CS 570 Advanced Computer Architecture 1. A high-quality paper submitted for publi- CS 586 Software Systems Architectures cation as an article or as a technical report. Theory core courses 2. A high-quality piece of software. The CS 530 Theory of Computation software should be of distribution quality, CS 532 Formal Languages but can be proprietary. CS 533 Computational Geometry CS 535 Design and Analysis of Algorithms Option 3: 32 credit hours of coursework. A student CS 536 Science of Programming must complete 32 hours of regular coursework CS 538 Combinatorial Optimization including electives and core courses with a GPAof 3.0/4.0 or better.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 159 Department of Computer Science
Master of Science for Teachers (M.S.T.)
32 credit hours degree, the student must satisfactorily complete the pro- Comprehensive exam (project) gram of study and pass a project defense examination, which consists of an oral defense of the project. Of the 32 The M.S.T. is designed for experienced teachers or train- credit hours, 12 credit hours must be from the courses ing officers to strengthen their academic background in a listed below: rapidly changing discipline. The program, though flexible enough to meet a variety of needs, also requires substan- CS 485 Computers in Society tive coursework in the core of computer science. The CS 560 Computer Science in the Classroom student, with a faculty adviser, develops a program of CS 561 The Computer and Curriculum Content study, describes the project, and specifies an elective pro- CS 565 Computer-Assisted Instruction gram, which must be approved by the faculty of the CS 566 Practicum in the Application of Computers department. to Education
The program of study consists of 32 credit hours, at least 20 hours of which must be 500-level courses. It also includes an M.S.T. project that deals with some aspect of computer science or with computer science applied to some other academic discipline. To be awarded the M.S.T.
Master of Telecommunications and Software Engineering (M.T.S.E.)
30 credit hours telecommunications and information technologies. The program, jointly offered by the electrical and computer The Master of Telecommunications and Software engineering (ECE) and computer science (CS) depart- Engineering (M.T.S.E.) is a course-only degree program ments, can be completed in one year of full-time study. that prepares students for professional practice in
Admission Requirements
A person holding a B.S.E.E., B.S.C.P.E. or B.S.C.S. degree Students interested in the M.T.S.E. degree whose B.S. has the necessary broad background to undertake the degree is not in electrical engineering, computer engi- M.T.S.E. program. A student without adequate back- neering, or computer science should contact the ground in specific areas is required to demonstrate departmental advisor before applying. proficiency in prerequisite courses; an abbreviated list is given below. Computer Science Prerequisites CS 201 Accelerated Introduction to Computer Science Specific proficiency courses will be detailed for each stu- CS 401 Introduction to Advanced Studies dent at the time of admission to the M.T.S.E. program. Proficiency in a course may be demonstrated by complet- Electrical and Computer Engineering Prerequisites ing the course with a grade of “A” or “B,” or by achieving ECE 211 Circuit Analysis I a grade of “A” or “B” in a proficiency examination admin- ECE 213 Circuit Analysis II istered by the ECE or the CS department. Students ECE 308 Signals and Systems should contact the departmental adviser for more details MATH 252 Introduction of Differential Equations on prerequisites and proficiency requirements.
160 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Computer Science
Program Requirements
The M.T.S.E. is a professional master’s degree requiring a Required courses minimum of 30 credit hours of adviser-approved course- CS 586 Software Systems Architecture work. The M.T.S.E program of studies must include a CS 587 Software Project Management minimum of 12 credit hours of ECE coursework and a ECE 513 Communication Engineering Fundamentals minimum of 12 credit hours of CS coursework. Four ECE 541 Performance Evaluation of Computers required courses and one elective course from each of the and Communications Networks three categories given below must appear on the M.T.S.E. program of studies.
Elective categories communications or software engineering should consider I. Software Engineering including in their programs of study: CS 521 Object-Oriented Information Systems CS 487 Software Engineering CS 537 Software Metrics CS 450 Operating Systems CS 589 Software Testing and Analysis ECE 403 Communication Systems I ECE 407 Computer Communications Systems II. Telecommunication Systems CS 544 Computer Networks II: Network Services Other courses that students in this program typically CS 548 Broadband Networks choose from include: CS 555 Analytic Models and Simulation of Computer Systems ECE 437 Digital Signal Processing I ECE 545 Computer and Communication Networks ECE 511 Analysis of Random Signals ECE 514 Digital Communication Principles III. Telecommunications CS 542 Computer Networks I: Fundamentals ECE 504 Communications Systems Design CS 588 Advanced Software Engineering Development ECE 515 Modern Digital Communications With advisor approval, the M.T.S.E. program can include ECE 519 Coding for Reliable Communications up to two credit hours of Master’s Seminar (ECE 595, ECE 596). It can also include up to four credits The remaining nine credits of coursework may be taken of accelerated courses. from courses listed above, or other courses approved by the M.T.S.E. adviser. Students with no background in
Master of Science in Computer Science/Master of Chemical Engineering
44 credit hours Students must fulfill the core course requirements of both departments. Students are required to take 18 credit This combined program in computer science and chemical hours in graduate chemical engineering courses (courses engineering addresses the growing need for process engi- numbered 500 or higher) and 26 credit hours in computer neers with expertise in computational modeling and science courses (of which 20 credit hours must be 500- simulation of chemical processes. Similarly, the program level courses). The 18 credit hours in chemical provides strong engineering background that is required engineering courses consist of 12 credits in core courses today in many areas of computer science. The program is listed in the description of the Master of Chemical jointly offered by the Department of Computer Science Engineering requirements and six credit hours from the and the Department of Chemical and Environmental following courses: Engineering. Students in this program earn both Master of Science in Computer Science and Master of Chemical CHE 507 Computer-Aided Design Engineering degrees. CHE 508 Process Design Optimization CHE 528 Analysis and Simulation of Chemical Processing CHE 532 Process Modeling CHE 533 Statistical Analysis of Process Data CHE 536 Computational Techniques in Engineering CHE 560 Statistical Quality and Process Control
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 161 Department of Computer Science
Doctor of Philosophy
85 credit hours if without MS degree; 54 credit hours if is to develop computer scientists who can take complex, with MS degree. undefined problems and restructure and resolve them Qualifying exam through imaginative application of their knowledge. Comprehensive exam Graduates typically go on to teaching and/or research Dissertation and oral defense positions in industry and universities. The degree nor- mally requires three to four years beyond the master’s The Ph.D. is awarded in recognition of a significant origi- degree for full-time students. Part-time students can also nal contribution to one of the fields of computer science enter the program but will need more time to complete and a high level of mastery in several fields of computer the degree. Generally, students can enter the program science and a significant original contribution to one of with either a BS degree or an MS degree in related fields. those fields. Students work with faculty members to The requirements of the Ph.D. program are described develop programs to match individual interests. The goal separately as follows.
Requirements for students entering with B.S. Degree
85 credit hours The Ph.D. (post B.S.) program (called the direct Ph.D. Qualifying exam program) encourages bright and highly motivated stu- Comprehensive exam dents to participate in research program immediately Dissertation and oral defense after the B.S. degree.
Admission Requirements The applicants should have at least a four-year B.S required to take the English Proficiency Exam adminis- degree in computer science. Admission to the program is tered by the IIT Humanities Department. Applicants competitive and depends on a student’s GRE score and it must submit three letters of recommendation. is expected that applicants will have a high grade-point average. For non-English speaking applicants without a U.S. degree, a minimum TOEFL score of 550 is required. If the TOEFL score is less than 600, the applicant is
Program Requirements
The program requires students to complete at least 85 the advisor. The credit hours of 500-level coursework and at most 128 advisor-approved semester credit hours must include five core courses with at least one each from of study. This must include Groups I, II, and III described below and at least one course from each of two different groups from among 0-12 credits of 400-level courses Groups IV, V, and VI. Advanced courses may be substi- tuted after approval of the department. The groups of 36-54 credits of 500- and 600- level courses. Among core courses are: them, at most 6 credits come from outside the Computer Science Department of IIT. Credits from Group I: Theory of Computation CS 595 are allowed. CS 530 Theory of Computation CS 533 Computational Geometry 6-12 credits of CS 597 (Reading and Special CS 535 Design and Analysis of Algorithms Problems) CS 538 Combinatorial Optimization
24-48 credits of CS 691 (Research/Thesis for Ph.D. Group II: Systems degree). Note CS 691 can only be taken after passing CS 546 Parallel Processing the Ph.D. qualifying exam. CS 550 Advanced Operating Systems CS 570 Advanced Computer Architecture 1 credit of Ph.D. seminar Group III: Programming Languages Notice that no credits will be given to accelerated courses CS 536 Science of Programming (700-level courses). No credits are given to courses in CS 541 Topics in Compiler Construction which the student earns a grade of C or below. The stu- CS 545 Distributed Computing Landscape dent may have to take some other courses as required by
162 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Computer Science
Group IV: Networks only once. See the computer science webpage for more CS 542 Computer Networks I: Fundamentals detail of qualifying examinations. CS 544 Computer Networks II: Network Services Comprehensive (Research Proposal) Examination Group V: Databases The purpose of the Comprehensive Examination is to CS 525 Advanced Database Organization ensure that the candidate has the background to carry out successful research in the chosen area and that the Group VI: Software Engineering research problem is properly formulated and has sufficient CS 586 Software Systems Architectures scholarly merit. The student (in concert with the student’s research advisor) must develop a written research proposal M.S. Exit from Program containing a literature review, a proposed research topic, Students wishing to leave the direct Ph.D. program with and a program of research based upon this topic, and then the degree of Master of Science in Computer Science present the proposal orally as well. must satisfy all the requirements of the Master’s degree and either write an M.S. thesis or pass the Ph.D. qualify- The student must request appointment of an examination ing examination. committee using Form #301. The examination committee may consist of from four to seven members. It must Ph.D. Qualifying Examination include at least three full-time faculty members from the The Ph.D. Qualifying Exam has two parts: a written Computer Science Department and one full-time faculty examination and an oral examination. The written exam- member from another department in the university. ination is used to judge a student’s breadth of knowledge; Other committee members from inside or outside the uni- the oral examination is used to judge a student’s research versity may be chosen. The student should consult with potential. The first attempt in oral examination and the his/her research advisor concerning the makeup of the written examination must be taken no later than a stu- committee. dent’s 5th semester. The second attempt must be taken no later than a student’s 6th semester. These require- Thesis Defense ments hold for both full-time and part-time students Each student must present an oral defense of his/her Ph.D. Thesis. The Thesis Review Committee is appointed The written examination is divided into three, indepen- in much the same way as the Ph.D. Comprehensive dent “area” examinations. To pass the written Examination Committee. It will examine the written the- examination, a student must pass all the area examina- sis and examine the student during the oral defense. All tions. Extra coursework cannot be used in lieu of passing Ph.D. Thesis Defenses are open to the public. an area examination. Area examinations can be taken in the same or different semesters. A student who fails an area examination can retake the area examination, but
Requirements for students entering with an M.S. Degree
54 credit hours Qualifying exam Comprehensive exam Dissertation and oral defense
Admission Requirements
The applicants should have an M.S degree in computer If the TOEFL score is less than 600, the applicant is science or related fields. Admission to the program is required to take the English Proficiency Examination competitive and depends on a student’s GRE score and it administered by the IIT Humanities Department. is expected that applicants will have a high grade-point Applicants must submit three letters of recommendation. average. For non-English speaking applicants without a U.S. degree, a minimum TOEFL score of 550 is required.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 163 Department of Computer Science
Program Requirements
If the student has an M.S. degree in computer science, must include five core courses with at least one each from the program requires the student to complete at least 54 Groups I, II, and III described before and at least two adviser-approved semester credit hours of study. This courses from two different groups from among Groups IV, must include V, and VI. Advanced courses may be substituted after approval of the department. 0-12 credits of 400-level courses Ph.D. Qualifying Examination 18-30 credits of 500- and 600-level courses. Amongst The Ph.D. Qualifying Examination has two parts: a writ- them, at most 6 credits come from outside the com- ten examination and an oral examination. The written puter science department. Credits from CS 595 are exam is used to judge a student’s breadth of knowledge; allowed. the oral exam is used to judge a student’s research poten- tial. The first attempt at the oral examination and the 3-12 credits of CS 597 (Reading and Special written examination must be made no later than a stu- Problems) dent’s 3rd semester. The second attempt must be made no later than a student’s 4th semester. These requirements 24-48 credits of CS 691 (Research/Thesis for Ph.D. hold for both full-time and part-time students. degree). Note CS 691 can only be taken after passing the Ph.D. qualifying exam. The written examination is divided into three, indepen- dent “area” examinations. To pass the written 1 credit of Ph.D. seminar examination, a student must pass all the area examina- tions. Extra coursework cannot be used in lieu of passing Notice that no credits will be given to accelerated courses an area examination. Area examinations can be taken in (700-level courses). No credits are given to courses in the same or different semesters. A student who fails an which the student earns a grade of C or below. The stu- area examination can retake the area examination, but dent may have to take some other courses as required by only once. See the computer science web page for more the adviser. The credit hours of 500-level coursework details about the qualifying examinations. must include three core courses with at least one each from Groups I, II, and III described before. Advanced Comprehensive (Research Proposal) Examination courses may be substituted after approval of the depart- The purpose of the Comprehensive Examination is to ment. ensure that the candidate has the background to carry out successful research in the chosen area and that the If the student has an M.S. degree in a field other than research problem is properly formulated and has suffi- computer science, the program requires the student to cient scholarly merit. The student (in concert with the complete at least 60 advisor-approved semester credit student’s research adviser) must develop a written hours of study. This must include research proposal containing a literature review, a pro- posed research topic, and a program of research based 0-12 credits of 400-level courses upon this topic, and then present it orally as well.
24-30 credits of 500- and 600-level courses. Among The student must request appointment of an examination them, at most 6 credits may come from outside the committee on Form #301. The examination committee computer science department. Credits from CS595 may consist of from four to seven members. It must are allowed. include at least three full-time faculty members from the Computer Science Department and one full-time faculty 3-12 credits of CS 597 (Reading and Special member from another department in the university. Problems) Other committee members from inside or outside the uni- versity may be chosen. The student should consult with 24-48 credits of CS 691 (Research/Thesis for the his/her research adviser concerning the makeup of the Ph.D. degree). Note CS 691 can only be taken after committee passing the Ph.D. qualifying exam. Thesis Defense 1 credit for CS 695 (the Ph.D. seminar) Each student must present an oral defense of his/her Ph.D. Thesis. The Thesis Review Committee is appointed Notice that no credits will be given to accelerated courses in much the same way as the Ph.D. Comprehensive (700-level courses). No credits are given to courses in Examination Committee. It will examine the written the- which the student earns a grade of C or below. The stu- sis and examine the student during the oral defense. All dent may have to take some other courses as required by Ph.D. Thesis Defenses are open to the public. the adviser. The credit hours of 500-level coursework
164 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Computer Science
Certificate Programs
Certificate programs offer working professionals an degree program. Applicants should have a bachelor’s opportunity to increase their knowledge and skills in the degree from an accredited college or university. The specific areas of computer science. A certificate represent- degree need not be in computer science. ing proven academic performance is presented after the required coursework is completed with a GPA of 3.0/4.0. Courses taken may be later applied toward an M.S.
Computer Networking and Telecommunications
Students should select nine credits from the following:
CS 455 Data Communications CS 542 Computer Networks I: Fundamentals CS 544 Computer Networks II: Network Services CS 548 Broadband Networks
Information Systems
The student in this program must complete nine hours of coursework from the following:
CS 425 Database Organization CS 521 Object-Oriented Analysis and Design CS 525 Advanced Database Organization
Software Engineering
The student in this program must complete nine hours of CS 586 Software Systems Architecture coursework from the following list: CS 587 Software Project Management CS 588 Advanced Software Engineering Development CS 445 Object-Oriented Design and Programming CS 589 Software Testing and Analysis CS 487 Software Engineering CS 750 Computer-Aided Software Engineering CS 537 Software Metrics CS 763 Automated Software Testing
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 165 Department of Computer Science
Accelerated Courses
The department offers accelerated courses for credit in vide an opportunity for degree-seeking students at IIT to several areas of computer science. These courses go complete M.S. degree requirements in a shorter time beyond traditional core topics and are designed for work- period. If taken by non-degree students, these courses can ing professionals who are interested in keeping abreast of be applied towards requirements for an M.S. degree at rapidly changing technologies. Accelerated courses pro- IIT.
Course Descriptions
Numbers in parentheses indicate of SQL queries, query optimization, CS 525 class, lab and credit hours, integrity, and concurrency control. Advanced Database Organization respectively. Distributed and parallel databases Comprehensive coverage of the prob- and data warehouse issues are lems involved in database system CS 511 addressed. Solid programming skills implementation and an in-depth Topics in Computer Graphics are required. Implementation of a examination of contemporary struc- Covers advanced topics in computer database management engine proto- tures and techniques used in modern graphics. The exact course contents type is required. No credit is given database management systems. may change based on recent for both this course and CS 425. Teaches advanced skills appropriate advances in the area and the instruc- Prerequisite: CS 351 or CS 402 and for DBMS architects and developers, tor teaching it. Possible topics CS 430. (3-0-3) database specialists, and the design- include: Geometric modeling, ers and developers of client/server Subdivision surfaces, Procedural CS 521 and distributed systems. Focus is on modeling, Warping and morphing, Object-Oriented Analysis transaction management, database Model reconstruction, Image based and Design structures and distributed process- rendering, Lighting and appearance, This course describes a methodology ing. Prerequisite: CS 425. (3-0-3) Texturing, Natural phenomena, Non- that covers a wide range of tech- photorealistic rendering Particle niques used in system analysis, CS 529 systems, Character animation, modeling and design. These tech- Information Retrieval Physically based modeling and ani- niques integrate well with software Continued exploration of information mation. Prerequisite: CS 411. (3-0-3) process management techniques retrieval algorithms. Topics will and provide a framework for soft- include: Text classification, meta- CS 512 ware engineers to collaborate in the search, mediators, semi-structured Computer Vision design and development process. information retrieval, name search, Introduction to fundamental topics in The methodology features the etc. Students will continuously study computer vision and the application integration of concepts, including new contributions to the field. A of statistical estimation techniques to software reusability, frameworks, large project will be required that this area. Intended to give the stu- design patterns, software architec- encourages students to push the lim- dent a good basis for work in this ture, software component design, its of existing information retrieval. important field. Topics include: use-case analysis, event-flow Prerequisites: CS 429. (3-0-3) Feature extraction, Probabilistic analysis, event-message analysis, modeling, Camera calibration, behavioral-life cycle analysis, fea- CS 530 Epipolar geometry, Statistical esti- ture, multiple-product, risk and rule Theory of Computation mation, Model reconstruction, analysis, and automatic code genera- Computability topics such as Turing Statistical filtering, Motion estima- tion. Prerequisite: CS 425. (3-0-3) machines, nondeterministic tion, Recognition, Shape from single machines, undecidability results, and image cues. Prerequisite: CS 430. CS 522 reducibility. Computational (3-0-3) Data Mining Complexity topics such as time com- Continued exploration of data mining plexity, NP-Completeness and CS 520 algorithms. More sophisticated algo- intractability, time and space hierar- Database Design and Engineering rithms such as support vector chy theorems. Introduces the Overview of database architectures, machines will be studied in detail. complexity classes P, NP, NL, L, including the Relational, Students will continuously study new PSPACE, NC, RNC, BPP and their Hierarchical, Network and Object contributions to the field. A large complete problems. Prerequisites: CS Models. Database normalization and project will be required that encour- 430. (3-0-3) design. Implementation issues for ages students to push the limits of database management systems, existing data mining techniques. including the processing and parsing Prerequisite: CS 422. (3-0-3)
166 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Computer Science
CS 531 CS 536 CS 542 Topics in Automata Theory Science of Programming Computer Networks I: Topics selected from mathema- Formal specification of how programs Fundamentals tical systems and automata theory, execute operational semantics, how This course focuses on the engineer- decision problems, realization and mathematical functions programs ing and analysis of network protocols minimization, algebraic decomposi- compute (denotational semantics) and and architecture in terms of the tion theory and machines in a how to use logic to characterize prop- Internet. Topics include content dis- category. Prerequisite: CS 430. erties and invariants of the program tribution, peer-to-peer networking, (3-0-3) execution (axiomatic semantics). congestion control, unicast and mul- Prerequisite CS 331 or CS 401. (3-0-3) ticast routing, router design, CS 532 mobility, multimedia networking, Formal Languages CS 537 quality of service, security and pol- This course provides an introduction Software Metrics icy-based networking. Prerequisite: to the theory of formal languages Theoretical foundations for CS 455. (3-0-3) and machines. Topics to be covered software metrics. Data collection. include: strings, alphabets, and lan- Experimental design and analysis. CS 544 guages; grammars, the Chomsky Software metric validation. Computer Networks II: Hierarchy of languages and corre- Measuring the software development Network Services sponding machines (regular sets and and maintenance process. Measuring Qualitative and quantitative analysis finite automata, context free lan- software systems. Support for met- of networks. A combination of analyt- guages of various types, Turing rics. Statistical tools. Setting up a ical and experimental analysis machines and recursive functions, measurement program. Application techniques will be used to study top- undecidable problems), and computa- of software measurement. ics such as protocol delay, end-to-end tional complexity, polynomial-time Prerequisite: CS 487. (3-0-3) network response time, intranet reductions, NP-completeness. models, Internet traffic models, web Prerequisite: CS 430. (3-0-3) CS 538 services availability, and network Combinatorial Optimization management. Prerequisites: CS 542 CS 533 Linear programs and their proper- or ECE 545. (3-0-3) Computational Geometry ties. Efficient algorithms for linear The course covers fundamental algo- programming. Network flows, mini- CS 545 rithms and data structures for mum cost flows, maximum Distributed Computing Landscape Convex Hulls, Voronoi Diagrams, matchings, weighted matchings, and Introduction to the theory of concur- Delauney Triangulation, Euclidean matroids. Prerequisite: CS 430 and a rent programming languages. Topics Spanning Trees, Point Location, linear algebra course. (3-0-3) include formal methods of concurrent Range Searching. Also included are computation as process algebra, nets lower bounds and discrepancy theory. CS 540 and actors, high-level concurrent pro- Optimization in geometry will be cov- Syntactic Analysis gramming languages and their ered. This includes fixed dimensional of Programming Languages operational semantics, methods for linear programming and shortest Formal definition of syntax with reasoning about correctness and the paths. Graphic data structures such emphasis on context-free languages. complexity of concurrent programs. as BSP trees will be covered. Elementary techniques for scanning Prerequisite: CS 450. (3-0-3) Prerequisites: CS 430 and a linear and parsing programming languages. algebra course. (3-0-3) Symbol table management. Semantic CS 546 routines and code generation. The Parallel and Distributed Processing CS 535 class will write a simple translator. General issues of parallel and distrib- Design and Analysis of Algorithms Prerequisites: CS 440. (3-0-3) uted processing including systems, Design of efficient algorithms for a programming, performance evaluation variety of problems, with mathemati- CS 541 and application of parallel and dis- cal proof of correctness and analysis Topics in Compiler Construction tributed computers. The influence of of time and space requirements. Advanced topics in compiler con- communication and parallelism on Topics include lower bounds for sort- struction, including incremental and algorithm design. Prerequisites: ing and medians, amortized analysis interactive compiling, error correc- CS 430, CS 450. (3-0-3) of advanced data structures, graph tion, code optimization and models of algorithms (strongly connected com- code generation. The objective of the CS 547 ponents, shortest paths, minimum course is to provide an in-depth cov- Wireless Networking spanning trees, maximum flows and erage of compiler optimization This course introduces cellular/PCS bipartite matching), and NP- techniques, including both classical systems, short-range mobile wireless Completeness. Prerequisites: CS 430. optimizations and areas of current systems, fixed wireless systems, (3-0-3) interest in compiler research. satellites, and ad hoc wireless Prerequisite: CS 440. (3-0-3) systems. It explains in detail the underlying technology as well regula- IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 167 Department of Computer Science
tions, politics, and business of these digital signatures is covered. ment, including mobility, context wireless communications systems. It Message authentication and hash awareness, resource discovery, cyber- looks beyond the hype, examining functions are also discussed. foraging, agents, QOS, P2P, web just what is and is not possible with Students will learn techniques of key services as well as other pervasive present-day and future wireless sys- management, secret sharing and con- and ubiquitous technologies. tems. As an advanced graduate ducting interactive proofs. In Prerequisites: CS 450 or CS 455 and course, it will combine extensive addition, the practical network and 470. (3-0-3) reading and in-class discussion of the security protocols are discussed. research literature with in-depth Prerequisite: CS 430. (3-0-3) CS 555 independent research projects of the Analytic Models and Simulation students’ own choosing. Prerequisite: CS 550 of Computer Systems CS 455. (3-0-3) Advanced Operating Systems Analytic and simulation techniques Advanced operating system design for the performance analysis of com- CS 548 concepts, such as multimedia OS, puter architecture, operating systems Broadband Networks multiprocessor systems, virtual and subsystems. Rigorous develop- The course studies the architectures, memory management, process migra- ment of queuing models. Study of interfaces, protocols, technologies, tion, process scheduling, simulation languages and models. products and services for broadband synchronization, file systems. Study Prerequisites: CS 450. (3-0-3) (high-speed) multimedia networks. of systems highlighting these con- The key principles of the protocols cepts. Prerequisite: CS 450. (3-0-3) CS 560 and technologies used for representa- Computer Science in the Classroom tive network elements and types of CS 551 Preparation and formulation of broadband network are studied. Operating System Design computer science courses. Detailed Specifically, cable and Implementation weekly materials organized and modems, Digital Subscriber Lines, This course covers in detail the perfected. The goal being to develop Power Lines, wireless 802.16 design and implementation of Open Course Ware (OCW). (1-4-3) (WiMax), and broadband cellular processes, interprocess communica- Internet are covered for broadband tion, semaphores, monitors, message CS 561 access; for broadband Local Area passing, remote procedure calls, The Computer Networks (LANs), Gigabit Ethernet, scheduling algorithm, input/output, and Curriculum Content Virtual LANs, and wireless LANs device drivers, memory management, Emphasis on the presentation (802.11 WiFi and Bluetooth) are dis- file system design, network file concepts. Selecting the best mode cussed; for broadband Wide Area servers, atomic transactions, security of delivery and using the power Networks (WANs), the topics covered and protection mechanisms. The of the web page to enhance the include optical networks hardware-software interface is exam- presentation. (1-4-3) (SONET/SDH, DWDM, optical net- ined in detail. Students modify and work nodes, optical switching extend a multi-user operating sys- CS 565 technologies), frame-relay, ATM, tem. Prerequisites: CS 450. (3-0-3) Computer-Assisted Instruction wire-speed routers, IP switching, and Hardware and software for the MPLS. Also, quality of service issues CS 552 effective use of the computer in in broadband networks and a view of Distributed Systems an educational environment, the convergence of technologies in Advanced distributed system design CAI (Computer-Assisted/Aided broadband networks are covered. concepts, such as distributed Instruction) being one of the major Prerequisite: CS 455. (3-0-3) processes and memory management, areas of investigation. Prerequisite: distributed file systems, consistency CS 560 or CS 561. (3-0-3) CS 549 and fault tolerance, security and Cryptography transaction system structures, and CS 566 and Network Security distributed programming. Practicum in the Application This course provides an introduction Programming in representative dis- of Computers to Education to the theory and the practice of tributed environments. Prerequisite: Provides supervised experience in cryptography and network security. CS 450. (3-0-3) the development of computer-based The course covers conventional teaching units. Evaluation of differ- encryption such as classical encryp- CS 553 ent theoretical and/or technical tion techniques, modern encryption Pervasive Computing approaches to use of computer in the techniques, and encryption algo- Concepts in computing that create an classroom. Prerequisite: CS 560 or rithms. Students are introduced to ubiquitous environment, combining CS 561. (1-4-3) the basic number theory, which is processors and sensors with network used as the foundation for public-key technologies (wireless and otherwise) encryption. The public-key cryptogra- and intelligent software. Issues of phy such as encryption methods and middleware and middleware develop-
168 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Computer Science
CS 570 Developing AI agents; Multi-agent CS 585 Advanced Computer Architecture planning. Prerequisite: CS 480. (3-0-3) Natural Language Processing Advanced computer system design An introduction to the problems of and architecture, such as pipelining CS 582 computing with human languages. and instruction-level parallelism, Computational Robotics Parsing. Semantic representations. memory-hierarchy system, intercon- Covers basic algorithms and tech- Text generation. Lexicography. nection networks, multiprocessors, niques used in Computational Discourse. Sublanguage studies. and clusters of servers. Selected Robotics, to give the student a good Applications to CAI, database inter- study on current experimental com- basis for work in this highly relevant faces and information retrieval. puter systems. Prerequisite: CS450 field. Topics include: Locomotion, Prerequisite: CS 445. (3-0-3) and CS470. (3-0-3) Non-visual sensors and algorithms, Uncertainty modeling, data fusion, CS 586 CS 572 State space models, Kalman filtering, Software Systems Architectures Advanced Topics in Computer Visual sensors, Sampling theory, This course covers the state-of-the- Architecture Image features, Depth reconstruc- art in architectural design of complex Current problems in computer archi- tion, Multiple view geometry, software systems. The course consid- tecture. Prerequisite: CS 570. (3-0-3) Ego-motion, Active vision, Reasoning, ers commonly used software system Spatial decomposition, Geometric architectures, techniques for design- CS 580 representations, Topological repre- ing and implementing these archi- Medical Informatics sentations, Path planning, Spatial tectures, models and notations for This course provides an introduction uncertainty, Active control, Pose characterizing and reasoning about to computer applications in health maintenance, Dead reckoning, architectures, and case studies of care with an emphasis on the contri- Correlation-based localization, actual software system architectures. butions of artificial intelligence and Sensorial maps, Task planning and Prerequisite: CS 487. (3-0-3) database analysis. Topics will include task interference, Multi-agent coordi- medical expert systems, medical nation. Prerequisite: CS 430. (3-0-3) CS 587 decision analysis, reasoning under Software Project Management uncertainty, medical tutoring sys- CS 583 Concepts of software product and tems, medical language processing, Expert Systems process quality. Role of TQM in soft- medical record systems, hospital and Medical expert systems and clinical ware project management. Use of office information systems, labora- decision analysis. Decision making metrics, feasibility studies, cost and tory, pharmacy, radiology and under uncertainty. Inference mecha- effort estimates. Discussion of project bibliographic information retrieval nisms for expert systems: production planning and scheduling. The project systems. Presentations and papers rules, pattern recognition, automatic team and leadership issues. The or projects will be required. theorem proving, fuzzy logic. Expert Capability Maturity Model: basic Prerequisites: CS 425, CS 480. system architecture. Knowledge engi- tenets and application of process (3-0-3) neering. Information retrieval. evaluation. Prerequisite: CS 487. Natural language interfaces. (3-0-3) CS 581 Prerequisite: CS 480. (3-0-3) Topics in Artificial Intelligence CS 588 Covers various advanced topics in AI, CS 584 Advanced Software including both theory and practice. Machine Learning Engineering Development Content may vary by instructor. Covers basic algorithms and tech- Software development process Possible topics include: Planning: niques used in Machine Learning, to improvement is a major objective of STRIPs planning; Partial-order plan- give the student a good basis for this course. This is achieved through ning; Situation calculus; Theorem work in this highly relevant field. a series of individual programming proving; GraphPlan/SatPlan; Topics include: Version space learn- and process projects. Students learn Transformational planning; ing, Computational learning theory, to plan their projects, apply measure- Simulated annealing; Motion plan- PAC-learning, VC-dimension, On-line ments, estimate size, schedule tasks, ning; Case-based reasoning; learning, Winnow, Perceptrons, and classify defects in order to Multi-agent coordination; Neural Networks, Backpropagation, improve the quality of both their Negotiation planning; Genetic algorithms, Bayesian learn- development process and their soft- Representation and Reasoning: ing, Experimental design, ware products. Prerequisite: CS 487. Logical representation; Frame prob- Decision-tree learning, Covering (3-0-3) lem; Probabilistic reasoning; algorithms for learning rule sets, Bayesian networks; Game Playing: Minimum description length, CS 589 Minimax search; Evaluation func- Clustering algorithms, Software Testing and Analysis tions; Learning evaluation functions; Reinforcement learning, Markov Concepts and techniques for testing Markov Decision Processes; decision processes. Prerequisite: CS and analysis of software. Software Reinforcement learning for games; 480. (3-0-3) testing at the unit, subsystem, and
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 169 Department of Computer Science
system levels. Specification-based CS 630 Courses available for the Master testing. Code-based testing. Model- Advanced Topics in Algorithms of Computer Science Program based testing. Methods for test Theoretical analysis of various types generation and validation. Static and of algorithms. Topics vary, and may CSP 527 dynamic analysis. Formal methods include quantum, approximation, on- Client-Server Applications and verification. Reliability analysis. line, distributed, randomized, and Development Prerequisite: CS 487. (3-0-3) parallel algorithms. Prerequisite: CS Through hands-on experience in 430 and consent of instructor. (3-0-3) developing a client-server database CS 590 project and developing and managing Seminar in Computer Science CS 642 a client-server Internet project, this Investigation and discussion by Advanced Topics in Networking course teaches advanced skills for faculty and students concentrated Introduction to advanced networking effective design and implementation on some topic of current interest. research. A particular focus area will of client-server applications. May be taken more than once. be considered, keeping current with Students will examine the architec- Prerequisite: Written consent of advances in computer networking. tural and functionality decisions, instructor. (3-0-3) Quantitative methods will be empha- technologies, configurations, lan- sized. Prerequisite: CS 542. (3-0-3) guages, and techniques associated CS 591 with client-server systems. Research and Thesis CS 681 Active/passive client-server technolo- for M.S. Degree Topics in Computational Linguistics gies, as well as public, (Credit: Variable) Covers various topics in linguistics enterprise-wide, and inter-enterprise as they may be applied to various approaches to decision and operation CS 595 computational problems in AI, NLP, support are discussed and imple- Topics in Computer Science or IR. The topics in this course may mented. Prerequisite: CS 425. (3-0-3) This course will treat a specific topic, change between semesters depending varying from semester to semester, on the instructor teaching the course CSP 541 in which there is particular student and the current state of the art in Internet Technologies or staff interest. May be taken more this area. Possible topics include: This course focuses on the technolo- than once. Prerequisite: Written con- Systemic Functional Linguistics, gies and protocols used by Internet sent of instructor. (Credit: Variable) Clausal structure, Group structure, WAN’s and LAN’s. The fundamental Complex structure, Cognitive architecture, organization, and rout- CS 597 Linguistics, Process semantics. ing principles of the Internet are Reading and Special Problems Prerequisite: CS 585. (3-0-3) described. Part of the course will Prerequisite: Written consent of focus on emerging Internet technolo- instructor. May be taken more than CS 689 gies. Prerequisite: CS 455. (3-0-3) once. (Credit: Variable) Advanced Topics in Software Engineering CSP 542 CS 612 Course content is variable and Internet Design and Analysis Topics in Computer Vision reflects the current trends in soft- This course examines the principles Cover advanced topics in computer ware engineering. Prerequisite: of network design. The design vision to enhance the knowledge of Consent of instructor. (3-0-3) process is studied from requirements students interested in this highly gathering to deployment. The stu- important area. The topics in this CS 691 dent will gain experience in course may change between semes- Research and Thesis estimating application load, network ters depending on the instructor for Ph.D. Degree sizing, component choice, and proto- teaching the course and the current (Credit: Variable) col choice. Internetworking between state of the art in this area. Possible popular components and protocols topics include: Image based modeling CS 695 will be studied. Analytical and simu- and rendering, Multiple view geome- Doctoral Seminar lation techniques are described and try, Auto-calibration, Object (1-0-1) used to design several local- and recognition, Motion analysis, wide-area networks. Prerequisite: CS Tracking, Perceptual user interfaces, 455. (3-0-3) Face and gesture recognition, Active vision. Prerequisite: CS 512. (3-0-3)
170 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Computer Science
CSP 543 CSP 551 CSP 587 Multimedia Networking Advanced UNIX Programming Software Quality Management This course covers the architectures, This course provides students a Students will learn methods of soft- protocols, and design issues for mul- hands-on introduction to UNIX pro- ware quality management. This will timedia networks. Topics covered gramming topics such as standard include exposure to software quality include coding, compression, stream- application programmer interfaces, assurance, quality measures, and ing, synchronization, QoS, and concurrent programming, UNIX quality control. These quality man- adaptation. Current tools for multi- processes and threads, shell pro- agement methods will be explained media networking will be surveyed. gramming, UNIX interprocess at the applications level. Issues with multimedia application communications, client-server Prerequisite: CS 487 or equivalent. development will be explored. designs, and application portability. (3-0-3) Students will design and develop Prerequisites: C programming, CS multimedia applications. 450 or equivalent, and user-level Fundamental Prerequisite Prerequisites: CS 455 and experience knowledge of UNIX. (3-0-3) Courses in Computer Science programming in high-level lan- guages. (3-0-3) CSP 581 Students whose background in Applied AI Programming computer science is deficient are CSP 544 To learn AI programming algorithms required to take the following System and Network Security and techniques in Common Lisp. courses and earn a grade “B” or This course will present an in-depth Time is split between Common Lisp better. The credits for these courses examination of topics in data and topics and discussions of implemen- may not be used for any degree network security, such as: Access tation strategies for AI algorithms. program in computer science, com- control, authentication, security Prerequisite: CS 440 or equivalent. puter information systems or assessment, network and data secu- (3-0-3) computer engineering. rity tools, and security policies. A significant hands-on component CSP 585 CS 401 includes network incidents to detect Object-Oriented Design Patterns Introduction to Advanced Studies I and fix. Prerequisites: CS 430, CS This course introduces the principles First course in a two-course sequence 455. (3-0-3) of design patterns for Object- that is designed to prepare students Oriented software systems. A catalog for graduate study in computer sci- CSP 545 of design patterns is shown, to illus- ence. The course covers advanced Wireless Networking Technologies trate the roles of patterns in programming concepts including and Applications designing and contracting complex pointers, recursion and inheritance, This course will present the founda- software systems. The catalog of as well as data structures and algo- tion of wireless technologies and design patterns also provides a prag- rithms including linked lists, stacks, examine state-of-the-art wireless sys- matic reference to a well-engineered queues, heaps, graphs, and sorting tems, services, network technologies, set of existing patterns currently in techniques. Prerequisite: CS 201 or and security. Prerequisites: CS 542. use. Also discussed is the impact of equivalent. (3-0-3) (3-0-3) post-object-oriented software devel- opment on design patterns. CS 402 CSP 550 Prerequisite: CS 445. (3-0-3) Introduction to Advanced Studies II Internet Programming Second course in a two-course This course discusses current funda- CSP 586 sequence that is designed to prepare mental concepts and development Software Modeling and students for graduate study in com- techniques for distributed applica- Development with UML puter science. The course consists of tions. Topics covered include Students will obtain a significant two parts. The first part introduces multithreaded programs, sockets, exposure to the UML technology. the students to computer organiza- message-passing systems, remote This will include exposure to model- tion and architecture, numbering method invocation and procedure ing, model-driven development, systems, logical operations and fun- calls, peer-to-peer networks, and executable models, and round-trip damentals of assembly language underlying technologies for internet engineering. These technologies will programming. The second part of the applications. Prerequisite: CS 455. be explained at the application level. course is devoted to event driven pro- (3-0-3) Prerequisite: CS 487 or CS 445. (3-0-3) gramming concepts using Java as the programming tool. Multithreading programming concepts are also cov- ered using Java. Prerequisite: CS 401 or consent of instructor. (3-0-3)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 171 Department of Computer Science
Undergraduate Courses CS 440 CS 458 Available to Graduate Students Programming Languages Information Security in Computer Science and Translators CS 470 CS 411 CS 441 Computer Architecture I Computer Graphics Current Topics in Programming Languages CS 471 CS 422 Design of Computer Processors Introduction to Data Mining CS 445 Object-Oriented Design CS 480 CS 425 and Programming Artificial Intelligence Database Organization CS 447 CS 485 CS 429 Distributed Objects Computers and Society Introduction to Information Retrieval CS 450 CS 487 Introduction to Operating Systems Software Engineering CS 430 Introduction to Algorithms CS 455 Data Communications
172 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Institute of Design
Institute of Design
350 N. LaSalle St. centered communication design. Students in the Chicago, IL 60610 advanced Master of Design Methods (M.D.M.) program 312.595.4900 main enroll in core and specialty courses and selected work- 312.595.4906 graduate study information shops focusing exclusively on advanced design methods. 312.595.4901 fax [email protected] ID’s development of separate research and professional www.id.iit.edu degrees addresses the new commitment of the field to the importance of design research, while recognizing the Director: increasing demand for professional education at the mas- Patrick F. Whitney tery level. ID’s research community is as unique as its curriculum. Faculty members are active contributors to The Institute of Design (ID) is defined by a legacy of the design field. The 12 full-time faculty and approxi- experimentation joined with unique academic programs mately 20 adjunct members represent specific areas of and a systematic, analytical approach to design and prob- expertise critical to design, such as product design, com- lem solving. It has embraced new technology and munication design, information design, design planning, experimentation since its founding by Laszlo Moholy- the history of design, interactive diagrams, cognitive psy- Nagy in 1937 as New Bauhaus. In 1944, the school was chology, anthropology, semantics of form, imaging, and renamed the Institute of Design, and, in 1949, it merged computer science. Students draw upon these many per- with Illinois Institute of Technology. spectives to observe and analyze real-world environments as a means of designing information, visualizations, prod- ID’s program is markedly different from other graduate ucts and services that shape and are shaped by how design programs because of its insistence on user-cen- people live. teredness, its development of rigorous, verifiable methods, and its emphasis on placing design at the cen- Graduate students typically come to ID from all over the ter of the development process. world, often after years spent in their professions. In addition to professional designers who enter the school, Today, the school has the nation’s largest full-time, gradu- ID accepts and encourages students with backgrounds ate program in design and offers a Ph.D. in design outside of design. The student body draws from back- research. Students in the professional master’s (M.Des.) grounds as diverse as chemistry, engineering, the fine program may specialize in design planning, design arts, computer science, architecture, anthropology and research, human-centered product design or human- psychology.
Degrees Offered
Master of Design (M.Des.) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Master of Design Methods (M.D.M.)
Research Facilities
Research is supported by a networked computing system and develop new systems and tools. Equipment includes that enables students to digitize and manipulate photo- Silicon Graphics, Sun, Dell, and Apple computers and a graphic images, analyze problems, model forms, create wide variety of peripherals. interactive multimedia and individualized publications,
Research Areas
ID provides an unmatched community of faculty and stu- and strategy. Doctoral students conduct research regard- dents who are conducting essential design research. ing the fundamental methods and principles of Interests are broad, but tend to focus on users’ interac- human-centered design and design planning in both sym- tions with their environment, methods of innovation bolic and real dimensions. within organizations, and the value of design for business
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 173 Institute of Design
Faculty
Jeremy Alexis, Assistant Professor. B.Arch, M.Des., Charles Owen, Distinguished Professor Emeritus. B.S., Illinois Institute of Technology. Purdue University; M.S., Illinois Institute of Technology.
Christopher Conley, Associate Professor, B.S., M.S., Greg Prygrocki, Associate Professor. B.I.D., University of Illinois Institute of Technology. Manitoba (Canada); M.V.A., University of Alberta (Canada). Dale Fahnstrom, Professor. B.F.S., M.F.A., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. Keiichi Sato, Professor. B.S., M.S, Osaka Institute of Technology; M.S., Illinois Institute of Technology. Judith Gregory, Assistant Professor. B.A., Antioch College. Ph.D., University of California-San Diego Patrick F. Whitney, Professor and Director. B.F.A., University of Alberta (Canada); M.F.A., Cranbrook John Grimes, Professor. B.A., University of Illinois. M.S., Academy of Art. Illinois Institute of Technology.
Vijay Kumar, Associate Professor. B.S., National Institute of Design (India); M.S., Illinois Institute of Technology.
Admission Requirements
Cumulative undergraduate GPA minimum: 3.0/4.0 Applicants to the M.D.M. program must hold a four-year Minimum GRE score: 1000 (verbal & quantitative), Bachelor’s degree from an accredited university, possess 3.5 (analytical writing) outstanding visual skills as demonstrated in a profes- TOEFL minimum: 550 sional portfolio or an exemplary portfolio of non-design TSE (Test for Spoken English) minimum: 24 innovation projects, and have a minimum of 5 years of management and leadership experience in design or inno- Admission to ID is highly competitive. Meeting the mini- vation and a demonstrated record of excellence in the field mum GPA and test score requirements does not (as in awards from IDSA, AIGA or other associations). guarantee admission. Test scores and GPA are just two of Applicants must also submit three letters of recommenda- several important factors considered. For admission to tion from professional contacts, and have a successful the master of design (M.Des.) program, an applicant interview with an Institute of Design faculty member. must hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited edu- cational institution with a minimum cumulative GPA of Applicants to the Ph.D. program must hold a master’s 3.0/4.0, must have a strong record of academic achieve- degree in design from an accredited educational institu- ment, and must be highly recommended. All applicants tion, have a distinguished record of academic without an undergraduate degree in design must submit achievement and be very highly recommended. GRE scores. Applicants from countries whose native lan- Applicants without a master’s degree should apply for the guage is not English must submit scores for TOEFL and M.Des. program. TSE. The TOEFL and TSE requirements are waived for applicants with a degree from universities in English- Doctoral applicants with a Master’s degree in design speaking countries. must show evidence of distinguished academic and, if appropriate, professional work in their fields. Applicants Portfolios are required for applicants who possess design with design degrees or degrees from programs in related degrees. Regardless of previous degrees, students may be fields with studio courses must present a portfolio and required to complete prerequisite design courses before may be required to complete some design courses as defi- starting their M.Des. requirements. ciency studies. All Ph.D. applicants must have completed college level courses in mathematics (calculus and statis- Applicants without design degrees are encouraged to tics) and programming (Fortran, Pascal or C++). apply to the M.Des. Program. Such applicants must com- Depending on the applicant’s academic background and plete a series of specified prerequisite design courses intended area of study, other prerequisite courses also before starting the M.Des. degree requirements. may be required. Admitted applicants who have not com- pleted these courses must take them immediately.
174 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Institute of Design
Master of Design
54 credit hours material and form, manufacturing, interaction, embedded Project computing, and product life cycles. Students are encour- aged to go beyond designing an individual product, to The Master of Design (M.Des.) program is a two-year, 54- designing holistic systems of products and environments credit-hour degree program intended for those seeking that work together to meet user needs. professional mastery at the highest level in the field of communication or product design or design planning. The Design Planning degree terminates with a project demonstrating the appli- Students in design planning learn to apply design meth- cation of new theories and processes to contemporary and ods to business strategy and achieving competitive developing design problems in a variety of areas. advantage. Particular attention is paid to how design, by creating new value for users, can also create economic The program is divided into four concentration areas, or value for organizations. Students gain an understanding tracks: Human-centered Communication Design, Human- of technological innovation, market forces, and organiza- centered Product Design, Design Planning, and Design tional structures, and learn to create innovative solutions Research. All four tracks share a common platform of in a variety of areas, from products and communications methods developed at ID and other design organizations to business strategies, brands, services and organiza- which focuses on observing and understanding users in tional processes. specific contexts, analyzing complex information, develop- ing and exploring alternative solutions, and prototyping Design Research future innovations and scenarios. The design research track prepares professionals to work in industry, the public sector and academic institutions Human-centered Communication Design that seek to build design-related research and develop- The communication design program applies human-cen- ment programs from a human-centered perspective. tered methods to the creation of new communications, Coursework focuses on the development and implementa- including interactive, electronic and print publications, tion of new design methods and tools, exploring and information systems, software, Web services, and other prototyping new concepts, and creating new procedures media. Students explore how people send, receive, ana- and standards for design activity. Career paths include lyze, share and interact with information and rich media, corporate research and development, government design and the influences of new technologies on how people can, and technology agencies, teaching, and preparatory study should and do communicate. for application to the Ph.D. program.
Human-centered Product Design Residence ID’s product design program focuses on physical products The M.Des. Program requires continuous full-time study and environments. With the underlying goal of maximiz- at the Institute of Design for a minimum of four semes- ing user experience, the program emphasizes both ters. Students must enroll in at least 13.5 credit hours of appearance and performance, and explores issues of course work each semester.
Curriculum
Totals 54 credit hours Professional Sequence (32 hours) Core classes (13 credit hours) Students select a series of projects and courses from The following eight project/discussion courses that deal available workshops and specialty courses to meet the with the basics of human-centered design are required for objectives of the student’s professional goals in their cho- all master’s students: sen track. Choices will be made in consultation with the student’s adviser and will account for at least 32 credit ID 559 Physical Human Factors hours of the required program. ID 551 Cognitive Human Factors ID 552 Social Human Factors The professional sequence includes eight (8) credit hours ID 553 Cultural Human Factors of workshops, which are major, semester-long project ID 533 Design Analysis courses that explore design problems in breadth and ID 514 Design Planning depth. Processes and information from the specialty ID 516 Observing Users courses are developed here in practical and experimental ID 517 Design Languages applications. Choices are made in consultation with the student’s adviser from ID 580-589.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 175 Institute of Design
Twelve (12) credit hours in the professional sequence are Electives composed of specialty track courses, which are classes in (9 hours) special branches of design theory process or practice. Selections must include courses from the student’s chosen Full- or half-semester courses selected from the univer- track. Full- or half-semester courses are selected from ID sity’s course offerings to complement objectives of the 519–579. student’s program. These courses should be at least 400- level and should be selected with adviser approval. The remaining twelve (12) credit hours in the sequence are composed of a final, one- to two-semester long Research and Demonstration project in the chosen track (ID 592).
Master of Design Methods 30 credit hours works in areas like user observation and research; proto- typing of new services, products and businesses; creating The Master of Design Methods (MDM) is a nine month systems of innovation; visualizing alternative futures; (or 2-3 year part-time) executive master’s degree for and linking user innovation to organizational strategy. exceptional design, management, engineering and other professionals who wish to acquire robust design methods Residence and frameworks and to apply design thinking to the The M.D.M. can be taken in two semesters full-time, four development of products, communications, services, and semesters half time, or six semesters at one-third time. systems. MDM courses cover design methods and frame-
Curriculum Totals 30 credit hours
Required classes Design Workshops (13 hours) (0-8 hours)
The following four, half-semester, project/discussion Workshops are major, semester-long project courses that courses that deal with fundamental aspects of design at explore design problems in breadth and depth. Processes an abstract, theoretical level are required for all M.D.M. and information from the specialty courses are developed students: here in practical and experimental applications. Choices are made in consultation with the student’s adviser from ID 559 Physical Human Factors ID classes numbered 580-589. ID 551 Cognitive Human Factors ID 552 Social Human Factors Specialty Courses ID 553 Cultural Human Factors (9-17 hours)
Substitutions to these courses may be made according to Specialty courses are courses in special branches of the student’s professional background. design theory, process or practice, and are normally selected from half-semester courses, ID 519-579.
Dual degree programs
M.Des./M.B.A.
The Master of Design/Master of Business Administration Pursued separately, earning both degrees would require (M.Des./M.B.A.) dual degree program is a two year plus more than three years of continuous study, as well as sep- one quarter, full-time program of study culminating in arate application processes. The M.Des./M.B.A. dual the awarding of both an M.Des. degree from the Institute degree option allows students to earn both degrees in less of Design, and an M.B.A. degree from the Stuart School time, through an efficient selection of courses. of Business. Prospective students may submit one application to apply to both the Institute of Design and the Stuart School of Business programs.
176 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Institute of Design
Doctor of Philosophy
116 credit hours review of the level of competence achieved by the student Language examination as a result of the entire program of graduate study Comprehensive examination (except for the dissertation) as approved by the advisory Dissertation committee and specified in the program of study form. Students are not considered candidates for the Ph.D. The Ph.D. in design is a research program for those who degree until after the comprehensive examination is wish to teach or conduct research in design. The program passed. culminates with a dissertation that extends the body of knowledge about design theory and process. With the Residence approval of their advisers, students may elect to study The Ph.D. program normally requires a minimum of within the design planning or human-centered design three years of study beyond the master’s degree. The first tracks, or they may develop a different area of study that four semesters must be continuous study at the Institute is important to the evolution of new knowledge in design of Design. Students must enroll in at least 15 credit theory or process. hours of course work for each of the first three semesters.
Candidacy Language Early in their studies, admitted doctoral students will be Satisfactory reading knowledge of German, Japanese, required to submit and obtain approval for a program of French or Russian must be met before the student study and pass a foreign language requirement. Within applies to take the comprehensive examination. two years of being admitted, and after approval of the program of study and passage of the foreign language examination, the student must take a comprehensive examination. This examination is intended as a rigorous
Curriculum
Totals 116 credit hours Seminars (6 hours) Masters program in design (32 hours or greater) Seminars are discussion courses that consider topics of contemporary interest and provide a continuing meeting Research Sequence ground and forum for students during their course and (21 hours) project work.
The research sequence is a series of projects and courses Electives selected from available design workshops and specialty (12 hours) courses to meet the objectives of the student’s research goals. Choices will be made in consultation with the stu- Electives include full- or half- semester courses selected dent’s adviser and will account for at least 21 credit from the university’s course offerings to complement hours of the required program beyond the M.S. degree. objectives of the student’s program. These courses should be at least 400-level and should be selected with adviser Design Workshops approval. Note: Summer research on projects designated Workshops are major, semester-long project courses that by the department may substitute for up to three hours explore design problems in breadth and depth. Processes of elective or research sequence credit requirements. and information from the specialty courses are developed here in practical and experimental applications. Choices Dissertation are made in consultation with the student’s adviser from (48 hours) ID classes numbered 580-589. A distinct, substantial and original contribution to design Specialty Courses knowledge. ID 691 Research and Thesis for the Ph.D. Specialty courses are courses in special branches of design theory, process or practice, and are normally selected from half-semester courses, ID 500–559 and ID 568–576.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 177 Institute of Design
Course Descriptions
Numbers in parentheses indicate three-dimensional exhibition form, editing six data types: text, bitmap, class, lab and credit hours, respec- from concept generation to visualiza- geometry, sound, animation and tively. Graduate standing in the tion. Relevant perceptual and video. (1-2-2) Institute of Design is a prerequisite cognitive principles are discussed. (1- for all courses. 2-2) ID 510 Principles and Methods of Design ID 428 ID 485 Research Advanced Architectural Graduate Intro to Product Design 1 Introduces the basic principles and Photography Teaches the fundamental principles methods for assembling, developing Offers basic instruction in architec- and processes of product design and analyzing information in the tural photography primarily for through simple projects and skill tasks of design research. Techniques upper level undergraduate and grad- building exercises, and study of more for collecting data, testing hypothe- uate level architecture students. advanced projects and case studies. ses and presenting conclusions are Covers basic camera operation and Skills taught include diagramming, learned in the context of conducting exposure, photography of flat art and orthographic sketching and render- a pilot research project. (3-0-1.5) studio lighting, interior and exterior ing, basic three-dimensional model photography, and the photography of building, and documenting intent for ID 511 distinguishing features of the urban presentation. (1-2-2) Philosophical Context of Design landscape. (1-2-2) Research ID 486 Explores the philosophical frame- ID 482 Graduate Intro to Product Design 2 work for conducting research and Graduate Intro to Design Prepares students to practice basic building knowledge in the field of Instills familiarity with the profes- product design and instills profes- design. Topics include concepts from sional practice of design in its main sional understanding of the epistemology, phenomenology and forms, disciplines and applications, responsibilities and value of product structuralism. Comparisons are including product design, communi- design to manufacturing organiza- made between design research and cation design, design planning, tions and end-users. Key topics research in other fields. (3-0-1.5) design research, interaction design, include establishing design criteria, service design and design education. design ideation, geometry, structure ID 514 Covers the skills required, activities, and assembly, materials and fabrica- Design Planning challenges, common tools and lead- tion, drawing, prototyping and solid Introduces students to the context of ing players in these areas of practice. modeling, and final presentation. (1- design planning. It includes a discus- Also covers design industry employ- 2-2) sion of the general forces acting upon ment skills and basic drawing and an organization—competition, tech- visualization. (1-2-2) ID 487 nological developments, channels of Graduate Intro to Photography information and product distribution ID 483 Acquaints design students with the and ways to understand the people Graduate Intro to Communication field of photographic image making, who use design. Particular attention Design 1 how images are constructed and the is paid to how, within the context of Provides a sound understanding of ways they are used to communicate. all of these forces, design can benefit two-dimensional form and introduces Students learn the fundamental an organization. (3-0-1.5) basic concepts of graphic design, principles of image making, color including factors of visual perception theory, lighting, and digital image ID 515 and syntax, principles of creating processing through the practice of Design Policy order and meaning, compositional creating images. All work is per- Investigates the formation and intent techniques, aesthetic properties of formed using digital cameras and of design policy by governments visual form, information processing, softare. (1-2-2) across the world. Particular attention and understanding the environmen- is focused on the relationship of orga- tal, cultural and personal context of ID 488 nizations implementing these policies the viewer. Considerable emphasis is Graduate Intro to Digital Media to the political and economic struc- placed on typography. (1-2-2) Surveys the basic media types used ture of different countries and on in interactive software. Includes a measures assessing their success. ID 484 culminating project that demon- (3-0-1.5) Graduate Intro to Communication strates basic principles of screen Design 2 design and computer-human interac- ID 516 Provides fundamentals for planning tion using a variety of media. Observing Users and editing information and commu- Projects require use of common soft- Introduces observational and ethno- nicating it in print, web, and ware applications for creating and graphic methods in design.
178 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Institute of Design
Ethnographic methods are used in plan for a communication project, ID 526 fieldwork to help researchers develop especially the relationship between Design Planning and Market a deeper understanding of the every- the project plan and the organiza- Forces day activities of people’s lives. In tion’s overall design strategy and Focuses on methods in design plan- other words, their goal is to help policy. (3-0-1.5) ning that build information about how researchers understand what people products and information should be do -- not just what they say they do. ID 521 used. It includes a comparison of mar- In the design field, there is an added Product Planning keting and design planning as distinct goal: to initiate practical changes in Presents and demonstrates the prin- processes for developing new products, the ways people do things in the real, ciples and methods of formulating a services and information. (3-0-1.5) material world -- not just to make plan for a new product, especially the theoretical discoveries. Applied meth- relationship between the project plan ID 528 ods help designers conduct research and the organization’s overall design Advanced Design Planning projects and develop design solutions strategy and policy. (3-0-1.5) Presents students with background for customers, clients, or employers information about the forces influ- who seek out their expertise. (1-2-2) ID 522 encing a design problem. Using Technological Development and knowledge about planning processes, ID 517 Design Innovation students will be asked to write a Design Languages Concentrates on the exploitation of design plan that describes the rele- Covers the rhetoric of design case developments in material and manu- vant methods and predicted solution making using verbal, quantitative, facturing technology as a critical to the problem. (3-0-1.5) visual, and spatial modes of persua- component in innovative design. sion. Includes a survey of document Case studies are used to analyze the ID 529 and presentation types useful in the development of new products from Structured Planning product development process. (1-2-2) precursor advancements in the tech- Introduces the basic principles and nologies of materials and/or methods of Structured Planning, a set ID 518 manufacturing. Product development of tools used in the planning phase of Business Frameworks is considered from perspective of pro- the design process. Procedures are A descriptive course in business ject management, interactions among developed for exploring the issues rel- strategy for designers covering new different technological domains, and evant to a project, obtaining detailed venture strategy, competitive strat- the metaphoric transformation of functional requirements and insights, egy, marketing strategy and tactics, design problems by design and devel- organizing this information, synthe- decision sciences, entrepreneurship, opment personnel aware of the sizing innovative concepts and private equity, business plan writing, technological advancements. (3-0-1.5) describing them in a Plan for the sub- innovation, introductory finance and sequent designing phase. (3-0-1.5) “self-discovery.” This course will ID 524 build a series of non-mathematical Strategic Design Planning ID 531 models of success and failure in both Focuses on how the processes and Computer Applications in Design entrepreneurial and corporate set- goals of design planning can relate to Introduces students to the construc- tings. (3-0-1.5) the overall strategic plan of an orga- tion of computer programs for design. nization. It includes topics related to Issues of program design are consid- ID 519 technological innovation, market ered, including modularity, data Economics & Design trends, financial analysis and other structures, computer graphic model- This course will consider the rela- forces that influence the future of an ing, interface design and other tionship between theories and organization. (3-0-1.5)+ aspects of programming for the sup- practice in the two very different port of design processes. realms of economics and design. ID 525 Prerequisite: ID 468 or consent of Economic theory is a vital body of Design Planning and Technological instructor. (3-0-1.5) knowledge with many variations and Innovation emphases. It has fundamentally Shows how design relates to techno- ID 532 influenced a wide spectrum of both logical change in media, Computer-Supported Design governmental and business policy manufacturing and products. Special Processes and procedure and has enormous attention is paid to the confluence of Continuation of ID 531, with empha- influence on how design is viewed in computing and communication, flexi- sis on advanced graphic techniques these contexts. (3-0-1.5) ble production systems and the and artificial intelligence procedures increased use of sophisticated elec- for the support of design processes. ID 520 tronics in control systems of Primary emphasis is on writing a Communication Planning products. (3-0-1.5) complete design software application Presents and demonstrates the prin- program. Prerequisite: ID 531 or con- ciples and methods of formulating a sent of instructor. (3-0-1.5)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 179 Institute of Design
ID 533 ID 541 ID 546 Design Analysis Advanced Product Development Diagram Development A survey of design methods from Familiarizes students with the Explores the language of diagrams many fields concentrating on prob- nature, methods, and design implica- and alternative techniques for lem definition, description and tions of current mass production increasing communication effective- analysis. Among the topics covered practice and trends. Addresses the ness. Subjects of study include are diagrammatic techniques for translation of product concepts into computer-based diagrams that intro- process and organizational descrip- actual production by anticipating duce interaction and motion to tion, semantic differential development needs in all portions of convey meaning. (3-0-1.5) techniques, means/ends analysis and the manufacturing organization. morphological analysis. (3-0-1.5) (3-0-1.5) ID 547 Product Architecture and Platform ID 534 ID 542 Product architecture is the structure Design Synthesis Interaction Design Methods that integrates components and sub- A survey of design methods for This course focuses on a role of systems of a product into a coherent enhancing creativity and developing design to bring technologies to mechanism to perform intended concepts. Topics include morphologi- human contexts by creating interac- behavior and functions. It also cal synthesis, a wide variety of tion mechanisms for better user reflects rationale and intentions of creativity stimulation techniques, experiences. The content includes the the design from different perspec- synectics and other group creativity concept of interaction, underlying tives. In order to accommodate a processes. (3-0-1.5) theories, as well as methods for wide range of user requirements and understanding user needs and con- social concerns as well as fast chang- ID 535 texts, representing different aspects ing technologies, strategic Decision Support Techniques of interaction, and designing and approaches and methodologies for Covers methods for decision making evaluating interactive systems. designing product architecture and and evaluation in design. Topics (3-0-1.5) platform need to be incorporated in include criterion function analysis, the design process. This course intro- decision making under varying condi- ID 543 duces the concept of product tions of certainty, utility theory, Delphi Intelligent Products architecture and platform to explore techniques for obtaining group consen- Introduces students to the profes- their possible applications to differ- sus, and game and metagame sional and theoretical aspects of ent types of products from different theoretic processes for competitive defining new products. Covers the viewpoints. (3-0-1.5) decision making. (3-0-1.5) process of creating a new product definition in detail, the characteris- ID 548 ID 537 tics of new product definition Life Cycle & Sustainable Design Artificial Intelligence and Design documents, and aspects of organiza- Life Cycle & Sustainable Design Problem Solving tional structure and dynamics as introduces students to the issues, Introduces a variety of problem-solv- they relate to developing new prod- resources, and methods of designing ing and heuristic paradigms from uct definitions. (3-0-1.5) product systems with consideration artificial intelligence and cognitive for their environmental and social science and explores their application ID 544 impact throughout their lifecycle. in different types of design problem- Interface Design The course is formatted to help stu- solving processes. (3-0-1.5) Focuses on user-computer interface dents develop a professional point of design. Topics included are cognitive view and set of references for assess- ID 540 models, interactive techniques, sign ing lifecycle and sustainable issues Advanced Communication Design systems, display organization and when developing new products. (3-0- Involves students in practicing meth- prototyping methods. Prerequisite: 1.5) ods for rapidly developing prototypes Working knowledge of computer pro- that demonstrate appearance and/or gramming. (3-0-1.5) ID 549 functional aspects of potential mes- Prototyping Methods sages. The class will include ID 545 The ability to make prototypes and evaluation methods that are useful Interactive Media experiment with them before a final in the process of iteratively develop- Introduces students to the principles product is developed greatly ing and testing alternate solutions. of integrating electronic publishing, enhances the product development (3-0-1.5) interactive video and computer process. This course introduces and graphics. Particular emphasis is on explores a wide variety of prototypes social and cognitive human factors and how they can be used to inform and the use of multiple sign systems. new product development. How pro- Prerequisite: ID 544 or consent of totyping affects understanding of the instructor. (3-0-1.5) project goals, management of the
180 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Institute of Design process, project risk, learning, and contexts. Discussion will include among the concepts explored from a quality are explored. Paper proto- issues of similarity, such as isomor- design and development viewpoint. types, architecture & platform phism and analogy, the connotative (3-0-1.5) prototypes, behavioral prototypes, attributes of images, and the disso- interactive prototypes, visualizations, nance found in metaphors and other ID 568 simulations are examples of the rhetorical forms. (3-0-1.5) Research Methods for New Product types of prototypes that are exam- Development ined. (3-0-1.5) ID 557 The design and development of new Dynamic Diagrams products requires rigorous research ID 551 The study and development of real- throughout the process to improve Cognitive Human Factors time, computer-based diagrams for insight and reduce the risk of inno- Presents the advanced ideas and pattern finding and pattern commu- vation. Ethnographic and methods that can be used to design nicating. Particular attention is paid activity-based methods are used information and products that fit the to the roles of motion, interaction, early to identify latent needs. cognitive abilities of people. sound, and modes of manipulation Behavioral testing with prototypes is Important topics include designing that can be combined with 3-D mod- used to understand the quality of information that corresponds to men- els and traditional diagrammatic emerging concepts. Quantitative and tal models of users, control systems sign systems. Prerequisite: ID 546 or qualitative validation studies help that help users develop appropriate consent of instructor. (3-0-1.5) understand final concepts in detailed mental models and the analysis of ways. This course examines research different methods of representing ID 558 methods used throughout the design information. (3-0-1.5) Theories of Information and and development process from Communication process, financial, and results stand- ID 552 Describes general paradigms of infor- points. (3-0-1.5) Social Human Factors mation and communication. Presents advanced ideas and meth- Particular attention is paid to models ID 569 ods used to design information, that consider the importance of the Intellectual Property products and environments that fit values, behavior and knowledge of The opportunity to protect one’s the social patterns of groups. the people for whom the information unique and valuable ideas is a core Particular attention is paid to under- is intended. (3-0-1.5) tenet of the global economic system standing and designing systems that and is embodied in the laws of intel- support group work. (3-0-1.5) ID 559 lectual property. Disciplines such as Physical Human Factors design and engineering that are ID 553 The physical aspect of human experi- involved in the development of new Cultural Human Factors ence and interaction design is ideas must actively purse this protec- Presents ideas and principles used to investigated through topics such as tion. This course introduces the understand the relationship between “learning by doing”: interaction principles and methods for securing design and cultural values and between actions and cognition, physi- intellectual property rights. Topics behavior. Emphasis is placed on cal interface: enhancement of covered include utility and design designing information and products cognitive activities, spatio-temporal patents, trademark, copyright, and for people who are from significantly dimensions of interaction design, and trade dress. Emphasis is placed on different cultures. (3-0-1.5) the “shared reality” concept for the ability to articulate novelty, the multi-modal communication. (3-0-1.5) appropriate process of securing intel- ID 554 lectual property, and common ways Visual Language ID 567 intellectual property can be valued. Discusses pictures, abstract symbols, Economics of Product Development (3-0-1.5) text, numbers, diagrams, three- Successful new products drive the dimensional form and other sign growth and profitability of organiza- ID 572 systems. Particular attention is paid tions. But the development of these Systems and Systems Theory in to the relative advantages of each new products relies on considered Design representation system for conveying investments, quality development Investigates principles and methods different types of information. (3-0- processes, and an expected return on for exploring the behavior of systems. 1.5) the investment. This course intro- System dynamics techniques are duces the numerous economic used to model design concepts with ID 555 considerations and measures with the goal of revealing complex, nonin- Metaphor and Analogy in Design which the successful new product ceptive relationships. Important Investigates the ideas and methods developer must be familiar. Project topics include general systems the- for creating visual messages through budgeting, return on investment, net ory, modeling, causality and comparing, juxtaposing and substi- present value, cash flow analysis, formalisms. (3-0-1.5) tuting images within specific product pricing, and budgeting are
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 181 Institute of Design
ID 577 ID 582 ID 589 Product Form Communication Design Workshop Systems Design Workshop The form of a product is a result of A project-oriented workshop focusing Introduces the application of struc- resolving technical conditions, orga- on design principles that link theo- tured planning methods to complex nizing the product for use, and a retical methods to practice in the design problems at the system level. means for communicating. In this area of human-centered communica- Team techniques are emphasized, course students examine what tech- tion design. Prerequisite: Graduate and formatted information handling nical and social dimensions impact standing in design. (Credit: Variable) and computer-supported structuring product form and conversely, how processes are used at appropriate product form can be controlled by the ID 583 stages of project definition, informa- designer to improve the product’s Product Design Workshop tion development, structuring, performance. Topics include the rela- A project-oriented workshop focusing concept development and communi- tionship between a product’s form on design principles that link theo- cation. Corequisite: ID 529. (Credit: and corporate identity, visual trends, retical methods to practice in the Variable) new materials, semantics, product area of human-centered product architecture, ergonomics, specific design. Prerequisite: Graduate ID 592 industries, and others. (3-0-1.5) standing in design. (Credit: Variable) Research and Demonstration Project for M.Des. Degree ID 578 ID 584 (Credit: Variable) Design Planning Implementation Design Planning Workshop Introduces frameworks and methods A project-oriented workshop that ID 598 for effectively implementing change involves students in analyzing user Special Problems in organizations. Using cases, stu- needs, conceiving of innovations, and (Credit: Variable) dents will explore key failure modes, developing plans for new communica- which undermine initiatives. In addi- tions, products and businesses. ID 685 tion, students will identify principles, Students will present their ideas Research Seminar actions and measures that mitigate through plans, prototypes and Investigation and discussion by fac- risk, improve implementation suc- demonstrations. Prerequisite: ulty and students of topics of interest cess, and inform stronger designs. Graduate standing in design. (Credit: from different perspectives such as (3-0-1.5) Variable) building a design research discourse (reading research papers critically, ID 579 ID 588 selecting among publication venues); Production Methods Interactive Media Workshop investigating alternative philosophi- An introduction to the common A project oriented survey of the cal bases for design research methods used to produce or manufac- methods and issues in the creation of (comparing empirical, pragmatic, and ture products. Alternative processes, interactive multimedia software. phenomenological approaches); or materials and finishing methods, rel- Methods will cover the use of several exploring methodological and theo- ative costs and applicability to design authoring systems and the effective retical conflicts in design research. of products will be explored. (3-0-1.5) use and combination of the five basic (3-0-3) data types: text, graphics, sound, ID 580 animation and video. Issues ID 691 Design Workshop addressed will be metaphor, map- Research and Thesis for Ph.D. Involves students from across the ping, informational organization, (Credit: Variable) programs in projects that demon- interactive strategies, navigation, strate how new theories and tailoring and alternative communica- processes can be applied to complex tion models for user-controlled design projects. (Credit: Variable) environments. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in design. (Credit: ID 581 Variable) Photography Workshop Involves students in a major project that is in the context of contempo- rary ideas in photography. (Credit: Variable)
182 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
136 Siegel Hall Faculty members are engaged in research in the forefront 3301 S. Dearborn St. of their fields, with funding derived from industrial and Chicago, IL 60616 government research grants and contracts, which provide 312.567.3400 support to graduate students in the form of research 312.567.8976 fax assistantships, in addition to the development and the [email protected] maintenance of the research facilities. The department www.ece.iit.edu also offers a number of fellowships and teaching assist- antships on a competitive basis. Department Chair: Mohammad Shahidehpour Admission to graduate study in one of the programs requires the completion of an undergraduate degree Graduate Program Director: or its equivalent in electrical engineering, computer Jafar Saniie engineering, or other engineering disciplines from an accredited university. Individuals with background The Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering in other fields of engineering are required to complete offers academic programs in advanced study to gradu- courses in the core undergraduate curriculum before ates with technical background in preparation for commencing graduate work. careers in industry and in academic research. In addi- tion to the doctoral and master’s degrees, which are For many years, the graduate programs offered by the granted in recognition of research contribution and department have facilitated the professionals in industry course work, the department offers a number of profes- to advance their knowledge through the pursuit of gradu- sional master’s degrees and certificate programs to ate degrees. IIT Online, the interactive distance learning enable practicing engineers to pursue continuing educa- facility of IIT, provides support to continuing education tion in their areas of interest. by making numerous courses accessible via the Internet and a regional multi-channel television network serving over 50 industrial organizations in the metropolitan Chicago area. Degrees Offered Master of Science in Electrical Engineering Master of Power Engineering Master of Science in Computer Engineering Master of VLSI and Microelectronics Master of Science in Computer Engineering and Master of Network Engineering Electrical Engineering (dual degree) Doctor of Philosophy in Electrical Engineering Master of Electrical and Computer Engineering Doctor of Philosophy in Computer Engineering Master of Biomedical Imaging and Signals
Joint-Degree Programs With the Department of Computer Science: With Center for Financial Markets: Master of Telecommunications and Software Engineering Master of Electricity Markets
Certificate Programs Advanced Electronics Electricity Markets Applied Electromagnetics Power Electronics Communication Systems Power Engineering Computer Engineering Signal Processing Control Systems Wireless Communications Engineering
Interdisciplinary Programs Master of Science in Electrical Engineering with special- Master of Manufacturing Engineering ization in energy/environment/economics (E3) Master of Science in Manufacturing Engineering
Research Centers and Facilities The department operates research laboratories for work and government in the areas of power systems, power in CAD for VLSI and SoC design, communications, electronics, electric machines, motor drives, and vehicular computer networking, embedded computing, image power systems. The department also collaborates processing and medical imaging, microwave electronics, with and utilizes the research resources of the Pritzker power systems, signal processing and ultrasonic imaging. Institute of Biomedical Science and Engineering and The Electric Power and Power Electronics Center sup- nearby national laboratories. ports research initiatives with support from industry
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 183 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Research Centers and Facilities continued
The department has state-of-the-art computer systems to design packages from companies such as Cadence, enhance and extend the generally available system in the Synopsys, Avanti, Synplicity, Xilinx, Altera, Mentor university. A primary resource is a network of more than Graphics, EPRI, and ESCA. 100 high-performance workstations, file servers, and com- puter servers, running the Unix/Linux operating system. In addition to the workstations, the department main- With mass storage, CD-ROM drives, tape drives, and tains a collection of PCs for ECE students, including a accelerated graphics, these systems provide students set of machines that can be dedicated to hardware/soft- and researchers with an array of software tools including: ware projects. The computers are connected via programming languages (C, C++, Java, FORTRAN, high-speed Ethernet, which in turn is connected Python, Perl, etc.), software development tools, software to the university’s backbone and the Internet. and hardware simulators, and electronic computer-aided Research Areas Active research programs are conducted in the general VLSI; electromagnetics and electronics; power and areas of communication systems; computer systems and control systems; signal and image processing.
Faculty Tricha Anjali, Assistant Professor. M. Tech. in Electrical Joseph L. LoCicero, Professor. B.E.E., M.E.E., City College Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology; Ph.D., of New York; Ph.D., City University of New York. Georgia Institute of Technology. Broadband networks, Communication and digital signal processing, speech and adaptive network management and optical networks. image processing, discrete multitone communications, auto- matic speech recognition, ultra-wideband communications. Robert Arzbacher, Emeritus Professor. Ph.D., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, Instrumentation, signal Erdal Oruklu, Assistant Professor. B.S., Technical procesing and control. University of Istanbul (Turkey); M.S., Bogazici University (Turkey); Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology. Guillermo E. Atkin, Associate Professor. B.S., VLSI and SoC design, signal processing architectures, Universidad F. Santa Maria (Chile); Ph.D., University of digital arithmetic, computer systems. Waterloo (Canada). Modulation and coding, digital mobile and wireless communication, spreadspectrum and optical Gerald F. Saletta, EmeritusProfessor. B.S., M.S., communication systems. University of Notre Dame; Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology. Electronics, digital systems. Suresh Borkar, Senior Lecturer. B. Tech (EE) Indian Institute of Technology (India); MS and Ph.D., Illinois Jafar Saniie, Professor, Graduate Program Director, Institute of Technology, Wireless and wireline telecommu- and Computer Engineering Director. B.S., University of nications, operating systems, architecture, and Maryland; M.S., Case Western Reserve University; Ph.D., performance of computer and network systems. Purdue University. Embedded computing, DSP architec- tures, signal and image processing, detection and Jovan G. Brankov, Research Assistant Professor. Dipl. estimation, ultrasonic imaging for both medical and Ing., Electrical Engineering, University of Belgrade; industrial applications. M.Sc., Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology. Medical imaging, image sequence processing, pattern recognition Marco Saraniti, Associate Professor. B.A., University and data mining. of Modena (Italy); Ph.D., Techniche University Munich (Germany) Computational electronics and numerical Yu Cheng, Assistant Professor. B.E. and M.E., Tsinghua methods applied to particle-based 2-D and 3-D physical University (China); Ph.D. the University of Waterloo simulation of semiconductor devices. (Canada), Computer network management, Internet mea- surement, performance analysis, and quality of service Mohammad Shahidehpour, Carl and Paul Bodine provisioning, wireless networks, and wireless/wireline Professor, and Department Chair. B.S., Arya-Mehr interworking. University of Technology (Iran); M.S., Ph.D., University of Missouri, Columbia. Large-scale power systems, Ali Emadi, Professor, B.S., M.S., Sharif University of nonlinear stochastic systems, optimization theory. Technology (Iran); Ph.D., Texas A&M University. Power electronics, motor drives, electric machines, vehicular Henry Stark, Motorola Professor. B.E.E., City College power systems. of New York; M.S., D.Eng.Sc., Columbia University. Image reconstruction, medical imaging, pattern recogni- Alexander J. Flueck, Associate Professor. B.S., M.E., tion, signal processing and sampling theory, optics. Ph.D., Cornell University. Power systems, computational methods, control systems. Donald R. Ucci, Associate Professor and Associate Provost. B.E., M.E., Ph.M., City College of New York; Zuyi Li, Assistant Professor. B.S. (EE), Shanghai Jiaotong Ph.D., City University of New York. Adaptive systems, University (China); M.S., Tsinghua University (China); signal processing, communications, stochastic processes. Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology. Market operation of electric power system, security-constrained unit com- Dimitrios Velenis, Assistant Professor. B.S., Technical mitment, arbitrage in electricity market, market power University of Crete (Greece), M.S., Ph.D. University of analysis and risk management, ancillary services auction, Rochester. Noise tolerant clock distribution network, VLSI. transmission pricing. 184 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Faculty continued
Albert Z. Wang, Associate Professor. B.E., Tsinghua Thomas T. Y. Wong, Professor. B.S., University of Hong University (China); M.S., The Chinese Academy of Kong; M.S., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Microwave Sciences (China); Ph.D., State University of New York at communications systems, nonlinear device measurement, Buffalo. Analog/Mixed-Signal/RF/low-power integrated semiconductor device theory, microwave electronics and circuits, IC reliability engineering, VLSI CAD, semicon- instrumentation. ductor devices and modeling. Yongyi Yang, Associate Professor. B.S., M.S., Northern Erwin W. Weber, Emeritus Professor, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Jiatong University (China); M.S., Ph.D., Illinois Institute Illinois Institute of Technology, Electromagnetics, RF of Technology. Image and signal processing, data com- electronics, antenna theory. pression, applied mathematical and statistical methods. Miles Wernick, Professor and Director of Medical Imam Samil Yetik, Assistant Professor. B.S., Bogazici Imaging. B.A., Northwestern University; Ph.D., University (Turkey), M.S., Bilkent University (Turkey), University of Rochester. Medical imaging, image process- Ph.D., University of Illinois at Chicago, Statistical signal ing, pattern recognition. and image processing with applications to biomedicine. Geoffrey Williamson, Professor. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Cornell Chi Zhou, Assistant Professor. B.S., Tsinghua University University. Adaptive filtering, signal processing and con- (China), M.S. and Ph.D., Northwestern University, trol, parameter estimation and system identification, Resource allocation and power control for multimedia cel- control systems, robust control theory. lular networks, integration of 3G, WLAN, WiMAX and SONET, sensor networks, jamming avoidance over OFDM or MIMO systems.
Admission Requirements
Cumulative undergraduate GPA minimum: 3.0/4.0 Proficiency may be demonstrated by passing a written GRE minimum score: exam or by taking and passing, with a grade of “B” or For tests taken prior to Oct.1, 2002, M.S./MAS/Ph.D.: better, prerequisite undergraduate courses at IIT. Specific 1500 (combined) course prerequisites for each degree program are listed For tests taken on or after Oct.1, 2002, M.S./MAS: 1100 within the program description. (quantitative + verbal) 3.5 (analytical writing) For tests taken on or after Oct.1, 2002 Ph.D.: 1100 Admission to the doctoral program requires a master s (quantitative + verbal) 3.5 (analytical writing) degree. Each entering degree-seeking graduate student is TOEFL minimum score: 550/213* assigned a temporary academic adviser who will provide initial guidance to the candidate. As their research and Meeting the minimum GPA and test score requirements other academic interests become defined, students may does not guarantee admission. Test scores and GPA are opt to select a new permanent adviser. just two of several important factors considered. Professional Master s degrees in electrical and computer Non-degree graduate students should consult with the engineering, network engineering, telecommunication department adviser. Students are responsible for follow- and software engineering, and electricity markets do not ing the guidelines of the graduate programs set by the require GRE scores for applicants who hold undergraduate department, in conjunction with the regulations of the degrees from universities in the United States with a Graduate College. minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0/4.0. *Paper-based test score/computer-based test score. Admission to the master s degree programs normally requires a bachelor s degree from an accredited institu- tion in electrical engineering or computer engineering. Applicants with backgrounds in other fields with profi- ciency in engineering sciences, physics, mathematics or computer science, gained through prior coursework or professional experience, are also eligible for admission, but will be required to demonstrate proficiency in the subject matter covered in undergraduate courses that are prerequisites for the chosen graduate program.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 185 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Master of Science in Electrical Engineering
32 credit hours degree. Students, with their adviser, select courses appro- Thesis option priate to their needs and interests.
The purpose of this degree is to prepare students for The program of study must include four courses within advanced study and/or research and industry in the field one of the electrical engineering (EE) areas of concentra- of electrical engineering. The Master of Science in tion listed below and one course from two of the Electrical Engineering (M.S.E.E.) is a degree program remaining three areas. (For example, a student might combining breadth across several areas of study within elect to take four courses in communication theory and electrical engineering and specialization within one area, signal processing; one course in networks, electronics and which includes an option to pursue thesis research under electromagnetics; and one course in computer engineer- the guidance of a faculty adviser. Areas of study include ing.) Courses listed in more than one area (e.g., ECE 545) communication and signal processing; electronics and may be applied to only one area to fulfill the academic electromagnetics; power and control systems; and com- requirements. puter engineering. The program is normally completed in three semesters of full-time study. One advanced mathematics course is also required (unless such a course was completed in the student’s Students whose accredited B.S. degree is not in electrical undergraduate program). Acceptable courses include ECE engineering may pursue the M.S.E.E. provided that they 505 (Applied Optimization for Engineers); any 400- or have an adequate background and can demonstrate profi- 500-level mathematics course, excluding MATH 474 ciency in the material contained in undergraduate (Probability and Statistics), MATH 475 (Probability), courses equivalent to IIT s ECE 211 and ECE 213 ECE 475 (Random Phenomena in Electrical Engineering), (Circuit Analysis I and II), ECE 218 (Digital Systems), MATH 490 (History of Mathematics), and any variable- ECE 307 (Electrodynamics), ECE 308 (Signals and credit course; CHE 536 (Computational Techniques in Systems), ECE 311 (Engineering Electronics), MATH Engineering); MMAE 504 (Engineering Analysis Ia); 251 (Multivariate and Vector Calculus), and MATH 252 MMAE 501 (Engineering Analysis Ib); MMAE 502 (Introduction to Differential Equations). A student may (Engineering Analysis II); MMAE 503 (Advanced demonstrate proficiency by successfully completing the Engineering Analysis); MMAE 505 (Numerical Methods courses or by demonstrating satisfactory performance in Engineering); MMAE 506 (Computational Methods in one or more special examinations administered by in Engineering Analysis); and MMAE 508 (Perturbation the department. Methods).
The program of study includes a minimum of 32 credit An M.S.E.E. candidate may, with permission of a thesis hours of acceptable graduate coursework, with a mini- adviser, include in his or her program a thesis of six to mum of 20 credit hours of ECE courses at the 500-level eight credit hours. The master’s thesis is recommended or higher, excluding masters seminars. Up to two credits for pre-doctoral students. The thesis option requires a of Master’s Seminar (ECE 595 or ECE 596) and up to six written thesis and an oral defense of the thesis. Thesis credits of ECE short courses may be applied to the format and deadlines are set by the Graduate College.
186 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
EE Areas of Concentration
I. Communication Theory and Signal Processing ECE 577 Advanced Antenna Theory ECE 401 Communication Electronics ECE 578 Microwave Theory ECE 403 Communication Systems ECE 579 Numerical Methods in Electromagnetics ECE 404 Digital and Data Communications and Solid-State Electronics ECE 406 Digital and Data Communications with Laboratory III. Power and Control Systems ECE 407 Introduction to Computer Networks ECE 411 Power Electronics ECE 409 Communication Electronics with Laboratory ECE 412 Electric Motor Drives ECE 436 Digital Signal Processing I with Laboratory ECE 419 Power Systems Analysis ECE 437 Digital Signal Processing I ECE 420 Analytical Methods in Power Systems ECE 481 Image Processing ECE 434 Control Systems with Laboratory ECE 504 Wireless Communication System Design ECE 438 Control Systems ECE 508 Signal and Data Compression ECE 506 Analysis of Nonlinear Systems ECE 511 Analysis of Random Signals ECE 531 Linear System Theory ECE 513 Communication Engineering Fundamentals ECE 535 Discrete Time Systems ECE 514 Digital Communication Principles ECE 537 Optimal Feedback Control ECE 515 Modern Digital Communications ECE 540 Reliability Theory and System Implementation ECE 519 Coding for Reliable Communications ECE 549 Motion Control Systems Dynamics ECE 541 Performance Evaluation of Computer Networks ECE 550 Power Electronic Dynamics and Control ECE 542 Design and Optimization of Computer ECE 551 Advanced Power Electronics Networks ECE 552 Adjustable Speed Drives ECE 545 Advanced Computer Networks ECE 553 Power System Planning ECE 565 Computer Vision and Image Processing ECE 554 Power Systems Relaying ECE 566 Statistical Pattern Recognition ECE 555 Power Market Operations ECE 567 Statistical Signal Processing ECE 556 Power Market Economics and Security ECE 568 Digital Speech Processing ECE 557 Fault-Tolerant Power Systems ECE 569 Digital Signal Processing II ECE 558 Power System Reliability ECE 570 Fiber Optic Communication Systems ECE 559 High-Voltage Power Transmission ECE 584 VLSI Architectures for Signal Processing and ECE 560 Power Systems Dynamics and Stability Communications ECE 561 Deregulated Power Systems ECE 562 Power System Transaction Management II. Electronics and Electromagnetics ECE 563 Computational Intelligence in Engineering ECE 401 Communication Electronics ECE 564 Control and Operation of Electric Power Systems ECE 409 Communication Electronics with Laboratory ECE 411 Power Electronics IV. Computer Engineering ECE 414 Audio and Electroacoustics ECE 407 Introduction to Computer Networks ECE 415 Solid-State Electronics ECE 425 Analysis and Design of Integrated Circuits ECE 421 Microwave Circuits and Systems ECE 429 Introduction to VLSI Design ECE 423 Microwave Circuits and Systems with ECE 441 Microcomputers Laboratory ECE 446 Advanced Logic Design ECE 425 Analysis and Design of Integrated Circuits ECE 448 Computer Systems Programming ECE 429 Introduction to VLSI Design ECE 449 Object-Oriented Programming and Computer ECE 470 Photonics Simulation ECE 471 Photonics with Laboratory ECE 485 Computer Organization and Design ECE 502 Basic Network Theory ECE 529 Advanced VLSI Systems Design ECE 509 Electromagnetic Field Theory ECE 530 High Performance VLSI/IC Systems ECE 521 Quantum Electronics ECE 541 Performance Evaluations of Computer ECE 522 Electromagnetic Compatibility Networks ECE 524 Advanced Electronic Circuit Design ECE 542 Design and Optimization of Computer ECE 525 RF Integrated Circuit Design Networks ECE 526 Active Filter Design ECE 543 Computer Network Security ECE 527 Performance Analysis of RF Integrated Circuits ECE 545 Advanced Computer Networks ECE 529 Advanced VLSI Systems Design ECE 565 Computer Vision and Image Processing ECE 530 High Performance VLSI/IC Systems ECE 583 High Speed Computer Arithmetic ECE 550 Power Electronic Dynamics and Control ECE 584 VLSI Architectures for Signal Processing and ECE 551 Advanced Power Electronics Communications ECE 570 Fiber Optic Communication Systems ECE 585 Advanced Computer Architecture ECE 571 Nanodevices and Technology ECE 586 Fault Detection in Digital Circuits ECE 575 Electron Devices ECE 587 Hardware/Software Codesign ECE 576 Antenna Theory ECE 588 CAD Techniques for VLSI Design IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 187 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Master of Science in Computer Engineering
32 credit hours to Differential Equations). A student may demonstrate Thesis option proficiency by successfully completing the courses or by demonstrating satisfactory performance in one or more The purpose of this degree is to prepare students for special examinations administered by the department. advanced study and/or research and industry in the field of computer engineering. The Master of Science in The program of study includes a minimum of 32 credit Computer Engineering (M.S.CP.E.) program builds a hours of acceptable graduate coursework, with a mini- strong foundation in all aspects of the design and develop- mum of 21 credit hours of ECE coursework. A minimum ment of computer systems, with a specialization in a of 20 credit hours must be taken at the 500-level or major area. Students have the option to pursue thesis higher excluding short courses and Master’s Seminar. research under the guidance of a faculty adviser. Areas of Up to two credits of master’s seminar (ECE 595 or ECE study include computer hardware design, computer net- 596), and up to six credits of ECE short courses may be working and telecommunications, and computer system applied to the degree. Students, in consultation with and application software. The program is normally com- their adviser, select courses appropriate to their needs pleted in three semesters of full-time study. Students and interests. The program of study must include two whose accredited B.S. degree is not in computer engineer- core and two elective courses within one of the following ing may pursue the M.S.CP.E.,provided that they have an computer engineering (CPE) areas of concentration, and adequate background and can demonstrate proficiency in at least one core course from the remaining two areas. the material contained in the following undergraduate courses: ECE 211 and ECE 213 (Circuit Analysis I and II), An M.S.CP.E. candidate may, with permission of a thesis ECE 218 (Digital Systems), ECE 242 or CS 350 (Digital adviser, include in his or her program a thesis of six to eight Computers and Computing), ECE 311 (Engineering credit hours. The master’s thesis is strongly recommended Electronics), CS 201 (i.e., CS 115 and CS 116 combined, for pre-doctoral students. The thesis option requires a writ- Object Oriented Programming I-II), CS 401 (Introduction ten thesis and an oral defense of the thesis. Thesis format to Advanced Studies in CS), and MATH 252 (Introduction and deadlines are set by the Graduate College.
CPE Areas of Concentration and Curriculum
Computer Hardware Design CS 546 Parallel and Distributed Processing Core courses CS 555 Analytic Models and Simulation of Computer ECE 529 Advanced VLSI Systems Design AND/OR Systems ECE 429 Introduction to VLSI Design CS 586 Software Systems Architectures AND CS 587 Software Project Management ECE 585 Advanced Computer Architecture CS 588 Advanced Software Engineering Development CS 589 Software Testing and Analysis Elective courses ECE 425 Analysis and Design of Integrated Circuits Networks and Telecommunications ECE 441 Microcomputers Core courses ECE 446 Advanced Logic Design ECE 407 Introduction to Computer Networks AND/OR ECE 485 Computer Organization and Design ECE 545 Advanced Computer Networks ECE 530 High Performance VLSI/IC Systems AND ECE 583 High Speed Computer Arithmetic ECE 541 Performance Evaluation of Computer Networks ECE 584 VLSI Architectures for Signal Processing and AND/OR Communications ECE 542 Design and Optimization of Computer ECE 585 Advanced Computer Architecture Networks ECE 586 Fault Detection in Digital Circuits ECE 587 Hardware/Software Codesign Elective courses ECE 588 CAD Techniques for VLSI Design ECE 504 Wireless Communication System Design ECE 508 Signal and Data Compression Computer Systems Software ECE 511 Analysis of Random Signals Core courses ECE 513 Communication Engineering Fundamentals CS 550 Comparative Operating Systems ECE 514 Digital Communication Principles CS 551 Operating System Design and Implementation ECE 515 Modern Digital Communications ECE 519 Coding for Reliable Communications Elective courses ECE 543 Computer Network Security ECE 448 Computer Systems Programming ECE 570 Fiber Optic Communication Systems ECE 449 Object-Oriented Programming and Computer ECE 584 VLSI Architectures for Signal Processing Simulation and Communications ECE 587 Hardware/Software Codesign CS 455 Data Communications CS 487 Software Engineering I CS 544 Computer Networks II: Network Services CS 545 Distributed Computing Landscape 188 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Master of Science in Computer Engineering and Electrical Engineering
(dual degree) addition to all university requirements for a Master of 45 credit hours Science degree, the M.S.CP.E./E.E. degree has the follow- Thesis option ing requirements:
The purpose of the Master of Science in Computer 1. A minimum of 45 credit hours of graduate level Engineering and Electrical Engineering (M.S.CP.E./E.E.) coursework including: is to prepare students for advanced study and/or research, or for industry in the field of both computer and Two core courses in a CPE major area, chosen from electrical engineering. The M.S.CP.E./E.E. program pro- among the CPE areas of concentration. vides for a strong foundation in all aspects of the design and development of computer systems, and also offers Two elective courses in the CPE major area, chosen several areas of study within electrical engineering. from among the CPE areas of concentration. There is also an option to pursue thesis research under the guidance of a faculty adviser. One core course from each of two remaining areas of CPE concentration. There is a growing need for engineers with a strong edu- cational background in both computer engineering and Four (or more) courses within an EE major area, electrical engineering. In the M.S.CP.E./E.E. program chosen from among the EE areas of concentration students will be introduced to topics important to the (Areas I, II and III). computer engineering field such as computer hardware design, computer networks and software engineering, One (or more) course(s) in each of two EE minor as well as topics in electrical engineering such as areas, chosen from among the Areas I, II and III out- communications and signal processing, electronics and side the major. electromagnetics, and power and control systems. The program of study includes a minimum of 45 credit hours One advanced mathematics course required for EE of acceptable graduate coursework in both computer engi- major area unless included in the B.S. degree. neering and electrical engineering. M.S.CP.E./E.E. degree requirements are described in the section below. Additional coursework approved by the academic Requirements for the M.S.CP.E./E.E. fully satisfy adviser the existing requirements for an M.S. in Computer Engineering and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering. The CPE/EE Program is subject to the following restric- The program is normally completed in four semesters tions: a minimum of 30 credit hours of coursework at the of full-time study. 500-level or higher; at least 30 credit hours of ECE courses excluding short courses and Master’s Seminars; Admission requirements for the CPE/EE are the same as no more than six credit hours of ECE short courses; six those for admission to the Master of Science in Computer to eight credit hours of research work (ECE 591) leading Engineering or electrical engineering. Students whose to an M.S. dissertation may be included with the accredited B.S. degree is not in computer and/or electrical approval of a thesis adviser; and a maximum of two engineering may pursue the CPE/EE degree, provided credits of a Master’s Seminar (ECE 595 and ECE 596) that they have an adequate background and can demon- strate proficiency in the material contained in the 2. A GPA of at least 3.0/4.0 (excluding prerequisites following undergraduate courses: ECE 211 and ECE 213 and proficiencies). (Circuit Analysis I and II), ECE 218 (Digital Systems), ECE 242 or CS 350 (Digital Computers and Computing), Courses classified in two areas may be applied to only ECE 311 (Engineering Electronics), CS 201 (i.e., CS 115 one area to fulfill requirements. Intersession short and CS 116 combined, Object Oriented Programming I- courses may not be used to satisfy distribution require- II), CS 401 (Introduction to Advanced Studies in CS), ments in major and minor areas. and MATH 252 (Introduction to Differential Equations). A student may demonstrate proficiency by successfully Each regular (matriculated) graduate student is assigned completing the courses or by demonstrating satisfactory an academic adviser, indicated in his/her formal letter performance in one or more special examinations admin- of admission to the master’s program. istered by the department. Students should consult with their academic adviser The description of the CPE areas of concentration is in to file a program of study meeting these requirements the Master of Science in Computer Engineering section. prior to four months after initial registration for full-time A description of the EE areas of concentration is in the students and prior to enrolling beyond 12 credits for part- Master of Science in Electrical Engineering section. In time students.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 189 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Master of Electrical and Computer Engineering
30 credit hours A student may demonstrate proficiency by successfully completing the courses or by demonstrating satisfactory The purpose of this degree is to prepare students for lead- performance in one or more special examinations admin- ing edge positions in industry in the field of electrical and istered by the department. computer engineering. The Master of Electrical and Computer Engineering (M.E.C.E.) is a course-only degree The program of study includes a minimum of 30 credit program that prepares students for professional practice hours of acceptable graduate coursework, with a mini- in electrical and computer engineering. The program can mum of 24 credit hours in electrical and computer be completed in one year of full-time study. Students engineering and a minimum of 18 credit hours at the whose accredited B.S. degree is not in electrical engineer- 500-level or higher. Up to two credits of Master’s Seminar ing or computer engineering may pursue the M.E.C.E. (ECE 595 or ECE 596) and up to six credits of ECE short provided that they have an adequate background and can courses may be applied to the degree. Students arrange demonstrate proficiency in the material contained in their program of study in consultation with their adviser undergraduate courses equivalent to IIT’s ECE 211 and and typically elect to build their program to emphasize ECE 213 (Circuit Analysis I and II), ECE 218 (Digital one or more areas of specialization. No formal distribu- Systems), ECE 307 (Electrodynamics), ECE 308 (Signals tion requirements are imposed. Areas of specialization and Systems), ECE 311 (Engineering Electronics), MATH include communication systems, computer communica- 251 (Multivariate and Vector Calculus), and MATH 252 tion, computer engineering, control systems, (Introduction to Differential Equations). Students should electromagnetics, electronics, networks, photonics visit the appropriate department for course descriptions. and optics, power systems and signal processing.
Master of Biomedical Imaging and Signals 30 credit hours Students can pursue a professional master’s degree in the area of Biomedical Imaging and Signals by completing The purpose of this degree program is to prepare stu- the required core and elective courses. dents for leading edge positions in industry in the areas of biomedical imaging and signal processing. The Required Core Courses Professional Master of Biomedical Imaging and Signals is ECE 511 Analysis of Random Signals a course-only degree program that prepares students for ECE 565 Computer Vision and Image Processing and/or professional practice. ECE 481 Image Processing ECE 569 Digital Signal Processing II and /or ECE 437 The interdisciplinary nature of bioengineering generally Digital Signal Processing I involves many facets of electrical and computer engineer- BME 450 (or BIOL 430) Physiology ing. The Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering offers several courses and research opportu- ECE Elective Courses nities that engage students interested in biomedical minimum of 2 courses engineering. In addition, there are a significant number ECE 508 Data Compression of courses offered by the Biomedical Engineering ECE 505 Applied Optimization For Engineers Department and other disciplines at IIT which are of ECE 566 Statistical Pattern Recognition great importance to students interested in the profes- ECE 567 Statistical Signal Processing sional master’s degree in biomedical engineering with ECE 568 Digital Speech Processing specialization in medical imaging and bio-signals. ECE 597 Special Project in Biomedical Imaging and Signals
The admission requirements for the proposed degree will BME Elective Courses follow the existing admission requirements for such pro- minimum of 1 course fessional master’s degrees in ECE Department. Students BME 430 Concepts of Medical Imaging whose accredited B.S. degree is not in electrical and com- BME 501 Biomedical Instrumentation puter engineering may pursue the professional master’s BME 532 Medical Imaging Science degree provided that they have an adequate background BME 535 Magnetic Resonance Imaging and can demonstrate proficiency in the material con- BME 538 Neuroimaging tained in undergraduate courses equivalent to IIT’s ECE BME 551 Physiological Signal Analysis & Control Theory I 211 and ECE 213 (Circuit Analysis I and II), ECE 218 BME 552 Physiological Signal Analysis & Control Theory II (Digital Systems), ECE 307 (Electrodynamics), ECE 308 BME 597 Wave Physics and Applied Optics for Imaging (Signals and Systems), ECE 311 (Engineering Scientist Electronics), BIOL 107 (General Biology Lectures), MATH 251 (Multivariate and Vector Calculus), and With advisor’s approval, students may take up to two MATH 252 (Introduction to Differential Equations). A senior or graduate level courses in biology, chemistry, student may demonstrate proficiency by successfully com- mathematics, physics, chemical engineering, or mechani- pleting the courses or by demonstrating satisfactory cal engineering on subjects related to biomedical performance in one or more special examinations admin- engineering. istered by the department. 190 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Master of Power Engineering
30 credit hours Required Core Courses (minimum of 3 courses): The purpose of this degree program is to prepare stu- ECE 564 Control and Operation of Electric Power dents for leading edge positions in industry in the areas Systems and/or ECE 420 Analytical Methods in of electric power, power electronics, motor drives, and Power Systems electric machines. The Professional Master of Power ECE 551 Advanced Power Electronics and/or ECE 411 Engineering is a course-only degree program that pre- Power Electronics pares students for professional practice in power ECE 419 Power Systems Analysis engineering. ECE 412 Electric Motor Drives
The admission requirements for the proposed degree will Elective Courses in Power Systems follow the existing admission requirements for such pro- (minimum of 2 courses): fessional master’s degrees in ECE Department. Students ECE 553 Power System Planning whose accredited B.S. degree is not in electrical engineer- ECE 554 Power Systems Relaying ing may pursue the professional master’s degree provided ECE 555 Power Market Operations that they have an adequate background and can demon- ECE 556 Power Market Economics and Security strate proficiency in the material contained in ECE 557 Fault-Tolerant Power Systems undergraduate courses equivalent to IIT’s ECE 211 and ECE 558 Power System Reliability ECE 213 (Circuit Analysis I and II), ECE 311 ECE 559 High-Voltage Power Transmission (Engineering Electronics), ECE 319 (Fundamentals of ECE 560 Power Systems Dynamics and Stability Power Engineering), MATH 251 (Multivariate and Vector ECE 561 Deregulated Power Systems Calculus), and MATH 252 (Introduction to Differential ECE 562 Power System Transaction Management Equations). A student may demonstrate proficiency by ECE 563 Computational Intelligence in Engineering successfully completing the courses or by demonstrating CHE 543 Energy, Environment and Economics satisfactory performance in one or more special examina- tions administered by the ECE department. Elective Courses in Power Electronics and Motor Drives (minimum of 2 courses): The program of study includes a minimum of 30 credit ECE 437 Digital Signal Processing I hours of acceptable coursework with a minimum of 24 ECE 438 Control Systems credit hours from the following list of core and elective ECE 531 Linear System Theory courses (up to 6 credit hours may be selected from other ECE 549 Motion Control Systems Dynamics ECE courses). A minimum of 18 credit hours at the 500- ECE 550 Power Electronic Dynamics and Control level or higher must be selected. Up to 2 credit hours of ECE 552 Adjustable Speed Drives theMaster’s Seminar (ECE 595 or ECE 596), up to 3 ECE 752 Industrial Applications of Power Electronics credit hours of a Graduate Special Project in power engi- and Motor Drives neering (ECE 594 or ECE 597), and up to 6 credit hours ECE 764 Vehicular Power Systems of ECE short courses may be applied to the degree. CHE 541 Renewable Energy Technologies CAE 524 Design Building Enclosures
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 191 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Master of VLSI and Microelectronics
30 credit hours Required Core Courses (minimum of 4 core courses) The purpose of this degree program is to prepare stu- ECE 425 Analysis and Design of Integrated Circuits dents for leading edge positions in industry in the areas ECE 429 Introduction to VLSI Design of VLSI and microelectronics. The Professional Master of ECE 529 Advanced VLSI Systems Design VLSI and Microelectronics is a course-only degree pro- ECE 575 Electron Devices and/or ECE 415 Solid-State gram that prepares students for professional practice. Electronics Students can pursue a professional master’s degree in the area of VLSI and Microelectronics by completing the Computer Engineering Elective Courses required core courses; ECE 425, ECE 429, ECE 529, and (minimum of one course) ECE 575 (and/or ECE 415) and selecting six additional ECE 485 Computer Organization and Design courses from a combination of computer engineering elec- ECE 530 High Performance VLSI/IC Systems tives, electronics electives, and other areas in electrical ECE 542 Design and Optimization of Computer and computer engineering. A minimum of 18 credit hours Networks at the 500-level or higher must be selected. With advisor ECE 545 Advanced Computer Networks approval the student may take up to two ECE courses in ECE 583 High Speed Computer Arithmetic other areas of electrical and computer engineering such ECE 584 VLSI Architectures for Signal Processing and as signal processing, communications, power and control. Communications ECE 585 Advanced Computer Architecture The admission requirements for the proposed degree will ECE 586 Fault Detection in Digital Circuits follow the existing admission requirements for such pro- ECE 587 Hardware/Software Codesign fessional master’s degrees in ECE Department. Students ECE 588 CAD Techniques for VLSI Design whose accredited B.S. degree is not in electrical engineer- ing may pursue the professional master’s degree provided Electronics Elective Courses that they have an adequate background and can demon- (minimum of one course) strate proficiency in the material contained in ECE 521 Quantum Electronics undergraduate courses equivalent to IIT’s ECE 211 and ECE 524 Advanced Electronic Circuit Design ECE 213 (Circuit Analysis I and II), ECE 218 (Digital ECE 525 RF Integrated Circuit Design Systems), ECE 307 (Electrodynamics), ECE 308 (Signals ECE 526 Active Filter Design and Systems), ECE 311 (Engineering Electronics), MATH ECE 527 Performance Analysis of RF Integrated Circuits 251 (Multivariate and Vector Calculus), and MATH 252 ECE 551 Advanced Power Electronics (Introduction to Differential Equations). A student may ECE 570 Fiber Optic Communication Systems demonstrate proficiency by successfully completing the ECE 571 Nanodevices and Technology courses or by demonstrating satisfactory performance in ECE 578 Microwave Theory one or more special examinations administered by the ECE 579 Numerical Methods in Electromagnetics and ECE department. Solid-State Electronics
192 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Master of Network Engineering 30 credit hours ECE 513 Communication Engineering Fundamentals ECE 541 Performance Evaluation of Computer Networks The Master of Network Engineering (M.N.E.) is a course- AND/OR only degree program that prepares students for ECE 542 Design and Optimization of Computer professional practice in network engineering and infor- Networks mation technologies. The program offered by the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering Elective courses (ECE) can be completed in one year of full-time study. (12 credit hours) A person holding a B.S.E.E. or a B.S.CP.E degree has the This coursework is taken from the 400-, and 500-level necessary background to undertake the M.N.E. program. courses listed below, and approved by the M.N.E. adviser. A student without adequate background is required to A maximum of six credit hours of ECE short courses can demonstrate proficiency in the following courses: ECE be included in the M.N.E. program of studies. 211 (Circuit Analysis I), ECE 213 (Circuit Analysis II), ECE 308 (Signals and Systems), MATH 252 (Introduction ECE 403 Communication Systems to Differential Equations) MATH 474 (Probability), and ECE 404 Digital and Data Communications CS 401 (Introduction to Advanced Studies in Computer ECE 437 Digital Signal Processing I Science). A student may demonstrate proficiency by suc- ECE 470 Photonics cessfully completing the courses or by demonstrating ECE 485 Computer Organization and Design satisfactory performance in one or more special examina- ECE 504 Wireless Communication System Design tions administered by the department. ECE 508 Signal and Data Compression ECE 514 Digital Communication Principles The M.N.E. is a focused professional master’s degree ECE 515 Modern Digital Communications requiring a minimum of 30 credit hours of adviser- ECE 519 Coding for Reliable Communications approved coursework. The M.N.E. program of studies ECE 543 Computer Network Security must include a minimum of 24 credit hours of ECE ECE 565 Computer Vision and Image Processing coursework, 12 credit hours of required core courses, 12 ECE 568 Digital Speech Processing credit hours of MNE elective courses, and six credit hours ECE 569 Digital Signal Processing II of adviser approved elective courses. At least 18 credit ECE 570 Fiber-Optic Communication Systems hours of the courses must be at the 500 level. A maxi- ECE 583 High Speed Computer Arithmetic mum of six credit hours may be taken from the ECE ECE 584 VLSI Architectures for Signal Processing and 700-level short courses. Communications ECE 585 Digital Computer Design Required courses CS 455 Data Communications (12 credit hours) CS 544 Computer Networks II: Network Services ECE 407 Introduction to Computer Networks CS 548 Broadband Networks AND/OR ECE 545 Advanced Computer Networks AND ECE 511 Analysis of Random Signals
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 193 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Master of Telecommunications and Software Engineering
30 credit hours Computer science prerequisites CS 201 (i.e., CS 115 and CS 116 combined, Object The Master of Telecommunications and Software Oriented Programming I-II) Engineering (M.T.S.E.) is a course-only degree program CS 401 Introduction to Advanced Studies that prepares students for professional practice in telecommunications and information technologies. The Electrical and computer engineering prerequisites program, jointly offered by the Department of Electrical ECE 211 Circuit Analysis I and Computer Engineering (ECE) and Department of ECE 213 Circuit Analysis II Computer Science (CS), can be completed in one year of ECE 308 Signals and Systems full-time study. MATH 252 Introduction to Differential Equations MATH 474 Probability Eligibility: A person holding a B.S.E.E., a B.S.CP.E. or a B.S.C.S. degree has the necessary broad background The M.T.S.E. is a professional master’s degree requiring to undertake the M.T.S.E. program. A student without a minimum of 30 credit hours of adviser-approved course- adequate background in specific areas is required to work. The M.T.S.E. program of studies must include demonstrate proficiency in prerequisite courses; an a minimum of 15 credit hours of ECE coursework (exclud- abbreviated list is given below. ing short courses and seminars) and a minimum of 12 credit hours of computer science coursework. Specific proficiency courses will be detailed for each stu- dent at the time of admission to the M.T.S.E. program. Five required courses and one elective course from each A student may demonstrate proficiency by successfully of the three categories given below must appear on the completing the courses or by demonstrating satisfactory M.T.S.E. program of studies. performance in one or more special examinations admin- istered by the department.
M.T.S.E. Curriculum Required courses The remaining nine credit hours of coursework may be ECE 407 Introduction to Computer Networks AND/OR taken from courses listed above, or other courses ECE 545 approved by the M.T.S.E. adviser. Students without a ECE 545 Advanced Computer Networks background in communications or software engineering ECE 513 Communication Engineering Fundamentals should consider including in their program of studies: ECE 541 Performance Evaluation of Computer Networks AND/OR ECE 542 ECE 403 Communication Systems ECE 542 Design and Optimization of Computer CS 487 Software Engineering I Networks CS 450 Operating Systems I CS 586 Software Systems Architecture CS 455 Data Communications CS 587 Programming Project Management Other courses that students in this program typically Elective categories choose from include:
I. Software Engineering ECE 437 Digital Signal Processing I CS 521 Object-Oriented Analysis and Design ECE 508 Signal and Data Compression CS 537 Software Metrics ECE 511 Analysis of Random Signals CS 589 Software Testing and Analysis ECE 515 Modern Digital Communications ECE 565 Computer Vision and Image Processing II. Telecommunication Systems ECE 568 Digital Speech Processing ECE 543 Computer Network Security ECE 569 Digital Signal Processing II CS 544 Computer Networks II: Network Services ECE 584 VLSI Architectures for Signal Processing and CS 548 Broadband Networks Communications CS 555 Analytic Models and Simulation of Computer CS 588 Advanced Software Engineering Development Systems With adviser approval, the M.T.S.E. program of studies III. Telecommunications can include up to two credit hours of Master’s Seminar ECE 504 Wireless Communication System Design (ECE 595, ECE 596). It can also include up to four credit ECE 514 Digital Communication Principles hours of ECE short courses. ECE 515 Modern Digital Communications ECE 519 Coding for Reliable Communications
194 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Master of Electricity Markets
30 credit hours grams in electricity markets. Combining existing and new courses from the graduate programs in electrical Deregulation is bringing major changes to the electric engineering and in financial markets and trading, the power industry. Electricity is now traded in commodity programs provide graduate-level education in electricity markets, and these new markets affect the way the elec- markets suitable for electric power engineers. The pro- tric power grid is controlled and operated. Electrical gram of study includes a minimum of 30 credit hours of engineers need to understand both the technical and the acceptable graduate coursework, with a minimum of 18 business sides of these changes in order to address the credit hours at the 500 level or higher (excluding acceler- needs of the electric power industry. ated courses and master’s seminars). Up to two credits of Master’s Seminar (ECE 595 or ECE 596) and up to six IIT’s Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering credits of accelerated courses may be applied to the and Center for Financial Markets have teamed up to degree. A background in finance is not required. develop new master’s degree and graduate certificate pro-
Curriculum
Core courses ECE 553 Power Systems Planning ECE 555 Power Market Operations ECE 554 Power Systems Relaying ECE 561 Deregulated Power Systems ECE 556 Power Market Economics and Security ECE 562 Power System Transaction Management ECE 557 Fault-Tolerant Power Systems ECE 564 Control and Operation of Electric Power ECE 558 Power System Reliability Systems ECE 559 High Voltage Power System Relaying FM 553 Valuing Energy Derivatives ECE 560 Power Systems Dynamics and Stability FM 552 Introduction to Energy Markets ECE 563 Computational Intelligence in Engineering ECE 531 Linear System Theory Select two additional courses from the following: ECE 537 Optimal Feedback Control
ECE 419 Power System Analysis Six additional credit hours of electives are chosen from ECE 420 Advanced Power System Analysis the offerings of the Department of Electrical and ECE 550 Power Electronic Dynamics and Control Computer Engineering, including the list of power courses above.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 195 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Doctor of Philosophy in Electrical Engineering
84 credit hours, including master’s degree studies (ECE 695 and ECE 696), preferably early in their Ph.D. Qualifying exam programs. Work toward the Ph.D. generally takes a mini- Comprehensive exam (dissertation proposal defense) mum of three years of study beyond the master’s degree. Dissertation Upon admission to graduate study leading to the Ph.D. Oral dissertation defense degree, each student is assigned an academic adviser, who may eventually serve as the thesis adviser and The doctorate degree in electrical engineering is awarded guides the student’s research. in recognition of mastery in the field of electrical engi- neering and upon demonstration of an ability to make The department requires a qualifying examination within substantial creative contributions to knowledge in that the first three semesters of full-time Ph.D. studies. This field. The Ph.D. recipient will be capable of a continuing is a written examination consisting of several areas in effort toward the advancement of knowledge and achieve- electrical and computer engineering. This examination ment in research and other scholarly activities. This is intended to explore both the depth and breadth of the program is appropriate for those students with master’s student’s academic abilities. At an early stage in the stu- degrees who are interested in pursuing an academic dent’s research program, and usually about a year after or industrial research career. passing the qualifying examination, a comprehensive examination is held in the area of specialization. The Ph.D. program requires a minimum of 84 credit hours beyond the bachelor’s degree, including the mas- The comprehensive examination takes the form of an oral ter’s degree studies. A minimum of 24 credits are devoted presentation and defense of a thesis research proposal. At to the student’s research work, and a minimum of 24 this time a thesis committee is appointed by the graduate credits are devoted to coursework in electrical and program director, in consultation with the thesis adviser, computer engineering and in such basic sciences as to guide the remainder of the program. A written disser- mathematics and physics. The selection of courses is con- tation, oral defense and publication requirement sidered and approved by the student’s adviser and the constitute completion of the Ph.D. degree. The defense department s graduate program director on the basis of takes place no earlier than one year after passing the relevance of course content, rather than along a predeter- comprehensive examination. Dissertation format and mined sequence announced by the department. All deadlines are established by the Graduate College. students must complete the two doctoral seminar courses
Doctor of Philosophy in Computer Engineering 84 credit hours, including master’s degree studies students must complete the two doctoral seminar courses Qualifying exam (ECE 695 and 696), preferable early in their Ph.D. pro- Comprehensive exam (dissertation proposal defense) grams. Generally, it takes a minimum of three years of Dissertation study beyond the master’s degree to obtain a Ph.D. Oral dissertation defense Upon admission to graduate study leading to the Ph.D. The doctorate degree in computer engineering is awarded degree, each student is assigned an academic adviser, in recognition of mastery in the field of computer engi- who many eventually serve as the thesis advisor and neering and upon demonstrating the ability to make guide the student’s research. The department requires fundamental contributions to knowledge in that field. a qualifying examination within the first three semesters The Ph.D. recipient will be capable of making a continu- of full-time Ph.D. study. This is a written examination ing effort toward the advancement of knowledge and consisting covering topics in the area of digital and com- achievement in research and other scholarly activities. puter systems and at least one minor area in the field of This program is appropriate for those students with a electrical engineering. This examination is intended to master’s degree in computer and/or electrical engineering explore both the depth and breadth of the student’s acad- who are interested in pursuing an academic or industrial emic abilities. At an early stage in the student’s research research career. program, and usually about a year after passing the qual- ifying examination, a comprehensive examination is held The Ph.D. program requires a minimum of 84 credit hours in the area of digital and computer systems. The compre- beyond the bachelor’s degree, including the master’s hensive examination takes the form of a defense of a degree studies. A minimum of 24 credits are devoted to thesis research proposal. At this time a thesis committee the student’s research work, and a minimum of 24 credits is appointed by the graduate program director, in consul- are devoted to course work in computer and electrical tation with the thesis adviser, to guide the remainder of engineering and in basic sciences, such as computers, the program. A written dissertation, oral defense, and mathematics, and physics. The selection of courses is con- publication requirement constitute completion of the sidered and approved by the student’s adviser and the Ph.D. degree. The defense takes place no earlier than department’s graduate program director on the basis of one year after passing the comprehensive examination. relevance of course content, rather than along a predeter- Dissertation format and deadlines are established mined sequence announced by the department. All by the Graduate College.
196 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Certificate Programs
Certificate programs provide a student with post bac- It is the student’s responsibility to meet all course prereq- calaureate knowledge in an area of specialization within uisites. Any student admitted to a master’s degree electrical and computer engineering. Students in these program offered by the department may apply course- programs register as certificate non-degree seeking stu- work completed in the certificate program toward the dents. Certificates are granted upon completion of all master’s degree requirements. course requirements in the chosen specialization area, as listed below with a minimum GPA of 3.0. Certificate programs must be completed within five years.
Advanced Electronics
This program is composed entirely of elective courses and Elective courses provides advanced study in electronic design and device (Four from the following) theory for those who wish to enhance their analog and ECE 411 Power Electronics digital design skills, while increasing their knowledge ECE 414 Audio and Electroacoustics of the underlying device physics. A maximum of two ECE 425 Analysis and Design of Integrated Circuits 400 level courses may be taken. ECE 521 Quantum Electronics ECE 524 Electronic Circuit Design ECE 525 RF Integrated Circuit Design ECE 526 Active Filter Design ECE 527 Performance Analysis of RF Integrated Circuits ECE 529 Advanced VLSI Design ECE 530 High Performance VLSI/IC Systems ECE 571 Nanodevices and Technology ECE 575 Electron Devices
Applied Electromagnetics
In this certificate program, students receive advanced Elective courses preparation for careers in electromagnetic engineering, (Two from the following) particularly in areas of RF circuits and systems, electro- ECE 522 Electromagnetic Compatibility magnetic wave propagation, antenna theory, and ECE 571 Nanodevices and Technology electromagnetic compatibility. ECE 576 Antenna Theory ECE 577 Advanced Antenna Theory Required courses ECE 578 Microwave Theory ECE 421 Microwaves Circuits and Systems OR ECE 423 Microwave Circuits and Systems with Laboratory ECE 509 Electromagnetic Theory
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 197 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Communication Systems
For those who want to become proficient in communica- Elective courses tion system principles and applications, this certificate (Two from the following) program contains two fundamental courses and a large ECE 403 Communication Systems number of elective courses for emphasis in data compres- ECE 404 Digital Data Communications OR sion, computer networks, and analog/digital ECE 406 Digital Data Communications with Laboratory communications. No more than one course may ECE 508 Signal and Data Compression be a 400-level course. ECE 514 Digital Communication Principles ECE 515 Modern Digital Communications Required courses ECE 519 Coding for Reliable Communications ECE 511 Analysis of Random Signals ECE 541 Performance Evaluation of Computer Networks ECE 513 Communication Engineering Fundamentals ECE 542 Design and Optimization of Computer Networks ECE 543 Computer Network Security ECE 545 Advanced Computer Networks
Computer Systems
Graduates of this program gain proficiency in one of ECE 448 Computer Systems Programming several areas, including VLSI design, computer networks, ECE 449 Object-Oriented Programming and Computer computer hardware and software design. A maximum Simulation of one 400-level course may be taken, including ECE 429 ECE 485 Computer Organization and Design if selected as a required course. ECE 530 High Performance VLSI/IC Systems ECE 541 Performance Evaluation of Computer Networks Required courses ECE 542 Design and Optimization of Computer ECE 429 Introduction to VLSI Design AND/OR Networks ECE 529 Advanced VLSI Systems Design ECE 543 Computer Network Security AND ECE 545 Advanced Computer Networks ECE 585 Advanced Computer Architecture ECE 583 High Speed Computer Arithmetic ECE 584 VLSI Architectures for Signal Processing and Elective courses Communications (Two from the following) ECE 586 Fault Detection in Digital Circuits ECE 441 Microcomputers ECE 587 Hardware/Software Codesign ECE 446 Advanced Logic Design ECE 588 CAD Techniques for VLSI Design
Control Systems
Engineers who deal with the control and optimization Elective courses of systems will benefit from the focused coursework in (Two from the following) this program, providing intensive studies in linear and ECE 438 Control Systems OR non-linear systems, optimized control, controllability ECE 434 Control Systems with Laboratory and stability of systems, and analysis and synthesis ECE 506 Analysis of Nonlinear Systems of control systems. ECE 537 Optimal Feedback Control ECE 550 Power Electronic Dynamics and Control Required courses ECE 531 Linear System Theory ECE 535 Discrete Time Control Systems
198 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Electricity Markets
This program is an introduction to both the technical and Required courses business sides of a deregulated electric power industry. ECE 561 Deregulated Power Systems FMT 540 Valuing and Managing Energy Derivatives FMT 542 Introduction to Energy Markets Two ECE accelerated courses
Power Electronics
In this certificate program, students receive professional Elective areas preparation in the areas of power electronic converters, industrial electronics, switching power supplies, I. Power area electric/electronic motor drives, and electric power qual- ECE 561 Deregulated Power Systems ity. This certificate program would be useful managers, ECE 563 Computational Intelligence in Engineering engineers, and students who are seeking in power elec- ECE 564 Control and Operation of Electric Power tronics related industry. A minimum credit hours Systems including no more than four credit any one elective area must be taken. A maximum 400-level courses II. Electronics area may be taken. ECE 437 Digital Signal Processing I ECE 575 Electron Devices Required courses (Choose at least two) III. Control area ECE 550 Power Electronic Dynamics and Control ECE 438 Control Systems ECE 551 Advanced Power Electronics ECE 531 Linear System Theory ECE 552 Adjustable Speed Drives ECE 535 Discrete Time Systems ECE 411 Power Electronics OR ECE 412 Electric Motor Drives IV. Special topics area Accelerated course(s) in power electronics
Power Engineering
This program provides power engineers with a solid Elective courses foundation in the design and analysis of large-scale (Choose three) power systems and state-of-the-art power conversion ECE 540 Reliability Theory and System Implementation systems, including power systems control, power electron- ECE 549 Motion Control Systems Dynamics ics, motor drives, design of fault-tolerant systems, power ECE 550 Power Electronic Dynamics and Control markets, and fundamentals of power system operation ECE 551 Advanced Power Electronics and planning. ECE 552 Adjustable Speed Drives ECE 553 Power System Planning Required course ECE 554 Power Systems Relaying (Choose one) ECE 555 Power Market Operations ECE 411 Power Electronics ECE 556 Power Market Economics and Security ECE 412 Electric Motor Drives ECE 557 Fault-Tolerant Power Systems ECE 419 Power Systems Analysis ECE 558 Power System Reliability ECE 420 Analytical Methods in Power Systems ECE 559 High-Voltage Power Transmission ECE 560 Power Systems Dynamics and Stability ECE 561 Deregulated Power Systems ECE 562 Power System Transaction Management ECE 563 Computational Intelligence in Engineering ECE 564 Control and Operation of Electric Power Systems
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 199 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Signal Processing
Those seeking expertise in the areas of signal and image Elective courses processing should take this program, which offers a wide (Choose two; no more than one may be a 400-level course.) range of advanced courses in the areas of digital signal ECE 436 Digital Signal Processing I with Laboratory processing, data compression, image and speech process- ECE 437 Digital Signal Processing I ing, and pattern recognition. ECE 481 Image Processing ECE 508 Signal and Data Compression Required courses ECE 565 Computer Vision and Image Processing ECE 511 Analysis of Random Signals ECE 566 Statistical Pattern Recognition ECE 569 Digital Signal Processing II ECE 567 Statistical Signal Processing ECE 568 Digital Speech Processing ECE 584 VLSI Architectures for Signal Processing and Communications
Wireless Communications Engineering For communications engineers who want a focused Elective courses program providing state-of-the-art instruction in the (Choose two; no more than one may be a 400-level course.) growing field of wireless communications, this program ECE 403 Communication Systems offers fundamental coursework in traditional telecommu- ECE 404 Digital & Data Communications nications system design as well as computer ECE 515 Modern Digital Communications communication networks. ECE 519 Coding For Reliable Communications ECE 541 Performance Evaluation of Computer Networks Required courses ECE 545 Advanced Computer Networks ECE 504 Wireless Communication System Design ECE 576 Antenna Theory ECE 513 Communication Engineering Fundamentals
200 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Course Descriptions Numbers in parentheses indicate ECE 508 ECE 514 class, lab and credit hours, Signal and Data Compression Digital Communication Principles respectively. Elements of random signal process- Information transmission fundamen- ing and information theory. Noiseless tals, including capacity, entropy, ECE 502 compression techniques. Rate-distor- Shannon’s theorems and source cod- Basic Network Theory tion theory. Scalar and vector ing. Introduction to rate distortion Steady-state analysis of linear net- quantization; basic structures, theory. Advanced digital modulation works. Introduction to topology and asymptotic quantization theory, and demodulation techniques, perfor- the derivation of mesh, nodal and optimality criteria and design mance measures. Carrier and symbol terminal pair relations using topolog- techniques. Structured vector quanti- synchronization. Signal design for ical concepts with applications to zation, product codes, tree/trellis band-limited channels. Prerequisites: computer-aided analysis of networks. codes, linear and nonlinear predic- ECE 511, ECE 513. (3-0-3) Network interconnections. Indefinite tion, transform and subband coding, admittance matrix. Prerequisite: classified VQ. Selected applications: ECE 515 B.S.E.E. degree. (3-0-3) speech, audio, image and video cod- Modern Digital Communications ing. Prerequisites: ECE 437, ECE Review of modulation and coding. ECE 504 511. (3-0-3) Trellis coded modulation. Digital sig- Wireless Communication naling over fading multipath System Design ECE 509 channels. Spread spectrum signals Fundamentals of wireless communi- Electromagnetic Field Theory for digital communications. cations, with emphasis on the Electric and magnetic fields pro- Multichannel and multicarrier sig- underlying theory, design techniques, duced by charge and current nals for digital communications. and analytical tools. Overview of distributions. Solution of Laplace’s Multiuser communications, time-divi- wireless systems. Characteristics of and Poisson s equations, time-vary- sion multiple access, code-division wireless channels and their capacity limits. Audio, image and video coding ing fields and electromagnetic waves. multiple access, frequency-division standards. Modulation and coding for Applications to waveguides and multiple access. Advanced communi- wireless channels. Diversity and antennas. Prerequisite: ECE 307. cations systems. Prerequisite: ECE Equalization techniques. Multiuser (3-0-3) 511, ECE 513. (3-0-3) communications. Spread spectrum techniques. Multicarrier modulation. ECE 511 ECE 519 Wireless systems: Cellular systems: Analysis of Random Signals Coding for Reliable AMPS, TDMA, CDMA, and Probability theory, including discrete Communications WCDMA - design, standards, perfor- and continuous random variables, Encoders and decoders for reliable mance studies. Wireless LAN functions and transformations of ran- transmission of digital data over systems (WiFi, WiMAX): design and dom variables. Random processes, noisy channels. Linear block codes, standards. Prerequisite: ECE 513 including correlation and spectral cyclic codes, BCH codes, convolu- analysis, the Gaussian process and tional codes. Burst error correcting ECE 505 the response of linear systems to codes. Maximum likelihood decoding Applied Optimization for Engineers random processes. Prerequisites: of convolutional codes. Performance Principles of optimization for practical ECE 308 and ECE 475 or MATH of block and convolutional codes in engineering problems, linear pro- 475. (3-0-3) additive white Gaussian channel. gramming, nonlinear unconstrained Turbo codes and low density parity optimization, nonlinear constrained ECE 513 check codes. Prerequisite: ECE 475 optimization, dynamic programming. Communication Engineering or MATH 475. (3-0-3) Prerequisite: B.S. degree in engineer- Fundamentals ing, math orscience, or permission Review of probability and random ECE 521 of instructor. (3-0-3) processes. AM with noise, FM with Quantum Electronics noise. Introduction to digital commu- The Schrodinger equation. Matrix ECE 506 nication. Source coding, signal space formulation. Quantization of lattice Analysis of Nonlinear Systems analysis, channel modulations, opti- vibrations and electromagnetic fields. Graphical and analytical methods, mum receiver design, channel Optical beams and resonators. The phase plane and singular points, encoding. Prerequisites: ECE 403 interaction of radiation and atomic periodic oscillations and limit cycles, and ECE 475 or MATH 475. (3-0-3) systems. Lasers. Optical waveguides forced nonlinear systems, jumps, and devices. Frequency conversion. subharmonics and frequency entrain- Quantum noise. Same as PHYS 521. ment; stability analysis using Prerequisite: ECE 307. (3-0-3) Liapunov, Popov and circle criteria; introduction to describing functions. Prerequisite: Math 488. (3-0-3)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 201 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
ECE 522 ECE 527 asynchronous vs. synchronous trade- Electromagnetic Compatibility Performance Analysis of RF offs, BiCMOS, low power design, and Development of design procedures Integrated Circuits CMOS power dissipation. Historical, for minimizing interference between Essentials of analysis techniques for primary, and recent papers in the electronic circuits and systems. nonlinear effects and noises in con- field of high-performance VLSI digi- sources of conducted and radiated temporary RF integrated circuit tal and analog design and analysis interference. Interference coupling design. Nonlinear and distortion are reviewed and discussed. Each mechanisms. Shielding theory. behaviors including inter-modula- student is expected to participate in Grounding, bonding and filtering tion, cross-modulation, harmonics, the class discussions and also lead methods. special equipment design gain compression, desensitization, the discussion surveying a particular procedures. Problems associated with spurious, etc. Noise effects including topic. Prerequisites: Graduate stand- digital equipment. Measurement thermal, short, Flicker, burst noises, ing and ECE 529 (3-0-3) methods. Prerequisites: ECE 307 etc. RF IC devices and circuits or equivalent. (3-0-3) including resistors, capacitors, induc- ECE 531 tors, diodes, BJTs, FETs, low-noise Linear System Theory ECE 524 amplifiers, mixers, power amplifiers, Linear spaces and operators, single Advanced Electronic Circuit Design etc. Analysis skills for single-stage and multivariable continuous RF amplifiers and oscillators. Low and multiple-stage networks. RF IC dynamical systems, controllability and high power RF amplifier design team design projects. Prerequisites: and observability. Canonical forms, techniques. Stability of amplifiers. ECE 312, Senior or Graduate stu- irreducible realizations. Synthesis LC and crystal oscillators. FM dent standing. (3-0-3) of compensators and observers. demodulators and limiters. Mixer Composite systems, elements of sta- design. Circuit design to minimize ECE 529 bility. Prerequisite: ECE 308. (3-0-3) intermodulation and other forms of Advanced VLSI Systems Design distortion. Prerequisites: ECE 309, Advanced design and application in ECE 535 ECE 312. (3-0-3) VLSI Systems. The topics of this Discrete Time Systems course include design tools and tech- Discrete systems. Sampling and ECE 525 niques, clocking issues, complexity reconstruction procedures.Transform RF Integrated Circuit Design management, layout and floorplan- techniques of analysis andsynthesis. Essentials of contemporary RF ning, array structures, testing and State space techniques. Discrete con- CMOS integrated circuit analysis testability, advanced arithmetic cir- trollability,observability and and design. Typical RF building cuitry, transcendental function stability.Compensation and digital blocks in CMOS and BiCMOS tech- approximations, architectural issues, controllers.Prerequisite: ECE 438. (3- nologies, including passive IC signal processing architectures, sub- 0-3) components, MOS transistors, RLC micron design. Design project are tanks, distributed networks, RF completed and fabricated by student ECE 537 amplifiers, voltage reference and teams. Prerequisites: Graduate Optimal Feedback Control biasing circuits, LNA, mixers, power standing and ECE 429 or equivalent. Principles of feedback design for mul- amplifiers, and feedback networks. (3-0-3) tivariable systems. Sensitivity RF device modeling, Smith chart, functions, principal gains, operator bandwidth estimation and stability ECE 530 norms and performance specification. analysis techniques. RF IFC team High Performance VLSI/IC Systems Linear quadratic Gaussian (LQG) design projects. Prerequisites: ECE Background and insight into some of optimal control, loop transfer recov- 312 and senior or graduate standing. the most active performance-related ery (LTR) and design procedures research areas of the field is pro- with LQG/LTR methods. H-infinity ECE 526 vided. Issues covered include CMOS optimal control, Hankel norm Active Filter Design delay and modeling, timing and sig- approximation, the 4-block problem, Analysis and design of linear active nal delay analysis, low power CMOS the Youla parameterization and filters with emphasis on realizations design and analysis, optimal transis- design procedures with H-infinity using operational amplifiers. tor sizing and buffer tapering, methods. Prerequisites: ECE 438, Sensitivity analysis. Switched capaci- pipelining and register allocation, ECE 531. (3-0-3) tor filters. Prerequisites: ECE 308, synchronization and clock distribu- ECE 312. (3-0-3) tion, retiming, interconnect delay, dynamic CMOS design techniques,
202 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
ECE 540 architecture (IPSEC), firewalls, net- ECE 551 Reliability Theory and System work management, email and web Advanced Power Electronics Implementation security. Prerequisite: ECE 407. Advanced power electronic convert- Basic probability and modeling tech- (3-0-3) ers, techniques to model and control niques on component, subsystem and switching circuits, resonant convert- system levels. MTBF, MTTR and ECE 545 ers, multi-level converters, downtime. Hardware, software and Advanced Computer Networks Pulse-Width-Modulation (PWM) cost considerations. Switching sys- Fundamentals of computer communi- techniques, soft switching methods, tems. Multicomputer and memory cation networks. Overview of data and low-voltage high-current design configurations. Prerequisites: ECE communication networks and proto- issues are studied. Single-phase and 308 and ECE 475 or MATH 475. col architectures with emphasis on multi-phase, controlled and uncon- (3-0-3) the Internet protocols and network trolled rectifiers and inverters with elements. Principles of network and different operating techniques and ECE 541 protocol design; error detection and their design and control issues are Performance Evaluation of correction, flow control and conges- explained. Prerequisite: ECE 411. Computer Networks tion control, delay and throughput (3-0-3) Introduction to performance evalua- models, QoS, service support and tion techniques for computer and application interface (including ECE 552 communication networks. Little s remote procedure call mechanisms). Adjustable Speed Drives theorem, birth-death processes, Local and Wide Area Networks Fundamentals of electric machines, M/G/1 queue, product form queueing (Ethernet, FDDI, Wireless LAN, basic principles of variable speed networks, approximation techniques ATM and Internet). LAN and WAN controls, field orientation theory, for G/G/1 queues and non-product interconnection using bridges, direct torque control, vector control form queueing networks. Discrete routers, switchers and gateways. of AC drives, induction machines, event simulations, generation of ran- Routing in data networks. Network switched reluctance and synchronous dom variables, variance reduction and protocol design to support multi- reluctance motors, permanent mag- techniques and general purpose sim- media and multicasting connections. net brushless DC drives, converter ulation languages. Prerequisite: ECE Network application security. topologies of DC and AC drives, and 475 or MATH 475. (3-0-3) Prerequisite: ECE 407. (3-0-3) sensorless operation. Prerequisite: ECE 411. (3-0-3) ECE 542 ECE 549 Design and Optimization Motion Control Systems Dynamics ECE 553 of Computer Networks Fundamentals and applications of Power System Planning This course provides comprehensive motion control systems, control tech- Model development. Interchange introduction to network flows with niques for high precision motion capability, interconnections, pooling. an integrative view of theory, algo- control, state variable feedback of Economic generator size and site rithms, and applications. It covers linear and nonlinear systems, multi- selection. Concept of reserves, trans- shortest path, maximum flow, and variable systems, physical system formers, relays and circuit breakers. minimum cost flow problems, includ- modeling, graphical analysis, and Reactive planning AC and DC sys- ing a description of new and novel numerical analysis, and system per- tems are explored thoroughly from polynomial-time algorithms. It also formance analysis. Prerequisites: a planning standpoint. Prerequisite: covers topics from basic network ECE 438 or permission of instructor. ECE 419. (3-0-3) design to protection and restoration (3-0-3) design, to multi-layer network design ECE 554 while taking into account routing ECE 550 Power Systems Relaying and flow requirement as applicable Power Electronic Dynamics Principles of relay protection for in different network architecture, and Control faults on transmission lines and in protocol and technologies. Modeling and analysis of solid-state transformers, rotating machines and Prerequisite: ECE 407. (3-0-3) switching circuits, parallel module other equipment. Use of overcurrent, dynamics, multi-converter interac- differential, distance, wire-pilot, ECE 543 tions, resonant converters, feedback carrier-pilot and microwave-pilot Computer Network Security control, stability assessment, reduced relaying systems. Solid-state relays This course introduces network secu- parts converters, integrated struc- and computer control of relaying. rity by covering topics such as tures, programmable switching Determination of short-circuit cur- network-related security threats and regulators, digital switch-mode con- rents and voltages from system solutions, private- and public-key trollers, and power electronic studies. Prerequisite: ECE 419. encryptions, authentication, digital converter-on-a-chip development. (3-0-3) signatures, Internet Protocol security Prerequisite: ECE 411. (3-0-3)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 203 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
ECE 555 ECE 558 tion information system (TIS), tag- Power Market Operations Power System Reliability ging, interchange distribution Market design in restructured power The concept of reliability, reliability calculator (IDC), congestion manage- systems, artificial neural network indices, component reliability, gener- ment, transmission loading relief applications to power systems, short- ation capacity reserve evaluation, (TLR). Prerequisite: ECE 419. (3-0-3) term load forecasting, electricity transmission system reliability, bulk price forecasting, price-based unit power system reliability, distributed ECE 563 commitment, arbitrage in electricity system reliability, reliability model- Computational Intelligence in market, gaming and market monitor- ing in context. Prerequisite: ECE 419 Engineering ing, asset valuation and risk (3-0-3) Introduction to soft computing, fuzzy analysis, security-constrained unit set theory, neural networks, genetic commitment, ancillary services auc- ECE 559 algorithms, intelligent software tion, transmission pricing and High Voltage Power Transmission agents, comparisons with traditional regional transmission organizations. Detailed analysis of transmission alternatives, advanced engineering Prerequisite: ECE 419 (3-0-3) and distribution systems. Design of applications. Prerequisite: Graduate high voltage transmission lines and standing. (3-0-3) ECE 556 cables, as well as distribution lines. Power Market Economics Flexible AC Transmission Systems ECE 564 and Security (FACTS) and high voltage DC links. Control and Operation of Electric This course covers simulation and Prerequisite: ECE 419. (3-0-3) Power Systems scheduling tools used in restructured Unit commitment and application of power system for studying the eco- ECE 560 dynamic programming, fuel budget- nomics and security of power systems. Power Systems Dynamics and ing and planning, probabilistic Topics include modeling of generating Stability production cost modeling, hydrother- units (thermal units, combined-cycle The transient stability problem, mal coordination, power system units, fuel-switching/blending units, acceleration equations, stability cri- security and application of expert hydro units, pumped-storage units, teria, two-machine and systems, state estimation, optimal photovoltaic, wind), Lagrangian multi-machine problems. power flow, interchange evaluation Relaxation-based scheduling, mixed Perturbation analysis, eigenvalue and power pools, reactive power integer programming-based schedul- sensitivity, Liapunov theory and planning. Prerequisite: ECE 419. ing, and Benders decomposition-based application to power systems stabil- (3-0-3) transmission security analyses. The ity. Prerequisite: ECE 419. (3-0-3) simulation and scheduling tools con- ECE 565 sider different time scales including ECE 561 Computer Vision and Image on-line security, day-ahead, opera- Deregulated Power Systems Processing tional planning, and long-term. The Overview of key issues in electric Multi-dimensional signal sampling simulation and scheduling tools con- utilities restructuring, Poolco model, and discrete Fourier transform; Image sider interdependency of supply (such bilateral contracts, market power, segmentation; Object boundary (edge) as gas, water, renewable sources of stranded costs, transmission pricing, detection and description; Shape rep- energy) and electricity systems. electric utility markets in the United resentation and extraction; Matching Prerequisites: ECE 420 or consent States and abroad, OASIS, tagging and recognition; Image registration; of instructor. (3-0-3). electricity transactions, electric Camera geometry and stereo imaging; energy trading, risk in electricity Morphological processing; Motion ECE 557 markets, hedging tools for managing detection and compensation; Image Fault-Tolerant Power Systems risks, electricity pricing, volatility in modeling and transforms; Inverse Critical fault events in a large power power markets, RTO. Prerequisite: problems in image processing system, sparsity techniques. ECE 419. (3-0-3) (restoration and reconstruction). Contingency screening process. Prerequisite: ECE 437 and ECE Modeling of local controls in load ECE 562 475 or MATH 475. (3-0-3) flow. Adaptive localization method. Power System Transaction Injection outage analysis. Security Management ECE 566 constrained dispatch. LP-based OPF. Power interchange transaction man- Statistical Pattern Recognition Real-time security analysis. Dynamic agement in the deregulated electric Review of appropriate math: multidi- security analysis. Prerequisite: ECE power industry. Course topics include mensional probability, covariance 419. (3-0-3) power system security assessment, matrices, whitening transformation, total and available transfer capabil- diagonalization, eigenvectors, eigen- ity (TTC/ATC), transaction values. Two-class and multi-class management system (TMS), transac- pattern separation using maximum
204 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering likelihood and MAP. Linear discrimi- ECE 570 ECE 577 nant analysis. Perception algorithm Fiber-Optic Communication Advanced Antenna Theory and its extensions. Feature extrac- Systems Optimal design of Yagi antennas, tion algorithms. Clustering Physics of optical fiber, composition, traveling wave antennas and large algorithms. Introduction to neural dimensioning, coupling, attenuation, loops. Broadband antennas based on nets. Hopfield, Hamming, feedfor- dispersion. Electro-optical conversion log periodic principles. Numerical ward models. Training of neural devices (ILDs, LEDs, APDs, PINs). methods to solve antenna problems. nets. Prerequisite: ECE 511. (3-0-3) Circuit considerations. Modulation Aperture antennas. Prerequisite: techniques and implications. Overall ECE 576. (3-0-3) ECE 567 system considerations. Coherent Statistical Signal Processing techniques. Prerequisites: ECE 307, ECE 578 Detection theory and hypothesis test- ECE 309, ECE 312, ECE 403. (3-0-3) Microwave Theory ing. Introduction to estimation Microwave field theory. Propagation, theory. Properties of estimators, ECE 571 reflection and refraction of plane Gauss-Markov theorem. Estimation Nanodevices and Technology waves. Anisotropic media. Impedance of random variables: conditional Electronic properties and quantum concept. Hollow, surface-wave and mean estimates, linear minimum effects; Dielectric, magnetic and opti- dielectric wave guides. mean-square estimation, orthogonal- cal properties and their Discontinuities in wave guides. ity principle, Wiener and Kalman characterizations; Individual Microwave resonators. Transmission filters. Adaptive filtering. LMS algo- nanoparticles and clusters; Carbon lines. Microwave circuit theory. rithm: properties and applications. nanotubes; Solid disordered nanos- Prerequisite: ECE 421 or ECE 423. Prerequisites: ECE 511, MATH 333. tructures; Nanostructured crystals; (3-0-3) (3-0-3) Quantum wells, wires and dots; Giant magnetoresistance; Material ECE 579 ECE 568 processing techniques; Devices and Numerical Methods in Digital Speech Processing systems based on nanostructures. Electromagnetics and Solid-State Review of discrete statistical signal Prerequisites: B.S. degree with Electronics analysis. Acoustic aspects of speech knowledge on quantum mechanics Complete and self-contained treat- and hearing. Digital models of speech and thermodynamics. (3-0-3) ment of the numerical methods used production. Short-time processing in the design and analysis of high in time and frequency domains. ECE 575 frequency devices and components. Waveform encoding and linear pre- Electron Devices The numerical techniques applicable dictive coding of speech. Estimation Electronic properties of solids. to electromagnetic field theory and of fundamental speech parameters. Properties of p-n junctions and junc- charge transport models are thor- Applications including automatic tion devices. Gunn diode and IMPATT oughly discussed by integrating them speech recognition and enhancement. devices. Junction transistors. in a global modeling frame-work. Prerequisites: ECE 437, ECE 511. Schottky diode and MESFET. The After introducing Maxwell’s equa- (3-0-3) MOS capacitor and MOSFET. Light- tions and Boltzmann’s transport emitting diodes and junction lasers. equation, a detailed discussion will ECE 569 Velocity modulation and bunching in be offered of numerical techniques, Digital Signal Processing II electron beams. Klystrons, mag- such as classic iterative methods, Review of basic DSP theory. Design netrons and other microwave finite differences, finite elements, of digital filters: FIR, IIR, frequency- thermionic devices. Prerequisites: multigrid, particle-based models, and transformation methods, optimal ECE 307, ECE 312. (3-0-3) automative mesh generation. methods. Discrete Fourier Transform Prerequisite: ECE 307 or instructor’s (DFT) and Fast Fourier Transform ECE 576 consent. algorithms. Spectral estimation tech- Antenna Theory niques, classical and parametric Plane and spherical waves. Electric techniques. AR, MA, ARMA models. and magnetic dipoles. Radiation pat- Estimation algorithms. Levinson, terns and impedance characteristics Durbin-Levinson and Burg s algo- of antennas in free space and over rithms. Eigenanalysis algorithms for perfect ground. Linear and planar spectral estimation. Prerequisites: driven antenna arrays. Yagi-Uda par- ECE 437 and ECE 475 or MATH asitic arrays. Prerequisites: ECE 475. (3-0-3) 309, ECE 421 or ECE 423. (3-0-3)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 205 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
ECE 583 ECE 585 compaction. High-level CAD tools, High Speed Computer Arithmetic Advanced Computer Architecture including logic synthesis, silicon com- This course covers computer arith- Design, Analysis and Performance pilers and high-level synthesis. metic as applied to general-purpose of High-Performance Computer Recent developments in the field. and application-specific processors. Architectures; High Speed memory Design, implementation and perfor- The focus is on developing high- Systems: Cache Design and Analysis; mance analysis of prototype CAD speed arithmetic algorithms and Modeling Cache Performance; tools. Prerequisite: ECE 427, ECE understanding their implementation Instruction Level Parallelism, Cache- 429 or ECE 530. (3-0-3) in VLSI technology. Topics include only Memory Architectures, fixed and floating point number sys- Classification of Parallel ECE 591 tems, algorithms and Architectures; Systolic and Data Research and Thesis for M.S. implementations for addition, sub- Flow Architectures; Multiprocessor Degree traction, multiplication, division, Performance; and Multiprocessor and square root, floating point Interactions. Prerequisite: Graduate ECE 594 operations, elementary function standing or faculty consent. (3-0-3) Special Projects approximation, low-power design, error analysis, and interval arith- ECE 586 ECE 595| metic. Prerequisites: ECE 485. Fault Detection in Digital Circuits Master’s Seminar I (3-0-3) Essential elements in testing and (1-0-1) testability of digital designs. ECE 584 Automatic test generation algorithms ECE 596 VLSI Architectures for Signal and fault-simulation methods. Design Master’s Seminar II Processing and Communications methodologies to increase testability (1-0-1) This course aims to convey knowl- and decrease test generation costs. edge of advanced concepts in VLSI Techniques for built-in testing. ECE 597 signal processing. Emphasis is on the Prerequisite: ECE 446. (3-0-3) Special Problems architectural research, design and optimization of signal processing sys- ECE 587 ECE 604 tems used in telecommunications, Hardware/Software Codesign Advanced Topics in Network compression, encryption and coding Computer-aided techniques for the Synthesis applications. Topics covered include joint design of hardware and soft- A seminar course dealing with cur- the principles of datapath design; ware: specification, analysis, rent topics in network synthesis. FIR and IIR filtering architectures; simulation and synthesis. Topics covered include advanced communication systems including Hardware/software partitioning, dis- approximation theory, active network OFDM, multirate signal processing; tributed system cosynthesis, synthesis, and research conducted by fast transforms and algorithms application-specific instruction set faculty and students. Prerequisite: including fast Fourier Transform; design, interface cosynthesis, timing ECE 502. (3-0-3) Discrete Cosine Transform; Walsh- analysis for real-time systems. Hadamard Transform; and Wavelet Prerequisites: CS 200, ECE 441, ECE 622 kernels. Furthermore, advanced com- graduate standing. (3-0-3) Advanced Topics in Electronic puter arithmetic methods including Systems Galois Fields, CORDIC, residue ECE 588 Course content is variable, depend- number systems, distributed arith- CAD Techniques for VLSI Design ing on state of the art and design metic, canonic signed digit systems Overview of techniques and algo- and research trends. Prerequisites: and reduced adder graph algorithms rithms used in Computer-Aided ECE 506. (3-0-3) are examined. Prerequisite: ECE 429 Design (CAD) for VLSI circuits. and ECE437. (3-0-3) Physical CAD tools, including place- ment, routing, symbolic layout and
206 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
ECE 631 ECE 436 Undergraduate Courses Advanced Topics in Automatic Digital Signal Processing I with Available to Graduate Students Control Laboratory
Course content is variable and ECE 401 ECE 437 reflects the current trends in auto- Communication Electronics matic control, system and optimal Digital Signal Processing I filtering theory. Prerequisites: ECE ECE 403 ECE 438 438, ECE 531. (3-0-3) Communication Systems I Control Systems ECE 643 ECE 404 Advanced Topics in Computer ECE 441 Digital and Data Communications Networks Microcomputers
Course content is variable and ECE 406 ECE 446 reflects the current trends in com- Digital and Data Communications Advanced Logic Design puter networks. Prerequisite: ECE with Laboratory 545. (3-0-3) ECE 448 ECE 407 ECE 650 Computer Systems Programming Introduction to Computer Networks Advanced Topics in Power Systems Course content is variable and ECE 449 ECE 409 reflects the current trends in power Object-Oriented Programming and Communication Electronics with systems. Prerequisite: ECE 419. Computer Simulation Laboratory (3-0-3) ECE 470 ECE 411 ECE 669 Photonics Power Electronics Advanced Topics in Signal Processing ECE 471 ECE 412 Course content is variable and Photonics with Laboratory Electric Motor Drives reflects the current trends in signal processing including digital and opti- ECE 475 ECE 414 cal systems. Prerequisite: ECE 569. Random Phenomena in Electrical Audio and Electroacoustics (3-0-3) Engineering
ECE 419 ECE 671 ECE 481 Power Systems Analysis Advanced Topics in Communication Image Processing Theory ECE 420 Course is concerned with modern ECE 485 Analytical Methods in Power advances and specialized topics in Computer Organization and Design Systems communication theory. Topics include current research of faculty and stu- ECE 421 dents. Prerequisite: ECE 513. (3-0-3) Microwaves
ECE 691 ECE 423 Research and Thesis for Ph.D. Microwave Circuits and Systems Degree
ECE 425 ECE 695 Analysis and Design of Integrated Doctoral Seminar I Circuits (1-0-1)
ECE 429 ECE 696 Introduction to VLSI Design Doctoral Seminar II (1-0-1) ECE 434 Control Systems with Laboratory
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 207 Energy/Environment/Economics (E3)
Energy/Environment/Economics (E3)
Faculty Directors als, as well as to the planning and performance of energy research and development. The petroleum, coal, natural Chemical and Environmental Engineering gas, nuclear, renewable and electric utility industries and Javad Abbasian associated resource and raw material extraction, equip- 127 Perlstein Hall ment design and manufacturing, and construction 10 W. 33rd St. industries, are facing not only technological change and Chicago, IL 60616 environmental constraints, but also drastic changes in 312.567.3047 the economic, institutional and trade environments in [email protected] which they operate.
Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering IIT’s Energy/Environment/Economics (E3) program was Francisco Ruiz developed to respond to the rapidly changing needs of the 234 Engineering 1 energy industry by providing the interdisciplinary 10 W. 32nd St. research and training required to produce a new breed of Chicago, IL 60616 engineer-one who specializes in energy technologies and 312.567.3212 who understands the associated environmental issues [email protected] and economic forces that drive technology choice.
Electrical and Computer Engineering E3 specialization requires an interdisciplinary thesis in Alexander J. Flueck an E3 area of research for M.S. and Ph.D. degrees, and 319 Siegel Hall an interdisciplinary graduate project for professional 3301 S. Dearborn St. master’s degrees. Graduate students in E3 should also be Chicago, IL 60616 enrolled in fundamental courses related to the topics of 312.567.3625 energy, environment and economics. E3 is designed pri- [email protected] marily for students majoring in chemical and environmental, mechanical and aerospace, or electrical Program Coordinator engineering who are planning careers in energy-related Bennetta Garrison fields. This interdisciplinary training prepares students 127 Perlstein Hall to be not only creative and expert in a specialized area of 10 W. 33rd St. energy extraction, conversion or utilization, but also to Chicago, IL 60616 possess a broad knowledge base of different energy 312.567.3071 sources, environmental issues related to energy extrac- [email protected] tion, conversion and utilization, and of the impact of industrial ecology principles on the design and operation The ongoing evolution of the energy system and related of energy systems. Furthermore, students will gain suffi- global, environmental and economic issues make neces- cient knowledge of economic and regulatory issues to sary a new interdisciplinary approach to the education of enable them to make more viable technology choices. energy-industry engineers and management profession-
Degrees Offered
Master of Chemical Engineering with E3 specialization Master of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering M.S. in Chemical Engineering with E3 specialization with E3 specialization Master of Electrical and Computer Engineering with E3 M.S. in Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering specialization with E3 specialization M.S. in Electrical Engineering Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering with E3 specialization with E3 specialization (thesis and non-thesis options) Ph.D. in Environmental Engineering Master of Environmental Engineering with E3 specialization with E3 specialization Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering with E3 specialization M.S. in Environmental Engineering Ph.D. in Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering with E3 specialization with E3 specialization
Research Centers, Facilities and Areas
Students should consult descriptions in the Chemical and Environmental Engineering respective departments: Electrical and Computer Engineering Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering 208 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Energy/Environment/Economics (E3)
Admission Requirements
Students should consult listings in the Chemical and Environmental Engineering respective departments: Electrical and Computer Engineering Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering
General Degree Requirements
Students pursuing a master’s degree are required to which are offered as part of the regular graduate semi- take 30-32 credit hours beyond the requirements of a B.S. nars by the departments of Chemical and Environmental degree program. The Ph.D. program requires 84 credit Engineering; Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace hours beyond the Bachelor of Science. The curriculum Engineering; and Electrical and Computer Engineering. consists of two components: department core courses that A student completing a M.S. or Ph.D. thesis or profes- provide a strong background in basic principles of the sional master’s project will be a member of an inter- chosen engineering field and E3 specialization courses. disciplinary research team consisting of professors and The following section details the E3 course requirements students from chemical, environmental, electrical and for M.S., professional master’s, and Ph.D. degrees in mechanical engineering backgrounds, working in a cross- chemical engineering, environmental engineering, disciplinary group project. Each interdisciplinary team mechanical and aerospace engineering, and electrical must include professors from different departments. engineering. Selected E3 undergraduate courses may be substituted for graduate courses with the approval of Policies and procedures regarding admission, advising, the designated adviser, if the total undergraduate credit financial aid and comprehensive examinations are hours for the professional master’s or M.S. degree do not established by the individual departments offering exceed departmental constraints. this program.
Students are also required to attend interdisciplinary seminars during their first and/or second semesters,
Master of Chemical Engineering with E3 specialization
32 credit hours of M.S. thesis research, students are required to register Project for two to five credits of special projects research (CHE 594), plus additional E3 courses with the approval of This program has the same requirements as the M.S. their adviser. degree program, except that, in place of eight credit hours
Master of Science in Chemical Engineering with E3 specialization
32 credit hours Students may apply up to 12 credit hours of 400-level Thesis courses to the M.S. degree requirements with their adviser’s approval. Students pursuing the M.S. in Chemical Engineering with E3 specialization are required to take CHE 543 and select at least one course from Group A and one course from Group B (see course listing on pages 209- 219), and register for up to eight credit hours of M.S. thesis preparation (CHE 591) in an interdisciplinary E3 area. In addition, the students are required to take all required core courses for the M.S. in Chemical Engineeering degree.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 209 Energy/Environment/Economics (E3)
Master of Environmental Engineering with E3 specialization
32 credit hours of M.S. thesis research, students are required to register Project for two to five credits of special project research (ENVE 594), plus additional E3 courses with the approval of This program has the same requirements as the M.S. their adviser. degree program, except that in place of eight credit hours
Master of Science in Environmental Engineering with E3 specialization
32 credit hours must complete one course from Group A, and one from Thesis Group B (see course listings on page 209-210).
Candidates for the M.S. in Environmental Engineering Students are also required to register for up to eight with E3 specialization are required to take ENVE 544 credit hours of M.S. thesis research (ENVE 591) in an and complete the required core courses for the M.S. in interdisciplinary E3 area. Students may apply up to two Environmental Engineering degree. In addition, students 400-level courses to the M.S. degree requirements with their adviser’s approval.
Master of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering with E3 specialization
30 credit hours MMAE 520 Advanced Thermodynamics Thesis MMAE 521 Statistical Thermodynamics MMAE 522 Air Conditioning Analysis Candidates for the Master of Mechanical and Aerospace MMAE 523 Fundamentals of Power Generation Engineering are required to take CHE 543 and the fol- MMAE 524 Fundamentals of Combustion lowing three courses: MMAE 525 Fundamentals of Heat Transfer MMAE 526 Heat Transfer: Conduction MMAE 504 Engineering Analysis Ia MMAE 527 Heat Transfer: Convection and Radiation MMAE 505 Numerical Methods in Engineering MMAE 538 Computational Techniques in Finite MMAE 550 Experimental Methods in Mechanical Element Methods Engineering MMAE 539 Nonlinear Finite Element Analysis
In addition, the E3 specialization under MMAE requires E3 requirements include two additional credit hours for 16 credit hours selected from the following Group A MMAE 594 (Project for Professional Master Students). courses on pages 209-210:
Master of Science in Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering with E3 specialization
32 credit hours MMAE 521 Statistical Thermodynamics Project MMAE 522 Air Conditioning Analysis MMAE 523 Fundamentals of Power Generation Candidates for the M.S. in Mechanical and Aerospace MMAE 524 Fundamentals of Combustion Engineering with E3 specialization are required to take MMAE 525 Fundamentals of Heat Transfer CHE 543 and two courses: MMAE 501 (Engineering MMAE 526 Heat Transfer: Conduction Analysis Ia) and MMAE 502 (Engineering Analysis II). MMAE 527 Heat Transfer: Convection and Radiation Also required under the thermal sciences area of MMAE are MMAE 520 (Advanced Thermodynamics) and any Also required are one course from Group B and six to three of the following Group A courses: seven credit hours of MMAE 591 (Thesis).
210 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Energy/Environment/Economics (E3)
Master of Electrical and Computer Engineering with E3 specialization
30 credit hours ister for three to six credits of special project research Non-thesis option (ECE 594), plus CHE 543, two courses from the electrical engineering courses listed in Group A, one course from This program has the same requirements as the M.E.C.E. Group B, and two power and control courses. At least 24 degree program, except that students are required to reg- ECE credits are required.
Master of Science in Electrical Engineering with E3 specialization
32 credit hours from each of two minor areas of study: communication Thesis option theory and signal processing, network electronics and electromagnetics, or computer engineering. The students Candidates for the M.S. in Electrical Engineering are also are required to register for six to eight credit hours required to take CHE 543 and must select two courses of M.S. thesis research (ECE 591) in an interdisciplinary from the electrical engineering courses listed in Group A E3 area and one advanced math course (unless this (see course listings on pages 209-210) and one course requirement was met in the B.S. degree). Students may from Group B. In addition, students are required to take apply up to 12 credit hours of 400-level courses toward two power and control courses, and at least one course the M.S. degree with their adviser’s approval.
Doctor of Philosophy with E3 specialization
84 credit hours courses (four from both groups A and B; see course list- Qualifying exam ings on pages 209-210) upon the recommendation of their Comprehensive exam thesis adviser. Registration for approximately 32 hours Dissertation and oral defense of Ph.D. thesis research in E3 areas of study is also required. Candidates must pass written qualifying and Students interested in the Ph.D. program in all disci- comprehensive examinations and must defend their the- plines (chemical, environmental, mechanical, materials sis in an oral examination. The Ph.D. committee for E3 and aerospace, and electrical engineering) are required to students must include at least one E3 professor from take at least 84 credit hours beyond the B.S. degree outside the student’s department. requirements, including CHE 543 and at least five E3
E3 Courses
See descriptions under the respective CHE 540 CHE 576 department course listings. Flow Through Porous Media Industrial Chemistry: Catalytic and and Fundamentals Thermal Reactions and Processes Group A of Reservoir Engineering ECE 550 CHE 505 CHE 541 Power Electronics Dynamics and Fluid Properties Renewable Energy Technologies Control
CHE 512 CHE 542 ECE 551 Heat Transfer Fluidization and Gas-Solids Advanced Power Electronics Flow Systems CHE 518 ECE 552 Mass Transfer CHE 544 Adjustable Speed Drives Kinetic Theory of Multiphase Flow CHE 524 ECE 553 Industrial Catalysis CHE 563 Power Systems Planning Separation Processes CHE 536 ECE 554 Computational Techniques CHE 565 Power Systems Relaying in Engineering Electrochemical Engineering
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 211 Energy/Environment/Economics (E3)
ECE 555 MMAE 524 ENVE 527 Market Operations in Electric Fundamentals of Combustion Statistical Analysis of Systems Power Systems MMAE 525 ENVE 542 ECE 557 Fundamentals of Heat Transfer Physicochemical Processes Fault Tolerant Power Systems in Environmental Engineering MMAE 526 ECE 558 Heat Transfer: Conduction ENVE 545 Power Systems Reliability Environmental Regulations MMAE 527 and Risk Assessment ECE 559 Heat Transfer: High Voltage Power Transmission Convection and Radiation ENVE 551 Industrial Waste Treatment ECE 560 MMAE 538 Power Systems Dynamics Computational Techniques ENVE 561 and Stability in Finite Element Methods Design of Sanitary Engineering Processes ECE 561 MMAE 539 Deregulated Power Systems Nonlinear Finite Element Analysis ENVE 563 Systems Engineering: Waste ECE 562 Group B Facility Design and Operation Power System Transaction Management CHE 541 ENVE 570 Renewable Energy Technologies Air Pollution Meteorology ECE 563 Computational Intelligence in CHE 560 ENVE 573 Engineering Statistical Quality Air Pollution Engineering and Process Control ECE 564 ENVE 577 Control and Operation CHE 587 Design of Air Pollution of Electric Power Systems Particle Processing Control Devices and Characterization MMAE 517 ENVE 578 Computational Fluid Dynamics EM 507 Physical and Chemical Processes Industrial Ecology for Industrial Gas Cleaning MMAE 520/CHE 503 Advanced Thermodynamics ENVE 501 ENVE 580 Environmental Chemistry Hazardous Wastes Engineering MMAE 521 Statistical Thermodynamics ENVE 506 ENVE 585 Chemodynamics Groundwater Contamination MMAE 522 and Pollutant Transport Air Conditioning Analysis ENVE 520 Environmental Monitoring MMAE 523 and Assessment Fundamentals of Power Generation
212 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Food Safety and Technology Food Safety and Technology
National Center for Food Safety and Technology agencies. The master’s degree programs in Food Process IIT Moffett Campus Engineering are designed as flexible programs to educate 6502 S. Archer Road engineers and scientists in different aspects of food pro- Summit-Argo, IL 60501 cessing and safety. Students can specialize in food 708.563.1576 processing operations, packaging, food safety, food 708.563.1873 (fax) biotechnology, and process and quality monitoring and www.ncfst.iit.edu control.
NCFST Director: The faculty is drawn from NCFST/IIT faculty and Martin Cole NCFST/FDA scientists, and is augmented by IIT faculty from several departments, other federal scientists, and Graduate Program Director: experts from NCFST member companies. In addition to Sadhana Ravishankar formal course requirements, students will participate in food safety and technology research projects at the The National Center for Food Safety and Technology NCFST under the supervision of IIT faculty and FDA sci- (NCFST), with IIT faculty, U.S. Food and Drug entists. The FDA presence provides a unique opportunity Administration (FDA) scientists, and food industry scien- for students to understand the synergy of scientific phi- tists, provides a unique training ground for individuals losophy and legal issues involved in the regulatory seeking graduate education in food safety and technology process governing the safety and wholesomeness of the and food process engineering. Courses are offered at U.S. food supply. NCFST with strong support of the following IIT depart- ments: Biological Chemical and Physical Sciences (BCPS) Graduates of the program will be prepared to assume and Chemical and Environmental Engineering (ChEE). responsible positions in research and development, food safety, compliance and regulatory affairs, quality assur- The master’s degree programs in Food Safety and ance, and quality control in the food industry. Other Technology are designed to train students with back- career options include positions in federal, state or local grounds in food science to be food safety experts for the health agencies and private public health organizations private sector and for the federal and state public health in policy-making, regulatory or research positions.
Degrees Offered
Master of Science in Food Safety and Technology Master of Science Food Process Engineering (Thesis Option) (Thesis Option) Master of Food Safety and Technology (Professional, Master of Food Process Engineering Non-Thesis Option) (Professional, Non-Thesis Option)
Certificate Programs
Food Process Engineering Food Safety and Technology
Facilities
The NCFST facilities include a 2,692 square meter mod- laboratory (BL3) provides an opportunity to conduct stud- ern industrial scale pilot plant. The pilot plant houses ies of pathogenic microorganisms with pilot plant state of the art equipment such as a computer-controlled equipment. Further, microbiological, food engineering, retort, high temperature-short time plate pasteurizer, chemical and packaging laboratories support the pilot batch high pressure food processors for pasteurization plant facilities. NCFST’s food science and technology and sterilization studies, equipment for aseptic process- library provides both physical and systems access to cur- ing of particulate foods, pulsed electric field apparatus, rent and retrospective research and technical ozone processor, UV food processor, homogenizers, and publications. package recycling pilot plant. Biocontainment pilot plant
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 213 Food Safety and Technology
Faculty
Martin B. Cole, Research Professor and Director of the crobial treatments applied to seeds and vegetable National Center for Food Safety and Technology. B.S., sprouts, and ready-to-eat meat products; studies on resis- Manchester Metropolitan University (UK); Ph.D., tance and injury in food borne pathogens to novel University of East Anglia (UK). Control measures for food processing technologies, with understanding of underly- safety; causes and diagnoses of food spoilage in processed ing mechanisms; development and application of novel foods; emerging concepts in food safety; development and rapid methods for the detection of food borne pathogens; implementation of control mechanisms for foodborne development of food safety programs such as hazard microorganisms; modeling the growth, survival and death analysis critical control points (HACCP); hygienic design of bacterial pathogens; novel processing technologies, of food processing facilities and equipment. including thermal and non-thermal high pressure pro- Cynthia M. Stewart, Principal Microbiologist and cessing; detection and control of emerging pathogens. Assistant Research Professor of Biology. B.S., and M.S., Tatiana Koutchma, Research Associate Professor of Food University of Delaware; Ph.D., Rutgers University. High Process Engineering, Ph.D., Thermal and non-thermal pressure processing and other non-thermal processing innovative preservation technologies including ultra high technologies, bacterial spore inactivation (including pressure; ultraviolet irradiation; microwave and radio fre- mechanisms of inactivation), predictive microbial model- quency heating and combined treatments for improved ing, food defense (biosecurity), process validation, food food safety, shelf life and product acceptability. polymer science approach to understanding product Developing protocols for food companies on validating safety and stability. novel technologies in the food safety area using new pro- Peter Varelis, Principle Research Chemist, M.S. and cessing approaches. Ph.D. University of Western Australia. Application Samuel Palumbo, Research Professor of Biology. B.S. of isotope dilution mass spectrometric techniques to Biology, Loyola University; M.S., Ph.D., Food Science, measuring contaminates in food and understanding University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. Growth of their fate during food processing. foodborne pathogens at low (refrigeration) temperatures; Darsh Wasan, Professor of Chemical Engineering, Vice microbiology of food processing operations; interventions President for International Affairs, and Motorola Chair. to reduce or eliminate pathogens from red meats and Ph.D, University of California, Berkeley. Interfacial col- meat products; and laboratory and pilot plant detection loidal phenomena, foams, emulsions and dispersions, and and enumeration of various foodborne pathogens such as food and environmental technologies. Listeria monocytogenes, Escherichia coli O157:H7, Salmonella, and Campylobacter jejuni. Wei Zhang, Assistant Professor of Biology, B.En., M.S., Huazhong Agricultural University, (China); Sadhana Ravishankar, Research Associate Professor of Ph.D,.Pennsylvania State University. Microbial food Food Safety and Director of Educational Programs. B.S., safety and security; PCR detection and molecular track- M.S., Tamilnadu Agricultural University, (India); Ph.D., ing of foodborne pathogens; comparative genomics; study University of Georgia. Stress tolerance responses of food- of bacterial pathogenesis, epidemiology, evolution and borne pathogens, mechanisms of stress response in emergence of new pathotypes; identification of novel bac- bacteria, control of foodborne pathogens by non-thermal terial virulence factors; DNA microarray analysis of technology, bacterial attachment, biofilm formation and global gene expressions of foodborne pathogens under control, bacterial spoilage detection in food packages by environmental or food processing stresses; MALDI-TOF novel methods, bacterial pathogen surrogate evaluation, mass spectrometry analysis of bacterial proteomes; appli- control of foodborne pathogens in processed foods by mul- cations of DNA fingerprinting technology; development of tiple hurdle approach, natural antimicrobials. high-throughput SNP genotyping for foodborne disease Peter J. Slade, Research Associate Professor and Director surveillance and bioterrorism investigations. of Research. B.S., University of Leeds (England); Ph.D., University of Guelph (Canada). Investigations of antimi-
Adjunct Faculty
Upasana Abbott, Adjunct Professor, Food Analysis. numerous levels, handling recalls, and defending B.S. Home Science, M.S., Ph.D. Food Technology, Punjab enforcement actions. Agricultural University (India). Single and multiple Alfredo C. Rodriguez, Adjunct Professor, Advanced Food laboratory validation of analytical methods, detection Process Engineering. B.S. and M.S. ,National of pesticide residues, microbial and environmental toxins Polytechnic Institute (Mexico); Ph.D. ,University of in foods, and food product development to promote health Florida. Dr. Rodriguez is the Engineering Specialist, and longevity. Sterilization Science Center, at Baxter Healthcare Eric F. Greenberg, Adjunct Professor of Food Law and Corporation, Round Lake, IL. Kinetics, transport phe- Regulations. B.A., Northwestern University; J.D., Cornell nomena, statistics and system analysis as applied to Law School. Partner in the law firm of Ungaretti & sterilization process engineering. Applied research inter- Harris, which is concentrated in food and drug law, pack- ests correspond to the use of high pressure, radiation, aging law, and commercial litigation. Work has included moist-heat; and ethylene oxide and other disinfectants regulatory counseling, new product development, negotia- to sterilize pharmaceutical and biological products. tion with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration on
214 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Food Safety and Technology
Admission Requirements Cumulative undergraduate GPA minimum: 3.0/4.0 academic advisers. For admission requirements in the GRE score minimum: 1400 (combined score, for tests Food Process Engineering program, please refer to the taken prior to Oct. 1, 2002); 900 (quantitative + verbal) Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering and 2.5 (analytical writing, for tests taken on or after section. Oct. 1, 2002). TOEFL minimum: 550/213* A limited number of supported graduate half-dean’s scholarships are available. Consideration is given based Meeting the minimum GPA and test score requirements on the quality of previous academic work, evidence of does not guarantee admission. GPA and test scores are research ability and intellectual capacity. These are just two of several important factors considered. awarded on a competitive basis to qualified students who Admission to graduate study in food safety and technol- have submitted completed applications by January 30 for ogy requires the completion of a program leading to a admission in the fall semester or by September 1 for bachelor’s degree in food science and technology, agricul- admission in spring semester. Graduate Research tural engineering, chemical engineering or related Assistantship will be available depending on grants disciplines from an accredited institution. The applicant received by the faculty. Assistantship appointments are in must have a minimum cumulative undergraduate grade general for one year and renewed upon satisfactory point average of 3.0/4.0. Prerequisites for the program research progress and funding availability. Additional are food processing, chemistry, microbiology, calculus and information is available from NCFST. statistics. Students without appropriate prerequisites are expected to take deficiency courses suggested by their * Paper-based test score/computer-based test score.
Program Descriptions
Students in Food Safety and Technology programs should from food safety, food process engineering, food biotechnol- consult with their faculty adviser to plan a program of ogy, or related topics. Attendance will also be required in a study best suited to their background and interests. The graduate seminar where students are expected to actively Food Safety and Technology program is directed toward participate and present reports on their research. Students students with backgrounds in food science and related enrolled in Master of Food Safety and Technology and fields. The Food Process Engineering (FPE) programs are Master of Food Process Engineering are strongly encour- directed toward students with background and career objec- aged to do an independent project up to four credit hours. tives in engineering-related disciplines. Students enrolled Details on food process engineering program requirements in FST Master of Science programs must register for six to are in the section on the Department of Chemical and eight credit hours of research. This work will usually be Environmental Engineering. done at the Moffett Campus; research topics will be selected
Master of Science in Food Safety and Technology
32 credit hours The student must have a minimum grade point average Thesis of 3.0/4.0 in the core courses. In addition to the core courses required of all students, further courses may be Candidates are required to take a total of 32 credit hours, selected with the approval of the adviser to fit the back- 14 credits of which must be selected from the core food ground and needs of the individual student. safety and technology courses listed below, and six to eight credit hours must be in research and thesis work. Research for the thesis must be carried out under the direct supervision of a participating faculty member. Core courses Based on the requirements of the research project, thesis committee members may be chosen from IIT faculty FST 505 Food Microbiology members from various departments, NCFST/FDA scien- FST 506 Food Microbiology Laboratory tists and the food industry scientists. The final thesis FST 507 Food Analysis examination consists of submission of a written thesis FST 521 Food Process Engineering report followed by an oral presentation open to all FST 541 Principles of Food Packaging NCFST staff and the university community. As a part of FST 524 Fundamentals of Food Science and Technology the thesis, the student is expected to contribute to one or (For Students with Non-Food Background) more high quality peer-reviewed journal article(s). The FST 541 Principles of Food Packaging student is also encouraged to present the research at a national professional society meeting. Electives FST 504 Food Biotechnology FST 511 Food Law and Regulation FST 531 HACCP Planning and Implementation FST 507 Food Analysis
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 215 Food Safety and Technology
Master of Science in Food Process Engineering Master of Food Process Engineering
32 credit hours Students should refer to the section on the Department of Thesis (for Master of Science program) Chemical and Environmental Engineering for details on Project Option (for Master of Food Process Engineering) food process engineering program requirements.
Certificate Programs 12 credits completed in three years with minimum GPA of 3.0/4.0. Students who are admitted to master’s degree programs Certificate programs provide a student with post bac- may apply coursework previously taken in a certificate calaureate knowledge of food safety and technology and program towards the requirements for the master’s its applications in the food industry, and in federal and degree. state public health agencies. Certificate programs typi- cally require a set of three to four courses that must be
Food Process Engineering (FPE)
Provides an introduction to the field of food engineering Engineering program. Students should refer to the with application of chemical engineering to food manufac- Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering turing and food safety (four courses, 12 credits). Offered section for additional details. in collaboration with Chemical and Environmental
Food Safety and Technology (FST)
The following is a list of suggested courses students may FST 521 Food Process Engineering choose for the certificate program in Food Safety and FST 523 Food Engineering Laboratory Technology. FST 524 Fundamentals of Food Science and Technology (For students with a (Non-Food background) The certificate requires four courses (12 credits). FST 531 HACCP Planning and Implementation FST 541 Principles of Food Packaging FST 504 Food Biotechnology Numbers in parentheses after FST 505 Food Microbiology course descriptions indicate FST 506 Food Microbiological Laboratory weekly class, lab and total credit hours, respectively. FST 507 Food Analysis
216 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Food Safety and Technology
Course Descriptions
FST 504 FST 511 FST 531 Food Biotechnology Food Law and Regulation HACCP Planning and Introduction of biotechnology in the Legal and scientific issues in regulat- Implementation food industry including genetic engi- ing the nation’s food supply and Examination of the hazard analysis neering of microorganisms. nutritional status. Rules of regulatory and critical control point (HACCP) Fundamentals of microbial genomics agencies; Federal Food, Drug and principles; microbiological and and proteomics. Practice of a variety Cosmetic Act; definitions and stan- process overviews; generic HACCP of software and bioinformatics tools dards for food and adulterated foods. models, good manufacturing prac- including database search, sequence Manufacturing processed foods in tices; monitoring of critical control alignment, phylogenetic and cluster compliance with regulations. (3-0-3) points, process control and imple- analyses, gene prediction, genomic mentation. (3-0-3) map construction, structural and FST 521 functional prediction of proteins. Food Process Engineering FST 541 Applications of DNA fingerprinting Food engineering fundamentals, heat Principles of Food Packaging techniques in food safety and public transfer in food processing, food rheol- Type and application of packaging health. Prerequisite: Biology or ogy, freezing of foods, food materials. Migration Theories. Food Microbiology. (3-0-3) dehydration, kinetics of chemical reac- Package interaction. Package testing tions in foods, refrigeration and to ensure safety. Special design con- FST 505 thermal process calculations, alterna- siderations. Recycling of package Food Microbiology tive methods of food processing. (3-0-3) materials. (3-0-3) Microorganisms of importance to food safety, spoilage and food fermen- FST 522 FST 591 tations. Principles of occurrence and Advanced Food Process Research and Thesis control. Importance of sanitation and Engineering Students conduct their research on prevention of public health problems. Process calculations for food process- a particular topic and write a thesis. Microbiological contaminants and ing methods such as canning, aseptic Students are also required to write methods for their detection. processing, ohmic heating, manuscripts from his/her thesis work Mechanisms of microbial inactiva- microwave processing and pulsed for publication. (Credit: Variable 1-10 tion. Prerequisites: Introductory energy processing. Extrusion tech- hours) Microbiology, Food Science and niques in food processing. Discussion Biochemistry. (3-0-3) of new food processing techniques FST 593 and safety implications. Prerequisite: Seminar on Food Safety and FST 506 FST 521 or permission of the instruc- Technology Food Microbiological Laboratory tor. (3-0-3) Students attend seminars offered Basic microbiological techniques and during the semester. Each student safe laboratory practices. FST 524 is also required to give a 30 minute Introductory Food Microbiology. Fundamentals of Food Science and presentation on a topic of his/her Isolation of pathogenic bacteria. Technology interest or a research project on Spoilage microorganisms. This course will cover the central which she/he has worked. (Credit: Fermentation. Environmental food science issues encountered with 1 Hour) Monitoring. Rapid Identification storage and processing of all major tests. Sporeformers. Prerequisites: American food commodities including FST 594 Introductory Microbiology and meats, grains, confections, vegeta- Special Projects Biochemistry. (0-3-3) bles, eggs, dairy. It will also review Advanced projects involving analysis the relevant chemistry, physics and of food safety processing, packaging FST 507 engineering required to understand and biotechnology systems. (Credit: Food Analysis common food-related unit operations 1-6 hours) Techniques for analyzing food toxins, such as drying, freezing, sterilization food constituents of public health and radiation treatment of foods. An FST 597 concern, intentional and uninten- introduction to microbial and chemi- Special Problems tional food additives, modern cal issues of food quality and safety Independent study focusing on cur- separation and analytic techniques. will also be covered. (3-0-3) rent problems, issues of professional Prerequisites: chemistry, analytic relevance. Topics selected from food chemistry. (3-0-3) process engineering, food safety, packaging, biotechnology. Repeatable to a maximum of six credit hours. (Credit: 1-6)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 217 Information Technology & Management Information Technology & Management
Center for Professional Development The Master of Information Technology & Management is Daniel F. and Ada L. Rice Campus designed primarily for working professionals who seek a 201 E. Loop Road hands-on, laboratory based program that broadens and Wheaton, IL 60187 deepens their knowledge of new and emerging informa- www.cpd.iit.edu tion technologies, the application and integration of these technologies, and the administrative practices used in the Program Director: effective management of these technologies. C. Robert Carlson 630.682.6002 [email protected]
Degree Offered
Master of Information Technology & Management
Certificate Program
Computer and Network Security Technologies
Faculty
C. Robert Carlson, Professor, Director of the Center William Lidinsky, Alva C. Todd Professor and Assistant for Professional Development and Academic Director, Director, Information Technology and Management Information Technology and Management Degree Degree Programs. B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E. Illinois Institute of Programs. B.A. Augustana College, Ph.D. University Technology, M.B.A. University of Chicago. Computer net- of Iowa. Database design, object-oriented modeling and working, computer and network security, and computer design, software engineering, and IT entrepreneurship. and network forensics.
Carol Davids, Alva C. Todd Professor and Director Alexander K. Manov, Senior Lecturer. Ph.D. Illinois of the VoIP Laboratory, Center for Professional Institute of Technology. Database systems, operating sys- Development. B.S.E.E. Cornell, M.I.T.M. Illinois tems, database and system security. Institute of Technology. Voice over IP, networks, and digital and voice communications. Raymond E. Trygstad, Lecturer and Director of Information Technology, Center for Professional Dennis Hood, Lecturer. B.S. Rensselaer Polytechnic Development. B.S. United States Naval Academy, Institute, M.S. Stevens Institute of Technology. Project M.S.S.M. University of Denver. Online design, Internet Management, process engineering, information technol- application development, multimedia, system administra- ogy management. tion, information security management, and information technology policy.
Laboratory and Research Facilities
The Center for Professional Development operates and classroom is wired for full network connectivity for note- administers over 250 computers and servers in two loca- book computers, which are made available for students tions to support teaching and learning. Eleven who cannot provide their own. All laboratories are nor- laboratories include two Sun Solaris facilities, one net- mally available for student use outside of class hours, working/network security facility, and one dedicated Voice and one or more laboratories are available for student over IP (VoIP) facility which includes an entire CISCO use weekdays between 10 am and 10 pm at the Rice VoIP LAN as well as video and mesh wireless capabili- Campus. A wireless network at the Rice Campus provides ties. The network security and VoIP laboratories provide complete coverage of the campus and operates at all additional facilities for student projects and applied times that the campus is open. Students make extensive research, some of which is undertaken in conjunction use of the network infrastructure provided to support with industry partners. Additionally one IITV/IIT Online personal notebook computers.
218 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Information Technology & Management
Admission Requirements
Applicants for admission must have earned a four-year field will be required to demonstrate proficiency in the bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution with a undergraduate courses that are prerequisites for the minimum cumulative undergraduate GPA of 3.0/4.0. graduate program. Proficiency may be demonstrated by International applicants are required to submit a taking and passing a written exam or taking and passing, GRE score with a minimum score of 1200 (combined score with a grade of “B” or better, the prerequisite undergrad- for tests taken prior to Oct. 1, 2002); or 900 quantitative + uate courses at IIT. Current prerequisites for the Master verbal and 2.5 analytical writing, (for tests taken on or of Information Technology & Management include com- after Oct. 1, 2002) and may be required to submit a puter hardware and operating system literacy (ITM 301 TOEFL score (see page 26). Admission as a non-degree stu- or ITM 302 or equivalent coursework, certification or dent follows the university policy set forth in this bulletin. experience) and an ability to program at a basic level using a contemporary programming language (ITM 311 Students whose undergraduate degree is not in a com- or ITM 312 or equivalent coursework, certification or puter-related area or who do not have significant experience). experience or certifications in the information technology
Master of Information Technology & Management 30 credit hours (Courses may be selected from 400-and a server (ITM 461); and the ability to create and 500-level courses; a minimum of 18 credit hours must be administer databases using a modern database at the 500-level or higher.) management system (ITM 421). GPA of 3.0/4.0 or better The following course groupings are meant to guide stu- Students whose undergraduate degree is not in a com- dents in their course selection, allowing them to focus on puter-related area or who do not have significant a particular area of information technology, depending on experience or certifications in the information technology their interests, background and career goals: alternative field will be required to complete core courses or demon- courses in each concentration may be available at the dis- strate their knowledge through equivalent coursework, cretion of the student’s advisor. Students are not required certification or experience. These core courses will ensure to choose a specialization for degree completion and can basic knowledge of networking concepts, protocols and mix courses from different specializations: a general pro- methods (ITM 540); knowledge of the Internet, including gram of study is also available. the ability to build Web sites and deliver them on
Core Courses (9 hours) Required courses Note: Core courses may be waived upon presentation of ITM 421 Data Modeling and Applications evidence of equivalent coursework, certification or experi- ITM 561 Internet Technologies & Web Design ence. ITM 540 Introduction to Data Networks and the Internet
Computer and Information Security (18 hours) Recommended courses (9 hours) Plus three courses chosen from the following: ITM 528 Database Security ITM 538 Computer & Network Forensics ITM 548 System and Network Security ITM 549 System and Network Security: Projects & ITM 578 Information Systems Security Management Advanced Methods ITM 551 Distributed Workstation System Administration OR ITM 552 Client-Server System Administration ITM 558 Operating System Security
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 219 Information Technology & Management
Healthcare Information Technology (18.6 hours)
HM courses are offered through the Stuart School of Business and are scheduled on a quarter rather than a semester basis; HM course start dates may be different than other courses and each course runs for 10 weeks. Recommended courses (9.6 hours) Plus three courses chosen from the following HM 500 Management of Healthcare ITM 495 Bioinformatics HM 510 Healthcare Systems and Technology ITM 521 Client Server Technologies and Applications HM 520 Health Informatics ITM 531 Object Oriented System Analysis, HM 530 Organization, Policy and Strategic Modeling and Design Health Systems ITM 571 Project Management for Information Technology Management ITM 574 Strategic Information Technology Management ITM 578 Information Systems Security Management
IT Management and Entrepreneurship (18 hours) Recommended courses (9 hours) Plus three courses chosen from the following: ITM 571 Project Management for Information ITM 531 Object Oriented System Analysis, Technology Management Modeling and Design ITM 574 Strategic Information Technology Management ITM 532 UML Based Software Development ITM 581 IT Entrepreneurship ITM 572 Process Engineering for Information Technology Managers ITM 573 Building & Leading Effective Teams ITM 575 Networking and Telecommunications Management ITM 578 Information Systems Security Management ITM 585 Legal and Ethical Issues in Information Technology
Voice and Data Communication Technology (18 hours) Recommended courses (9 hours) Plus three courses chosen from the following: ITM 540 Introduction to Data Networks and the Internet ITM 541 Network Administration and Operations ITM 545 Telecommunications Technology ITM 542 Wireless Technologies and Applications ITM 546 Voice Communications Over Data Networks ITM 548 System and Network Security ITM 549 System and Network Security: Projects & Advanced Methods ITM 571 Project Management for Information Technology Management ITM 575 Networking and Telecommunications Management ITM 594 Special Project in Digital Voice and Data Communication
Date Management (18 hours) Recommended courses (9 hours) Plus three courses chosen from the following: ITM 421 Data Modeling and Applications ITM 521 Client Server Technologies and Applications ITM 422 Advanced Database Management ITM 528 Database Security ITM 531 Object Oriented System Analysis, Modeling and Design ITM 534 Human Computer Interaction ITM 574 Strategic Information Technology Management ITM 578 Information Systems Security Management ITM 594 Special Project in Data Management
220 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Information Technology & Management
Internet Development and Electronicc Commerce (18 hours)
Recommended courses (9 hours) Plus three courses chosen from the following: ITM 461 Internet Technologies & Web Design ITM 411 Intermediate Object Oriented Programming ITM 562 Web Application Development ITM 414 Visual Programming Environments ITM 571 Project Management for Information ITM 415 Advanced Object Oriented Programming Technology Management ITM 541 Network Administration and Operations ITM 563 Internet Application Development ITM 564 Electronic Commerce Applications and Management ITM 565 Dynamic Web Page Development ITM 566 Web Services & Service-Oriented Architectures ITM 567 Enterprise Web Application Development COM 525 Research and Usability Testing
Software Development (18 hours)
Recommended courses (9 hours) Plus three courses chosen from the following: ITM 521 Client Server Technologies and Applications ITM 411 Intermediate Object Oriented Programming ITM 532 UML Based Software Development ITM 412 Advanced Structured and ITM 571 Project Management for Information Object Oriented Programming Technology Management ITM 415 Advanced Object Oriented Programming ITM 511 Application Development Methodologies ITM 531 Object Oriented System Analysis, Modeling and Design ITM 536 Software Testing and Maintenance ITM 567 Enterprise Web Application Development ITM 572 Process Engineering for Information Technology Managers
Systems Administration (18 hours)
Recommended courses (9 hours) Plus three courses chosen from the following: ITM 541 Network Administration and Operations ITM 456 Introduction to Open Source Operating Systems ITM 551 Distributed Workstation System Administration ITM 558 Operating System Security OR ITM 571 Project Management for Information ITM 552 Client-Server System Administration Technology Management ITM 574 Strategic Information Technology Management ITM 575 Networking and Telecommunications Management
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 221 Information Technology & Management
Master of Information Technology & Management: General Course of Study
These are selected groupings of courses allowing students Networking and Communications enrolled in the Master of Information Technology & *ITM 540 Introduction to Data Networks and the Internet Management degree to develop a broad overview knowl- *ITM 548 System and Network Security edge of information technology. Suggested courses in each ITM 541 Network Administration and Operations area are marked with an asterisk (*) with one alternative course listed for each area; more alternatives may be pos- System Administration sible at the discretion of the student’s advisor. *ITM 551 Distributed Workstation System Administration OR Internet Development and Electronic Commerce *ITM 552 Client-Server System Administration *ITM 461 Internet Technologies & Web Design *ITM 562 Web Site Application Development Software Development ITM 574 Strategic Information Technology Management *ITM 411 Intermediate Object Oriented Programming *ITM 532 UML Based Software Development Data Management ITM 571 Project Management for Information *ITM 421 Data Modeling and Applications Technology Management *ITM 521 Client Server Technologies and Applications ITM 531 Object Oriented System Analysis, Modeling Computer & Information Security and Design * ITM 578 Information Systems Security Management ITM 528 Database Security ITM 548 System and Network Security
Certificate Programs
Certificate programs offer working professionals an Courses taken may be later applied toward a degree pro- opportunity to increase their knowledge and skills in the gram. Applicants should have a bachelor’s degree from an specific areas of information technology. A certificate rep- accredited college or university; the degree need not be in resenting proven academic performance is presented after an information technology or computer related field. the required coursework is completed with a GPA of 3.0/4.0.
Computer and Network Security Technologies
This program is designed for students seeking knowledge and any two of the following six courses that will prepare them for careers in computer and net- work security and to deal with the challenging computer ITM 528 Database Security and network security problems facing society. All courses ITM 538 Computer & Network Forensics may be later applied toward the Master of Information ITM 548 System and Network Security Technology and Management degree for those who apply ITM 549 System and Network Security: Projects & and are accepted to the degree program. Advanced Methods ITM 558 Operating System Security Students in this program must select nine hours of ITM 578 Information System Security Management coursework from the following: Students who have already completed coursework or certifi- ITM 540 Introduction to Data Networks and the Internet cation equivalent to ITM 540 and/or ITM 421 may substitute OR a third course from the above list. ITM 421 Data Modeling and Applications
Accelerated Courses
The program may offer accelerated courses for credit in Accelerated courses provide an opportunity for degree- several areas of information technology & management. seeking students at IIT to complete graduate degree (Students should see the definition of accelerated courses requirements in a shorter time period. If taken by non- on page 41.) degree seeking students, all courses may be later applied toward the Master of Information Technology and Management degree for those who apply and are accepted to the degree program.
222 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Information Technology & Management
Course Descriptions
Numbers in parentheses ITM 531 system evolution, describe and docu- indicate class, lab and credit Object-Oriented System Analysis, ment an architecture effectively, hours, respectively. Modeling and Design and design suitable architectural This course will cover object-oriented solutions for a problem. Software ITM 511 approaches to system analysis, data integration and security issues are Application Development modeling and design that combine addressed. Prerequisite: ITM 531. Methodologies both process and data views of sys- (3-0-3) Students learn concepts in a system- tems. Emphasis is given to practical atic approach to the analysis, design, problems and the techniques needed ITM 536 implementation and maintenance of to create solutions in systems design. Software Testing and Maintenance software. Includes studies of the vari- (3-0-3) This course covers the basic concepts ous models of the software life-cycle, of software testing and maintenance. software development project man- ITM 532 The Testing Maturity Model provides agement, system requirements UML-Based Software Development a framework for developing a more analysis, and methodologies for prac- Study of software development mature test process. Testing tech tical application of these models to using the Unified Modeling niques, test metrics and test plan software development, including the Language (UML). Covers architec- management concepts are described use of CASE (Computer Aided ture-driven and component based within this framework. Prerequisites: Software Engineering) tools. techniques for modeling object-ori- ITM 471 or ITM 571. (3-0-3) Students apply these principles in ented applications. Particular projects to improve the quality of emphasis is placed on the hands-on ITM 538 their development process and final application of tools and components Computer & Network Forensics products. Prerequisite: ITM 412 or used for object-oriented systems mod- This course will address methods to significant software development eling. Prerequisite: ITM 412 or properly conduct a computer and/or experience. (2-2-3) significant object-oriented program- network forensics investigation ming experience. (3-0-3) including digital evidence collection ITM 521 and evaluation and legal issues Client/Server Technologies ITM 534 involved in network forensics. and Applications Human/Computer Interaction Technical issues in acquiring court- This course covers both concepts and Introduction to human-computer admissible chains-ofevidence using practical applications of client server interaction, a discipline concerned various forensic tools that recon- systems, a common form of distrib- with the design, evaluation and struct criminally liable actions at the uted system in which software is implementation of interactive com- physical and logical levels are also split between server tasks and client puting systems for human use. addressed. Prerequisite: ITM tasks. Both central and distributed Emphasis is given to the structure of 548 (2-2-3) server models will be studied, with communication between people and particular focus on middleware, sys- computers, capabilities of people to ITM 540 tems planning, and data access. The use computers, concerns that arise in Introduction to Data Networks and course includes hands-on develop- designing and building interfaces, the Internet ment of client-server applications in design trade-offs, and the process of This course covers current and evolv- database systems. Prerequisite: specification, design, and implemen- ing data network technologies, ITM 421. (2-2-3) tation of user interfaces. Particular protocols, network components, and emphasis is placed on practical the networks that use them, focusing ITM 528 design and usability of computer sys- on the Internet and related LANs. Database Security tem user interfaces. (3-0-3) The state of worldwide networking Students will engage in an in-depth and its evolution will be discussed. examination of topics in data security ITM 535 This course covers the Internet archi- including security considerations in Systems Architectures tecture, organizations, and protocols applications & systems development, The course deals with building inte- including: Ethernet, 802.11, routing, encryption methods, cryptography grated information infrastructures, the TCP/UDP/IP suite, DNS, SNMP, law, and security architecture & mod- including both hardware, software DHCP, and more. Students will be els. Prerequisite: ITM 421. (3-0-3) and network components, as a solu- presented with Internet-specific net- tions to particular information working tools for searching, testing, management needs and require- debugging, and configuring networks ments. Students should be able to and network-connected host comput- recognize major architectural styles ers. There will be opportunities for in existing systems, understand how network configuration and hands-on architecture influences long-term use of tools. (2-2-3)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 223 Information Technology & Management
ITM 541 such as modems, multiplexers, vir- design and development of secure Network Administration and tual circuits, hubs, bridges, and networks. This course includes a sig- Operations routers and their relationships to nificant real world team project that Students learn the details, use, and voice communications technology will results in an fully operational secu- configuration of network applica- be highlighted. (3-0-3) rity system. Students should have tions. Currently protocols and previous experience with object-ori- application technologies considered ITM 546 ented and/or scripting languages. include: SNMP, SMTP, IMAP, POP, Telecommunications Prerequisite: ITM 548 (2-2-3) (C) MIME, BOOTP, DHCP, SAMBA, Over Data Networks NFS, AFS, X, HTTP, DNS, NetBIOS, This course covers a suite of applica- ITM 551 and CIFS/SMB. Windows 2000 work- tion protocols known as Voice over IP Distributed Workstation groups and domains: file and printer (VoIP). It describes important proto- System Administration sharing, remote access, and the cols within that suite including RTP, Students learn to set up and main- Windows Network Neighborhood SDP, MGCP, and SIP and the archi- tain PC workstations and servers are addressed. A research paper tecture of various VoIP installations and to administer PC servers and in the above topic areas is required. including on-net to on-net, on-net to networks. Topics include hardware Prerequisite: ITM 440 or ITM 540 PSTN and Inter-domain scenarios. requirements; software compatibility; (2-2-3) The functions of the Network and system installation, configura- Elements that play significant roles tion and options and post-installation ITM 542 in this architecture will be defined. topics; administrative practices Wireless Technologies Examples of network elements that required for file system security; and Applications are currently available as products process management; performance This course will present the founda- will be examined. Prerequisite: monitoring and tuning; storage man- tion of wireless technologies and ITM 440 or ITM 540 (3-0-3) agement; back-up and restoration of examine state-of-the-art wireless sys- data; and disaster recovery and pre- tems and services, including digital ITM 548 vention. A group project or research cellular systems (DCS), wireless System and Network Security paper will demonstrate mastery of asynchronous transfer mode (ATM), Prepares students for a role as a net- the subject. Prerequisite: ITM 301 infrared data transfer (IrDA), wire- work security administrator and (4-4-6) less local area network technologies analyst. Topics include viruses, including 802.11b (wireless Ethernet) worms, other attack mechanisms, ITM 552 and Bluetooth, and third-generation vulnerabilities and countermeasures, Client-Server System (3G) systems such as wireless code network security protocols, encryp- Administration division multiple access (W-CDMA) tion, identity and authentication, Students learn to setup and config- and cdma2000. Security for wireless scanning, firewalls, security tools, ure a contemporary operating systems including encryption and and organizations addressing secu- system, including the actual installa- authentication issues will also be rity. A component of this course is a tion of the operating system on the addressed. Prerequisite: ITM 441 or self-contained team project that, if student workstation, in a networked ITM 541. (3-0-3) the student wishes, can be extended client-server environment. User into a full operational security sys- account management, security, print- ITM 545 tem in a follow-on course (ITM 549). ing, disk configuration, and backup Telecommunications Technology Prerequisite: ITM 440 or ITM 540 procedures are addressed, with par- Introduction to voice and data com- (2-2-3). ticular attention to coverage of munications infrastructure design TCP/IP and TCP/IP applications. and implementation. Current infra- ITM 549 System installation, configuration structure including components of System and Network Security: and administration issues as well as voice networks (such as carrier Projects and Advanced Methods network file systems, network access switches, PBXs, SS7, T1 trunks, and Prepares students for a role as a net- and compatibility with other operat- switched versus dedicated circuits), work security analyst and developer ing systems are also addressed. A the Public Switched Telephone and give the student experience in group project or research paper will Network (PSTN), communications developing a production security sys- demonstrate mastery of the subject. industry structure, telephone-data tem. Topics may include computer Prerequisite: ITM 302 (4-4-6) system interfaces and interaction, and network forensics, advances in and convergence of voice and data cryptography and security protocols ITM 555 communications systems will be and systems; operating system secu- Handheld Device Technologies examined, along with possible alter- rity, analysis of recent security An in-depth introduction to contem- native approaches. Also examined attacks, vulnerability and intrusion porary handheld device technologies will be components of data networks detection, incident analysis, and the such as personal digital assistants
224 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Information Technology & Management
(PDA), handheld computers, network traditional client/server applications. markup language infrastructures. analysis/security devices and wire- A discussion of the technologies Principles of XML use are reinforced less telephone/pager technologies involved in creating these Internet by analysis of business case studies including I-mode and wireless access applications is included, and stu- including an XML-based Web site. protocol (WAP). Fundamentals of dents will learn to use these Prerequisite: ITM 461 (2-2-3) programming and security considera- technologies to create robust server- tions for handheld device technology side applications. Also addressed is ITM 567 are introduced. Prerequisites: ITM the role of the Application Service Enterprise Web Application 412, ITM 421, and ITM 461 or 561, Provider (ASP) in enterprise infor- Development or a working knowledge of object-ori- mation technology management. Students learn how to construct ented programming, database Prerequisite: ITM 411 (2-2-3) large-scale enterprise-level Web fundamentals, and HTML (2-2-3) applications using current technolo- ITM 564 gies. Areas covered include ITM 558 Electronic Commerce components, design goals, and archi- Operating System Security Applications and Management tecture as well as integration of This course will address theoretical Strategies for management of elec- databases and directory services; concepts of operating system secu- tronic commerce allow students to security will be discussed and give rity, security architectures of current learn to re-engineer established rise to topics including persistence, operating systems, and details of business processes to increase enter- communication, transactions and security implementation using best prise competitive advantage, provide container services. Students will practices to configure operating sys- better customer service, reduce oper- design, develop and deploy a real- tems to industry security standards. ating costs, and achieve a better world Web application. Prerequisite: Server configuration, system-level return on investment. Students will ITM 415 or permission of Instructor firewalls, file system security, log- learn to evaluate, use, and deploy (2-2-3) ging, anti-virus and anti-spyware state-of-the-art tools and techniques measures and other operating sys- needed to develop a reliable e-com- ITM 571 tem security strategies will be merce offering on the Web. The Networking and examined. Prerequisite: ITM 301 or course will cover state-of-the-art Telecommunications Management ITM 302 (2-2-3) programming and development tools. Project Management for Information This class will provide students with Technology Management Basic ITM 562 hands-on exposure needed to design principles of project management Web Site Application Development and build a fully functional are taught. Includes software devel- Programming the Common Gateway e-commerce Web site. Prerequisite: opment concepts of requirements Interface (CGI) for Web pages is ITM 563. (2-2-3) analysis, object modeling and design introduced with emphasis on and software testing. Management creation of interfaces to handle Web- ITM 565 of application development and based form data. CGI programming Dynamic Web Page Development major Web development projects is taught in multiple languages. Students will learn the W3C and will also be addressed. (3-0-3) Security of Web sites is covered with major vendor’s Document Object an emphasis on controlled access Models (DOM) and how to use script- ITM 572 sites. Setup, administration and cus- ing syntax and techniques to make Process Engineering for tomization of content management use of the DOM in the preparation of Information Technolgy Managers systems including blog and portal dynamic web pages. The role of This course will provide students sites is introduced. Students design Cascading Style Sheets in dynamic with the knowledge and skills to and create a major Web site with web pages will also be covered in define, model, measure and improve including basic CGI programs with detail. Prerequisite: ITM 461 (2-2-3) business processes. The course will Web interfaces and process data focus on reengineering processes flows from online forms with basic ITM 566 through the application of technology database structures. Prerequisite: XML and XHTML to achieve significant and measur- ITM 461 (2-2-3) The student is introduced to extensi- able improvement. The course will ble markup languages and associate explore the latest industry standards ITM 563 modeling technique required to and students will use state-of-the-art Internet Application Development develop leading edge Web documen- software tools for hands-on experien- In-depth examination of the concepts tation for a next generation Web site, tial learning. Prerequisite: ITM 471 involved in the development of and learns to design structured and or ITM 571 (3-0-3) Internet applications. Students will intuitive markup utilizing schema learn the differences and similarities and stylesheets which flexibly aug- between Internet applications and ment the underlying extensible
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 225 Information Technology & Management
ITM 573 ITM 578 using development tools such as com- Building and Leading Information System Security pilers, simulators and evaluation Effective Teams Management boards. Prerequisite: ITM 301 or This course will prepare students to In-depth examination of topics in the equivalent computer architecture be effective IT managers. Students management of information technol- course; C/C++ programming experi- will be introduced to the general ogy security including access control ence. (2-2-3) challenges of management as well as systems and methodology, business the challenges unique to leading continuity and disaster recovery ITM 594 teams of technology professionals. planning, legal issues in information Special Projects The course will explore the skills system security, ethics, computer in Information Technology necessary to excel as a leader includ- operations security, physical security Capstone project. Prerequisite: ing dealing with conflict, developing and security architecture and models Written consent of instructor. leadership skills, recruiting and using current standards and models. (Credit: 1 to 6) developing employees, and leading (3-0-3) remote and virtual teams. Students ITM 595 will explore case studies and execute ITM 581 Topics in Information Technology team exercises to enrich their learn- IT Entrepreneurship This course will cover a particular ing experience. Prerequisite: ITM This course prepares students to topic, varying from semester to 471 or ITM 571 (3-0-3) become leaders in information tech- semester, in which there is particular nology and to build IT enterprises. student or staff interest. ITM 574 Students design and develop a proto- Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Strategic Information type IT product and prepare a (Credit: variable) Technology Management business plan and venture proposal This course defines information presentation. (3-0-3) ITM 597 technology management strategies, Special Problems explores the possible information ITM 585 in Information Technology technology strategies of an organiza- Legal and Ethical Issues Independent study and project. tion, and provides conceptual in Information Technology Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. frameworks for the development Current legal issues in information (Credit: variable) and evaluation of information tech- technology are addressed including nology management strategies. elements of contracting, payment sys- It also examines concepts of strategic tems and digital signatures, privacy information technology systems, concerns, intellectual property, busi- approaches for analyzing strategic ness torts and criminal liability applications, and systems planning including hacking, computer trespass as it relates to information technol- ogy management strategy and and fraud. Examination of ethical the interface with organizational issues including privacy, system strategies. (3-0-3) abuse, and ethical practices in infor- mation technology equip students to ITM 575 make sound ethical choices and Networking and resolve legal and moral issues that Telecommunications Management arise in information technology. (3-0-3) This course addresses the design, ITM 593 implementation, and management of Embedded Systems computer networks and enterprise telecommunication systems. Design This course introduces embedded issues in wide area networks and systems concepts and technology, telecommunications with emphasis illustrates the trade-offs which occur as part of embedded systems design, on Internet connectivity are also as well as providing practical appli- addressed. Tools for supporting the cations of embedded systems distribution and sharing of system technology. Particular emphasis is resources and information are dis- given to embedded systems hard- cussed, along with tools to support ware, software and development network design and management. tools. The course labs include hands- Prerequisite: ITM 541 (3-0-3) on development of several stand-alone embedded applications
226 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Information Technology & Management
Undergraduate Courses ITM 411 ITM 423 Available to Graduate Students Advanced Object-Oriented Advanced Database Management II in Information Technology Programming & Management ITM 456 ITM 412 Introduction to Open ITM 301 (as a prerequisite only) Advanced Structured Source Operating Systems Introduction to Contemporary and Systems Programming Operating Systems and Hardware I ITM 460 ITM 414 Fundamentals of Multimedia ITM 302 (as a prerequisite only) Visual Programming Environments Introduction to Contemporary ITM 461 Operating Systems II ITM 415 Internet Technologies & Web Advanced Object Oriented Design ITM 311 (as a prerequisite only) Programming Introduction to Object Oriented ITM 492 Programming ITM 421 Embedded Systems and Data Modeling and Applications Reconfigurable Logic Design ITM 312 (as a prerequisite only) Introduction to Systems Software ITM 422 ITM 495 Programming Advanced Database Management Topics in Information Technology
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 227 Manufacturing Engineering
Manufacturing Engineering
Departmental Coordinators Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering: Michael Gosz Chemical and Environmental Engineering: 312.567.3198 David Venerus 312.567.5177 The departments of Chemical and Environmental Engineering, Electrical and Computer Engineering, and Electrical and Computer Engineering: Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering each S. M. Shahidehpour offer interdisciplinary curricula leading to graduate 312.567.5737 degrees in manufacturing engineering.
Degrees Offered
Master of Manufacturing Engineering Master of Science in Manufacturing Engineering
Research Areas, Centers and Facilities
Students should refer to descriptions under the three Chemical and Environmental Engineering respective departments: Electrical and Computer Engineering Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering
Admission Requirements
Applicants are admitted to the Department of Chemical Rules and regulations regarding the comprehensive and Environmental Engineering, the Department of examination are the same as those for all other M.S. stu- Electrical and Computer Engineering, or the Department dents in their respective departments. of Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering. Admission requirements are the same as for the other With department approval, up to six hours of accelerated master’s programs in those departments. Students should courses may be applied toward the professional master’s refer to the specific department for general admission degree. The department reserves the right to review and requirements (Chemical and Environmental Engineering approve or deny the application for admission of any pg.111, Electrical and Computer Engineering, pg.183, or prospective degree-seeking student. Non-degree graduate Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering students who intend to seek a graduate degree from the pg.241). department must maintain a 3.0 GPA and must apply for admission as degree-seeking students prior to the comple- Meeting the minimum GPA and test score requirements tion of nine credit hours of study. A maximum of nine does not guarantee admission. Test scores and GPA are credit hours of approved coursework earned as a non- just two of several important factors considered. degree student and passed with a grade of "B" or better may be applied to the degree. Maintaining the minimum Coursework includes three components: GPA requirement does not guarantee admission to any Manufacturing core courses department graduate program. Departmental core manufacturing courses Electives approved by the department
Students must have an adviser and file a Program of Study that is approved by their respective department Graduate Studies Committee. The program accepts no more than six credit hours of 400-level courses not taken to fulfill an undergraduate degree requirement. In addi- tion to the completion of coursework and thesis, the M.S. student is required to pass a comprehensive examination.
228 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Manufacturing Engineering
Master of Manufacturing Engineering
30 credit hours should select a permanent adviser before registering for the twelfth credit hour. The student, in consultation with The Master of Manufacturing Engineering program the adviser, then prepares a program of study that (M.M.E.) is a course-only, professionally oriented reflects her or his individual needs and interests. This degree program that requires a minimum of 30 credit program must be approved by the adviser, the depart- hours. There is no thesis or comprehensive examination ment’s Graduate Studies Committee, the department’s requirement. Full-time graduate students enrolled in the chair, and the Graduate College. Students working program should select a permanent adviser prior to toward this degree are not eligible for departmental completing their first semester of graduate study. A grad- financial support. uate student working for the degree on a part-time basis
Master of Science in Manufacturing Engineering
32 credit hours specialization and a permanent adviser. Graduate stu- Thesis dents pursuing the M.S. degree on a part-time basis Oral comprehensive examination should select a permanent adviser before registering for their twelfth credit hour. The student, in consultation The M.S. degree program is designed to equip students with the adviser, then prepares a program of study that with advanced knowledge and to prepare them for reflects individual needs and interests. This program careers in research and development. In line with the must be approved by the adviser, the department’s department’s approach to its graduate programs, a stu- Graduate Studies Committee, the department’s chair, and dent has considerable flexibility, in consultation with his the Graduate College. After completion of the thesis, the or her program adviser, in formulating a program. The student is required to pass an oral comprehensive exami- Master of Science in Manufacturing Engineering requires nation on his or her thesis and related areas. The completion of a minimum of 32 credit hours of approved examination committee consists of at least three appro- work, which includes six to eight credit hours of thesis priate faculty members who are nominated by the thesis research. Before completion of the first semester of grad- adviser and appointed by the department’s Graduate uate study, full-time students should select an area of Studies Committee.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 229 Manufacturing Engineering
Course requirements for M.S. in Manufacturing Engineering and Master of Manufacturing Engineering
Students must fulfill the manufacturing core courses as For mechanical and aerospace engineering M.S. students, well as their respective departmental courses. six to eight credit hours of MMAE 591 (Research and Thesis) and zero to three elective credit hours are Manufacturing core courses required. For MME students, elective courses in manu- MMAE 547 Computer Integrated Manufacturing facturing comprise the remaining seven credit hours. AND MMAE 560 Statistical Quality and Process Control OR Materials Science and Engineering CHE 560 Statistical Quality and Process Control One course selected from: MMAE 445 CAD/CAM with Numerical Control Departmental core requirements MMAE 545 Advanced CAD/CAM Chemical and Environmental Engineering MMAE 546 Advanced Manufacturing Engineering Two courses selected from: MMAE 576 Materials and Process Selection CHE 507 Computer-Aided Design CHE 528 Analysis and Simulation One course selected from: of Chemical Processing MMAE 475 Powder Metallurgy CHE 530 Advanced Process Control MMAE 574 Ferrous Transformations CHE 555 Polymer Processing MMAE 575 Ferrous Products: Metallurgy and Manufacture MMAE 577 Lasers in Manufacturing Electrical and Computer Engineering Two courses selected from: For materials science and engineering M.S. students, 12 ECE 426 Linear Integrated Circuits to 15 credit hours of elective courses and five ECE 433 Real-Time Data Acquisition and Processing to eight credit hours of MMAE 591 (Research and Thesis) ECE 564 Control and Operation are required. MME students must take elective courses of Electric Power Systems in manufacturing to comprise the remaining 18 credit ECE 481 Image Processing hours. ECE 581 Computer and Robotic Vision
Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering MMAE 505 Numerical Methods in Engineering MMAE 545 Advanced CAD/CAM MMAE 546 Advanced Manufacturing Engineering And one materials course.
Course Descriptions
Students should consult the three respective department listings:
Chemical and Environmental Engineering (page 111)
Electrical and Computer Engineering (page 183)
Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering (page 241)
230 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Industrial Technology & Management Industrial Technology and Operations
Suite 4001 South The Master of Industrial Technology and Operations 3424 S. State Street (MITO) is a professional degree designed for individuals Chicago, IL 60616 who plan to make a career in industry. The purpose of the 312.567.3650 MITO program is to enhance the ability of the students 312.567.3655 fax to pursue their professional goals by providing up-to-date www.mtm.iit.edu knowledge of the technologies and modern management approaches used in world-class industrial companies. The Director: MITO curriculum prepares students to move into man- Keith McKee agement, supervisory and staff positions in industry. The 312.567.3650 MITO is not an MBA or an engineering degree, therefore [email protected] it is not recommended for those planning to pursue careers in academia or research. Associate Director: Michal Safar 312.567.3653 [email protected]
Degree Offered
Master of Industrial Technology and Operations
Admission Requirements
Applicants must hold a four-year bachelor’s degree from with a minimum score of 80 on the new Internet-based an accredited institution. Students with a GPA of 3.0/4.0 test (equivalent to 550 PBT or 213 CBT) with no individ- can be admitted unconditionally. Students with a GPA ual section scored below 15. of 2.5/4.0 can be admitted contingent upon their earning “A”s or “B”s in the first two courses taken at IIT. The All applicants must submit a completed application form, GRE is not required for applicants who have completed the application fee, official transcripts (or certified copies) a degree at a U.S. institution. for all academic work at the college level, two letters of recommendation and a professional statement. Applicants who have completed an undergraduate degree outside the U.S. must complete the GRE and submit Students accepted into the program must have access to scores with the admission application. Minimum required a Windows-based computer, the Internet and software for GRE scores are 2.5 for analytical and a combined score word processing, spreadsheet and presentation applica- of 900 for the verbal and quantitative portions of the tions. All students will be required to use an IIT-issued exam. Applicants from countries where English is not email account. the primary language also must complete the TOEFL
Master of Industrial Technology and Operations
30 credit hours with the grade of "B" or better) may be transferred to IIT and applied toward the MITO degree if those credits have Each student’s program of study is customized to best not been applied toward any earned degree (subject to serve individual career objectives. Of the 30 semester administrative approval). hours of graduate credit required for the MITO, the stu- dent must complete at least 18 semester hours of MITO MITO courses are presented live and via interactive video graduate courses. A student may choose to complete up to at IIT’s Main Campus in Chicago and Rice Campus in 12 semester hours of courses offered by other IIT depart- Wheaton. Also, the MITO program can be completed over ments, but must be suitably qualified and obtain the Internet. Using a delayed Internet format (lecture permission to register from their adviser and the associ- videos are posted within 24 hours after the live session), ated course instructor(s). Up to 12 semester hours of students can log on and "attend" class at the time and senior (400-level) courses can be taken as part of this location of their choice. A demonstration of IIT web-based master’s program (see our specializations). A total of 9 courses is available at www.iit-online.iit.edu. semester hours taken at a different university (passed
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 231 Industrial Technology & Management
The MITO Curriculum
The Master of Industrial Technology and Operations General MITO courses include: requires the completion of 30 credit hours (10 courses). INTM 501 The Industrial Enterprise The coursework must include a minimum of 18 hours of INTM 502 Fundamentals of Industrial Engineering 500-level MITO courses. Students may choose to complete INTM 509 Inventory Control six (6) of the general MITO courses listed below and four INTM 511 Industrial Leadership (4) specialty courses listed at right to earn the MITO INTM 512 Quality Systems degree with an industrial specialization in MT, IF, or IL. INTM 522 Computers in Industry Alternately, under the guidance of their adviser, students INTM 534 Resource Management may choose ten (10) courses of most interest and benefit INTM 545 Strategic International Business to their career objectives. Students who wish to pursue a specialization in subjects covered by other departments may do so with the permission of their adviser and the associated course instructor(s).
Each MITO student is expected, in cooperation with their faculty adviser, to structure a program of study that will best serve his or her career objectives. This educational program would take into consideration the student’s undergraduate education as well as all professional work experience.
232 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Industrial Technology & Management
Course Descriptions INTM 509 INTM 515 Inventory Control Advanced Project Management Numbers in parentheses Fundamentals of inventory control This course covers project manage- indicate class, lab and total including inventory classifications, ment in the PMP framework and credit hours, respectively i.e. raw materials, work-in-process provides a structured approach to (WIP) and finished goods. Topics managing projects using Microsoft INTM 501 include inventory record keeping, Project and Excel. Coverage includes The Industrial Enterprise inventory turnover, the 80/20 (or creation of key project management Introduces students to the variety of ABC) approach, external and inter- charts (Gnatt, Pert, CPM, timelines industrial operations and organiza- nal lead times, excess/obsolete and resource utilization), basic sta- tions. Covers changes within inventory, and inventory controls. tistics used in estimating task times, industry over the past decades that Material Resource Planning (MRP) critical path generation in Excel and have led to today’s global competi- and Enterprise Resource Planning Project, project cost justification in tiveness. The history of industrial (ERP) are included. (3-0-3) Excel, SPC and acceptance sampling development including changing for machine acceptance, project technology and management INTM 511 analysis via simulation, and manage- approaches is reviewed. The interac- Industrial Leadership ment of personnel, teams, tion of technology, technical systems, Supervision and management prac- subcontractors and vendors. Case and social systems is considered as tices are key to all components and studies are utilized to demonstrate well as concepts for planning and sectors of industry. People are the key core concepts and dynamic schedul- forecasting. (3-0-3) resources and their effective use is ing. (3-0-3) critical to a successful operation. As INTM 502 companies move to become high per- INTM 522 Fundamentals of Industrial formance organizations, traditional Computers in Industry Engineering management tools and techniques Computers are ubiquitous in all Industrial engineering concepts are have to be reviewed and reconsidered. industrial sectors. Management introduced and the student prepared Skills covered include motivation, Information Systems (MIS) are avail- to perform basic engineering tasks, developing consensus, conflict avoid- able for even the most complex of including design of workstations, ance and negotiations. Group industrial operations. The integra- cells and lines. Coverage includes dynamics along with handling of indi- tion of MIS with operational time and motion studies, work mea- vidual workers is critical. (3-0-3) specialties (such as order entry, pro- surement, ergonomics, route sheets, duction scheduling, quality control, plant layout, site selection, equip- INTM 512 shipping and invoicing) is discussed. ment selection, MRP, JIT, etc. Quality Systems A variety of Microsoft Excel tools are Scheduling techniques will be cov- Quality systems covers metrology as introduced and utilized to set up ered along with material control well as overall systems for industrial approaches for handling a variety of techniques. Management and service companies. Metrology industrial situations. (3-0-3) Information Systems (MIS) are intro- coverage includes electrical, mechan- duced and options covered. (3-0-3) ical and chemical systems. SPC, ISO, INTM 531 QS, TQM, MilSpecs and GMP are Manufacturing Processes for INTM 507 covered. Emphasis is on selecting Metals and Mechanical Systems Construction Technology alternates and developing the Material processing and manufactur- Introduces the full range of technolo- methodology to support those ing techniques are covered for solid gies involved in construction of both options. Vendor qualification and cer- materials, including metals, plastics, new and modified facilities, including tification are included as well as ceramics and glass. Making of parts steel, concrete and timber construc- techniques for handling quality from these materials is covered along tion as well as supporting specialties requirements specified by customers. with subsequent assembly of these such as HVAC, electrical, plumbing, (3-0-3) parts into components, subassemblies etc. The interactions between the and final products. Advanced various construction trades will be Manufacturing Technologies (AMT) covered along with the role of the will be covered including robots, architects and engineers. (3-0-3) lasers, AGVs, etc. The industrial struc- ture that makes up this sector of manufacturing will be covered. (3-0-3)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 233 Industrial Technology & Management
INTM 532 sis, cost accounting, Activity Based INTM 543 Manufacturing Processes for Costing (ABC), program manage- Purchasing Electronics and Electrical Systems ment, investment and scheduling Purchasing responsibilities, The materials used in Electronic and will be covered. Decision-making and processes, and procedures are Electrical (E&E) manufacturing will risk analysis are covered. Students included. Topics covered include: sup- be reviewed including materials and will learn about tools for optimizing plier selection and administration, components that are used to produce and prioritizing decisions involved in qualification of new suppliers, chips, PCBs and wiring systems. manufacturing management and preparing purchase orders, negotiat- Focus will be on the processes for workforce assignment. Ethical con- ing price and delivery, strategic producing the range of parts and siderations involved in management customer/vendor relationships, and products included in this broad sec- and decision-making will be resolution of problems. All aspects of tor. Automation for producing parts included. (3-0-3) Supplier Relation Management and assemblies will be covered. (SRM) are covered. (3-0-3) Techniques covered will include sur- INTM 540 face mounted technology (SMT), Supply Chain Management INTM 544 wave soldering, automation inser- This course covers the full range of Export/Import Management tion, automated inspection, etc. The activities involved in the supply Internationalization of industry industrial structure that makes up chain. This includes management requires special expertise and knowl- this sector of manufacturing will be tools for optimizing of supply chains, edge, which must be taken into covered. (3-0-3) relationships with other parts of the consideration throughout all interac- organization, in-house versus third tions with overseas companies either INTM 533 party approaches, and suitable per- as customers or suppliers. Topics cov- Manufacturing Processes for formance measurements. Topics ered include custom clearance, Chemical and Process Systems covered include: Warehouse bonded shipping, international ship- This course will cover materials and Management Systems (WMS), ping options, import financing and manufacturing based on process sys- Transportation Management letters of credit, customer regula- tems. This would include painting, Systems (TMS), Advanced Planning tions, insurance, import duties and anodizing, plating, plastic prepara- and Scheduling Systems (APS), as trade restrictions, exchange rates, tion, plastics manufacturing, well as cost benefit analysis to deter- and dealing with different cultures. cleaning, etc. along with the mine the most appropriate approach. (3-0-3) processes for producing the chemicals (3-0-3) involved. Environmental and haz- INTM 545 ardous material issues are of INTM 542 Strategic International Business importance and "green systems" that Warehousing and Distribution Understanding international busi- minimize the use of resources are This course covers warehouse layout ness strategies is fundamentally encouraged. OSHA, EPA and other and usage based on product require- important to businesses of any size regulatory systems will be covered. ments such as refrigeration, in today's competitive, worldwide The industrial structure that makes hazardous material, staging area, marketplace. Course objectives up this sector of manufacturing will and value added activities. Processes include providing a background in be covered. (3-0-3) covered include receiving, put-away, international business fundamentals, replenishment, picking and packing. economics, human resources, cultural INTM 534 The requirement for multiple issues and interrelationships, as well Resource Management trailer/rail car loading and unloading as understanding the business deci- The key in operating a manufactur- is considered as well as equipment sion processes involved in product ing facility is to make optimum use needed for loading, unloading, and planning, marketing, and organiza- of all of the available resources storage. Computer systems for man- tional planning, structure and including labor, capital, technology, aging the operations are reviewed. performance. Includes development materials and time. This course will Emphasis is on material handling of managerial skills for international integrate knowledge gained in prior from warehouse arrival through business related to strategic plan- courses into an overall understand- warehouse departure. (3-0-3) ning, marketing and sales policy, and ing of optimum management of implementation of organizational available resources. Financial analy- goals. (3-0-3)
234 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Mathematics and Science Education
Department of Mathematics and Science Education
3424 S. State Street matics and science education. The master’s programs are Room 4007 specifically focused on experienced teachers, individuals Chicago, IL 60616 seeking certification and advanced study, or individuals 312.567.3658 working in educational settings other than schools (e.g., 312.567.3659 fax museums, zoos, etc.). Specific attention is placed on cur- [email protected] riculum development, evaluation, advanced instructional www.iit.edu/departments/msed models, supervision, learning and cognition, and action research. Chair: N. G. Lederman The Ph.D. programs are designed for those individuals wishing to become university-level teacher educators and Director, Graduate Programs: researchers. Extensive attention is given to quantitative N. G. Lederman and qualitative research design, along with advanced work in evaluation, curriculum analysis, and supervision. Mathematics and science education is primarily con- Both M.S. and Ph.D. students will be required to com- cerned with all aspects of the teaching and learning of plete additional subject matter courses (e.g. science and mathematics and/or science at the secondary levels (i.e., mathematics) equivalent to 9-12 credit hours. grades 5–12). The department offers Professional Master’s, Master of Science, and Ph.D. degrees in mathe-
Degrees Offered
Master of Science in Mathematics Education Doctor of Philosophy in Mathematics Education Master of Mathematics Education Doctor of Philosophy in Science Education Master of Science in Science Education Master of Science Education
Research Areas
Research areas include informal science/math education, methods; students and teachers’ conceptions of scien- curriculum development, integration of science/math dis- tific/mathematic inquiry and nature of science/math, ciplines and across disciplines, and instructional instructional models, evaluation, and research design.
Faculty
Zaur Berkaliev, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Daniel Z. Meyer, Assistant Professor of Mathematics Science Education. M.Sc., Moscow State University; Ph,D., and Science Education. B.A., Swartmore College; Moscow State University; Ph.D., Indiana University. Ed.M., Harvard Graduate School of Education; Curriculum development, student attitudes. Ph.D., Cornell University.
J. S. Lederman, Director of Teacher Education, Senior W. J. Newman, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Instructor of Mathematics and Science Education. B.A., Science Education. B.A., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Rhode Island College; M.S., Worcester Polytechnic M.S., University of Connecticut, M.A., College of New Institute. Informal science education, curriculum develop- Jersey, Ph.D., Purdue University. Discourse in Science ment, integration of science disciplines and across Education. disciplines, and instructional methods. J. S. Zawojewski, Associate Professor of Mathematics and N. G. Lederman, Chair and Professor of Mathematics and Science Education. B.S.Ed., Northwestern University; Science Education. B.S., Bradley University; M.S. M.S.Ed., National College of Education; Ph.D., Biology, New York University; M.S. Secondary Northwestern University. Teaching and learning of proba- Education/Biology, Bradley University; Ph.D., Syracuse bility and statistics, evaluation and professional University. Students’ and teachers’ conceptions of scien- development. tific inquiry and nature of science, instructional models, evaluation, and research design.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 235 Department of Mathematics and Science Education
Admission Requirements
Bachelor’s (or Master’s, for Ph.D. programs) degree in Two-page professional statement of goals/objectives mathematics (for mathematics education), science Curriculum Vita (for science education) or another field with docu- Three letters of recommendation mented evidence of success in working with An interview may be required school-aged youth GRE score minimum for M.S./MAS/Ph.D. applicants (for Additional requirements for Ph.D. programs: tests taken prior to Oct. 1, 2002): 1200 (combined) Three years of teaching experience GRE score minimum for M.S./MAS applicants (for tests taken on or after Oct. 1, 2002: 900 (quantitative + ver- Meeting the minimum standards does not guarantee bal) 2.5 (analytical writing) admission. Test scores and GPA are just two of several GRE score minimum for Ph.D. applicants (for tests taken important factors considered, and admission decisions are on or after Oct. 1, 2002: 1000 (quantitative + verbal) made based upon the totality of the application file. 3.0 (analytical writing) TOEFL minimum 600/250* if from non-English speaking * Paper-based test score/computer-based test score. country A minimum cumulative undergraduate GPA of 3.0/4.0
Master of Science in Mathematics Education (thesis)
Master of Mathematics Education (Professional Master’s, non-thesis)
33 credit hours PSYC 588 Learning, Cognition and Motivation Thesis (Master of Science) or non-thesis MSED 503 Advanced Strategies: Mathematics (Professional Master’s) option MSED 540 Informal Education Practicum
The objective of the master’s programs is to provide Master of Science thesis option practicing teachers, or individuals in education-related (Six Credits) fields, with advanced education in the teaching and MSED 591 Thesis Research learning of mathematics. These advanced studies will enhance graduates’ ability to provide meaningful instruc- Professional Master’s non-thesis option tion in mathematics; critically analyze and implement (Three credits) empirical research findings in mathematics education; MSED 538 Mathematic Problem Solving develop and evaluate curriculum; and become a leader in public school education at the state or local levels. And a minimum of three credits from the following: MSED 571 Problem Solving Required courses and Nature of Mathematics MSED 531 Professional Development Core requirements and Practicum in Mathematics MSED 550 Clinical Supervision in Science/Mathematics MSED 521 History/Philosophy of Mathematics MSED 562 Action Research MSED 560 Research & Evaluation OR MSED 552 Assessment and Evaluation Nine credits of select coursework from discipline-specific mathematics courses MSED 555 Mathematics Curriculum
236 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Mathematics and Science Education
Master of Science in Science Education (thesis option)
Master of Science Education (Professional Master’s, non-thesis)
33 credits MSED 554 Science Curriculum Thesis (Master of Science) or non-thesis PSYC 588 Learning, Cognition and Motivation (Professional Master’s) MSED 502 Advanced Strategies: Science MSED 540 Informal Education Practicum The objective of the M.S. program is to provide practicing teachers, or individuals in education-related fields, with Master of Science thesis option advanced education in the teaching and learning of sci- (Six credits) ence. These advanced studies will enhance graduates’ MSED 591 Thesis Research ability to provide meaningful instruction in science; criti- cally analyze and implement empirical research findings Professional Master’s non-thesis option: in science education; develop and evaluate curriculum; (Three credits) and become a leader in public school education at the MSED 538 Scientific Inquiry state or local levels. And a minimum of three credits from the following: Required courses MSED 570 Inquiry and Nature of Science MSED 530 Professional Development Core requirements and Practicum in Science MSED 550 Clinical Supervision in Science/Mathematics MSED 520 History/Philosophy of Science MSED 562 Action Research MSED 560 Research and Evaluation OR MSED 552 Assessment and Evaluation Nine credits of select coursework from discipline-specific mathematics courses
Master of Science/Mathematics Education
Teacher Certification Option MSED 300 Instructional Methods/Strategies I 45 credit hours MSED 400 Instructional Methods/Strategies II The Master of Science/Mathematics Education (Teacher MSED 538 Interprofessional Projects Certification Option) is designed for individuals who MSED 540 Informal Education Practicum and Seminar already possess a Bachelors degree (preferably in an area MSED 450 Professional Internship (6 credit hours) of science or mathematics) and wish to pursue both a MSED 501/502 Advanced Strategies: Mathematics/Science teaching certification and a Masters degree. This acceler- MSED 550 Clinical Supervision in Science/Mathematics ated course of study allows the student to achieve MSED 552 Assessment and Evaluation certification and a Masters degree in just 45 credit hours PSYC 588 Learning, Cognition, and Motivation instead of the 54 credit hours that would be required if certification and Masters degree were pursued separately. Nine credits from graduate level science/mathematics courses Required Courses MSED 500 Analysis of Classrooms II (Practicum and Total credits for this Masters option: 45 Seminar) MSED 554/555 Science/Mathematics Curriculum
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 237 Department of Mathematics and Science Education
Doctor of Philosophy in Mathematics Education
84 credit hours (Minimum of 51 hours of coursework) Elective requirements Qualifying exam within the first two years of Ph.D. study (Minimum of nine credits) Composed of seven position statements MSED 571 Problem solving and Nature (ranked by faculty) of Mathematics Position Statement 1: Written defense to support MSED 503 Advanced Strategies: Mathematics position with empirical research MSED 521 History/Philosophy of Mathematics Position Statements 2, 3, 4: Oral defense MSED 531 Professional Development Oral comprehensive exam with the student’s graduate and Practicum in Mathematics committee (The dissertation proposal is presented MSED 597 Special Problems (Ethics) orally as part of the comprehensive examination.) MSED 594 Special projects Oral dissertation defense, involving the final thesis exam (Independent Studies within MSED) MSED 560 Research & Evaluation The objective of the Ph.D. program is to provide students MSED 562 Action Research with advanced education in the teaching and learning Up to eight hours from discipline-specific of mathematics. These advanced studies will enable graduate coursework graduates to conduct theoretical and practical research in mathematics education, develop and evaluate curricu- 12 credits of select coursework from discipline-specific lum, prepare future teachers, provide professional mathematics courses/related fields development to in-service teachers, or become a leader Total minimum coursework 51 credit hours in public school education at the state or local levels. MSED 691 Ph.D. Thesis Research Minimum 25 hours Core requirements Total minimum credits 84 credit hours MSED 601 Critical Analysis in Quantitative Research MSED 602 Quantitative Research Design and Practicum 42 maximum transfer of graduate credits from master’s MSED 603 Critical Analysis in Qualitative Research (24 credits from coursework/eight credits from research) MSED 604 Qualitative Research Design and Practicum MSED 550 Clinical Supervision in Science/Mathematics MSED 552 Assessment and Evaluation MSED 555 Mathematics Curriculum PSYC 588 Learning, Cognition and Motivation PSYCH 545 Statistics I PYSCH 546 Statistics II Total 30 credit hours
238 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Mathematics and Science Education
Doctor of Philosophy in Science Education
84 credit hours (Minimum 51 hours of coursework) Elective requirements Qualifying exam within the first two years of Ph.D. study (Minimum of nine credits) Composed of seven position statements MSED 570 Inquiry and Nature of Science (ranked by faculty) MSED 502 Advanced Strategies: Science Position Statement 1: Written defense to support posi- MSED 520 History/Philosophy of Science tion with empirical research MSED 530 Professional Development Position Statements 2, 3, 4: Oral defense and Practicum in Science Oral comprehensive exam with the student’s graduate MSED 562 Action Research committee (The dissertation proposal is presented orally MSED 597 Special Problems (Ethics) as part of the comprehensive examination.) MSED 594 Special Projects Oral dissertation defense, involving the final thesis exam (Independent Studies within MSED) Up to eight hours from discipline-specific The objective of the Ph.D. program is to provide students graduate coursework with advanced education in the teaching and learning of science. These advanced studies will enable graduates to 12 hours of select coursework from discipline-specific conduct theoretical and practical research in science edu- science courses/related fields cation; develop and evaluate curriculum; prepare future Total minimum coursework 51 credit hours teachers; provide professional development to in-service teachers; or become a leader in public school education at MSED 691 Ph.D. Thesis Research Minimum of 25 credits the state or local levels. Total minimum credits 84 credit hours
Required courses 42 maximum transfer of graduate credits from master’s (24 credits from coursework/eight credits from research) Core requirements MSED 601 Critical Analysis in Quantitative Research MSED 602 Quantitative Research Design and Practicum MSED 603 Critical Analysis in Qualitative Research MSED 604 Qualitative Research Design and Practicum MSED 550 Clinical Supervision in Science/Mathematics MSED 552 Assessment and Evaluation MSED 554 Science Curriculum PSYC 588 Learning, Cognition and Motivation PSYCH 545 Statistics I PYSCH 546 Statistics II Total 30 credit hours
Course Descriptions
Numbers in parentheses represent instructional strategies and models theory choice, we seek to understand class hours, lab hours, and total of mathematics teaching. Special the values that invluence science and credit hours, respectively. emphasis is placed upon promoting investigate how it is that science can critical thinking and decision- make progress. We build towards a MSED 502 making. (3-0-3) picture of science as a social process Advanced Strategies: Science in which theoretical models are cho- A course that provides additional MSED 512 sen and developed in such a way as exposure and development of instruc- Problems in the Philosophy of to increase our over-all ability to tional strategies and models of Science solve important problems. (3-0-3) science teaching. Special emphasis is This course looks at some key issues placed upon promoting critical think- in the philosophy and history of sci- MSED 520 ing and decision making. (3-0-3) ence, including the rationality of History/Philosophy of Science science, the role of values in scien- A course that stresses the logical MSED 503 tific inquiry, and the use of models status of scientific ideas and the Advanced Strategies: Mathematics and analogies in scientific thinking. interaction of these ideas with their A course that provides additional Given that experiments and observa- social and cultural contexts. (3-0-3) exposure and development of tions alone never suffice to determine
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 239 Department of Mathematics and Science Education
Course Descriptions continued
MSED 521 MSED 554 MSED 601 History/Philosophy of Mathematics Science Curriculum Critical Analysis A course that stresses mathematics Current trends, history of these in Quantitative Research as a way of thinking and knowing. trends, and rationale for science A study of quantitative research (3-0-3) curriculum reform. (3-0-3) designs and analytical procedures with critical analysis of perspectives MSED 530 MSED 555 of research in science/mathematics Teacher Education/Professional Mathematics Curriculum education. (3-0-3) Development in Science Current trends, history of these A course that stresses the empirical trends, and rationale for mathemat- MSED 602 research on best practices in teacher ics curriculum reform. (3-0-3) Quantitative Research Design education and professional develop- and Practicum ment in science. (3-0-3) MSED 560 A study of quantitative research Research and Evaluation designs, analytical procedures, and MSED 531 Analysis of qualitative and quantita- in-depth analysis with specific appli- Teacher Education/Professional tive empirical research in science cations in science/mathematics Development in Mathematics and mathematics education. (3-0-3) education. (3-0-3) A course that stresses the empirical research on best practices in teacher MSED 562 MSED 603 education and professional develop- Action Research Critical Analysis ment in mathematics. (3-0-3) Reviewing, designing and conducting in Qualitative Research research studies within the context A study of qualitative research MSED 538 of the students' own teaching. (3-0-3) designs and analytical procedures Interprofessional Project with critical analysis of perspectives A group of authentic inquiry experi- MSED 570 of research in science/mathematics ences supervised by practicing Inquiry and Nature of Science education. (3-0-3) scientists or mathematicians. (3-0-3) Developing a functional understand- ing of nature of science in the context MSED 604 MSED 540 of scientific inquiry. (3-0-3) Qualitative Research Design Informal Education Practicum and Practicum Placement in an informal educa- MSED 571 A study of qualitative research tional setting such as museums and Problem Solving designs, analytical procedures, and outdoor education. The focus of this and Nature of Mathematics in-depth analysis with specific appli- course is on the use of informal set- Developing a functional understand- cations in science/mathematics ting to supplement classroom ing of the nature of mathematics in education. (3-0-3) instruction. (3-0-3) the context of problem solving. (3-0-3) MSED 691 MSED 550 MSED 591 Ph.D. Thesis Research Clinical Supervision Research and Thesis M.S. (Variable: 1-20) in Science/Mathematics (6-0-6) Provides for the development of a variety of classroom observation MSED 594 techniques and clinical supervision Special Projects skills. (3-0-3) Advanced projects involving indepen- dent study, and especially fieldwork MSED 552 and modeling projects. (Variable: 1-6) Assessment and Evaluation Contemporary assessment and evalu- MSED 597 ation theory and the development of Special Problems valid cognitive, affective, and psy- Independent Study and Project. chomotor assessment items/tasks. (Variable: 1-9) In-depth attention is given to the development and scoring of alterna- tive assessment techniques such as portfolios and projects. (3-0-3)
240 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering
Department of Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering
243 Engineering 1 Building The Department of Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace 10 W. 32nd St. Engineering offers several flexible programs in mechani- Chicago, IL 60616 cal and aerospace engineering, with five major areas 312.567.3175 of study: computer-aided design and manufacturing, [email protected] dynamics and control, fluid dynamics, solids and www.mmae.iit.edu structures, and thermal sciences. The department also offers programs in materials science and engineering Chair: and an interdisciplinary program in manufacturing Jamal Yagoobi engineering.
Associate Chair, Graduate Programs: Kevin Cassel
Degrees Offered Master of Science in Mechanical and Master of Materials Science and Engineering Aerospace Engineering Doctor of Philosophy in Mechanical and Master of Science in Materials Science and Engineering Aerospace Engineering Master of Engineering in Manufacturing via Internet Doctor of Philosophy in Materials Science and Master of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Engineering
Interdisciplinary Programs
With the Department of Chemical and Master of Manufacturing Engineering Environmental Engineering and the Department of Master of Science in Manufacturing Engineering Electrical and Computer Engineering: Master of Science with specialization in Energy/Environment/Economics (E3)
Certificate Programs
Computer Integrated Design and Manufacturing Product Quality and Reliability Assurance
Research Centers Fluid Dynamics Research Center (fdrc.iit.edu) Thermal Processing Technology Center (mmae.iit.edu/~tpc/)
Research Facilities
Mechanical and aerospace engineering laboratories heat-transfer, electrohydrodynamics, and combined heat include the Fejer Unsteady Wind Tunnel; the Morkovin and mass transfer; and research facilities for atomization, Low-Turbulence Wind Tunnel; the National Diagnostic spray flames, and emissions from mobile and stationary Facility, a computer-controlled, high-speed, subsonic flow combustion sources. wind tunnel; a high-speed jet facility for aeroacoustic research; a hydrodynamics laboratory; flow visualization Materials science and engineering laboratories include systems; laser-based measuring equipment; several com- facilities for research in metallography, heat treatment, puter-based data acquisition, processing and display and mechanical testing; optical, scanning and transmis- systems of the Fluid Dynamics Research Center; labora- sion electron microscopes; powder metallurgy, and laser tories in experimental mechanics; laboratories for machining facilities. The department has numerous com- research in robotics, guidance and navigation, computer- puters and workstations available for computational integrated manufacturing, Footlik CAD lab, railroad research activities. engineering, biomechanics and its instrumentation, com- bustion, internal combustion engines, two-phase flow and
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 241 Department of Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering
Research Areas
The faculty conducts research activities in fluid dynam- cal mechanics, including wave propagation, fracture, elas- ics, including aeroacoustics, flow control, turbulent flows, ticity and models for scoliosis; computer added design unsteady and separated flows, instabilities and transi- and manufacturing, concentrated in the areas of com- tion, turbulence modeling, flow visualization techniques, puter-aided design, computer-based machine tool control, computational fluid dynamics; metallurgical and materi- computer graphics in design, manufacturing processes, als engineering, including microstructural wear and fracture behavior of cutting tols, tribology, fric- characterization, physical metallurgy of ferrous and non- tional wear characteristics of ceramics, dynamic systems ferrous alloys, powder materials, laser processing and and mechanical vibrations; thermal sciences, including machinigh, high temperature structural materials, phase change heat transfer, enhancement of heat transfer mechanical behavior, fatigue and fracture, environmental and mass transport in macro and micro scales, electrohy- fatigue and fracture, computational x-ray diffraction drodynamics, spray combustion, atomization, transport analysis, texture, recrystallization and computational processes within gas-liquid and gas-solid dispersions and methods in materials processing; solids and structures, suspensions, alternative fuels, mobile and stationary including experimental mechanics of composites and cel- source combustion emissions, and dynamics and control, lular solids, high strain rate constitutive modeling and including guidance, navigation, and control of aircraft thermomechanical coupling, fracture mechanics, design and spacecraft, intelligent control for aircraft models, and testing of prosthetic devices, and holographic inter- flow fields, robotics devices for laser machining; and ferometry; computational mechanics, fracture mechanics, dynamic analysis and control of complex systems. cable dynamics and analysis of inelastic solids; theoreti-
Faculty
Ralph L. Barnett, Professor. B.S., M.S., Illinois Institute Kevin P. Meade, Professor. B.S., M.S., Illinois Institute of of Technology. Structures and safety of machines. Technology; Ph.D., Northwestern University. Solid mechanics, biomechanics, elasticity, fracture mechanics Kevin W. Cassel, Associate Professor and Associate Chair and computational mechanics. for Graduate Programs. B.S., Messiah College; M.S., Ph.D., Lehigh University. Computational fluid dynamics, Sheldon Mostovoy, Associate Professor. B.S., Ph.D., unsteady boundary-layer flows, buoyancy-driven flows, Illinois Institute of Technology. Metallurgy, mechanical supersonic and hypersonic boundary-layer flows. properties of materials, fatigue and fracture.
John C. Cesarone, Lecturer. B.S., M.S., University of Hassan M. Nagib, John T. Rettaliata Professor. B.S., Illinois; Ph.D., Northwestern University. Robotics, relia- M.S., Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology. Fluid dynam- bility engineering and manufacturing. ics, heat transfer, applied turbulence, wind engineering and aeroacoustics. Herek L. Clack, Associate Professor. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University of Sudhakar E. Nair, Professor and Associate Dean of California, Berkeley. Thermofluid systems: atomization, Academic Affairs, Graduate College. B.Sc., Regional combustion, hazardous waste incineration, combustion Engineering College (India); M.E., Indian Institute of emissions, heat/mass transfer and phase change, ultra- Science (India); Ph.D., University of California, San sound and sonochemical materials processing. Diego. Solid mechanics, stress analysis of composite and inelastic material, dynamics of cable, fracture mechanics Michael R. Gosz, Associate Professor and Associate and wave propagation theory. Provost for Undergraduate Affairs. B.S., Marquette University; M.S., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Philip G. Nash, Professor and Director of the Thermal Computational solid mechanics, fracture mechanics, Processing Technology Center. B.S., City College of interface effects in composite materials, modeling of com- London Polytechnic (England); Ph.D., Queen Mary posite structures subjected to thermal cycling, and College of London University (England). Physical metal- nonlinear dynamic finite element analysis of submerged lurgy, intermetallics, powder metallurgy, composites, flexible structures. phase equilibria and transformations.
John S. Kallend, Professor and Associate Chair of Boris Pervan, Associate Professor. B.S., University of Undergraduate Studies. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Cambridge Notre Dame; M.S., California Institute of Technology; University (England). Computational methods of crystal- Ph.D., Stanford University. Dynamics, control, guidance lographic texture analysis and properties of and navigation. polycrystalline aggregates. Xiaoping Qian, Assistant Professor. B.S., M.S. Huazhong University, PhD University of Michigan. 3D object digiti- zation, design and manufacturing, heterogeneous object modeling, layered manufacturing.
242 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering
Faculty continued
Ganesh Raman, Associate Professor and Associate Dean Murat Vural, Assistant Professor. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., for Research in the Graduate College. B.Tech., Indian Istanbul Technical University (Turkey). Experimental Institute of Technology (India); M.S., Cleveland State solid mechanics with emphasis on high-strain-rate University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University. mechanical response, thermomechanical coupling, failure Experimental fluid mechanics, aeroacoustics, active flow characterization and constitutive modeling of homoge- control, jet screech, and fluidics. neous and heterogeneous materials.
Dietmar Rempfer, Associate Professor. M.S., Ph.D., Candace E. Wark, Professor and Associate Dean of Universitaet Stuttgart (Germany). Fluid mechanics, espe- Armour College. B.S., M.S., Michigan State University; cially theoretical studies of transitional and turbulent Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology. Fluid dynamics, shear flows in open systems, numerical fluid mechanics, turbulence, digital data acquisition and processing. coherent structures in turbulent flows, nonlinear dynami- David R. Williams, Professor and Director of the Fluid cal systems. Dynamics Research Center. B.S.E., Stevens Institute of Francisco Ruiz, Associate Professor. B.S.M.E., Technology; M.S.E., Ph.D., Princeton University. Universidad Politecnica de Madrid (Spain); M.E., Ph.D., Experimental fluid mechanics with emphasis on flow Carnegie-Mellon University. Combustion, atomization, measurement and flow control techniques. pollution control of engines, fuel economy, alternative Jamal S. Yagoobi, Professor and Chair of Department. fuel, electronic cooling and special cooling. B.S., Sharif University of Technology (Iran); M.S., Ph.D., Sammy Tin, Assistant Professor. B.S. California University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. Experimental Polytechnic State University; M.S. Carnegie Mellon and theoretical studies in enhancement of heat transfer University; PhD University of Michigan. Procesing and and mass transport with electrohydrodynamics, twophase deformation characteristics of high-temperature struc- systems, phase-change processes, heat and mass transfer tural materials, modeling the microstructure of Ni-base in porous media, drying, and augmentation of heat and superalloy turbine disks during thermo-mechanical pro- mass transfer with innovative impinging jets. cessing, understanding the mechanisms of creep and fatigue deformation in advanced high-refractory content single crystal turbine blades.
Research Faculty Joseph C. Benedyk, Research Professor. B.S., M.S., John Kiedaisch, Research Assistant Professor; B.S., M.S., Illinois Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Case Western and Ph.D. Illinois Institute of Technology. Experimental Reserve University. Metals and materials processing fluid dynamics with emphasis on active control of sepa- research and development and product development. rated flows in aircraft, helicopter, and tiltrotor applications, actuator development, wind tunnel testing Dajun Chen, Assistant Research Professor, Manager of and instrumentation. Electron Microscope Lab, B.S. Shanghai University of Technology, M.S. Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Ph.D. Hansen Mansy, Research Associate Professor. B.S., M.S., South Dakota School of Mines and Technology. Cairo University (Egypt); Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Microstructure characterization of materials; electron Technology. Biomedical acoustics, non-invasive measure- microscopy; phase transformation theory and applica- ment methods, biomedical fluid dynamics, flow-induced tions, fracture mechanics and failure analysis, heat oscillations. treatment processes, and materials manufacturing Paul Reinhard, Research Associate; B.S. Illinois Institute processes. of Technology; current M.S. student. Control of separated Zhiyong Hu, Research Assistant Professor, B.S. Tianjin flow through various active techniques in order to reduce University, MS. PhD Institute of Metal Research, Chinese drag or enhance operational envelopes. Academy of Sciences. Modeling the material processing Cesar A. Sciammarella, Research Professor. Dipl.Eng. (casting, extrusion, carburization, heat treatment), predict- C.E., Buenos Aires University (Argentina); Ph.D., Illinois ing the defects, temperature, stress and strain distribution Institute of Technology. Experimental mechanics of solids in materials, optimizing the process parameters. with particular emphasis on optics applied to mechanics of materials and stress analysis and fracture mechanics.
Federico Sciammarella, Research Assistant Professor. B.S., M.S. and Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology. Materials processing and laser-cladding.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 243 Department of Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering
Admission Requirements
Cumulative minimum undergraduate GPA: 3.0/4.0 graduate study in the department is available on the GRE score minimum: departmental Web site (http://mmae.iit.edu) and in the For tests taken prior to Oct. 1, 2002: 1600 MMAE main office (243 Engineering 1) to all registered (combined) MMAE graduate students, and should be consulted regu- For tests taken on or after Oct. 1, 2002: 1000 larly for information on procedures, deadlines, forms and (quantitative + verbal) 3.0 (analytical writing) examinations. Departmental seminars and colloquia are Typical admitted quantitative score is 650 minimum. conducted on a regular basis. All full-time graduate stu- TOEFL minimum: 550/213* dents must register for the MMAE 593 seminar course each semester and attend them regularly. Meeting the minimum GPA and test score requirements does not guarantee admission. Test scores and GPA are The department reserves the right to review and approve only two of several important factors considered. or deny the application for admission of any prospective Admission as a regular graduate student normally degree-seeking student. Non-degree graduate students requires a bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution who intend to seek a graduate degree from the depart- in mechanical engineering, aerospace engineering, metal- ment must maintain a GPA of 3.0 and must apply for lurgical engineering, materials engineering or engineering admission as a degree-seeking student prior to the com- mechanics. A candidate with a bachelor’s degree in pletion of nine credit hours of study. A maximum of nine another field, and with proficiency in other engineering credit hours of approved coursework taken as a nonde- disciplines, mathematics and physics, may also be eligible gree student and passed with a grade of "B" or better for admission. However, students must remove any defi- may be applied to the degree. ciencies in essential undergraduate courses that are prerequisites for the chosen degree program in addition to Maintaining the minimum GPA requirement does not meeting the other requirements of the graduate program. guarantee admission to MMAE graduate degree pro- grams. No more than nine credit hours of coursework The associate chair for graduate studies serves as a tem- taken as a non-degree graduate student may be com- porary adviser to new full-time and part-time graduate pleted before filing a subsequent program of study for an students admitted to the department as matriculated stu- advanced degree. dents until an appropriate faculty member is selected as the adviser. Students are responsible for following the * Paper-based test score/computer-based test score. departmental procedures for graduate study. A guide to Master of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Master of Materials Science and Engineering 30 credit hours nent adviser prior to completing their first semester of graduate study. A graduate student working for the These programs are designed for working professionals, degree on a part-time basis should select a permanent and are aimed at broadening student potential, adviser before registering for the twelfth credit hour. enhancing technical versatility and, in some instances, The student, in consultation with his or her advisor, pre- providing the opportunity for changes in career path. pares a program of study that reflects individual needs The Professional Master’s programs are course-only, and interests. The advisor, as well as the department’s professionally oriented degree programs and require a Graduate Studies Committee, the Department Chair, minimum of 30 credit hours. There is no thesis or com- and the Graduate College must approve this program. prehensive examination requirement. Full-time graduate Students working toward this degree are not eligible for students enrolled in the program should select a perma- departmental financial support.
Course Requirements for the Master of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Required courses Students may choose from a list of courses specific to MMAE504 Engineering Analysis Ia their area of interest to complete degree requirements. AND one of the following: Up to nine credit hours at the 400-level are allowed, MMAE451 Finite Element Methods in Engineering assuming the courses were not required for an under- MMAE502 Engineering Analysis II graduate degree. Up to six credit hours of accelerated MMAE505 Numerical Methods in Engineering (700-level) courses are allowed. MMAE517 Computational Fluid Dynamics MMAE532 Advanced Finite Element Methods MMAE538 Computational Techniques in Finite Element Methods MMAE539 Nonlinear Finite Element Analysis MMAE577 Lasers in Manufacturing
244 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering
Course Requirements for the Master of Materials Science and Engineering
Required courses Required courses (for all students not specializing in ferrous metallurgy) (for students specializing in ferrous metallurgy) MMAE 563 Advanced Mechanical Metallurgy MMAE 563 Advanced Mechanical Metallurgy MMAE 569 Advanced Physical Metallurgy MMAE 569 Advanced Physical Metallurgy AND MMAE 574 Ferrous Transformations MMAE 468 Introduction to Ceramic Materials OR MMAE 575 Ferrous Products: Metallurgy and Manufacture MMAE 486 Properties of Ceramics AND one course selected from the following: To complete the degree requirements, students may MMAE 467 Fundamental Principles of Polymeric Materials choose from a list of courses and may apply up to nine MMAE 578 Fiber Composite Materials credit hours of 400-level non-core courses, as long as they MMAE 579 Characterization of Polymers were not used to satisfy requirements for an undergradu- MMAE 580 Structure and Properties Polymers ate degree. Up to six credit hours of accelerated (700-level) courses are allowed.
Master of Science in Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Master of Science in Materials Science and Engineering
32 credit hours research. Before completion of the first semester of grad- Thesis uate study, full-time students should select an area of Oral comprehensive exam specialization and a permanent adviser. Graduate stu- dents pursuing the M.S. degree on a part-time basis The Master of Science degree program advances knowl- should select a permanent adviser before registering for edge through post-baccalaureate coursework and their twelfth credit hour. The student, in consultation state-of-the-art research in preparation for careers in with the adviser, prepares a program of study that industrial research and development. The M.S. degree is reflects individual needs and interests. The adviser must also generally acceptable as a prerequisite for study approve this program, as well as the department’s toward the doctorate. In line with the department’s Graduate Studies Committee, the department chair, and approach to its graduate programs, a student has consid- the Graduate College. erable flexibility, in consultation with his or her program adviser, in formulating an M.S. program. After completion of the thesis, the student is required to pass an oral comprehensive examination on his or her The M.S. in Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering or thesis and related topics. The examination committee the M.S. in Materials Science and Engineering requires consists of at least three appropriate faculty members completion of a minimum of 32 credit hours of approved who are nominated by the thesis adviser and appointed work, which includes six to eight credit hours of thesis by the department’s Graduate Studies Committee.
Course Requirements for the Master of Science in Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering
Required courses Fluid Dynamics: MMAE 501 Engineering Analysis Ib MMAE 510 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics MMAE 502 Engineering Analysis II AND Solids and Structures: The required core course in the student’s major MMAE 530 Advanced Mechanics of Solids area of study AND Thermal Sciences: Six to 13 credit hours of non-core courses in the major area MMAE 520 Advanced Thermodynamics AND Elective courses if needed. No more than two 400-level courses that were not required for the completion of an undergraduate Core courses as determined by area of study degree will be accepted as satisfying part of the program. Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing: Students with interdisciplinary programs will be given MMAE 546 Advanced Manufacturing Engineering special consideration. Up to six credit hours of acceler- ated (700-level) courses are allowed. Dynamics and Control: MMAE 541 Advanced Dynamics
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 245 Department of Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering
Course Requirements for the Master of Science in Materials Science and Engineering
Required core courses Up to 12 credit hours of 400-level, non-core courses (12 credit hours) that were not required for the completion of an under- MMAE 563 Advanced Mechanical Metallurgy graduate degree and approved by the Graduate Studies MMAE 569 Advanced Physical Metallurgy Committee may count toward satisfying this require- AND ment. Up to six credit hours of accelerated (700-level) MMAE 468 Introduction to Ceramic Materials OR courses are allowed. MMAE 486 Properties of Ceramics AND one course selected from the following: MMAE 467 Fundamental Principles of Polymeric Materials MMAE 578 Fiber Composite Materials MMAE 579 Characterization of Polymers OR MMAE 580 Structure and Properties of Polymers AND 12-14 hours of non-core courses
Master of Engineering in Manufacturing via Internet 30 credit hours hours) MMAE 563 Advanced Mechanical Metallurgy (3 credit The professional Master of Engineering in hours) Manufacturing via Internet is a course-only, profes- MMAE 589 Applications in Reliability Engineering I (3 sionally oriented degree program that requires a credit hours) minimum of 30 credit hours. There is no thesis or MMAE 590 Applications in Reliability Engineering II (3 comprehensive examination requirement. The stu- credit hours) dent, in consultation with the academic advisor, MMAE 704 Introduction to Finite Element Analysis (2 prepares a program reflecting individual needs and credit hours) interests. All courses are administered online. MMAE 715 Project Management (2 credit hours) MMAE 720 Design Assurance (2 credit hours)
Courses Required core courses (Select 30 credit hours) MMAE 545 Advanced CAD/CAM (3 credit hours) MMAE 433 Design of Thermal Systems (3 credit hours) MMAE 546 Advanced Manufacturing Engineering (3 credit MMAE 445 CAD/CAM with Numerical Control (3 credit hours) hours) MMAE 547 Computer-Integrated Manufacturing (3 credit MMAE 474 Metals Processing (3 credit hours) hours) MMAE 481 Introduction to Joining Processes (3 credit MMAE 560 Statistical Quality and Process Control (3 credit hours) hours) MMAE 540 Robotics and Mechatronics (3 credit hours) AND MMAE 545 Advanced CAD/CAM (3 credit hours) One materials course: MMAE 546 Advanced Manufacturing Engineering (3 credit MMAE 563 Advanced Mechanical Metallurgy (3 credit hours) hours) MMAE 547 Computer-Integrated Manufacturing (3 credit AND hours) One course with emphasis on numerical methods: MMAE 557 Advanced Computer-Integrated Manufacturing MMAE 704 Introduction to Finite Element Analysis (2 (3 credit hours) credit hours) MMAE 560 Statistical Quality and Process Control (3 credit
246 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering
Doctor of Philosophy in Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Doctor of Philosophy in Materials Science and Engineering
84 credit hours beyond the Bachelor of Science ground in order to determine the student’s potential for Qualifying examination achieving a doctorate. 16 credit hours (minimum) of courses beyond the M.S. One full year (minimum) of thesis research The student, in consultation with the advisor, prepares a Comprehensive examination program of study to meet individual needs and interests, Dissertation and oral defense which must then be approved by the advisor, the depart- ment’s Graduate Studies Committee, the Department This program provides advanced, research-based educa- Chair, and the Graduate College. The program of study tion and knowledge through advanced coursework, usually consists of at least one full year of advanced state-of-the-art and original research, and publication of coursework beyond the master’s degree and a minimum novel results in preparation for careers in academia and of one full year of thesis research. industrial research and development. After the student essentially completes all coursework, he The department offers programs leading to the Ph.D. in or she must pass the Ph.D. comprehensive examination. Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering and the Ph.D. in Conducted by the student’s Thesis Advisory Committee, Materials Science and Engineering. The doctoral degree this examination must be completed at least one year is awarded in recognition of a high level of mastery in one prior to graduation. of the several fields of the department including a signifi- cant original research contribution. A student working Concentrated research to satisfy the requirements of a toward the Ph.D. degree has great flexibility in formulat- doctoral dissertation is ordinarily conducted after the ing an overall program to meet individual needs under comprehensive examination has been passed. The disser- the guidance of an advisor and the department. tation must be approved by the student’s Thesis Advisory Committee. Thesis research should be equivalent to at In order to maintain the standards expected in this least one full year’s work, corresponding to up to 36 the- degree program, there are requirements that must be sat- sis credit hours. This work is performed on campus; the isfied. Primarily, the Ph.D. candidate should meet the department’s Graduate Studies Committee and the Dean requirements for a master’s degree or present evidence of the Graduate College must approve off-campus that he or she has reached an equivalent level of profi- research. The doctoral dissertation is expected to contain ciency. a distinct and substantial original contribution to the stu- dent’s field of study. After the research has been Further, the student must be accepted by a thesis advisor completed and a preliminary draft of the dissertation is and pass a qualifying examination given by the depart- approved, the candidate defends his or her thesis at a ment in order to be admitted to candidacy for the Ph.D. final oral examination, which is open to the public. degree. The examination evaluates the student’s back-
Course Requirements for Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering MMAE 501 Engineering Analysis Ib Dynamics and Control: MMAE 502 Engineering Analysis II MMAE 541 Advanced Dynamics MMAE 503 Advanced Engineering Analysis MMAE 507 Introduction to Continuum Mechanics Fluid Dynamics: AND MMAE 510 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 12 or more credit hours of coursework in major area of study AND Solids and Structures: The required core course in a second area: MMAE 530 Advanced Mechanics of Solids Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing: MMAE 546 Advanced Manufacturing Engineering Thermal Sciences: MMAE 520 Advanced Thermodynamics
AND Elective courses as needed.
Course Requirements for Material Science and Engineering
MMAE 563 Advanced Mechanical Metallurgy MMAE 467 Fundamental Principles of Polymeric Materials MMAE 569 Advanced Physical Metallurgy MMAE 578 Fiber Composite Materials AND MMAE 579 Characterization of Polymers MMAE 468 Introduction to Ceramic Materials OR MMAE 580 Structure and Properties of Polymers MMAE 486 Properties of Ceramics AND AND one course selected from the following: 36–60 credit hours of non-core courses.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 247 Department of Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering
Certificate Programs
Computer Integrated Design and Manufacturing Product Quality and Reliability Assurance
Required courses (select four) Required courses MMAE 445 CAD/CAM with Numerical Control (3 credit MMAE 560 Statistical Quality and Process Control (3 credit hours) hours) MMAE 540 Robotics and Mechatronics (3 credit hours) MMAE 589 Applications in Reliability Engineering I (3 MMAE 545 Advanced CAD/CAM (3 credit hours) credit hours) MMAE 547 Computer Integrated Manufacturing (3 credit MMAE 590 Applications in Reliability Engineering II (3 hours) credit hours) MMAE 557 Advanced Computer Integrated Manufacturing MMAE 720 Introduction to Design Assurance (2 credit (3 credit hours) hours)
Course Descriptions
Numbers in parentheses MMAE 502 MMAE 504 indicate class, lab and total Engineering Analysis II Engineering Analysis Ia credit hours, respectively. Generalized functions. Green’s func- Matrices, linear vector spaces tions, integral equations. Fredholm and transformations, eigenvalue MMAE 501 and Volterra equations, Hilbert- problems. System of first-order dif- Engineering Analysis Ib Schmidt theory, singular integral ferential equations. Functions of Matrices, Gauss-Jordan elimination, equations. Integral transforms: matrices and Cayley-Hamilton rank of a matrix, linear vector Fourier, Laplace, Hankel and Mellin theorem. Hilbert space and Fourier spaces and transformations, transforms. Prerequisite: MMAE series. Differential eigenvalue eigenvalue problems. Functions of 501. (3-0-3) problems. Sturm-Liouville equation. matrices and Cayley-Hamilton theo- Calculus of variations, Euler- rem. Hilbert space and Fourier MMAE 503 Lagrange equations, Legendre series. Differential eigenvalue prob- Advanced Engineering Analysis transformation. Mini-max problems. lems. Sturm-Liouville equation. Ordinary differential equations in Rayleigh-Ritz and Finite element Calculus of variations, Euler- the complex domain. Elementary approximations. Hamilton’s princi- Lagrange equations. Rayleigh-Ritz properties. Series solutions. ple. Prerequisite: MMAE 350, and finite element approximations. Riemann’s P-function. Normal and MATH 331, MATH 333 or Hamilton’s principle. Complex subnormal solutions. Classification MATH 461. (3-0-3) variables, functions of a complex of ODE by singularities. Classical variable, analytic functions and polynomials and special functions of MMAE 505 Cauchy-Riemann equations. ODE. Solutions by definite integrals Numerical Methods in Engineering Multiple-valued functions and and integral transforms. Asymptotic Introduction to numerical methods branch cuts. Integration in the series. Methods of Laplace, steepest in engineering. Polynomial interpola- complex plane. Goursat theorem. descents, and stationary phase. tion. Solution of scalar nonlinear Cauchy integral theorem. Evaluation Stokes phenomenon. Asymptotic equations by interactive methods. of real integrals. Conformal mapping. solutions by WKB, Langer and Olver Solution of linear systems of equa- Laplace equation. Applications in methods. Prerequisite: MMAE 502. tions by direct methods. Discussion steady-state heat conduction and of error estimation and convergence incompressible fluids. Prerequisites: (3-0-3) criteria. Finite difference techniques MMAE 350, MATH 331, MATH 333, for initial value problems and two- or MATH 461. (4-0-4) point boundary value problems.
248 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering
Introduction to finite difference exact solutions, self-similarity. MMAE 514 techniques for partial differential Admissibility of idealizations and Stability of Viscous Flows equations. Prerequisite: B.S. degree their applications; inviscid, adiabatic, Concept of hydrodynamic stability. in engineering and familiarity with a irrotational, incompressible, bound- Governing equations. Analytical and computer programming language. ary-layer, quasi one-dimensional, numerical treatment of eigenvalue (3-0-3.) linearized and creeping flows. problems and variational methods. Vorticity theorems. Unsteady Inviscid stability of parallel flows MMAE 506 Bernoulli equation. Basic flow solu- and spiral flows. Thermal instability Computational Methods tions. Basic features of turbulent and its consequences. Stability of in Engineering Analysis flows. Corequisite: MMAE 501. (4-0-4) channel flows, layered fluid flows, Numerical methods applied to jets and flows around cylinders. engineering analysis. Methods MMAE 511 Other effects and their consequences; for solving nonlinear equations, Dynamics of Compressible Fluids moving frames, compressibility, numerical linear algebra, approxi- Low-speed compressible flow past stratification, hydromagnetics. mation of functions, numerical bodies. Linearized, subsonic, and Nonlinear theory and energy meth- integration, finite difference meth- supersonic flow past slender bodies. ods. Transition to turbulence. ods. Applications to mechanics and Similarity laws. Transonic flow. Prerequisites: MMAE 502, MMAE mechanical and aerospace engineer- Hypersonic flow, mathematical theory 510. (4-0-4) ing problems. Survey and use of of characteristics. Applications various software libraries including including shock and nonlinear wave MMAE 515 IMSL. Prerequisite: MMAE 505. interaction in unsteady one-dimen- Engineering Acoustics (3-0-3) sional flow and two-dimensional, Characteristics of sound waves in MMAE 507 planar and axisymmetric supersonic two and three dimensions. External Introduction flow. Prerequisite: MMAE 510. (3-0-3) and internal sound wave propaga- to Continuum Mechanics tion. Transmission and reflection MMAE 512 of sound waves through media. A unified treatment of those topics Dynamics of Viscous Fluids that are common to solid and fluid Sources of sound from fixed and continua. General discussion of Navier-Stokes equations and some moving bodies. Flow-induced vibra- Cartesian tensors. Deformation, simple exact solutions. Oseen-Stokes tions. Sound-level measurement strain, strain invariants, rotation, flows. Boundary-layer equations and techniques. (3-0-3) compatibility conditions. Motion, their physical interpretations. Flows velocity, deformation. Momentum, along walls and in channels. Jets and MMAE 516 moment of momentum, energy, wakes. Separation and transition to Advanced Experimental Methods stress. Principles of balance of local turbulence. Boundary layers in in Fluid Mechanics momenta, equations of motion. unsteady flows. Thermal and com- Design and use of multiple sensor Principles of frame indifference. pressible boundary layers. probes to measure multiple velocity Constitutive relations for fluids, Mathematical techniques of similarity components, reverse-flow velocities, elastic and plastic solids. transformation, regular and singular Reynolds stress, vorticity components Corequisite: MMAE 501. (4-0-4) perturbation, and finite differences. and intermittency. Simultaneous Prerequisite: MMAE 510. (4-0-4) measurement of velocity and temper- MMAE 508 ature. Theory and use of optical Perturbation Methods MMAE 513 transducers, including laser Asymptotic series, algebraic equa- Turbulent Flows velocimetry and particle tracking. tions, evaluation of integrals using Stationary random functions. Special measurement techniques Laplace, steepest descent and sta- Correlation tensors. Wave number applied to multiphase and reacting tionary phase methods. Differential space. Mechanics of turbulence. flows. Laboratory measurements in equations and solutions using Energy spectrum. Dissipation and transitional and turbulent wakes, stretched coordinates, multiple energy cascade. Turbulence measure- free-shear flows, jets, grid turbulence scales and WKB methods. Matched ments. Isotropic turbulence. Turbulent and boundary layers. Digital signal asymptotic technique and turning transport processes. Mixing and free acquisition and processing. points. Boundary layers, oscillators turbulence. Wall-constrained turbu- Prerequisite: MMAE 550. (2-3-3) and Floquet theory. Prerequisite: lence. Compressibility effects. Sound MMAE 502. (3-0-3) and pseudo-sound generated by turbu- MMAE 517 lence. Familiarity with basic concepts Computational Fluid Dynamics MMAE 510 of probability and statistics and with Classification of partial differential Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics Cartesian tensors is assumed. equations. Finite-difference methods. Kinematics of fluid motion. Prerequisite: MMAE 510. (4-0-4) Numerical solution techniques, Constitutive equations of including direct, iterative and isotropic viscous compressible multigrid methods, for general fluids. Derivation of Navier-Stokes elliptic and parabolic differential equations. Lessons from special equations. Numerical algorithms for
249 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 249 Department of Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering
solution of the Navier-Stokes equa- MMAE 524 MMAE 527 tions in the primitive-variables and Fundamentals of Combustion Heat Transfer: Convection vorticity-streamfunction formula- Combustion stoichiometry. Chemical and Radiation tions. Grids and grid generation. equilibrium. Adiabatic flame temper- Convective heat transfer analyses of Numerical modeling of turbulent ature. Reaction kinetics. Transport external and internal flows. Forced flows. Prerequisites: MMAE 510 and processes. Gas flames classification. and free convection. Dimensional MMAE 505 or an undergraduate Premixed flames. Laminar and tur- analysis. Phase change. Heat and course in numerical methods. (3-0-3) bulent regimes. Flame propagation. mass analogy. Reynolds analogy. Deflagrations and detonations. Turbulence effects. Heat exchangers, MMAE 520 Diffusion flames. Spray combustion. regenerators. Basic laws of radiation Advanced Thermodynamics The fractal geometry of flames. heat transfer. Thermal radiation and Macroscopic thermodynamics: first Ignition theory. Pollutant formation. quantum mechanics pyrometry. and second laws applied to equilib- Engine combustion. Solid phase com- Infrared measuring techniques. rium in multicomponent systems bustion. Combustion diagnostics. Prerequisite: MMAE 525. (3-0-3) with chemical reaction and phase Prerequisite: MMAE 321, MMAE 322 change; availability analysis; evalua- or instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) MMAE528 tions of thermodynamic properties of Liquid-Vapor Phase-Change solids, liquids; and gases for single MMAE 525 Phenomena and multicomponent systems. Fundamentals of Heat Transfer This course focuses on basic elements Applications to contemporary engi- Modes and fundamental laws of heat of condensation and vaporization neering systems. Prerequisite: transfer. The heat equations and processes. Specifically, this course MMAE 321 or equivalent. (3-0-3) their initial and boundary conditions. covers the thermodynamic and Conduction problems solved by sepa- mechanical aspects of interfacial phe- MMAE 521 ration of variables. Numerical nomena and phase transitions, Statistical Thermodynamics methods in conduction. Forced and boiling and condensation near Nature of statistical thermodynam- natural convection in channels and immersed bodies, and internal flow ics, kinetic description of dilute over exterior surfaces. Similarity and convective boiling and condensation. gases. Elementary kinetic theory dimensionless parameters. Heat and Prerequisite: MMAE320, MMAE310 of transport processes. Classical mass analogy. Effects of turbulence. and MMAE322. (3-0-3) statistics of independent particles. Boiling and condensation. Radiation Development of quantum processes and properties. Blackbody MMAE 529 mechanics. Application of quantum and gray surfaces radiation. Theory of Plasticity mechanics. Quantum statistics and Shape factors. Radiation shields. Phenomenological nature of metals, thermostatic properties of ideal Prerequisite: MMAE 322 or instruc- yield criteria for 3-D states of stress, gases. Prerequisite: MMAE 321 or tor’s consent. (3-0-3) geometric representation of the yield instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) surface. Levy-Mises and Prandtl- MMAE 526 Reuss equations, associated and MMAE 522 Heat Transfer: Conduction nonassociated flow rules, Drucker’s Air Conditioning Analysis Fundamental laws of heat conduc- stability postulate and its conse- Heating and cooling design for tion. Heat equations and their initial quences, consistency condition for energy conservation. Transient load and boundary conditions. Steady, nonhardening materials, strain calculations. Computer simulation. unsteady and periodic states in one hardening postulates. Elastic- Solar heating and air conditioning or multidimensional problems. plastic boundary value problems. methods. Two-duct systems versus Composite materials. Methods of Computational techniques for treat- one-duct systems. Advanced system Green’s functions, eigenfunction ment of small and finite plastic analysis and design. Prerequisite: expansions, finite differences, finite deformations. Prerequisite: MMAE MMAE 321. (3-0-3) element methods. Prerequisites: 530. (3-0-3). Same as CAE 588. MMAE 502, MMAE 525. (3-0-3) (3-0-3) MMAE 523 Fundamentals of Power Generation Thermodynamics and design aspects of steam-turbine and gas-turbine power generation. Cycle analysis and heat- rate evaluation. Cogeneration. Advanced concepts such as MHD and wind power. Economic considera- tions. Prerequisite: MMAE 321 or equivalent. (3-0-3)
250 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering
MMAE 530 Goodman diagrams and fatigue crack MMAE 537 Advanced Mechanics of Solids propagation. Notch sensitivity and Finite Element Applications Analysis of stress and strain. stress concentrations. Low-cycle A review of FEM with respect to Stress-strain relations. Two- fatigue, corrosion and thermal application types (fluid, solid and dimensional problems in elasticity. fatigue. Prerequisite: MMAE 271, thermal). Training in the use of FEM Axisymmetrically loaded thick- MMAE 304 or MMAE 303. (3-0-3) on industrial and research problems. walled cylinders and rotating disks. Introduction to several kinds of mesh Plates and axisymmetrical shells. MMAE 534 generation. Discussions on the major Energy methods. Torsion. Beams Mechanics of Composite Materials causes of error. Consideration of on elastic foundations. Unsym- Basic concepts and definitions, modeling techniques including sym- metric bending of straight beams. constituent materials, micro- metry considerations, boundary Prerequisites: MMAE 303 or MMAE mechanics, macromechanics. Elastic conditions and constraint equations. 304. Corequisite: MMAE 504 or behavior and strength of unidirec- Prerequisite: MMAE 451 or MMAE 501. (3-0-3) tional lamina. Elastic behavior of CAE 442. (2-0-2) multidirectional laminates, lamina- MMAE 531 tion theory. Stress analysis and MMAE 538 Theory of Elasticity strength of multidirectional lami- Computational Techniques Notions of stress and strain, field nates, failure theories. Prerequisite: in Finite Element Methods equations of linearized elasticity. MMAE 303 or 304 (2-0-2) Survey of numerical methods as Plane problems in rectangular and applied to FEM software. Database polar coordinates. Problems without MMAE 535 management, equation solvers, a characteristic length. Plane prob- Design and Analysis eigenvalue routines and schemes lems in linear elastic fracture of Brittle Structures for direct integration (both implicit/ mechanics. Complex variable Analysis algorithm based on statisti- explicit), all as employed in the techniques, energy theorems, cal fracture theory. Introduction to development of a finite element pro- approximate numerical techniques. both conventional and extreme value gram. Topics also covered include Prerequisite: MMAE 530. (4-0-4) statistics, combined stress theory, band and front minimizer, static and load redistribution models, and speci- dynamic substructuring via superele- MMAE 532 men testing and design. Design ments, and sensitivity studies. Same Finite Element Methods II philosophies including structural as CAE 534. Prerequisite: MMAE Continuation of MMAE 451/CAE reliability theory, destructive proof 451 or CAE 442. (3-0-3) 442. Covers the theory and practice testing, and prestressing and seg- of advanced finite element proce- menting. Applications to static MMAE 539 dures. Topics include implicit and design, thermal shock, and fragmen- Nonlinear Finite Element Analysis explicit time integration, stability of tation of structures such as ceramic FEM as applied to nonlinear prob- integration algorithms, unsteady nose cones, leading edges and lems. Contact problems, the heat conduction, treatment of plates machine tools. Prerequisite: MMAE mechanics of large deformation, and shells, small-strain plasticity, 303 or MMAE 304. (3-0-3) full and updated Lagrange formula- and treatment geometric nonlinear- tions, review of plasticity, solution ity. Practical engineering problems MMAE 536 algorithms. Eulerian approaches. in solid mechanics and heat transfer Experimental Solid Mechanics Same as CAE 535. Prerequisite: are solved using MATLAB and com- Review of applied elasticity. Stress, MMAE 507. (3-0-3) mercial finite element software. strain and stress-strain relations. Special emphasis is placed on proper Basic equations and boundary value MMAE 540 time step and convergence tolerance problems in plane elasticity. Methods Robotics and Mechatronics selection, mesh design, and results of strain measurement and related Classification of robots, kinematics interpretation. Prerequisite: MMAE instrumentation. Electrical resis- and inverse kinematics of manipula- 451 or CAE 442 or MMAE 51/CAE tance strain gauges, strain gauge tors, differential kinematics, 442. (3-0-3) circuits and recording instruments. trajectory planning, modeling of Analysis of strain gauge data. Brittle systems, integrative actuators, MMAE 533 coatings. Photoelasticity; photoelastic sensors, controllers and interfacing. Fatigue and Fracture Mechanics coatings; moire methods; interfero- Prerequisites: MMAE 305, Analysis of the general state of stress metric methods. Applications of PHYS 300. (3-0-3) and strain in solids; dynamic frac- these methods in the laboratory. ture tests (FAD, CAT). Linear elastic Prerequisite: MMAE 271, MMAE 303 MMAE 541 fracture mechanics (LEFM), Griffith- or MMAE 304. (3-2-4) Advanced Dynamics Irwin analysis, ASTM KIC, KIPCI, Kinematics of rigid bodies. Rotating KIA, KID. Plane stress, plane strain; reference frames and coordinate yielding fracture mechanics (COD, transformations; Inertia dyadic. JIC). Fatigue crack initiation. Newton-Euler equations of motion.
251 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 251 Department of Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering
Gyroscopic motion. Conservative three-dimensional object and curved additives. Solid lubricants. Examples forces and potential functions. surface representations. Surface of tribology applied to engineering Generalized coordinates and versus solid modeling methods. design. Prerequisite: Instructor’s generalized forces. Lagrange’s Numerical control of machine tools consent. (3-0-3) equations. Holonomic and non- and factory automation. Applications holonomic constraints. Lagrange using commercial CAD/CAM in MMAE 550 multipliers. Kane’s equations. design projects. Prerequisite: MMAE Experimental Methods Elements of orbital and spacecraft 445 or instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) in Mechanical Engineering dynamics. Prerequisite: MMAE 305. Design and implementation of Corequisite: MMAE 504 or 501. MMAE 546 computer-based measurement sys- (3-0-3) Advanced Manufacturing tems. Analog and digital signal Engineering conditioning. Text and graphic-based MMAE 542 Analytical, experimental and com- programming for data acquisition Advanced Mechanical Vibrations puter simulation techniques for the and control. Digital processing of Multidegree of freedom discrete study of manufacturing processes deterministic and stochastic data. systems, continuous systems, approx- (forming, machining, casting, joining Digital image acquisition and pro- imate methods, finite element and assembly). Effects of variables cessing. Modern techniques for method, vibration control, random on the quality of manufactured prod- measurements of flow, temperature, vibration, and nonlinear vibration. ucts. Advances in processing of position, strain, force, etc. Hands-on Prerequisite: MMAE 406. (3-0-3) engineered materials. Manufacturing experience in laboratory sessions. cells and flexible manufacturing sys- Prerequisite: Familiarity with MMAE 543 tems. Prerequisite: MMAE 485 or Fortran or C. (3-3-4) Analog and Digital instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) Control Systems MMAE 551 Review of classical control. MMAE 547 Advanced Robotics and Discrete-time systems. Linear differ- Computer-Integrated Mechatronics ence equations. Z-transform. Design Manufacturing Equations of motion of manipulators of digital controllers using transform The use of computer systems in by Newton-Euler and Lagrange for- methods. State-space representations planning and controlling the manu- mulations; independent joint control, of continuous and discrete-time sys- facturing process including product multivariable control, feedback lin- tems. State-feedback. Controllability design, production planning, produc- earization, computer interfacing, and observability. Pole placement. tion control, production processes, trajectory control, compliant motion Optimal control. Linear-Quadratic quality control, production equip- control. Prerequisite: MMAE 540 or Regulator (LQR). Probability and ment and plant facilities. (3-0-3) equivalent. (3-0-3) stochastic processes. Optimal estima- tion. Kalman Filter. Prerequisite: MMAE 548 MMAE 552 MMAE 443. Corequisite: MMAE 504 Principles Practical Machine Design or MMAE 501 (3-0-3) of Minimum-Weight Design This course includes an introduction Minimum weight designs of basic to Precision Engineering, Synthesis MMAE 544 structural elements are developed for of Mechanics, and Case Studies in Optimization Techniques different behavior criteria including Engineering Design. This group of in Computer-Aided Design stiffness, elastic and plastic strength, topics introduces the theory and Optimization theory and practice and stability. A number of optimiza- practical techniques of machine with examples. Finite-dimensional tion techniques are used to explore design. Methods for achieving preci- unconstrained and constrained opti- various structural concepts, such as sion and for linkage design are used mization, Kuhn-Tucker theory, linear prestressing, statistical screening in nearly all mechanical industries. and quadratic programming, penalty and energized systems. Prerequisite: The series of cases provide study of methods, direct methods, approxima- MMAE 303. Corequisite: MMAE 530. actual engineering practice, and tion techniques, duality. Formulation (3-0-3) include applications of gearing, bear- and computer solution of design opti- ings, shifts and linkage analysis with mization problems in structures, MMAE 549 consideration of economics and manufacturing and thermofluid sys- Tribology patents. (3-0-3) tems. Prerequisite: MMAE 505. Surface topography and integrity. (3-0-3) Sliding and rolling friction. MMAE 557 Temperature in sliding contact. Advanced Computer-Integrated MMAE 545 Types, mechanisms, and theories of Manufacturing Advanced CAD/CAM wear. Antifriction and wear-resistant Advanced topics in computer-inte- Interactive computer graphics in materials. Boundary, hydrodynamic grated manufacturing, including mechanical engineering design and and elastohydrodynamic lubrication. control systems, group technology, manufacturing. Mathematics of High pressure and wear-resistant cellular manufacturing, flexible man-
252 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering
ufacturing systems, automated dislocation theory to strengthening MMAE 570 inspection, lean production, just-in- mechanisms. Strain hardening. Solid Computational Methods time production, and agile solution and particle strengthening. in Materials Processing manufacturing systems. Dislocations and grain boundaries. Advanced theories and Prerequisite: MMAE 547. (3-0-3) Grain size strengthening. Creep. computational methods used in Fatigue. Prerequisite: MMAE 271 or understanding and modeling of MMAE 560 instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) various materials processing that Statistical Quality involve deformation, solidification, and Process Control MMAE 565 microstructural changes, etc. This Basic theory, methods and tech- Preferred Orientations course will discuss the fundamental niques of on-line, feedback quality Measurement and analysis of pre- theories and mathematical models control systems for variable and ferred orientations (textures). Theory that describe the relevant physical attribute characteristics. Methods for and control of texture development in phenomena in the computational improving the parameters of the pro- metal processing. Influence on the framework of the finite element duction, diagnosis, and adjustment properties and commercial use of method. It will consist of three parts: processes so that quality loss is mini- metals. Prerequisite: MMAE 271. (1) Lectures on fundamental theories mized. Same as CHE 560. (3-0-3) (2-0-2) and models, (2) computational and numerical methods, and (3) computer MMAE 561 MMAE 566 laboratories. Prerequisites: MMAE Solidification Problems 362, MMAE 451. (3-0-3) Properties of liquids, undercooling, in High-Temperature Materials solidification of single- and polyphase Temperature-dependent mechanical MMAE 571 alloys, zone processes, controlled and properties. Creep mechanisms. Basic Microstructural Characterization directional solidification reactions. concepts in designing high-tempera- of Materials Prerequisite: MMAE 361. (2-0-2) ture materials. Metallurgy of basic Advanced optical microscopy. alloy systems. Surface stability. Scanning and transmission MMAE 562 High-temperature oxidation. Hot cor- electron microscopies. x-ray micro- Design of Modern Alloys rosion. Coatings and protection. analysis. Surface characterization. Phase rule, multicomponent equilib- Elements of process metallurgy. Quantitative microscopy. Elements rium diagrams, determination of Prerequisite: MMAE 564 or instruc- of applied statistics. Prerequisite: phase equilibria, parameters of tor’s consent. (3-0-3) instructor’s consent. (2-3-3) alloy development, prediction of structure and properties. MMAE 567 MMAE 572 Prerequisite: MMAE 361. (2-0-2) Fracture Mechanisms Gas-Metal Reactions Basic mechanisms of fracture and in the Surface Treatment of Steels MMAE 563 embrittlement of metals. Crack initi- Theory of solid and gas carburizing, Advanced Mechanical Metallurgy ation and propagation by cleavage, nitriding, and carbonitriding. Analysis of the general state of stress microvoid coalescence, and fatigue Generation of exothermic, endother- and strain in solids. Analysis of elas- mechanisms. Hydrogen embrittle- mic and special gas atmospheres; ticity, plasticity and fracture, with a ment, stress corrosion cracking and control of atmosphere carburizing major emphasis on the relationship liquid metal embrittlement. Temper potential by dew point and infrared between properties and structure. brittleness and related topics. detectors. Prerequisite: MMAE 361. (2-0-2) Isotropic and anisotropic yield crite- Prerequisites: MMAE 361 and ria. Testing and forming techniques MMAE 271. (3-0-3) MMAE 573 related to creep and superplasticity. Transmission Electron Microscopy Deformation mechanism maps. MMAE 568 Design, construction and operation of Fracture mechanics topics related to Diffusion transmission electron microscope, testing and prediction of service per- Theory, techniques and interpreta- including image formation and prin- formance. Static loading to onset of tion of diffusion studies in metals. ciples of defect analysis in materials rapid fracture, environmentally Prerequisite: MMAE 361. (2-0-2) science applications. Theory and use assisted cracking fatigue, and of state-of-the-art microcharacteriza- corrosion fatigue. Prerequisite: MMAE 569 tion techniques for morphological, MMAE 271. (3-0-3) Advanced Physical Metallurgy crystallographic, and elemental Thermodynamics and kinetics of analysis at high spatial resolutions MMAE 564 phase transformations, theory of at 10 nanometers in metallurgical Dislocations nucleation and growth, metastability, and ceramic studies will also be cov- and Strengthening Mechanisms phase diagrams. Prerequisite: ered. Prerequisite: Instructor’s Basic characteristics of dislocations MMAE 464. (3-0-3) consent. (2-3-3) in crystalline materials. Dislocations and slip phenomena. Application of
253 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 253 Department of Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering
MMAE 574 MMAE 580 that enables engineers to make Ferrous Transformations Structure and Properties design trade-offs that achieve a posi- Allotropic modifications in iron and of Polymers tive impact on the design process. the solid solution effects of the Molecular structure of amorphous, Strengthening their ability to con- important alloying elements on iron. crystalline, and network poly- tribute in a cross functional Physical metallurgy of pearlite, bai- mers. Theories of the glassy state. environment, students gain insight nite and martensite reactions. Transition and melt temperatures. that helps them understand the reli- Physical and mechanical property Model prediction of viscoelastic ability engineering implications changes during eutectoid decomposi- properties. Time-temperature super- associated with a given design objec- tion and tempering. Prerequisite: position principle. Theory of rubber tive, and the customer’s expectations MMAE 361. (3-0-3) elasticity. Prerequisite: MMAE 467. associated with the individual prod- (3-0-3) uct or product platforms that MMAE 575 integrate the design. These expecta- Ferrous Products: Metallurgy MMAE 581 tions are transformed into metrics and Manufacture Theory of Mechanical Behavior against which the design can be mea- Relationships between the engineer- of Polymers sured. A group project focuses on ing properties of steels and the Molecular theories for glass transi- selecting a system, developing a flex- fundamental aspects of steelmaking tions and viscoelastic properties, ible reliability model, and applying and shaping technologies. Topics will strength of rubbery and glassy poly- assessment techniques that suggest include the behavior of high purity mers. Deformation of crystalline options for improving the design of iron; effects of interstitial and substi- polymers. Yield phenomena in glassy the system. (3-0-3) tutional alloying additions; polymers. Photo-elastic properties of metallurgical principles of strength, polymers. Prerequisite: MMAE 580. MMAE 590 ductility and toughness; steelmaking (2-0-2) Applications in Reliability and solidification; post-solidification Engineering II processing; and micro-structure and MMAE 582 This is the second part of a two- crystallographic anisotropy. Ferrous Technology course sequence emphasizing the Prerequisite: MMAE 464. (3-0-3) Production of ferrous materials in importance of positively impacting reliability during the design phase MMAE 576 the steel mill, including treatment of and the implications of not making Materials and Process Selection the iron blast furnace and steel mak- ing in basic oxygen and electric-arc reliability an integrated engineering Context of selection; decision furnace. Processing of the materials function. Much of the subject matter analysis; demand, materials and in the plant and thermodynamic is designed to allow the students to processing profiles; design criteria; reaction considerations. Emerging understand the risks associated with selection schemes; value and perfor- processes will also be discussed. a design and provide the insight to mance oriented selection; case (3-0-3) reduce these risks to an acceptable studies. (3-0-3) level. The student gains an under- MMAE 584 standing of the methods available to MMAE 577 Forging and Forming measure reliability metrics and Lasers in Manufacturing Mechanical and metallurgical basis develops an appreciation for the Lasers and components of laser for successful production of forgings impact manufacturing can have on systems. Applications of lasers in and stampings. Prerequisite: MMAE product performance if careful atten- manufacturing processes, including 271 or instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) tion is not paid to the influencing thermal treatment, drilling, cutting, factors early in the development turning, milling, welding and proto- MMAE 589 process. The discipline of software typing. (3-0-3) Applications in Reliability reliability is introduced, as well as Engineering I the influence that maintainability MMAE 579 has on performance reliability. The Characterization of Polymers This first part of a two-course sequence focuses on the primary sequence culminates in an exhaus- Review of principles and practical building blocks that enable an engi- tive review of the lesson plans in a applications of techniques for charac- way that empowers practicing or neer to effectively communicate and terization of polymeric materials. future engineers to implement their contribute as a part of a reliability Includes discussion of microscopy, acquired knowledge in a variety of engineering effort. Students develop diffraction and scattering methods, functional environments, organiza- an understanding of the long term spectroscopy, thermal analysis, tions and industries. The group and intermediate goals of a reliabil- mechanical property measurements, project for this class is a continuation ity program and acquire the trace analysis methods and rheologi- of the previous course, with an necessary knowledge and tools to cal techniques. Prerequisite: MMAE emphasis on applying the tools and meet these goals. The concepts of 467 or instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) techniques introduced during this both probabilistic and deterministic second of two courses. Prerequisite: design are presented, along with the MMAE 589. (3-0-3) necessary supporting understanding
254 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Department of Mechanical, Materials and Aerospace Engineering
MMAE 591 MMAE 705 class is offered as an intersession Research and Thesis Computer-Aided Design course. (2-0-2) for M.S. Degree with Pro/ENGINEER This course provides an introduction MMAE713 MMAE 593 to computer-aided design and an Engineering Economic Analysis MMAE Seminar associated finite element analysis Introduction to the concepts of Reports on current research. Full- technique. A series of exercises and Engineering Economic Analysis, also time graduate students in the instruction in Pro/ENGINEER will known as micro-economics. Topics department are required to register be completed. The operation of include equivalence, the time value and attend. (1-0-0) Mecanica (the associated FEM pack- of money, selecting between alterna- age) will also be introduced. Previous tives, rate of return analysis, MMAE 594 experience with CAD and FEA will compound interest, inflation, depreci- Project for Professional definitely speed learning, but is not ation, and estimating economic life of Master Students essential. Note: This course is offered an asset. Design projects for the Master of as an intersession course. (2-0-2) MMAE715 Mechanical and Aerospace MMAE 709 Project Management Engineering, Master of Materials Overview of Reliability Engineering This course covers the basic theory Science and Engineering, and Master This course covers the role of reliabil- and practice of project management of Manufacturing Engineering ity in robust product design. It from a practical viewpoint. Topics degrees. (Variable credit.) dwells upon typical failure mode include project management con- investigation and develops strategies cepts, resources, duration vs. effort, MMAE 597 to design them out of the product. Special Topics project planning and initiation, Topics addressed include reliability progress tracking methods, CPM Advanced topics in the fields of concepts, systems reliability, model- and PERT, reporting methods, re- mechanics, mechanical and aero- ing techniques, and system planning, team project concepts, and space, materials science, and availability predications. Case stud- managing multiple projects. manufacturing engineering in which ies are presented to illustrate the Microsoft Project software will be there is special student and staff cost-benefits due to pro-active relia- used extensively. interest. (Variable credit.) bility input to systems design, manufacturing, and testing. (2-0-2) MMAE720 MMAE 691 Design Assurance Research and Thesis MMAE 710 This course covers a range of analyti- for Ph.D. Degree Dynamic and Nonlinear Finite cal and procedural methods which Element Analysis support product and process develop- MMAE 704 This is a four-day course that pro- ment. Also referred to as Six Sigma, Introduction vides a comprehensive this approach ensures a more effec- to Finite-Element Analysis understanding of the theory and tive product by defining design This course provides a comprehen- practice of advanced finite element requirements based on a comprehen- sive overview of the theory and procedures. The course combines lec- sive examination of the practice of the finite element method tures on dynamic and nonlinear circumstances of the application. The by combining lectures with selected finite element analysis with selected methodology includes the use of such laboratory experiences. Lectures computer labs. The lectures cover techniques as time line analysis, cover the fundamentals of linear implicit and explicit time integration cause and effect analysis, failure finite element analysis, with special techniques, stability of integration mode analysis and Taguchi’s robust emphasis on problems in solid algorithms, treatment of material design approach. Additionally, the mechanics and heat transfer. Topics and geometric nonlinearity, and solu- importance of developmental testing include the direct stiffness method, tion techniques for nonlinear finite is emphasized. the Galerkin method, isoparametric element equations. The computer finite elements, numerical integra- labs train students to solve practical MMAE723 tion, development of finite element engineering problems in solid Discrete Event Simulation equations, equation solvers, band- mechanics and heat transfer using width of linear algebraic equations ABAQUS and Hypermesh. Special Introduction to purposes, tools and and other computational issues. Lab emphasis is placed on proper time concepts of Discrete Event sessions provide experience in solv- step and convergence tolerance selec- Simulation with particular emphasis ing practical engineering problems tion, mesh design, and results on simulation of production systems using commercial finite element soft- interpretation. A full set of course for the manufacturing and services ware. Special emphasis is given to notes will be provided to class partic- sectors. Focus will be on theory and mesh design and results interpreta- ipants as well as a CD-ROM application rather than specific soft- tion using commercially available containing course notes, written ware packages, although one pre-and post-processing software. exercises, computer labs, and all program will be used as an example. Note: This course is offered as an worked out examples. Note: This (2-0-2) intersession short course. (2-0-2) 255 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 255 Center for Professional Development
Center for Professional Development
Rice Campus Director, Professional Learning and Business Illinois Institute of Technology Relations: 201 E. Loop Road Ruth Sweetser Wheaton, IL 60187 630.682.6000 Director, Information Technology: www.cpd.iit.edu Ray Trygstad
Director: The Center for Professional Development (CPD) draws on C. Robert Carlson IIT’s extensive experience in adult education to offer tech- nology-oriented training and education for working Director, Information Technology Program: professionals. Courses are taught by IIT professors and Bill Enright industry professionals with significant working, teaching and research experience in their fields. CPD offers educa- Director, Manufacturing /Industrial Technology tion and training in a wide variety of formats including Program: degree, non-degree, certificate, credit and non-credit pro- Keith McKee grams; corporate training; short courses; and seminars ranging from a few hours to several days in length. Director, Business Development: Completion of all CPD non-credit courses will result in Scott Pfeiffer the assignment of Continuing Education Units (CEU) fully accredited by the International Association for Continuing Education and Training (IACET). Degrees Offered
Master of Information Technology and Management Master of Industrial Technology and Operations
Master of Information Technology and Management This 30-credit-hour course-only master’s degree program Students can find more information and program descrip- is designed for working professionals who have a four tion in the “Information Technology and Management” year degree from an accredited college or university. section on page 218 or visit www.cpd.iit.edu/itm.
Master of Industrial Technology and Operations This is a 30 credit-hour, course-only master’s degree pro- program description, please see the section gram designed for those who are already employed in “Manufacturing / Industrial Programs” on page 231 or manufacturing and have a four-year degree from an visit www.mtm.iit.edu. accredited college or university. For more information and
Academic Certificate Program Offered
Computer and Network Security Technologies Certificate Professional Learning Programs Offered Information Technology Certificate Programs Professional Engineer (PE) Engineering Intern (EI) Review Manufacturing/Industrial Technology Certificate Programs Short Course (one to five days) in all disciplines
Professional Learning Programs
Professional Learning Programs are hands-on training the university are represented as well. Courses are avail- classes designed for professionals who are either look- able as ten to seventeen week certificate programs, as ing to upgrade their existing skills or make a career corporate training and as short courses and seminars change into another field. All classes are held in state- ranging from a few hours to several days in length. of-the-art classrooms and computer labs and are taught Instructor-mediated online courses are also available. All by IIT faculty members or by industry professionals courses are designed to meet professional continuing edu- who enhance the learning process with real-world cation requirements and carry Continuing Education knowledge and experience. Unit (CEU) credit.
Particular areas of focus include information technology, Detailed information regarding the course offerings of manufacturing and industrial technology and manage- IIT’s Professional Learning Programs is available at ment, and engineering, but all other disciplines within www.cpd.iit.edu or by calling 630.682.6035
256 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Institute of Psychology
Institute of Psychology
Life Sciences Building Director, Industrial/Organizational Programs: 3101 S. Dearborn St. Roya Ayman Chicago, IL 60616 312.567.3500 Director, Rehabilitation Counseling Program: [email protected] Chow Lam www.iit.edu/colleges/psych The Institute of Psychology offers graduate programs Director: in Clinical, Industrial/Organizational (I/O) and M. Ellen Mitchell Rehabilitation Psychology. The institute’s goal is to provide students with a scientist-practitioner model Assistant Director: of training that integrates theory, research, and practice. Scott B. Morris Each program requires specific research, practicum, internship and curricular activities, which are linked Director, Clinical Program: to the specific goals of the individual training program. Tamara Sher
Degrees Offered
Master of Science in Personnel Doctor of Philosophy in Psychology and Human Resource Development Doctoral specialty training in: Clinical, Master of Science in Psychology Industrial/Organizational, Rehabilitation Master of Science in Rehabilitation Counseling Postdoctoral Retraining in Clinical Psychology
Combined Degree Programs
Bachelor of Science in Psychology/Master of Science Bachelor of Science in Psychology/Master of Science in Personnel and Human Resources Development in Rehabilitation Counseling
Certificate Programs
Compensation Management Rehabilitation Engineering Technology Psychiatric Rehabilitation
Research Center
Psychology faculty and students collaborate on applied research projects through the Center for Research and Service.
Research Facilities
Facilities include laboratories for human behavioral research facilities. There are graduate student offices, a assessment studies, psychophysiological research, testing library and a student lounge. The University infant and maternal attachment research, and testing Center for Disability Resources is housed within the and interviewing laboratories with one-way mirror view- Institute of Psychology. Many journals and databases are ing. Special computer and video equipment is part of the available through IIT’s libraries.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 257 Institute of Psychology
Research Areas
Clinical psychology faculty interests include health psy- ulty interests include leadership, diversity, organizational chology, behavioral medicine, attachment, child social and climate, performance appraisal, test development, selec- emotional development, educational assessment, couples tion bias, and item-response theory. Rehabilitation treatment, family therapy, social support, and mood dis- faculty pursue research in the areas of adjustment to dis- orders. Some clinical students work with Rehabilitation ability, vocational rehabilitation, factors affecting job faculty in areas such as adjustment to disability, stages of placement, rehabilitation engineering technology, and change, stigma and prevention, psychiatric rehabilitation, psychiatric rehabilitation. and cross-cultural issues. Industrial/Organizational fac-
Faculty Roya Ayman, Professor and Director, Jonathon Larson, Clinical Assistant Professor, Industrial/Organizational Program. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Rehabilitation Program. B.A., Western Illinois University of Utah. Leadership, diversity, organizational University; M.S., Southern Illinois University; Ed.D., climate, and work-family interface Roosevelt University. Staff burnout, psychiatric rehabili- tation, supported employment, stigma, mental health Patricia Bach, Assistant Professor and Practicum leadership Coordinator, Clinical Program. B.A., B.S., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Nevada. Psychosocial M. Ellen Mitchell, Associate Professor, Director of the treatment for psychosis; the role of verbal behavior in Institute, Clinical Program. B.A., Hamilton/Kirkland psychopathology; acceptance and commitment therapy College; Ph.D., University of Tennessee. Social support, family and marital therapy Patrick Corrigan, Professor, Rehabilitation Program. B.S., Creighton University; M. A., Roosevelt University; Scott Morris, Associate Professor, Psy.D., Illinois School of Professional Psychology. The Industrial/Organizational Program. B.A., University of stigma of disabilities, the disabilities and rehabilitation of Northern Iowa; M.S., Ph.D., University of Akron. people with serious mental illness Selection (gender) bias
Glen Geist, Professor Emeritus. B.A., Allegheny College; Robert Schleser, Professor, Clinical Program. B.A., M.S., Ph.D., State University of New York, Buffalo. Rutgers University; M.S., Ph.D., Memphis State Factors affecting job placement, rehabilitation counselor University. Sport and performance psychology, develop- education mental issues, educational evaluation
Ruthanna Gordon, Assistant Professor. B.A., Hampshire Tamara Goldman Sher, Associate Professor, Director, College; M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York, Stony Clinical Program. B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., Brook. Decision making, judgment, and memory (special- Ph.D., University of North Carolina. Health psychology, izing in source/reality monitoring) couples therapy, and couples and health
Joyce Hopkins, Associate Professor, Clinical Program. Annette Towler, Associate Professor, B.A., McGill University; M.A., Tufts University; Ph.D., Industrial/Organizational Program. B.Sc., University of University of Pittsburgh. Infant/maternal attachment, London; Ph.D. Rice University. Training and develop- high-risk infants and toddlers, maternal psychopathology, ment, leadership, stigmatization at work and infant development Allen Wolach, Professor Emeritus. B.A., University of Margaret Huyck, Professor and Undergraduate Advisor. Illinois; M.A. Roosevelt University; Ph.D., University of A.B., Vassar College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. New Mexico. Statistical packages, learning models Gerontology, adult development Michael Young, Associate Professor, Clinical Program. Chow Lam, Distinguished Professor, Director, A.B., University of Chicago; M.A., Ph.D., Adelphi. Rehabilitation Program. B.S., M.S.ed., University of Seasonal affective disorder, cognitive models of depres- Wisconsin, Whitewater; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, sion, statistical modeling of psychopathology Madison . Stages of change, cross-cultural issues in reha- bilitation
Frank Lane, Assistant Professor, Rehabilitation Program. B.A., St. Leo College; M.H.S., University of Florida. Applied ethics, attitude measurement, how attitudes pre- vent people with disabilities from full participation
258 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Institute of Psychology
Admission Requirements
Cumulative undergraduate GPA minimum: 3.0/4.0 Applicants for master’s degree programs should have a GRE score minimum: bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution and meet For tests taken prior to Oct. 1, 2002, M.S./Ph.D.: 1200 the minimum standards listed above. The exception is (combined) the master’s in Rehabilitation Counseling; undergraduate For tests taken on or after Oct. 1, 2002, M.S.: 900 general psychology courses are the only required prereq- (quantitative + verbal) 2.5 (analytical writing) uisites for that program. Prerequisite to admission to For tests taken on or after Oct. 1, 2002, Ph.D.: 1000 doctoral programs are a bachelor’s or master’s degree (quantitative + verbal) 3.0 (analytical writing) from an accredited institution, superior academic records Minimum TOEFL score: 550/213* in both undergraduate and graduate programs, and favorable recommendations. GRE results are required for The faculty of the Institute of Psychology place primary all psychology doctoral programs. Applications for admis- emphasis on the GRE scores in the verbal and quantita- sion are evaluated by separate committees for each tive sections. The master’s program in Rehabilitation program (Clinical, Industrial/Organizational, Counseling does not require the GRE. Meeting the mini- Rehabilitation). Therefore, a prospective student must mum GPA and test score requirements does not designate a specialty area on the appropriate form. guarantee admission. Test scores and GPA are just two of several important factors considered. At least 18 credit * Paper-based test score/computer-based test score. hours of undergraduate study in psychology, with at least one course each in experimental psychology and statis- tics, are required.
Program Descriptions
The Clinical Psychology Ph.D. program, accredited by the degree program receive the knowledge and skills neces- American Psychological Association, offers training from sary for professions in human resources, as well as the cognitive-behavioral and social learning theoretical management consulting positions. Ph.D. students will frameworks. Based on the Boulder scientist-practitioner acquire a strong theoretical and methodological back- model, the program emphasizes an integration of clinical ground in various areas of I/O psychology and are practice and applied clinical research. Working with a required to complete a minimum of two research projects. faculty mentor, students begin research work their first Many students in the past have presented and published year. Students in the rehabilitation specialization track their work. The Ph.D. curriculum prepares students to take rehabilitation courses as electives and do research choose from several career paths in consulting, corporate with Rehabilitation faculty. Clinical practicum experi- human resources, or research and teaching. ences take place at general and specialized clinical sites throughout the Chicago area. All students complete an The Rehabilitation program prepares master’s degree APA-accredited internship. The program prepares stu- students to perform a vital role as counselors in the voca- dents to be license-eligible in the state of Illinois. tional, educational, and personal adjustment of persons Graduates typically function as practitioners and with physical, mental, and emotional disabilities. The researchers in medical centers and multi-disciplinary program also provides advanced training for persons clinical settings. presently employed in agencies and facilities offering ser- vices to persons with disabilities. It prepares counselors The Industrial and Organizational Psychology program for employment in state, federal, and private rehabilita- emphasizes students’ exposure to the scientists’ and prac- tion agencies; hospitals; correctional institutions; public titioners’ viewpoints of the field. Students undertake a schools; rehabilitation centers; and other organizations balanced education in personnel and organizational top- serving persons with physical, psychiatric, mental, social ics, disciplines and research. The program strengthens or emotional disabilities. The Ph.D. program prepares students’ quantitative skills for research and consulting. individuals for careers in university teaching, research All students are expected to complete two internships. and clinical practice in Rehabilitation Psychology. A These positions are within various organizations where minor is required for the rehabilitation counseling educa- students are responsible for human resource manage- tion track. ment and development functions. Students in the Personnel and Human Resource Development master’s
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 259 Institute of Psychology
Master of Science in Personnel and Human Resources Development
43 credit hours These core courses provide a broad understanding of human relations in the workplace through theory and The M.S. in Personnel and Human Resources practice. Electives in industrial/organizational psychol- Development is designed for individuals who wish ogy, vocational rehabilitation, public administration, law to work as applied professionals in areas such as and business allow for specialization. Designed as a two- management consulting, human resource management, year full-time program with a minimum of 43 credit industrial relations and consumer behavior. hours required, it also can be undertaken on a part-time basis. A research thesis or project is not required. Core course requirements Completing each I/O and statistics course with a mini- PSYC 511 Psychometric Theory mum of a "B" constitutes the comprehensive requirement. PSYC 529 Personnel Selection and Evaluation PSYC 545 Graduate Statistics I Minimum requirements for admission include a bache- PSYC 546 Graduate Statistics II lor’s degree from an accredited institution, a minimum PSYC 555 Training undergraduate GPA of 3.2/4.0, GRE results, and favorable PSYC 556 Organizational Psychology recommendations. There is no foreign language require- PSYC 558 Internship ment. Further information can be obtained from the PSYC 559 Internship institute upon request.
Master of Science in Psychology
32-36 credit hours This sequence constitutes the comprehensive requirement Thesis and oral defense for the degree. Students must complete it with a mini- mum of a "B’’ average and no more than one "C’’ in these The M.S. in Psychology is almost exclusively a prelimi- four core courses. There is no foreign language require- nary degree for students working toward a Ph.D. The aim ment. The remaining courses are planned by the student is to evaluate and prepare students for work beyond the and adviser according to the requirements of the program M.S. All candidates for the M.S. in Psychology must com- area in which the student wishes to specialize. No more plete the following requirements: than 12 credit hours may be taken below the 500 level. More detailed information concerning requirements for PSYC 545 Graduate Statistics I specialization in the areas of experimental or industrial/ PSYC 546 Graduate Statistics II organizational psychology is available from the institute PSYC 591 Research and Thesis for the M.S. Degree upon request.
All students pursuing the M.S. in Psychology degree Each student must prepare a thesis proposal before must complete the following four core courses within two beginning M.S. thesis research. The thesis proposal is years after the sequence is started: prepared in collaboration with a faculty research advisor. Upon completion of the thesis, the student must satisfac- PSYC 501 Physiological Foundations of Behavior torily complete an oral examination, which is limited to PSYC 502 Social Bases of Behavior a defense of the thesis. For students in the Clinical PSYC 503 Learning, Cognition, and Motivation Psychology program, the oral examination committee PSYC 504 Individual and Cultural Differences must include the advisor and one additional Clinical Psychology faculty member. For students in the Industrial and Organizational Psychology program, the oral examination committee must include the advisor and two additional psychology faculty members, at least one of whom must be from the I/O program.
260 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Institute of Psychology
Master of Science in Rehabilitation Counseling
60 credit hours The two-year 60-credit-hour program allows ample time Project for electives. A student entering with appropriate under- graduate courses and at least one year of work experience The Rehabilitation Counseling education program, fully as a rehabilitation counselor may complete the degree in accredited by the Council on Rehabilitation Education, is a minimum of 48 credit hours. Graduation requires suc- designed to educate the student to function as a rehabili- cessful completion of a research project. The tation counselor for persons with physical or mental comprehensive requirement is satisfied when the student disabilities who need psychosocial and vocational read- completes the following courses: justment. The goal of rehabilitation is to help such persons realize their optimum level of vocational adjust- PSYC 410 Vocational Rehabilitation ment and independent living through the provision or PSYC 411 Medical Aspects of Disabling Conditions coordination of evaluation, physical restoration, counsel- PSYC 412 Multicultural and Psychosocial ing, training, placement and follow-up services. The Aspects of Disability demand for rehabilitation counselors has exceeded the PSYC 513 Assessment in Rehabilitation Counseling supply in recent years, in public, private, nonprofit and PSYC 562 Job Placement for-profit sectors. PSYC 563 Human Growth and Career Development PSYC 564 Rehabilitation Research Seminar A core of required graduate courses provides the basic PSYC 594 Practicum in Rehabilitation Counseling knowledge and skills necessary to the field of rehabilita- AND tion. These include rehabilitation principles and PSYC 578 Rehabilitation Internship OR practices, vocational counseling, job placement, medical PSYC 579 Rehabilitation Internship and psychosocial aspects of disability, vocational evalua- tion and research methods. Full-time students admitted to the program have fre- quently received traineeships of tuition and stipend Concurrently, field work of progressively increasing com- funded by the Rehabilitation Services Administration. plexity takes place at a variety of rehabilitation facilities in Traineeships are awarded on the basis of economic need the Chicago area. These include the state department of but, as the precise number varies from year to year, they vocational rehabilitation, community rehabilitation facili- cannot be guaranteed to any student at the time of accep- ties, rehabilitation centers, mental health centers, medical tance. hospitals, and other facilities for persons with mental and physical disabilities. Within the program, two specializa- For persons providing direct rehabilitation service in tion tracks are available for interested students. The community facilities and agencies, and who want the psychiatric rehabilitation track prepares students to work M.S. in Rehabilitation Counseling degree or need it to with persons with mental illness. The assistive technology maintain employment, there is a 48 credit hour part-time track prepares students to use assistive technology and program. Covering three years, students take one devices to help persons with disabilities in independent liv- Saturday course and one evening course for six semesters ing and work accommodations. and one Saturday course for each of three summers. The required fieldwork experiences are usually worked out with the students’ place of employment. This is a cohort program, with a new class beginning every three years.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 261 Institute of Psychology
Doctor of Philosophy
96 credit hours approval by a committee of the faculty. The final require- Comprehensive exam ment of the Ph.D. program is an oral examination Dissertation and oral defense restricted to defense of the thesis and conducted by a Internship (for Clinical specialization) committee nominated by the Institute and appointed by the dean of graduate studies. A minimum of 96 credit hours beyond the bachelor’s degree is required for the Ph.D. Individual specialties The Ph.D. program with specialization in Clinical (e.g. Clinical) may require completion of additional Psychology is accredited by the American Psychological courses. There is no foreign language requirement. Association. Completion typically requires five years of Details concerning specific program requirements are study beyond the bachelor’s degree, including a one-year available from the institute upon request. full-time internship. Students with prior graduate work may receive advanced credit. The program follows the sci- All candidates for the Ph.D. in Psychology must complete entist-practitioner model and emphasizes an integration the following requirements: of clinical practice and applied clinical research. Working with a faculty mentor, students begin research work their PSYC 545 Graduate Statistics I first year. Students complete 2-3 years of 15-20 PSYC 546 Graduate Statistics II hour/week practicum training that includes a wide vari- PSYC 691 Research and Thesis for the Ph.D. degree ety of assessment and treatment experiences with a broad range of clients, including minority and under- And at least two of the following: (Students must check served populations. Training sites include medical with their academic advisor to ascertain which of the fol- centers, community mental health centers and clinics lowing courses best pertains to their specific program throughout the Chicago metropolitan area. Clinical emphasis) supervision is provided both onsite and at IIT. All stu- dents complete an APA-accredited internship. The PSYC 540 Research Methods program prepares students to be license-eligible in the PSYC 551 Design and Implementation state of Illinois. Graduates typically function as practi- of Experiments tioners and researchers in medical centers and PSYC 554 Survey of Multivariate Statistic multi-disciplinary clinical settings. PSYC 511 Psychometric Theory Students may elect to further specialize within the reha- All students pursuing the Ph.D. in psychology must com- bilitation track. It consists of practica in a rehabilitation plete the following four core courses within two years or behavioral medicine setting. In addition, students com- after the sequence is started: plete 15 hours of rehabilitation coursework and a master’s project and dissertation related to rehabilitation PSYC 501 Physiological Foundations of Behavior or behavioral medicine. The development of a specializa- PSYC 502 Social Bases of Behavior tion within the rehabilitation track occurs in addition to PSYC 503 Learning, Cognition and Motivation the standard program of study in Clinical Psychology. PSYC 504 Individual and Cultural A Clinical Respecialization Certificate Program also is Students must complete the sequence with a minimum of offered for individuals with a Ph.D. in another area of a "B" average and no more than one "C" in these four psychology. The postdoctoral respecialization program courses. In addition, History and Systems of Psychology provides the same core clinical training as the doctoral (PSYC 406), or completion of an equivalent course that program. Completion typically takes three years, includ- must be shown on the student’s transcript, is required for ing one-year full-time internship. In recognition of the all students pursuing the Ph.D. in Psychology. Ph.D. com- diverse previous experiences of participants, the program prehensive examinations are held once each semester for is tailored to the individual’s specific training needs. the I/O program. Clinical students must schedule their comprehensive exam in consultation with their faculty The Ph.D. program with specialization in Industrial and advisor. These must be passed before students can regis- Organizational psychology includes coursework in both ter for dissertation credit hours. personnel and organizational psychology. Two semesters of internship in an organizational setting are usually All students are expected to show competency in method- required. Students in this program frequently are advised ology and research design, as well as in the specific to supplement departmental offerings with selected content of their program areas. Before beginning thesis courses in management, sociology, and law. research, a student must present a thesis proposal for
262 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Institute of Psychology
The Ph.D. program with specialization in Rehabilitation tion, rehabilitation administration and organizational Counselor Education includes advanced seminars in psychology or clinical psychology. adult career development and vocational behavior, profes- sional and ethical issues, and psychosocial bases of The Industrial/Organizational and Rehabilitation pro- disability and behavior, as well as practice in research, grams usually require three years of study beyond the teaching and supervision. Students can supplement their master’s degree. Further information on all programs is studies with electives focusing on psychiatric rehabilita- available from the Institute.
Special Fellowships
Full-time students in the M.S. in Rehabilitation research assistantships, which cover partial tuition as Counseling program are eligible for consideration for U.S. well as provide a stipend. The amount of the stipend and Government Rehabilitation Services Administration tuition scholarships depends upon the terms of the traineeship grants when available, which may cover up to appointment. The Institute requires that students on full tuition plus a monthly stipend. To a limited number assistantships apply for federal work study support. of students, the Institute also awards teaching and
Bachelor of Science in Psychology/Master of Science in Personnel and Human Resources Development
For IIT undergraduate psychology majors it is possible to In the senior year, and in consultation with the Director earn a master’s degree in Personnel and Human of I/O Program, students may take the following courses: Resources Development in 1.5 years instead of the nor- mal 2 years. The regular master’s program in Personnel PSYC 502 Social Bases of Behavior and Human Resources Development requires 43 credit PSYC 529 Personnel Selection* hours post bachelors usually completed over the course of PSYC 545 Graduate Statistics I* 2 years (see program description on p. 260). However, IIT PSYC 546 Graduate Statistics II* psychology majors who meet the criteria for regular PSYC 556 Organizational Psychology* admission to the Masters program can consider complet- MBA 510 Financial and Managerial Accounting ing their Masters degree more quickly by smart use of MBA 560 Marketing their electives. In the senior year, qualified students can take graduate courses to meet their undergraduate elec- Courses noted * above need to be taken in the senior year tive requirements. For a class to be accepted towards the in order to accelerate completion of the Masters degree. PHRD masters the student needs to obtain a grade of B or better. By taking psychology courses that also apply to In the summer after completion of the B.S. students will the Personnel and Human Resources Development be eligible to complete their first required graduate Program, students can reduce the graduate degree internship. This needs to be coordinated during the requirements by 13 credit hours. Interested students senior year and prior to summer with Director of the I/O should submit a formal application to the PHRD program Program. in the fall of their sophomore or junior year and work closely with the Director of the Industrial/Organizational (I/O) program and their undergraduate academic advisor throughout to ensure proper course sequencing.
The following courses are required for the M.S. degree in Personnel and Human Resources Development. They can be taken as part of required or elective courses for the B.S. degree in Psychology. If taken as an undergraduate, these courses do not have to be repeated for the graduate program. Students should also work closely with their undergraduate academic advisor to best plan a program leading to the combined degrees in the shortest possible time.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 263 Institute of Psychology
Bachelor of Science in Psychology/Master of Science in Rehabilitation Counseling
For IIT undergraduate psychology majors it is possible to The following courses are required for the M.S. degree in earn a master’s degree in Rehabilitation Counseling in Rehabilitation Counseling. They can be taken as part of 1.5 years instead of the normal 2 years. The regular mas- required or elective courses for the B.S. degree in ter’s program in Rehabilitation Counseling requires 60 Psychology. If taken as an undergraduate, these courses credit hours post bachelors usually completed over the do not have to be repeated for the graduate program. course of 2 years (see program description on p. 261). Students should also work closely with their undergradu- However, IIT psychology majors who meet the criteria for ate academic advisor to best plan a program leading to regular admission to the Masters program can consider the combined degrees in the shortest possible time. completing their Masters degree more quickly by smart use of their electives. In the senior year, qualified stu- In the senior year, and in consultation with the Director dents can take graduate courses to meet their of Rehabilitation Program, students may take the follow- undergraduate elective requirements. For a class to be ing courses: accepted towards the Rehabilitation Counseling masters the student needs to obtain a grade of B or better. By tak- PSYC 410 Vocational Rehabilitation ing psychology courses that also apply to the PSYC 411 Medical Aspects of Disabling Conditions Rehabilitation Counseling program, students can reduce PSYC 412 Multicultural and Psychosocial the graduate degree requirements by 15 credit hours, or Aspects of Disability one full-time semester. Interested students should submit PSYC 513 Assessment in Rehabilitation Counsseling a formal application to the Rehabilitation Counseling PSYC 523 Introduction to Theories of Psychotherapy Program in the fall of their sophomore or junior year and PSYC 557 Pre-Practicum in Rehabilitation Counseling work closely with the Director of the Rehabilitation pro- PSYC 562 Job Placement gram and their undergraduate academic advisor PSYC 563 Human Growth and Career Development throughout to ensure proper course sequencing. PSYC 583 Rehabilitation Engineering Technology I PSYC 590 Introduction to Psychiatric Rehabilitation
Certificate Programs
Compensation Management Psychiatric Rehabilitation
Required Courses Required courses ACC 510 Introductory Accounting PSYC 548 Vocational Issues in Psychiatric Rehabilitation (Stuart School of Business) PSYC 561 Applied Group Counseling PSYC 710 Compensation and Benefits Application PSYC 590 Psychiatric Rehabilitation PSYC 716 Base Pay Management PSYC 717 Variable Pay Programs Rehabilitation Engineering Technology PSYC 719 Fundamentals of Employee Benefits Programs Required courses And one of the following PSYC 583 Rehabilitation Engineering Technology I PSYC 556 Organizational Psychology PSYC 584 Rehabilitation Engineering Technology II PSYC 529 Personnel Selection and Evaluation PSYC 585 Rehabilitation Engineering Technology III
264 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Institute of Psychology
Course Descriptions
Numbers in parentheses PSYC 507 PSYC 513 indicate class, lab and credit Basic Clinical Skills II Assessment in Rehabilitation hours, respectively. Second semester seminar and super- Counseling vised training in basic clinical skills, An orientation to the process and PSYC 501 including interviewing, development practice of assessing adults with dis- Physiological Foundation of a therapeutic relationship, manag- abling conditions for rehabilitation of Behavior ing the process of therapy and plan development and vocational A critical review of the anatomical assessing therapy progress. decision-making. Introduction to test and neurophysiological bases of Prerequisites: PSYC 506; active selection, administration, and inter- behavior as related to theory and standing in the clinical program; pretation through synthesis, practice in psychology. (3-0-3) must have approved clinical place- integration, and evaluation of voca- ment. (3-0-3) tional assessment data used in PSYC 502 rehabilitation counseling. (3-0-3) Social Bases of Behavior PSYC 510 Critical overview of theory and Clinical Assessment I PSYC 514 research in social cognition, Seminar and supervised training Vocational Evaluation II: Report interpersonal relations, group in intellectual and cognitive Development and Communication dynamics and organizational psy- assessment for adults and children. The process of developing vocational chology. Implications of principles for Research, psychometric characteris- evaluation and staffing reports. issues and problems in real-world tics, conceptual foundations, clinical Gathering, analyzing, integrating, social systems are developed. (3-0-3) applicability, administration, scoring synthesizing and interpreting evalu- and interpretation of major assess- ation information. Development of PSYC 503 ment instruments. Prerequisite: feasible recommendations utilizing Learning, Cognition and Motivation Active standing in the clinical related sources of labor market/occu- Empirical and theoretical issues program. (3-0-3) pational information. Prerequisite: relating to learning, cognitive PSYC 513. (3-0-3) psychology, perceptual learning, PSYC 511 drive and emotion will be surveyed. Psychometric Theory PSYC 515 Emphasis will be placed on differing Basic understanding of principles Vocational Evaluation Lab theoretical interpretations of a given and theories of psychological mea- Practical skills in vocational evalua- set of data. (3-0-3) surement emphasizing (1) theories tion including application of work and methods for estimation of relia- samples and situational assessment PSYC 504 bility and validity, (2) techniques for at a vocational evaluation site in the Individual and Cultural Differences the measurement of psychological community. Prerequisites: PSYC 513, Review of the basic models used to variables, and (3) methods for con- PSYC 514. (3-0-3) explore and explain how and why peo- struction of psychological and ple differ from each other. The course educational measuring instruments. PSYC 516 will explore the influence of culture Prerequisites: PSYC 409, PSYC 545, Clinical Assessment III and individual characteristics such as PSYC 546. (3-0-3) Seminar and supervised training on gender, ability and personality, as well cognitive and behavioral assessment as how these influences change over a PSYC 512 and treatment. Research, psychomet- person’s lifetime. (3-0-3). Clinical Assessment II ric characteristics, conceptual Seminar and supervised training foundations of major assessment PSYC 506 in objective and projective methods. Prerequisites: PSYC 526, Basic Clinical Skills I assessment of adults and children. may be concurrent. (3-0-3) First semester seminar and super- Research, psychometric characteris- vised training in basic clinical skills, tics, conceptual foundations, clinical PSYC 517 including interviewing, development applicability, administration, scoring Performance Appraisal Seminar of therapeutic relationship, selection and interpretation of major assess- The objectives of the seminar are to of appropriate goals, and assessment ment instruments. Prerequisite: (1) provide a broad understanding of of therapy progress and outcome. PSYC 510 or instructor’s consent. the multiple facets of performance Prerequisite: Active standing in the (3-0-3) appraisal, (2) understand research clinical program; must have and advances in the field, and (3) approved clinical placement. (3-0-3) understand the challenges and pit- falls of successfully implementing a performance appraisal system in an organization. Prerequisites: PSYC 529, PSYC 556. (3-0-3)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 265 Institute of Psychology
PSYC 519 PSYC 529 PSYC 535 Ethical and Professional Personnel Selection and Evaluation Seminar in Personnel Selection Issues in Clinical Psychology Principles and techniques of A critical review of advanced tech- A review of the development of employee selection and placement. niques in personnel selection. clinical psychology as an academic Analysis of test data which will max- Includes such topics as validity gen- discipline and a profession. The role imize the effectiveness of such eralization, utility analysis and of the clinical psychologist as a scien- techniques. Prerequisites: PSYC 409, applications of latent trait theory. tist/practitioner. The role of ethics, PSYC 545, PSYC 546. (3-0-3) Prerequisites: PSYC 511. theory and methodology in clinical research and practice. Prerequisite: PSYC 530 PSYC 536 Instructor’s consent. (3-0-3) Contemporary Issues in Industrial- Affective Disorders Organizational Psychology Examination of current theory and PSYC 520 Survey of major theoretical formula- research regarding affective disor- Adult Behavioral Medicine tions and current approaches to ders. Covers cognitive, behavioral, Introduction to theoretical, clinical intervention techniques in the field biological and cultural models. The and research issues in adult behav- of industrial-organizational psychol- relationship of affective symptoma- ioral medicine. Covers general ogy. Prerequisites: PSYC 529, PSYC tology and diagnoses to other types perspectives of a biobehavioral 556. (3-0-3) of psychopathology are considered. approach, factors affecting adult Prerequisite: PSYC 526 or consent of health and illness, diagnostic and PSYC 531 instructor. (3-0-3) treatment approaches, and issues in Organizational Attitudes and research and application. (3-0-3) Behaviors Seminar PSYC 540 The course is an in depth study of Research Methods PSYC 523 factors that affect organizational This course prepares students Introduction to Theories behavior and attitudes (motivational for designing and interpreting empir- of Psychotherapy theories). The various key attitudes ical research. The collection of Introduction to various approaches and behaviors in organizations are meaningful data, appropriate use of to therapeutic intervention. The defined and research relating to data analytic techniques, and the conceptual bases, history, methods, them is discussed (e.g., job satisfac- interpretation of data results are empirical foundations and appli- tion, organizational commitment, job presented. Prerequisites: PSYC 545 cability of important schools of involvement, turnover, absenteeism, and PSYC 546 or instructor’s consent therapeutic intervention will be and organizational citizenship). We (3-0-3) considered. Prerequisite: PSYC 303 also identify the stressors in today’s or equivalent. (3-0-3) employees’ lives and discuss some PSYC 545 ways to manage them (e.g. job stress, Graduate Statistics I PSYC 524 work-family conflict, minority and Introduction to inferential statistics Child Behavior Therapy immigrant workers). Prerequisite: and statistical analysis of psychologi- Reviews current conceptualizations, PSYC 556. (3-0-3) cal data. Emphasis on hypothesis assessment and treatment of child- testing procedures and computer hood disorders from a PSYC 533 applications. Prerequisite: Basic behavioral-system perspective. Clinical Practicum course in elementary statistics. Examines the impact of the family, Clinical assessment, therapy and/or (3-0-3) school and other relevant systems on consultation in a community-based the development and treatment of mental health setting or medical PSYC 546 child behavior problems. (3-0-3) facility for an average of 15 hours Graduate Statistics II per week, per semester. Students Statistical procedures used in the PSYC 525 obtain supervised experience in the prediction and explanation of psycho- Child Psychopathology provision of psychological services logical data, including multiple Comprehensive understanding of and related professional activities. regression and the analysis of child and adolescent psychopathology Prerequisite: Must be in approved variance. Emphasis on computer covering all DSM-IV disorders in clinical placement site. (Credit: applications. Prerequisite: PSYC 545. infancy, childhood and adolescence. Variable, one to three hours) (3-0-3) The epidemiology and etiology of each disorder from a developmental PSYC 534 PSYC 548 perspective is reviewed. (3-0-3) Attachment Theory Vocational Psychiatric Throughout the Lifespan Rehabilitation PSYC 526 Provides an in-depth under- An in depth review of models avail- Psychopathology standing of attachment theory able to help people with severe Critical examination of clinical and research, as well as clinical mental illness obtain and maintain and experimental research in psy- applications throughout the lifespan. employment. Topics relating to voca- chopathology and diagnostic Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. tional evaluation, work adjustment, classification systems. Prerequisite: (3-0-3) placement, supported work models, PSYC 303 or equivalent. (3-0-3) and follow-up will be covered. (3-0-3) 266 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Institute of Psychology
PSYC 549 PSYC 555 PSYC 563 Practicumin Rehabilitation Seminar in Industrial Training Human Growth and Career Counseling Survey of various types of training Development Seminar and supervised experience and development programs used in Presentation and discussion of in rehabilitation counseling. Working industry. Also included are related human growth and career develop- two days in a rehabilitation facility major issues, specific techniques, ment theories across life span with and carrying a small client caseload assessment of training needs and special emphasis on persons with geared toward the development of evaluation of training programs. disabilities. Specific content includes individual counseling skills. Prerequisites: PSYC 529, PSYC 556. Erickson’s psychosocial development, Prerequisites: PSYC 410, PSYC 523, (3-0-3) Super’s life span theory, Holland’s PSYC 557. (Credit: Variable.) theory of types, Trait-factor Theory, PSYC 556 Krumboltz’s social learning PSYC 550 Organizational Psychology approach, Tiedeman’s spiritual per- Couples Research and Therapy Theory and research concerning spective in career decision making, Advanced seminar introduces human behavior in formal organiza- and family and system influences on students to empirically based inter- tions, communication nets, dynamics vocational choice. (3-0-3) ventions for couples. Presents of managerial jobs; current ideas con- clinically relevant and empirically cerning organizations. (3-0-3) PSYC 564 derived material to better under- Rehabilitation Research Seminar stand the importance of both PSYC 557 The primary objective of this course technique and theory when interven- Pre-Practicum is to help students become familiar ing at a couples level. (3-0-3) in Rehabilitation Counseling with rehabilitation research, acquire Seminar and observation at commu- the basic knowledge and skills for PSYC 551 nity rehabilitation facilities. Study of designing and conducting applied Design and Implementation interviewing techniques, orientation research, and develop a preliminary of Experiments to rehabilitation programs and field research proposal for their research Selection of appropriate designs, activities at rehabilitation agencies. project. A secondary purpose is to relevant control groups for experi- (3-0-3) teach students to critically evaluate mental studies, researching relevant rehabilitation research. Specifically, literature for experimental topics PSYC 558, 559 this course covers an overview of var- and applying appropriate statistical Industrial Psychology ious research designs, data analysis analyses. Prerequisites: PSYC 545, Internship I, II techniques, and the use of SPSS for PSYC 546. (3-0-3) Supervised experience in psychologi- statistical analysis. Prerequisite: cal practices in an industrial setting. PSYC 552 PSYC 204 (3-0-3) (Credit: Variable) Legal Issues in Human Resource PSYC 566 Management PSYC 561 Addictive Behaviors Seminar on the legal context of Applied Counseling Techniques human resource management, focus- A review of theoretical models of Methods and techniques of various ing on equal employment opportunity addiction from sociological, biological, procedures in the counseling process. laws. Will discuss how to design and psychological perspectives. Advantages, limitations and unique employee selection, evaluation and Critical examination of research applications of various approaches compensation systems that comply methodology and clinical approaches. with specific client populations. with U.S. federal laws and regula- Emphasis on alcohol and drug abuse. Prerequisite: PSYC 523 or concur- tions. Prerequisite: PSYC 529. (3-0-3) Also covers substance abuse in spe- rent registration in PSYC 523. cial populations and other addictive PSYC 553 (3-0-3) behaviors. (3-0-3) Family and Couples Therapy PSYC 562 Surveys the major theoretical per- PSYC 571 Job Placement spectives for understanding and Seminar in Quantitative intervening with family and marital Techniques of job development, job Psychology problems. Prerequisites: PSYC 506, analysis, job placement, job-seeking Presentation and discussion of PSYC 523, PSYC 526. (3-0-3) skills and follow-up. Includes affir- advanced topics in quantitative mative action, manpower, and psychology. Specific content will PSYC 554 legislative programs involving job vary from year to year. Topics such placement of special groups. Survey of Multivariate Statistics as factor analysis, multidimensional Prerequisite: PSYC 563 or concur- Introduction to the major multivari- scaling, etc., will be discussed. rent registration. (3-0-3) ate statistical procedures used in May be taken more than once. psychology; factor analysis, discrimi- Prerequisite: Instructor’s consent. nant analysis, multivariate analysis (3-0-3) of variance and canonical correlation. Prerequisites: PSYC 545, PSYC 546. (3-0-3) IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 267 Institute of Psychology
PSYC 573 Prerequisites: PSYC 501, PSYC 510. outcome, alternatives/appropriate- Psychosocial Bases (3-0-3) ness of technology solutions, ethics, of Disability and Behavior emotional aspects of technology Presentation and discussion of PSYC 582 acquisition, independence/depen- psychological and social issues Applied Psychophysiology dency, and barriers to acquiring and of disability and human behavior. and Biofeedback deployment of AT are discussed. Somatopsychology, field integrative Reviews applications of physiological Prerequisite: PSYC 584. (3-0-3) theories and psychosocial aspects of measures to practical problems. disabilities. Prerequisite: Instructor’s Clinical applications of biofeedback PSYC 586 consent. (3-0-3) are discussed and demonstrated. Concepts of Supervision Special emphasis on electromyo- Explores formulations of the supervi- PSYC 575 graphic techniques. Prerequisite: sory relationship and critical issues Adult Career Development PSYC 501. (3-0-3) in the supervision of clinicians. and Vocational Behavior Prerequisites: PSYC 506 and 533 or Presentation and discussion of PSYC 583 PSYC 578 and PSYC 579. (3-0-3) impact of disabilities on adult Rehabilitation Engineering career development. Vocational Technology I: Survey PSYC 588 development theories, occupational of Interdisciplinary Applications Graduate Psychology Seminar information and analysis, career of RET Reports and discussion of current counseling and research methodol- An overview of Assistive Technology problems and issues in psychology. ogy. Prerequisite: Instructor’s (AT) used by people with disabilities. (3-0-3) consent. (3-0-3) Includes contact with local AT sites, consumers and practicing profession- PSYC 589 PSYC 577 als. Reviews specific AT applications Rehabilitation Internship III Professional and Ethical Issues for communication, mobility and con- Supervised experience in rehabilita- in Rehabilitation Counseling trol; national and local AT resources; tion counseling. Prerequisite: PSYC Psychology and economics of AT development, 549. (Credit: Variable) Presentation and discussion of issues marketing and service delivery. related to professional and ethical Design, engineering, and architec- PSYC 590 practice in rehabilitation counseling tural issues relevant to people with Psychiatric Rehabilitation psychology. History and philosophy of disabilities are introduced. Class covers a wide range of topics rehabilitation, professional and ethi- Prerequisite: PSYC 201. (3-0-3) including a review of the disease and cal standards, concerns in disability models of mental illness, rehabilitation assessment, counsel- PSYC 584 skills training components in treat- ing, placement and independent Rehabilitation Engineering ment, incentive strategies for living. Prerequisite: Instructor’s con- Technology II: Access sent. (3-0-3) participants, transfer of learned to Independence skills to other situations, and cogni- through Assistive Technology PSYC 578, 579 tive rehabilitation strategies. (3-0-3) Rehabilitation Internship I, II Seminar designed for deeper explo- PSYC 591 Supervised experience in rehabilita- ration of assistive technology issues Research and Thesis tion counseling. Prerequisite: introduced in PSYC 583. Special for the M.S. Degree PSYC 549. (Credit: Variable) focus on accessibility issues, technol- ogy outreach and awareness (Credit: Variable) PSYC 580 training; additional topics are chosen Seminar in Leadership to reflect the specific interests of stu- PSYC 594 Reviews models and theories of leader- dents in the class. Buildings are Special Projects ship that cover group dynamics, surveyed using ADAAG criteria for (Credit: Variable) power, influence, and conflict manage- accessibility. Prerequisite: PSYC 583. ment as well as issues of diversity and (3-0-3) PSYC 597 gender. The focus is on research and Graduate Special Problems practical issues in understanding lead- PSYC 585 (Credit: Variable) ership and its effectiveness. (3-0-3) Rehabilitation Engineering Technology III: Seminar in PSYC 599 PSYC 581 Applications of Assistive Technology Clinical Internship Neuropsychological Assessment Seminar designed to accompany and Participation in full-time intern- Seminar and supervised training enhance practical RET experiences, ship accredited by the American in neuropsychological assessment such as concurrent internship, Psychological Association, or in for adults. A review of neuroanatomy employment or approved projects exceptional cases, approved by the followed with a review of the concep- involving RET/AT applications. Case Clinical Psychology Program faculty. tual foundations of brain-behavior presentations of technology for inde- Prerequisite: Ph.D. Comprehensive relationships. Major assessment pendent living, issues of quality of Exam. (1-0-1) instruments will be covered. 268 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Institute of Psychology
PSYC 691 PSYC 716 solve practical problems for persons Research and Thesis Base Pay Management with disabilities. Applies knowledge for the Ph.D. Degree This course provides an in-depth dis- AT service delivery presented in cussion of the principles, design, PSYC 782 to issues in the student’s PSYC 710 implementation and evaluation of an local region. Identifies AT needs of Compensation employee base-pay program. Topics persons with disabilities and weak- and Benefit Application include concepts for determining nesses, strengths, and gaps in local Learn to design and modify a variety market position using salary sur- region’s AT service delivery, with of compensation programs. Covers veys, the design of base pay emphasis on vocational applications. compensation basics, job analysis, job structures, principles of merit pay, Prerequisite: PSYC 782. (1.5-0-1.5) evaluation, compensation structure, and the ongoing management of base incentive planning and more. pay programs. Prerequisite: PSYC Undergraduate Courses (1.5–0–1.5) 710. (1.5-0-1.5) Available to Graduate Students
PSYC 711 PSYC 717 PSYC 406 Multilevel Data Analysis Variable Pay Programs History and Systems of Psychology Review of statistical methods for This course provides an in-depth analysis of data at multiple levels of review of variable pay programs with PSYC 409 aggregation, such as individual and organizations, including incentives, Psychological Testing group level phenomena. The course recognition programs and team- covers conceptual issues, statistical based pay. Organization-wide, PSYC 410 models, and data analysis using com- organizational unit, and individual Vocational Rehabilitation puter software. Prerequisite: PSYC programs will be discussed in terms 546 or equivalent. (1.5-0-1.5) of plan design, implementation and PSYC 411 evaluation. Prerequisites: PSYC 710, Medical Aspects PSYC 712 PSYC 716. (1.5-0-1.5) of Disabling Conditions Bayley Scales of Infant Development PSYC 719 PSYC 412 Provides clinical skills required to Fundamentals of Employee Multicultural and Psycholsocial administer, score, and interpret the Benefits Programs Aspects of Disability Bayley Scales of Infant Development, This course will address all aspects 2nd Edition. Prerequisite: Consent of of employee benefits programs PSYC 414 instructor. (1-0-1) including government regulations, Physiological Psychology health and welfare plans, retirement PSYC 714 plans and pay for time not worked. PSYC 420 Assessment Centers Case studies will be used to model Single-Subject Design Develops the knowledge and skills real-life situations encountered by and Applied Behavior Analysis needed for the design and implemen- Human Resources professionals. tation of assessment centers and (1.5-0-1.5) PSYC 426 other individual assessment meth- Cognitive Processes ods. Prerequisite: PSYC 529. PSYC 782 (1.5-0-1.5) Interdisciplinary Applications of PSYC 431 Assistive Technology for Measurement of Attitudes PSYC 715 Counselors Organizational Assessment Intensive one-week overview of PSYC 435 and Planning Assistive Technology with a focus on Early Development This short course focuses on vari- vocational applications. Includes visi- ous processes and tools used in orga- tations to working assistive PSYC 436 nizations to assess effectiveness, technology sites, and lectures by con- Adult Development establishing priorities, and creating sumers and specialists (including plans of action for change. Topics several of national prominence) in PSYC 449 include the strategic planning various areas of AT. (1.5-0-1.5) Practicum in Rehabilitation Services process and the development and use of assessment tools such as orga- PSYC 783 PSYC 452 nizational surveys and focus groups. Foundations of Vocational Personality Theory Prerequisites: PSYC 556 and basic Applications of AT knowledge of statistics. (1.5-0-1.5) Internet based distance class PSYC 456 designed to follow PSYC 782 and fur- Engineering Psychology ther develop the student’s knowledge of AT and the skill in applying AT to
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 269 Graduate Program in Public Administration
Graduate Program in Public Administration (Department of Social Sciences)
Downtown Campus The Graduate Program in Public Administration (GPPA) 565 W. Adams St. is a unit of IIT’s Department of Social Sciences, which Chicago, IL 60661 encompasses the disciplines of political science and sociol- 312.906.5198 ogy, with special emphases in the fields of urban 312.906.5199 fax government and community affairs, policy analysis, [email protected] organization and management of work, public finance, www.mpa.iit.edu public safety, and nonprofit management.
Chair, Department of Social Sciences: IIT has offered educational programs in public adminis- Ullica Segerstrale tration since the 1940s and has awarded the Master of Public Administration (M.P.A.) degree, the most widely recognized professional credential, since the mid-1960s. Academic Director: Building on the foundations laid by former departmental Karl Nollenberger faculty members Herbert A. Simon (a Nobel Laureate), Victor Thompson and Donald Smithburg, the current pro- Assistant Director/Admissions Coordinator: gram continues to present a practical focus on the Lawrence M. Ruffolo characteristics and responsibilities of the effective gov- ernmental manager. Nearly all public administration Director of Program Development: students have substantial work experience in public or Richard Bonaccorsi nonprofit agencies. Courses meet during the evening hours at IIT’s Downtown Campus, conveniently located in Academic Head: the West Loop near transportation and many governmen- Scott Peters tal offices,to accommodate the needs of the mid-career public service professionals that constitute most of the program’s student body.
Degrees Offered
Master of Public Administration (M.P.A.) Masters of Public Administration with specialization Masters of Public Administration with specialization in Public Safety and Crisis Management in Nonprofit Management Master of Public Administration with specialization in Public Works
Dual- and Joint-Degree Programs With Department of Social Sciences: With Stuart School of Business: Bachelor of Science in Political Science/ Master of Business Administration/ Master of Public Administration Master of Public Administration
With Chicago-Kent College of Law: Juris Doctor/Master of Public Administration
Certificate Programs Nonprofit Studies and Management Public Safety and Crisis Management
Research Facilities Students and faculty have access to the libraries of both Main Campus. The Downtown Campus also has excellent the Downtown Campus, with its extensive collections in computer laboratories. law and management, and the Galvin Library on IIT’s
Research Areas Faculty and student research is concentrated principally relations, planning and land use, community and regional in the areas of public management, public policy development, criminal justice, civil society and adminis- formulation, urban government, intergovernmental trative ethics.
270 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Graduate Program in Public Administration
Faculty
Richard Bonaccorsi, Director of Program Development William Markle, Adjunct Professor. Ph.D., University of and Senior Lecturer. B.A., DePauw University; M.I.M., Illinois, Chicago. Public works/Infrastructure manage- American Graduate School of International Management ment (Thunderbird); Executive Ph.D. of Management, Case Western Reserve. Strategic planning, international man- Harriet McCullough, Adjunct Professor. M.A., DePaul agement, international marketing, leadership. University. Governmental ethics.
Donald Bradkovic, Adjunct Professor. M.A., University of Christena E. Nippert-Eng, Associate Professor. B.A., Chicago. Public personnel administration. State University of New York, Cortland; M.A., Temple University; Ph.D., State University of New York, Stony Kelly Brest van Kempen, Adjunct Professor. M.A., Brook. Organization and management. University of Utah, J.D., Illinois Institute of Technology Chicago-Kent College of Law. Legal Writing, managerial Karl Nollenberger, Academic Director and Senior communications, English as a second language (ESL). Lecturer. B.B.A., University of Iowa; M.P.A., University of Colorado-Denver; Ph.D. in Public Administration, UIC- Roland Calia, Adjunct Professor. M.A., Claremont Chicago. Public administration, financial management, Graduate School, Ph.D., University of Chicago. Public budgeting, human resource management, urban manage- Finance, governmental budgeting and financial manage- ment, local government. ment. Terrance Norton, Adjunct Professor. J.D., DePaul Paul H. DeForest, Associate Professor. B.S., Ph.D., University College of Law. Governmental Ethics. Georgetown University. Administrative politics, regula- tory policy. Gregory Peters, Adjunct Professor. M.P.A., Syracuse University. Public Finance and Budgeting. William Disselhorst, Adjunct Professor. MPA, Illinois Institute of Technology. Police administration. Scott Peters, Academic Head and Senior Lecturer. B.A., Macalester College; J.D., Washington University; Ph.D., William J. Grimshaw, Professor. B.A., University of University of Illinois, Chicago. Public management, Chicago; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois, Urbana- urban planning and policy, comparative political economy Champaign. Urban politics and administration. and administration.
Rick Kuner, Adjunct Professor. M.S., Massachusetts Charles Pounian, Adjunct Professor. Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology. Planning analysis. Institute of Technology. Public personnel administration.
Richard Lipinski, Adjunct Professor M.A. and Ph.D., Ullica Segerstrale, Professor and Chair of the University of Chicago. Policy Analysis. Department. Fil. kand., Pol. kand., University of Helsinki (Finland); M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Michael Marcus, Adjunct Professor. M.S.W., University of Harvard University. Science and technology studies. Maryland. Public and non-profit organization and man- agement. Ray Trygstad, Assistant Director for Information Technology. IIT Rice Campus, M.S., University of Denver, Information systems security/cyber crime.
Admission Requirements
Cumulative undergraduate GPA: 3.0/4.0 GRE: not required TOEFL minimum: 575/233/90* Meeting the minimum GPA and test score requirements does not guarantee admission. Test scores and GPA are just two of several important factors considered.
* Paper-based test score/computer-based test score/internet-based test score.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 271 Graduate Program in Public Administration
Master of Public Administration
32 credit hours PA 501 Introduction to Public Administration Preliminary PA 502 Complex Organizations PA 503 Public Administrative Law The Master of Public Administration program, which is PA 522 Public Personnel Administration designed for the working professional, combines rigorous PA 532 Principles and Practices of Public Finance instruction with a practical orientation toward public and PA 542 Strategic Planning nonprofit management and policy analysis. Students PA 509 Practicum in Policy Analysis encounter this balance between the academic and the practical in the teaching faculty, course materials and In addition, the program requires completion of PA 510 Managerial Communications for the students who do not place out of that course pur- classroom exercises. The program emphasizes both suant to department procedures. administrative knowledge and managerial skills related to the formulation of policy, the acquisition of human Students must complete a minimum of 32 semester and financial resources, application of sound methods of hours. Elective courses may be selected from courses in organization and management, and the development and public administration or such other fields as architecture, execution of effective implementation strategies. The cur- business, city and regional planning, civil engineering, riculum allows students a significant amount of flexibility computer science, design, environmental engineering, in selecting courses that meet their personal educational humanities, psychology, social sciences or law. These and professional objectives, while also assuring them of a courses are to be chosen with the help of his/her advisor sound foundation in all key areas of the discipline. to help further the student’s career objectives.
The M.P.A. degree requires a minimum of 32 credit hours Prior to enrolling for their second semester, full-time stu- of graduate work. No more than six credit hours may be dents are required to successfully complete a preliminary taken in IIT courses numbered between 400 and 499. A exam in public administration theory and organization maximum of nine credits of graduate-level coursework theory. Part-time students must take the preliminary may be transferred from another accredited university if exam before enrolling for their fifth course. Students are these have not been used toward a degree and upon urged to begin their program with courses in public approval of the student’s advisor and Academic Director. administration theory and organization theory in prepa- The normal program of study requires completion of the ration for this exam. A thesis is not required for this following core courses: degree but rather a capstone project is part of the PA 509 Practicum in Policy Analysis course.
Masters of Public Administration with Nonprofit Management Specialization
In 2005, the GPPA initiated a Nonprofit Studies and in the program. This program is designed for the working Management specialization. Students from non-profit professional combining rigorous instruction with practical organizations and students interested in the non-profit orientation toward nonprofit management and policy sector take the regular M.P.A. core curriculum and up analysis. to four to five electives from the non-profit courses offered
Masters of Public Administration with Public Safety/ Crisis Management Specialization In 2005, the GPPA initiated a Public Safety and Crisis offered in the program. This program is designed for the Management specialization. Students take the regular working professional combining rigorous instruction with M.P.A. core curriculum and up to four to five electives practical orientation toward public safety management from the public safety and crisis management courses and policy analysis.
Master of Public Administration with Public Works Specialization
In 1982, the GPPA initiated a public works specialization regular M.P.A. core curriculum and PA 551 (Public in conjunction with IIT’s Department of Civil and Infrastructure Management) and may also take appropri- Architectural Engineering, the Chicago Metropolitan ate engineering courses for elective credit. In addition, Chapter of the American Public Works Association the M.P.A. program cooperates with the Department of (APWA), and the Education Foundation of the APWA. Civil and Architectural Engineering in their offering of a Students from public works agencies, especially those Master of Public Works (M.P.W.) degree. with engineering and technical backgrounds, take the
272 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Graduate Program in Public Administration
B.S./M.P.A.
The requirements for the B.S. in Political Science/M.P.A. undergraduate level and follow a course of study that will degree may be completed in five years of full-time study. allow them to move directly into the M.P.A. program. For Qualified students interested in careers in the public sec- detailed information, prospective students should contact tor are encouraged to begin their preparation at the the chair of the social sciences department.
J.D./M.P.A.
A J.D./M.P.A. program, offered in conjunction with IIT’s and judicial decisions, including persons interested in Chicago-Kent College of Law, allows students to receive city management, labor and personnel work, police both a Juris Doctor degree and a Master of Public administration, and public policy analysis. Students Administration degree in a reduced time period, depend- must be admitted to both programs separately. For ing on undergraduate preparation. This program is detailed information, prospective students should contact particularly valuable for administrators whose work is the coordinator of the J.D./M.P.A. program, Professor guided and circumscribed by a web of legislation, rules Scott Peters.
M.B.A./M.P.A. Many managers wish to increase their understanding dual-degree M.B.A./M.P.A. program reduces course of and ability to operate effectively in both the public requirements by as many as six courses from the require- and private sectors. This desire flows from the extensive ments for the two degrees taken separately. For detailed interaction between the two sectors in such areas as information, prospective students should contact the procurement, contracting, consulting and economic devel- assistant director of the public administration program opment, as well as opportunities for career mobility. The and the Stuart School of Business.
Certificate Programs
The GPPA offers two graduate certificate programs. four courses. Students who are admitted to a master’s These programs provide students with a post-baccalaure- degree program may apply coursework previously taken ate knowledge of an area of specialization with public in a certificate program toward the requirements for the administration. Students in these programs register as master’s degree. certificate students. Certificate programs require a set of
Nonprofit Studies and Management
This program is designed for those interested in increas- • PA 534 – Financial Management of Nonprofit ing their knowledge and skills in the nonprofit sector but Organizations; do not currently have the time to pursue an MPA with • PA 543 – Public Policy, Nonprofits and Philanthropy; a specialization in Nonprofit Studies and Management. • PA 566 – Nonprofits and the Public Sector; The student will take at least 3 of the 6 courses described • PA 505 – The Law and the Nonprofit Sector. above and below: And take 1 MPA course: • PA 565 – The Nonprofit Sector; • Recommended is PA502, Complex Organizations; • PA 535 – Resource Development in the Nonprofit • With permission from the MPA program director the stu- Sector; dent may take another course of the student’s choosing.
Public Safety and Crisis Management
This program is designed for those interested in increas- • PA 553 - Public Safety Administration; ing their knowledge and skills in the public safety field • PA 539 - Local Government Management; but do not currently have the time to pursue an MPA • PA 537 - Homeland Security/Crisis Management with a specialization in Public Safety Management. The • PA 538 – Information Systems Security/Cyber-crime. student will take 3 of the courses described below: And 1 MPA course: • Recommended is PA 502, Complex Organizations; • With permission from the MPA program director the stu- dent may take another course of the student’s choosing.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 273 Graduate Program in Public Administration
Course Descriptions
Numbers in parentheses indicate ings, group phenomena, persuasion, PA 510 lecture, laboratory and credit hours, and leadership. In addition, the Managerial Communications respectively. course examines the role of nonver- Provides hands-on training and prac- bal signals in professional interaction tice in the effective styles of writing PA 501 and the effect of settings and spatial and related communications skills Introduction factors on human behavior. Part of needed by all public managers, to Public Administration the coursework is in the form of including memoranda, letters and Analyzes what public managers teamwork and team self-analysis. In formal reports. Emphasis is placed actually do in relation to elected addition to exams, there will be a on learning and practicing effective officials, agency personnel, client group presentation as well as group writing and communication related groups, the press and the public, and individual exercises, some in to real-world administrative and including attention to the value con- class. (3-0-3) managerial situations relevant to the flicts they confront and must resolve. student's particular current or cho- Considers both classical and contem- PA 505 sen professional position. (3-0-3) porary views and emerging issues. The Law and the Nonprofit Sector Introduces the student to the system- Exams local, state, and Federal law PA 513 atic analysis of government as it pertains to the nonprofit sector. Public Policy Analysis operations. (3-0-3) This includes such things as the IRS, and Evaluation lobbying, human resources, property, Explores techniques of policy analy- PA 502 and contracts. (3-0-3) sis and program evaluation having Complex Organizations practical application in such fields as Analyzes how large public and PA 508 transportation, education, housing, non-profit administrative agencies Seminar in Public Management criminal justice and environmental are organized, led and managed. Students attend lectures and make quality. Includes those research and Examines relationships between site visits to state and local agencies analytical methods most frequently the chief executive, line manage- and governments, learning about applied in governmental decision- ment operations and support staff. special problems encountered by making. Prerequisite: PA 501. (3-0-3) Considers relations between organi- leadership for each agency and the zation and its environment, the solutions that the agencies have PA 514 importance of interorganizational devised. Course offers students an Government Management networks, and the role of power in opportunity to interact with a group and Information Systems organizational life. (3-0-3) of agency directors, public officials A practical introduction to and staff about their experience, and database management programs. PA 503 solutions to common management Demonstrates the use of a variety of Administration Law problems. Students compare experi- other office automation software Considers the role of statutes, case ence of local leaders with theoretical tools (including graphics, desktop law and administrative law in the public administration material. publishing, telecommunications /file establishment, operation and con- Prerequisite: PA 501 and permission transfer, bibliographic text retrieval, trol of public agencies. Examines of Program Director. (3-0-3) computer-aided instruction, and how legislation and administrative expert systems). Considers issues procedures direct and constrain the PA 509 relating to effective computer man- exercise of discretion by public man- Practicum in Policy Analysis agement, including computer ethics, agers and how they ensure accounta- A student project course that con- security, needs assessment and train- bility and the fair treatment of the cludes the required core course ing. Prior working knowledge of public. Prerequisite: PA 501. (3-0-3) sequence. Focuses on the analysis of personal computer operating sys- a complex, real-world administrative tems, word processing, and PA 504 or policy problem. Requires analyses spreadsheet programs is needed. Social Psychology in Practice of legal, financial, personnel, organi- Prerequisite: PA 501. (3-0-3) Surveys important insights from zational and political aspects of this social psychology, which are then problem, followed by the preparation PA 515 applied to everyday life and profes- of a thorough written and oral Organizational Communications sional practice in different fields, report, including recommendations This course is intended specifically such as management, science, medi- for action. Prerequisite: All other for the Chinese students in the cine, politics, education, and core courses. (3-0-3) cohort MPA program. The course will business. Topics covered include focus on written and oral communi- social judgment, interpersonal cations on topics pertinent to public processes, cultural misunderstand- administrators. The purpose of this
274 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Graduate Program in Public Administration course is to support those interna- PA 534 Financial Management of PA 538 tional students whose English skills Nonprofit Organizations: Information Systems need strengthening to help them get Nonprofits are businesses organized Security/Cyber-crime the maximum benefit from their on many of the same principles as Provides an introduction to informa- graduate MPA programs of study. (3- for-profits, but there are differences tion systems security, an in depth 0-3) including financial reporting to review of topics in cyber-crime issues boards of directors, donation account- in the public safety field and identi- PA 522 ing, reporting to government funding fies methods of preventing Public Personnel Administration sources, tax reporting, and even cyber-crime in organizations. It Reviews development of merit- investment strategies (for example includes issues involved with policy based civil service, examining impli- program related investing). This and legal issues of enforcement of cations of political accountability, course will equip a nonprofit man- cyber-crime laws, as well as tools and patronage and professional ager to responsibly guide the used for network security. (3-0-3) responsibility. Considers personnel complex financial life of a modern recruitment, examination and promo- nonprofit. (3-0-3) PA 539 tion procedures in light of collective Local Government Management bargaining, affirmative action, and PA 535 Examines the governmental struc- employee productivity and perfor- Resource Development in the ture in which public safety mance evaluation. Prerequisite: Nonprofit Sector administrators work and studies the PA 501. (3-0-3) Provides insight and learning into interrelationship of public safety fundraising, marketing, and strategic administrators with the rest of the PA 532 planning in the nonprofit sector. This organization. The leadership and Principles and Practices course offers an in-depth look into management roles of public safety of Public Finance finding and securing the resources officials, finances and budgeting in A general review of public finance necessary to the success of nonprofit local government, and ethics in the management. This course is designed organizations. (3-0-3) profession will be examined. (3-0-3) to provide students with an under- standing of the public finance PA 537 PA 542 environment and an opportunity Homeland Security/Crisis Strategic Planning to explore practical challenges in Management Designed to present practical, cost- managing governmental resources. This course is taught by experts from effective techniques that can be used Includes basic accounting, analytical various disciplines and provides a to make better decisions regarding tools, budgeting, purchasing, and basic overview of homeland security the allocation of scarce resources. cash management. Examines the including a brief history of terrorism. Includes problem identification, goal integrated role of the various finance Specifically, the course is intended to development, data needs and collec- functions. Prerequisite: PA 501. provide the audience issues related tion, generation of alternative (3-0-3) to homeland security, awareness on solutions, projecting impacts, goals- the types of treats (damage to build- oriented evaluation and strategies PA 533 ings, processing plants, public for implementation. Prerequisite: Advanced Financial Management facilities, etc.) and the type of risks PA 501. (3-0-3) An advanced course focusing on the involved. Other relevant aspects application of techniques used by include types of weapons used by PA 543 financial managers to evaluate gov- modern terrorists; how one goes Public Policy, Nonprofits, and ernment financial condition and about estimating risk and threat to a Philanthropy performance. Students will conduct facility; how buildings and people Examines the long history of charita- case studies in which they apply respond when subjected to blast and ble giving across the globe, with tools such as performance measure- fires; the role of search and rescue special emphasis on the United ment, budget analysis, operations; weapon effects; building States. In particular this course will priority-setting and financial indica- security; facility analysis to identify focus on the philosophical roots of tor analysis to evaluate core public vulnerable areas given a threat; pro- philanthropy, organized giving, and financial documents including bud- cedures for minimizing vulnerability; the role philanthropy has played in gets, capital improvement plans and effective fire safety; contingency the development of modern public audited financial statements. plans, etc. At the conclusion of this policy, as it pertains to health and Prerequisite: PA 532. (3-0-3) course the student will know how to human services. (3-0-3) estimate the risk and threat to a given facility, prepare a basic secu- rity audit; develop a basic contingency plan, develop a passive/active security system for a given facility and develop post event search and rescue operations. (3-0-3)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 275 Graduate Program in Public Administration
PA 551 various processes providing partici- consumption and the effort to control Public Infrastructure Management pation and citizen input to the these effects by increased efficiency Considers the status and operation development of plans for the built and regulation of pollution. Explores of public infrastructure facilities in environment. Regulatory tools cov- such problems such as nuclear waste, the United States generally and in ered include zoning, comprehensive acid rain, global warming, and defor- the Chicago metropolitan area, with plans, neighborhood planning and estation. Examines national and particular attention to the responsi- subdivision regulation. (3-0-3) international attempts at economic, bilities and roles of the public works political, and technological solutions. manager. Explores the relationships PA 556 (3-0-3) between the engineering, administra- Tools of Government tive and political aspects of public In the United States, an increasing PA 559 works management. Focuses on criti- proportion of the goods and services Issues in Globalization cal infrastructure issues through traditionally provided by governmen- Globalization has become a powerful case studies. (3-0-3) tal employees in the context of a buzzword in social science and in governmental bureaucracy are now popular discourse. This course uti- PA 552 provided by outside contractors, or lizes a sociological perspective to Human Services Policy through indirect means such as examine the economic, socio-political, and Administration social, economic regulation, tax pol- and cultural aspects of globalization Examines the major issue associated icy, loan guarantees, vouchers, and within the context of contemporary with the administration and manipulation of incentives for the debates about the phenomenon. (3-0- operation of social welfare and private sector. This course is 3) health services in the United States intended to provide students with an by governments and nonprofit orga- understanding of various tools used PA 560 Political Economy nizations. Designed for students who by governments throughout the West An introduction to political economy work in such agencies and for those as the traditional rule based bureau- exploring the relationship between who have regular contact with them cracy is replaced by other types of economy and government or political or their clientele. Structure, funding, institutions and other means to pro- system. Role of the state, role of the staffing and other operating charac- vide goods and services traditionally market, impact of the economic ide- teristics are examined. (3-0-3) provided by government. (3-0-3) ologies on political and economic systems will be examined. Structure PA 553 PA 557 of political and economic interests Public Safety Administration Urban and Regional Development and the mediating effects of institu- Deals with contemporary public Covers materials on infrastructure tions on political and economic safety and security management in management, and the interrelation- outcomes will be examined. communities for public safety profes- ship of infrastructure management Normative issues connected to ideal sionals, public administrators and to urban and regional development. political and economic institutions law enforcement officials who deal The course acquaints students with and appropriate political and eco- with public safety issues, existing in the increasing role of the private sec- nomic institutions and outcomes will post-9/11 American society. Examines tor in infrastructure maintenance, be examined. (3-0-3) the relationship between police/pub- development, and management. lic safety policy, operations and Students learn various analytic tech- PA 561 administration. Addresses various niques useful for officials responsible The Political Process current problems and issues through for urban and regional development and Administration case studies. Focuses mainly on the (including development of new infra- Addresses the relation between City of Chicago and surrounding structure) and for the continuing democratic institutions and processes metropolitan area. (3-0-3) maintenance and management of of American politics and the adminis- existing infrastructure. Students trative agencies of government. PA 555 learn analytic techniques relating to Examines obligations of citizenship, Introduction to Urban and Regional management and planning. (3-0-3) influence of private interests on pub- Planning lic purposes, and effects of Governmental and private sector PA 558 demographic, economic and techno- activities that influence the mainte- Energy and Environmental Policy logical change on self-government. nance and development of the built Places energy and environmental (3-0-3) environment. Students learn both policy in domestic and global con- quantitative and qualitative analysis texts. Traces the economic and and are introduced to planning sys- political implications of dependence tems incorporating fiscal analysis, on fossil fuels and the attempt to social analysis, transportation analy- develop alternate energy sources and sis, demographic and economic promote conservation. Assesses the analysis. They will also learn about environmental effects of resource
276 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Graduate Program in Public Administration
PA 562 PA 568 PA 590 Urban and Metropolitan Seminar on International Business Internship in Public Administration Government and Government Supervised practical experience in Analyzes the decision-making The course provides public sector public administration. May be taken process in urban and metropolitan managers a foundation for under- only by students lacking extensive governments. Emphasizes the role of standing key marketing and strategy work experience in governmental elected and appointed officials, busi- topics from a private sector man- administration. Prerequisites: PA 501 ness, organized labor, community agers' perspective, so that public and departmental permission. organizations and the electorate. sector managers gain perspective (Credit: Variable) Also focuses on the major problems into the private sector decision-mak- of city-suburban relations. (3-0-3) ing process in a globalizing PA 592 environment. The course traces and Directed Readings PA 565 compares the evolution of industrial in Public Administration The Nonprofit Sector systems in different countries, and Consists of independent reading and Considers the role played by the non- the role of public policy in emerging analysis centered on particular prob- profit sector in the larger American industrial clusters in an interna- lems and supervised by a member of society and economy. Topics include tional context. The underlying forces the public administration faculty. major organizational forms, financial driving the development and interna- Prerequisite: Instructor’s consent. management, human resource poli- tionalization of business systems will (Credit: Variable) cies, leadership, board-executive be explored, and the implications for relations, and private-public connec- corporate and public policy makers PA 597 tions. (3-0-3) will be emphasized. (3-0-3) Special Problems Subject matter will vary with the PA 566 PA 577 interests and background of the stu- Nonprofits and the Public Sector Topics in Public Management dents and the instructor. May be Provides an overview of the complex A reading and seminar course on a taken more than once. (Credit: and important relationship between contemporary topic in public admin- Maximum of six hours) government and non-profits. This istration or policy. Subject matter course includes a review of the his- will change in successive offerings of PA 600 tory, funding schemes, the the course. May be taken more than Continuation of Residence. differences between grant and con- once. (Credit: Variable) (0-0-1) tract funding, recent trends, and much more. (3-0-3) PA 579 Ethics & Professional Responsibility PA 567 in Public Service Regulatory Policy and Politics Focuses on the ethical problems and Examines the changing role of gov- issues faced by individuals in public ernment regulation of private and service organizations. Examines public activities from a political and questions related to corruption, administrative perspective. Explores abuse of power, financial impropriety, the reasons for growth and reform of ethics codes and standards in govern- economic and social regulation. ment and professional fields, Investigates the regulatory process, whistle-blowing, and many other top- including standards for rule-making ics related to front-page concerns and and the involvement of organized individual problems of conscience groups and the courts. (3-0-3) and judgment. Traces the growth of concern about the standards of ethi- cal behavior in government in the U.S. (3-0-3)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 277 Stuart School of Business
Stuart School of Business
565 W. Adams St., Fourth Floor Finance & Financial Markets: Chicago, IL 60661 Michael Gorham 312.906.6500 John Bilson [email protected] www.stuart.iit.edu Marketing Communication: Sanford Bredine Dean: Harvey Kahalas Ph.D. in Management Science: M. Zia Hassan Program Contacts:
Master of Business Administration: Paul Prabhaker Naomi Miyamoto
Environmental Management: George Nassos
Business at IIT
Established in 1969 at IIT with a gift from Chicago dents are 41 percent of the student population, contribut- financier Harold Leonard Stuart, the school offers a wide ing global perspectives to classes and extra curricular range of intellectually challenging business and manage- activities. Student resources include an Office of Career ment programs taught from a practical perspective, with Services, which is available to current students and an emphasis on analytic skills and the relation between alumni; computer resources, including more than 200 business and technology. AACS-accredited programs student workstations; an interactive computer teaching include the M.B.A., Ph.D., and four industry-responsive lab featuring the latest industry software; and the Stuart master’s programs. Business Library.
In addition to their scholarly and teaching activities, fac- The Stuart School of Business follows an academic ulty members are consultants to major national and calendar of four quarters, beginning in August, international corporations. Their expertise has been November, February and May. Because a majority called upon by local and federal government agencies, of Stuart students work full time, most classes meet including the Environmental Protection Agency, National once a week in the evenings. Courses are also offered Institute of Standards and Technology, Metropolitan in the daytime and on weekends. All programs offer Sanitary District, Department of Housing and Urban classes at our Downtown Campus. Part-time and other Development, and Department of Energy. Most IIT M.B.A. programs are also offered at IIT’s Daniel F. and Stuart students are working professionals from Chicago’s Ada L. Rice Campus in Wheaton, 35 miles southwest business and finance communities. International stu- of Chicago.
Degrees Offered
Master of Mathematical Finance (collaborative program Master of Science in Finance with the Department of Applied Mathematics) Master of Science in Financial Markets Master of Business Administration Master of Science in Marketing Communication Master of Science in Environmental Management Doctor of Philosophy in Management Science
278 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Stuart School of Business
Dual-Degree Programs
M.B.A./M.S. in Environmental Management With the IIT Graduate Program M.B.A./M.S. in Finance in Public Administration: M.B.A./M.S. in Financial Markets M.B.A./Master of Public Administration M.B.A./M.S. in Marketing Communication With the IIT Chicago-Kent College of Law: With the Institute of Design J.D./M.B.A. M.Des/M.B.A. J.D./M.S. in Environmental Management J.D./M.S. in Financial Markets
Graduate Certificate Programs
Graduate Management Graduate Certificates Financial Markets Certificates Certificates E-Business Alternative Investments Entrepreneurship Environmental Management Electronic Trading Financial Management Healthcare Management Financial Markets Information Management Healthcare Marketing Financial Programming International Business Communication Portfolio Management Management Science Marketing Operations, Quality, and Technology Management Strategic Management of Organizations
Research Facilities
The Downtown Campus Libraries are an open-stack col- ogy. The Center supports Stuart School’s M.S. in lection of more than 525,000 volumes, including the Financial Markets program and offers related certificate holdings of the Stuart Business Library, the Chicago- programs online and on-site; promotes scholarship and Kent Law Library, and the Library of International linkages to Chicago’s financial industry, assists faculty Relations, which contains international materials in his- and students to contribute actively to projects in elec- tory, economics, political science and law. IIT Stuart’s tronic trading, risk management, and new derivative downtown facility is equipped with four computer labs, products development. Michael Gorham, director, can be offering more than 200 student workstations linked to the reached at 312.906.6520 or [email protected]. Internet and networked with IIT libraries (including the Downtown Campus Libraries). The computer lab provides The Chicago Center for Sustainable Enterprise has access to a wide range of business software and resources. as its mission "to identify, develop, communicate, and The Quantitative Research Lab provides an interactive help implement practical and equitable business strate- learning environment, featuring simulated trading, gies that advance the ecological sustainability of the investment analysis and financial industry databases. Chicago area while fostering current and future economic viability." The Center brings together many disciplines at The Center for Financial Markets provides a unique IIT in a collaborative relationship with business corpora- focus on four interrelated spheres of knowledge needed by tions, other academic institutions, government agencies, any professional who works for a financial intermediary and members of the NGO community. George Nassos, or other capital market institution: financial markets, director, can be reached at 312.906.6543 or trading, financial engineering, and information technol- [email protected].
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 279 Stuart School of Business
Faculty
Martin L. Bariff, Associate Professor. B.A., M.A.S., Ph.D., Harvey Kahalas, Professor of Organizational University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. Impact of Management, Dean. B.S., Boston University; information technology on business strategy, organiza- M.B.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University tional structure, management controls and human of Massachusetts. Economic development, decision-making. organizational competetiveness.
John Bilson, Professor of Finance. B.Econ, Monash Michael Kelly, Assistant Professor. B.Sc. (Hons), Sydney University, Australia; M.Econ, Monash University, University; Ph.D. in Applied Mathematics (Queing Australia; Ph.D., University of Chicago. Theory), University of NSW, Australia.
Keith Black, Assistant Professor. B.A., Whittier College; Nasrin R. Khalili, Assistant Professor and Academic M.S., Carnegie Mellon University, A.B.D. Illinois Director, Environmental Management. B.Sc., M.S.P.H., Institute of Technology. Tehran University (Iran); Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology. Atmospheric chemistry, environmental Sanford A. Bredine, Senior Lecturer, B.A., Trinity impact analysis, environmental system analysis, and College, M.B.A., University of Chicago. Marketing and waste engineering. marketing communications. Thomas W. Knowles, Professor. B.S., Purdue University; Deborah Cernauskas, Visiting Assistant Professor. B.S., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Mathematical and Northern Illinois University; N.S., Northern Illinois computer modeling. University Graduate School; M.B.A., Illinois Benedictine College; Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology. Michael K. Ong, Professor and Director of Finance and Financial Markets. B.S. Physics, University of the Eliezer Geisler, Professor. Ph.D., Northwestern Philippines, M.A. Physics, M.S. Applied Mathematics, University. Organizational behavior, health care technol- Ph.D. Applied Mathematics, State University of New York ogy management, management of information and at Stony Brook. Risk management- market risk, credit telecommunication technology, strategic management. risk, operational risk and regulatory issues. International finance and capital markets. Financial risk modeling. Joel Goldhar, Professor. B.Ch.E., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; M.B.A., Harvard University; D.B.A., George Paul R. Prabhaker, Associate Professor, Associate Dean Washington University. Computer-integrated manufac- and Academic Director, Marketing Communication turing, the impact of technology on business strategy. Program. B.Tech., M.B.A., Indian Institute of Technology (India); M.S., Ph.D., University of Rochester. Advertising- Michael Gorham, Assistant Professor. B.A., University of price interaction, Technology/Marketing interface. Notre Dame; M.S., University of Wisconsin; M.S., University of Florida; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin Nick T. Thomopoulos, Research Professor. B.S., M.A., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign; Ph.D., Illinois Charles T. Hamilton, Clinical Associate Professor. B.S., Institute of Technology. Forecasting, inventory, assembly M.A.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. line systems. Accounting education, the behavioral factors that influ- ence audit judgment. Khairy A. Tourk, Professor. B.S., University of Alexandria (Egypt); M.A., Vanderbilt University; Ph.D., University of M. Zia Hassan, Professor. B.Sc., University of Punjab California, Berkeley. Evolution of the Asian enterprise, (Pakistan); M.S., Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology. economics of the newly industrializing Asia. Effective organizations, strategic and quality issues in organizations. Benjamin Van Vliet, Lecturer. B.A., Calvin College; M.Sc., Illinois Institute of Technology. Kamyar Jabbari, Senior Lecturer. B.S., Towson State University; M.B.A., University of Chicago. Project financ- Russell Wojcik, Lecturer. B.S., SUN College at Oneonta; ing, international banking and independent power M.S., Clarkson College of Technology. production.
280 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Stuart School of Business
Admission Requirements
Admission to the Stuart School of Business is based on than 600 must enroll in “English for International a profile combination of undergraduate GPA, GMAT test Students” during their first quarter. scores (some M.S. programs accept GRE scores in place of GMAT scores), and work experience. Applicants to all Completion of a diagnostic mathematics exam is required master’s programs, including the M.B.A., must have, or for all incoming students in the M.S. in Financial are expected to have completed prior to enrollment, a Markets and related certificate programs. Based on the four year undergraduate degree from an accredited insti- performance on this exam, additional prerequisite tution. Applications are accepted throughout the year, courses may be required. and part-time students may enter most programs at the beginning of any quarter. Applicants must submit essays, Applicants to the Ph.D. program in management letters of recommendation, official transcripts, a recent science must have completed a master’s degree and with GMAT score report, and a summary of work experience. a graduate level business core, or a Master’s in Finance Applicants from non-English-speaking countries must or equivalent degree. For applicants who have a master’s also submit TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign degree but have not completed the business core, some Language) scores of at least 600 (250 computer), unless prerequisite courses will be required. they received an undergraduate or graduate degree from an accredited U.S. institution. Applicants who score less
Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.)
To meet your interests and needs, IIT Stuart offers a Accelerated M.B.A. Program choice of four M.B.A. programs: the Full-Time M.B.A. A one-year full-time M.B.A. for recent graduates of U.S. program, the Flexible M.B.A. program, the Accelerated colleges and universities, the program requires comple- M.B.A. program, and the Fast-Track M.B.A. program. tion of 16 courses, including eight core courses, seven elective courses, and a capstone course in Business Policy. Full-Time M.B.A. Program The 20-course curriculum requires completion of eight Fast-Track M.B.A. Program core courses, four concentration electives from one of 10 This two-year part-time program for mid-career profes- areas of concentration, seven open electives, and a sionals is offered only at IIT’s Rice Campus in Wheaton. required capstone course in Business Policy. Students The cohort program consists of 16 courses (two courses may also complete a specialization, consisting of six per quarter in a sequenced order over eight quarters). courses. A 16-course General Management version of this Courses are offered either on Saturdays or on week- program, which does not require the four concentration nights. electives, is also offered. Courses are offered in the day- time and evenings at the Downtown Chicago campus.
Flexible M.B.A. Program This part-time program is designed to accommodate the needs of working professionals. Classes meet one evening each week at the Downtown Chicago campus. Students complete 20 courses including: eight core courses, four concentration electives, seven open electives, and a cap- stone course in Business Policy. Students may also complete a specialization, consisting of six courses. A 16- course General Management version of this program, which does not require the four concentration electives, is also offered.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 281 Stuart School of Business
Master of Business Administration Curriculum
Core courses International Business MBA 510 Financial and Managerial Accounting IB 515 International Trade MBA 520 Organizational Behavior IB 560 The Global Enterprise in the Competitive MBA 530 Managerial Economics Environment MBA 540 Statistical Methods Two of the following: MBA 550 Managerial Finance ECON 513 Macroeconomics in the Global Economy MBA 560 Marketing Management IB 525 International Finance MBA 570 Operations Management MKT 548 International Marketing MBA 580 International Business Management Science Capstone course MSC 535 Models for Decision Making MBA 590 Business Policy MSC 545 Spreadsheet Modeling MSC 571 Advanced Data Analysis M.B.A. Concentration Courses OM 530 Inventory, Logistics & Supply Chain Management Entrepreneurship ENT 510 Global Future Practices Marketing in Entrepreneurial Management MKT 541 Marketing Research ENT 520 Forming New Ventures and the MKT 544 Strategic Marketing Value-Creation Process Two of the following: ENT 530 Strategic Marketing Management MKT 545 Industrial Marketing of New Ventures MKT 548 International Marketing ENT 540 Financing New Ventures and Venture Capital IM 516 Marketing in the Networked Economy Any designated course from the M.S. Marketing Financial Management Communications Program FIN 520 Corporate Finance FIN 521 Investment and Portfolio Management Marketing Communication Two of the following: MC514 The Marketing Communication Plan FIN 524 Cases in Financial Engineering and Policy MC520 Understanding the Target Audience FIN 525 Financial Risk Management Two of the following: IB 525 International Finance MC 502 Brand Management Any designated course from the M.S.F. and M.S.F.M. pro- MC 516 Marketing and Advertising Research grams MC 524 Creative Strategies MC 546 Communication Strategy in the Digital Environment Financial Markets MC 552 Marketing Strategy in the Digital Environment FM 503 Introduction to Investments Any other MCOM course based on advisor’s recommendation. Two of the following: FM 500 Global Financial Markets Operations, Quality, and Technology Management FM 502 Global Market Economies OM 522 Management of Manufacturing and Service FM 505 Futures and Futures Markets Enterprises OM 510 Operating Systems Design & Management Healthcare Management Two of the following: HM 500 Management of Health Care OM 530 Inventory, Logistics, and Supply Chain HM 510 Health Care Systems and Technology Management HM 520 Health Informatics QLM 512 Quality Management HM 530 Organization, Policy and Strategic TM 510 Strategic Management of Technology and Management of Health Systems Innovation MSC 535 Models for Decision Making Information Technology Management IM 510 Strategic Management of Information Technology IM 512 Management of Enterprise Data Two of the following: IM 514 Data Mining IM 516 Marketing in the Networked Economy IM 518 Supply Chain Management
282 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Stuart School of Business
Strategic Management of Organizations MGT 556 Legal, Ethical, and Political Issue in Business MGT 555 Industry Structure and Competitive Strategy IB 560 The Global Enterprise in the Competitive MGT 553 Organization Leadership and Management Environment of Change MGT 565 Project Management Two of the following: MGT 585 Integrated Functional Management Sustainable Enterprise MGT 576 Individual Effectiveness EM 507 Industrial Ecology TM 510 Strategic Management of Technology and EM 590 Business Strategy: The Sustainable Enterprise Innovation Two of the following: MGT 545 Business Information and Management Control EM 515 Decision Tools for Environmental Management ACCT 501 Financial Statement Analysis EM 520 Contemporary Issues and Global Sustainability ACCT 506 Cost Management EM 530 Energy, Environment and Economics ECON 513 Macroeconomics in the Global Economy MGT 551 Organization Design and Theory MGT 557 Management and Development of Human Specializations consisting of six courses, are available in Resources selected areas.
Master of Science in Environmental Management
14 courses Prerequisite Courses EM 500 Fundamentals of Environmental Science The Master of Science in Environmental EM 503 Applied Mathematics for Environmental Management—among the best of such programs Managers in the nation—integrates law, science and business to answer the increasing demand for a uniquely trained Required Core Courses management professional who understands the many EM 501 Environmental Law and Regulation I complex dimensions of environmental issues today, with EM 502 Environmental Law and Regulation II an emphasis on sustainability. EM 506 Environmental Risk Assessment & Management To provide the program’s interdisciplinary perspective, EM 507 Industrial Ecology Stuart combines aspects of IIT’s renowned Department of EM 508 Air and Water Pollution Control Chemical and Environmental Engineering and Chicago- EM 509 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management Kent College of Law’s pioneering program in EM 511 Industrial Health and Safety environmental and energy law. The program prepares EM 515 Decision Tools for Environmental Management students for executive and management environmental positions in corporations, government agencies, consult- Required Capstone Courses ing firms and not-for-profit organizations. The program is EM 512 Environmental Monitoring and Compliance supported by the Stuart School’s recently founded Center EM 590 Business Strategy: The Sustainable Enterprise for Sustainable Enterprise. The mission of this resource center is to identify, develop, communicate and help Elective Courses implement practical and equitable business strategies to Business Electives advance the ecological sustainability of the Chicago area MBA 510 Financial & Managerial Accounting while fostering current and future economic viability. MBA 520 Organizational Behavior MBA 530 Managerial Economics The master’s curriculum consists of 14 courses: eight MBA 550 Managerial Finance required core courses, four elective courses (at least three MBA 560 Marketing of which must be business electives), and two required MBA 570 Operations Management capstone courses. Two prerequisite courses are required MBA 580 International Business of students who have not taken college-level chemistry and calculus or their equivalents. Students who already Technical Electives have either an M.B.A. or an undergraduate business EM 520 Contemporary Issues & Global Sustainability degree may substitute other recommended graduate man- EM 530 Energy, Environment & Economics agement courses for all or some of the business electives. EM 597 Independent Study
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 283 Stuart School of Business
Master of Science in Finance
The IIT Stuart Master of Science in Finance Program fea- In order to graduate with a concentration, students must tures a leading-edge curriculum. Specific courses necessary complete one of the following prescribed curricula: to complete the MS Finance degree requirements must be Number taken from the following list of twenty-one courses: Concentration Curriculum of Courses
Risk Management Economics Sequence Core Requirement 6 courses MSF 511 Financial Economics I Risk Management Sequence 2 courses MSF 512 Financial Economics II Financial Modeling Sequence 2 courses MSF 513 Financial Theory Investments Sequence 2 courses Open Electives 2 courses Financial Modeling Sequence 14 courses MSF 521 Financial Modeling I Corporate Finance MSF 522 Financial Modeling II Core Requirement 6 courses MSF 523 Financial Modeling III Corporate Finance Sequence 2 courses Economics Sequence 2 courses Corporate Finance Sequence Risk Management Sequence 2 courses ACCT 501 Financial Statement Analysis Open Electives 2 courses MSF 532 Corporate Finance 14 courses MSF 533 Marketing of Financial Products Quantitative Finance Core Requirement 6 courses Investments Sequence Financial Modeling Sequence 2 courses MSF 541 Valuation and Portfolio Management Computational Finance Sequence 3 courses MSF 542 Structured Fixed Income Portfolios Risk Management Sequence 2 courses MSF 543 Quantitative Investment Strategies Programming Track in M.S. Financial Markets 3 courses* Risk Management Sequence 16 courses MSF 551 Futures, Options and OTC Derivatives MSF 552 Market Risk Management *The Programming Track in the M.S. Financial Markets curriculum consists MSF 553 Enterprise Risk Management of three required courses, namely, FM 492, FM 530 and FM 538, of which only FM 538 counts toward the degree program. Financial Econometrics Sequence MSF 561 Financial Time Series Analysis Important Note: Both FM 492 and FM 530 are additional MSF 562 Econometric Analysis requirements for graduation with a Quantitative Finance MSF 563 Bayesian Inference in Econometrics concentration. Students with a bachelors or masters degree in a technology related field may be relieved of these prerequisites, provided they show proof of taking Computational Finance Sequence accredited courses in Visual Basic C++ programming MSF 571 Computational Finance I or commensurate professional experience. MSF 572 Computational Finance II MSF 573 Computational Finance III Course Substitutions Core Requirement To the extent that students have completed commensu- In order to obtain a general foundation in business and rate coursework or professional experience, substitutions applied finance, students must take the following six core to the required curriculum may be permitted, with the courses: MSF 511, MSF 521, ACCT 501, MSF 541, MSF approval of the academic advisor. 551, and MSF 562. These courses are shown in bold in Free Electives the list above. Up to two electives may be taken from outside the Specialization Requirement courses prescribed above. These electives may be taken In order to achieve in-depth understanding of specific from other offerings of the Stuart School of Business, the areas of business and applied finance, students are Chicago-Kent College of Law, or the Main Campus gradu- required to complete at least two sequences from the ate programs, provided that: (1) they are consistent with seven sequences listed above. the M.S. Finance program’s objectives; and (2) they have been approved, prior to the student’s registration, by the Concentration Requirement Program Director of the M.S. Finance program. To gain a competitive advantage in the market place, stu- dents are strongly encouraged to pursue at least one A “prerequisite course” that is not part of the Finance concentration. Students graduating with a concentration Program curriculum will not be counted toward a stu- will be duly recognized in the degrees they earned, for dent’s program of study. For example, a "prerequisite example, “Master’s of Science in Finance” will appear course" may either be a formal prerequisite, such as MBA only on their Diploma, while “Master’s of Science in 510 which is a formal prerequisite for ACCT 501, or an Finance with Concentration in XX” will appear on their informal prerequisite such as a basic math course which official transcript. is an informal prerequisite for MSF 511. 284 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Stuart School of Business
Master of Science in Financial Markets
Introduced in 1992, the Master of Science in Financial Trading Sequence Markets (FM) is the nation’s oldest and most prestigious FM 543 Market Analysis graduate degree program focusing exclusively on modern FM 545 Advanced Options Trading Strategy capital markets. Designed at the request of and in collab- FM 544 Equity Trading Strategies oration with industry leaders, the program provides an FM 546 Fixed Income Trading Strategies intellectual framework for understanding how financial markets are structured, regulated and interconnected in Derivatives Sequence the U.S. and around the world. Some courses in the pro- FM 532 Equity & Equity Derivatives Modeling gram are offered online as iCourses. FM 533 Term Structure & Interest Rate Derivatives Modeling In order to earn the M.S. Financial Markets degree from FM 545 Advanced and Options Trading Strategies the Stuart School of Business, a student must complete at a minimum, a fourteen-course program of study. Programming Track Specific courses necessary to complete the M.S. Financial FM 492 Introduction to C/C++ Programming for Markets degree requirements must be taken from the Financial Markets following list of courses: FM 530 Visual Basic & Databases for Financial Markets Prerequisite Sequence FM 538 Advanced OOP for Financial Markets FM 490 Math for Financial Markets FM 491 Statistics for Financial Markets Course Substitutions MBA 510 Financial and Managerial Accounting To the extent that students have completed commensu- rate coursework or professional experience, substitutions Core Sequence to the required curriculum may be permitted, with the FM 502 Global Market Economics approval of the academic advisor. FM 503 Introduction to Investments FM 505 Futures and Futures Markets Core Requirement FM 506 Options and Options Theory In order to obtain a general foundation in financial mar- FM 507 Quantitative Methods in Financial Markets kets, students are required to take the following six FM 508 Statistical Methods in Financial Markets courses in the Core Sequence: FM 502, FM 503, FM 505, FM 506, FM 507, FM 508. These courses are listed above Investments Sequence in bold. FM 520 Equity Valuation FM 521 Global Investment Strategy Specialization Requirement FM 522 Portfolio Management and Mutual Funds In order to achieve in-depth understanding of specific FM 523 Financial Statement and Security Analysis areas of financial markets, students are required to com- plete at least two sequences from the five sequences Alternative Investments Sequence listed above. FM 524 Hedge Funds FM 525 Real Estate Investment Analysis FM 592 Enterprise Formation and Finance
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 285 Stuart School of Business
Concentration Requirement
To gain a competitive advantage in the market place, stu- Important Note: Both FM 492 and FM 530 are additional dents are strongly encouraged to pursue at least one requirements for graduation with a Financial concentration. Students graduating with a concentration Engineering concentration. Students with a bachelor’s will be duly recognized in the degrees they earned, for or master’s degree in a technology related field may be example, “Master of Science in Financial Markets” will relieved of these prerequisites, provided they show proof appear only on their Diploma, while “Master’s of Science of taking accredited courses in Visual Basic and C++ in Finance with Concentration in XX” will appear on programming or commensurate professional experience. their official transcript. Free Electives In order to graduate with a concentration, students must Up to two electives may be taken from outside the complete one of the following prescribed curricula: courses prescribed above. These electives may be taken from other offerings of the IIT Stuart School of Business, Number the Chicago-Kent College of Law, or the Main Campus Concentration Curriculum of Courses graduate programs, provided that: (1) they are consistent with the M.S. Financial Markets program’s objectives; Financial Markets and (2) they have been approved, prior to the student’s Core Sequence 6 courses registration, by the Associate Director of the M.S. Trading Sequence 3 courses Financial Markets program. Derivatives Sequence 3 courses Open Electives 2 courses A prerequisite or 400 level course that is not part of the 14 courses Financial Markets curriculum will not be counted Investments towards a student’'s graduate program of study. For Core Sequence 6 courses example, a “prerequisite course” may either be a formal Investments Sequence 4 courses prerequisite, such as MBA 510 which is a formal prereq- Alternative Investments Sequence 3 courses uisite for FM 523, or an informal prerequisite such as a Open Electives 1 course basic math course which is an informal prerequisite for 14 courses FM 507 or FM 508. Financial Engineering Core Sequence 6 courses * Programming Track consists of three required courses, namely, FM 492, FM Programming Track 3 courses* 530 and FM 538, of which only FM 538 counts toward the degree program. Derivatives Sequence 3 courses Choose from (MSF 522, 523, 552, 553) or Financial Econometrics Sequence or Computational Finance Sequence of the M.S. Finance Program) 4 courses 16 courses
Master of Mathematical Finance (MMF)
(Collaborative Program with the Department of Applied Applied Mathematics Department (AM) and as such, it Mathematics) will give the students the chance to benefit from the strength of both units. 21.6 quarter credits 18 semester credits For specific course requirements, see the description on page 55. The objective of the MMF program is to provide individu- als interested in pursuing careers in financial risk Course Substitutions management with advanced education in theoretical, To the extent that students have completed commensu- computational and business aspects of relevant quantita- rate coursework or professional experience, substitutions tive methodologies. This is a collaborative program to the required curriculum may be permitted, with the between the Stuart School of Business (SSB) and the approval of the academic advisor.
286 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Stuart School of Business
Master of Science in Marketing Communication
The marketing communication program offers the stu- Communication Management Concentration Courses dent three distinct curriculum paths: (1) marketing MC 532 Sales Promotion Techniques communication graduate degree with a concentration in MC 534 Fundamentals of Public Relations communication management; (2) marketing communica- MC 536 Practicum tion graduate degree with a concentration in electronic MC 552 Marketing Strategy in Digital Environment marketing; (3) marketing communication graduate degree with a concentration in health care. Electronic Marketing Concentration Courses MC 546 Communication Strategies in Digital Each path is grounded in a group of common core Environment courses. The student completes these courses and chooses MC 551 Business Strategy in Networked Economy the preferred concentration. IIT Stuart’s marketing com- MC 552 Marketing Strategy in Digital Environment munication program teaches a strategy-driven approach MC 554 Customer Relationship Management that integrates advertising, public relations, database marketing, promotion and other marketing tools using Healthcare Marketing Concentration Courses the latest technology and quantitative research methods. MC 521 The Healthcare Consumer The program provides recent college graduates and pro- MC 511 Healthcare Marketing Strategies fessionals working in the field with the background MC 577 The Healthcare Marketplace needed to plan, manage, implement and assess market- ing communication programs at advertising agencies, Free Electives (any two) public relations firms, communication departments in MC 502 Brand Management corporations, government and not-for-profits, convention MC 504 Account Planning industry firms, design companies and small total market- MC 512 Organization Dynamics ing businesses. MC 528 Writing & Presentation Skills MC 532 Sales Promotion Techniques The M.S. curriculum consists of 14 courses, structured to MC 534 Fundamentals of Public Relations emphasize the function of objectives and strategy in the MC 536 Practicum marketing communication process. If students demon- MC 538 International Marketing Communication strate a mastery of such areas as media planning, MC 546 Communication Strategies in Digital promotion or direct marketing, advanced placement is Environment available. Students may then choose from relevant elec- MC 551 Business Strategy in Networked Economy tives in other Stuart or IIT courses or an independent MC 552 Marketing Strategy in Digital Environment study course. Consent of the program director is required. MC 554 Customer Relationship Management Students may begin in any quarter and may take up to MC 563 Web Page Design six years to complete a degree.
Master of Science in Marketing Communication Curriculum
Required core courses MC 510 Marketing Foundations MC 514 The Marketing Communication Plan MC 516 Marketing and Advertising Research MC 520 Understanding the Target Audience MC 522 Media Strategy and Implementation MC 524 Creative Strategies MC 526 The Database as Marketing Tool MC 530 Direct Marketing
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 287 Stuart School of Business
Doctor of Philosophy in Management Science
17 courses: The Ph.D. in Management Science Program at IIT pre- Six required core courses pares students and working professionals for careers in (21.6 quarter credit hours) university teaching and research and for executive and Eight elective courses in area of interest management positions in business, government and con- (28.8 quarter credit hours) sulting firms. Approximately half of the program’s Three adviser-approved open electives graduates have chosen academic careers. (10.8 quarter credit hours) Optional practicum in teaching and curriculum The program is selective and small with a high degree of (one quarter credit hour) interaction between faculty and students and a mentor Qualifying exam upon completion of core coursework relationship with a faculty adviser. The Ph.D. Area Comprehensive exam upon completion of all coursework Committee carefully matches the interest of the student Research (32.4 quarter credit hours) with the expertise of the faculty member. The program Submission of dissertation offers two concentrations: Operations and Finance. Oral defense of dissertation
Operations Concentration
At the IIT Stuart School of Business, operations is Areas of research in operations pursued by faculty and taught as the design and implementation of systems that students include design of quality systems, strategic qual- improve the efficiency and effectiveness of organizations. ity management, forecasting, materials management, Candidates in the program learn to understand how the scheduling, optimization, capacity planning, manufactur- optimization of resources—people, technology, finance and ing strategy, and strategic management of manufacturing information—can be effectively integrated for competitive firms. advantage. Management today realizes the value of opera- tions in any organization, whether it produces products or provides services.
Finance Concentration
The Ph.D. with a finance concentration is offered only as Stuart, as determined by the program director. Students part of the Master of Science in Finance/Ph.D. Dual in this dual degree program may earn both an M.S. in Degree Program, unless the applicant has earned a Finance and a Ph.D. in Management Science. finance degree that is equivalent to the program at IIT
288 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Stuart School of Business
Ph.D. Program of Study
IIT requires that at least three quarters of study be com- sive examination. Qualifying or comprehensive examina- pleted on a full-time basis. The quarters need not be tions may be taken only twice. consecutive but must occur within the six years prior to the awarding of the degree. Research may be done off When a student is ready to begin research, he or she is campus if suitable arrangements for supervision can be appointed a mutually acceptable research adviser by the made. Upon a student’s admission to the program, the dean of the Stuart School. A research project must be dean of the Stuart School appoints the student an an original investigation of high quality, and the results adviser. The adviser helps the student to formulate must be submitted in the form of a dissertation and of a an overall plan of study, including coursework, reading, related publishable paper. After submitting a completed independent study, and a plan of research, which must dissertation, the student will appear before an oral thesis be approved by the dean of the Stuart School. defense committee composed of at least four full-time fac- ulty members, one of whom will be a representative from Upon completion of core coursework, a written qualifying outside the student’s field. There must be a period of at examination is required. The qualifying examination is least 12 months between the date of the comprehensive diagnostic in purpose, and the school determines its form examination and the final defense. and scope. After completion of all coursework, a written comprehensive examination is required. This examina- Students may take up to six years to complete the degree. tion is a rigorous review of the level of competency After six years, students may petition for an extension, achieved as a result of the entire program of graduate but they must reapply to the program and may be study (except for the dissertation) as approved by an required to retake a comprehensive examination. A cumu- advisory committee and specified in the program of study. lative GPA of 3.0/4.0 in an approved program of study is There may also be an oral component to the comprehen- required for the Ph.D. program.
Doctor of Philosophy in Management Science Curriculum
Required core courses MSF 532 Corporate Finance ECON 570 Microeconomic Theory MSF 533 Marketing of Financial Products MSC 538 Simulation MSF 541 Valuation and Portfolio Management MSC 549 Advanced Spreadsheet Modeling MSF 542 Structured Fixed-Income Portfolios MSC 560 Optimization Techniques I MSF 543 Quantitative Investment Strategies MSC 570 Probability and Statistics MSF 551 Futures, Options and OTC Derivatives MSC 571 Data Analysis MSF 552 Market Risk Management MSF 553 Enterprise Risk Management Elective courses (select eight) MSF 561 Financial Time-Series Analysis MSC 534 Queueing MSF 562 Econometric Analysis MSC 550 Topics in Quality Management MSF 563 Bayesian Inference in Econometrics MSC 554 Scheduling Theory MSF 571 Computational Finance I MSC 562 Optimization Techniques II MSF 572 Computational Finance II MSC 564 Optimization Techniques III MSF 573 Computational Finance III MSC 573 Time-Series Analysis MSF 596 Research Seminar in Finance MSC 595 Research Seminar MSC 596 Special Topics Seminar Open electives MSF 511 Financial Economics I Three adviser-approved electives should be selected from the MSF 512 Financial Economics II remaining elective courses or from other curricula at IIT. MSF F13 Financial Theory MSF 521 Financial Modeling I Practicum (optional) MSF 522 Financial Modeling II MSC 576 Teaching and Curriculum Skills MSF 523 Financial Modeling III
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 289 Stuart School of Business
Dual-Degree Programs
Several dual-degree programs are offered, including three by each program separately. Current LSAT scores are in which enrollees are eligible to earn a law degree from required for admission to Chicago-Kent College of Law. IIT Chicago-Kent College of Law. To help plan a program Current GMAT scores are required by the Stuart School of study, students will be assigned advisers from both of Business, but current LSAT scores may be substituted programs in which they are studying. Simultaneous in some programs. Interested students should contact enrollment is required for varying periods of time, program advisers from either program for other specific depending on programs. Students should consult advisers requirements. from both programs for further information. Candidates for a dual-degree program must apply to and be accepted
M.B.A./M.S. in Environmental Management The M.B.A./M.S. in Environmental Management is business. An M.B.A. with an operations management designed to prepare professionals for management-level concentration would be especially useful to students inter- positions in corporations, government agencies and con- ested in the effects of the production of goods on the sulting firms. Students typically select one of the 10 environment. A combination of 16 M.B.A. courses plus 12 M.B.A. concentrations to advance their specific profes- M.S. in Environmental Management courses, for a total of sional goals in the environmental field. 28 courses, makes up the dual curriculum. Both degrees are usually earned in three years of full-time study or in For example, a student who wishes to focus on global con- five years of part-time study. Dual enrollment can reduce cerns could combine the environmental management degree requirements by as many as four courses. degree with an M.B.A. concentration in international
M.B.A./M.S. in Financial Markets
The M.B.A./M.S. in Financial Markets program is 12 M.S. in Financial Markets courses, for a total of 28 designed for students and working professionals who courses, makes up the dual curriculum. Students may wish to pursue a career in the financial markets at the select any M.B.A. concentration, except finance. Dual managerial or executive level. Both degrees are usually enrollment can reduce degree requirements by as many earned in three years of full-time study or in five years of as four courses. part-time study. A combination of 16 M.B.A. courses plus
M.B.A./M.S. in Finance
The M.B.A./M.S. in Finance program is designed for stu- combination of 16 M.B.A. courses plus 12 M.S. in Finance dents and working professionals who wish to pursue a courses, for a total of 28 courses, makes up the dual cur- career in finance at the managerial or executive level. riculum. Students may select any M.B.A. concentration, Both degrees are usually earned in three years of full- except finance. Dual enrollment can reduce degree time study or in five years of part-time study. A requirements by as many as four courses.
M.B.A./M.S. in Marketing Communication
The M.B.A./M.S. in Marketing Communication program is M.B.A. courses plus 12 M.S. in Marketing Communication designed to prepare students and working professionals courses, for a total of 28 courses, makes up the dual cur- who wish to pursue a career in marketing at the manager- riculum. Both degrees are usually earned in three years ial or executive level at advertising agencies, public of full-time study or in five years of part-time study. Dual relations firms, and marketing firms or in the functional enrollment can reduce degree requirements by as many area of marketing at corporations. A combination of 16 as four courses.
290 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Stuart School of Business
M.Des./M.B.A.
Offered in conjunction with the IIT Institute of Design, marks an important milestone in the co-evolution of the Master of Design / Master of Business Administration design, management, and innovation. The dual degree (MDes/MBA) dual degree program combines graduate will require students to take 14 MBA courses and 47 professional education in both design and business. The credit hours of design courses. first program of its kind in the world, IIT’s MDes/MBA
M.B.A./Master of Public Administration The Master of Public Administration program, designed their career. Both degrees are usually earned in three for the working professional, emphasizes the formulation years of full-time study or in five years of part-time study. of policy, the acquisition of human and financial A combination of 16 core courses (nine M.B.A. and seven resources, and the application of sound methods of man- M.P.A.) and nine electives (five M.B.A., two M.P.A. and agement in public and nonprofit organizations. The two chosen from either program), for a total of 25 courses, M.B.A./M.P.A. is ideal for students who intend to work in makes up the dual curriculum. Dual enrollment can an environment that combines aspects of both public- and reduce degree requirements by as many as six courses. private-sector management and for those who expect to move between business and government positions during
J.D./M.B.A. The J.D./M.B.A. program is offered in conjunction with sibility in their firm. Both degrees are usually earned in Chicago-Kent College of Law. The management expertise four years of full-time study or five-and-a-half years of and business skills that participants acquire in the part-time study. Dual enrollment can reduce degree M.B.A. program can be important skills in the legal pro- requirements by as many as 10 courses (five law and five fession. A solid understanding of the business world can M.B.A.). be invaluable in many areas of law, especially for corpo- rate attorneys or legal/management consultants. An M.B.A. degree prepares lawyers for management respon-
J.D./M.S. in Environmental Management
The Environmental Management (EM) Program inte- usually earned in four years of full-time study or in 5.5 grates managerial and technical skills into Chicago- years of part-time study. Dual enrollment can reduce Kent’s renowned Environmental and Energy Studies degree requirements by as many as nine courses (five EM Program. This dual program is particularly well inte- and four law). grated because the two schools worked closely together to design the Environmental Management Program and fac- ulty are drawn from both schools. Both degrees are
J.D./M.S. in Financial Markets
Offered in conjunction with the Chicago-Kent College of trading company. Students gain a unique perspective on Law, this dual degree program is designed for students the economics of financial products and markets that are who wish to specialize in securities and commodities law used to advise clients, to propose regulation, or to litigate. for a law firm, brokerage firm, commodity exchange or
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 291 Stuart School of Business
Course Descriptions
Numbers in parentheses represent ECON 570 EM 502 class, lab and total credit hours, Microeconomic Theory Environmental Law & Regulations II respectively. A systematic exposition of basic This course is a continuation of EM mathematical methods as they are 501. It will emphasize the organiza- ACCT 501 related to microeconomic analysis. tion of government regulatory Financial Statement Analysis Topics include economic models, com- agencies, the techniques of environ- After reviewing the content of the parative statics, optimization, supply mental regulation, the interplay of major financial statements, the and demand, the economics of pro- federal and state environmental regu- course examines ratios, inventories, duction market structure, and lation, environmental enforcement, long-lived assets, income taxes, debt, resource allocation. (3.6, 0, 3.6) and environmental compliance. The leases, and pensions, among other Clean Air Act, Solid Waste Disposal topics. U.S. practices are compared to EM 500 Act (and Resource Conservation and practices in other major countries. Fundamentals of Environmental Recovery Act, RCRA), Toxic This course is intended for those who Science Substances Control Act (TSCA), will examine financial statements of An introduction to the basic scientific Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and outside organizations. Prerequisite: knowledge needed to understand the Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), and MBA 510 or consent of instructor. nature of environmental problems and Comprehensive Environmental (3.6, 0, 3.6) to quantify them. The course reviews Response, Compensation, and the current state of technology of envi- Liability Act (CERCLA) will be the ACCT 506 ronmental control in its application to main statutes used to illustrate the Cost Management water, air and land pollution. Topics workings of pollution control statutes. This course builds upon the manage- include an examination of human- (3.6, 0, 3.6) ment accounting foundation induced environmental problems presented in MBA 510. Competitive (population growth, industrialization, EM 503 strategy is linked with the following energy consumption) and the role of Applied Mathematics for managerial topics: activity based technology in dealing with these; Environmental Managers costing, the theory of constraints, quantifying environmental problems This course is an overview of the fun- strategic decision-making, manage- using principles of physics, chemistry, damentals of calculus and statistics ment and operational control, cost microbiology, epidemiology and envi- with applications in solving environ- estimation, budgeting, and cost allo- ronmental ecology; and the mental problems. The course begins cation. This course is intended for technological control of environmental with a general discussion of linear those who will use accounting infor- problems water supply, water pollu- and non-linear equations, logarithms mation within their own tion, air pollution, solid and hazardous and exponents and moves into differ- organization. Prerequisite: MBA 510 waste. Local and global examples of ential and integral calculus with or consent of instructor. (3.6, 0, 3.6) environmental problems and solutions emphasis on applications. Other are discussed. (3.6, 0, 3.6) modules include linear programming, ECON 513 probability and statistics. (3.6, 0, 3.6) Macroeconomics in the Global EM 501 Economy Environmental Law and Regulation I EM 506 A survey of macroeconomics for busi- This course will introduce students to Environmental Risk Assessment ness planning. Topics include an the major federal and state statutes and Management analysis of the forces determining the and regulatory programs that govern This course presents a multidiscipli- level of national income and employ- pollution from industrial, commercial, nary approach for identifying, ment, the relationship between the and public sources. The course will evaluating, and managing risks from government and the private sector, emphasize the organization of the gov- environmental contaminants and theories of consumption and invest- ernment regulatory agencies, the technological hazards. The use of ment, the tools of monetary and fiscal techniques of environmental regula- risk assessment and risk manage- policies, and the effect of the interna- tion, the interplay of federal and state ment as tools for setting scientifically tional open economy on the U.S. environmental regulation, environ- sound, risk-based priorities is evalu- economy. Prerequisite: MBA 530 or mental enforcement, and ated. In addition, a conceptual consent of instructor. (3.6, 0, 3.6) environmental litigation. The National framework for environmental health Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), the risk management is examined as an Clean Water Act, Safe Drinking Water integrated strategy for addressing Act, and the Endangered Species Act multiple sources of risk. (3.6, 0, 3.6) will be the main statutes used to illus- trate the workings of the pollution control statutes. The role of environ- mental law in the international arena will also be discussed. (3.6, 0, 3.6) 292 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Stuart School of Business
EM 507 EM 512 government agencies. Representative Industrial Ecology Environmental Monitoring and topics include macrosustainable Industrial ecology is the study of the Compliance development, pollution prevention, material and energy flows that stem This course is designed to familiarize urban sprawl and brownfields, from industrial and consumer activi- students with the environmental resource efficiency, and global cli- ties and the regulatory, political, manager’s duties in permitting, mate change. (3.6, 0, 3.6) economic, technical, and social issues reporting, record-keeping, and sam- that intertwine these activities. By pling. It emphasizes a systematic EM 530 examining these relationships, indus- approach to identifying a source’s Energy, Environment and trial ecologists strive to bring obligations with respect to each regu- Economics environmental concerns into harmony lated media and activity and This course deals with the linkage of with economic development. developing appropriate responses. energy, environmental and economic (3.6, 0, 3.6) Obligations under United States issues. The impact of energy supply environmental laws and their rela- and end-use on human well-being EM 508 tionship to state and local laws are and the ecosystem is covered. It also Air and Water Pollution Control considered as a model for analysis includes a comprehensive approach This course provides a comprehen- and response. The role of environ- to the resolution of resource, techni- sive review of the most current and mental manager is examined cal, economic, strategic, advanced control technologies used through extensive use of experienced environmental, socio- and geopoliti- for management of air, water, and environmental managers as guest cal problems of the energy wastewater pollutants. Prerequisites: lecturers, coupled with a laboratory industries. In addition, pathways to EM 500 and EM 503 or consent of visit, lectures by the teacher, course a sustainable global energy system instructor. (3.6, 0, 3.6) materials, research assignments on are presented. (3.6, 0, 3.6) the computer, and a final project EM 509 where the course lessons are applied. EM 590 Solid and Hazardous Waste (3.6, 0, 3.6) Business Strategy: The Sustainable Management Enterprise This course offers a comprehensive EM 515 Integrates environmental manage- review of current and advanced phys- Decision Tools Environmental ment issues with use of strategic ical, chemical, and biological Management planning tools for assessing and methods of solid and hazardous This course will deal directly with responding to competitive and social waste management and disposal. innovative methods and technologies forces. The course looks at the chal- Prerequisites: EM 500 and EM 503 to institutionalize systems that allow lenge of corporations competing in or consent of instructor. (3.6, 0, 3.6) managers to use their assets—human, the global economy of the new mil- financial, physical, and natural—in an lennium in such a way that will EM 511 optimum manner. Students will apply allow the planet to support them Industrial Health and Safety what they learn to assess problems indefinitely. Emphasis is on the com- This course is designed to fulfill edu- and propose solutions to manage pany’s ability to build and sustain a cational needs for enhancing safety assets related to business operations, competitive advantage utilizing tra- and health, a basic necessity in the environmental management, and com- ditional management concepts as industrial workplace. The require- munity development. Approximately well as new sustainability practices. ments of the Occupational Safety and half of the course will involve hands- Topics include a review of the sys- Health Administration (OSHA), on training using mapping tems approach, The Natural Step, increased employer liability, and technologies and other analytical tools. the "servicizing" concept, base of the worker awareness of implications of Work will includes individual study as pyramid strategy, and various case an unsafe and unhealthy work envi- well as team project assignments. studies showing how an enterprise ronment, will be discussed. The major (3.6, 0, 3.6) can meet its sustainable goals consis- elements of hazard evaluation and tent with its financial and market control, workplace hazard control, EM 520 goals. (3.6, 0, 3.6) worker-machine interaction, occupa- Contemporary Issues and Global tional injury and diseases, and process Sustainability ENT 510 alterations are examples of topics cov- The increasing complexity of environ- Global Future Practices in ered in this course. (3.6, 0, 3.6) mental problems warrants an Entrepreneurial Management integrated multidisciplinary This course is designed to provide a approach to developing management broad perspective of the end-to-end strategies for local, regional, and processes that constitute the archi- global sustainability. This course pro- tecture of successful vides an analysis of significant entrepreneur-founded and managed environmental issues currently fac- business. Students will study the his- ing multinational corporations and tory of the business sector in North
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 293 Stuart School of Business
America and the contributions of self-organizing. Teams consist of one FIN 524 entrepreneurs to the economy. In to four students. (No prerequisites) Cases in Financial Engineering addition, students will recognize the and Policy emergence of “strategy” as the intel- ENT 540 This course surveys the reasons why lectual driving force that networks Financing New Ventures and corporations use financial products. all activities of the firm into a coordi- Venture Capital The course prepares students to nated, interactive, efficient, and This is an experiential course that work either on the sell-side in banks effective force with a high probability provides students with a basic under- and financial institutions or on the of dominating the firm’s chosen mar- standing of the financial market buy-side at corporations and invest- kets. This course also integrates the sub-system that are the source of pri- ment funds. Prerequisites: FIN 520, narrower perspectives of the core vate equity financing for new FIN 521. (3.6, 0, 3.6) courses and provides a framework for ventures. The course focuses on the FIN 525 selecting elective courses in areas interactions among early stage com- Financial Risk Management that relate specifically to each stu- mercialization processes, early stage dent’s career goals. entrepreneurship, early stage firm This course focuses on recent devel- formation, and the private equity opments in the management of exposure to market risk, credit risk, ENT 520 markets. All of the ideas, heuristics, operational risk, etc. Also, an intro- Forming New Ventures and the concepts, principles, and theories dis- duction to the products used for risk Value-Creation Process cussed in ENT 540 are studied from management, including forwards, This course explores the core of the a ‘systems’ perspective that places options, swaps, caps, collars and formation of new ventures: the sys- more emphasis on the interactions floors. (3.6, 0, 3.6) tematic, structured, iterative process between system components than a of identification of opportunities to detailed understanding of the indi- FM 490 enter markets, dictate market struc- vidual components. The course is Math for Financial Markets ture, establish a sustainable grounded in concepts developed at This course reviews pre-calculus and competitive advantage, and dominate Babson College, Stanford Graduate calculus. Topics include algebra, loga- markets. At the beginning, this School of Business. Management rithms, analytic geometry, functions, course focuses on new product devel- teams are self-organizing. Teams matrices, differentiation, integration, opment, and then progresses to the consist of one to four students based and partial derivatives. Students do concepts of value migration, value upon student preferences. (No pre- problems in class to reinforce theory creation, and value bundles. These requisites) and examples. Quizzes, homework concepts are examined from both a and a written final exam. (3.6-0-3.6) strategic and financial perspective. FIN 520 (Prerequisite: ENT 510.) Corporate Finance FM 491 This course builds on the introduc- Statistics for Financial Markets ENT 530 tion to managerial finance presented An introduction to basic concepts of Strategic Marketing Management in MBA 550. Topics include estimat- probability and statistics, including of New Ventures ing cash flows, capital budgeting data presentation, probability theory, This course provides students the under uncertainty, raising debt and discrete random variables, expected opportunity to apply their knowledge equity capital, financial restructur- value, variance, correlation, the nor- and skills to the role of a CEO or as ing, and financial risk management. mal distribution, estimation, a member of a firm’s executive man- Prerequisite: MBA 550. (3.6, 0, 3.6) confidence intervals, hypothesis test- agement team in the role of a senior ing, and simple linear regression. decision maker. This is a pure man- FIN 521 (3.6-0-3.6) agement course that requires the Investment and Portfolio effective and efficient application of Management FM 492 all cross-functional and interdiscipli- This course is concerned with secu- Intro. to C/C++ Programming for nary knowledge and skills associated rity valuation and portfolio Financial Markets with the senior management func- management. Topics include security This course presents the ANSI C++ tion. The course uses an pricing, measurement of risk and programming language. Students Internet-based, game theoretical return, mean-variance portfolio will study program design, including computer simulation as its principle analysis, the capital asset pricing functions, arrays and strings, point- pedagogical tool. The scope and scale model, factor models, and arbitrage ers, dynamic memory management, of the simulation covers the dynam- pricing models. Asset classes and data structures and the Standard ics and functions of real world portfolio strategies commonly used Template Library. Object-oriented design will be discussed, including markets and firm activities. by global portfolio managers are also the design and use of classes, over- Traditional strategic analysis, game studied. Prerequisite: MBA 550 or loading, inheritance and theory, and the concepts (not the consent of instructor. (3.6, 0, 3.6) polymorphism. The focus will be to math) underlying real options theory understand OOP concepts as they are used to analyze simulation out- are applied to financial markets. comes. Management teams are
294 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Stuart School of Business
FM 500 yield curve are reviewed. Highlights FM 507 Global Financial Markets include the separation theorem and Quantitative Methods in Financial This course will enable the student the Modigliani-Miller propositions. Markets to understand the basics of financial (Prerequisites: FM 507 and FM 508.) This course explains and puts to use markets and how they function in the different mathematical and sta- the global arena. The student will FM 505 tistical techniques for understanding learn how the equities market, the Futures and Futures Markets the financial markets. The focus of bond market, the money market, the This course provides a comprehen- the course is on the quantitative foreign exchange market and the sive study of futures and futures tools necessary to understand invest- derivatives markets are set up and markets from a variety of perspec- ment theory, portfolio analysis, and operate. We will focus on the instru- tives - theoretical, operational, the modeling of options. The course ments, the players, the jargon, the evolutionary, domestic and global. concentrates on some specific areas details of the trade, and the institu- Students who successfully complete in probability and statistics and dif- tional framework for each market. this course will have an understand- ferential and integral calculus that We cover both OTC and exchange- ing of the theory of futures contract are important for asset pricing and traded markets, and explore the pricing, a working knowledge of how risk management. Prerequisite: FM dramatic transformation of these these instruments are used for pric- 490 if required. markets. The student will learn how ing and risk management, and a each of these markets operates in the familiarity with the breadth and FM 508 US, but will also learn how practices diversity of the global futures mar- Statistical Methods in Financial differ in Europe, Asia and Latin kets (i.e., the products traded on Markets America. them, their economic role, the issues This course, a survey of statistical faced by market participants and methods and concepts, prepares stu- FM 502 possible developments in the years dents for quantitative courses in the Global Market Economics ahead). Following a discussion of the- FM program. The course focuses on This course provides the foundation oretical and operational issues in the statistical inference and forecasting necessary to analyze the impact of first three classes, the remaining methodologies, including regression economic developments on financial classes focus on uses of futures con- and time series analysis. The course markets and trading strategies. tracts in the principal product groups makes extensive use of Excel in solv- Topics include fiscal and monetary (i.e.; agricultural/metals/energy, ing statistical problems as well as an policy; interest rates; central banks; short-term interest rates, long-term introduction to using @Risk for commercial banks; international interest rates, stock indices and for- Monte Carlo simulation. trade and currency markets; econom- eign currency.) (Prerequisite: FM Prerequisite: FM 491 if required. ics statistics including inflation, GDP 507.) (3.6-0-3.6) and unemployment; supply and demand analysis; Keynesian and FM 506 FM 520 classical economics; business cycles; Options and Options Theory Equity Valuation business structures and decision This class presents both a practical This course covers the various mod- making; and economic forecasting. and theoretical approach to options els available for equity valuation. It Students write an economic analysis markets. Included is an in-depth includes discussions of the dividend of a current market issue. (3.6-0-3.6) examination of the most important discount model, Porter analysis, option pricing models and the factors DuPont decomposition of ROE, sus- FM 503 that determine option prices. Also tainable growth rates, earnings Introduction to Investments studied is the role of options in con- quality and accounting fraud, and This course focuses on the theoretical trolling risks, the relationship relative valuation measures such as basis of finance. The fundamentals of between an option and its underlying price/earnings and price/sales. The interest rates, present value, and instrument, and the relationship of major deliverable for this course is a portfolio theory are explored. options to futures and warrants. This comprehensive analysis of a public Included will be a discussion of the course explains the different roles company, modeled after the well- ways in which basic cash market played by investors/ hedgers, specu- known Merck case study. Also instruments and derivative products lators and market makers, the required is a complete analysis of a affect investment return. The topics different strategies each employs, convertible bond. (Prerequisite: FM include intertemporal choice, utility and the different view each has of 503 and FM 523.) bond theory, the capital asset pricing risk. The course surveys the interna- model, and the dividend discount tional markets for trading options, model. The mathematics of bond both on and off exchanges. pricing and the components of return Prerequisites: FM 507, FM 508. are discussed. The theories of the (3.6-0-3.6)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 295 Stuart School of Business
FM 521 reflect accounting choices, and fore- FM 530 Global Investment Strategy casting future operating results by Visual Basic and Databases This course provides an integrated business segment are also covered. for Financial Markets framework describing the investment The student will also learn and work This course is designed to provide process in global markets. We start with alternative valuation models, students with a comprehensive with explanations of what moves the including the dividend discount knowledge of the VB.NET program- foreign exchange markets and the model and the growth model to value ming environment that includes forecasting techniques to predict cur- a company. Finally the student will object oriented design using the rency moves. Discussions include the learn about unique industry issues .NET Framework. It will also cover benefits of international diversifica- as the case study approach covers relational database design, SQL, tion, and studies in global equity three companies in different indus- XML and the Unified Modeling markets, emerging markets stocks tries. The use of spreadsheets as an Language. These tools will be used and bonds, and the global bond mar- analytical tool will be strongly to create financial models using real kets. The conclusion of the course emphasized, including use of a time and historical market data. includes building global portfolios graphing template to compare a com- Students will develop financial appli- including equities, fixed income pany’s ratios to industry ratios. cations using advanced Visual Basic instruments, alternative and emerg- Prerequisite: MBA 510 or consent of tools. (Prerequisite: FM 506.) ing investments, and currency instructor. (3.6-0-3.6) hedges. Prerequisites: FM 503, FM FM 532 508. (3.6-0-3.6) FM 524 Equity & Equity Derivatives Hedge Funds Modeling FM 522 This course explores hedge funds and This course focuses on the fundamen- Portfolio Management and Mutual how they differ from regulated tal and statistical techniques for Funds mutual funds. Topics covered include modeling equity securities, equity This course will allow the student hedge fund business models and options, and equity index futures and the opportunity to add the practical legal structures, performance and fee options. Students deepen skills in the business knowledge of portfolio man- calculations, and risk management analysis of price behavior, the valua- agement to their previous theoretical techniques. Further, students prac- tion of options and the links between background. Topics include: mutual tice alternative trading strategies financial markets and fundamental fund and hedge fund history, struc- such as distressed investing, event- economic factor. The course features ture and objectives; portfolio driven trading, convertible, fixed extensive, hands-on use of Visual management policies for individual income, and merger arbitrage, and Basic and databases. Prerequisites: and institutional investors; asset relative value, equity hedged, and FM 506. (3.6-0-3.6) allocation, portfolio construction; market neutral strategies. optimization, reversion and trading, Prerequisite: FM 503 or MSF 541. FM 533 equity and fixed income portfolio (3.6, 0, 3.6) Term Structure and Interest Rate management strategies; risk mea- Derivatives Modeling surement, hedging and the use of FM 525 This course focuses on techniques for derivatives in funds; performance Real Estate Investment Analysis modeling fixed income instruments measurement and attribution; indus- This course will introduce students and interest rate-sensitive derivative try analysis and sector funds. to real estate ownership and financ- products. Students deepen skills in Prerequisites: FM 503, FM 508. ing. The importance of legal issues the analysis of option embedded (3.6-0-3.6) will be discussed, including zoning, bonds using OAS models, mean types of ownership, taxes, and devel- reversion, path dependent securities FM 523 opment regulations. The course may using multinomial models, swaps Financial Statements and include several case studies to principal component analysis and Security Analysis enhance students’ skills in evaluat- mortgage backed securities. This This course develops financial analy- ing the economics of proposed real course also covers term structure sis skills from the view of an outsider estate development projects. As a theory and several spot rate models. using a corporation’s publicly avail- part of these studies, students will This course is built around a series of able financial statements. analyze compound interest, mortgage laboratory studies. (Prerequisite: FM Techniques such as common-size loans, amortization, and internal 506 and FM 508) statements, ratio analysis, decompo- rates of return to support their sition, and use of the comprehensive investment decisions. Finally, stu- FM 536 DuPont and Z-score models are used dents will understand the Financial Time Series Analysis as a basis to teach analytical thought importance of capital markets and This course develops a portfolio of processes necessary to make projec- institutional investment in real techniques for the analysis of finan- tions for a company based on its estate, including mortgage-backed cial time series. Students will receive financial statements. Nontraditional securities, conduit, loans, and Real a brief overview of topics associated ratio analysis for an industry, adjust- Estate Investment Trusts (REITs). with technical analysis, including fil- ment of financial statements to Prerequisite: FM 503. (3.6, 0, 3.6) ters, moving averages and channels.
296 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Stuart School of Business
They will then study ARIMA model- basket trading, risk arbitrage trad- FM 592 ing and forecasting and analysis of ing, structured product trading, and Enterprise Formation & Finance non-linear time series models. dispersion trading (time permitting). This course is a model for entrepre- Finally, the course will conduct an Equity trading theory and practical neurs who want to form and finance indepth review of volatility estima- examples will be discussed. Students business enterprises. A team of expe- tion and forecasting models including will be required to structure and rienced entrepreneurs, venture the GARCH family and stochastic adapt equity trading positions based capitalists and lawyers guide students volatility models. (Prerequisites: FM on a range of actual and theoretical as they create vision statements and 503, 507 and 508.) market conditions. In addition, stu- strategic concepts; design business dents will collaborate with each models; evaluate business incubators; FM 538 other and the course instructor to construct staffing and compensation Advanced OOP for Financial analyze and evaluate the implemen- schemes; practice valuation analysis; Markets tation of the above-mentioned compare and contrast alternative After reviewing C++ programming strategies. (Prerequisites: FM 503, financial sources; structure business techniques and object oriented FM 505 and FM 506.) plans; compose offering documents; design, students will learn to use determine securities to offer; examine Visual C++.NET to build advanced FM 546 private placement processes; analyze financial applications and automated Fixed Income Trading Strategies negotiation strategies; and review the trading systems. Topics include mul- This course will present basic trad- implications of financing terms. (3.6- tithreading, sockets, APIs, ing concepts related to fixed income 0-3.6) synchronization and the Unified instruments. Also covered will be the FM 597 Modeling Language. Substantial analysis of repos and fixed income Independent Study amounts of homework will be derivatives, such as forwards and This course involves directed assigned and students will be futures, options and spreads. Trading research arranged on an ad-hoc basis expected to design and develop an strategies will be discussed, includ- between a student and a full-time original term project combining, into ing yield curve strategies, basis faculty member willing to sponsor the a C++ application, topics in quantita- trading, and various types of spread work. Eligible activities must include tive finance and trading strategy trading using many different instru- a substantial academic component presented in other courses. ment types. Students will make and result in a work product, such as (Prerequisites: FM 530 and FM 492 trading decisions and modify their a paper or report that can be evalu- or equivalent.) portfolios in order to familiarize ated for its quality under traditional themselves with the instruments and academic standards. The student and FM 543 techniques introduced. Swaps, the sponsoring professor must have Market Analysis Swaptions, Caps and Floors will be regular contact during the quarter for Technical analysis is based on the introduced, time permitting. which credit is given to evaluate assumption that markets are neither (Prerequisite: Both FM 505 and FM progress. Practical projects, tied to efficient nor random and that valu- 506, or MSF 551) the industry, are welcomed, but the able information can be found in the practical, work aspects must be tied FM 545 study of price movements and to a body of theory and be linked by a Futures and Options Trading changes in volume and open interest. work product as described. Credit Strategies This course will study different may vary, depending on the nature of charting techniques (candlestick, This advanced trading course pro- the activity, but may not exceed the point and figure, close-to-close, etc.) vides students with an opportunity number of quarter-hours associated as well as interpretive methodolo- to develop and manage market posi- with a regular course. (Prerequisite: gies, such as moving averages, tions utilizing commodities, currency Instructor’s consent) market indicators, oscillators, and and fixed income futures and patterns. If history does repeat itself, options. Students will research these HM 500 it is important to recognize when it is markets then design, implement and Management of Health Care happening. (Prerequisites: FM 505 manage market positions based on This course is an introduction to the and FM 506.) both current and simulated market topic of health management. The data. Students will access market course covers such areas as the FM 544 information and implement their unique attributes of the field of health Equity Trading Strategies positions using the Microhedge trad- care, and the basic concepts and prac- This course will provide students ing system. Along with the instructor tices used by managers in healthcare with an opportunity to learn the lat- and classmates, students will track delivery organizations and in related est Equity Trading Strategies used their results and assess trading deci- components of the sector. Some topics by large banks, brokerages and sions. Prerequisite: both FM 505 and of current interest include leadership, hedge funds. The instructor will pre- 506 or MSF 551. (3.6-0-3.6) organization design, and decision sent strategies on equity option processes in health delivery organiza- trading, pairs trading, program and tions. (3.6, 0, 3.6)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 297 Stuart School of Business
HM 510 IM 510 IM 516 Health Systems and Technology Strategic Management of Marketing in the Networked This course focuses on understanding Information Technology Economy the role that health and medical This course addresses the use of Consumer and business buying technology plays in health organiza- information technology (IT) to behavior through the Internet pre- tions. As a major cause of health improve global business strategy and sents new challenges and expenditures, technology is consid- performance in this digital age. opportunities. For example, a single ered a major component of health Topics include leveraging IT for com- Web site including products part- delivery, management and policy. petitive advantage, IT as an enabler nered with other companies provides Topics include: innovations and their of organizational change, the man- consumers a new, interactive product impacts on health organizations and agement of business knowledge, category shopping space (e.g., car the evaluation of medical technolo- applications systems architecture purchasing with financing, insur- gies. (3.6, 0, 3.6) and business processes, and IT gov- ance, repair and auto club options). HM 520 ernance, structure and outsourcing. Thus planning for value propositions, Health Informatics Includes the essentials of application pricing, banding, promotion, and The use of information technology development including systems sales channels will be re-examined. (IT) in health organizations is the analysis and forms (Web page) Web site visitor behavior and e-mail focus of this course. Students learn design. Case studies and projects content also offer new sources for about IT as an enabler of health reinforce this desired business-tech- market research analyses. Case stud- delivery and management. Topics nology alignment theme. (3.6, 0, 3.6) ies will illustrate these new include computerized medical marketing strategies. Prerequisites: records, telemedicine, and other IM 512 IM 510 or MC 551. (3.6, 0, 3.6) applications of informatics. Management of Enterprise Data (3.6, 0, 3.6) This course teaches structured man- IM 518 agement of cross-functional data to Supply Chain Management IB 515 improve business operations and This Course examines the flow of International Trade decisions. It addresses the design of goods, services, and information in a A survey of major economic issues Web and legacy databases, and data global economy. It introduces and affecting international trade. Topics warehouses. Some specific topics describes the challenges of optimal include the theory of international include alternative data models, supply chain management, and pre- economics, tariff protection, foreign embedded business rules, data vali- sents and integrated framework for investment, balance of payments, dation, and SQL queries. These analyzing demand, fulfillment, man- commodity agreements, and OPEC design issues will be studied through ufacturing, and transportation in any and international monetary institu- exercises with database software. industry. Prerequisite: IM 510. (3.6, tions. (3.6, 0, 3.6) Prerequisite: IM 510. (3.6, 0, 3.6) 0, 3.6) IB 525 IM 514 IM 520 International Finance Data Mining Emerging Technologies and A comprehensive study of interna- Competitive Advantage tional financial markets and The digital enterprise enables signifi- currencies. Topics include the nature cantly more data about customers, In this digital age, faster information of foreign exchange risk, determina- suppliers, and partners to be cap- and communications technology tion of exchange rates, Eurocurrency tured. The challenge, however, is to innovations are a significant factor markets, international investments, transform this vast data repository for business survival and growth. and the use of futures and options into actionable business intelligence. Business strategy models, in particu- contracts to hedge exchange rate risk. Data mining can provide valuable lar, must be re-examined to blend Prerequisite: MBA 550. (3.6, 0, 3.6) business insights. A leading data with the need for a highly adaptive mining tool, e.g., SPSS’s Clementine enterprise. Emerging technologies IB 560 will be used to investigate hypothe- and their impacts on business strate- The Global Enterprise in the ses and discover patterns in gies, processes, employees, and Competitive Environment enterprise data repositories. Both information technology infrastruc- An analysis of the challenges facing data cleaning and analyses, e.g., ture will be addressed. Case studies multinational business. Topics decision trees, neural networks, and will facilitate discussion of these include the influence of cultural, clustering, will be discussed and changes. Prerequisite: IM 510. political, and economic factors on the applied to sample data. Case studies (3.6, 0, 3.6) decision-making process; the strategy will address business analytics sys- of foreign involvement; the interac- tem implementation and benefit tion between national industrial measurement challenges. policies and global enterprises; and the differences between U.S. multi- nationals and their counterparts in Europe and Asia. (3.6, 0, 3.6)
298 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Stuart School of Business
MBA 510 include cash flow analysis, capital maintaining an organization for Financial and Managerial budgeting, short- and long-term implementing strategy; leadership Accounting financial planning, cost of capital, and change management; and corpo- An introduction to the basic financial financial leverage, and dividend pol- rate governance. The course is and managerial accounting topics: icy. (3.6, 0, 3.6) designed around a model of the "fit" GAAP, the major financial state- between industry structure—busi- ments, accrual accounting, financial MBA 560 ness strategy, organization design, reporting alternatives, financial Marketing Management and financial, operational and behav- statement analysis, cost behavior, Introduction to marketing concepts, ioral outcomes—and the complex cost systems, short- and long-term processes, functions and institutions. task of maintaining that "fit" over decision-making and product costing. Topics include economic and behav- time. Special attention is paid to dri- (3.6, 0, 3.6) ioral foundations of marketing, vers of change and sources of market segmentation, product posi- complexity, such as size, market MBA 520 tioning, marketing mix (including diversity, and rate of growth. Case Organizational Behavior product, price, channel, distribution, studies are used to develop total Builds awareness and understanding and communication factors), the organization perspectives, to focus on of the behavior of individuals and product life cycle, and linkages with individual leadership and manage- groups in organizations, preparing the company’s other functional areas. ment skills, and to emphasize the managers to be more effective within (3.6, 0, 3.6) linkages between theory and prac- their organizational contexts. Topics tice. As the capstone course of the include individual differences in MBA 570 MBA program, this course must be motivation, perception, culture and Operations Management taken during the final quarter. learning style; group and organiza- The course focuses on decisions to be Prerequisite: Consent of adviser. tional dynamics; and the impact of made by operating managers in man- (3.6, 0, 3.6) organizational structure and culture aging the technology, capital, and on behavior. Leadership techniques human resources of organizations in MC 502 for influencing other organizational the process of producing goods and Brand Management members, creative problem-solving services. Topics include: equipment, The most valuable assets that com- and decision-making, ethics and val- technology, and process selection; pany has are the brands that firm ues-based managing are covered. product/process integration and inno- has invested in and developed over This course helps students relate vation and the basic tools required time. This is true for large conglom- basic theories, concepts, and tech- for process design; work force, mate- erates as well as small start-up niques to real-world situations rials, and quality management; and companies. Students will learn the through the extensive use of case aggregate planning and scheduling. concept of organizing marketing studies. (3.6, 0, 3.6) (3.6, 0, 3.6) activities and P&L responsibility around the introduction, promotion MBA 530 MBA 580 and optimization of brands and Managerial Economics International Business brand portfolios. Students will learn The behavior of firms and households A study of the major issues in inter- how consumer beliefs and attitudes and the determination of prices and national business. The main regarding a brand or business often resource allocation in a market econ- objective of the course is to prepare cannot be easily reproduced. Like omy. Topics include empirical managers to function effectively in people, brands have their own indi- demand, production and cost func- the global business environment. vidual personality. This tions, monopoly, oligopoly, and Topics include the sociocultural, eco- differentiation drives the ability for a pricing practices. (3.6, 0, 3.6) nomic, and political forces facing brand to grow and expand or it could business, exchange rate determina- limit a company’s potential if not MBA 540 tion, hedging, international sourcing managed effectively. (3.6, 0, 3.6) Statistical Methods and production, wholesaling, retail- Statistical methods and their appli- ing, and commercial documentation. MC 504 cation to managerial decision- Contemporary issues are analyzed, Account Planning making. Topics include probability, including the rise of Pacific Rim This will be a course based heavily sampling, estimation, hypothesis nations, the European Union, and on the practice of creating insights testing, linear regression, and good- developments in NAFTA. (3.6, 0, 3.6) for advertising strategy through ness-of-fit tests. (3.6, 0, 3.6) qualitative research and relationship MBA 590 development with the consumer. The MBA 550 Business Policy end products are well-rounded Managerial Finance An integrative approach to the role insightful creative strategies that An introduction to the basic concepts of the general manager and the tasks lead to effective and more dynamic and practices used by managers in of creating an effective business unit: creative. The role of account plan- making financial decisions. Topics crafting strategy; designing and ning has become an increasingly
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 299 Stuart School of Business
primary function in the development dents through the skills needed to tion, how attitudes are shaped and of excellent marketing communica- manage an enterprise where working altered, how information is tions. Account planning exists for the members of a team have different processed, and learning in the forma- sole purpose of creating advertising sets of expertise. Case histories and tion of purchasing decisions. Theories that truly connects with consumers. role-playing are employed to illus- and models of consumer behavior are Account planners are the strategists trate problems and their solutions. examined to learn how to apply that represent the voice of the con- (3.6, 0, 3.6) behavioral research findings. (3.6, 0, sumer within advertising agencies. 3.6) They are a critical link between the MC 514 client objectives, account manage- The Marketing Communication MC 521 ment and the creative development Plan The Healthcare Consumer team. (3.6, 0, 3.6) In this course, students learn how to (concentration) develop and write and to evaluate This course covers the segmentation MC 510 marketing communication plans that of the healthcare market and how Marketing Foundations effectively integrate a mix of commu- the healthcare consumer is different This course teaches students how to nication channels. Based on a from consumers generally. Additional develop and evaluate marketing competitive analysis, the major ele- topics include: perception and infor- plans. Topics include: how to inter- ments of a communication plan are mation processing, attitudes toward pret overall company business plans; put in place: media, message, target healthcare issues and values brought how products/services are designed, audiences, testable objectives, and to the access process in healthcare, created, tested, produced, priced, budgets. Students learn to measure perceived value in healthcare prod- positioned and distributed; market consumer and business target audi- ucts and services, choice-making segmentation and product life cycles; ences by their demographic and and buyer behavior in the healthcare the economic foundations of market- psychographic characteristics and to environment. ing; and sales and cost-benefit analyze the style and appeal of mes- analyses. Marketing models and case sages within campaigns. Students MC 522 studies are employed. (3.6, 0, 3.6) learn how to develop a balanced mar- Media Strategy and keting communication plan that Implementation MC 511 includes print and TV ads, as well as This course focuses on the major Healthcare Marketing Strategies sales literature and direct market- aspects of developing and evaluating This class sharpens strategic skills to ing, and promotional and public media plans and on some key factors enable students to develop successful relations materials. (3.6, 0, 3.6) in efficient media buying. Beginning strategies to target specific segments with the development of media of the diverse healthcare audiences. MC 516 strategies that flow from overall Students will learn to segment the Marketing and Advertising marketing communication goals, the healthcare audience into more man- Research course analyzes various media from ageable universes that permit An introduction to the purposes and the perspectives of cost, targeting, tailoring the message to the audi- methods of research. The course con- audience characteristics, and the ence; to analyze the purchase cycle centrates on how research provides nature of the product/service. The dynamics as they apply to the critical information for marketing course also includes examinations of healthcare consumer, the healthcare and communication decisions. Topics information sources, such as provider and the healthcare dis- include identification of the research Arbitron, Nielsen, and Simmons, and penser at wholesale and retail; and problem, research design, data-gath- software, such as Manas, IMS, to develop a working knowledge of ering techniques, sampling Telmar, Adware, and Tapscan. the marketing communication tools procedures, data analysis, and report (3.6, 0, 3.6) available and their strengths and preparation. The course exposes the weaknesses in effectively reaching student to basic statistical methods. MC 524 the diverse healthcare target audi- Students learn how to critically read Creative Strategies ences. (3.6, 0, 3.6) and evaluate a market or consumer This course deals with the develop- research study. (3.6, 0, 3.6) ment and execution of the products MC 512 of marketing communication: the Organization Dynamics MC 520 print, TV, radio, direct mail, Internet, In this course, students learn to inte- Understanding the Target Audience and other advertisements delivered grate and manage the people, Understanding the demographics to consumer and business audiences. departments, skills, and activities and psychographics of target audi- Based on the development of creative involved in the marketing communi- ences is essential to an effective goals and strategies, the major ele- cation process. Interpersonal marketing communication strategy. ments of advertising are studied: the communication, decision-making and In this course, social, cultural, and central idea to be communicated perception, and attitude formation psychological factors are explored (unique selling proposition, position- are studied. The course guides stu- with particular attention to motiva- ing, brand personality, or campaign theme), the appeal of the creative
300 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Stuart School of Business concept (informational, news, emo- MC 532 MC 538 tional), and the style or approach of Sales Promotion Techniques International Marketing the creative message (slice of life, This course provides an overview of Communication testimonial, corporate image, merchandising and sales promotion A study of major concepts in interna- celebrity presenter). The creative tools and the planning and execution tional marketing. The objective of the process is followed from copy plat- of sales promotion programs. The use course is to prepare marketing com- form to the major components of of sales promotion techniques is munication managers to function advertisements (headline, body copy, studied in a wide variety of effectively in a global environment. logo, design) to production (printing, product/service marketing strategies. Topics include the development of photography, video). The role of Students learn the sophisticated communication strategies in inter- research is reviewed in the develop- analysis required to determine the connected economies and the impact ment and assessment of the creative effectiveness of sales promotion of cultural differences on those statement. (3.6, 0, 3.6) events against the costs of media strategies. The student will examine advertising. (3.6, 0, 3.6) the differences among Pacific Rim MC 526 nations, the European Union, and The Database as Marketing Tool MC 534 others as they relate to marketing This course describes how database Fundamentals of Public Relations problems. (3.6, 0, 3.6) marketing matches consumers with An overview of the applications and products and products with con- techniques of public relations, this MC 546 sumers, making ongoing course demonstrates how business Communication Strategies in the relationships with customers possi- communicates and participates in Digital Environment ble; and how a company’s database society’s public forums and identifies Advertising on the Internet is only can be utilized to develop tactics and the tools of the public relations spe- the beginning. Permission e-mail strategic planning. Students also learn to access and utilize database cialist, including special services and marketing has quickly become a crit- information in areas such as compet- media sources, how to locate them, ical tactic and a discipline with its itive product data and in consumer what they cost, and how they fit into own rather intricate set of rules. preferences, needs, media habits, an overall marketing communication Sales promotion in the online envi- demographics, and psychographics. plan. Measurement techniques are ronment is a new and different skill (3.6, 0, 3.6) reviewed and evaluated and special set. Database marketing helped problems in public relations, such as shape all of e-commerce marketing, MC 528 corporate and product crisis manage- and now e-commerce is reshaping the Writing and Presentation Skills ment, are carefully studied. database business. The public rela- The ability to present ideas in a clear (3.6, 0, 3.6) tions specialist is finding that Web and convincing manner is a key ele- sites are among the most critical tar- ment in the successful management MC 536 get media. For the marketing of a marketing communication enter- Practicum communication professional, these prise. Persuasion is often the critical This capstone course is designed to new digital tools and tactics will be factor in the success or failure of a integrate all the skills learned in the essential for success. (3.6, 0, 3.6) project. Students learn to write and Marketing Communication program present marketing and media plans, in a practical context. Student teams MC 551 new business proposals, creative pro- will compete as mini-agencies with Business Strategy in the Network posals, copy platforms, and research an assignment from a major Chicago Economy: Best Practices findings. In-class delivery of written area marketer. Briefed in detail by The explosion of information in the assignments and presentations. their client, they will develop a mar- digital economy, and the rise of the (3.6, 0, 3.6) keting plan and a complete, detailed Internet as medium, marketplace, marketing communication plan. and management tool have trans- MC 530 Based on secondary research and formed the ways companies organize Direct Marketing original research conducted by the themselves and do business. But that A comprehensive study of the ele- teams, the marketing communication transformation is far from complete. ments of direct marketing and its fit plan will include a media plan, a cre- This course will acquaint the student into the strategy to reach target ative program, budget with some of the best current think- audiences effectively. Topics include recommendations, and recommenda- ing and practice among companies comparison of consumer and busi- tions for the use of public relations, that are succeeding in the new envi- ness-to-business direct marketing database marketing, promotion, ronment. It deals with business techniques, use of databases, circula- online marketing, event marketing, models, supply chain strategies, tion planning, creative executions, and so on. Teams will make formal value propositions, revenue sources, lists and media, direct mail, catalog presentations of their plans to client new ideas about the marketing of marketing, telemarketing, Internet senior management. (3.6, 0, 3.6) information, and how entrepreneur- marketing, and response analysis. ial ventures go about constructing a (3.6, 0, 3.6) business plan. It includes presenta-
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 301 Stuart School of Business
tions from and conversations with MC 563 (one’s own and others’), and applying senior managers of e-commerce Web Page Design proven tools and techniques to enterprises, their agencies, and con- The content, organization, presenta- enhance creative and critical think- sultants. (3.6, 0, 3.6) tion, and functionality of Web sites ing. (3.0-0-3.6) are critical to attracting and retain- MC 552 ing customers or members of an MGT 545 Marketing Strategy in the Digital audience. Subtle issues of design and Business Information and Environment organization can have profound con- Management Control Both the buyer’s behavior and the sequences on a site’s ability to In this networked world,successful marketer’s opportunities are funda- persuade, communicate, compete, organizations need innovative man- mentally different in the online and close a transaction. Principles of agement control systems to promote environment. There are many ways effective site design will be used to agility and learning. The main theme in which digital assets can be substi- evaluate existing sites. An authoring of this course is the Effective tuted for conventional marketing tool, e.g., Dreamweaver or Execution of Business Strategy. How resources. There is a new spectrum Frontpage, will be used to build a are (1) organizations, processes, pro- of distribution alternatives. Online Web site. (3.6, 0, 3.6) jects, tasks, and business intelligence branding presents its own set of chal- structured AND (2) people incented lenges. There are new product MC 577 to implement the chosen strategy in development issues in a space where The Healthcare Marketplace a dynamic, not static, business envi- the method of delivery has become This course examines the compo- ronment? What information and part of the product. Digital communi- nents and structure of the healthcare metrics will facilitate recognizing ties present a new marketing market in the United States and the potential problems before the impact opportunity. New pricing strategies many components of the healthcare occur? What management control become available. This course will delivery system, involving diverse systems and practices are needed to help the digitally-empowered mar- audiences and needs. Students will comply with regulatory require- keter plan, budget, and adapt to a be exposed to the history, function ments, e.g., Sarbanes-Oxley and new world. (3.6, 0, 3.6) and basic principles of public health, NYSE? What type of control system and the conceptual and organiza- fits best with the adopted business MC 554 tional aspects of the U.S. health care strategy? How does information tech- Customer Relationship system in both the public health sec- nology facilitate the analysis of Management tor and the private health sector. business intelligence and the execu- In a world where it costs five times They will examine the relationships tion of management controls? Cases as much to acquire a new customer among health services organizations, and computer exercises provide an as it does to keep an existing rela- health professionals and payment opportunity to apply the business tionship, companies are learning that mechanisms, and the impact of intelligence and management control they must manage those current cus- changes, as well as identify the concepts discussed. (3.6-0-3.6) tomer relationships in order to major trends, participants, issues, survive. Around this insight, a new and challenges involved in financing MGT 551 discipline has emerged, using some health care in the United States. Organization Design and Theory of the tools of database management (3.6, 0, 3.6) Develops insight into how organiza- and some of the new tactics of digital tional structure and culture affect communication to reduce attrition, MGT 516 organizational effectiveness and and maximize the lifetime value of a Individual Effectiveness shifting organizational culture values customer. Customer Relationship This course is aimed at preparing the while building skills for analyzing Management (CRM) is making fun- student to better cope with and suc- and designing organizational sys- damental changes in the way ceed in organizational life by tems. Specific methods of companies operate. It is a critical expanding self awareness, improving organizational analysis from many point of merger, where e-business personal creativity, sharpening logi- perspectives are covered including becomes a part of all business. This cal reasoning and problem solving systems, the learning organization, course will engage the student in the skills; and by developing the stu- knowledge-creating organizations, diagnosis of CRM issues, the build- dent’s ability to collaborate, lead and virtual organizations, etc. ing of CRM plans, the measurement communicate with others in wide Prerequisite: MBA 520. (3.6, 0, 3.6) of their effectiveness, and the new range of settings. The course covers a tools available to get all these things variety of topics related to individual MGT 553 done economically, in Internet time. performance and effectiveness within Organizational Leadership and (3.6, 0, 3.6) organizations, but several common Management of Change themes are: using written tools and Prepares managers to influence the instruments to improve self knowl- human side of developing and imple- edge, becoming more objective in menting changes in organizations. observing and analyzing behavior Theory and exercises help managers
302 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Stuart School of Business understand the socio-technical per- in various industries, performance MKT 544 spective of change, to see leadership evaluation, compensation issues, and Strategic Marketing as invoking "followership," to under- downsizing and termination manage- An analysis of the problems con- stand their own ability to influence ment. Prerequisite: MBA 520. fronting managers in planning, others, and to understand the leader- (3.6, 0, 3.6) implementing, and controlling mar- ship success of noted leaders from all keting programs. Topics include the walks of life. Exercises allow stu- MGT 565 development and use of models in dents to apply course concepts to Project Management market selection, new product devel- projects in their interest areas— You will study the analytical, com- opment and management, pricing, information systems, marketing, etc. puter-based procedural, and promotion, channels, and distribu- tion decisions. Prerequisite: MBA Prerequisite: MBA 520. (3.6, 0, 3.6) behavioral skills for effective project 560. (3.6, 0, 3.6) management. Given well-defined pro- MGT 555 ject objectives and requirements, you MKT 545 Industry Structure and Competitive will learn how to create a project Industrial Marketing Strategy team and work breakdown structure, A survey and analysis of how con- Study of the structure-conduct-per- estimate task times and costs, allo- sumer and business-to-business or formance model of the economy as a cate and level resources, prepare organizational purchases are made. basis for determining business strat- visual Gantt and Critical Path and Topics include: motivation, consumer egy. Topics include: the impact of milestone charts, perform risk analy- information processing, values, and various microeconomic industry sis, manage team motivation and perceptions; economic, social, and cul- structures on the competitive behav- conflicts, assess earned value, and tural influences; decision process ior of firms; techniques for predicting evaluate time and cost deviations models for organizational buying; and the profitability of an industry and with corrective actions. MS Project implications of all these factors for specific competitive strategies over will be the project management tool. marketing managers. Prerequisite: time; economics of pricing, capacity, Project management concepts and MBA 560. (3.6, 0, 3.6) product and process innovation; and methods will be applied through integration decisions. Cases and exercises and cases. Prerequisites: MKT 548 readings. Prerequisite: MBA 520. MBA 520, MBA 540. (3.6-0-3.6) International Marketing (3.6, 0, 3.6) An examination of the role of interna- tional marketing in the development MGT 556 MGT 585 of an overall business strategy. Topics Legal, Ethical, and Political Issues Integrated Functional Management include the design of international in Business A team-based Business Game pricing, promotion, and product strategies. These concepts will be An exploration of the social founda- Simulation designed to integrate applied to the markets of specific tion of law and ethics and selected functional and analytical concepts countries, taking into account the cul- topics of law and public policy. The and tools within a framework of tural and economic environment. course covers topics in commercial strategic management. The course Prerequisite: MBA 560. (3.6, 0, 3.6) law (traditional and emerging), legal offers a second opportunity (in addi- and social control mechanisms of cor- tion to the required MBA 590 MSC 534 porations (antitrust, securities, Business Policy course) for students Queueing regulation, corporate responsibili- to integrate their learning and prac- Basic queueing techniques used in ties), and classic and emerging legal tice what they have learned in a inventory and manufacturing deci- issues (employment, environmental, “near-real” situation. (3.6, 0, 3.6) sions, and single, multiple and and international law). Readings and tandem service facilities. Poisson and discussion. (3.6, 0, 3.6) MKT 541 Erlang input, exponential, uniform Marketing Research and arbitrary output, priority disci- MGT 557 An overview of the marketing pline. (3.6, 0, 3.6) Management and Development of research process, the course focuses Human Resources on basic principles that permit the MSC 535 Covers a breadth of techniques and decision-maker to understand and Models for Decision-Making skills related to management, moti- make better use of research results. Models for decision analysis in vari- vation, and improving the work of Topics covered include problem iden- ous functional fields including others; especially the many issues tification, research and data finance, marketing, and operations. which are usually handled by human instrument design, and sampling. Applications include media selection, resource departments. These include Methods for estimating short- and capital budgeting, portfolio selection, such legal and policy issues in the long-term market potential for new advertising effectiveness, plant loca- tion, distribution planning, and employment relationship as recruit- and existing products will also be production planning. The focus of the ing and selection, affirmative action discussed. Prerequisites: MBA 540, course is building models and using and diversity, labor relations, inter- MBA 560. (3.6, 0, 3.6) software to aid in decision-making. national considerations, supervising (3.6, 0, 3.6)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 303 Stuart School of Business
MSC 538 ing problems, such as generalized MSC 571 Simulation networks, artificial intelligence, Advanced Data Analysis Generating random variables for dis- neural networks, and complexity Point estimates, confidence intervals, crete, continuous, and joint theory. (3.6, 0, 3.6) and tests of hypothesis. Design and distributions for simulation applica- analysis of experiments. Linear and tions. Data analysis, validation of MSC 560 multiple regression. Nonparametric techniques, optimizing response Optimization Techniques I statistics, Markov chains, and statis- functions, and design of experiments. Optimization techniques, with the tical decision theory. (3.6, 0, 3.6) Prerequisite: MSC 570. (3.6, 0, 3.6) primary emphasis on linear program- ming, and applications interspersed MSC 573 MSC 545 to illustrate the applicability of the Time-Series Analysis Spreadsheet Modeling optimization techniques. At least This course covers methods of analy- Spreadsheets are a popular model- two-thirds of the course will be linear sis and forecasting of time series, building environment for managers. programming techniques, including including smoothing and Box- Add-ins and enhancements to Excel the simplex-method and its variants, Jenkins techniques, vector have made powerful decision-making interior point algorithms, and duality autoregression and innovation analy- tools available to the manager. This and sensitivity analysis. Other types sis, and introduces flexible models, course covers how to use the spread- of optimization problems will be including Markov switching models sheet to develop and utilize some of introduced, including integer linear and nonparametric methods. The these decision-making aids. Visual programming, nonlinear program- course will use the Quantitative Basic for Excel allows the nonpro- ming, and dynamic programming. Research Lab for short projects grammer to create modules for (3.6, 0, 3.6) devoted to applications of these functions, subroutines, and proce- methods. (3.6, 0, 3.6) dures. Topics include forecasting MSC 562 (both regression and time series), Optimization Techniques II MSC 576 decision-making under uncertainty The theory and computational meth- Practicum in Teaching and and decision trees, using SOLVER ods of nonlinear programming. Convex Curriculum Skills for optimization, and probabilistic analysis and unconstrained methods. This course enables Ph.D. students simulation using @RISK. (3.6, 0, 3.6) Kuhn-Tucker theory, saddle points, to address overall issues of pedagogy, and duality. Quadratic, linearly con- as well as the development of per- MSC 549 strained, nonlinearly constrained, sonal classroom skills. The course Advanced Spreadsheet Modeling penalty and barrier methods. covers curriculum development, This course uses the Excel/VBA envi- Prerequisite: MSC 560. (3.6, 0, 3.6) sources of classroom materials, and ronment for developing models. use of various teaching methods. (1 Students will develop spreadsheets MSC 564 credit) and write programs for forecasting, Optimization Techniques III financial price simulation, option Development of the theory of compu- MSC 595 pricing, and financial statements. tational methods of integer Research Seminar Add-ins are used for optimization, programming: cutting plane, branch- simulation, and decision analysis. and-bound, and Lagrangian MSC 596 (3.6, 0, 3.6) relaxation methods. Model formula- Special Topics Seminar tion with integer variables. This course treats a specific topic, MSC 550 Development of the theory and com- varying from quarter to quarter, in Topics in Quality Management putational methods of dynamic which there is particular student and The understanding, development, programming. Application of dynamic faculty interest. Topics may include and implementation of total quality programming to deterministic and quality management, operations management systems with a focus on stochastic decision problems. management, technology manage- customer satisfaction and economics Prerequisite: MSC 560. (3.6, 0, 3.6) ment, or global business and world of quality. Theoretical and empirical trade. Prerequisite: Consent of research will be the basis of this MSC 570 instructor. course. (3.6, 0, 3.6) Probability and Statistics A survey of the fundamentals of sta- MSF 511 MSC 554 tistics and their applications for Financial Economics I Scheduling Theory problem-solving. Topics include prob- This course provides a systematic This course introduces students to ability, univariate and multivariate exposition of the primary mathemati- current research in scheduling: random variables, estimation, order cal methods used in financial scheduling of new systems, including statistics, and reliability. (3.6, 0, 3.6) economics. Mathematical concepts those based on advanced manufac- and methods include logarithmic and turing technology; and the use of exponential functions, algebra, new methods for analyzing schedul- mean-variance analysis, summa-
304 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Stuart School of Business tions, matrix algebra, differential MSF 521 MSF 532 and integral calculus, and optimiza- Financial Modeling I Corporate Finance tion. The course will include a This course is the first of three sub- This course is an advanced introduc- variety of financial applications jects that form the Financial tion to modern corporate finance. including compound interest, present Modeling Sequence. It is designed to Topics include cash flow forecasting, and future value, term structure of provide students with the necessary optimal dividend policies, mergers interest rates, asset pricing, expected programming skills necessary to cre- and acquisitions, structured finance, return, risk and measures of risk ate realistic financial models. It is an capital at risk, and the risk of aversion, capital asset pricing model essential core subject and must be adjusted return on capital. The philo- (CAPM), portfolio optimization, completed in order to obtain the MSF sophical foundation of the course is expected utility, and consumption degree. Modeling I focuses on the the concept of shareholder value capital asset pricing (CCAPM). implementation of financial models added. Students will learn how in MS Excel using Visual Basic for financial decisions can contribute to MSF 512 Application (UBA). the value of a modern corporation. Financial Economics II This course focuses on the macroeco- MSF 522 MSF 533 nomic influences on financial Financial Modeling II Marketing of Financial Products markets. The course begins with a This course extends the financial Institutional financial products are discussion of consumption, invest- ideas and programming techniques the final manifestation of an evolu- ment, government expenditure and introduced in the earlier course tionary process that typically begins the trade balance using modern busi- Financial Modeling I. It is concerned with advances in academic research. ness cycle and growth theory. The with the ideas, mathematics and pro- Examples include the development of focus develops the consumption gramming code behind the index funds as a response to the con- CAPM as the solution to the inter- construction of derivative financial cept of efficient markets, the temporal utility maximization models. In order to master this development of structured financial problem and the role of macroeco- course it will be necessary to under- products as a response to the concept nomic factors in the valuation of stand such ideas as risk-neutral of arbitrage pricing theory. This equity shares. The course also pricing, stochastic calculus, finite dif- course explores the evolutionary includes a review of economic model- ference schemes, binomial and process through a series of case stud- ing of the term structure of interest trinomial trees, lattice models and ies focusing on companies that have rates and the exchange rate. Monte Carlo simulation and their introduced revolutionary financial application to the pricing of exotic products. MSF 513 options. (Prerequisites: MSF 521). Financial Theory MSF 541 This course introduces the modern MSF 523 Valuation and Portfolio theory of mathematical finance, Financial Modeling III Management using primarily discrete time models. This course extends the financial The course is a survey of asset pric- Topics include single period and mul- ideas and programming techniques ing theory. The fundamentals of bond tiperiod consumption and investment introduced in the earlier course and option pricing are covered as models, derivatives pricing for non- Financial Modeling II. It describes well as the CAPM, APT and the interest rate and interest rate the ideas, mathematics and program- Fama French models. Excel spread- instruments, and the mathematical ming code behind the construction of sheet modeling is used to illustrate frameworks required to develop a derivative interest rate models. and understand the concepts of coherent pricing theory. These Whereas the preceding course Markowitz’s Mean Variance include utility theory, stochastic focused on equity models and their Optimization, equity valuation, processes and martingales, stochastic options while assuming that the option pricing, and utility theory. calculus, contingent claims, complete interest rate was fixed, this course and incomplete securities markets, will relax that assumption to include MSF 542 fair value calculations for deriva- the possibility of time varying inter- Structured Fixed Income Portfolios tives, binomial and Markov models, est rates or the “term structure of Fixed income instruments differ from portfolio analysis, and VAR. The interest rates”. In order to master equities because the cash flows from course objective is to provide the stu- this course it will be necessary to fixed income instruments are known dent with basic tools to comprehend comprehend such ideas as portfolio in the absence of issuer default. As a journal articles on these topics from replication, stochastic calculus, result, fixed income portfolios tend to Financial Analyst’s Journal and implied binomial and trinomial trees, have a longer time horizon, tend to Journal of Portfolio Management. forward rate curves and popular be more highly leveraged, and tend (Prerequisite: MSF 511) interest rate models like Vasicek, Ho to use derivatives for hedging rela- and Lee and HJM. (Prerequisites: tive to equities. This course develops MSF 521 and MSF 522) portfolio management procedures for fixed income portfolios. This course
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 305 Stuart School of Business
begins at the short end of the curve currencies and their derivatives. The MSF 562 with multi-currency portfolios of course develops analytic VaR models Econometric Analysis short term non-deliverable swaps. for instruments with non-linear pay- This course presents the major con- The course then proceeds out the offs and non-normal distributions clusions of the econometric maturity spectrum to consider and it also develops simulation techniques used in finance. Ordinary investment strategies based upon the methodologies for risk analysis. least squares, maximum likelihood, shape of the yield curve. Concepts Statistical tools in volatility forecast- generalized method of moments, and developed in the course will be tested ing, tail events, and expected simulation methods are covered. using a simulated trading environ- shortfall are introduced as appropri- These tools are presented through ment. ate. The emphasis of the course is on computer simulation of the various market risk, but in addition to the models, followed by detailed analysis MSF 543 traditional analysis of trading rooms, of the distributions of estimators. Quantitative Investment Strategies the course also considers regulatory Hypothesis testing is covered in This course develops the primary and compliance risk, corporate risk detail. Particular attention is placed quantitative tools used in the portfo- and risk analysis for investment on the properties of various estima- lio selection process. The applied managers. (Prerequisites: MSF 551 tors when model assumptions do not focus of the course centers on global and Excel programming experience.) hold. For students who qualify, a asset allocation for equities, bonds, final project applying econometrics to and currencies. The course covers the MSF 553 a financial modeling problem may be estimation of efficient portfolios, fac- Enterprise Risk Management chosen. Students not familiar with tor models, forecasting models, and This course follows up on MSF 552 matrix algebra and elementary sta- risk analysis. (3.6, 0, 3.6) (Market Risk Management). It tistics should plan to make up the focuses on the other two main silos of deficit early in the course. Additional MSF 551 risk in the financial industry, lectures will be provided for these Futures, Options and OTC namely, credit risk and operational students. Derivatives risk. The course will also discuss This course provides the foundation asset and liability management, MSF 563 for understanding the price and risk interest risk management, integra- Bayesian Inference in Econometrics management of derivative securities. tion of credit risk and market risk, Most statistical applications in The course starts with simple deriva- regulatory and compliance issues, finance require that the forecasting tives, e.g., forwards and futures, and and performance measurement and models be revised in response to the develops the concept of arbitrage-free capital management. The quantita- arrival of new information. This pricing and hedging. Based upon the tive aspects of the course include: course develops the Dynamic Linear work of Black, Scholes, and Merton, volatility and correlation modeling, Model (DLM) as an updating model the course extends their pricing Monte Carlo simulation, stress-test- based upon Bayesian decision theory. model through the use of lattices, ing and scenarios analysis, extreme Applications of the DLM, including Monte Carlo simulation methods, and tail events modeling. regressions, autoregressions, and and more advanced strategies. (Prerequisites: MSF 521 and MSF exponential trend models will be cov- Mathematical tools in stochastic 522) ered. Special emphasis will be given processes are gradually introduced to the development of intervention throughout the course. Particular MSF 561 and monitoring systems and the use emphasis is given to the pricing of Financial Time Series Analysis of simulation methodologies. interest rate derivatives, e.g., FRAs, This course develops a portfolio of Students not familiar with matrix swaps, bond options, caps, collars, techniques for the analysis of finan- algebra and elementary statistics and floors. (Prerequisites: cial time series. Distribution theory should plan to make up the deficit Background in calculus, probability covers the normal, Student T, early in the course. Additional lec- and statistics, and knowledge of Chisquared, and mixture of normals tures will be provided for these Excel spreadsheets.) models. Technical analysis covers a students. (Prerequisite: MSF 562, variety of trading rules, including fil- however, MSF 561 is not required) MSF 552 ters, moving averages, channels, and Market Risk Management other systems. The first two topics MSF 571 This course introduces the impor- are then combined into an analysis of Computational Finance I tance of financial risk management non-linear time series models for the This course is the first of three sub- by developing practical risk measure- mean. The course concludes with a jects which form the Computational ment tools. The risk measurement review of volatility models, including Finance Sequence. It is designed to aspect of the course begins with the GARCH, E-Garch, and stochastic provide students with the necessary development of the Value-at-Risk volatility models. Prerequisite: mathematical and programming (VaR) methodology for financial MSF 562. (3.6, 0, 3.6) skills necessary to simulate financial instruments traded in open markets models on the modern computational including equities, bonds, foreign environment. It is a companion
306 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Stuart School of Business series to the Financial Modeling MSF 573 recent research and classic papers in sequence and extends some of its Computational Finance III the field. (Prerequisites: MSF 521, ideas for the computational evalua- This course is the final subject in the MSF 551 either Acct 501 or MSF 532 tion of derivative instruments. The Computational Finance Sequence. and strong quantitative and pro- ten-week course describes the con- The course is built around the gramming skills. MSF 552 is cepts, mathematics and Mathematica numerical solution of SDEs using the strongly recommended.) code behind the construction of par- computer. It describes the mathemat- tial differential equations required ics and algorithms behind the OM 510 for the evaluation of derivative finan- construction of Stochastic Operating Systems Design and cial models. In order to master this Differential Equations. In order to Management course it will be necessary to learn to master this course it will be neces- A survey of the concepts and tech- program in the symbolic program- sary to comprehend such ideas as niques of design and management of ming language Mathematica. It will stochastic processes, power series enterprise operating systems. The also be necessary to comprehend expansions, stochastic Taylor series course includes studies of different such ideas as portfolio replication, expansions, Ito stochastic calculus, topologies for delivery of products risk-neutral pricing, stochastic calcu- Stratanovich stochastic calculus, and services and of the underlying lus, finite difference schemes, as well ordinary and partial differential infrastructure, such as MRP and as binomial and trinomial trees. This equations and computer program- scheduling and control mechanisms. course assumes some prior financial ming. All of the above topics will be Performance measures of operating and computational training, as well studied using the programming lan- systems, such as flow time, service as familiarity with the program guage Mathematica. It will be shown level, and asset utilization are stud- Mathematica. (Prerequisite: MSF that Stochastic Differential ied to understand their impact on 521). Equations (SDEs) are capable of competitive advantage. Prerequisite: being simulated on a computer and MBA 570 or consent of instructor. MSF 572 that most financial problems are (3.6, 0, 3.6) Computational Finance II expressible in terms of such SDEs This course is the second in the and hence can also be simulated OM 522 Computational Finance Sequence. computationally. (Prerequisite: MSF Management of Manufacturing The ten-week course follows 521) and Service Enterprises Computational Finance I, a neces- An exploration of contemporary pol- sary prerequisite, and closely follows MSF 596 icy, strategy, and management issues the material met in the earlier Research Seminar in Finance in manufacturing and service organi- course. It describes the concepts, The primary focus of this advanced zations. The course will focus on an mathematics and Mathematica code seminar course is on the analysis of integrated "product delivery" system behind the construction of partial dif- credit risk in the financial industry. in the marketplace: how to formulate ferential equations required for the Credit risk management will cover policy and develop strategy for it and evaluation of complex derivative both corporate banking and invest- how to design it. The course includes financial models. In order to master ment banking. The course will also studies of different topologies for this course it will be necessary to review industry applications of credit delivery of products and services, program in the symbolic program- risk methodology through a review of and of their underlying infrastruc- ming language Mathematica. It will technical documents and research ture. (3.6, 0, 3.6) also be necessary to comprehend papers. The course will discuss such ideas as stochastic calculus, important and timely classes of OM 530 finite difference schemes, binomial credit risk models, e.g., Merton’s Inventory, Logistics and Supply and trinomial trees, supersymmetric structural form, reduced form, actu- Chain trees, Monte Carlo simulation, arial, and scoring, in addition to Forecasting, order size, safety stock, Stochastic Interest Rate models, rating techniques provided by the service levels, and SKU’s. The pro- elasticity models and the construc- rating agencies. In addition, regula- duction plan, master production tion of yield curves. (Prerequisite: tory guidance and banks’ own schedules, materials requirement MSF 571) development in internal ratings sys- planning, capacity planning, and tems and credit risk models just-in-time. Warehouse planning (expected loss, unexpected loss, and management, distribution, default correlation, and loss distribu- transportation, packaging and third tions) will be examined in depth. party logistics. Costs, design, and Students are expected to present management on the inventory flow
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006–2008 307 Stuart School of Business
between suppliers, manufacturers, warehouses, distribution centers, stores, and customers. Prerequisite: MBA 540, MBA 570. (3.6, 0, 3.6)
QLM 512 Quality Management This course integrates principles and practices of quality management leading to business excellence. The course focus is on customer delight, employee satisfaction, process excel- lence, and operational performance. Students will learn about world-class performance from the best-in-class companies. The course should help leaders and general managers to forge ahead of competitors in the global marketplace. Readings, case studies, and final project. Prerequisite: MBA 540. (3.6, 0, 3.6)
TM 510 Strategic Management of Technology and Innovation A systematic examination of issues relating to the general management of innovation, R&D, and new prod- uct-process design and development. Focuses on strategic, behavioral, inter-functional (team) and interna- tional considerations. Topics include technology as a source of competitive advantage, promoting creativity in the organization, management of cross-functional activities, technology transfer, entrepreneurship, and pro- ject management for accelerating commercial introduction. Readings and case studies. Prerequisite: Core courses or instructor’s consent. (3.6, 0, 3.6)
308 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Technical Communication
Technical Communication (Lewis Department of Humanities)
Siegel Hall 218 limited time to absorb it. Professionals who can package 3301 S. Dearborn St. technical, scientific and other information using the Chicago, IL 60616 newest technological tools are in demand in business, 312.567.3465 industry, nonprofit organizations, and government. [email protected] www.iit.edu/~techcomm To meet these needs, the Lewis Department of Humanities offers graduate programs in technical com- Chair: munication and information design, information Kathryn Riley, Department of Humanities architecture, instructional design, technical and profes- sional communication, and international technical Director, Graduate Programs: communication. Students gain the knowledge and skills Glenn J. Broadhead needed to create, organize and present technical informa- [email protected] tion in a variety of media, learning from faculty who are experienced practitioners in the field of technical commu- Effective communication is critical in times of rapid tech- nication. Programs are oriented toward working nological change, wherever increasing amounts of professionals and can be taken on a part-time basis. information must compete for the attention of people with
Degrees Offered
Master of Science in Technical Communication Doctor of Philosophy in Technical Communication and Information Design Master of Science in Information Architecture
Certificate Programs
Instructional Design Ethics in the Workplace: Business, Engineering and International Technical Communication Government (via the Center for the Study of Ethics in the Technical Communication Professions)
Research Facilities
The department has a state-of-the-art computer lab arranged in clusters to promote collaborative work. The equipped with 31 Pentium PCs connected to a local department also supports a Usability Testing and area network (LAN), which provides remote access to an Evaluation Center and an editing center, Edit IIT. external network, printers, a scanner, a theater-style pro- jector, and multimedia software and hardware. The lab is
Research Areas
Faculty conduct research in the areas of the rhetoric lishing, Web site development and management, online of science and technology; technical communication; applications, hypertext, multimedia, and hypermedia; lin- usability testing, including testing and evaluating a com- guistics; cultural studies; history (including history of munication product using prototyping, sampling surveys, science and technology); philosophy (including workplace and experimental design; instructional design, including ethics); film; history of art and architecture. analysis of human performance problems, strategic inter- ventions, learning tasks, and validation instruments; documentation and online design, including desktop pub-
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 309 Technical Communication
Faculty
Matthew J. Bauer, Assistant Professor of Linguistics. Jo Mackiewicz, Assistant Professor of Technical B.A., University of Minnesota, Duluth; M.S., Ph.D., Communication. B.S., University of Wisconsin, Superior; Georgetown University. M.A., University of Minnesota, Duluth; Ph.D., Georgetown University. Glenn J. Broadhead, Associate Professor of English, Director of Technical Communication Programs, and Margaret Power, Associate Professor of History. B.A., Director of Communication Across the Curriculum. B.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois, Chicago. Los Angeles State College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Davis. Gregory J. Pulliam, Senior Lecturer of English. B.A., Memphis State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of James Dabbert, Senior Lecturer, English. B.A., M.A., Missouri. Indiana University. Kathryn Riley, Professor of English, Chair of the Michael Davis, Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Western Department of Humanities, and Director of Edit IIT. Reserve University; Ph.D., University of Michigan. B.A., University of Maryland; M.A., Georgia State University; Ph.D. (English), University of Maryland; Susan Feinberg, Professor of English and Director of the Ph.D. (Linguistics), Louisiana State University. Usability Testing and Evaluation Center. B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., University of Louisville Kentucky; Warren S. Schmaus, Professor of Philosophy. A.B., Ph.D., Kent State University. Princeton University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh. Kevin P. Harrington, Professor of Architectural History. B.A., Colgate University; M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University. John W. Snapper, Associate Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Princeton University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Robert F. Ladenson, Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins Michael Tillmans, Assistant Professor of Technical University; J.D., DePaul University. Communication. B.A., University of Northern Iowa; M.A., Arizona State University; Ph.D., Florida State University.
310 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Technical Communication
Admission Guidelines (Ph.D. Program)
The doctoral program in technical communication at IIT In addition to the application form, the applicant must prepares students for careers in teaching at the univer- submit the following: sity and community college levels, as well as for advanced 1. Official transcripts, or certified copies thereof, of all supervisory and research positions in business and gov- academic work at the college level or above ernment. Building on a base of skills in workplace 2. Three letters of recommendation practices, the program incorporates theory-oriented 3. Professional statement advanced readings, seminars, and dissertation research 4. Required test scores leading to original contributions to scholarship in the field. All applicants are required to submit the Graduate Record Exam (GRE) scores with a combined minimum Our students enter the Ph.D. program from a wide range score of 1200 (for tests taken prior to Oct. 1, 2002), or 900 of undergraduate majors and masters degree fields in the (quantitative + verbal) and 2.5 (analytical writing) (for humanities, sciences, and technology—that is, not just tests taken on or after Oct. 1, 2002). technical writing, English, journalism, communication, history, and philosophy, but also computer science, psy- International students must submit TOEFL scores unless chology, design, biology, engineering, and many other they are exempt. Students who score below 600/250* on areas. The program's goal is to help students build on the TOEFL must take the English Proficiency Review existing strengths and develop new areas of expertise (EPR) to assess the level of their skill in written and spo- while mastering the techniques and literature of research ken English. Students who show deficiency on the EPR in technical communication. exam may be refused admission to this graduate pro- gram. U.S. citizens are exempt from the requirement, Applicants must have completed a bachelor’s or master’s and students from a number of countries are exempt from degree in technical communication or any field that, in the TOEFL requirement. (For details, see the current combination with the 30-credit-hour technical core, would Graduate Bulletin.) provide a solid basis for the advanced study of communi- cation in business, industrial, corporate, government, and Admission decisions are made on a rolling basis, and other institutional settings. A partial list of examples applications are accepted any time during the year. would include human factors psychology, history of tech- However, it may be to your advantage to apply as early nology, computer science, sociology, anthropology, and as possible. library science among many others. The relevance of pre- vious degrees to the doctoral program will be assessed by * Paper-based test score/computer-based test score. the program director.
Admission Guidelines (Masters Degrees)
Applicants to the department’s technical communication Applicants must have a bachelor’s degree from an accred- programs come from a broad variety of backgrounds. ited four-year institution with a minimum cumulative Some students enter with strong writing or design ability GPA of 3.0/4.0. and learn to apply those skills in technical and scientific areas, while other students enter with a background in a Applicants must submit Graduate Record Exam (GRE) technical or scientific field and work to enhance their com- scores with a combined minimum score of 1200 (for tests munication skills. Successful students in the technical taken prior to Oct. 1, 2002), or 900 (quantitative + verbal) communication and information design and information and 2.5 (analytical writing) (for tests taken on or after architecture programs have had undergraduate or previ- Oct. 1, 2002). [Note: this GRE requirement is only for ous graduate degrees in fields such as business applicants to the information architecture program and is administration, engineering, computer science, graphic waived for those applicants with bachelor’s degrees from arts, design, English literature, communication, journal- accredited U.S. educational institutions with a minimum ism, technical writing, rhetoric/composition, and others. cumulative GPA of 3.0/4.0.] The program’s goal is to help students build upon existing strengths and develop new areas of expertise so that no International students must submit TOEFL scores, specific field of prior study is required. (However, the cer- unless they fall under the rules of exemption as stated in tificate program in instructional design requires prior or the "Admission" section of this bulletin (see concurrent experience in technical communication.) "International Applicant Requirements"). Students who score below 600/250* on the TOEFL must take the English Proficiency Review (EPR) to assess the level of
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 311 Technical Communication
their skill in written and spoken English. Students who meeting the minimum GPA and test score requirements. show deficiency on the EPR exam may be refused admis- Students who enter as non-degree students should first sion to this graduate program. (U.S. citizens are exempt discuss their plans with the director of technical commu- from the English as a foreign language proficiency nication. Admission decisions are made on a rolling basis, requirement.) If applicants do not meet these guidelines, and applications are accepted any time during the year. they may seek probationary admission or may simply However, for maximum consideration, applications should enroll in classes as a non-degree student (if permitted), be completed by April 1 for the fall semester or November in order to demonstrate an ability to work successfully 1 for the spring semester. at the graduate level. * Paper-based test score/computer-based test score. Note: Enrolling in courses does not guarantee later accep- tance into the technical communication and information design or information architecture programs, nor does
Doctor of Philosophy in Technical Communication
84 credit hours beyond the bachelors degree, including COM 552 Multiculturalism in International Technical communication core (30 credit hours) Communication Electives (minimum of 12 credit hours) COM 553 Globalization and Localization in Dissertation research (minimum of 24 credit hours) International Communication Additional electives or dissertation research (as SEP 501 Foundation of Ethics in the Professions needed to achieve total of 84) SEP 503 Ethics and Cultural Differences in the Qualifying examination (oral) Workforce Comprehensive examination (oral) SEP 505 Environmental Issues Dissertation SEP 507 Ethics and Technological and Social Change Dissertation examination (oral) Other courses in history, philosophy, psychology, sociology, political science, business, etc., as approved by the director of Transfer Units technical communication programs Students who have already earned masters degrees or undertaken graduate work in relevant fields may trans- Methodology and Dissertation Research fer credit hours toward the doctoral degree (up to 36 COM 601 Research Methods and Resources in Technical credit hours for graduate coursework in relevant fields at Communication (3 credit hours) IIT, up to 30 credit hours for graduate coursework in rele- COM 691 Research and Dissertation for Ph.D. degree vant fields at other institutions). (at least 24 credit hours)
Course Requirements (Details) Additional Courses Additional coursework or dissertation research sufficient Required Courses to meet the requirement of 84 credit hours beyond the Technical Communication Core (30 credit hours) bachelors degree. All work for a doctoral degree should be COM 525 Research and Usability Testing completed within six calendar years after the approval of COM 528 Document Design the program of study; if it is not, then the student must COM 529 Technical Editing re-pass the Qualifying Examination. COM 530 Online Design COM 535 Instructional Design Examinations COM 537 Documentation and Project Management The Qualifying examination is a structured discussion COM 538 Entrepreneurship in Technical Communication based on a portfolio consisting of four elements: (1) deliv- COM 541 Indexing and Information Retrieval erables and explanatory material for a masters-level COM 542 Knowledge Management for project (or its equivalent); (2) a collection of significant Technical Communicators course papers and assignments completed as part of the COM 561 Teaching Technical Communication Technical Communication Core (or as part of equivalent study elsewhere); (3) a bibliographic essay identifying sig- Electives (at least 12 credit hours) nificant trends in recent research in technical COM 532 Rhetoric of Technology communication; (4) a substantial essay that introduces COM 536 Proposal and Grant Writing and analyzes the other materials in the portfolio and COM 545 Writing for Publication shows how they constitute a coherent program of study in COM 551 Language Issues in International preparation for advanced work toward the doctorate. The Communication examining committee must include a minimum of four faculty members. The Qualifying Exam must be taken
312 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Technical Communication within the first year of work toward the doctoral degree, ture). Students usually take the Comprehensive Exam at and the student must be registered when the exam is the end of the second year of doctoral study, but no later administered. If the student fails the Qualifying than one year prior to the Dissertation Examination. The Examination, the examining committee may recommend student must be registered at the time of the exam. a re-examination. At least one semester of additional preparation is considered essential before re-examination. The Dissertation Examination is a structured discussion The second chance for taking the Qualifying Exam is of the dissertation and its scholarly context. Like the regarded as final. Any additional considerations must be Comprehensive Examination Committee, the Dissertation petitioned and approved by the graduate dean. Committee must consist of at least four tenured or tenure-track teachers, including three from technical The Comprehensive Examination is a structured discus- communication and one from another program. (This sion based on (a) a portfolio of course papers, projects, exam is called the “Final Thesis Examination” in the and readings completed as part of coursework under- current Graduate Bulletin.) taken in preparation for the doctorate, along with (b) a proposal for the doctoral dissertation. The examinee Dissertation should demonstrate expertise in the area or areas rele- The dissertation should constitute an original contribu- vant to the proposed dissertation. The examining tion to scholarship in technical communication— committee must consist of at least four tenured or tenure- including areas of interaction between technical commu- track faculty members, including three members of the nication and other disciplines (especially the Humanities technical communication faculty and one other faculty disciplines of art & architecture history, history, linguis- member from a program other than technical communica- tics, literature, philosophy, and rhetoric/composition). The tion. In some cases, students may wish to add a fifth research topic and method may be empirical (perhaps member from the Humanities Department (e.g., history, employing the facilities of the Usability Testing and philosophy, composition, art & architecure history, litera- Evaluation Center), pedagogical, historical, or theoretical.
Master of Science in Technical Communication and Information Design
30-34 credit hours COM 529 Technical Editing (OR COM 425 Editing) Project or Thesis COM 585 Internship (may be waived for students with Internship (may be waived for students workplace experience) with workplace experience) Electives The M.S. in Technical Communication and Information COM 428 Verbal and Visual Communication Design provides an understanding of communication COM 532 Rhetoric of Technology practices, familiarity with information and communica- COM 536 Proposal and Grant Writing tion technologies, and an awareness of the importance COM 541 Indexing and Information Retrieval of collaboration in enhancing the flow of information COM 542 Knowledge Management for Technical throughout an organization. Candidates admitted to the Communicators master’s program must have a bachelor’s degree from an COM 551 Language Issues in International accredited institution. The program is interdisciplinary, Communication and qualified students may enroll from a wide range of COM 553 Globalization and Localization in International undergraduate major fields. Communication COM 552 Multiculturalism in International Students preparing for careers as technical communica- Communication tors are advised to take the project option, which requires COM 435 Intercultural Communication 33–34 credit hours, while students preparing for a Ph.D. MBA 520 Organizational Behavior in a relevant field may wish to take the thesis option, CS 565 Computer-Assisted Instruction Using which requires 30–31 credit hours. For both options, a Multimedia required one-credit-hour internship may be waived for CS 460 Multimedia students with workplace experience. Students may apply up to six hours of credit in one of the following courses: Other courses as approved by the director of technical COM 594 (Project) or COM 591 (Thesis). communication programs
Required courses Students may incorporate coursework for the technical COM 525 Research and Usability Testing and professional communication, instructional design COM 530 Online Design and/or international technical communication certificates COM 537 Documentation and Project Management into their work toward the technical communication and COM 538 Entrepreneurship in Technical Communication information design degree (so long as those courses were COM 528 Document Design (OR COM 424 Document not applied to another degree). Design) IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 313 Technical Communication
Master of Science in Information Architecture
33-37 credit hours Required courses Project or Thesis COM 525 Research and Usability Testing Internship (may be waived for students COM 530 Online Design with workplace experience) COM 537 Documentation and Project Management COM 538 Entrepreneurship in Technical Communication The Master of Science in Information Architecture COM 541 Indexing and Information Retrieval enhances a technical communication core with special- COM 542 Knowledge Management ized concepts, skills and tools for designing, imple- in Technical Communication menting and managing Web sites and related media COM 585 Internship (may be waived for students such as CD-ROMs. This degree provides students with with workplace experience) expertise for a number of tasks relevant to mid-level COM 528 Document Design OR and advanced positions in the workplace: Web site COM 424 Document Design design, Web site project management, information retrieval, knowledge management, usability testing and Electives evaluation. Because of the global reach of the Internet, Students may specialize in relevant clusters of courses, students may wish to incorporate a certificate in such as web design (COM 430, Basic Web Design; COM international technical communication as part of their 431, Intermediate Web Design; COM 432, Advanced Web coursework toward the information architecture degree. Design), databases, e-commerce, visual design; or they may seek a broad-based understanding by selecting Students preparing for careers as technical communica- courses from different clusters. tors are advised to take the project option, which requires 36–37 credit hours, while students preparing for a Ph.D. Courses from relevant disciplines may also be applied in a relevant field may wish to take the thesis option, with permission of the director of technical communica- which requires 33–34 credit hours. For both options, a tion programs. required one-credit-hour internship may be waived for students with workplace experience. Students may apply up to six hours of credit in one of the following courses: COM 594 (Project) or COM 591 (Thesis).
Certificate Programs
All coursework taken toward any of the three certificates Architecture (for students who are admitted to one and passed with a grade of “B” or better may also of those programs). be applied to the M.S. in Technical Communication and Information Design or the M.S. in Information
Certificate in Technical Communication
This certificate is designed for students seeking an entry- Required courses level position as a technical communicator in a broad range of fields (e.g., industry, manufacturing, health care, COM 525 Usability Testing publishing and advertising, and government agencies). COM 529 Document Design OR Applicants must have a four-year bachelor’s degree from COM 424 Document Design an accredited institution with a minimum cumulative COM 529 Technical Editing OR GPA of at least 2.5/4.0 and must be admitted as graduate COM 425 Editing certificate students. The program consists of 12 credit COM 530 Online Design OR hours of coursework (four courses) and a one credit-hour COM 428 Verbal and Visual Communication OR internship (which may be waived for candidates with pro- COM 435 Intercultural Communication fessional experience). Courses taken in this program may be applied toward the master’s degree for students admit- Elective approved by the director of technical communica- ted to the degree program. tion COM 585 Internship (may be waived for candidates with extensive workplace experience).
314 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Technical Communication
Certificate in Instructional Design
This certificate is primarily for experienced technical Required courses communicators who wish to acquire focused competency COM 525 Usability Testing in instructional design. Applicants must have a four-year COM 530 Online Design bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution with a COM 535 Instructional Design minimum cumulative GPA of at least 2.5/4.0. Graduates of this certificate program can serve as information spe- COM 424 Document Design OR cialists to systematically design and develop instructional COM 529 Document Design materials and training programs for businesses, individu- als, health and education institutions, and government. One of the following (or another course approved by the director of technical communication): IIT offers a certificate program in instructional design COM 430 Introduction to Web Design and Management that teaches the core concepts, instructional methods and COM 431 Intermediate Web Design and Management assessment instruments for designing materials using COM 432 Advanced Web Design and Management various forms of text and visual media, computers and CS 565 Multimedia instructional techniques. Four required courses and one COM 585 Internship (may be waived for candidates elective totaling 15 credit hours make up the certificate with extensive workplace experience) program in instructional design:
Certificate in International Technical Communication
This certificate helps experienced writers, editors, project Required courses managers, information architects, and web designers to COM 551 Language Issues in acquire competency in special topics of internationalism, International Communication multiculturalism, globalization, localization and language COM 553 Globalization and Localization differences. in International Communication
Applicants must have a four-year bachelor’s degree from COM 552 Multiculturalism an accredited insitution with a minimum cumulative GPA in International Communication OR of at least 2.5/4.0. COM 435 Intercultural Communication
The program requires 12 credit hours of coursework (four Elective approved by the director courses) plus a one credit-hour internship (which may be of technical communication waived for candidates with extensive professional experi- COM 585 Internship (may be waived for candidates ence). Courses taken in this program may be applied with extensive workplace experience) toward a Master of Science degree in either information architecture or technical communication and information Recommended design (for students admitted to one of these degree pro- Fluency in two languages, or fluency in one language with grams). reading/writing ability in two non-native languages
Ethics in the Workplace: Business, Engineering and Government
This program provides an understanding of ethical issues SEP 505 Environmental Issues: Practical in the workplace, along with analytical skills for dealing and Responsible Approaches responsibly with such issues. Students may select a nine SEP 507 Facing the Future: Ethics credit-hour or a 12 credit-hour option. Applicants must and Technological and Social Change have a four-year bachelor’s degree from an accredited insitution with a minimum cumulative GPA of at least Additional accelerated-course electives (students should 2.5/4.0. consult page 41 for the definition of “accelerated course.”) A selection of one-credit and one-half-credit accelerated Required course courses will be offered each semester and will address SEP 501 The Foundation of Ethics issues of practical and professional ethics, energy, in the Professions, Business and Government e-commerce and other selected topics. Accelerated courses are numbered at the 700 level. A maximum of six credit Electives hours of accelerated courses may be counted toward cer- SEP 503 Doing Business and Engineering tificate completion. Around the Globe: Ethics and Cultural Differences in the Workforce and in the Foreign Locale IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 315 Technical Communication
Course Descriptions
Numbers in parentheses discourse. Applications to social and variety of applications and to cus- indicate class, lab and credit professional issues: intercultural tomize their own design projects. hours, respectively. communication; sociopolitical dis- (3-0-3) course; discourse in legal and Technical Communication medical settings; discourse in educa- COM 532 and Information Design tional settings; narratives and Rhetoric of Technology literary texts. An exploration of the rhetorical COM 501 convention of various literary, theo- Introduction to Linguistics COM 521 retical and historical discourses Objective analysis of language struc- Key Concepts in Technical about what has come to be viewed ture and structural hierarchies; a Communication as “contemporary technology.” The survey of the basic concepts of lin- Broad and intensive readings of key course studies works from diverse guistics; the phoneme, the concepts in technical communication, disciplines and literary genres, morpheme, language change over such as usability, audience analysis, including science fiction, cyberpunk time and space. task analysis, and information literature, cultural studies, anthro- design. pology, political science, writing COM 506 theory and education theory. (3-0-3) World Englishes COM 525 Analysis of the variations of the Research and Usability Testing COM 535 English language throughout geo- An introduction to methods available Instructional Design graphic and cultural regions of the for conducting research and usability Teaches the essentials for the develop- world. testing. Students will learn how to ment of instructional materials, plan and conduct tests that measure including analysis of human perfor- COM 508 the efficiency and effectiveness of mance problems, strategic Structure of Modern English a design or product. Course work interventions, specified learning tasks, Analysis of English grammar from includes identifying and testing and validation instruments. (3-0-3) four major perspectives: prescriptive, tasks, interpreting data and report- descriptive, transformational-genera- ing findings. (3-0-3) COM 536 tive, and contextual perspectives. Proposal and Grant Writing Different methods for analyzing sen- COM 528 Principles and practices for writing tences, ways of applying each method Document Design proposals and grants, with study to problems in editing and writing, An investigation of the theory and tracks for (a) students in scientific and contributions of linguists such as practice of document and information and technical areas (emphasis on Noam Chomsky. While focusing on design as applied to paper media. practices within their own discipline) sentence structure, students also look This course focuses on planning and (b) specialists in technical com- at the structure of words (morphology) the design and development of docu- munication (emphasis on general and larger units of text (discourse) at ments and evaluating the document concepts from current research in various points in the semester. for a variety of applications, includ- argumentation and persuasion). ing manuals, instructional design, Attention to both individual and COM 509 brochures, newsletters, graphics team skills. (3-0-3) History of the English Language and tables. (3-0-3) Study of the origins and development COM 537 of key features of the English lan- COM 529 Publication guage through its important stages, Technical Editing Preparing, writing, editing and including Old, Middle, and Early A study of the art of insuring the testing documentation for products Modern English. clarity of technical works. The course and processes (especially software highlights professional standards for documentation). Managing documen- COM 515 the presentation of prose exposition, tation projects for quality in all Discourse Analysis tables and graphic materials, as well phases: information planning, con- Analysis of basic terminology and as the means for insuring satisfac- tent specification, implementation, concepts used to analyze texts on the tion of those standards. (3-0-3) production and evaluation. (3-0-3) intersentential and metalinguistic levels (e.g., the particulars of seman- COM 530 COM 538 tic roles; given-new info and Online Design Entrepreneurship syntactic strategies for manipulating An exploration of the theory and in Technical Communication it; deixis and anaphora; presupposi- practice of structuring information Corporate and independent roles of tion and entailment; direct and in on-line environments. This course technical communicators. Concepts indirect speech acts; schema theory). will enable students to analyze styles and techniques needed to market Attention to both spoken and written of graphical user interfaces for a services or to address the marketing 316 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Technical Communication needs of clients. Modes, goals and linguistic theory and approaches to COM 573 strategies for verbal and written style, syntax, culture and borrowings Writing about Technology, Science, interaction with clients, corporate across languages. Familiarization and Business decision-makers, and communication with minimalism and controlled-lan- This course focuses on techniques for staff, with attention to presentation guage strategies, as well as computer "translating" technical, scientific, and technologies. (3-0-3) tools such as online dictionaries, business/economic information from parsing programs, translation data- the dense, jargon-heavy discourses of COM 541 bases, internet resources, and the disciplines into prose that is Indexing and Information Retrieval international versions of software for readable and clear to laypersons. Principles, practices and tools for page layout, web design and word indexing either print or electronic processing. (3-0-3) COM 577 documents, along with methods Communication Law and Ethics and tools for storing, maintaining COM 552 This course explores ethical and legal and accessing information for Multiculturalism issues concerning communication in communication roles in corporate, in International Communication diverse contexts: mass media (e.g., institutional and government Principles and procedures in print, broadcast, and electronic); gov- settings. Emphasis on web-based analyzing and adapting to disparate ernment and politics; organizations strategies, techniques and tools. societies and corporate cultures. (e.g., workplaces in public and pri- (3-0-3) Exploration of differences between vate sectors); academic life (e.g., innate characteristics (human factors classroom student, and faculty COM 542 psychology) and learned characteris- affairs); and interpersonal relations Knowledge Management tics (ethnography). Special attention (e.g., love friendship, marriage). in Communication to gender-based distinctions in inter- Students research and write an arti- Analysis of the nature and uses of national contexts. (3-0-3) cle-length paper, and may also do systems and knowledge in business additional research and/or classroom and professional settings, focusing COM 553 work. Credit Hours: 3 Prerequisite: on the technical communicator’s Multiculturalism Graduate standing roles and tasks in generating and in International Communication transferring data, information and Localization and globalization in COM 580 knowledge within organizations. international communication. Topics in Communication (3-0-3) Special problems in managing publi- An investigation into a topic of cur- cation projects for global audiences rent interest in communication, COM 545 (acontextual) and local audiences which will be announced by the Writing for Publication (highly contextualized), with empha- instructor when the course is sched- Participants study tasks commonly sis on design issues, personnel uled. Advanced study of associated with academic publica- issues, quality assurance, software communication issues, theories, and tion: (1) analyzing, evaluating, and internationalization), and ISO 9000 practices relevant to science, technol- gaining practice in preparing various standards. (3-0-3) ogy, and industry settings. written academic genres (both pub- Repeatable for up to 9 credit hours. lishable genres and job-search items COM 561 (3-0-3) such as a CV and professional web- Teaching Technical Communication site); (2) analyzing and evaluating Analysis of common teaching respon- COM 585 journals in the participant’s acac- sibilities and curriculum design for Internship demic field; (3) understanding technical communicators at the col- The internship is a cooperative strategies for and logistics of submit- lege level, focusing on including arrangement between IIT and indus- ting items to journals and technical writing (service courses for try. It provides students with conferences; (4) managing time dur- engineers & scientists) and technical hands-on experience in the field of ing the research, writing, and communication (specialized courses technical communication and infor- publication process; (5) revising work for career technical communicators), mation design. Prior internships or and providing feedback to others; (6) but also devoting attention to reme- professional experience may fulfill understanding and practicing the dial writing, first-year composition, this requirement. Credit: Variable. rhetorical, organizational, and stylis- tutoring or supervision of a writing (Most M.S. students take one credit tic conventions of academic writing; center. Such topics have variations of internship.) (3-0-3) (7) preparing a presentation for a based on language (native vs. nonna- conference or academic job interview. tive speakers of English) or class COM 591 level (undergraduate vs. graduate), Thesis COM 551 and in some cases involve attention Individual study of a topic relevant Language Issues to special needs such as physical to a degree or certificate in technical in International Communication infirmity. communication, information design, Translation concepts, strategies and or instructional design. (3-0-3) resources. Exploration of relevant
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 317 Technical Communication
COM 594 Foreign Locale and revising of reports, articles, Project Issues raised by real and apparent manuals, procedures and proposals, Projects will require students to com- differences in standards in different including the use of graphics. Works plete a theoretically based analysis countries, with attention to bribery, by modern writers are analyzed. of a practical communication situa- compensation standards, and work- Credit not granted for both COM 421 tion, create a document appropriate place safety, as well as cultural and MT 301. Prerequisite: to the situation, and write an analy- differences in the composition of the Satisfaction of IIT’s Basic Writing sis of or commentary on the choices workforce in the home country and Proficiency Requirement. (3-0-3) (C) made in the production of the docu- abroad and issues of respect for per- ment. (Credit: Variable. Most M.S. sons and fair treatment that arise. COM 423 students take six credits of project Communication in the Workplace studies.) (3-0-3) SEP 505 A study of communication related to Environmental Issues: Practical and science and technology in entrepre- COM 597 Responsible Approaches neurial, corporate, government, and Special Problems Responsibilities of members of busi- public service environments. This Advanced topics in literature, lan- ness and government organizations course focuses on problem-solving guage or communication studies. and of the professions with respect to genres (proposals and recommenda- activities that have impact on the tion reports) and on common COM 601 environment, such as strategies for patterns of ideas found in such docu- Research and Methodologies engineers who design or oversee ments (e.g., process/steps, This course explores the theory and plant processes that affect the envi- whole/parts, event/effects, practice of designing research pro- ronment. Areas to be covered include event/causes, claim/reasons). jects for studying and solving water quality, energy, transportation, Prerequisite: Satisfaction of IIT’s problems in the discipline. The goal packaging and waste disposal. Basic Writing Proficiency of the course is to enable students to Requirement. (3-0-3) (C) study and evaluate research method- SEP 507 ologies for a variety of functional Facing the Future: Ethics and COM 424 contexts and to develop a knowledge Technological and Social Change Document Design base for their own research applica- Issues such as privacy, ownership Theory and practice of designing sci- tions. The course focuses on the and responsibility generated by entific, technical, and business methods of empirical research in information technologies in the documents whose primary aim is technical communication and infor- online world that is taking shape, usability. Focus on overall organiza- mation design. Credit Hours: 3 with a focus on impacts of computers tion, page design, visuals and in business, government and the pro- typography. Emphasis on print gen- COM 691 fessions, as well as issues associated res such as brochures, reports, and Research and Thesis Ph.D. with gene patenting, gene therapy, user manuals, but with attention to This is a variable credit course for food technology (including issues parallels in screen-based media Ph.D. candidates working on their about testing and labeling), and (Web, CD-ROM). (3-0-3) dissertation. Credit hours: 1-20. sophisticated biomedical engineering. Prerequisites: Ph.D. candidates only. COM 425 Undergraduate level courses Editing Ethics in the Professions applicable to degrees Principles and strategies for revising and certificates technical and scientific works for SEP 501 usability, clarity, consistency and The Foundation of Ethics COM 401 reliability. Examination of profes- in the Professions, Business Advanced Composition sional standards and practices for and Government and Prose Analysis text, tables, graphics and documents, Sources and substance of business Critical analysis of various types of but with emphasis on cohesion (sig- and government standards and pro- prose, with stress on the art as well nals of the line of thought), style and fessional codes, focusing on issues as the craft of writing. The student usage. (3-0-3) that concern all these institutions— is required to write several critical for example, confidentiality, loyalty, papers. Prerequisite: Satisfaction of COM 428 conflict of interest, and obligations to IIT’s Basic Writing Proficiency Verbal and Visual Communication the public. Requirement. (3-0-3) (C) Introduces students to the issues, strategies, and ethics of technical SEP 503 COM 421 and professional presentation, and Doing Business and Engineering Technical Communication provides students with opportunities Around the Globe: Principles and practice in the com- to engage in public address, video Ethics and Cultural Differences munication of technical materials. presentations and conferencing, and in the Workforce and in the Students work on the design, writing group presentations. Analysis of
318 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Technical Communication audience types and presentation sit- COM 437 Other Undergraduate Courses uations, group dynamics, persuasive Video Documentation Available to Graduate Students theories, language and mass media. Video Documentation Planning and (3-0-3) managing digital-video projects to AAH 491 document concepts and procedures in Independent Reading COM 430 technology, science, business, and and Research in Art Introduction to Web Design and education. Attention to scripting, and Architectural History Management shooting, editing, and distribution Presupposing only that students media. Students will work on indi- CS 460 know how to use a web browser, this vidual activities and collaborate on a Fundamentals of Multimedia course teaches beginning HTML, community-service or other client- basic page layout and design princi- centered project. (C) Credit Hours: 3 EG 425 ples, basic multimedia, and the Computer Graphics structures of websites, and also COM 438 for Non-Engineers introduces students to WYSIWYG Technical Exhibit Design webpage-generation software and Technical Exhibit Design Planning HIST 491 FTP software. (3-0-3) and managing informative and Independent Reading instructional exhibits in technical, and Research in History COM 431 scientific, and business contexts. Intermediate Web Design and Attention to characteristics and con- PHIL 491 Management straints of space, multimedia, and Independent Reading A continuation of COM 430, this other resources, along with principles and Research in Philosophy course goes more deeply into HTML, and goals of viewer access and flow. multimedia, and some of the Students will work on individual advanced features of WYSIWIG edi- activities and collaborate on a com- tors. Prerequisite: COM 430 or munity-service or other permission of instructor. (3-0-3) client-centered project. Instruction will incorporate Chicago-area COM 432 resources such as the Museum of Advanced Web Design and Science and Industry. (C) Credit Management Hours: 3 A continuation of COM 430 and COM 431, this course covers the most cur- COM 440 rent web technologies. Prerequisite: Introduction to Journalism COM 431 or permission of instructor. Introduction to the principles and (3-0-3) practices of modern American jour- nalism. Students will analyze news COM 435 stories and media, and will cover and Intercultural Communication report on campus area events. An introduction to the problems of Student-generated news stories will communication across cultures, with be discussed, analyzed and evalu- emphasis on the interplay of ated. (H,C) Credit Hours: 3 American civilization with those of Prerequisites: A 100-level humanities other cultural areas. Prerequisite: A course. 100-level humanities course and junior standing. (3-0-3) (H) (C)
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 319
Officers and Faculty
Board of Trustees ...... 321
Administration ...... 323
Faculty Index ...... 329
Faculty Emeriti ...... 332
Maps...... 334
Directions...... 335
Index ...... 336
Telephone Directory ...... 342
320 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Board of Trustees
Board of Trustees
Officers
Chairman of the Board Chairman of the Policy Committee John W. Rowe Robert A. Pritzker Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer President and Chief Executive Officer Exelon Corporation Colson Associates, Inc.
President Vice Chairman of the Board Lewis Collens David J. Vitale
Chairman of the Executive Committee Chairman, Budget and Audit Committee Craig J. Duchossois Donald E. Goss Chief Executive Officer Duchossois Industries, Inc.
Regents
Robert W. Galvin Robert A. Pritzker M. A. Self Chairman Emeritus President and Chief President Motorola, Inc. Executive Officer Allen Financial, Inc. Colson Associates, Inc.
Board Members
Bahman Atefi, Ph.D. Robert A. Cornog Michael P. Galvin James W. Kiley Chairman and Chief President, Harrison Executive Officer James E. Cowie Street Capital Jules F. Knapp Alion Science and Managing Director Chairman and Chief Technology Corporation Frontenac Company Antonio J. Gracias Executive Officer CEO and Managing Grisham Security Doors William C. Bartholomay Phiroz P. Member, Valor Equity Vice Chairman Darukhanavala Partners Kaarina Koskenalusta Willis Group Holidings, Ltd. Vice President, Chief President and Chief Technology Officer, Robert L. Growney Executive Officer Thomas H. Beeby BP America Inc. Partner, Edgewater Funds The Executives’ Club of Principal and Director of Chicago Design Craig J. Duchossois Richard M. Jaffee Hammond Beeby Rupert Chief Executive Officer, Chairman Thomas E. Lanctot Ainge, Inc. Duchossois Industries, Inc. Oil-Dri Corporation of Principal America William Blair & Company John P. Calamos Bryan R. Dunn Founder/Chairman/CEO/ President and Chief Norbert O. Kaiser Bruce C. Liimatainen CIO, Calamos Asset Executive Officer Chairman and Chief Chairman and Chief Management, Inc. Kinship Corporation Executive Officer Executive Officer Kamco Plastics, Inc. A. Finkl & Sons Co. S.R. Cho Andrew J. “Flip” Chairman Filipowski Edward L. Kaplan Dirk Lohan, FAIA Hyosung Corporation Chairman and Chief Chief Executive Officer Chief Executive Officer Executive Officer and Chairman Lohan Anderson, LLC Lewis Collens Silkroad Equity, Inc. Zebra Technologies President, Illinois Corporation Victor A. Morgenstern Institute of Technology Marshall B. Front Chairman Chairman Front Barnett Patrick J. Kelly Valor Equity Partners Martin Cooper Associates, LLC Chief Executive Officer Chairman and Chief D.P. Holdings, Inc. Anita M. Nagler Executive Officer ArrayComm, Inc.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 321 Board of Trustees
Walter Nathan Life Trustees Chairman RTC Industries, Inc. Vernon Armour Harold A. Bergen Adrian Nemcek Heather M. Bilandic Black President, Networks Kenneth L. Block Business, Motorola, Inc. Robert D. Cadieux Calvin A. Campbell, Jr. Sam Pitroda Alvin L. Gorman Chairman Donald E. Goss C-Sam, Inc. Theodore E. Hanson Albert K. Hawkes Ellen Jordan Reidy Robert L. Heidrick President and Founder James Hill, Jr. America’s Food Technologies, Inc. Donald R. Hollis John H. Krehbiel, Jr. Victor H. Reyes Richard A. Lenon Reyes and Bonoma Homer J. Livingston, Jr. Gordon R. Lohman John W. Rowe William P. Mahoney Chairman, President and Dr. Thomas L. Martin, Jr. Chief Executive Officer William B. McCain Exelon Corporation Robert B. McDermott Werner E. Neuman John R. Schmidt William W. Parks Partner Robert J. Potter, Ph.D. Mayer Brown Rowe & Maw, LLP Robert L. Raclin The Honorable Carl S. Spetzler Ilana D. Rovner Chairman, Strategic Decisions Group Dr. Lajos Schmidt Carole Browe Segal David J. Vitale Bernard F. Sergesketter Raymond C. Tower Priscilla Anne ”Pam“ Walter William A. VanSanten, Jr. Principal Honorary Trustee Gardner, Carton & Douglas Mrs. Lester Armour (Aleka)
Ralph Wanger LZW Goup, LLC
Craig M. Watson Chief Executive Officer Opti-Pay Technologies
John A. Wing
322 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Administration
Administration
President’s Staff
Lew Collens Elizabeth J. Hughes Rose Milkowski Mary Anne Smith B.S., M.A., J.D. B.A. B.A., M.A. B.A., M.S., J.D. President Vice President for Chief Communications Vice President, General Institutional Advancement Officer Counsel, and Secretary to David E. Baker the Board of Trustees B.A., M.A. David L. McCormick Allan S. Myerson Vice President for External A.B., M.S., Ph.D. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., P.E. Susan H. Wallace Affairs Senior Vice President and Provost and Senior Vice B.A., M.B.A., C.P.A. Director, Life Sciences IIT President Vice President and Chief John Collins Research Institute Financial Officer B.S., M.S., Ph.D., P.E. Vice President for Business and Administration
Office of the Provost and Senior Vice President
Allan S. Myerson Patricia Grow Dennis Roberson Susan S. Sitton B.S., M.S., Ph.D., P.E. Director of Finance B.S., M.S. B.A., M.S., Ph.D. Provost and Senior Vice Vice Provost for New Assistant Provost for President Lee A. Hitchen Initiatives and Executive Retention B.S., M.B.A. Director of the Institute Hamid Arastoopour Interim Director of of Business and Ophir Trigalo B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Athletics Interprofessional Studies B.A., M.B.A. Dean of Armour College of Chief Information Officer Engineering Noreen M. Kozak Christopher Steward Executive Assistant to the B.A., M.B.A., M.L.S. Donald R. Ucci C. Robert Carlson Provost Dean of Libraries B.E., M.E., Ph.M., Ph.D. B.A., M.S., Ph.D. Associate Provost and Director of the Center for Harold J. Krent Donna V. Interim Dean of the Professional Development A.B., J.D. Robertson, FAIA Undergraduate College Dean of Chicago-Kent B.A., M.Arch. Ali Cinar College of Law Dean of College of Darsh T. Wasan B.S., M.Eng., Ph.D. Architecture B.S., Ph.D. Dean of Graduate College Fred R. McMorris Vice President for and Vice Provost for B.S., M.A., Ph.D. Mary Ann Rowan International Affairs Research Dean of College of Science B.S.Ed., M.S.Ed., Ph.D. and Letters Vice President for Patrick F. Whitney Douglas A. Geiger Enrollment B.F.A., M.F.A. B.A., M.A. M. Ellen Mitchell Director of the Institute Dean of Students B.A., Ph.D. of Design Director of Institute of Psychology
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 323 Administration
Student Affairs
Douglas A. Geiger Bette Pienta Jenna Moroney Mary Taylor-Blasi B.A., M.A. B.A., M.A. B.A., M.S. ED B.S. Dean of Students Campus Minister Director of Student Director of Student Services, Stuart School Activities Erin Gray Edward Linton of Business B.S., M.S. B.A., M.A. Vickie Tolbert Director of Fraternities Campus Minister Katherine Murphy Stetz Administration and and Sororities B.A., M.A. Operations Manager Colleen Markham Assistant Dean of Students Leah Dooley B.S., M.S. Jennifer Sosnowski B.S., M.S. Director of Student Health Kevin Smith B.A., M.A. Director of Greek Life and Center B.A., M.S. Director of Residence Life Leadership Programs Executive Director of Lisa Montgomery Multicultural Student Executive Director of Lee Hitchen B.A. Services Multicultural Student B.A., M.B.A. Director of Women’s Services Director of Athletics Services and Diversity (vacant) Education Daniel Kaplan B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Director of Counseling Center
Office of the Vice President of Enrollment Management
Mary Ann Rowan Rebecca Nicholes Deborah Gibson Gerald Doyle B.S.Ed., M.S.Ed., Ph.D. Registrar B.S. B.A., M.ED. Vice President for Director of Graduate Associate Vice President of Graduate Enrollment Ann Spittle Admission Undergraduate Admission B.A., M.S. Virginia Foster Director of Graduate Suzanne Depeder Marc Geslani B.S., M.S. Communications B.A., M.B.A. B.A. Director of Financial Aid Associate Vice President of Director of Enrollment Graduate and Professional Management Planning and Admission Technology
Office of the Vice President for Business and Finance John Collins Joseph Buri Kevin Doherty Scott Soltis B.S., M.S., Ph.D., P.E. M.S., B.G.S. B.S., C.P.A., J.D. B.S. Vice President for Associate Vice President of Associate Vice President Director of Public Safety Business and Finance Facilities, Real Estate and for Finance and Controller Construction Karen Walker Jean Bingham Afshin Mikaili B.A. Associate Vice President of Lydia Crowson B.S., M.S., Ph.D., M.B.A. Director of Minority Housing and Auxiliary B.S., M.A., M.S., Ph.D. Financial and Business Women Business Services Financial and Business Analyst Enterprise Programs Analyst Beverly Perret B.S. Director of Human Resources Office of Technology and Computer Services Ophir Trigalo Louise Hewitt James Meyer Ibukun Oyewole B.A., B.S., M.B.A. B.A., M.S.T. B.S., M.S. B.S., M.B.A. Chief Information Officer Director of IIT Online Director, Systems and Director of Infastructure Technical Services Technical Services Virginia Bentley B.S. Director of Telecommunications 324 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Administration
Office of the Vice President for External Affairs
David E. Baker Leroy E. Kennedy B.A., M.A. B.A. Vice President for External Associate Vice President Affairs for Community Development
Office of the Vice President for Institutional Advancement Elizabeth J. Hughes B.A. Vice President for Institutional Advancement
Development J. Gregory Barrett Beth Campbell B.A., M.A. B.S., M.B.A. Associate Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Institutional Advancement Institutional Advancement
Communications & Marketing Marlis Manley Nancy Schoon Broadhead B.S. B.A., M.F.A. Art Director Director of Marketing
Office of the General Counsel
Mary Anne Smith Anthony D. D’Amato Candida Miranda B.A., M.S., J.D. B.A., M.A., J.D. B.A., J.D., M.B.A. Vice President and Associate General Counsel Associate General Counsel General Counsel and and Director, Equal Secretary Opportunity and Affirmative Action
Office of the Vice President for International Affairs Darsh T. Wasan Lori Friedman Mary Dawson Martin Cole B.S., Ph.D. B.A. B.S.J. B.S., Ph.D. Vice President Interim Director of Associate Vice President Director of National International Student for International Affairs Center for Food Safety and Center Technology
Institute of Business and Interprofessional Studies
Dennis Roberson John F. O. Bilson Jay Fisher Thomas M. Jacobius B.S., M.S. B.Econ., M. Econ., Ph.D. B.S., Ph.D. B.S., M.B.A. Vice Provost for New Academic Director, Director of Ed Kaplan Director of Initiatives and Executive Institute of Business and Entrepreneurial Studies Interprofessional Studies Director, Institute Interprofessional Studies Program of Business and Interprofessional Studies Bruce M. Fisher B.A., M.S., Ph.D. Director of Leadership Academy
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 325 Administration
College of Architecture Donna V. Robertson, Matthew Cook John Kriegshauser Kathryn Snell FAIA B.A., M.A., M.L.S. B.A. Systems Administrator B.A., M.Arch. Head Librarian Graham Model Shop Manager Dean Resource Center Rob Jones Nicole X. Osborne Assistant Dean for Peter Beltemacchi Jane Rothschild Ellis B.S.M. Buildings and Operations B.Arch., M.S. B.A. Assistant Dean for B.Arch Associate Dean and Director of Communication Graduate Academic Affairs Director of Undergraduate and Stewardship Shannon Kennedy Programs R. Stephen Sennott Coordinator for Academic Joseph Kohnke B.A., M.A. Affairs Faith Kancauski B.F.A., M.F.A. Assistant Dean for B.S., M.A. Director of Administration Assistant Materials Undergraduate and Financial Affairs Lab Supervisor Academic Affairs
Armour College of Engineering
Hamid Arastoopour Jamshid Mohammadi Vincent Turitto Mohammad B.S., M.S., Ph.D. B.S., M.S., Ph.D. D.Eng.Sci. Shahidehpour Dean Chair of Civil and Chair of Biomedical B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Architectural Engineering Engineering and Director Bodine Professor and Marilyn Birden of Pritzker Institute of Chair of Electrical and B.A., M.B.A. Margaret M. Murphy Biomedical Engineering Computer Engineering Assistant Dean for B.A., M.S. Administrative and Director of Candace E. Wark Jamal S. Yagoobi External Affairs Communications B.S., M.S., Ph.D. B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Associate Dean Chair of Mechanical, John S. Kallend Fouad A. Teymour Materials and Aerospace B.A., M.A., Ph.D. B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Elizabeth Alva Engineering Associate Dean of Chair of Chemical and Assistant to the Dean Accreditation and Environmental Catherine Assessment Engineering Kozuch-O’Brien B.A., M.A. Graduate Program Coordinator
Chicago-Kent College of Law
Harold J. Krent Lydia Lazar Dawn E. Rupcich Ronald W. Staudt A.B., J.D. A.B., M.A., J.D. B.S. B.S., B.A., J.D. Dean Assistant Dean for Assistant Vice President Associate Vice President International Law and for Administration, for Law, Business and Lori B. Andrews Policy Development Finance, CLE/CPE, Technology B.A., J.D. and the Center for Law Associate Vice President Barbara Matthopoulos and Computers Keith Ann Stiverson and Director of the B.A., M.A. B.S., M.S.L.S., J.D. Institute for Science, Law Director of Alumni Jerry J. Seaton Director of the Downtown and Technology Relations Registrar; Director of Campus Libraries Records and Exams Katharine K. Baker Mindi Mysliwiec Elizabeth Turley B.A., J.D. B.S., J.D. Francine Soliunas B.A., J.D. Associate Dean Director of Institutional B.S., J.D. Assistant Dean for Projects Director of Student Institutional Advancement Graeme B. Dinwoodie Professional Development LL.B., LL.M., J.S.D. Susan M. O'Brien Nicole Vilches Associate Dean B.A., J.D. Stephen D. Sowle B.A., M.S.Ed. Assistant Vice President B.A., J.D. Assistant Dean Jeanne Kraft for Communications Assistant Dean for for Admissions B.S., M.S. Academic Administration Assistant Dean and Student Affairs for Career Services 326 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Administration
Center for Jerry Field Keith McKee Daniel Tomal Professional B.S., M.S., Ph.D. B.S., M.S., Ph.D. B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Development Outreach Coordinator for Director of Manufacturing/ Associate Director of Manufacturing/Industrial Industrial Programs Manufacturing/Industrial Programs Programs C. Robert Carlson Scott Pfeiffer B.A., M.S., Ph.D. Barbara Kozi B.A., M.B.A. Ray Trygstad Director of the Center for B.A. Director of Development B.S., M.S.S.M. Professional Development Administrator Outreach Director of Information and Academic Director of Technology and Information Technology & Bill Lidinsky Janet Reif Curriculum Coordinator Management Programs B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E., M.B.A. B.A., M.A. for Information Technology Todd Professor and Program Manager and & Management Programs William Enright Assistant Director of Short Course Coordinator B.A., M.P.A. Information Technology & for Professional Learning Director of Professional Management Programs Programs Learning Programs
College of Science and Letters
Fred R. McMorris Norman G. Lederman John F. Zasadzinski Fred J. Hickernell B.S., M.A., Ph.D. B.S., M.S., Ph.D. B.S., Ph.D. B.A., Ph.D. Dean Chair of Mathematics and Chair of Biological, Chair of Applied Science Education Chemical and Physical Mathematics M. Ishaque Khan Science B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Edward Reingold Vivian Weil Associate Dean B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Ullica Segerstrale A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Chair of Computer Science M.S., M.Pol.Sci., M.A., Director of Center for the Kathryn Riley Ph.D. Study of Ethics in the B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Chair of Social Sciences Professions Chair of Lewis Department of Humanities
Graduate College
Ali Cinar William Enright Keith McKee Scott Pfeiffer B.S., M.Eng., Ph.D. B.A., M.P.A. B.S., M.S., Ph.D. B.S., M.B.A. Dean and Vice Provost for Director of Information Director of Manufacturing Director of Outreach Research Technology Program and Programs and Academic Director of Manufacturing Technology Mamie Phillips Robert F. Anderson Information Technology and Management B.S.Ed., M.P.A. B.S., M.Mgmt. and Management Programs Assistant Dean of Policies Director of Office of Programs and Records Technology Transfer and Sudhakar Nair Intellectual Property Barbara C. Kozi B.S., M.Eng., Ph.D. Holli Pryor-Harris B.A. Associate Dean for A.B., M.P.A. C. Robert Carlson Center for Professional Academic Affairs Assistant Dean of B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Development Extended Learning Associate Dean and Administrator Domenica Pappas Director of the Rice B.S. Carlo Segre Campus and Center for Glenn Krell Director of Office of B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Professional Development B.A., M.P.A., C.R.A. Sponsored Research and Associate Dean of Special Director of Office of Programs Projects Ganesh Raman Research Compliance B.S., M.S., Ph.D. and Proposal Associate Dean for Development Research
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 327 Administration
Graduate College continued
Ruth Sweetser Julia Chase B.A., M.A. B.S., M.S. Director of Professional Learning Director, Communications for and Business Relations Graduate Affairs and Research
Institute of Design
Patrick F. Whitney John Grimes Nora Kyger B.F.A., M.F.A. B.A., M.S. B.F.A., M.A. Director Associate Director Associate Director
Institute of Psychology
M. Ellen Mitchell Bruce M. Fisher Scott Morris B.A., M.A., Ph.D. B.A., M.A., Ph.D B.A., Ph.D Director Director of the Center for Assistant Director Research and Service
Stuart School of Business
Harvey Kahalas M.Zia Hassan J. Michael Gorham B.S., M.B.A., Ph.D. B.S., M.S., Ph.D. B.A., M.S., Ph.D. Dean Director of Ph.D. Program Director of Finance Programs and Center for Sanford A. Bredine Jenna Moroney Financial Markets B.A., M.B.A. Director of Associate Director of M.S. Student Services Paul R. Prabhaker Marketing Communication B.Tech., M.B.A., M.S., George Nassos Ph.D. Kelly Cherwin B.S., M.S., M.B.A., Ph.D. Associate Dean, Academic B.A. Director of M.S. Director of M.S. Marketing Director of Career Services Environmental Communication Program Management Program and Center for Sustainable Enterprise
Undergraduate College
Donald R. Ucci David Maslanka John W. Snapper B.E., M.E., Ph.M., Ph.D. B.A., M.S., M.Ed. B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Interim Dean Director of the Academic Associate Dean Resource Center Glenn Broadhead B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Carole Orze Director of Communication B.S. Across the Curriculum Director of the Office of Programs Educational Services
328 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Faculty Index
A Jovan G. Brankov 184 D G Kari Aamot 135 Charles Braucher 64 James Dabbert 310 Eliezer Geisler 14, 280 Snejana Abarji 54 Sanford A. Bredine 280, 328 Carol Davids 218 Glen O. Geist 258 Javad Abbasian 16, 111, 113, 208 Kelly Brest van Kempen 271 Blake Davis 64 Thomas Gentry 64 Upasana Abbott 208, 214 Eric M. Brey 104 Michael Davis 310 David J. Gerber 136 Susan Johanne Adams 135 Ralph L. Brill 135 Elizabeth De Armond 135 David Gidalevitz 113 Nader Aderangi 113 Glenn J. Broadhead 309, 310, 328 Eduardo De Santiago 143 Dimitri Gidaspow 113 Andre Adler 53 Thomas Brock 64 Jonathan P. Decatorsmith 135 Douglas Wm. Godfrey 136 Gady Agam 156 Evelyn Brody 135 Paul H. DeForest 271 Nazli Goharian 156 Jeremy Alexis 174 Bartram S. Brown 135 Dirk Denison 64 Joel Goldhar 280 Said Al-Hallaj 114 Gerald Brown 135 Jennifer J. Kang Derwent 104 Richard J. Gonzalez 136 Tricha Anjali 184 Tim Brown 64 Graeme Dinwoodie 135, 326 Ruthanna Gordon 258 Mark Anastasio 104 Jeffrey S. Budiman 143 William Disselhorst 271 Michael Gorham 279, 280, 328 Paul R. Anderson 111, 113 Grant Bunker 82 Jinqiao (Jeffrey) Duan 53 Michael R. Gosz 228, 242 Robert F. Anderson 16, 327 Ilene Burnstein 156 John Durbrow 64 Isabela Gould 64 Lori B. Andrews 16, 135, 326 Ray A. Burnstein 82 Eric F. Greenberg 214 Hamid Arastoopour William Buttner 81 E Sanford N. Greenberg 136 6, 15, 16, 105, 113, 326 Warren Edelstein 54 Peter Greene 156 David Arditi 143 C Howard C. Eglit 135 Judith Gregory 174 Konstantinos Arfanakis 104 Ronald Calia 271 Suzanne Ehrenberg 135 John Grimes 174, 328 Shlomo Argamon 156 Gruia Calinescu 156 Walter C. Eisenberg 81 William J. Grimshaw 271 Robert Arzbaecher 104, 184 Michael Caracotsios 114 Robert Ellis 54 Vivien C. Gross 136 Guillermo E. Atkin 184 C. Robert Carlson Mohamed El-Maazawi 81 7, 156, 218, 254, 327 David Grossman 156 Bernadette Atuahene 135 Mahjoub Elnimeiri 62, 64 Kevin W. Cassel 243, 242 Sidney A. Guralnick 143 Roya Ayman 257, 258 Tzilla Elrad 156 Deborah Cernauskas 280 Ali Emadi 14, 184 B John C. Cesarone 242 H Thomas Erber 54, 82 Howard S. Chapman 135 Patricia Bach 258 Philip N. Hablutzel 136 Martha Evens 156 Dajun Chen 243 Katharine K. Baker 135, 326 Connie Hall 104 Yu Cheng 184 Martin L. Bariff 280 F Charles T. Hamilton 280 Edward Chlebus 156 Ralph L. Barnett 242 Daniel W. Hamilton 136 Paul Fagette 104 Donald Chmielewski 113 Charles Bauer 156 Sarah K. Harding 136 Dale Fahnstrom 174 Sungjoon Cho 135 Matthew J. Bauer 310 Kevin P. Harrington 310 Kai-Tai Fang 54 Hyun-soon Chong 81 Peter Beltemacchi 62, 64 Edward C. Harris 136 Gregory Fasshauer 54 Ali Cinar 5, 14, 15, 105, 113, 327 Joseph C. Benedyk 243 Steven L. Harris 136 Susan Feinberg 310 Herek L. Clack 242 Zaur Berkaliev 235 M. Zia Hassan 280, 328 Ira C. Feldman 136 Liam Coffey 82 Barry Bernstein 53, 113 Dimitri Hatziavramidis 16, 114 Martin Felsen 64 Martin Cole 15, 80, 213, 214, 325 Matthew Bernstein 135 Barbara Heller 54 Robert Filler 81 Lewis Collens 135, 323 Thomasz R. Bielecki 54 Steven J. Heyman 136 Bruce M. Fisher 16, 325, 328 Susan Conger-Austin 64 John Bilson 280 Fred J. Hickernell 52, 54, 327 Alexander J. Flueck 184, 208 Christopher Conley 174 Sandra Whaley Bishnoi 81 Timothy R. Holbrook 136 Frank Flury 64 Richard J. Conviser 135 Keith Black 280 Cynthia Hood 156 Maurice J. Frank 54 Douglas J. Cork 80 Richard Bonaccorsi 271 Dennis Hood 218 Ophir Frieder 156 Patrick Corrigan 258 Suresh Borkar 184 Joyce Hopkins 258 Laurence Friedman 82 Daniel T. Coyne 135 Fred P. Bosselman 135 Gerald Horn 64 Michael Cummings 80 Donald Bradkovic 271 David Hovey 64
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 329 Faculty Index
Andrew Howard 80 Frank Lane 258 Demetrios J. Moschandreas 113 Margaret Power 310
Zhiyong Hu 243 Jonathon Larson 258 Sheldon Mostovoy 242 Paul Prabhaker 280, 328
Margaret H. Huyck 258 Gary S. Laser 136 Ralph T. Muehleisen 143 Jai Prakash 14, 113
Laurie E. Leader 136 Allan S. Myerson 113 Greg Prygrocki 174 I J. S. Lederman 235 Gregory J. Pulliam 310 Thomas C. Irving 14, 80, 104 Leon Lederman 82 N George K. Ivanov 114 NormanG.Lederman 235, 327 Q Hassan M. Nagib 242 Christopher R. Leslie 136 Xiaoping Qian 242 J Kathleen Nagle 64 Xiang-Yang Li 156 Zoltan Nagy 114 Kamyar Jabbari 280 Xiaofan Li 52, 54 Sheldon H. Nahmod 136 R Peter Y. Johnson 81 Zongzhi Li 143 Sudhakar E. Nair 54, 242, 327 Ganesh Raman 243 Porter W. Johnson 82 Zuyi Li 184 Philip G. Nash 16, 242 Vijay Ramani 114 William Lidinsky 218, 327 George Nassos 16, 280, 277, 328 Sadhana Ravishankar 80, 213, 214 Harold Lindahl 114 K Ivan Nesh 82 Edward M. Reingold 155, 156, 327 Henry R. Linden 14, 113 Harvey Kahalas 7, 280, 328 W. J. Newman 235 Paul Reinhard 243 Richard Lipinski 271 John S. Kallend 242, 326 Alex Nikolov 114 Dietmar Rempfer 54, 243 Joseph L. LoCicero 184 Derek Kamper 104 Christena E. Nippert-Eng 271 Shangping Ren 156 James Longworth 82 Daniel Kaplan 14, 82 Kenneth E. Noll 113 Benjamin R. Riley 64 Arthur Lubin 54 Sanjiv Kapoor 156 Kark Nollenberger 270, 271 Kathryn Riley 309, 310, 327 Peter Lykos 81 Chris Karidis 64 Terrance Norton 271 Dennis Roberson 6, 323
Hemanshu Kaul 54 James Novak 143 Donna V. Robertson 5, 62, 64, 326
Thomas Kearns 64 M Alfredo C. Rodriguez 214
Michael Kelly 280 Jo Mackiewicz 310 Peter Roesch 64 O Pamela Kentra 136 Martin H. Malin 136 John Ronan 64 John R. O’Leary 143 Nasrin R. Khalili 280 Henry Francis Mallgrave 64 Mark D. Rosen 136 Michael K. Ong 280 M. Ishaque Khan 81, 327 Braja K. Mandal 81 Howard A. Rubin 79, 82 Emmanuel Opara 15, 104 C. Jotin Khisty 143 Alexander K. Manov 218 David S. Rudstein 136 Joseph Orgel 80 John Kiedaisch 243 Hansen Mansy 243 Francisco Ruiz 16, 208, 243 Erdal Oruklu 184 Richard S. Kling 136 Michael Marcus 271 Nicole X. Osborne 62, 326 Thomas W. Knowles 280 Nancy S. Marder 136 S Charles Owen 174 Ted Knowlton 114 William Markle 271 Michal Safar 231
Randall Kober 64 David Maslanka 54, 328 Gerald F. Saletta 184
Bogdan Korel 156 David L. McCormick 15, 80, 323 P Giselle Sandi 114
Tatiana Koutchma 214 Harriet McCullough 271 Krishna R. Pagilla 113 Jafar Saniie 183, 184
Edward Kraus 136 Keith McKee 16, 231, 254, 327 Samuel Palumbo 214 Marco Saraniti 184
Robert Krawczyk 64 F. R. McMorris 7, 54, 327 Georgia Papavasiliou 104 Keiichi Sato 174
Harold J. Krent 6, 132, 136, 326 Kevin P. Meade 242 Satish Parulekar 113 Mark Schendel 65
Ron Krueck 64 A. C. Megri 143 Michael J. Pelsmajer 54 Jay D. Schieber 14, 114
Eva Kultermann 64 Rajendra Mehta 80 Victor Perez-Luna 105, 113 George Schipporeit 65
Vijay Kumar 174 Nick Menhart 80 Henry H. Perritt, Jr. 136 Robert C. Schleser 258
Rick Kuner 271 Daniel Z. Meyer 235 Boris Pervan 242 Warren S. Schmaus 310
M. Ellen Mitchell 7, 257, 258, 328 Gregory Peters 271 Julie S. Schrager 136 Kenneth Schug 81 L Naomi Miyamoto 280 Scott Peters 270, 271 David Mogul 104 Paul Pettigrew 64 Cesar A. Sciammarella 235, 243 Robert F. Ladenson 310 Jamshid Mohammadi142, 143, 326 Mickie A. Piatt 136 Federico Sciammarella 243 Chow S. Lam 257, 258 Scott B. Morris 257, 258, 328 Bert Plomp 114 Michael A. Scodro 136 Zhiling Lan 156 Timothy Morrison 14, 82 Charles Pounian 271 H. Larry Scott 82 Peter Land 64
330 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Faculty Index
Ullica Segerstrale 270, 271, 327 Philip R. Troyk 104 Z Carlo U. Segre 82, 327 Ray Trygstad 218, 254, 271, 327 John Zasadzinski 79, 82, 327 J. Robert Selman 114 Vincent Turitto 14, 16, 104, 326 J. S. Zawojewski 235 R. Stephen Sennott 62, 326 Chunbo Zhang 80 S. Mohammad Shahidehpour 15, U Wei Zhang 80, 214 183, 184, 228, 326 Donald R. Ucci 184, 328 Yu-Zhu Zhang 80 Carolyn Shapiro 136 Chi Zhou 185 David Sharpe 62, 65 V Earl Zwicker 82 Jay H. Shen 143
Tamara Goldman Sher 257, 258 Benjamin Van Vliet 280
Jeffrey G. Sherman 136 Peter Varelis 214
Jonathan J. Shi 143 Dimitrios Velenis 184
Susan S. Sitton 54 David C. Venerus 111, 114, 228
Peter J. Slade 80, 214 Murat Vural 243
John W. Snapper 310, 328
Mark E. Snyder 143 W
Stephen D. Sowle 136, 326 Peng-Jun Wan 156
Michael I. Spak 136 Albert Z. Wang 184
Harold N. Spector 82 Rong Wang 79, 81
Linda Klamp Spentzouris 82 Candace E. Wark 243, 326
Kathryn M. Spink 80 Richard Warner 137
Kenneth W. Stagliano 81 Darsh T. Wasan 214, 325
Benjamin C. Stark 79, 80, 105, 184 Erwin W. Weber 185
Henry Stark 184 Dale A. Webster 80
Ronald W. Staudt 136, 326 Vivan Weil 14, 327
Joan E. Steinman 136 Holger Wendland 54
Joseph R. Stetter 15, 81 Miles Wernick 15, 104, 185
Cynthia Stewart 80, 214 Catherine Wetzel 65
Margaret G. Stewart 136 Christopher White 82
Keith Ann Stiverson 137, 326 Patrick F. Whitney 6, 173, 174, 328
Kent D. Streseman 137 David R. Williams 15, 243
Mary Rose Strubbe 137 Geoffrey Williamson 185
Xian-He Sun 156 Russell Wojcik 280
Allen Wolach 258
T Thomas T. Y. Wong 185
Arthur Takeuchi 65 Richard W. Wright 137
A. Dan Tarlock 137
Stuart Taylor 180 X
Jeff Terry 82 Jialing Xiang 80 Fouad A. Teymour105, 111, 114, 326
David C. Thomas 137 Y Jeff Thomas 137 Jamal Yagoobi 243, 326 Nick T. Thomopoulos 280 Yongyi Yang 104, 185 Michael Tillmans 310 Wai Gen Yee 156 Sammy Tin 243 Imam Samil Yetik 185 Khairy A. Tourk 280 Michael A. Young 258 Annette Towler 258
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 331 Faculty Emeriti
William Applebaum Martin Alvin Cohen Andrew Akos Fejer Robert Francis Irving Associate Professor of Associate Professor of Professor of Mechanics and Associate Professor of History, 1972–1995 Economics Management, Mechanical and Aerospace English, 1967–1995 1964–1980 Engineering, 1958–1978 Robert Arzbaecher Donald Komen Jasper Professor of Electrical William White Colvert Robert Filler Professor of Biology, Engineering and Director Associate Professor of Professor of Chemistry, 1969–1996 of the Pritzker Institute of Physics and Director 1955–1994 Medical Engineering, of the Evening Division, Serope Kalpakjian 1981-2001 1919–1964 Glen O. Geist Professor of Mechanical Professor of Psychology, and Materials Charles R. Bauer George Edson Danforth 1971-2003 Engineering, 1963-2001 Associate Professor of Professor of Architecture, Computer Science, 1940–1981 Lois Graham Henry Knepler 1985–1996 Professor of Mechanical Professor of English, William Frank Darsow Engineering, 1949–1985 1947–1989 Robert John Bonthron Associate Professor of Professor of Mechanical Mathematics, 1961–1990 Nicholas Grecz Daniel Koblick and Aerospace Professor of Microbiology, Associate Professor of Engineering, 1947–1991 Pearce Davis 1963–1982 Physiology, 1963–1991 Professor of Economics, Fred P. Bosselman 1948–1973 Peter H. Greene Willis George Labes Professor of Law, Research Professor of Professor of Fire Protection 1991-2003 John DeCicco Computer Science, Engineering, 1946–1979 Professor of Mathematics, 1974-2000 Harold Walter Bretz 1962–1976 Zalman Lavan Associate Professor of Sidney A. Guralnick Professor of Mechanical Microbiology, 1957–1986 Platon C. Deliyannis Perlstein Distinguished and Aerospace Professor of Applied Professor of Engineering Engineering, 1965–1991 Norman Nathan Breyer Mathematics, 1962–2001 1958-2004 Professor of Metallurgical Robert Joseph Malhiot and Materials Lloyd Hamilton Donnell R. Ogden Hannaford Professor of Physics, Engineering, 1964–1991 Research Professor of Professor of Architecture, 1956–1987 Mechanics, 1939–1962 1960–1986 Ilene J. Burnstein Jordan J. Markham Associate Professor of John Drac Boyd A. Hartley Professor of Physics, Computer Science, Associate Professor of Law, Associate Professor of Fire 1962–1981 1986–2003 1957–1980 Protection and Safety Engineering, 1966–1985 Kenneth Phillip Milbradt Ray Aaron Burnstein John Thomas Dygdon Associate Professor of Civil Professor of Physics, Professor of Engineering Isidore Hauser Engineering, 1946–1985 1965–2001 Graphics, 1952–1996 Professor of Physics, 1958–1986 Mark Vladimir George D. Byrne Joseph A. Erwin Morkovin Professor of Applied Associate Professor of Warren Heindl Professor of Mechanical Mathematics, 1994–1998 Biology, 1967–2001 Professor of Law, Engineering, 1967–1982 1949–1994 Thomas Manuel Calero Martha Evens Lester Charles Peach Associate Professor of Research Faculty of Fred F. Herzog Professor of Electrical and Management, 1968–1993 Computer Science, Professor of Law and Dean Computer Engineering, 1975-2000 of Chicago–Kent College 1956–1987 Kwang–Han Chu of Law, 1947–1973 Professor of Civil Paul Edward Fanta H. Lennart Pearson Engineering, 1956–1984 Professor of Chemistry, Geoffrey Trevor Higgins Associate Professor of 1948–1984 Professor of Materials Applied Mathematics and Joseph San–Hoon Engineering, 1969–1998 Dean of Graduate Studies, Chung 1954–1994 Professor of Economics, 1964–1995
332 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Faculty Emeriti
Robert William Porter Associate Professor of Professor of Mechanical Architecture, 1966–1993 and Aerospace Engineering, 1966-2001 John Lawrence Way Professor of Mechanical Bernard Rasof and Aerospace Professor of Mechanical Engineering, 1970–2001 Engineering, 1964–1982 Erwin Wilbur Weber John Theodore Associate Professor of Rettaliata Electrical and Computer Professor of Mechanical Engineering, 1961–1998 Engineering and President Emeritus, 1945–1973 Dale Arroy Webster Professor of Biology, Robert Mark Roth 1968–2001 Professor of Biology, 1968-2003 William F. Zacharias Professor of Law and Dean Allan H. Roush of the Chicago–Kent Professor of Biochemistry, College of Law, 1933–1970 1951–1982 David Mordecai Zesmer Abe Sklar Professor of English, Professor of Mathematics, 1962–1992 1956–1995 Earl Frederick Zwicker Spencer B. Smith Professor of Physics, Professor of Management 1956–1991 Sciences and Industrial Management, 1966–1996
Harold Norman Spector Professor of Physics, 1966–2001
Leon Eugene Stover Professor of Anthropology, 1965–1995
Paul Amandus Thomas Associate Professor of City and Regional Planning, 1958–2003
T. Paul Torda Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Director 3 of the E Program Center, 1962–1977
San Utsunomiya
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 333 Maps
Main Campus Downtown Campus and Institute of Design
Rice Campus
334 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Directions
Getting to the Main Campus
Airports Automobile IIT and Chicago are served by O’Hare International From North: Dan Ryan Expressway east to 31st Street Airport and Midway Airport. Public and private trans- exit, continue south to 33rd Street, turn left (east) to just portation is available from the airports to downtown past State Street. Visitor parking is on the right (south- Chicago and IIT campuses. east corner). From South: Dan Ryan Expressway west to 35th Street exit, continue north to 33rd Street, turn right Train (east) to just past State Street. Visitor parking is on the Commuter railroads to Union and Northwestern train right (southeast corner). From Lake Shore Drive: Exit at stations (both off Canal Street), then public transporta- 31st Street, go inland (west) to State Street, turn left tion, taxi or IIT shuttle bus from the Downtown Campus (south) to 33rd Street, turn left and visitor parking is on at 565 W. Adams Street to Main Campus. the right (southeast corner).
Bus Parking To Greyhound terminal, then taxi or public transporta- Some visitor parking is available in lots at the southeast tion to IIT. corner of 33rd and State streets and the northeast corner Public Transportation of 31st and State streets. By special arrangement, events 1. CTA Red Line (Howard-Dan Ryan) to 35th Street parking is usually available in the fraternity lot at 33rd Station. and Wabash and, for evening events, in the lot west of 2. CTA Green Line (Lake-Englewood-Jackson Park) to Hermann Union Building. A few hourly spaces are avail- 35-Bronzeville-IIT station. able just south of the Commons Building and west of 3. CTA bus lines with stops on State Street (#29) or Hermann Union Building. Please call the Public Safety Michigan Avenue (#35). Department at 312.808.6300 if you need assistance in finding parking.
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 335 Index
A Information Technology & Applied Electromagnetics 197 research facilities 76 Absence Management 217 Applied Mathematics, Dept. of 52 Biology 84 Leave of 32 International Students 26 admission requirements 55 biochemistry specialization 85 Reinstatement and Law 137 course descriptions 57 biotechnology specialization 86 Enrollment after 32 Management Science 279 degrees offered 52 cell and molecular biology Academic Honesty, Code of 43 Manufacturing Engineering 228 Doctor of Philosophy 56 specialization 86 Academic Policies for Continuation Marketing Communication 279 faculty 53 course descriptions 97 of Studies 32 Materials Science and Mathematical Finance 55 Doctor of Philosophy 87 Academic Probation 32 Engineering 244 Master of Science 56 faculty 76 Academic Programs 51 Mathematical Finance 279 research facilities 52 Master of Biology 84 Academic Resource Center 10 Mathematics and Science research and program areas 52 Master of Science 85 Accelerated Courses 41 Education 236 Architectural Engineering, microbiology specialization 86 Accelerated M.B.A. program 281 Mechanical, Materials and see Civil and Architectural Biomedical Engineering, Accelerator and Particle Physics, Aerospace Engineering 244 Engineering, Dept. of Dept. of 104 Center for 14 Molecular Biochemistry and Architecture, College of 5, 62 admission requirements 105 Accreditation 7 Biophysics 83 admission requirements course descriptions 108 Administration 323 Network Engineering 183 for Master’s 66 degree offered 104 Admission Procedures 24 Newly-Admitted Students 27 for Ph.D. 72 Doctor of Philosophy 106 Admission Requirements Non-Degree Students 25 course descriptions 73 faculty 104 Applied Mathematics 55 Nonprofit Management 272 curriculum 62 research areas 104 Architectural Engineering 143 Orientation Fee 44 degrees offered 63 Biomedical Science and Engineering, Architecture 66, 72 Physics 83 Doctor of Philosophy 72 Pritzker Institute of 16 Biological Engineering 115 Post-Baccalaureate 28 faculty 64 Biotechnology 84, 87 Biology 83 Power Engineering 183 Master of Architecture, Biotechnology and the Human Biomedical Engineering 105 Psychology 257 Program 1 69 Future, Institute on 133 Business Administration 281 Public Administration 272 Master of Architecture, Board of Trustees 321 Certificate Student 25 Public Works 143 Program 2 68 Business Administration 279 Chemical Engineering 116 Readmission 27 Master of Architecture, Business, Stuart Chemistry 83 Structural Engineering 143 Program 3 66 School of 7, 278 Civil Engineering 143 Teachers, M.S. for 160 Master of Landscape admission requirements 281 Computer Engineering 183 Telecommunications and Architecture 70 certificate programs 279 Computer Science 157 Software Engineering 157, 183 mission 62 course descriptions 292 Computer Networking and Technical Communication 311 research facilities 63 degrees offered 278 Telecommunications 157 Technical Communication and research areas 63 Doctor of Philosophy in Construction Engineering Information Design 311 Armour College of Engineering 6 Management Science 288 and Management 143 Transportation Engineering 143 Assistantships, Financial 49 dual-degree programs 279, 290 Degree-seeking (regular) VLSI and Microelectronics 183 Athletics and Recreation 10 faculty 280 students 24 Advanced Electronics 1 97 Attendance 36 Fast-Track Master of Business Design 174 Aerospace Engineering, Administration 281 Electrical Engineering 183 see Mechanical, Materials and Graduation 42 Electricity Markets 183 Aerospace Engineering B Master of Business Enrollment Confirmation 27 Affidavit of Support, Financial 26 Biegler Library, Louis W. 13 Administration 281 Enrollment Deposit 44 Air Quality, Indoor 122 Biochemistry 84, 85, 91 M.S. in Environmental Environmental Engineering 116 Air Resources 121 Biochemistry and Cellular Management 283 Environmental Management 279 Alternative Investments 283 Biophysics 89 M.S. in Finance 284 Finance 279 ALUMED 50 Bioengineering 120 M.S. in Financial Markets 285 Financial Markets 279, 285 Alumni Tuition Benefit 50 Biological, Chemical and Physical M.S. in Marketing Financial Services 279 Analytical Chemistry 90 Sciences, Dept. of 75 Communication 287 Food Process Engineering 116 Analytical Methods Development 96 admission requirements 79 Mathematical Finance 286 Food Safety and Technology 213 Analytical Spectroscopy 96 Biology 84 research facilities 279 Gas Engineering 116 Apartments 47 degrees offered 75 Business and Interprofessional General 24 Appeal by Petition 43 certificate programs 75, 96 Studies, Institute of 6 Geotechnical Engineering 143 Application Fee 24, 44 Chemistry 90 Geoenvironmental Application for Admission 24 course descriptions 97 Engineering 143 Application for Financial Aid 48 departmental graduate exams 79 C Health Physics 83 Application for Financial faculty 76 Calendar 4 Immunization Requirement 27 Assistantship 49 Molecular Biochemistry and Campus Map 334 Industrial Technology and Application for Graduation 40 Biophysics 88 Campus Ministry 10 Operations 231 Application for Housing 46 Physics 94 Campus Resources 10 Information Architecture 311 Applied Analysis 52 research centers 75 Academic Resource Center 10
336 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Index
Athletics and Recreation 10 faculty 113 Engineering 144 specialization in 158 Campus Ministry 10 interdisciplinary programs 112 Master of Transportation Computer Science, Dept. of 155 Career Development Center 10 Master of Biological Engineering Engineering 144 accelerated courses 166 Communication Across the 115 Master of Public Works 146 admission requirements 157 Curriculum Program 11 Master of Chemical Engineering Master of Science in Civil certificate programs 155, 165 Commuter Student Services 11 116 Engineering 146 computer networking and Cooperative Education Master of Environmental research areas 142 telecommunications Program 11 Engineering 116 research facilities 142 certificate 165 Counseling Center 11 Master of Food Process Civil Engineering, see Civil and specialization 158 Disability Resources 12 Engineering 116 Architectural Engineering, course descriptions 166 Access, Card, and Parking Master of Gas Engineering 116 Dept. of degrees offered 155 Services 12 M.S. in Chemical Engineering117 Class Attendance 36 Doctor of Philosophy 162 International Center 12 M.S. in Environmental Code of Academic Honesty 43 faculty 156 Interprofessional Projects 12 Engineering 117 College of Architecture, 5, 61 Information systems Libraries 13 M.S. in Food Process (see also Architecture, College of) certificate 165 Multicultural Student Services 13 Engineering 118 College of Science and Letters 7 specialization 158 Research Centers 14 M.S. in Computer Science/ Colleges and Schools 5 joint-, dual-degree programs 155 Residence and Greek Life 17 Master of Chemical Graduate College 5 Master of Computer Science 157 Service, Education and Engineering 116 College of Architecture 5, 61 Master of Science 159 Outreach Centers 16 research areas 112 Armour College of Engineering 6 M.S. in Computer Science/ Student Activities 17 research centers 112 Institute of Business and Master of Chemical Student Affairs 17 research facilities 112 Interprofessional Studies 6 Engineering 161 Student Health Center 17 Chemical Engineering, see Chicago-KentCollege of Law6, 132 Master of Science forTeachers 160 Technology Commercialization 17 Chemical and Environmental Institute of Design 6, 167 Master of Telecommunications Technology Services 18 Engineering, Dept. of Center for Professional and Software Engineering 160 Women’s Services and Diversity Chemical Engineering/Computer Development 7, 256 research areas 155 Education 18 Science 118, 161 Institute of Psychology 7, 257 research facilities 155 Writing Centers 18 Chemistry 90 College of Science and Letters 7 software engineering Campus Center, McCormick Tribune course descriptions 98 Stuart School of certificate 165 17 Doctor of Philosophy 93 Business 7, 278 specialization 158 Campuses at IIT 8 Master of Chemistry in Communication Across the Computer Science/Chemical Career Development Center 10 Analytical Chemistry 90 Curriculum 11 Engineering 118, 161 Cell and Molecular Biology 84, 86 Master of Chemistry 91 Communication Management 287 Computer Science for Teachers 160 Cell and Tissue Engineering 104 Master of Chemistry in Materials Communication Systems 198 Computer Systems 198 Cellular Biophysics 89 and Chemical Synthesis 92 Communication Theory and Computer Systems Software 188 Center for Financial Markets 279 Master of Science 92 Signal Processing 187 Conduct, Standards of 43 Center for Professional faculty 77 Community 8 Construction Engineering and Development 7, 256 Chicago 8 Commuter Student Services 11 Management 145 (see also Professional Chicago-Kent College of Law 6, 132 Compensation Management 264 Construction Management 147 Development, Center of) (see also Law, Chicago-Kent Completion of Degree 40 Continuation of Residence 30 Center for Sustainable Enterprise College of) Completion of Studies and Continuation of Studies 32 16, 279 Chromatography 96 Graduation 40 Control Systems 198 Centers, Research 14 Civil and Architectural Complex Systems and Dynamics, Cooperative Education Program 11 Certificate Programs 20, 41 Engineering, Dept. of 142 Center for 14 Corporate Finance 284 Graduate Certificate admission requirements 143 Comprehensive Examination Counseling Center 11 Programs 20 certificate programs 142, 147 Doctoral 38 Course Attendance 36 Professional Certificates 21 course descriptions 148 Master’s 37 Course Descriptions 29 Change of Grade 35 degrees offered 142 Computational Mathematics 53 Accounting (ACCT) 292 Change from Master’s Thesis Doctor of Philosophy 146 Computational Finance 284 Architecture (ARCH) 69 to Non-Thesis Option 41 faculty 143 Computer Integrated Design and Biology (BIOL) 97 Change of Records Information 43 joint-degree program 142, 146 Manufacturing 248 Biomedical Engineering Change of Registration 31 Master of Architectural Computer and Network Security (BME) 108 Chemical and Environmental Engineering 144 Technologies 222 Business Administration Engineering, Dept. of 111 Master of Construction Computer Engineering, see (MBA) 299 admission requirements 115 Engineering and Management 144 Electrical and Computer Chemical Engineering (CHE) 123 certificate programs 111, 120 Master of Geoenvironmental Engineering, Dept. of Chemistry (CHEM) 98 course descriptions 123 Engineering 144 Computer Hardware Design 188 City and Regional Planning degrees offered 111 Master of Geotechnical Computer Networking and (CRP) 73 Doctor of Philosophy 119 Engineering 144 Telecommunications Civil/Architectural Engineering dual-degree programs 111 Master of Structural certificate 165 (CAE) 148
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 337 Index
Computer Science electrical and computer Enrollment 8 M.S. (CS) 166 D engineering degrees 210 Enrollment after an Absence 32 Professional Masters (CSP) 170 Debts, Outstanding 45 environmental engineering Enrollment Confirmation 27 Design (ID) 178 Degree Programs Offered 19 degrees 207 Enrollment Deposit 44 Economics (ECON) 292 Degree-Seeking vs. Non-Degree mechanical and aerospace Entrepreneurship 282 Electrical and Computer Status 24 engineering degrees 208 Environmental and Energy Law 139 Engineering (ECE) 201 Degrees Awarded research centers, facilities and Environmental Chemistry 91 Entrepreneurship (ENT) 293 Demographics 8 areas 208 Environmental Engineering, see Environmental Engineering Departments E-Business 287 Chemical and Environmental (ENVE) 127 Applied Mathematics 52 Earthquake and Wind Engineering Engineering, Dept. of Environmental Management Biological, Chemical Design 147 Environmental Management 283 (EM) 293 and Physical Sciences 75 Economics 284 Ethics in the Professions, Center for Ethics in the Professions Biomedical Engineering 104 Electrical Engineering, see the Study of 14 (SEP) 316 Chemical and Environmental Electrical and Computer Ethics in the Professions Library, Finance (MSF) 304 Engineering 111 Engineering, Dept. of Center for the Study of 13 Financial Management (FIN) 294 Civil and Architectural Electrical and Computer Ethics in the Workplace: Business, Financial Markets (FM) 294 Engineering 142 Engineering, Dept. of 183 Engineering,and Government 315 Food Process Engineering Computer Science 155 admission requirements 179 Examination 37 (FPE) 130 Electrical and Computer certificate programs 183, 197 Doctoral Comprehensive 38 Food Safety and Technology Engineering 183 course descriptions 201 Doctoral Final Thesis 39 (FST) 217 Humanities 309 degrees offered 183 Doctoral Qualifying 37 Healthcare Management Mathematics and Science Doctor of Philosophy 196 Master’s Comprehensive 37 (HM) 297 Education 235 faculty 184 Master’s Thesis 37 Industrial Technology and Mechanical Materials interdisciplinary programs 183 Expenses 44 Operations (INTM) 233 and Aerospace Engineering 241 joint-degree programs 183 Information Technology Social Sciences 270 Master of Biomedical Imaging Management (IM) 298 Derivatives 283 and Signals 190 F Information Technology Design, Institute of 6, 173 Master of Electrical and Faculty, Emeriti 332 & Management (ITM) 223 admission requirements 174 Computer Engineering 190 Faculty Index 329 International Business (IB) 298 course descriptions 178 Master of Electricity Markets 195 Fast-Track M.B.A 281 Law (LAW), see the Chicago-Kent degrees offered 173 Master of Network Fees 45 College of Law Faculty Doctor of Philosophy 177 Engineering 193 Final Thesis Examination, Biographies and Course faculty 174 Master of Power Engineering 191 Doctoral 39 Descriptions Master of Design 175 Master of Telecommunications Finance 284, 286, 288 Management (MGT) 302 Master of Design Methods 176 and Software Engineering 194 Financial Assistance 44 Management Science (MSC) 303 research areas 173 Master of VLSI and Financial Econometrics 284 Marketing (MKT) 303 research facilities 173 Microelectronics 192 Financial Management 282 Marketing Communication Design Methods 176 M.S. in Electrical Engineering 186 Financial Markets 285 (MC) 299 Design Planning 175 M.S. in Computer Engineering 188 Financial Markets, Center for 279 M.B.A. 281 Design Research 175 M.S. in Computer and Electrical Financial Modeling 284 Mathematics (MATH) 57 Directions to Campus 335 Engineering 189 Financial Support 26 Mathematics and Science Disability Resources 12 research areas 184 Flexible M.B.A. program 281 Education (MSED) 239 Discrete Applied Mathematics 53 research centers, facilities 184 Fluid Dynamics Research Center 15 Mechanical, Materials and Discrimination 1 Electric Power and Power Food Process Engineering Aerospace Doctoral Degrees 19 Electronics Center 14 certificate 120 Engineering (MMAE) 248 Doctoral Examinations 37 Electricity Markets 195, 199 Master of Science 117 Operations Management(OM) 307 Downtown Campus 8 Electrochemical Science and Professional Master’s 116 Physics (PHYS) 102 Information Center 13 Engineering, Food Safety and Technology 213 Psychology (PSYC) 265 Libraries 134 Center for 14 admission requirements 215 Public Administration (PA) 274 Electronics 187 certificate programs 213, 216 Quality Management (QLM) 308 Electromagnetics 187 course descriptions 215 Technical Communication and E Employment 50 degrees offered 213 Information Design (COM) 316 E3, Energy/Environment/Economics Energy + Power Center 14 facilities 213 TechnologyManagement() 308 Program 208 Energy and Sustainability faculty 214 Course Numbering 29 admission requirements 209 Institute 15 food process engineering Course Repeat 35 chemical engineering degrees 209 Energy/Environment/Economics degrees 216 Course Substitution 33 courses 209 (E3) Master of Science 216 Credit by Examination 33 degrees offered 208 Program 208 program descriptions 215 Credit Requirements 32 degree requirements 209 Engineering Center for Diabetes Full-time M.B.A. program 281 Current Energy Issues 120 Doctor of Philosophy 211 Research and Education 15 Full-Time Status 29
338 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Index
G Master of Industrial Technology L Engineering 229 Galvin Library 13 and Operations 231 Labor and Employment Law 140 Master of Science 229 Galvin Research Network 13 MITO curriculum 232 Late Registration Fee 45 research areas, centers and Gas Engineering 116 Information Architecture 314 Law, Chicago-Kent College of 6, 132 facilities 228 General Policies 43 Information Technology admission requirements 137 Manufacturing Productivity General Requirements 19 Management 282 certificate programs 132, 139 Center 16 Genetics and Genetic Information Technology & clinical education 135 Maps 334 Engineering 89 Management 218 computer facilities 134 Marketing 282 Geoenvironmental Engineering accelerated courses 220 course descriptions, see the Marketing Communication 287 certificate 147 admission requirements 219 Chicago-Kent College of Law Master of Science Degrees 19 Master of 145 certificate program 218, 222 Faculty Biographies Master’s Degrees, Professional 20 Geotechnical Engineering, course descriptions 223 and Course Descriptions Master’s Examination 37 Master of 145 degree offered 218 degrees offered 132 Materials and Chemical Global Law and Policy Initiative faculty 218 faculty 135 Synthesis 92 132 general course of study 222 joint-degree programs 132, 132 Materials Science and Engineering, Grade Point Average 32 Master of Information Technology Judge Abraham Lincoln see Mechanical, Materials and Grades 34 & Management 219 Marovitz Courtroom 134 Aerospace Engineering, Dept. of Graduate College 5 Information Systems Juris Doctor 137 Mathematical Finance 55, 286 Graduate Degree Programs 19 certificate 165 legal research and writing 134 Mathematics, see Applied Graduate Certificate Programs 20 specialization in 158 libraries 134 Mathematics, Dept. of Graduate Studies, Synopsis of 22 Infrastructure Engineering and Master of Laws 138 Mathematics and Science Graduate Tuition 45 Management 147 research and clinical training Education, Dept. of 235 Graduation 40 Inorganic Materials Certificate, areas 134 admission requirements 236 Graduation, Stuart School 42 Synthesis and Characterization of research and training course descriptions 239 Graham Resource Center 13 96 facilities 134 degrees offered 235 Inorganic and Organic Materials research centers 132 Doctor of Philosophy in Certificate, Characterization of 96 Law and the Humanities, Mathematics Education 238 H Institute of Business and Institute for 133 Doctor of Philosophy in Hazardous Waste Engineering 121 Interprofessional Studies 6 Law and the Workplace, Institute Science Education 239 Access, Card, and Institute of Design 6, 173 for faculty 235 Parking Services 12 (see also, Design, Institute of) 133 Master of Mathematics Healthcare Management 282 Institute of Psychology 7, 257 Law Degrees 19, 132 Education 234 Healthcare Marketing 287 Instructional Design 315 Law Offices of Chicago-Kent 135 M.S. in Mathematics Health Center, Student 17 Insurance (Health) 45 Leave of Absence 32 Education 236 Health Insurance 46 Integrative Neuroscience and Legal Research and Writing 134 Master of Science Education 237 Health Physics 94 Neuroengineering Research, Letter of Completion 42 M.S. in Science Education 237 Housing 46 Center for 14 Lewis Department of Humanities, research areas 235 Human-Centered Design 175 Intellectual Property and see Humanities, Lewis Dept. of teacher certification option 237 Humanities, Lewis Technology Transfer, Office of 17 Lewis Institute 8 McCormick Tribune Campus Department of 309 Intellectual Property Law 139 Libraries 13 Center 17 International and Comparative Library, Center for the Study of Mechanical and Aerospace Law 140 Ethics in the Profession 13 Engineering, see Mechanical, I International Applicant Libraryof International Relations13 Materials and Aerospace I.D. Card 12 Requirements 26 Litigation and Alternative Engineering, Dept. of IIT English Competency 26 Dispute Resolution 140 Mechanical, Materials and campus 8 Financial Support 26 Loans 48 Aerospace Engineering, administration 323 General Requirements 26 Dept. of 241 history 8 International Business 282 admission requirements 244 map 334 International Center 12 M course descriptions 246 IITRI (IIT Research Institute) 15 International Technical M.B.A. Program 281 degrees offered 241 IIT Online 9 Communication 315 Main Campus 8 Doctor of Philosophy in Immunization Requirement 27 Interprofessional Project (IPRO) 12 map 334 Mechanical and Aerospace Incomplete Grade 34 registration 30 Management of Medical Technology, Engineering 247 Index 336 Invention Center 16 Center for the 14 Doctor of Philosophy in Materials Indoor Air Quality 122 Investments 284 Management Science 282, 286 Science and Engineering 247 Industrial Technology & Manufacturing Engineering 228 faculty 242 Management 231 admission requirements 228 interdisciplinary programs 241 admission requirements 231 J course descriptions 228 Master of Engineering in course descriptions 231 Juris Doctor 137 degrees offered 228 Manufacturing via Internet 246 degree offered 231 Master of Manufacturing Master of Mechanical and
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 339 Index
Aerospace Engineering 244 Particle Physics, Center for certificate programs 257, 264 Residence Halls 46 Master of Materials Science and Accelerator and 14 combined degree programs 257, 263 Residence Requirement, 36 Engineering 244 Particle Technology and course descriptions 263 Rice Campus, Daniel F. and M.S. in Mechanical and Crystallization Center 15 degrees offered 257 Ada L. 8, 334 Aerospace Engineering 245 Particle Processing 120 Doctor of Philosophy 262 Right of Appeal by Petition 43 M.S. in Materials Science and Part-Time Employment 50 faculty 258 Risk Management 284 Engineering 245 Part-Time Status 29 M.S. in Personnel and Human Room and Board 44 research areas 242 Payment of Tuition, Room and Resources Development 260 research centers 241 Board 45 M.S. in Psychology 260 research facilities 241 Personnel and Human Resources M.S. in Rehabilitation S Medical Imaging 104 Development 260 Counseling 261 Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory Grades 34 Medical Imaging Research Center Ph.D. Comprehensive Exam 38 program descriptions 257 Science Education, see Mathematics 15 Ph.D. Final Thesis Exam 39 research areas 258 and Science Education, Dept. of Microbiology 84, 86 Ph.D. Qualifying Exam 37 research center 257 Science, Law & Technology, Mies van der Rohe, Ludwig 5, 8, 61 Ph.D. Programs 19 research facilities 257 Institute for 16, 133 Ministry, Campus 10 Pharmaceutical Engineering 120 special fellowships 261 Sensor Science and Engineering, Multicultural Student Services 13 Physics 94 Public Administration, Graduate Center for 15 Moffett Center Library 13 course descriptions 102 Program in 270 Service, Education, and Moholy-Nagy, Laszlo 173 Doctor of Philosophy 95 admission requirements 271 Outreach Centers 16 Molecular Biochemistry and faculty 78 course descriptions 274 Signal Processing 200 Biophysics 88 Master of Health Physics 94 degrees offered 270 Software Engineering Doctor of Philosophy 89 Master of Science 94 dual-,joint-degree programs 270, 271 certificate 165 Master of Science 88 Physiology for Pharmaceutical faculty 271 specialization 159 Applications 120 Master of Public Standards of Conduct 43 Policies, General 43 Administration 272 Stochastic Analysis 53 N Polymer Chemistry 91 nonprofit management Strategic Management of National Center for Food Safety and Polymer Science and Engineering, specialization 272 Organizations 283 Technology 8, 15 Center of Excellence in 14 public safety/crisis management Structural Biophysics 89 National Center for Food Safety and Polymer Science and Engineering specialization 272 Structural Engineering 145 Technology Library 13 121 public works specialization 272 Stuart School of Network Engineering 193 Post-Baccalaureate, research areas 270 Business 7, 278 Networks and Undergraduate 28 research facilities 270 (see also Business, Stuart School of) Telecommunications 188 Power Electronics 199 Public Safety and Crisis Student Activities 17 Networks, Electronics, and Power Engineering 199 Management 272, 273 Student Activity Fee 45 Electromagnetics 187 Pritzker Institute of Biomedical Public Works 146, 272 Student Affairs 17 Neural Engineering 104 Science and Engineering 16 Student Health Center 17 Newly Admitted Students 27 Probation, Academic 32 Sustainable Enterprise 283 Non-Degree Students 25 Process Operations Management Q Sustainable Enterprise, Chicago Non-Thesis Option 20, 41 121 Qualifying Examination, Doctoral 37 Center for 279 Nonprofit Management 272, 273 Product Design, Quantitative Finance 284 Synchrotron Radiation Research Human-Centered 175 and Instrumentation,Center for 14 Product Quality and Reliability O Assurance 248 R Office of Intellectual Property and Professional Certificates 21 Radiological Physics 96 T Technology Transfer 16 Professional Development, Readmission for a Second Graduate Teachers, Master of Science for 160 Online Courses 9 Center for 256 Degree 27 Teaching Assistants Seminar 30 Operations 288 academic certificate program Refunds of Tuition 45 Technical Communication 309 Operations, Quality, and offered 256 Registration 29 admission guidelines 311 Technology Management 282 degrees offered 256 Rehabilitation Counseling 261 certificate programs 309, 314 Organic Materials Certificate, Master of ITM 256 Rehabilitation Engineering course descriptions 314 Synthesis and Master of ITO 256 Technology 264 degrees offered 309 Characterization of 96 professional learning programs Regulations Subject to Change1, 43 Doctor of Philosophy 312 Orientation Fee 44 offered 256 Reinstatement and Enrollment faculty 310 Outstanding Debts 45 Professional Master’s Degrees 20, After an Absence 32 M.S. in Information 40 Religious Programs 10 Architecture 314 Program of Study 33 Repeating a Course 35 M.S. in Technical Communication P Programming 285 Research Centers 14 and Information Design 313 Parking 12, 335 Psychiatric Rehabilitation 264 Research and Service, Center for 16 research areas 309 Parking Fee 46 Psychology, Institute of 7, 257 Residence 46, 175 research facilities 309 admission requirements 259 Residence and Greek Life 17
340 IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 Index
Technical Communication Certificate 314 Technology Transfer, Office of Intellectual Property and 17 Technology Services 18 Telecommunications and Software Engineering 160, 194 Telephone Directory 342 Televised Courses 9 Temporary Housing 47 Thermal Processing Technology Center 16 Thesis Examination, Doctoral 39 Thesis Examination, Master’s 37 Thesis Examiner 42 Thesis Fees 45 Thesis Preparation 41 Time Limit to Complete Degree 36 Trading 283 Transcripts 42 Transfer from one IIT program to another 33 of credit from another institution 33 Transportation Engineering 145 Transportation Systems Planning 147 Trial Advocacy 140 Trustees, Board of 321 Tuition 45 Tuition Refunds 45 TV Receiving Sites, IIT Online 9
U Undergraduates Registering for Graduate Courses 31 Undergraduate Post-Baccalaureate Students 28 Undergraduate Programs 21 University Archives 13
V Veterans’ Educational Benefits 50
W Waste and Wastewater Treatment 122 Wireless Communications Engineering 200 Withdrawal from a Course 31 Withdrawal from University 31 Withdraw Failing/ Passing Grades 35 Women’s Services and Diversity Education 18 Writing Centers 18
IIT Graduate Bulletin 2006-2008 341